AP14 - DTC Support Manual - 20160930

Contents
General Information ........................... 1 P0072, P0073 ............................................... 88

Precaution Information ........................................1 P0076, P0077 ............................................... 90
General Precautions ........................................... 1 P0101, P0102, P0103 .................................... 92
Safety Precautions .............................................. 2 P0111, P0112, P0113 .................................... 94
Environmental Precautions.................................. 3 P0122, P0123, P2135 .................................... 96
Fuel Handling Precautions................................... 5 P0171, P0172 ............................................... 98
Electrical Precautions ......................................... 6 P0197, P0198 ............................................. 100
SRS Precautions ................................................. 7 P0201, P0261, P0262 .................................. 102
Air Conditioning System Precautions ................ 10 P0202, P0264, P0265 .................................. 104
Diagnoses Based on Strategy .............................12 P0203, P0267, P0268 .................................. 106
Integrity Inspection of Network ........................ 12 P0204, P0270, P0271 .................................. 108
Integrity Inspection of MS CAN Network........... 12 P0219 ........................................................ 110
Integrity Inspection of HS CAN Network........... 13 P0222, P0223, P2135 .................................. 112
Description on Diagnostic Procedure................ 13 P025A, P025C, P025D................................ 114
Diagnostic Procedure Description..................... 14 P0234 ........................................................ 116
Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle.................... 16 P0236, P0237, P0238 .................................. 117
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection .................. 16 P0243, P0245, P0246 .................................. 119
P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304 ............ 121
DTC Overall List ............................... 23 P0313 ........................................................ 124
DTC Overall List .................................................23 P0318 ........................................................ 125
DTC Overall List.......................................... 23 P0322 ........................................................ 126
P0325, P0327, P0328 .................................. 128
Engine................................................. 49
P0341 ........................................................ 130
DTC Category .....................................................49
P0444, P0458, P0459 .................................. 132
DTC Category ............................................. 49
P0500 ........................................................ 134
Engine Cooling System .......................................54
P0504 ........................................................ 135
DTC Category................................................. 54
P0506, P0507 ............................................. 137
List .............................................................. 54
P0555, P0557, P0558, P1479 ....................... 139
Circult Diagram ............................................... 55
P061F ........................................................ 141
Circuit Diagram............................................ 55
P0645, P0646, P0647 .................................. 142
Connector Information .................................... 57
P0689 ........................................................ 144
Connector Information................................. 57
P1523 ........................................................ 146
Diagnostic Information and Procedure .............. 58
P1427, P1428, P1429 .................................. 147
P0116, P0117, P0118 .................................... 58
P1545 ........................................................ 149
P0482, P0695, P0696 .................................... 60
P1559 ........................................................ 151
Engine Fuel & Management ...............................61
P1564 ........................................................ 152
DTC Category................................................. 61
P1579 ........................................................ 153
List .............................................................. 61
P2101, P2106 ............................................. 154
Circult Diagram ............................................... 67
P2127, P2128, P2132, P2133, P2138,
Circuit Diagram............................................ 67 P2140 ........................................................ 156
Connector Information .................................... 77 P2228, P2229, P2230 .................................. 159
Connector Information................................. 77 P300B ........................................................ 161
Diagnostic Information and Procedure .............. 82 Engine Manifold & Exhaust...............................162
P000A, P0026............................................... 82 DTC Category............................................... 162
P0011, P0012, P0016 .................................... 84 List ............................................................ 162
P006D ......................................................... 86 Circult Diagram ............................................. 164
V1.0 1
Contents
Circuit Diagram.......................................... 164 P0720, P0722 ............................................. 222
Connector Information .................................. 165 P0742 ........................................................ 224
Connector Information............................... 165 P0751 ........................................................ 226
Diagnostic Information and Procedure ............ 167 P0761, P0762, P0867 .................................. 228
P0030, P0031, P0032, P0053 ....................... 167 P0767 ........................................................ 230
P0036, P0037, P0038, P0054 ....................... 169 P0973, P0974 ............................................. 232
P0130, P0131, P0132, P0133, P0134, P0978, P0979, P0980 .................................. 234
P2A00........................................................ 171 P0981, P0982, P0983 .................................. 236
P0136, P0137, P0138, P0139, P2A01............ 174 P0997, P0998, P0999 .................................. 238
P0420 ........................................................ 176 P1731 ........................................................ 240
P1297 ........................................................ 178 P1897, P1899 ............................................. 241
P2261 ........................................................ 179 P2707, P2708 ............................................. 243
Engine Electrical System ..................................180 P2762, P2763, P2764 .................................. 245
DTC Category............................................... 180 U0001........................................................ 247
List ............................................................ 180 U0100........................................................ 248
Circult Diagram ............................................. 182 U0121........................................................ 249
Circuit Diagram.......................................... 182 U0140........................................................ 250
Connector Information .................................. 185 U0155........................................................ 251
Connector Information............................... 185 Transmission-6AT..............................................252
Diagnostic Information and Procedure ............ 188 DTC Category............................................... 252
P0560, P0562, P0563 .................................. 188 List ............................................................ 252
P0601, P0604, P0605, P0606 ....................... 190 Circult Diagram ............................................. 255
P1610 ........................................................ 191 Circuit Diagram.......................................... 255
P1611, P1613, P1614 .................................. 192 Connector Information .................................. 260
U0073........................................................ 194 Connector Information............................... 260
U0101........................................................ 195 Diagnostic Information and Procedure ............ 263
U0129........................................................ 196 P0218 ........................................................ 263
U0140........................................................ 197 P0562, P0563, U1562, U1563...................... 264
U0151........................................................ 198 P0601, P0603, P0604 .................................. 266
U0155........................................................ 199 P0702 ........................................................ 267
Transmission .................................... 201 P0705, P0707, P0708, P2806 ....................... 268
P0711, P0712, P0713 .................................. 271
Transmission-4AT..............................................201
P0715, P0717 ............................................. 273
DTC Category............................................... 201
P0720, P0722 ............................................. 274
List ............................................................ 201
P0729, P1729 ............................................. 275
Circult Diagram ............................................. 203
P0731, P1701, P1702, P1731 ....................... 277
Circuit Diagram.......................................... 203
P0732, P1732 ............................................. 279
Connector Information .................................. 206
P0733, P1733 ............................................. 280
Connector Information............................... 206
P0734, P1734 ............................................. 281
Diagnostic Information and Procedure ............ 210
P0735, P1735 ............................................. 283
P0218 ........................................................ 210
P0741, P0742 ............................................. 284
P0562, P0563, U1562, U1563...................... 212
P0748, P0962, P0963 .................................. 285
P0601, P0603, P0604 .................................. 214
P0777, P0778, P0965, P0966, P0967 ............ 287
P0705, P0706 ............................................. 216
P0797, P0798, P0970, P0971 ....................... 289
P0711, P0712, P0713 .................................. 218
P0813 ........................................................ 291
P0715, P0717 ............................................. 220
2 V1.0
Contents
P081A, P081B ............................................ 292 Connector Information .................................. 347
P0826 ........................................................ 294 Connector Information............................... 347
P0867, P0868 ............................................. 296 Diagnostic Information and Procedure ............ 348
P0973, P0974 ............................................. 298 C0051........................................................ 348
P0976, P0977 ............................................. 299 U0073........................................................ 349
P2715, P2716, P2719, P2720, P2721 ............ 300 U1562, U1563............................................ 350
P2724, P2725, P2729, P2730 ....................... 302 U2000, U2001, U2003 ................................ 352
P2759, P2763, P2764 .................................. 304
Braking System ............................... 353
U0001........................................................ 306
U0100........................................................ 307 Brake Module-BOSCH......................................353
U0121........................................................ 309 DTC List ....................................................... 353
U0140........................................................ 311 DTC List.................................................... 353
U0155........................................................ 312 Circuit Diagram ............................................. 357
Circuit Diagram.......................................... 357
Steering System .............................. 313 Connector Information .................................. 361
EPS......................................................................313 Connector Information............................... 361
DTC Category............................................... 313 Diagnostic Information and Procedure ............ 365
List ............................................................ 313 C0001、C0002、C0003、C0004 .............. 365
Circult Diagram ............................................. 315 C0010、C0011.......................................... 366
Circuit Diagram.......................................... 315 C0014、C0015.......................................... 367
Connector Information .................................. 317 C0018、C0019.......................................... 368
Connector Information............................... 317 C001C、C001D ........................................ 369
Diagnostic Information and Procedure ............ 320 C0020........................................................ 370
C1624........................................................ 320 C0031、C0032.......................................... 371
C1630........................................................ 321 C0034、C0035.......................................... 373
C1631........................................................ 323 C0037、C0038.......................................... 375
C1640........................................................ 325 C003A、C003B ......................................... 377
C1650........................................................ 326 C0040........................................................ 379
C1660, C1690, U2001, U2002, C0044........................................................ 381
U2005........................................................ 327 C0049........................................................ 382
C1666........................................................ 330 C0051........................................................ 384
C1671........................................................ 331 C0061、C0062、C0063 ............................ 385
C1672........................................................ 332 C006B ....................................................... 386
C1680........................................................ 333 C0089........................................................ 387
U0073-1.5VCT&1.5T .................................. 334 C1104........................................................ 388
U0100, U0401............................................ 335 C1105、C1106.......................................... 390
U0121, U0415............................................ 337 C1107........................................................ 391
U0140........................................................ 339 C1109........................................................ 392
U0146........................................................ 340 U0073........................................................ 393
U0155........................................................ 341 U0100、U0401.......................................... 394
U1562, U1563............................................ 342 U0101、U0402.......................................... 396
Steering Angle Sensor ......................................344 U0126、U0428.......................................... 398
DTC Category............................................... 344 U0140、U0422.......................................... 400
List ............................................................ 344 U0146、U0447.......................................... 402
Circult Diagram ............................................. 345 U0155、U0423.......................................... 404
Circuit Diagram.......................................... 345 U1562、U1563.......................................... 406
V1.0 3
Contents
U2000、U2003.......................................... 408 Exterior Fitting................................ 481
Brake Module-TRW ..........................................409 Wipers and Washer ..........................................481
DTC Category............................................... 409 DTC Category............................................... 481
List ............................................................ 409 List ............................................................ 481
Circult Diagram ............................................. 415 Circult Diagram ............................................. 482
Circuit Diagram.......................................... 415 Circuit Diagram.......................................... 482
Connector Information .................................. 420 Connector Information .................................. 483
Connector Information............................... 420 Connector Information............................... 483
Diagnostic Information and Procedure ............ 424 Diagnostic Information and Procedure ............ 485
C0001, C0002, C0003, C0004 .................... 424 B1101 ........................................................ 485
C0010, C0011............................................ 426 B1103 ........................................................ 487
C0013........................................................ 427 B1105 ........................................................ 489
C0014, C0015............................................ 428 B1109 ........................................................ 490
C0018, C0019............................................ 429
C001C, C001D .......................................... 430 Lighting Systems ............................. 493
C0020........................................................ 431 Lighting...............................................................493
C0031, C0032............................................ 432 DTC Category............................................... 493
C0034, C0035............................................ 435 List ............................................................ 493
C0037, C0038............................................ 438 Circult Diagram ............................................. 494
C003A, C003B ........................................... 441 Circuit Diagram.......................................... 494
C0040........................................................ 444 Connector Information .................................. 496
C0044........................................................ 446 Connector Information............................... 496
C0049........................................................ 448 Diagnostic Information and Procedure ............ 499
C0051........................................................ 450 B104A ....................................................... 499
C0061, C0062, C0063, C006A.................... 451 B104B ........................................................ 501
C006B, C006C........................................... 453 B104C ....................................................... 503
C0078, C1106............................................ 454
Body System .................................... 505
C0089........................................................ 456
Door....................................................................505
C1100........................................................ 457
DTC Category............................................... 505
C1102........................................................ 458
List ............................................................ 505
C1107........................................................ 460
Circult Diagram ............................................. 507
C110A, C124F ........................................... 461
Circuit Diagram.......................................... 507
C1210, C127A ........................................... 462
Connector Information .................................. 510
C123F........................................................ 463
C124A, C124B, C124C .............................. 465
C124D....................................................... 466
B1111, B1121 ............................................. 513
C124E........................................................ 467
B1112, B1122 ............................................. 515
U0073........................................................ 468
B1113, B1123 ............................................. 517
U0401, U165E, U19E7, U1A6E, U1B7E,
U1C08....................................................... 469 B1114, B1124 ............................................. 519
U0402, U19BB ........................................... 471 B1115 ........................................................ 521
U0423, U189D, U1BEE, U1C0F................... 473 B1118 ........................................................ 522
U0428, U17E5, U1ACD .............................. 475 BCM ....................................................................523
U1A97, U1BC2, U1C00.............................. 477 DTC Category............................................... 523
U2001........................................................ 479 List ............................................................ 523
U2018........................................................ 480 Circult Diagram ............................................. 524
4 V1.0
Contents
Circuit Diagram.......................................... 524 P0826 ........................................................ 583
Connector Information .................................. 529 P0955 ........................................................ 585
Connector Information............................... 529 P1900, P1901 ............................................. 587
Diagnostic Information and Procedure ............ 532 P1910, P1911 ............................................. 589
P1900, P1901, P1910, P1911 ....................... 532 U0073, U0074............................................ 591
U0073........................................................ 534 U0100........................................................ 593
U0100........................................................ 535 U0101........................................................ 595
U0101........................................................ 536 U0121........................................................ 597
U0121........................................................ 538 U0126........................................................ 599
U0146........................................................ 539 U0131........................................................ 601
U0151........................................................ 540 U0140........................................................ 603
U0155........................................................ 541 U0151........................................................ 605
U1500, U1501............................................ 542 U0155........................................................ 607
U1562, U1563............................................ 543 U0164........................................................ 609
U2001, U2003, U2100 ................................ 545 U0198........................................................ 611
U0245........................................................ 613
Safety and Restraints ...................... 547
U1008........................................................ 615
Vehicle Access....................................................547 U1562, U1563............................................ 616
DTC Category............................................... 547 U2001, U2002, U2004 ................................ 618
List ............................................................ 547 Seat Belts ...........................................................619
Circult Diagram ............................................. 548 DTC Category............................................... 619
Circuit Diagram.......................................... 548 List ............................................................ 619
Connector Information .................................. 550 Circult Diagram ............................................. 620
Connector Information............................... 550 Circuit Diagram.......................................... 620
Diagnostic Information and Procedure ............ 551 Connector Information .................................. 621
B1701, B1702, B1705.................................. 551 Connector Information............................... 621
B1706, B1707, B1708.................................. 553 Diagnostic Information and Procedure ............ 622
Gateway..............................................................555 B0079 ........................................................ 622
DTC Category............................................... 555 B007A ....................................................... 624
List ............................................................ 555 Supplementary Restraint Systems ..................626
Circult Diagram ............................................. 558 DTC Category............................................... 626
Circuit Diagram.......................................... 558 List ............................................................ 626
Connector Information .................................. 560 Circult Diagram ............................................. 627
Connector Information............................... 560 Circuit Diagram.......................................... 627
Diagnostic Information and Procedure ............ 565 Connector Information .................................. 630
B1160 ........................................................ 565 Connector Information............................... 630
B1161 ........................................................ 566 Diagnostic Information and Procedure ............ 636
B1163 ........................................................ 567 B0001 ........................................................ 636
B1165 ........................................................ 568 B0010 ........................................................ 638
B1166 ........................................................ 570 B193B ........................................................ 640
B1167 ........................................................ 572 B193E, B193F ............................................. 641
B1169 ........................................................ 574 U0073........................................................ 642
B116A ....................................................... 576 U0100........................................................ 643
C0042........................................................ 578 U0121........................................................ 644
P0564 ........................................................ 580 U0140........................................................ 645
P071A........................................................ 582
V1.0 5
Contents
U0146........................................................ 646 Connector Information............................... 708
U0155........................................................ 647 Diagnostic Information and Procedure ............ 711
U1562, U1563............................................ 649 B1521, B1522 ............................................. 711
B1525, B1526, B1529.................................. 712
Information and
B1531 ........................................................ 713
Entertainment ................................. 651
B1550, B1552 ............................................. 714
Entertainment ...................................................651
B1560, B1561 ............................................. 715
DTC Category............................................... 651
U0073........................................................ 716
List ............................................................ 651
U0100........................................................ 717
Circult Diagram ............................................. 653 U0101........................................................ 718
Circuit Diagram.......................................... 653
U0121........................................................ 720
U0140........................................................ 723
U0146........................................................ 724
B1A01, B1A05, B1A06, B1A07, B1A08,
U0151........................................................ 725
B1A3E, B1A3F, B1A42 ................................ 664
U0155........................................................ 726
B1A11 ....................................................... 666
U1500........................................................ 727
B1A1F........................................................ 667
U1562, U1563............................................ 728
B1A20 ....................................................... 668
U2001........................................................ 729
B1A21 ....................................................... 670
IPK ......................................................................730
B1A22 ....................................................... 672
DTC Category............................................... 730
B1A23 ....................................................... 674
List ............................................................ 730
B1A24 ....................................................... 676
Circult Diagram ............................................. 731
B1A25 ....................................................... 678
Circuit Diagram.......................................... 731
B1A31, B1A32, B1A36, B1A37, B1A38,
B1A3B ....................................................... 680 Connector Information .................................. 735
B1A43 ....................................................... 681 Connector Information............................... 735
B1A44 ....................................................... 682 Diagnostic Information and Procedure ............ 738
U0073........................................................ 683 B1200 ........................................................ 738
U0100........................................................ 685 B1201 ........................................................ 740
U0101........................................................ 687 B1202 ........................................................ 741
U0121........................................................ 689 B1210, B1211 ............................................. 742
U0126........................................................ 691 B1220, B1221 ............................................. 743
U0140........................................................ 693 U0073........................................................ 744
U0146........................................................ 695 U0100........................................................ 745
U1500........................................................ 697 U0101........................................................ 746
U0155........................................................ 698 U0121........................................................ 748
U1562, U1563............................................ 700 U0126........................................................ 749
U2001........................................................ 702 U0131........................................................ 750
U2020........................................................ 703 U0140........................................................ 751
T-Box...................................................................704 U0151........................................................ 752
DTC Category............................................... 704 U0245........................................................ 753
List ............................................................ 704 U1500........................................................ 754
Circult Diagram ............................................. 705 U1562, U1563............................................ 755
Circuit Diagram.......................................... 705 U2001........................................................ 757
6 V1.0
Contents
Real-time Display ............................ 759
ECM ....................................................................759
Real-time Display Parameter List ................. 759
TCM-4AT ...........................................................771
Real-time Display Parameter List -
4AT ........................................................... 771
TCM-6AT ...........................................................778
Real-time Display Parameter List -
6AT ........................................................... 778
EPS......................................................................782
SAS .....................................................................784
ABS.....................................................................785
BCM ....................................................................788
SRS......................................................................798
T-Box...................................................................800
IPK ......................................................................801
Glossary List ......................................................809
V1.0 7
General Information
Precaution Information Preventive Measures
General Precautions Always pay attention to the followings:
Hazardous Substances • Wear protective clothing, including impervious gloves
Modern vehicles have many substances or liquids, if handled when practicable.
improperly, they may pose potential risk to human health and • Avoid over-exposure or repeated exposure to oils,
environment. especially used engine oils.
Warning: Many liquids and other substances used in • Do not put oily rags in pockets.
vehicles are poisonous and should under no circumstances • Avoid contaminating clothes (especially the underwear)
be consumed and should, as far as possible, be kept with oil.
from contact with the skin. These liquids and substances • Comprehensive cleaning shall be done on a regular
include acid, antifreeze, brake fluid, fuel, windscreen basis. Properly handle the contaminated clothes and oil
washer additives, lubricants, refrigerants and various impregnated shoes.
adhesives.
• Open wounds shall be handled at the earliest possible
Warning: Always read carefully the instructions printed time.
on labels or stamped on components and obey them • Before each operation, apply skin cream to avoid oil
implicitly. Such instructions are included for reasons of contamination.
your health and personal safety. Never disregard them.
• Clean with soap and water, make sure all the oil
Synthetic Rubber contaminants are removed (any skin cleaner and nail
Many O-rings, sealing parts, hoses, flexible pipes and other brush will be useful).
similar items which appear to be natural rubber，but in fact, • After cleaning, apply skin lotion, prepare some wool
are made of a kind of synthetic rubber (fluororubber). Under grease to compensate natural oil loss of the skin.
normal conditions, these substances are safe and do not cause • Do not wash the skin with petroleum/gasoline, kerosene,
harm. However, these substances may dissolve and produce diesel, engine oil, diluent or solvent.
highly corrosive fluorinated acid when they are damaged due
• If possible, remove the oil contaminant before handling.
to combustion or high temperature.
• In case of skin damage due to imprudence, seek
When contacting with skin, these fluorinated acids may cause immediate medical care and follow the medical advice.
severe burns. In case of skin contact, please observe the
• If the operation will hurt eyes, wear eye protection (for
followings:
example, goggles or face shield). Eye cleaning device shall
• Take away the contaminated clothes immediately. be close to the working area.
• Wash the injured skin with plenty of cold water or lime
water for 15 - 60 minutes.
• Seek medical assistance immediately.
If the substance is burning or overheating, handle with great

care and wear protective clothing (seamless industrial gloves,
protective apron, etc).
After use, clean and handle with the gloves immediately.

Lubricating Fluid
Avoid excessive contact with used lubricating fluids, always
follow the health protection precautions.
Warning: Avoid excessive skin contact with used engine
oil. Used engine oil contains potentially harmful
contaminants which may cause skin cancer or other
serious skin disorders.
Warning: Avoid excessive skin contact with mineral oil.

Mineral oils remove the natural fats from the skin, leading
to dryness, irritation and dermatitis.
V1.0 1
General Information
Safety Precautions Cooling System Caps and Plugs
Lift When the engine is still hot, especially when it is overheated,
Caution: It is best to use the lift when working under the take particular care when removing expansion tank cap,
vehicle. Be sure to hold the wheels with chocks and apply coolant drain pipe or air bleed screws. To avoid the possibility
parking brake. of burns, you should wait for the engine to cool down before
removal.
Always use the recommended jacking points.
Ensure that the lift has sufficient load capacity for the weight
to be lifted.
Ensure the lift is standing on level ground during the lifting or

jacking work.
Apply hand brake and wedges to fix the wheels.
Warning: Do not work on or under a vehicle supported

only by a jack.Always support the vehicle on safety stands.
Do not leave tools, lifting equipment and spilt oil, etc. around
or in the work area. Always keep a clean and tidy work area.
Brake Shoes and Pads
Always use the correct gear and brake pads. When replacing
brake pads and brake shoes, always replace as complete axle
sets.
Brake Hydraulic System
Observe the following procedures when working on the brake
system:
• Apply two spanners to loosen or tighten brake pipes/tube
fittings.
• Ensure that hoses run in a natural curve and are not
twisted or deformed.
• Fix brake pipes securely with retaining clips and ensure
that the pipe will not contact a potential chafing point.
• Containers for containing brake fluid must be kept clean.
• Do not store brake fluid in an unsealed container,
otherwise it will absorb moisture in the air, which may
lower its burning point, and in this condition it is likely
to cause danger in its use.
• Do not allow brake fluid to be contaminated by mineral
oil, or put new brake fluid in a container which has
previously contained mineral oil.
• Do not re-use the brake fluid drained from the brake
system.
• Always use clean brake fluid or a recommended
alternative to clean hydraulic components.
• After disconnecting brake pipes and hoses, immediately
fit suitable end caps or plugs to prevent the ingress of
dirt.
• Only use brake fittings with proper threads.
• Maintain absolute cleanliness when working with
hydraulic components.
V1.0 2
General Information
Environmental Precautions Water Discharge
Overview Oil, petrol, solvent, acids, hydraulic oil, antifreeze and other
This section provides general information which can help to such substances should never be poured down the drain and
reduce the environmental impacts from the activities carried every precaution must be taken to prevent spillage reaching
out in workshops. the drains.
Emissions to Air Handling of such materials must take place well away from the
Many of the activities that are carried out in workshops emit drains and preferably in an area with a kerb or wall around it, to
gases and fumes which contribute to global warming, depletion prevent discharge into the drain. If a spillage occurs, it should
of the ozone layer and/or the formation of photochemical be soaked up immediately. Having a spill kit available will make
smog at ground level. By considering how the workshop this easier.
activities are carried out, these gases and fumes can be Precautions
minimized, thus reducing the impact on the environment.
Always observe the following disposal and spillage prevention
Exhaust Fumes instructions.
Running car engines is an essential part of workshop activities • Never pour anything down a drain without first checking
and it shall be carried out in a well ventilated environment. that it is environmentally safe to do so, and that it does
However, the amount of time engines are running and the not contravene any local regulations.
position of the vehicle should be carefully considered at all
• Store liquids in a walled area.
times, to reduce the release of poisonous gases and minimize
• Make sure that taps on liquid containers are secure and
the inconvenience to people living nearby.
cannot be accidentally turned on.
Solvents
• Protect bulk storage tanks from vandalism by locking the
Some of the cleaning agents used are solvent based and will valves.
evaporate to atmosphere if used improperly, or if cans are • Sealed pipelines are preferred to transfer liquids from one
left unsealed. All solvent containers should be firmly closed container to another.
when not needed and solvent should be used sparingly. Suitable
• Ensure lids are replaced securely on containers.
alternative materials may be available to replace some of the
commonly used solvents. Similarly, many paints are solvent • Have spill kits available near to the spot of storage and
based and the spray should be minimized to reduce solvent handling of liquids.
emissions. Spill Kits
Refrigerant Special materials are available to absorb a number of different
substances. They can be in granular form, ready to use and
Discharge and replacement of refrigerant from air conditioning
bought in convenient containers for storage.
units should only be carried out by using the correct
equipment. Land Contamination
The engine Oils, fuels, solvents, etc. can contaminate any soil that they are
allowed to contact. Such materials should never be disposed
Always observe the followings: of by pouring onto soil. Every precaution must be taken to
• Minimize the unnecessary running of the engine. prevent spillage reaching soil. Waste materials stored on open
• Minimize testing times and check where the exhaust ground could also leak, or may contaminate the land due to
fumes being blown. the washout of contaminants. Always store these materials in
suitable robust containers.
Thinner:
• Keep lids on containers of solvents. Precautions
• Only use the minimum quantity. Always observe the followings:
• Consider alternative materials. • Don't pour or spill anything onto the soil or bare ground.
• Minimize over-spray when painting. • Don't place waste materials on bare ground.
Gas: Local Issues
• Use the correct equipment for collecting refrigerants. A number of environmental issues will be of particular concern
• Don't burn rubbish on site. to residents and other neighbours close to the site. The
sensitivity of these issues will depend on the distance between
V1.0 3
General Information
the site and their residences, the layout of the site and amount • Refrigerant: collect in special equipment and reuse.
of activity carried on at the site. • Detergent: safe to pour down the foul drain if diluted.
Car alarm testing, panel beating, hammering and other such • Paint, thinners: keep separate and deliver to a specialist
noisy activities should, whenever possible, be carried out contractor for disposal.
indoors with doors and windows shut or as far away from • Components: send back to supplier for refurbishment,
residential area as possible. or disassemble and reuse any suitable parts. Dispose the
Be sensitive to the time when these activities are carried out remainder as ordinary waste.
and minimize the time of the noisy operation, particularly in • Small parts: reuse any suitable parts, dispose the
the early morning and late evening. remainder in the ordinary way.
Another local concern will be the smell from the various • Metals: can be sold after being classified from general
materials used. Using less solvent, paint and petrol could help waste.
prevent this annoyance. • Tyres: keep separate and deliver to a specialist
contractor for disposal.
Local residents and other business users will also be concerned
about traffic congestion, noise and exhaust fumes, be sensitive • Packaging: compact as much as possible and dispose in
to these concerns and try to minimize inconvenience from the ordinary way.
deliveries and servicing operations. • Asbestos material: keep separate and deliver to a
specialist contractor for disposal.
Checklist
• Oily and fuel wastes (e.g. rags, used spill kit material):
Always observe the followings:
keep separate and deliver to a specialist contractor for
• Identify where the neighbours who are likely to be disposal.
affected are situated.
• Air filters: keep separate and deliver to a specialist
• Minimize noise, smells and traffic nuisance. contractor for disposal.
• Prevent waste pollution by disposing the wastes in the • Rubber/plastics: dispose in the ordinary way.
correct container.
• Water pipes: dispose in the ordinary way.
• Have waste containers emptied regularly.
• Batteries: keep separate and deliver to a specialist
Waste Management contractor for disposal.
One of the major ways that pollution can be reduced is by the • Airbags - explosives: keep separate and deliver to a
careful handling, storage and disposal of all waste materials that specialist contractor for disposal.
occur on sites. This means that it is necessary to not only know • Electrical components: send back to supplier for
what the waste materials are, but also to have the necessary refurbishment, or disassemble and reuse any suitable
documentation and to know local regulations that apply. parts. Dispose the remainder as ordinary waste.
Handling and Storage of Waste • Catalysts: can be sold after being classified from general
waste.
Waste should be stored in a reasonable way as to prevent the
escape of the material to land, water or air. • Used spill-absorbing material: keep separate and deliver
to a specialist contractor for disposal.
They must also be segregated into different types of waste
e.g. oil, metals, batteries, used vehicle components. This will
prevent any reaction between different materials and assist in
disposal.
Disposal of Waste
Disposal of waste materials must only be to waste carriers who
are authorized to carry those particular waste materials and
have all the necessary documentation. The waste carrier is
responsible for ensuring that the waste is taken to the correct
disposal sites.
Dispose of waste in accordance with the following guidelines:

• Fuel, hydraulic fluid, anti-freeze and oil: appoint a special
contractor for separate disposal.
V1.0 4
General Information
Fuel Handling Precautions Fuel Tank Repair
Overview Do not try to repair a plastic fuel tank. If the structure of the
Gasoline vapour is highly flammable and poisonous, which is fuel tank is damaged, fit a new one.
readily explosive in confined spaces. The vapour is heavier Body Repair
than air, so it always floats below. The vapour can be easily
Plastic fuel pipes are especially susceptible to heat. It can be
distributed throughout the workshop with air flow, therefore,
melt down by heat from a long distance, even at a relatively
even a small spillage of fuel can be very dangerous.
low temperature.
The following information is the basic precautions for handling
When body repairs involve the use of heat, all fuel pipes near
fuel safely. Matters that may lead to danger and shall not be
the repair area must be removed and the tank outlet must be
neglected are also indicated. This information is only a basic
blocked.
introduction, if you have any question, please consult your local
fireman. Warning: If welding is to be carried out in the vicinity of
the fuel tank, the fuel system must be drained and the tank
When handling or draining the fuel, or removing the fuel
removed before welding commences.
system, always have a fire extinguisher containing foam, carbon
dioxide, gas or powder close at hand. Fire extinguishers
should also be located in areas where fuel containers are
stored.
Always disconnect the battery before removing or draining the

fuel system.
When handling, draining or storing the fuel, or removing the

fuel system, please turn off or remove all the ignition devices;
all the working lamps must be fireproof and leakage-free.
Warning: No one should be permitted to repair
components associated with fuel without first having
specialist training.
Warning: Do not remove fuel system components while

the vehicle is over a pit.
Fuel Tank Draining
Fuel tank draining should be carried out in accordance with
the procedure outlined in the FUEL DELIVERY section of this
manual and observing the following precautions.
Warning: Do not remove fuel system components while

the vehicle is over a pit. Extraction or draining of fuel
must be carried out in a well ventilated area.
The capacity of the container must be larger than the fuel to

be drained. The name of the stored liquid shall be clarified on
the container. The liquid shall be stored in a safe area which
meets the local regulations and standards.
Remove of Fuel Tank
When fixing the fuel pipe to the outlet of the fuel tank with
a spring steel clip, release the clip before the fuel pipe is
disconnected or the fuel tank is removed. By doing so, the
vapour in the fuel tank will not be lit when the clip is released.
Additional attention: a warning sign of "Gasoline Vapour" shall

be attached to the fuel tank when it is removed from the
vehicle.
V1.0 5
General Information
Electrical Precautions Disconnecting the Battery
Overview Before disconnecting the battery, turn off the alarm system and
The following instructions are intended to guarantee the all the electrical equipments.
safety of operators and protect the electrical and electronic
Caution: To prevent damage to electrical components,
components on the vehicle from damage. When necessary,
always disconnect the battery when working on the
please refer to the specific precautions described in this
vehicle's electrical system. The ground lead must be
manual.
disconnected first and reconnected last.
Device
Caution: Always ensure that battery leads are routed
Before starting any test on the vehicle, ensure that the correctly and are not close to any potential chafing
related test equipments work properly and all harnesses and points.
connectors are in good state. In particular, check the wire and
Battery Charging
plug of the operating equipment.
Always ensure that the battery charging area is well ventilated,
Polarity
special care should be taken to keep it away from open flame
Do not reverse the battery polarity. Always ensure the correct and spark.
polarity is connected when testing.
Rules
High-voltage Circuit
Connect or disconnect other systems after the ignition
Use insulating pliers to disconnect the alive circuit, do not allow system is turned off, so as to avoid the surge generated by
the exposed wire to contact any components, especially the disconnecting the "live" connection which may damage the
ECU. Measure voltage of the ignition coil terminal when the electronic components.
engine is running. Special care shall be taken since the terminal
Ensure that hands and working surface are clean and free of oil,
may generate high voltage.
swarf, etc. Grease and dust may lead to leakage of electricity
Connectors and Harnesses (short circuit) or open circuit.
For electrical components and connectors, the operating
Do not remove or fit the connectors by force, especially
environment in the engine compartment is awfully harsh:
the internal connectors. Damaged circuits may lead to short
• Before disconnecting and connecting the test equipment, circuit or open circuit.
make sure that the relevant electrical components is dry
Before starting any test and when the periodical test is
and oil-free.
performed, touch vehicle body to release the static electricity.
• Ensure the disconnected multi-plugs and sensors are
Static electricity on operator's body is liable to cause damage
free of oil, coolant or other liquids. Contamination may
to some electronic components.
impair working performance or result in catastrophic
failures. When handling the PCB, only hold the edge of the PCB
with care. Note that some electronic components are quite
• Do not disconnect the connector by force with tools or
susceptible to static electricity from the body.
by pulling the harness.
• Before disconnecting the connector, ensure that the Electrical Connector Lubrication
locking mechanism is unlocked and in the right position To avoid corrosion, a special grease has been applied to some
for reconnection. connectors under the engine hood and vehicle body during
• Ensure that all the protective devices (cap, insulating the vehicle production. If the grease is spoiled during the
material, etc) are in good condition. Once damaged, maintenance, repair or replacement, it should be applied again.
replace it immediately.
If any assembly fails:

• Turn off the ignition switch and disconnect the battery
negative.
• Remove the assembly, and secure the disconnected
harness.
• When replacing the assembly, keep greasy hands away
from the electrical connection area. Push the connector
all the way down until it is locked.
V1.0 6
General Information
SRS Precautions In order to ensure the integrity of system, it is required to
General Precautions check and maintain SRS system on a regular basis so that it can
work more effectively while impact occurs. Check the SRS
If without correct service and handling, some parts in the
component carefully before refit. Do not fit any part showing
system will cause potential dangers to servicemen. The
signs of falling or improperly handled, such as depression, crack
following instructions remind servicemen to be alert to these
or deformation.
potential dangers, and address the importance of complete
parts installed on SRS. Warning: The integrity of the SRS system is critical for
safety reasons.
Warning: It is imperative that before any work
is undertaken on the SRS system the appropriate Make sure to comply with the following operations:
information is read thoroughly. • Do not fit the SRS component previously used on other
Warning: It is imperative that before any work vehicles, nor try to repair the SRS component.
is undertaken on the SRS system the appropriate • Do not use any SRS component without mark or with
information is read thoroughly. illegible mark.
Warning: The airbag module contains sodium azide which • The airbag or SRS ECU that has already fallen off must
is poisonous and extremely flammable. Contact with not be used.
water, acid or heavy metals may produce harmful or • While repairing SRS system, only brand new original
explosive compounds. Do not dismantle, incinerate or components can be used.
bring into contact with electricity, before the unit has • Do not power on SRS component, unless such test is
been deployed. otherwise specified in the instructions.
Warning: Always replace a seat belt assembly that has • Ensure the tightening torque of screw is correct. While
withstood the strain of a severe vehicle impact, or if the replacing SRS component, new fasteners must be used.
webbing shows signs of fraying. • Make sure SRS ECU is correctly fit. Gap is not allowed
Warning: Always disconnect the vehicle battery before between SRS ECU and its bracket. Improper installation
carrying out any electric welding on a vehicle fitted with of SRS ECU may lead to system failure.
an SRS system. • Do not power on SRS ECU before all SRS components
are connected.
Caution: Do not expose an airbag module or seat belt
pre-tensioner to heat exceeding 85℃. Caution: Ensure SRS components are not contaminated
with oil, grease, detergent or water.
Pay attention to operation cautions when maintaining SRS as
well as operating auxiliary system and components around SRS Caution: Torque wrenches should be regularly checked for
component. accuracy to ensure that all fixings are tightened to the
correct torque.
Keep System Secure
Caution: Following seat belt pretensioner deployment,
When conducting the operation on and around the SRS
the seat belts can still be used as conventional seat
component, ensure the security of system according to the
belts, but will need to be replaced as soon as possible to
following steps:
re-establish full SRS protection.
• Take the key from ignition switch.
Caution: If the SRS component is to be replaced, the bar
• Disconnect the battery negative first, and then
code of the new unit must be recorded.
disconnect the positive.
• Wait for 10 minutes to discharge SRS ECU backup circuit. SRS Component Test Precautions
SRS system uses energy storage capacitor so that the system SRS component is designed to be triggered with low working
can still work in case of power failure due to accident. The current, please always follow the precautions as below:
discharge time of capacitor shall be long enough (at least 10 Warning: Do not use a multimeter or other general
minutes) to prevent the airbag from unexpected deployment. purpose test equipment on SRS system components
Caution: Disconnect the battery before starting the SRS or accidental deployment may occur. Only use the
operation. Disconnect the battery negative terminal first. recommended diagnostic equipment to diagnose system
DO NOT disconnect the battery in the reverse order. faults.
Refit
V1.0 7
General Information
Warning: Do not use electrical test equipment on the SRS Warning: Store the airbag module or seat belt
harness while it is connected to any of the SRS system pre-tensioners in a designated storage area.
components. It may cause accidental deployment and
Caution: Improper handling or storage can internally
personal injury.
damage the airbag module, making it inoperative. If you
Handling and Storage suspect the airbag module has been damaged, install
Always comply with the following handling precautions: a new module and refer to theDeployment/Disposal
Procedures for disposal of the damaged module.
Warning: The SRS components are sensitive and
potentially hazardous if not handled correctly; always SRS Harness and Connector
comply with the following handling precautions: When handling the harness of SRS system, comply with the
• ECU and airbag must be stored in a cabinet in a dry following operation steps:
room at normal room temperatures not exceeding • Do not try to modify, connect or repair SRS harness.
85° C. Ensure that heating, fire, water and other
• Do not fit any extra electronic equipment (e.g., mobile
chemical corrosive substances cannot contaminate
phone, two-way broadcast or onboard entertainment
the stored SRS components.
system), which will cause electromagnetic interference
• For safety reasons, do not store inflammable goods to airbag circuit. Consult professional personnel for
close to the area where the SRS components are suggestions prior to the fit of similar devices.
stored.
Note: SRS system wiring can be identified by a special
• Keep new airbag module in the original packaging,
yellow outer sleeve protecting the wires (black with yellow
until just before fitting.
stripe protective coverings are sometimes used).
• The storage area must comply with all legal
Warning: Always ensure SRS wiring is routed correctly.
requirements. It must have suitable fire extinguishers
Be careful to avoidtrapping or pinching the SRS wiring.
or other fire extinguishing equipment.
Do not leave the connectors hanging loose or allow SRS
• Never drop an SRS component. The airbag
components to hang from their harnesses. Look for
diagnostic control unit is a particularly shock
possible points of chafing.
sensitive device and must be handled with extreme
Precautions during User's Operation
care.
• Never wrap your arms around an airbag module. If In order to ensure the airbag to restrain, users shall pay
an airbag module has to be carried, hold it by the attention to the following precautions related to the use of
cover, with the cover uppermost and the base away airbag.
from your body. The driver and passenger must use seat belt in a correct
• Never transport airbag modules or seat belt manner. Proper use of seat belt may protect human body and
pre-tensioners in the cabin of a vehicle. reduce the damage to body during accident.
Warning: Never attach anything to an airbag cover or any Do not fit any additional device that may hinder or damage seat
trim componentcovering an airbag module. Do not allow belt pretensioner or airbag without permission.
anything to rest on top of an airbag module.
Do not place any articles on the steering wheel and instrument
Warning: Store the airbag module with the deployment panel, otherwise they will cut the airbag while inflating or
side uppermost. If it is stored deployment side down, become projectile to hurt human body.
accidental deployment will propel the airbag module with
The seat cover is not allowed to add or incorrectly fit on seat
enough force to cause serious injury.
with side airbag.
Warning: Airbag modules and seat belt pre-tensioners are
Children under the age of 12 is not allowed to be seated in
classed as explosive devices. For overnight and longer
front seat.
term storage, they must be stored in a secure steel cabinet
which has been approved as suitable for the purpose and Only original accessories are allowed to install.
has been registered by the local authority. Only authorized personnel can remove the harness and
Warning: When recovering the seat belt pretensioner, DO connector of airbag module, SRS ECU and SRS system.
NOT aim the piston pipe at yourself or others. Keep the If the airbag and seat belt pretensioner are used in accident,
pistons facing the ground. Hold the case instead of the then SRS ECU must be replaced and the old one shall be
seat belt. discarded.
V1.0 8
General Information
SRS system on each vehicle is matched and verified, and adding Warning: Contact with chemicals from deployed and
or modifying SRS system and harness at will may harm human damaged SRS components could present a health hazard,
body. wear protective clothing when handling. DO NOT eat,
drink or smoke when handling SRS components.
Change in vehicle structure or SRS system is strictly prohibited,
otherwise it may result in false explosion or non-explosion of Warning: Deployment of airbag modules and seat belt
airbag. pre-tensioners can cause injury to personnel in the close
Rotary Coupler Protection vicinity of the deploying unit. In case of injury seek urgent
medical advice. Possible sources of injury include:
Caution: Always follow the procedure for fitting and
• impact - due to inflating airbag or pretensioner
checking the rotary coupler as instructed in the SRS
operation causing component 'kick'.
repairs section. Comply with all safety and installation
procedures to ensure the system functions correctly. • hearing - due to noise produced by deploying airbags
and seat belt pretensioner units.
Follow the following operation precautions:
• burns - hot component parts and gases.
• Do not unlock or rotate while removing rotary coupler.
• irritation to eyes and lungs - from deploying gases or
• Do not rotate wheels while removing rotary coupler.
combustion residue.
• Ensure that the rotary coupler is in the centre with front
Warning: Ensure the SRS component to be deployed is
wheel pointing to right ahead when carrying out removal
securely fastened to its mounting.
and refit. For correct removal and refit procedures,
please refer to SRS Service section. Warning: Compliance with the following precautions
• Ensure the locking piece is in good condition while fitting MUST be ensured:
new rotary coupler; do not use if it is damaged. • Only use deployment equipment approved for the
Roadside Assistance intended purpose.
Traction - SRS Component Non-deployment • Before commencing deployment procedure, ensure

the deployment tool functions properly.
Normal traction will not lead to airbag deployment. However,
• Deployment of airbag/pre-tensioner modules should
as an preventive measure, it is required to turn off the ignition
be performed in a well ventilated area which has
switch and disconnect the battery positive and negative.
been designated for the purpose.
Disconnect the negative first at the time of disconnection.
• Ensure airbag/pre-tensioner modules are not
Traction - SRS Component Non-deployment damaged or ruptured before attempting to deploy.
Once the driver airbag deploys, the vehicle must be drawn • Notify the relevant authorities of intention to deploy
with front wheel lifted. However, as an preventive measure, airbag and pretensioner units.
it is required to turn off the ignition switch and disconnect the • When deploying airbag and seat belt pre-tensioner
battery positive and negative. Disconnect the negative first at units, ensure that all personnel are at least 15 metres
the time of disconnection. away from the deployment zone.
SRS Component Deployment • When deploying seat belt pretensioners in the
If the vehicle has unexpanded airbag module while being vehicle, ensure the pre-tensioner unit is fully secured
scraped, deploy it manually. to its fixing point.
• When removing deployed airbag and seat belt
Comply with the following precautions:
pre-tensioner modules, wear protective clothing.
Warning: Only personnel who have undergone the Use gloves and seal deployed units in a plastic bag.
appropriate training should undertake deployment of • Following deployment of any component of the SRS
airbag and seat belt pre-tensioner modules. system within the vehicle, all SRS components must
Warning: A deployed airbag or seat belt pre-tensioner is be replaced. DO NOT re-use or salvage any parts of
very hot, DO NOT return to a deployed airbag module the SRS system.
until at least 30 minutes have elapsed since deployment. • Do not lean over airbag modules or seat belt
pre-tensioner units when connecting deployment
Warning: Only use approved deployment equipment,
equipment.
and only deploy SRS components in a well-ventilated
designated area. Ensure SRS components are not
damaged or ruptured before deployment.
V1.0 9
General Information
Air Conditioning System Precautions Warning: Due to its low evaporating temperature, R134a
Overview must be handled with care. R134a splashed on any part
of the body will cause immediate freezing of that area.
The fluids and components of air conditioning system could
Also, refrigerant cylinders and replenishment trolleys
be potentially hazardous to the service technician or the
when discharging will freeze skin to them if contact is
environment if they are not serviced or handled correctly.
made.
The following guidelines are intended to alert the service
engineer to potential sources of danger and emphasize the Service Precautions
importance of ensuring the integrity of the air conditioning Observe the following precautions when handling components
operating conditions and components fitted to the vehicle. used in the air conditioning system:
Where necessary, additional specific precautions are detailed • Air conditioning units must not be lifted by their hoses,
in the relevant sections of this Manual which should be referred pipes or capillary lines.
to prior to commencing repair operations. • Hoses and lines must not be subjected to any twist or
The refrigerant used in the air conditioning system is HFC-134a stress; the efficiency of the system will be impaired by
(Hydrofluorocarbon) R134a. kinks or restrictions. Ensure that hoses are correctly
positioned before tightening couplings, and ensure that
Warning: Servicing must only be carried out by personnel all clips and supports are utilized.
familiar with both the vehicle system and the charging and
• Flexible hoses should not be positioned close to the
testing equipment. All operations must be carried out in
exhaust manifold (less than 100 mm) unless protected
a well ventilated area away from open flame and heat
by heat shielding.
sources.
• Completed assemblies must be checked for refrigeration
Warning: R134a is a hazardous liquid and when handled lines touching metal panels. Any direct contact of
incorrectly can cause serious injury. Suitable protective components and panels may transmit noise and so must
clothing, consisting of face protection, heat-proof gloves, be eliminated.
rubber boots and rubber apron or waterproof overalls,
• The appropriate torque wrench must be used when
must be worn when carrying out operations on the air
tightening refrigerant connections to the stipulated
conditioning system.
value. An additional spanner must be used to hold the
First-aid Measures union to prevent twisting of the pipe when tightening
If accident involving R134a occurs, conduct the following connections.
first-aid measures: • Before connecting any hose or pipe, ensure that
• If liquid R134a enters into the eye, do not rub it. Gently refrigerant oil is applied to the seat of the new O-rings,
run large quantities of eye wash over affected eye to raise BUT NOT to the threads of the connection.
the temperature. If an eye wash is not available, cool • All air conditioning system components must be stored
clean water may be used to flush the eye. After rinsing, under seal until immediately prior to connection.
cover the eye with a clean pad and seek immediate • Ensure components are at room temperature before
medical attention. uncapping, to prevent condensation of moisture from
• If liquid R134a is splashed onto the skin, run large the air that enters it.
quantities of water over the affected area to raise • Component seal must not remain uncapped for more
the temperature. Implement the same action if the than 15 minutes. In the event of a delay, the sealing
skin comes in contact with discharge. Wrap the component must be fitted.
contaminated body parts in blankets (or similar materials)
• When disconnecting, immediately cap all air conditioning
and seek immediate medical attention.
pipes to prevent ingress of dirt and moisture into the
• If inhalation of R134a vapour causes persons to be system.
unconscious, move them away from the contaminated
• The receiver/drier contains desiccant which absorbs
area to fresh air and apply artificial respiration and/or
moisture. It must be positively sealed at all times. A
oxygen and seek immediate medical attention.
receiver/drier that has been left uncapped must not be
used, fit a new unit.
• The receiver/drier should be the last component
connected to the system to ensure optimum dehydration
and maximum moisture protection of the system.
V1.0 10
General Information
• Whenever the refrigerant system is opened, the Warning: Refrigerant R134a from domestic and
desiccant must be renewed immediately before refilling commercial sources must not be used in motor vehicle air
the refrigerant. conditioning systems.
• Use alcohol and a clean lint-free cloth to clean dirty Caution: The system must be evacuated immediately
connections. before recharging commences. Delay between evacuation
• Ensure that all new parts fitted are marked for use with and recharging is not permitted.
R134a.
Refrigerant Oil
Refrigerant oil easily absorbs water and must not be stored for
long periods. Do not pour unused refrigerant oil back into the
container. Always use an approved refrigerant oil.
When replacing components in the A/C system, drain the

refrigerant oil from the component being replaced into
a graduated container. On assembly, add the quantity of
lubricating oil drained to the new component.
Compressor
A new compressor is sealed and pressurized with nitrogen gas.
When fitting a new compressor, slowly release the sealing cap;
gas pressure should be heard to vent as the seal is broken.
Caution: Do not remove the cap(s) until immediately
prior to connecting the air conditioning pipes to the
compressor.
Rapid Refrigerant Discharge
If the air conditioning system is involved in accident damage
and the system is punctured, the refrigerant will discharge
rapidly. The rapid discharge of refrigerant will also result in
the loss of most of the oil from the system. While removing
the compressor, drain the rest lubricating oil, and operate as
instructed in the air conditioning section of this manual.
Precautions for Refrigerant Recovery, Recycling
and Recharging
When the air conditioning system is recharged with
refrigerant, any existing refrigerant is first recovered from the
system and recycled. The system is then charged with the
required refrigerant and volume of lubricating oil.
Warning: Refrigerant must always be recycled before

re-use to ensure that the purity of the refrigerant is high
enough for safe use in the air conditioning system.
Warning: Recycling should always be carried out with

equipment which is design certified by Underwriter
Laboratory Inc. for compliance with SAE J1991. Other
equipment may not recycle refrigerant to the required
level of purity.
Warning: A R134a Refrigerant Recovery Recycling
Recharging Station must not be used with any other type
of refrigerant.
V1.0 11
General Information Diagnoses Based on Strategy
Diagnoses Based on Strategy If the circuit test is normal, replace the control module.
Integrity Inspection of Network
Integrity Inspection of MS CAN Network
Note: Please confirm the followings:
• Control module and LAN device equipped on the vehicle.
• Position of the control module on medium-speed CAN
serial data circuit
• control module B+, ignition, grounding, communication
enabling and serial data circuit terminals.
1. Confirm that there is no DTC in the communication

between other modules before the diagnosis. If there
is a DTC, diagnose it first.
2. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
the battery negative cable.
3. Test the resistance between diagnostic interface terminals
MS-CAN H (3) and MS-CAN L (11) according to the
following conditions:
Condition A: With all the connectors connected, check
if the resistance is 60±5Ω
Condition B: With 1 control module of the GW or BCM
disconnected, check if the resistance is 120±5Ω.
Condition C: With all the connectors of GW and BCM
disconnected, check if the resistance is infinite.
4. If the above resistance fails to meet the standard value,
disconnect the harness connector from the control
module which is unable to communicate.
5. Test if the resistance between the ground circuit terminal
of each control module and the ground is less than 10Ω.
If it is greater than the specified range, test the ground
circuit for open circuit/high resistance.
6. Connect the battery negative cable, place the ignition
switch in "ON" position, and confirm if the test lamp
between the B+ circuit terminal of each control module
and the ground illuminates.
If the test lamp fails to illuminate, test the B+ circuit for
short to ground, open circuit/high resistance.
If the circuit fuse is blown, test the control circuit of the
control module for short to ground.
If the circuit test is normal, replace the control module.
7. Confirm if the test lamp between each ignition circuit
terminal and the ground illuminates.
If it fails to illuminate, test the ignition circuit for short to
ground or open circuit/high resistance.
If the circuit fuse is blown, test the control circuit of the
V1.0 12
Diagnoses Based on Strategy General Information
Integrity Inspection of HS CAN Network Description on Diagnostic Procedure
Note: Please confirm the followings:
U n d e rs ta n d a n d V e rify th e C u s to m e rs C o n c e rn
• Control module and LAN device equipped on the vehicle.
• position of the control module on the HS CAN serial
V e h ic le O p e ra tin g a s D e s ig n e d
data circuit.
• control module B+, ignition, grounding, communication P re lim in a ry C h e c k s V is u a l a n d O p e ra tio n a l
enabling and serial data circuit terminals.

P e rfo rm D ia g n o s tic S y s te m C h e c k V e h ic le Id e n tify th
1. Confirm that there is no DTC in the communication C a te g o ry o f D ia g n o s tic to P e rfo rm
between other modules before the diagnosis. If there

C h e c k fo r R e la tiv e S e r v ic e T e c h n ic a l In fo rm a tio n
is a DTC, diagnose it first.
C u r re n t D T C N o D TC
In te r m itte
3. Test the resistance between diagnostic interface terminals F o llo w D T C D ia g n o s tic F o llo w S y m p to m S e e D ia
P ro c e d u re D ia g n o s tic P ro c e d u re B
HS-CAN H (6) and HS-CAN L (14) according to the
following conditions:
Condition A: With all the connectors connected, check Is o la te th e R o o t C a u s e , th e n R e p a ir a n d V e rify F ix

if the resistance is 60±5Ω
Condition B: With 1 control module of the ECM or SRS R e - e x a m in e th e C o n c e rn
disconnected, check if the resistance is 120±5Ω Yes
E n s u re th e C o n c e rn s o lv e d , C le a r th e D T C
Condition C: With all connectors of the ECM and SRS
disconnected, check if the resistance is infinite
4. If the above resistance fails to meet the standard value, 1. Understand and confirm the problem reported by the
disconnect the harness connector from the control customer: The first step of this procedure is to know
module which is unable to communicate. as much as possible about the customer. Working
5. Test if the resistance between the ground circuit terminal conditions while the failure occurs, frequency of the
of each control module and the ground is less than 10Ω. failure and service history shall be inquired. The
technician shall have a good knowledge of the normal
If it is greater than the specified range, test the ground working condition of the system prior to confirming any
circuit for open circuit/high resistance. customer claimed problem. For details, please refer to
6. Connect the battery negative cable, place the ignition User Manual or Service Manual.
switch in "ON" position, and confirm if the test lamp 2. The driving condition meets the design requirement: this
between the B+ circuit terminal of each control module condition exists during normal driving. The condition
and the ground illuminates. described by the customer may be a normal condition.
Under the same condition as described by the customer,
If the test lamp fails to illuminate, test the B+ circuit for
compare with the similar vehicles which are in normal
short to ground, open circuit/high resistance.
operation. Explain the check results and system
If the circuit fuse is blown, test the control circuit of the operation conditions to the customer.
3. Preliminary Check: Perform an overall visual check.
If the circuit test is normal, replace the control module. Review the service history. Detect unusual sounds or
odors. Collect the DTC information so as to make
7. Confirm if the test lamp between each ignition circuit
effective repair.
terminal and the ground illuminates.
4. Perform a diagnostic system check - vehicle, confirm if
If it fails to illuminate, test the ignition circuit for short to the system works normally. This can help the technician
ground or open circuit/high resistance. to take systematic diagnostic actions and determine
If the circuit fuse is blown, test the control circuit of the which diagnostic category shall be performed. Refer to
control module for short to ground. "Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle".
If the circuit test is normal, replace the control module. 5. Check and refer to the relevant service technical
information.
V1.0 13
6. Diagnostic category: Diagnostic Procedure Description

a. Current DTCs: Diagnose according to the The following is brief description for all 13 procedures included
designated DTC so as to make a effective repair. in diagnosis procedure.
Please refer to the Overall List of the Diagnostic DTC Description
Trouble Code (DTC).
It describes the DTC diagnosed in this procedure. DTC No.
b. Symptom - no DTC is detected: Select a proper and description with symptom description will be provided
symptom diagnosis procedure. when appropriate.
c. Intermittent DTCs: Intermittent failure is a failure Circuit/System Description
that does not occur consecutively, is difficult Circuit/system description determines how circuit/system
to reappear and only occurs when the relevant works normally.
conditions are met. Normally, intermittent failures
Conditions for Running DTCs
are caused by electrical connector and harness
failure, component failure, electromagnetic/radio Conditions for running DTCs confirm which conditions must
frequency interference, driving condition or appear to allow the running of failure diagnosis.
aftermarket add-on equipments. Unordered list in this procedure shows that conditions to run
7. Find out the root cause of the failure, then make repair DTC are in "and" relation.
and verify the result: after finding out the root cause Conditions for Setting DTCs
of the failure, repair and verify if the failure has been
Conditions for setting DTCs confirm which conditions must
corrected. Confirm that the DTC or symptom has been
appear when diagnosis fails and when this DTC is set.
solved, it may be required to perform a road test on
the vehicle. Unordered list in this procedure shows that conditions to set
8. Recheck the problem claimed by the customer: If the DTC are in "and" relation.
technician fails to find out the cause of the problem, Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
recheck as necessary. Reconfirm the problem claimed Action taken when the DTC is set confirms the default
by the customer. The problem could be an intermittent operation when the control module sets a DTC.
failure, or a normal condition.
Unordered list in this procedure shows that action taken when
9. Confirm that the problem claimed by the customer has
setting DTCs is in "and" relation.
been solved, and clear the relevant DTCs.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
Conditions for clearing DTCs/MILs confirm the conditions that
must be met to clear DTCs.
Unordered list in this procedure shows that conditions to clear

DTC/MIL are in "or" relation.
Diagnostic Aids
Diagnostic aid is a suggestion, and it explains in other ways for
diagnosing this failure. It also provides special information to
aid technicians in looking for and repairing vehicle failures.
Failure Cause
Failure cause lists all factors causing this DTC, so technicians
can reduce servicing range during servicing and repair vehicle
failures quickly and effectively.
Unordered list in this procedure shows that failure causes are

in "or" relation.
Reference Information
Reference information includes links providing other
information for diagnostic procedure.
For example:
V1.0 14
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection Test module in this category is not available. Mostly, module is
Circuit/System Check used to confirm harness circuit in circuit/system test category,
and always re-test module before replacement.
Diagnosis mode does not enforce technicians to carry
out any of three diagnosis types (circuit/system check,
Service Guideline
circuit/system test and component test). However, carrying Service guideline provides relevant link for components need
out circuit/system check first helps to determine current to be serviced or replaced, and this link describe how to
vehicle failures. identify serviced vehicle.
Circuit/system check is a non-interference procedure,
outlining how to confirm normal operation of a system or a
system port. During the check, vehicle shall be kept intact
and be tested as a complete system. This check is used to
help technicians to determine whether the failure is current
or intermittent.
When appropriate, technicians shall be able to confirm

whether the failure appears on input circuit - signal or output
circuit - control. Technicians need to determine whether
system works normally from confirmation results, or whether
system needs further diagnosis in circuit/system test and/or
component test.
Circuit/System Test
As a gradual process, circuit/system test is carried out in test
sequence of positive number, technicians are allowed to carry
out every test step in sequence, until a failure is found. If test
step result in this number is reached, continue to carry out the
test step in next number according to normal flow. If test step
result in this number is not reached, inspection and servicing
suggestion after this test will confirm which operation will be
taken.
Carry out interference diagnosis to confirm system failure.

Disconnect system harness connector from module or
component to test signal circuit function. Module or
component helps confirm circuit function. When inspection
is not passed, suggestion after servicing step will indicate the
circuit failure which may need to test. For example, short to
voltage, short to ground or open circuit/high resistance.
When inspecting single circuit failure, technicians shall also

carry out terminal inspection, such as connecting surface and
terminal tension on harness and component/module.
When those test steps are carried out, control module and
component will also be diagnosed. Before replacement,
always re-test control module or component. For example,
re-connect all components and module, re-test system, and
confirm that the failure still exists before replacing module or
component.
Component Test
Component test can provide static and/or dynamic component
tests. Those tests are used to confirm whether component
works normally, to avoid unnecessary replacement.
V1.0 15
Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection

Perform the diagnostic procedure in this manual on condition The basic method of circuit inspection contains the following
that all functions below conform to the design conventions: basic inspection information. These information is used
together with the diagnostic procedure, so as to identify the
• The 12V battery is in full charge state, and the cable is
causes of electrical failure.
clean and secure.
• The fuse is not blown. • Measuring Voltage
• The ground circuit in the area where the customer claims • Measuring Voltage Drop
repair is clean, firm and in proper position. • Measuring Frequency
• All the connections/connectors of the faulty section are • Inspecting Ground and Low Level Reference Voltage
in place. Circuit
• No after-market add-on equipment affects the system • Conduction Test
operation. • Inspection for Short to Ground
• The scan tool is powered on. • Inspection for Short to Voltage
Diagnostic System Check • Inspection for Intermittent Failure or Poor Contact
1. Confirm customer-claimed problem - Understand and Measuring Voltage
confirm problem claimed by the customer. Check the
Following procedures are used to measure the voltage at
visible system parts for apparent damage or failure which
selected points in the circuit.
has caused the problem.
1. When necessary, disconnect the electrical harness
2. Check service bulletin - Check relevant service bulletins,
connector of the circuit to be tested.
recall/regional operations and preliminary information.
2. Enable the circuit and/or system being tested. The
3. Mechanical System Failure - Confirm if this symptom is
method is as follow:
not caused by a mechanical system failure only.
4. Vehicle electricity check - Place the ignition switch in a. With the engine off, put the ignition switch in "ON"
"ON" position, and confirm the vehicle is powered on. position.
5. Control module communication and DTC check - With b. Start the engine.
a scan tool, confirm there's at least one control module
c. Connect the circuit and/or system with the "Forced
can communicate with the scan tool.
Output" function of a scan tool.
6. Control module internal performance failure - Confirm
that DTCs for the control module internal hardware d. Turn on the switch for the circuit and/or system being
performance failure have not been set. tested.
7. Control module communication check - Check if 3. Select V (AC) or V (DC) position on a digital multimeter.
the vehicle has any control module that cannot 4. Connect the positive wire of the digital multimeter to the
communicate, all control modules equipped shall be able point to be tested on the circuit.
to communicate. 5. Connect the negative wire of the digital multimeter to
8. Communication and power mode failure - Confirm that a good ground.
no control module power mode or communication DTC 6. The digital multimeter will display the measured voltage
is set currently. value at this point.
9. Engine start and run inspection - Confirm that the engine Measuring Voltage Drop
is started and running.
The following procedures are used to determine the voltage
10. Check for other DTCs - Confirm that no other DTC
difference between two points.
is set.
1. Set the digital multimeter at V (DC) position.
11. Emission-related check/maintenance test failure - If the
check and maintenance are required in the local area, 2. Connect the positive wire of the digital multimeter to a
confirm that problem claimed by customer is irrelevant point to be tested on the circuit.
to the check/maintenance test. 3. Connect the negative wire of the digital multimeter to
12. Symptom diagnosis - Diagnose other problems claimed another point to be tested on the circuit.
by the customer. 4. Power on the circuit.
V1.0 16
5. The digital multimeter will display the voltage difference It may be required to meet the following conditions to ensure
between two points. the conduction readings of ground or low level reference
Measuring Frequency voltage circuit are valid.
• Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position.
Apply a oscilloscope or other special frequency meter to
measure the frequency. The following part only introduces • The key is pulled out from the ignition switch (no remote
the measuring method with a digital multimeter. door lock and remote starter equipped)
• Retained accessory power is turned off (after the ignition
The following procedures can determine the signal frequency.
switch is turned off, open the driver door and then close
1. Power on the circuit. it)
2. Set the digital multimeter at V (AC) position. • Charging rate of the battery charger is set as 2A or lower
3. Connect the positive wire of the digital multimeter to the • Scan tool has no communication with any vehicle control
circuit to be tested. module (sometimes it is required to disconnect it from
4. Connect the negative wire of the digital multimeter to the DLC)
a good ground. • All doors are closed.
5. Set the digital multimeter to Hz. • Headlamp goes off (auto headlamp disabled)
6. The digital multimeter will display the measured value • Any delay lamp goes off
of frequency.
• HVAC system is turned off
Inspecting Ground and Low Level Reference
• Any accessories which can work when the ignition switch
Voltage Circuit
is off
When a digital multimeter is applied, there are many vehicle
• Waiting for 60s (after all following conditions have been
conditions which may affect the conduction test of ground and
met)
low level voltage reference circuit. If these conditions have not
been met, the ground or low level reference voltage circuit test Conduction Test
on a good circuit may fail. It may result in extended diagnostic The following procedures can inspect if the circuit has good
time and incorrect component replacement. conduction.
During the test, any current flowing through ground or low Application of Digital Multimeter
level reference voltage circuit may result in the conduction
1. Set the digital multimeter in Ω (ohm) range.
reading deviation of the digital multimeter, or displaying a
higher reading over that when there is no current flowing 2. Disconnect the power feeder of suspicious circuit (e.g.
through. When performing ground or low level reference fuse, control module).
voltage circuit conduction test, compared with any other 3. Disconnect the load.
ground reference points, the good ground or low level 4. Select the "MIN MAX" function of the digital multimeter.
reference voltage circuit test is most likely to fail at the vehicle 5. Connect one wire of the digital multimeter to one end
battery negative terminal. The optimum ground test point of the circuit to be tested.
should be the control module housing (if the control module
6. Connect the other wire of the digital multimeter to the
has a metal housing and is grounded), the door pillar lock
other end of the circuit to be tested.
catch (if connecting with metal), lower part of the instrument
panel metal framework, the engine cylinder block or body 7. If the digital multimeter displays little resistance or no
ground stud (positions other than that at the battery negative resistance, it indicates that the circuit conduction is good.
cable connection). Inspection for Short to Ground
The typical ground or low level reference circuit conduction The following procedures are used to test if the circuit is short
readings of a digital multimeter shall be 100Ω when the ignition to ground.
switch is placed in "ON" position, and it will drop to 15–25Ω Take the application of digital multimeter for example:
when the ignition switch is in "OFF" position. After 30–40s, the
reading will drop below 10Ω, after 60s, it will drop below 5Ω. 1. Disconnect the power feeder of suspected circuit
Once the vehicle completely enters into sleep state (normally (e.g.fuse, control module).
3 - 10min), the reading will drop below 0.3Ω. 2. Disconnect the load.
3. Set the digital multimeter in Ω (ohm) range.
V1.0 17
4. Connect one wire of the digital multimeter to one end • Wiggling the harness
of the circuit to be tested. • Disconnect and reconnect the connector.
5. Connect the other wire of the digital multimeter to a
• Squeeze mechanical connection part of connectors.
good ground.
• Pull the harness or wire to judge if the wire inside the
6. If the resistance shown on the digital multimeter is not
insulating layer is disconnected/broken.
infinitely great, it indicates that the circuit is short to
ground. • Reroute the harness or wire.
When the fuse supplies power for multiple loads: All these operations should be performed with specific
purpose. For example, once connecting with fault
1. Review the system schematic diagram and find the blown
diagnostic apparatus,shake wire to find fault in respect to
fuse.
control module input signal. It is possible to observe data
2. Disconnect the first connector or switch between the fuse information of corresponding components via "Real-time
and each load. Display".
3. Connect the digital multimeter with both terminals of the
Another method is: connect, shut off and shift related
fuse (ensure the fuse is energized).
connector and harness with "Force Output" component
• If the digital multimeter shows a voltage, it indicates of the scan tool and observe component operations.
that the circuit to the first connector or switch is Keep the engine running, move related connector and
short-circuited. harness, meanwhile monitor the engine operation. If the
movement of harness or connector affects the indicated
• If the digital multimeter shows a voltage, it indicates
data, the component/system operation or the engine
that the circuit to the first connector or switch is
operation, then inspect the harness/connector and repair
short-circuited.
them when necessary.
4. Close the connector or switch one by one, till the digital
It may be required to load the vehicle to reappear the
multimeter shows a voltage, so as to find the shorted
failure. Heavy load, floor jack, jack support, vehicle hoist
circuit.
etc. may be needed. Above methods can be used to
Inspection for Short to Voltage control suspension or frame so as to reappear the failure.
The following procedures are used to test if the circuit is short This method can effectively find those harnesses which are
to voltage. too short, the connector on the harness may be pulled
open if the harness is too short, which may result in poor
1. Disconnect the power feeder of suspected circuit
contact. When testing, set the digital multimeter at "Peak
(e.g.fuse, control module).
Min/Max" mode and connect to suspected circuit, then you
2. Disconnect the load. can obtain desired result.
3. Set the digital multimeter at V (DC) position.
Certainly, using the senses of sight, smell, and hearing while
4. Connect the positive wire of the digital multimeter to manipulating the circuit can provide good results as well.
one end of the circuit to be tested.
Sometimes, the target of reappearing failure can not
5. Connect the negative wire of the digital multimeter to be achieved only by circuit operation. In this case, it is
a good ground. required to expose the suspected circuit under other
6. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, and have all conditions simultaneously when operating the harness.
accessories operating. This kind of conditions include high humidity condition
7. If the measured voltage value is higher than 1V, it indicates and extreme high or low temperature condition. The
that the circuit is short to voltage. following introduces how to expose the circuit under this
kind of conditions.
Inspection for Intermittent Failure and Poor
Contact • High Temperature Conditions
1. Conditions Causing Intermittent Failure If the failure claimed by customer seems to be associated
Many intermittent break circuit and short circuit failure are with overheating, a heat gun can be used to simulate failure
arising from the movement of harness/connector due to conditions. Apply heat gun to heat suspected part or
vibration, engine torque, jerk/rough road etc. If the failure component.
seems arising from vibration, harness operations may be Operate the harness under high temperature, meanwhile
required to reappear the failure reported by the customer. monitor the scan tool or digital multimeter to find out the
Circuit operation may include various operations, such as: failure.
V1.0 18
The high temperature condition may also be easily • Learn the testing procedures of intermittent open circuit,
obtained by performing road test of vehicle under normal high resistance, short to ground and short to voltage
running temperature. failure.
If a heat gun is unavailable, consider this option to enhance a. Test the terminal for fretting wear
your diagnosis. Whereas, this method is inconvenient
Some intermittent failures may be caused by wire
for performing corresponding operation on components
terminal contact corrosion. When there is a minor
(such as harness) at the same time.
movement between electrical connectors, contact
• Low Temperature Conditions corrosion is formed by insulating accumulation -
oxidation wear fragment. When oxidation wear
Placing a fan in the front of vehicle according to the failure
fragment accumulated at electrical connector to a
nature, and parking the vehicle in the shade, then the
certain degree, the resistance at connector shall
desired effect can be achieved.
increase. A minor movement from 10 to 100 micron
After vehicle, component or harness are completely on contact surface will result in contact corrosion.
cooled down, operate the harness or component to Imagine a piece of paper with a thickness of 100
reappear failure. micron, it turns out the contact corrosion is too
Duplicating Failure Conditions small to be seen. Vibration as well as expansion and
contraction are main causes of contact corrosion
a. If none of the previous tests are successful, attempt movement. Vehicle vibration and wide temperature
to duplicate and/or capture the failure conditions. fluctuation are also sources of contact corrosion
b. "Freeze Frame" data includes conditions appearing in movement. Tin, copper, nickle and metal surface are
the setting of DTC (if applicable). easy to be contact corrosion. Contact corrosion
is difficult to be seen, but it seems like a small and
2. Inspection for Intermittent Failure and Poor Contact
black stain on terminal contact surface. In order to
If a failure does not occur at current time, but DTC history prevent corrosion, disconnect suspected connector
record shows that it has occurred once, then it may be and add lubricant at two sides of connector terminal
an intermittent fault. Intermittent failure may also be the (insulating lubricating grease). Then reconnect
reason why customer reported to repair, but the symptom connector and wipe off excessive lubricant. This may
cannot be reappeared. reduce terminal contact additional resistance caused
Most intermittent failures are caused by electrical by terminal contact corrosion.
connection or wiring failure. Inspect the followings: b. Test if terminal contact is in good condition.
• Wiring broken inside the insulation Before replacing suspicious components, test contact
• Positive terminal and negative terminal of connector is in conditions of terminal on component connector
poor contact or not. and in-line connector. Mating terminals must be
inspected to ensure good terminal contact. Negative
• Poor terminal-to-wire contact - this kind of failure includes and positive terminal of connector may be in poor
poor pressure connection, poor welding, pressure connection due to contamination or deformation.
connection onto wire insulating layer rather than wire Improper connection of two halves of a connector
itself, contact part of wire and terminal corrosion etc. may cause contamination. Absence or damage of
• Piercing or destroying insulating layer may result in connector seal element, damage of connector itself
moisture into wire then cause corrosion. Conductor or expose of terminal in moisture or dust may
in insulating layer may corrode, but it cannot be found also cause contamination. Connector under engine
apparently. Search if there are inflatable and hardened compartment or at vehicle bottom is most likely to
wires in suspected circuit. be contaminated, result in terminal corrosion and
then cause break circuit or intermittent break circuit.
• Wire stuck, cut or insulation layer abrasion may result in
Other reasons causing terminal deformation include:
intermittent break circuit or short circuit (since exposed
improper connection of connector two halves or
part contacts with other harness or component on
repeated removal and refit of connector two halves.
vehicle).
Deformation (often occurs in contact tab on parent
• Wire may contact with hot component or exhaust plug) will cause poor contact of terminal and result
component. in break circuit or intermittent break circuit failure.
• Reappear failure to verify the failure customer reported. c. Test if electrical center terminal of bus contacts well
V1.0 19
Test terminal contact condition according to the circuits. Other component in the system may
following procedures: have individual ground, which may also need to be
• Separate the connector halves. tested. Ensure that ground at all grounding points
are clean and firmly connected. If possible, check
• Visual check if the two halves of the connector are connections on component and star connector.
contaminated. Contamination may result in the Operate the component to test the circuit for
accumulation of white or green rust inside connector capacity of transmitting enough current.
housing or between terminals. which may cause high
resistance, intermittent contact or break circuit of e. Temperature Sensitivity
the terminal. If there is a sign of contamination on • Once component/connection reaches normal
connector under engine compartment or at vehicle working temperature, intermittent failure
bottom, it should be replaced entirely: terminal, seal may occur. The failure may only occur when
element and connector body. component/connection is under cold state or hot
• Apply positive terminal/terminal wire of the same state.
class to confirm if retention of suspected terminal • If corresponding "Freeze Frame", "DTC" or other
is obviously different compared with known good data of vehicle data recorder exists, it would be
terminal. Replace suspected negative terminal. helpful for determination of this kind intermittent
Test terminal contact condition according to the failure.
following procedures: • If the intermittent is related to heat, review the data
• Remove the suspected component. for a relationship with the following:
• Visual check if two sides of the connector have a • High ambient temperature.
sign of contamination. Avoid contacting with any
• Heat generated under engine compartment or from
side of the connector, since grease on skin may also
engine.
contaminate the connector.
• Heat generated due to poor contact or large
• Visual check if the terminal binding face at flat wire
electrical load.
side has defects like disconnection, cracking or
others that may cause poor connection of terminal. • Vehicle overload, for example, towing a vehicle etc.
Visual check the connector at component side,
• If the intermittent failure occurs under cold state,
ensure all terminals are consistent and without
check whether data are related with following
damage or deformation.
situations:
• Insert corresponding adapter into flat wire harness
• Low ambient temperatures/In extremely low
connector to test suspected circuit.
temperatures, ice may form in a connection or
d. Control Module/Component Voltage and Ground component. Inspect for water intrusion.
Poor contact in power supply or ground may result • This failure occurs only at cold start.
in many different symptoms.
• After warm-up of vehicle, this failure disappears.
• Test power supply voltage circuits of all control
modules. On many vehicles, a control module is • Information provided by customer is helpful
powered by several circuits. Other component for determining if the failure pertains to
in the system may have individual supply voltage temperature-related type.
circuit, which also needs to be tested. Check • If you suspect that temperature may be the premise
module/component connector between supply of intermittent failure, try to reappear the failure
voltage and module/component, fuse connection condition.
and any intermediate junction. Test lamp or digital
f. Electromagnetic Interference and Electrical Noise
multimeter can display whether it has voltage or not,
but cannot be used to test if the circuit can transmit Some electrical components/circuits are sensitive
a large enough current. Operate the component to to electromagnetic interference or other types of
test the circuit for capacity of transmitting enough electrical noise. Check for the following conditions:
current. • Improper harness wiring, too close with high
• Test all control module ground and system ground voltage/high current devices (e.g. secondary
circuit. A control module may has several ground ignition component, motor, alternator etc.) - such
V1.0 20
components will induce electrical noise in the circuit
and interfere its normal operation.
• Electrical system interference caused by the failure

of relay, solenoid valve or switch which is driven
by control module - all these may result in intense
surge. Normally, the failure will occur when faulty
part works.
• Incorrect refit of non-genuine after sales accessories

(e.g.car lamp, interphone, amplifier, motor, remote
starter, warning system, onboard telephone etc.) -
these accessories may generate interference during
the operation, but no failure occurs when they are
not in use.
• Test whether the diodes bridged on A/C compressor

clutch and other diodes are break circuit. Some
relays may have clamping diode.
• Alternator may bring AC noise in the electrical

system.
g. Incorrect Control Module
• There are only a few situations where reprogramming

a control module is appropriate:
• New control module is fitted in maintenance.
• Control modules of other vehicles are fitted.
• Updated software/calibration files specific to this

vehicle are released.
• Ensure that control module is equipped with

correct standardization or configuration files. If
programming is found incorrect, apply the latest
version of software/calibration files to reprogramme
the control module.
V1.0 21
V1.0 22
DTC Overall List DTC Overall List
DTC Overall List
DTC Overall List
DTC FTB English Description Chinese Description Module

B0001 11 Driver Airbag - Short to GND 驾驶员安全气囊对地短路 SRS
B0001 12 Driver Airbag - Short to Battery 驾驶员安全气囊对电源短路 SRS
B0001 1A Driver Airbag - Resistance too Low 驾驶员安全气囊电阻低 SRS
B0001 1B Driver Airbag - Resistance too High 驾驶员安全气囊电阻高 SRS
B0010 11 Passenger Airbag -Short to GND 副驾驶安全气囊对地短路 SRS
B0010 12 Passenger Airbag -Short to Battery 副驾驶安全气囊对电源短路 SRS
B0010 1A Passenger Airbag - Resistance too Low 副驾驶员安全气囊电阻低 SRS
B0010 1B Passenger Airbag - Resistance too High 副驾驶员安全气囊电阻高 SRS
B0079 11 Driver Seat Belt Presentioner -Short to GND 驾驶员预拉紧安全带-对地短路 SRS
B0079 12 Driver Seat Belt Presentioner -Short to Battery 驾驶员预拉紧安全带-对电源短路 SRS
B0079 1A Driver Seat Belt Presentioner -Resistance too Low 驾驶员预拉紧安全带-电阻值过低 SRS
Driver Seat Belt Presentioner -Resistance too
B0079 1B 驾驶员预拉紧安全带-电阻值过高 SRS
High
B007A 11 Passenger Seat Belt Presentioner -Short to GND 副驾驶预拉紧安全带-对地短路 SRS
B007A 12 Passenger Seat Belt Presentioner -Short to Battery 副驾驶预拉紧安全带-对电源短路 SRS
Passenger Seat Belt Presentioner -Resistance too
B007A 1A 副驾驶预拉紧安全带-电阻值过低 SRS
Low
Passenger Seat Belt Presentioner -Resistance too
B007A 1B 副驾驶预拉紧安全带-电阻值过高 SRS
High
Left Direction Indicators Control Circuit open
B104A 13 左转向灯控制电路开路 BCM
circuit
Left Direction Indicators Control Circuit short to
B104A 11 左转向灯控制电路对地短路 BCM
ground
Left Direction Indicators Control Circuit single
B104A 1C 左转向灯控制电路单个灯失效 BCM
lamp defect
Right Direction Indicators Control Circuit open
B104B 13 右转向灯控制电路开路 BCM
circuit
Right Direction Indicators Control Circuit short
B104B 11 右转向灯控制电路对地短路 BCM
to ground
Right Direction Indicators Control Circuit single
B104B 1C 右转向灯控制电路单个灯失效 BCM
lamp defect
B104C 71 Hazard-Warning Switch Stuck 危急警告灯开关卡滞 BCM
Front Wiper Enable Relay Driver Short to ground
B1101 14 慢速刮水驱动电路短路到地或开路 BCM
or open circuit
B1101 12 Front Wiper Enable Relay Driver Short to battery 慢速刮水驱动电路对电源短路 BCM
Front Wiper Speed Relay Driver Short to ground
B1103 11 快速刮水驱动电路短路接地或开路 BCM
or open circuit
B1103 12 Front Wiper Speed Relay Driver Short to battery 快速刮水驱动电路对电源短路 BCM
B1105 71 Front Park switch actuator stuck 前雨刮停止开关卡滞 BCM
V1.0 23

Column switch Potentiometer for Wiper delay
B1109 1E 刮水器延迟开关电阻值超出范围 BCM
resistance out of range
Drivers Window Up Realy Control Circuit Short 驾驶员侧车窗上升驱动电路短路到地
B1111 14 BCM
to ground or open circuit 或开路
Drivers Window Up Realy Control Circuit Short 驾驶员侧车窗上升驱动电路对电源短
B1111 12 BCM
to battery 路
Front Passenger Window Up Realy Control 前排乘客侧车窗上升驱动电路短路到
B1112 14 BCM
Circuit Short to ground or open circuit 地或开路
Front Passenger Window Up Realy Control 前排乘客侧车窗上升驱动电路对电源
B1112 12 BCM
Circuit Short to battery 短路
Rear Left Passenger Window Up Realy Control 左后车窗上升驱动电路短路到地或开
B1113 14 BCM
Circuit Short to ground or open circuit 路
Rear Left Passenger Window Up Realy Control
B1113 12 左后车窗上升驱动电路对电源短路 BCM
Circuit Short to battery
Rear Right Passenger Window Up Realy Control 右后车窗上升驱动电路短路到地或开
B1114 14 BCM
Rear Right Passenger Window Up Realy Control
B1114 12 右后车窗上升驱动电路对电源短路 BCM
B1115 71 Passenger door window switch Stuck Switch 副驾驶侧车窗开关卡滞 BCM
B1118 71 Drivers door window switch Stuck Switch 驾驶员侧车窗开关卡滞 BCM
Drivers Window Down Realy Control Circuit 驾驶员侧车窗下降驱动电路短路到地
B1121 14 BCM
Short to ground or open circuit 或开路
Drivers Window Down Realy Control Circuit 驾驶员侧车窗下降驱动电路对电源短
B1121 12 BCM
Short to battery 路
Front Passenger Window Down Realy Control 前排乘客侧车窗下降驱动电路短路到
B1122 14 BCM
Circuit Short to ground or open circuit 地或开路
Front Passenger Window Down Realy Control 前排乘客侧车窗下降驱动电路对电源
B1122 12 BCM
Circuit Short to battery 短路
Rear Left Passenger Window Down Realy Control 左后车窗下降驱动电路短路到地或开
B1123 14 BCM
Rear Left Passenger Window Down Realy Control
B1123 12 左后车窗下降驱动电路对电源短路 BCM
Rear Right Passenger Window Down Realy 右后车窗下降驱动电路短路到地或开
B1124 14 BCM
Control Circuit Short to ground or open circuit 路
Rear Right Passenger Window Down Realy
B1124 12 右后车窗下降驱动电路对电源短路 BCM
Control Circuit Short to battery
Device Ignition OFF, RUN, and CRANK Short to 点火开关关闭、运行和起动电路对电
B1160 12 GW
battery 源短路
Device Ignition OFF, RUN, and CRANK Open
B1160 13 点火开关关闭、运行和起动电路开路 GW
Circuit
B1161 12 Device Ignition RUN and CRANK Short to battery 点火开关运行和起动电路对电源短路 GW
B1161 13 Device Ignition RUN and CRANK Open Circuit 点火开关运行和起动电路开路 GW
B1163 12 Device Ignition ACCESSORY Short to battery 点火开关ACC挡电路对电源短路 GW
V1.0 24
B1163 13 Device Ignition ACCESSORY Open Circuit 点火开关ACC挡电路开路 GW
Run Crank Power Relay Control Circuit voltage 起动电源继电器开关控制电路电压超
B1165 17 GW
above threshold 出范围
Run Crank Power Relay Control Circuit current 起动电源继电器开关控制电路电流超
B1165 19 GW
Run Crank Power Relay (KL15_Relay_HSD) 起动电源继电器控制电路电压超出范
B1166 17 GW
Control Circuit voltage above threshold 围
Run Crank Power Relay
起动电源继电器控制电路电流超出范
B1166 19 (KL15_Relay_HSD) Control Circuit current GW
围
above threshold
Accessory Power Relay Control Circuit voltage ACC电源继电器开关控制电路电压超
B1167 17 GW
Accessory Power Relay Control Circuit current ACC电源继电器开关控制电路电流超
B1167 19 GW
ACC/Wakeup_HSD Circuit voltage above
B1169 17 ACC/唤醒电路电压超出范围 GW
threshold
ACC/Wakeup_HSD Circuit current above
B1169 19 ACC/唤醒电路电流超出范围 GW
threshold
Wakeup Enable_HSD Circuit voltage above
B116A 17 唤醒使能电路电压超出范围 GW
threshold
Wakeup Enable_HSD Circuit current above
B116A 19 唤醒使能电路电流超出范围 GW
threshold
B1200 29 Fuel Sender Out Of Upper Range 燃油传感器阻值超出范围 IPK
B1201 00 SRS LED Fail 安全气囊灯失效 IPK
B1202 00 PAB LED Fail PAB指示灯失效 IPK
B1210 54 Tyre Rolling Circ Out Of Range ABS轮胎滚动半径超出范围 IPK
B1211 54 ABS Actual Tyre Rolling Circ Out Of Range 实际轮胎滚动半径超出范围 IPK
B1220 00 ODO incremental value error 里程累加信号异常 IPK
B1221 86 Pulse Count Signal Error 轮速脉冲信号错误 IPK
B1521 13 GPS ANT open fault GPS天线开路 T-BOX
B1521 11 GPS ANT short to GND fault GPS天线短路 T-BOX
B1522 31 GPS Module fault GPS定位失败 T-BOX
B1525 13 WAN ANT open fault WAN天线开路 T-BOX
B1526 31 WAN Module fault 无线通讯模块失效 T-BOX
B1529 31 AVN Communication fault 导航通讯失败 T-BOX
B1531 13 Inner Speaker open fault 内部扬声器开路 T-BOX
B1531 11 Inner Speaker short to GND fault 内部扬声器对地短路 T-BOX
B1550 17 Inner Battery voltage is too high 内部电压过高 T-BOX
B1550 16 Inner Battery voltage is too low 内部电压过低 T-BOX
B1552 01 Inner Battery Aged 内部电池过期失效 T-BOX
B1560 31 G-Sens Module fault 重力传感器通讯失败 T-BOX
V1.0 25

B1561 31 FSK Module fault FSK模块失效 T-BOX
B1701 13 Transponder Antenna Fault 钥匙信号转发器天线故障 BCM
B1702 4A Invalid key present 无效钥匙 BCM
B1705 31 Loss communication with Base Station BCM与基站失去通信 BCM
B1706 61 Attack state is triggered during EMS authentication 防盗攻击状态被触发 BCM
B1707 87 No EMS challenge Rx 防盗没有收到EMS的防盗请求 BCM
B1708 87 CAN Comms error during authentication 防盗认证期间发生CAN通信故障 BCM
B193B 56 Airbag Squib Configuration Mismatch 气囊起爆回路配置不符 SRS
Deployment Data Record Full: No
B193E 00 起爆数据记录故障：没有可写空间 SRS
over-write-able records exist
B193F 00 SDM Internal Faults - Control Function Block 安全气囊控制器内部错误 SRS
B1A01 71 Call/Reject Switch SWC stuck 方向盘Call/Reject键卡键 FICM
B1A05 71 Volume Up Switch SWC stuck 方向盘Volume Up键卡键 FICM
B1A06 71 Volume Down Switch SWC stuck 方向盘Volume Down键卡键 FICM
B1A07 71 Source Switch SWC stuck 方向盘Source 键卡键 FICM
B1A08 71 Voice Switch SWC stuck 方向盘Voice 键卡键 FICM
B1A10 13 The open circuit detection of TUNER's antenna. 收音机天线开路 FICM
B1A10 11 TUNER's antenna short to GND 收音机天线对地短路 FICM
B1A11 13 The open circuit detection of GPS's antenna. 导航天线开路 FICM
B1A11 11 GPS's antenna short to GND 导航天线对地短路 FICM
B1A1F 31 TBox Communication fault Tbox通讯故障 FICM
B1A20 11 Speaker FR Short to GND 右前扬声器对地短路 FICM
B1A20 12 Speaker FR circuit short to battery 右前扬声器对电源短路 FICM
B1A20 1A Speaker FR circuit short 右前扬声器短路 FICM
B1A20 1B Speaker FR circuit open 右前扬声器开路 FICM
B1A21 11 Speaker RR Short to GND 右后扬声器对地短路 FICM
B1A21 12 Speaker RR circuit short to battery 右后扬声器对电源短路 FICM
B1A21 1A Speaker RR circuit short 右后扬声器短路 FICM
B1A21 1B Speaker RR circuit open 右后扬声器开路 FICM
B1A22 11 Speaker FL Short to GND 左前扬声器对地短路 FICM
B1A22 12 Speaker FL circuit short to battery 左前扬声器对电源短路 FICM
B1A22 Speaker FL circuit short 左前扬声器短路 FICM
B1A22 1B Speaker FL circuit open 左前扬声器开路 FICM
B1A23 11 Speaker RL Short to GND 左后扬声器对地短路 FICM
B1A23 12 Speaker RL circuit short to battery 左后扬声器对电源短路 FICM
B1A23 1A Speaker RL circuit short 左后扬声器短路 FICM
B1A23 1B Speaker RL circuit open 左后扬声器开路 FICM
B1A24 11 USB Power Short to GND USB电源对地短路 FICM
V1.0 26
B1A25 13 MIC circuit open 麦克风开路 FICM
B1A25 11 MIC short to GND 麦克风对地短路 FICM
B1A31 71 Return Switch faceplate stuck Return键卡键 FICM
B1A32 71 NAV Switch faceplate stuck NAV键卡键 FICM
B1A36 71 Mute Switch faceplate stuck Mute键卡键 FICM
B1A37 71 Home Switch faceplate stuck Home键卡键 FICM
B1A38 71 Menu Switch faceplate stuck Menu键卡键 FICM
B1A3B 71 Source Switch faceplate stuck Source键卡键 FICM
B1A3E 71 Seek Up Switch SWC stuck 方向盘Seek Up 键卡键 FICM
B1A3F 71 Seek Down Switch SWC stuck 方向盘Seek Down键卡键 FICM
B1A42 71 InkaNet Switch-SWC stuck 方向盘InkaNet键卡键 FICM
Left Side Steering Wheel Controls short to
B1A43 11 左侧方向盘控制电路对地短路 FICM
Ground
Left Side Steering Wheel Controls short to
B1A43 12 左侧方向盘控制电路对电源短路 FICM
Battery
Right Side Steering Wheel Controls short to
B1A44 11 右侧方向盘控制电路对地短路 FICM
Ground
Right Side Steering Wheel Controls short to
B1A44 12 右侧方向盘控制电路对电源短路 FICM
Battery
C0001 13 TCS Control Channel “A” Valve 1-Circuit open TCS控制通道“A”阀1—电路开路 ABS
C0002 13 TCS Control Channel “A” Valve 2-Circuit open TCS控制通道“A”阀2—电路开路 ABS
C0003 13 TCS Control Channel “B” Valve 1-Circuit open TCS控制通道“B”阀1—电路开路 ABS
C0004 13 TCS Control Channel “B” Valve 2-Circuit open TCS控制通道“B”阀2—电路开路 ABS
C0010 13 Left Front Inlet Valve Control Fault-Circuit open 左前进口阀控制故障 - 开路 ABS
C0011 13 Left Front Outlet Valve Control Fault-Circuit open 左前出口阀控制故障 - 开路 ABS
C0013 4B Solenoid Overtemparature Fault 电磁线圈温度过高 ABS
C0014 13 Right Front Inlet Valve Control Fault-Circuit open 右前进口阀控制故障 - 开路 ABS
Right Front Outlet Valve Control Fault-Circuit
C0015 13 右前出口阀控制故障 - 开路 ABS
open
C0018 13 Left Rear Inlet Valve Control Fault-Circuit open 左后进口阀控制故障 - 开路 ABS
C0019 13 Left Rear Outlet Valve Control Fault-Circuit open 左后出口阀控制故障 - 开路 ABS
C001C 13 Right Rear Inlet Valve Control Fault-Circuit open 右后进口阀控制故障 - 开路 ABS
Right Rear Outlet Valve Control Fault-Circuit
C001D 13 右后出口阀控制故障 - 开路 ABS
open
C0020 13 ABS Pump Motor Control Fault-Circuit open ABS 泵电机开路 ABS
Left Front Wheel Speed Sensor-General Signal
C0031 02 左前车轮速度传感器信号故障 ABS
Failure
Left Front Wheel Speed Sensor-System Internal
C0031 04 左前车轮速度传感器系统内部故障 ABS
Failures
C0031 2F Left Front Wheel Speed Sensor-Signal erratic 左前车轮速度传感器信号不稳定 ABS
V1.0 27

C0031 95 WSS Type Mismatch - Front Left 车轮速度传感器类型不匹配 - 左前 ABS
Left Front Wheel Speed Sensor Supply-Circuit 左前车轮速度传感器电源电路短路到
C0032 12 ABS
short to battery 电池
Left Front Wheel Speed Sensor Supply-Circuit
C0032 13 左前车轮速度传感器电源电路打开 ABS
open
Left Front Wheel Speed Sensor Supply-Circuit 左前车轮速度传感器电源电路电流超
C0032 1D ABS
current out of range 出范围
Right Front Wheel Speed Sensor-General Signal
C0034 02 右前车轮速度传感器信号故障 ABS
Failure
Right Front Wheel Speed Sensor-System Internal
C0034 04 右前车轮速度传感器系统内部故障 ABS
Failures
C0034 2F Right Front Wheel Speed Sensor-Signal erratic 右前车轮速度传感器信号不稳定 ABS
C0034 95 WSS Type Mismatch - Front Right 车轮速度传感器类型不匹配 - 右前 ABS
Right Front Wheel Speed Sensor Supply-Circuit 右前车轮速度传感器电源电路短路到
C0035 12 ABS
Right Front Wheel Speed Sensor Supply-Circuit
C0035 13 右前车轮速度传感器电源电路打开 ABS
open
Right Front Wheel Speed Sensor Supply-Circuit 右前车轮速度传感器电源电路电流超
C0035 1D ABS
Left Rear Wheel Speed Sensor-General Signal
C0037 02 左后车轮速度传感器信号故障 ABS
Failure
Left Rear Wheel Speed Sensor-System Internal
C0037 04 左后车轮速度传感器系统内部故障 ABS
Failures
C0037 2F Left Rear Wheel Speed Sensor-Signal erratic 左后车轮速度传感器信号不稳定 ABS
C0037 95 WSS Type Mismatch - Rear Left 车轮速度传感器类型不匹配 - 左后 ABS
Left Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Supply-Circuit 左后车轮速度传感器电源电路短路到
C0038 12 ABS
Left Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Supply-Circuit
C0038 13 左后车轮速度传感器电源电路打开 ABS
open
Left Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Supply-Circuit 左后车轮速度传感器电源电路电流超
C0038 1D ABS
Right Rear Wheel Speed Sensor-General Signal
C003A 02 右后车轮速度传感器信号故障 ABS
Failure
Right Rear Wheel Speed Sensor-System Internal
C003A 04 右后车轮速度传感器系统内部故障 ABS
Failures
C003A 2F Right Rear Wheel Speed Sensor-Signal erratic 右后车轮速度传感器信号不稳定 ABS
C003A 95 WSS Type Mismatch - Rear Right 车轮速度传感器类型不匹配 - 右后 ABS
Right Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Supply-Circuit 右后车轮速度传感器电源电路短路到
C003B 12 ABS
Right Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Supply-Circuit
C003B 13 右后车轮速度传感器电源电路打开 ABS
open
V1.0 28
Right Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Supply-Circuit 右后车轮速度传感器电源电路电流超
C003B 1D ABS
C0040 08 Brake Switch Fault 制动开关故障 ABS
C0001 13 Valve Fault, USV1(SCS Only) 换向阀1故障(仅SCS) SCS
C0002 13 Valve Fault, USV2(SCS Only) 换向阀2故障(仅SCS) SCS
C0003 13 Valve Fault, HSV1(SCS Only) 高压阀1故障(仅SCS) SCS
C0004 13 Valve Fault, HSV2(SCS Only) 高压阀2故障(仅SCS) SCS
C0010 01 Left Front Inlet Valve Error 左前进液阀故障 SCS
C0011 01 Left Front Outlet Valve Error 左前出液阀故障 SCS
C0014 01 Right Front Inlet Valve Error 右前进液阀故障 SCS
C0015 01 Right Front Outlet Valve Error 右前出液阀故障 SCS
C0018 01 Left Rear Inlet Valve Error 左后进液阀故障 SCS
C0019 01 Left Rear Outlet Valve Error 左后出液阀故障 SCS
C001C 01 Right Rear Inlet Valve Error 右后进液阀故障 SCS
C001D 01 Right Rear Outlet Valve Error 右后出液阀故障 SCS
C0020 71 ABS Pump Motor Control ABS泵马达控制故障 SCS
02 Left Front Wheel Speed Sensor Multi Failures 左前轮速传感器故障 SCS
C0031 Left Front Wheel Speed Sensor Circuit Short to
11 左前轮速传感器对地短路 SCS
Ground
13 Left Front Wheel Speed Sensor Circuit Open 左前轮速传感器开路 SCS
C0032 Left Front Wheel Speed Sensor Circuit Short to
12 左前轮速传感器对电源短路 SCS
Battery
02 Right Front Wheel Speed Sensor Multi Failures 右前轮速传感器故障 SCS
C0034 Right Front Wheel Speed Sensor Circuit Short to
11 右前轮速传感器对地短路 SCS
Ground
13 Right Front Wheel Speed Sensor Circuit Open 右前轮速传感器开路 SCS
C0035 Right Front Wheel Speed Sensor Circuit Short to
12 右前轮速传感器对电源短路 SCS
Battery
02 Left Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Multi Failures 左后轮速传感器故障 SCS
C0037 Left Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Circuit Short to
11 左后轮速传感器对地短路 SCS
Ground
13 Left Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Circuit Open 左后轮速传感器开路 SCS
C0038 Left Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Circuit Short to
12 左后轮速传感器对电源短路 SCS
Battery
02 Right Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Multi Failures 右后轮速传感器故障 SCS
C003A Right Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Circuit Short to
11 右后轮速传感器对地短路 SCS
Ground
13 Right Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Circuit Open 右后轮速传感器开路 SCS
C003B Right Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Circuit Short to
12 右后轮速传感器对电源短路 SCS
Battery
V1.0 29

C0040 64 brake light switch fault 制动灯开关故障 SCS
C0044 09 Brake Pressure Sensor Fault 制动压力传感器故障 SCS
Low Brake Fluid Indicated or Sensor Short to 制动液液位低或传感器对地短路或传
C0049 7B SCS
Ground or Sensor Switch Stuck 感器卡滞
28 Steering Wheel Angle Offset Error 方向盘转角偏置故障 SCS
C0051
54 Steering Wheel Angle Not Calibrated 方向盘转角未标定 SCS
C0061 29 Lateral Acceleration Sensor Signal Fault 横向加速度传感器信号故障 SCS
C0062 29 Longitudinal Acceleration Sensor Signal Fault 纵向加速度传感器信号故障 SCS
C0063 29 Yaw Rate Sensor Signal Fault 偏航传感器信号故障 SCS
C006B 06 ABS/SCS Implausible Control ABS/SCS控制不可信 SCS
C0089 09 SCS Switch Failure (SCS Only) SCS开关故障(仅SCS) SCS
C1104 04 Wheel speed sensor general failure 轮速传感器一般性故障 SCS
C1105 04 Vavle Relay failure 阀继电器故障 SCS
C1106 04 Vavle General Failure 阀一般性故障 SCS
04 Integrated Inertial Sensor (IIS) Failure 偏航传感器故障 SCS
C1107
54 Iis Sensor Missing Calibration(Scs Only) 偏航传感器未标定（仅SCS） SCS
C1109 08 Reverse Gear Signal Is Implausible 倒档信号不可信 SCS
Brake Pedal Position Sensor “Circuit A” short to 制动踏板位置传感器电路A对地短路
C0042 14 GW
ground or open 或开路
Brake Pedal Position Sensor “Circuit A” short to 制动踏板位置传感器电路A对电源短
C0042 15 GW
battery 路
Brake Pedal Position Sensor “Circuit A” Missing
C0042 54 制动踏板位置传感器电路A丢失数据 GW
calibration
Brake Pedal Position Sensor “Circuit A” Circuit 制动踏板位置传感器电路A电压超出
C0042 1C GW
voltage out of range 范围
Brake Pressure Sensor “A”(Master Cylinder 制动压力传感器“A”（主缸压力传感
C0044 2F ABS
Pressure Sensor)-Signal erratic 器）信号不稳定
Brake Pressure Sensor “A” (Master Cylinder 制动压力传感器“A”（主缸压力传感
C0044 09 ABS
Pressure Sensor) - Component Failures 器）-组件故障
C0044 22 ABS
Pressure Sensor) - offset error 器）-补偿错误
C0044 29 ABS
Pressure Sensor) - not alive 器）-不工作
C0051 54 SAS Missing calibration 转角传感器校准失效 SAS
C0051 09 SAS Component Failures 转角传感器内部元件故障 SAS
C0051 28 SAS Mechanical Failure 转角传感器内部机械故障 SAS
C0051 22 Steering wheel angle error 方向盘转角误差 ABS
C0051 27 Steering wheel angle step error 方向盘转角阶跃误差 ABS
C0051 29 Steering wheel angle not alive error 方向盘转角不工作错误 ABS
C0061 22 Lateral Acceleration Sensor Failure 侧向加速度传感器故障 ABS
V1.0 30
C0061 29 Lateral Acceleration Sensor Fault-Signal invalid 侧向加速度传感器故障信号无效 ABS
Lateral Acceleration Sensor Fault - Signal bias level 横向加速度传感器故障—信号偏出正
C0061 28 ABS
out of range/zero adjustment failure 常范围/零位调整失败
C0062 22 Longitudinal Acceleration Sensor Failure 纵向加速度传感器故障 ABS
Longitudinal Acceleration Sensor Fault-Signal
C0062 29 纵向加速度传感器故障信号无效 ABS
invalid
C0062 09 Accel Sensor signal fault 加速传感器信号故障 ABS
Longitudinal Acceleration Sensor Fault - Signal bias 纵向加速度传感器故障—信号偏出正
C0062 28 ABS
level out of range/zero adjustment failure 常范围/零位调整失败
C0063 22 YAW Sensor Failure 偏航传感器故障 ABS
C0063 29 Yaw Rate Sensor Fault-Signal invalid 偏航率传感器故障信号无效 ABS
C0063 09 Yaw Rate Sensor Fault - Component Failures 偏航率传感器故障—组件故障 ABS
Yaw Rate Sensor Fault - Signal bias level out of 偏航率传感器故障—信号偏出正常范
C0063 28 ABS
range/zero adjustment failure 围/零位调整失败
Multi-axis Acceleration Sensor Fault-Component
C006A 09 多轴加速度传感器故障组件失败 ABS
Failures
C006A 28 Accel Sensor Id 0 - Temperature Range 加速传感器 Id 0- 温度范围 ABS
C006A 54 Accel Sensor Configuration Failure 加速传感器配置失败 ABS
C006B 8F Implausible long YSC intrevention detecting fault 难以置信的长YSC干预的故障检测 ABS
C006B 06 Stability System Active Too Long 稳定系统工作时间过长 ABS
C006C 55 Stability System Fault-Not configured 配置不稳定系统故障 ABS
Mismatched Tire(coding error, it should be 不匹配的轮胎（编码错误，应该是
C0078 95 ABS
510600) 510600）
C0089 09 Low Tire Pressure-Event information 低的轮胎压力事件 ABS
C1100 00 Missing connection GND valves 丢失阀地线连接 ABS
C1102 00 TCS Disable Switch Fault-Component Failures 牵引力控制开关失效 ABS
C1106 00 Mismatched Tire 轮胎不匹配 ABS
C1106 04 Vavle general failure 气门一般故障 ABS
C1107 04 Integrated Inertial Sensor (IIS) Failure 集成惯性传感器（IIS）故障 ABS
C1107 54 Integrated Inertial Sensor (IIS) Miss calibration 集成惯性传感器（IIS）校准失败 ABS
C110A 00 Micro Related Fault 微处理器故障 ABS
C1210 01 Leaky Driver Fault 阀线圈驱动短路或漏电极故障 ABS
C123F 00 Erroneous Valve Supply Voltage 错误的阀电源电压 ABS
C123F 16 System Voltage Low 系统电压低 ABS
C123F 17 System Voltage High 系统电压高 ABS
C123F 2F System Voltage Erratic 系统电压不稳定 ABS
brake hydraulic monitor-auto pressure calibration
C124A 00 制动液压监测-校准失败 ABS
fault
C124B 00 ABS Pump Motor Control Fault-Circuit open ABS 泵电机开路 ABS
V1.0 31

C124C 00 BHM-APC Related Fault BHM-APC相关故障 ABS
C124D 1C Internal 5V Sensor Supply failure/erratic 内部5V传感器供电中断/不稳定 ABS
Wheel Speed Output circuit Failure - channel 1 or
C124E 19 车轮速度输出电路故障 ABS
channel 2 Overcurrent
C124F 00 ECU Exception shutdown ECU异常关闭 ABS
C127A 12 Open/Shorted power switch for slip control 防滑控制系统开关电源开路/短路 ABS
C1624 16 Temperature sensor signal too low 温度传感器信号电路电压过低 EPS
C1624 17 Temperature sensor signal too high 温度传感器信号电路电压过高 EPS
C1630 23 TAS T1/T2 signal keeps low level 扭矩角度传感器扭矩信号持续低 EPS
C1630 24 TAS T1/T2 signal keeps high level 扭矩角度传感器扭矩信号持续高 EPS
TAS T1/T2/(T1+T2) signal duty out of normal 扭矩角度传感器扭矩信号占空比超出
C1630 49 EPS
range 正常范围
扭矩角度传感器扭矩信号周期超出正
C1630 38 TAS T1/T2 signal period out of normal range EPS
常范围
C1631 23 Angle sensor signal keeps low level 转角传感器信号持续低 EPS
C1631 24 Angle sensor signal keeps high level 转角传感器信号持续高 EPS
C1631 29 Angle signal invalid 转角传感器信号无效 EPS
扭矩角度传感器角度信号占空比超出
C1631 49 TAS P/S signal duty out of normal range EPS
正常范围
扭矩角度传感器角度信号周期超出正
C1631 38 TAS P/S signal period out of normal range EPS
常范围
C1640 72 Motor or its related driver circuit failure 助力转向电机驱动电路故障 EPS
Motor drive circuit diagnostic failed when ECU is
C1640 71 电机驱动电路上电检测失败 EPS
initializing
C1650 00 Motor position sensor failure 助力转向电机位置传感器故障 EPS
ECU inner power-supply related circuit module
C1660 00 ECU内部供电模块故障 EPS
failure
C1660 49 ECU inner electrical failure ECU内部电气故障 EPS
C1660 61 ECU calculation failure ECU内部计算故障 EPS
ECU don't perform Steering Angle Offset 转角偏移标定和末端保护功能标定未
C1666 54 EPS
Calibration and RES function Calibration 执行
C1671 62 Double Check Error 主辅MCU校验失败 EPS
C1672 64 Torque Monitoring Error 扭矩指令监控错误 EPS
C1680 00 ECU over temperature failure ECU内部温度过高 EPS
C1690 00 ECU relay failure ECU内部继电器故障 EPS
“A” Camshaft Position Slow Response Bank1
P000A 26 进气VVT运行故障（迟缓） ECM
（Slow Response)
P000A 29 “A” Camshaft Position Slow Response Bank1(Jam) 进气VVT运行故障（卡死） ECM
A Camshaft Position (Bank1) Timing
P0011 78 进气凸轮轴位置提前 ECM
over-advanced or System Performance
V1.0 32
“A” Camshaft Position - Timing Over-Retarded
P0012 78 进气凸轮轴位置延迟 ECM
Bank 1
Crankshaft Position – Camshaft Position
P0016 00 进气凸轮轴位置跳动 ECM
Correlation(Bank 1 Sensor A)
Intake Valve Control Solenoid Circuit
P0026 77 进气凸轮轴锁死位置运行不合理故障 ECM
Range/Performance Bank 1
P0030 13 HO2S Heater Control Circuit (Bank 1 Sensor 1) 上游氧传感器加热控制电路断路 ECM
HO2S Heater Control Circuit Low (Bank 1 Sensor
P0031 11 上游氧传感器加热控制电路对地短路 ECM
1)
HO2S Heater Control Circuit High (Bank 1 上游氧传感器加热控制电路对电源短
P0032 12 ECM
Sensor 1) 路
P0036 13 HO2S Heater Control Circuit (Bank 1 Sensor 2) 下游氧传感器加热控制电路断路 ECM
HO2S Heater Control Circuit Low (Bank 1 Sensor
P0037 11 下游氧传感器加热控制电路对地短路 ECM
2)
HO2S Heater Control Circuit High (Bank 1 下游氧传感器加热控制电路对电源短
P0038 12 ECM
Sensor 2) 路
P0053 1B HO2S Heater Resistance(Bank1(1)Sensor 1) 上游氧传感器加热内阻不合理 ECM
P0054 1B HO2S Heater Resistance(Bank1(1)Sensor 2) 下游氧传感器加热内阻不合理 ECM
Barometric Pressure –
P006D 16 Turbocharger/Supercharger Inlet Pressure 环境压力传感器对地短路 ECM
Correlation
Barometric Pressure –
P006D 17 Turbocharger/Supercharger Inlet Pressure 环境压力传感器对电源短路或开路 ECM
Correlation
P0072 16 Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Circuit Low 环境温度传感器电压过低 ECM
P0073 17 Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Circuit High 环境温度传感器电压过高 ECM
P0076 11 Intake Valve Control Solenoid Circuit Low Bank 1 进气VVT电路对地短路 ECM
P0076 13 Intake Valve Control Solenoid Circuit Low Bank 1 进气VVT电路断路 ECM
P0077 12 Intake Valve Control Solenoid Circuit High Bank 1 进气VVT电路对电源短路 ECM
Mass or Volume Air Flow “A” Circuit Range / 流经空气流量计流量过高(超过允许
P0101 24 ECM
Performance 合理范围上限)
Mass or Volume Air Flow “A” Circuit 流经空气流量计流量过低(低于允许
P0101 23 ECM
Range/Performance 合理范围下限)
P0102 00 Mass or Volume Air Flow “A” Circuit Low 空气流量计电路电压过低 ECM
P0103 00 Mass or Volume Air Flow “A” Circuit High 空气流量计电路电压过高 ECM
Intake Air Temperature Sensor 1 Circuit
P0111 29 进气岐管温度传感器信号不合理故障 ECM
Range/Performance
P0112 16 Intake Air Temperature Sensor 1 Circuit Low 进气岐管温度传感器电路电压过低 ECM
P0113 17 Intake Air Temperature Sensor 1 Circuit High 进气岐管温度传感器电路电压过高 ECM
Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor 1 Circuit 发动机冷却液温度传感器信号不合理
P0116 29 ECM
Range / Performance 故障
V1.0 33

发动机冷却液温度传感器电路电压过
P0117 16 Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor 1 Circuit Low ECM
低
Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor 1 Circuit 发动机冷却液温度传感器电路电压过
P0118 17 ECM
High 高
Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/Switch “A” Circuit 电子节气门位置传感器1信号电路电
P0122 11 ECM
Low 压过低
Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/Switch “A” Circuit 电子节气门位置传感器1信号电路电
P0123 12 ECM
High 压过高
P0130 29 O2 Sensor Circuit Bank 1 Sensor 1 上游氧传感器电路信号故障 ECM
P0131 16 O2 Sensor Circuit Low Voltage Bank 1 Sensor 1 上游氧传感器信号电路电压过低 ECM
P0132 17 O2 Sensor Circuit High Voltage Bank 1 Sensor 1 上游氧传感器信号电路电压过高 ECM
O2 Sensor Circuit Slow Response Bank 1 Sensor
P0133 26 上游氧传感器老化 ECM
1
O2 Sensor Circuit No Activity Detected Bank 1
P0134 25 上游氧传感器老化－信号持续偏稀 ECM
Sensor 1
O2 Sensor Circuit No Activity Detected Bank 1
P0134 26 上游氧传感器老化－信号持续偏浓 ECM
Sensor 1
P0136 29 O2 Sensor Circuit Bank 1 Sensor 2 下游氧传感器电路信号故障 ECM
P0137 16 O2 Sensor Circuit Low Voltage Bank 1 Sensor 2 下游氧传感器信号电路电压过低 ECM
P0138 17 O2 Sensor Circuit High Voltage Bank 1 Sensor 2 下游氧传感器信号电路电压过高 ECM
P0139 23 下游氧传感器老化- 信号持续偏浓 ECM
2
P0139 24 下游氧传感器老化- 信号持续偏稀 ECM
2
P0171 00 System Too Lean Bank 1 空燃比闭环控制自学习值超上限 ECM
P0172 00 System Too Rich Bank 1 空燃比闭环控制自学习值超下限 ECM
P0197 16 Engine Oil Temperature Sensor Low 机油温度超上限 ECM
P0198 17 Engine Oil Temperature Sensor High 机油温度超下限 ECM
P0201 13 Injector Circuit/Open – Cylinder 1 一缸喷油器控制电路开路 ECM
P0202 13 Injector Circuit/Open – Cylinder 2 二缸喷油器控制电路开路 ECM
P0203 13 Injector Circuit/Open – Cylinder 3 三缸喷油器控制电路开路 ECM
P0204 13 Injector Circuit/Open – Cylinder 4 四缸喷油器控制电路开路 ECM
P0218 00 ATF High ATF Temperature Warning 变速器油液过热 TCM-4AT
P0218 00 Transmission Fluid Over Temperature Condition 变速器油液过热 TCM-6AT
P0219 00 Engine Overspeed Condition 发动机超转速 ECM
Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/Switch “B” Circuit 电子节气门位置传感器2信号电路电
P0222 11 ECM
Low 压过低
Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/Switch “B” Circuit 电子节气门位置传感器2信号电路电
P0223 12 ECM
High 压过高
P0234 00 Turbocharger/Supercharger Overboost Condition 增压器增压压力过高 ECM
V1.0 34
Turbocharger/Supercharger Boost Sensor “A”
P0236 29 增压压力传感器电路电压不合理 ECM
Circuit Range/Performance
P0237 16 增压压力传感器电路电压过低 ECM
Circuit Low
P0238 17 增压压力传感器电路电压过高 ECM
Circuit High
Turbocharger/Supercharger Wastegate Solenoid
P0243 13 增压器废气控制阀电路开路 ECM
“A”
P0245 11 增压器废气控制阀电路对地短路 ECM
“A” Low
P0246 12 增压器废气控制阀电路对电源短路 ECM
“A” High
P025A 13 Fuel Pump Module Control Circuit/Open 油泵继电器控制电路开路 ECM
P025C 11 Fuel Pump Module Control Circuit Low 油泵继电器控制电路对地短路或开路 ECM
P025D 12 Fuel Pump Module Control Circuit High 油泵继电器控制电路对电源短路 ECM
P0261 11 Cylinder 1 Injector Circuit Low 一缸喷油器控制电路对地短路 ECM
P0262 12 Cylinder 1 Injector Circuit High 一缸喷油器控制电路对电源短路 ECM
P0264 11 Cylinder 2 Injector Circuit Low 二缸喷油器控制电路对地短路 ECM
P0265 12 Cylinder 2 Injector Circuit High 二缸喷油器控制电路对电源短路 ECM
P0267 11 Cylinder 3 Injector Circuit Low 三缸喷油器控制电路对地短路 ECM
P0268 12 Cylinder 3 Injector Circuit High 三缸喷油器控制电路对电源短路 ECM
P0270 11 Cylinder 4 Injector Circuit Low 四缸喷油器控制电路对地短路 ECM
P0271 12 Cylinder 4 Injector Circuit High 四缸喷油器控制电路对电源短路 ECM
P0300 F0 Random/Multiple Cylinder Misfire Detected 多缸失火发生 ECM
P0301 F0 Cylinder 1 Misfire Detected 一缸失火发生 ECM
P0302 F0 Cylinder 2 Misfire Detected 二缸失火发生 ECM
P0303 F0 Cylinder 3 Misfire Detected 三缸失火发生 ECM
P0304 F0 Cylinder 4 Misfire Detected 四缸失火发生 ECM
P0313 00 Misfire Detected With Low Fuel 燃油液位低导致失火 ECM
V1.0 35

P0318 81 Rough Road Sensor “A” Signal Circuit 坏路检测加速度传感器信号故障 ECM
Ignition/Distributor Engine Speed Input Circuit No
P0322 29 转速传感器故障 ECM
Signal
P0325 00 Knock Sensor 1 Circuit (Bank 1 or Single Sensor) 爆震传感器电路故障 ECM
Knock Sensor 1 Circuit Low (Bank 1 or Single 爆震传感器信号端多重电路故障(电
P0327 00 ECM
Sensor) 压低）
Knock Sensor 1 Circuit Low (Bank 1 or Single 爆震传感器信号端多重电路故障（电
P0327 14 ECM
Sensor) 压低）
Knock Sensor 1 Circuit High(Bank 1 or Single 爆震传感器信号端多重电路故障（电
P0328 00 ECM
Sensor) 压高）
Knock Sensor 1 Circuit High(Bank 1 or Single 爆震传感器信号端多重电路故障（电
P0328 15 ECM
Sensor) 压高）
Camshaft Position Sensor “A” Circuit
P0341 29 进气凸轮轴相位传感器信号不合理 ECM
Range/Performance Bank 1 or Single Sensor
P0420 00 Catalyst System Efficiency Below Threshold Bank1 三元催化器储氧能力老化 ECM
Evaporative Emission System Purge Control Valve
P0444 13 碳罐控制阀控制电路开路 ECM
Circuit Open
P0458 11 碳罐控制阀控制电路电压过低 ECM
Circuit Low
P0459 12 碳罐控制阀控制电路电压过高 ECM
Circuit High
P0482 38 Fan 3 Control Circuit PWM风扇继电器控制电路开路 ECM
P0500 29 Vehicle Speed Sensor “A” 车速传感器信号故障 ECM
P0504 1C Brake Switch “A”/”B” Correlation 刹车灯开关信号电路故障 ECM
P0504 62 Break Switch “A”/“B” Correlation 两路刹车开关信号不同步故障 ECM
Idle Air Control System RPM Lower Than
P0506 23 怠速控制转速低于目标怠速 ECM
Expected
Idle Air Control System RPM Higher Than
P0507 24 怠速控制转速高于目标怠速 ECM
Expected
P0555 00 Brake Booster Pressure Sensor Circuit 刹车助力真空腔压力传感器开路 ECM
P0557 16 Brake Booster Pressure Sensor Circuit Low 刹车助力真空腔压力传感器电压过低 ECM
P0558 17 Brake Booster Pressure Sensor Circuit High 刹车助力真空腔压力传感器电压过高 ECM
P0560 1C System Voltage 系统蓄电池电压信号不合理 ECM
P0562 16 System Voltage Low 系统蓄电池电压过低 ECM
P0562 00 Battery Voltage Low voltage 蓄电池电压过低 TCM-4AT
P0562 00 System Voltage Low 系统电压过低 TCM-6AT
P0563 17 System Voltage High 系统蓄电池电压过高 ECM
P0563 00 Battery Voltage High voltage 蓄电池电压过高 TCM-4AT
P0563 00 System Voltage High 系统电压过高 TCM-6AT
Cruise Control Multi-Function Input “A” Circuit
P0564 11 巡航控制多功能输入A电路对地短路 GW
short to ground
V1.0 36
Cruise Control Multi-Function Input “A” 巡航控制多功能输入A电路对电源短
P0564 12 GW
Circuit short to battery 路
Cruise Control Multi-Function Input “A” Circuit
P0564 96 巡航控制多功能输入A电路内部故障 GW
Component internal failure
Cruise Control Multi-Function Input “A” Circuit 巡航控制多功能输入A电路电压超出
P0564 1C GW
voltage out of range 范围
Internal Control Module Memory Check Sum 下线配置EEPROM的checksum计算故
P0601 00 ECM
Error 障
P0601 00 Flash ROM Internal check sum 变速器控制模块内部校验和错误 TCM-4AT
Internal Control Module Memory Check Sum
P0601 00 变速器控制模块内部校验和错误 TCM-6AT
error
Non volatile memory (EEPEOM) Internal check
P0603 00 变速器控制模块内部KAM错误 TCM-4AT
sum
Internal Control Module Keep Alive Memory
P0603 00 变速器控制模块内部KAM错误 TCM-6AT
(KAM) error
Internal Control Module Random Access Memory
P0604 44 电子控制单元RAM故障 ECM
(RAM) Error
P0604 00 Random access memory Read / write error 变速器控制模块内部RAM读/写错误 TCM-4AT
P0604 00 变速器控制模块内部RAM错误 TCM-6AT
(RAM) error
Internal Control Module Read Only Memory
P0605 45 电子控制单元ROM故障 ECM
(ROM) Error
电子节气门安全监控功能故障（第二
P0606 44 ECM/PCM Processor ECM
层扭矩监控故障）
电子节气门安全监控功能故障（变形
码监控故障）
电子节气门安全监控功能故障(第二
层节气门体信号监控故障）
电子节气门安全监控功能故障(AD转
换器监控故障)
层点火角信号监控故障)
层负荷信号监控故障 )
电子节气门安全监控功能故障(ECU
错误响应监控故障)
电子节气门安全监控功能故障（监控
模块询问故障）
模块反馈故障）
错误响应故障）
V1.0 37

电子节气门安全监控功能故障（关闭
路径测试故障）
Internal Control Module Throttle Actuator 第二层安全监控故障（电子油门踏
P061F 62 ECM
Controller Performance 板）
Internal Control Module Throttle Actuator
P061F 64 第二层安全监控故障（转速传感器） ECM
Controller Performance
Internal Control Module Throttle Actuator
P061F 68 第二层安全监控故障（安全断油） ECM
P0645 13 A/C Clutch Relay Control Circuit A/C压缩机继电器控制电路开路 ECM
P0646 11 A/C Clutch Relay Control Circuit Low A/C压缩机继电器控制电路对地短路 ECM
A/C压缩机继电器控制电路对电源短
P0647 12 A/C Clutch Relay Control Circuit High ECM
路
P0689 17 ECM/PCM Power Relay Sense Circuit Low 主继电器输出电压信号故障 ECM
P0695 37 Fan 3 Control Circuit Low PWM冷却风扇控制电路对地短路 ECM
P0696 36 Fan 3 Control Circuit High PWM冷却风扇控制电路对电源短路 ECM
P0702 00 Transmission Control System Electrical error 变速器控制系统电气故障 TCM-6AT
Selector position switch GND short/Open (No
P0705 00 空挡起动开关对地短路（无信号） TCM-4AT
signal)
P0705 00 Transmission Range Sensor Circuit error 变速器挡位位置传感器电路故障 TCM-6AT
Selector position switch B+ short (Multi position 空挡起动开关对电源短路（多位置信
P0706 00 TCM-4AT
signal) 号）
P0707 00 Transmission Range Sensor Circuit Low 变速器挡位位置传感器电路电压过低 TCM-6AT
P0708 00 Transmission Range Sensor Circuit High 变速器挡位位置传感器电路电压过高 TCM-6AT
P0711 00 Oil temperature sensor Stick 油液温度传感器信号卡滞 TCM-4AT
Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor Circuit 变速器油液温度传感器电路量程/性
P0711 00 TCM-6AT
Range/Performance error 能故障
P0712 00 Oil temperature sensor GND short 油液温度传感器对地短路 TCM-4AT
Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor Circuit
P0712 00 变速器油液温度传感器电路电压过低 TCM-6AT
Low
P0713 00 Oil temperature sensor B+ short/Open 油液温度传感器对电源短路/断路 TCM-4AT
Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor Circuit
P0713 00 变速器油液温度传感器电路电压过高 TCM-6AT
High
Input revolution sensor Electrical Failure (B+ 输入速度传感器电气故障（对电源短
P0715 00 TCM-4AT
short/GND short/Open) 路/对地短路/断路）
P0715 00 Input/Turbine Speed Sensor Circuit error 输入速度传感器电路故障 TCM-6AT
P0717 00 Input revolution sensor No pulse 输入速度传感器无脉冲 TCM-4AT
P0717 00 Input/Turbine Speed Sensor Circuit No Signal 输入速度传感器电路无信号 TCM-6AT
Transmission Mode Switch “A” Circuit
P071A 96 变速箱模式开关A电路内部故障 GW
Output revolution sensor\nElectrical Failure (B+ 输出速度传感器电气故障（对电源短
P0720 00 TCM-4AT
short/GND short/Open) 路/对地短路/断路）
V1.0 38
P0720 00 Output Speed Sensor Circuit error 输出速度传感器电路故障 TCM-6AT
P0722 00 Output revolution sensor No pulse 输出速度传感器无脉冲 TCM-4AT
P0722 00 Output Speed Sensor Circuit No Signal 输出速度传感器电路无信号 TCM-6AT
P0729 00 Gear ratio fault at 6th gear (C2 or B1 not engage) 6挡(C2或B1未啮合)速比故障 TCM-6AT
Gear ratio fault at 1st gear (B1, C2 or C3 not
P0731 00 1挡(B1,C2或C3未分离)速比故障 TCM-6AT
release)
P0732 00 Gear ratio fault at 2nd gear (C1 or B1 not engage) 2挡(C1或B1未啮合)速比故障 TCM-6AT
P0733 00 Gear ratio fault at 3rd gear (C1 or C3 not engage) 3挡(C1或C3未啮合)速比故障 TCM-6AT
P0734 00 Gear ratio fault at 4th gear (C1 or C2 not engage) 4挡(C1或C2未啮合)速比故障 TCM-6AT
P0735 00 Gear ratio fault at 5th gear (C2 or C3 not engage) 5挡(C2或C3未啮合)速比故障 TCM-6AT
Torque Converter Clutch Circuit 液力变矩器锁止离合器电路性能/卡
P0741 00 TCM-6AT
Performance/Stuck Off 滞(关闭位置)
锁止离合器控制电磁阀（SLU）功能
P0742 00 Shift solenoid Functional Failure (SLU) ON stuck TCM-4AT
故障打开位置卡滞
液力变矩器锁止离合器卡滞(打开位
P0742 00 Torque Converter Clutch Circuit Stuck On TCM-6AT
置)
P0748 00 Pressure Control Solenoid “SLT” Electrical 油路压力控制电磁阀SLT电气故障 TCM-6AT
Shift solenoid Functional Failure (S1) MIN pressure 换挡电磁阀（S1）功能故障最小压力
P0751 00 TCM-4AT
stuck 卡滞
Shift solenoid Functional Failure (SLC1) MIN 换挡控制电磁阀（SLC1）功能故障
P0761 00 TCM-4AT
pressure 最小压力卡滞
Shift solenoid Functional Failure (SLC1) MAX 换挡控制电磁阀（SLC1）功能故障
P0762 00 TCM-4AT
pressure 最大压力卡滞
Shift solenoid Functional Failure (SLC2) MAX 换挡控制电磁阀（SLC2）功能故障
P0767 00 TCM-4AT
pressure 最大压力卡滞
P0777 00 Pressure Control Solenoid “SLC1” Stuck On 换挡控制电磁阀SLC1卡滞(打开位置) TCM-6AT
P0778 00 Pressure Control Solenoid “SLC1” Electrical error 换挡控制电磁阀SLC1电气故障 TCM-6AT
Pressure Control Solenoid “SLC2”
P0798 00 换挡控制电磁阀SLC2电气故障 TCM-6AT
Electrical error
P0813 00 Reverse Output Circuit error 倒挡输出电路故障 TCM-6AT
P081A 00 Starter Disable Circuit Low 起动禁止电路电压过低 TCM-6AT
P081B 00 Starter Disable Circuit High 起动禁止电路电压过高 TCM-6AT
Up and Down Shift Switch Circuit Component
P0826 96 升挡和降挡开关电路内部故障 GW
internal failure
P0826 0 Up and Down Shift Switch Circuit error 升挡和降挡开关电路故障 TCM-6AT
P0867 00 Complete neutral 完全空挡 TCM-4AT
P0867 00 Transmission Fluid Pressure High 变速器油液压力高 TCM-6AT
P0868 00 Transmission Fluid Pressure Low 变速器油液压力低 TCM-6AT
Auto Shift Manual Mode Circuit Component
P0955 96 自动变速箱手动模式电路内部故障 GW
internal failure
V1.0 39

Auto Shift Manual Mode Circuit voltage out of 自动变速箱手动模式电路电压超出范
P0955 1C GW
range 围
Pressure Control Solenoid “SLT” Control Circuit 油路压力控制电磁阀SLT控制电路电
P0962 00 TCM-6AT
Low 压过低
Pressure Control Solenoid “SLT” Control Circuit 油路压力控制电磁阀SLT控制电路电
P0963 00 TCM-6AT
High 压过高
Pressure Control Solenoid “SLC1” Control 换挡控制电磁阀SLC1控制电路量程/
P0965 00 TCM-6AT
Circuit Range/Performance 性能故障
Pressure Control Solenoid “SLC1” Control 换挡控制电磁阀SLC1控制电路电压
P0966 00 TCM-6AT
Circuit Low 过低
P0967 00 TCM-6AT
Circuit High 过高
P0970 00 TCM-6AT
Circuit Low 过低
P0971 00 TCM-6AT
Circuit High 过高
P0973 00 Shift solenoid(S1) GND short 换挡电磁阀（S1）对地短路 TCM-4AT
P0973 00 Shift Solenoid “S1” Control Circuit Low 换挡电磁阀S1控制电路电压过低 TCM-6AT
P0974 00 Shift solenoid(S1) B+ short / Open 换挡电磁阀（S1）对电源短路/断路 TCM-4AT
P0974 00 Shift Solenoid “S1” Control Circuit High 换挡电磁阀S1控制电路电压过高 TCM-6AT
P0976 00 Shift Solenoid “S2” Control Circuit Low 换挡电磁阀S2控制电路电压过低 TCM-6AT
P0977 00 Shift Solenoid “S2” Control Circuit High 换挡电磁阀S2控制电路电压过高 TCM-6AT
换挡控制电磁阀（SLC1）反馈电流
P0978 00 Linear solenoid (SLC1) Feedback current Stick TCM-4AT
信号卡滞
P0979 00 Linear solenoid (SLC1) GND short 换挡控制电磁阀（SLC1）对地短路 TCM-4AT
P0980 00 Linear solenoid (SLC1) B+ short 换挡控制电磁阀（SLC1）对电源短路 TCM-4AT
换挡控制电磁阀（SLC2）反馈电流
P0981 00 Linear solenoid (SLC2) Feedback current Stick TCM-4AT
信号卡滞
P0982 00 Linear solenoid (SLC2) GND short 换挡控制电磁阀（SLC2）对地短路 TCM-4AT
P0983 00 Linear solenoid (SLC2) B+ short 换挡控制电磁阀（SLC2）对电源短路 TCM-4AT
换挡控制电磁阀（SLB1）反馈电流信
P0997 00 Linear solenoid (SLB1) Feedback current Stick TCM-4AT
号卡滞
P0998 00 Linear solenoid (SLB1) GND short 换挡控制电磁阀（SLB1）对地短路 TCM-4AT
P0999 00 Linear solenoid (SLB1) B+ short 换挡控制电磁阀（SLB1）对电源短路 TCM-4AT
leakage detection upstream the throttle valve(mini 增压器至节气门上游间管路漏气(小
P1297 00 ECM
leakage) 漏气)
leakage detection upstream the throttle 增压器至节气门上游间管路漏气(大
P1297 22 ECM
valve(huge leakage) 漏气)
P1427 12 Brake Booster Pump Circuit High 刹车助力泵控制电路对电源短路 ECM
P1428 11 Brake Booster Pump Circuit Low 刹车助力泵控制电路对地短路 ECM
P1429 13 Brake Booster Pump Circuit Open 刹车助力泵控制电路开路 ECM
V1.0 40
P1479 00 BKV Pressure non-plausible 刹车助力真空腔内压力不合理 ECM
P1523 00 Error crash signal 车辆碰撞,安全气囊弹出 ECM
P1545 34 Throttle Pos.Contr. Malfunction 电子节气门PID位置控制故障 ECM
P1545 35 Throttle Pos.Contr Malfunction 电子节气门PID位置控制故障 ECM
Idle Speed Contr.Throttle Pos. Adaptation
P1559 78 电子节气门跛行位置自学习故障 ECM
Malfunction
Idle Speed Contr Throttle Pos. Low Voltage 系统电压不满足电子节气门自学习条
P1564 00 ECM
During Adaptation 件
Idle Speed Contr.Throttle Pos. adaptation not
P1579 00 电子节气门自学习条件不满足 ECM
started
Immo Cipher Key and security PIN not
P1610 51 ECM未进行防盗匹配 ECM
programmed
P1611 06 Invalid key input PIN码输入错误 ECM
P1613 06 Challenge period expired 未收到防盗器的认证回复 ECM
P1614 05 Authentication is not OK 收到错误的的防盗器认证回复 ECM
防盗器与钥匙认证失败或一直处于
P1614 06 Authenticaiton between Immo and Key is not OK ECM
Busy
Gear ratio fault at 1st gear with engine brake stuck 1挡发动机制动卡滞于4挡(C2未分离)
P1701 00 TCM-6AT
4th: (C2 not release) 速比故障
Gear ratio fault at 1st gear with engine brake stuck 1挡发动机制动卡滞于2挡/3挡(B1或
P1702 00 TCM-6AT
2nd/3rd (B1 or C3 not release) C3未分离)速比故障
Gear ratio fault at 6th gear Stuck (C1 or C3 not
P1729 00 6挡卡滞(C1或C3未分离)速比故障 TCM-6AT
release)
No engine brake (SLC1 MIN or SLC2 MIN or SLU 无发动机制动（SLC1最小或SLC2最
P1731 00 TCM-4AT
MIN) 小或SLU最小）
Gear ratio fault at 1st gear with engine brake (B2
P1731 00 1挡发动机制动(B2未啮合)速比故障 TCM-6AT
not engage)
Gear ratio fault at 2nd gear stuck (C2 or C3 not
P1732 00 2挡卡滞(C2或C3未分离)速比故障 TCM-6AT
release)
Gear ratio fault at 3rd gear Stuck (C2, B1 not
P1733 00 3挡卡滞(B1或C2未分离)速比故障 TCM-6AT
release)
Gear ratio fault at 4th gear Stuck (C3 or B1 not
release)
Gear ratio fault at 5th gear Stuck (C1 or B1 not
release)
P1897 00 EMOP B+ short/Open 电磁油泵（EMOP）短路/开路 TCM-4AT
P1897 11 EMOP GND short 电磁油泵（EMOP）对地短路 TCM-4AT
P1897 15 EMOP B+ short 电磁油泵（EMOP）对电源短路 TCM-4AT
P1897 16 EMOP Low voltage supply for EMOP control 电磁油泵（EMOP）输入电压过低/ TCM-4AT
P1897 17 EMOP High voltage supply for EMOP control 电磁油泵（EMOP）输入电压过高 TCM-4AT
P1899 00 EMOP Functional failure of EMOP 电磁油泵（EMOP）功能故障 TCM-4AT
V1.0 41

P1899 09 EMOP\nFunctional failure of EMOP 电磁油泵（EMOP）功能故障 TCM-4AT
LIN Communication checksum Error with master
P1900 41 与主节点LIN通讯校验和错误 BCM
node
LIN Communication checksum Error with master
P1900 41 LIN总线和主节点通讯校验和错误 GW
node
P1901 87 LIN Communication time out with master node 与主节点LIN通讯超时 BCM
P1901 87 LIN Communication time out with master node LIN总线和主节点通讯超时 GW
The system power voltage is beyond the normal
P1910 1C 系统电源电压低于正常功能所需的 BCM
range of regular function
P1910 1C 系统电源电压低于正常功能要求范围 GW
The Transmission Shift Lever Position Signal is
P1911 29 变速箱挡位信号无效 BCM
Invalid
Transmission Shift Lever Position Signal is Out Of
P1911 28 变速箱挡位信号超出范围 BCM
the Range of regular function
P1911 28 变速箱换挡杆位置信号超出正常范围 GW
P1911 29 变速箱换挡杆位置信号无效 GW
Invalid
Throttle Actuator Control Motor Circuit 电子节气门机械下止点再次自学习故
P2101 26 ECM
Range/performance 障
Throttle Actuator Control Motor Circuit 电子节气门机械下止点初次自学习故
P2101 28 ECM
Range/performance 障
Throttle Actuator Control Motor Circuit
P2101 29 电子节气门位置偏差故障 ECM
Range/performance
Throttle Actuator Control Motor Circuit
P2101 74 电子节气门弹簧检查故障 ECM
Range/performance
Throttle Actuator Control System – Forced
P2106 00 负荷监控故障 ECM
Limited Power
P2106 12 电子节气门功率驱动级故障（短路） ECM
Limited Power
P2106 13 电子节气门功率驱动级故障（开路） ECM
Limited Power
Throttle Actuator Control System – Forced 电子节气门功率驱动级故障（SPI总
P2106 29 ECM
Limited Power 线或信号）
Throttle Actuator Control System – Forced 电子节气门功率驱动级故障（过热或
P2106 4B ECM
Limited Power 过流）
Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/Switch “E” Circuit 电子油门踏板位置传感器1信号电压
P2127 21 ECM
Low 过低
Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/Switch “E” Circuit 电子油门踏板位置传感器1信号电压
P2128 22 ECM
High 过高
Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/Switch “F” Circuit 电子油门踏板位置传感器2信号电压
P2132 21 ECM
Low 过低
V1.0 42
Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/Switch “F” Circuit 电子油门踏板位置传感器2信号电压
P2133 22 ECM
High 过高
Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/Switch “A”/“B”
P2135 00 电子节气门位置传感器1信号不合理 ECM
Voltage Correlation
Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/Switch “A”/“B”
P2135 29 电子节气门位置传感器2信号不合理 ECM
Voltage Correlation
Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/Switch “D”/“E” 电子油门踏板位置传感器信号不合理
P2138 29 ECM
Voltage Correlation （怠速附近踏板位移检测）
Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/Switch “E”/“F”
P2140 29 电子油门踏板位置传感器信号不合理 ECM
Voltage Correlation
P2228 19 Barometric Pressure Circuit Low 大气压力传感器电压低 ECM
P2229 1F Barometric Pressure Circuit High 大气压力传感器电压高 ECM
P2230 00 Barometric Pressure Circuit Intermittent 大气压力传感器电路开路 ECM
P2230 00 Barometric Pressure Circuit Intermittent 大气压力传感器电压不合理 ECM
Turbocharger/Supercharger Bypass Valve –
P2261 18 增压器泄流阀故障 ECM
Mechanical
Shift solenoid Functional Failure (SLB1) MIN 换挡控制电磁阀（SLB1）功能故障最
P2707 00 TCM-4AT
pressure 小压力卡滞
Shift solenoid Functional Failure (SLB1) MAX 换挡控制电磁阀（SLB1）功能故障最
P2708 00 TCM-4AT
pressure 大压力卡滞
P2716 00 Pressure Control Solenoid “SLC3” Electrical error 换挡控制电磁阀SLC3电气故障 TCM-6AT
Pressure Control Solenoid “SLC3” Control 换挡控制电磁阀SLC3控制电路量程/
P2719 00 TCM-6AT
Circuit Range/Performance 性能故障
P2720 00 TCM-6AT
Circuit Low 过低
P2721 00 TCM-6AT
Circuit High 过高
P2724 00 Pressure Control Solenoid “SLB1” Stuck On 换挡控制电磁阀SLB1卡滞(打开位置) TCM-6AT
P2725 00 Pressure Control Solenoid “SLB1” Electrical error 换挡控制电磁阀SLB1电气故障 TCM-6AT
Pressure Control Solenoid “SLB1” Control Circuit 换挡控制电磁阀SLB1控制电路电压过
P2729 00 TCM-6AT
Low 低
Pressure Control Solenoid “SLB1” Control Circuit 换挡控制电磁阀SLB1控制电路电压过
P2730 00 TCM-6AT
High 高
P2759 00 Pressure Control Solenoid “SLU” Electrical error 锁止离合器控制电磁阀SLU电气故障 TCM-6AT
锁止离合器控制电磁阀（SLU）反馈
P2762 00 Linear solenoid (SLU) Feedback current Stick TCM-4AT
电流信号卡滞
锁止离合器控制电磁阀（SLU）对电
P2763 00 Linear solenoid (SLU) B+ short TCM-4AT
源短路
Torque Converter Clutch Pressure Control 锁止离合器控制电磁阀SLU控制电路
P2763 00 TCM-6AT
Solenoid Control Circuit High 电压过高
V1.0 43

锁止离合器控制电磁阀（SLU）对地
P2764 00 Linear solenoid (SLU) GND short TCM-4AT
短路
Torque Converter Clutch Pressure Control 锁止离合器控制电磁阀SLU控制电路
P2764 00 TCM-6AT
Solenoid Control Circuit Low 电压过低
P2806 00 Transmission Range Sensor Alignment 变速器挡位位置传感器校准 TCM-6AT
O2 Sensor Circuit Range/Performance Bank 1
P2A00 29 上游氧传感器信号不合理 ECM
Sensor 1
P2A01 29 下游氧传感器信号不合理 ECM
Sensor 2
P300B 00 Engine torque control Adaption at limit 电子节气门安全监控扭矩限制作用 ECM
U0001 00 CAN BUS OFF CAN总线通信故障 TCM-4AT
U0001 00 High Speed CAN Communication Bus off 高速CAN总线通信故障 TCM-6AT
U0073 88 CAN Bus Off CAN总线关闭 SCS
Lost Communication with Engine Control Module
U0100 87 与发动机控制模块(ECM)失去通讯 SCS
(ECM)
Lost Communication with Transmission Control
U0101 87 与变速器控制模块(TCM)失去通讯 SCS
Module (TCM)
U0126 87 Lost Steering Wheel Angle Signal 方向盘转角信号丢失 SCS
Lost Communication with Body Control Module
U0140 87 与车身控制模块(BCM)失去通讯 SCS
(BCM)
U0146 87 Lost Communication with Gateway (GW) 与网关(GW)失去通讯 SCS
Lost Communication with Instrument Panel
U0155 87 与组合仪表(IPK)失去通讯 SCS
Cluster Control Module (IPK)
Invalid Data Received from Engine Control Module 从发动机控制模块(ECM)接收到无效
U0401 81 SCS
(ECM) 数据
Invalid Data Received from Transmission Control 从变速器控制模块(TCM)接收到无效
U0402 81 SCS
Module (TCM) 数据
Invalid Data Received from Body Control Module 从车身控制模块(BCM)接收到无效数
U0422 81 SCS
(BCM) 据
Invalid Data Received from Instrument Panel
U0423 81 从组合仪表(IPK)接收到无效数据 SCS
U0428 81 Invalid Steering Wheel Angle Data Received 接收到无效的方向盘转角数据 SCS
U0447 81 Invalid Data Received from Gateway (GW) 从网关(GW)接收到无效数据 SCS
U1562 17 Battery Voltage High 蓄电池电压过高 SCS
U1563 16 Battery Voltage Low 蓄电池电压过低 SCS
U2000 04 ECU Error - Hardware Error 电控单元内部故障—硬件故障 SCS
U2003 04 ECU Error - Software Error 电控单元内部故障—软件错误 SCS
U0073 88 Control Module Communication Bus Off CAN通讯相关诊断 ECM
U0073 88 Control Module Communication Bus Off on ”A” 控制模块通信总线关闭 EPS
U0073 88 Control Module Communication Bus Off 控制模块通讯总线关闭 SAS
U0073 88 Control Module Communication Bus Off on ”A” 控制模块通信总线”A” ABS
V1.0 44
U0073 88 Control Module Communication Bus Off on ”A” 通讯总线关闭 BCM
U0073 88 Control Module Communication Bus Off on ”A” 高速CAN总线功能失效 SRS
U0073 88 Control Module Communication Bus Off 控制模块通信总线脱离 FICM
U0073 88 Control Module Communication Bus Off 控制模块通信总线脱离 T-BOX
U0073 88 CAN Bus Off On “B” CAN总线关闭 IPK
控制模块通讯总线HSCAN 1关闭-动
U0073 88 PT CAN Bus Off on HSCAN 1 GW
力总成CAN
控制模块通讯总线HSCAN 2关闭-车
U0074 88 body CAN Bus Off on HSCAN 2 GW
身CAN
U0100 00 Lost communication with EMS 丢失与ECM的通信 TCM-4AT
U0100 87 Lost Communication With ECM/PCM “A” 与ECM/PCM失去通信 EPS
U0100 87 Lost Communication With ECM/PCM “A” 失去ECM/PCM“A”通信 BCM
U0100 87 Lost communication With EMS module 与EMS通信丢失 SRS
U0100 87 Lost Communication With ECM 与ECM失去通讯 FICM
U0100 87 Lost Communication with EMS 与ICE通讯丢失 T-BOX
U0100 87 Lost Communication With ECM 与ECM失去通讯 IPK
U0100 87 Lost Communication With ECM 丢失与ECM通讯 GW
U0100 00 Lost Communication With ECM 丢失与EMS的通信 TCM-6AT
U0101 87 Lost Communication with TCM ECU与TCU控制模块通讯故障 ECM
U0101 87 Lost Communication With TCM PMU与TCU控制模块通讯故障 BCM
U0101 87 Lost Communication With TCM 与TCU控制模块通讯故障 FICM
U0101 87 Lost Communication with TCU Module 丢失与TCU的通信 T-BOX
U0101 87 Lost Communication With TCM ECU与TCU控制模块通讯故障 IPK
U0101 87 Lost Communication with TCM 丢失与TCM通讯 GW
U0121 00 Lost communication with ABS/DSC 丢失与ABS/DSC的通信 TCM-4AT
Lost Communication With Anti-Lock Brake
U0121 00 与防抱死制动模块失去通讯 TCM-6AT
System (ABS) Control Module
U0121 87 与ABS失去通信 EPS
U0121 87 ECU与ABS控制模块通讯故障 BCM
U0121 87 与ABS\SCS通信丢失 SRS
U0121 87 ECU与ABS控制模块通讯故障 FICM
U0121 87 ECU与ABS控制模块通讯故障 T-BOX
U0121 87 Lost Communication With ABS ECU与ABS控制模块通讯故障 IPK
U0121 87 Lost Communication With ABS 丢失与ABS通讯 GW
V1.0 45

Lost Communication With Steering Angle Sensor
U0126 87 ECU与SAS控制模块通讯故障 FICM
Module
U0126 87 Lost Communication with SAS Module 通讯总线与转角传感器失去通讯 T-BOX
U0126 87 Lost Communication With SAS ECU与SAS控制模块通讯故障 IPK
U0126 87 Lost Communication With SAS 丢失与SAS通讯 GW
Lost Communication With Brake System Control
U0129 87 ECU与制动系统控制模块通讯故障 ECM
Module
通讯总线与电子助力转向模块失去通
U0131 87 Lost Communication With EPS Module IPK
讯
U0131 87 Lost Communication With EPS 丢失与EPS通讯 GW
U0140 87 Lost Communication With Body Control Module ECU与BCM控制模块通讯故障 ECM
U0140 00 Lost communication with BCM 丢失与BCM的通信 TCM-4AT
Lost Communication With Body Control Module
U0140 87 与BCM失去通信（NSE） EPS
（NSE）
U0140 87 Lost Communication With Body Control Module 与BCM通信丢失 SRS
U0140 87 Lost Communication With BCM Module 与BCM通信丢失 FICM
U0140 87 Lost Communication With BCM Module 与IPK通讯丢失 T-BOX
U0140 87 Lost Communication With Body Control Module ECU与BCM控制模块通讯故障 IPK
U0140 87 Lost Communication With BCM 丢失与BCM通讯 GW
U0140 00 Lost Communication With Body Control Module 通讯总线与车身控制模块失去通讯 TCM-6AT
Lost Communication With Restraints Control
U0151 87 ECU与SRS控制模块通讯故障 ECM
Module
U0151 87 Lost Communication With SDM Module 丢失与SDM的通信 BCM
U0151 87 ECU与SRS控制模块通讯故障 T-BOX
Module
U0151 87 Lost Communication With SDM Module 与安全气囊控制器失去通信 IPK
U0151 87 Lost Communication With SDM 丢失与SDM通讯 GW
Lost Communication With Instrument Panel
U0155 87 ECU与IPK控制模块通讯故障 ECM
Cluster (IPC) Control Module
U0155 00 Lost communication with IPK 通讯总线与组合仪表失去通讯 TCM-4AT
U0155 00 ECU与IPK控制模块通讯故障 TCM-6AT
U0155 87 与IPK失去通信（NSE） EPS
Cluster (IPC) Control Module（NSE）
U0155 87 ECU与IPK控制模块通讯故障 BCM
U0155 87 与IPK通信丢失 SRS
Cluster (IPK) Control Module
U0155 87 Lost Communication With IPK Module 与IPK通信丢失 FICM
U0155 87 Lost Communication With IPK Module 与BCM通讯丢失 T-BOX
U0155 87 Lost Communication With IPK 丢失与IPK通讯 GW
V1.0 46
U0198 87 Lost Communication With T-Box 丢失与T-Box通讯 GW
U0245 87 Lost Communication With ICE Module 通讯总线与车内娱乐模块失去通讯 IPK
U0245 87 Lost Communication With Front FICM 丢失与FICM通讯 GW
U0401 81 Invalid Data Received From ECM/PCM “A” 从ECM/PCM接收到无效数据 EPS
U0401 81 Invalid Data Received From ECM/PCM “A” 从ECM/PCM “A”获得无效数据 ABS
U0402 81 Invalid data received from TCM node 从TCM获得无效数据 ABS
Invalid Data Received From Anti-Lock Brake
U0415 81 从ABS接收到无效数据 EPS
System (ABS) Control
U0415 85 Implausible Data Received From ABS 从ABS接收到的数据超限 EPS
U0423 81 Invalid data received from IPK node IPL节点接收到的数据无效 ABS
U0428 81 Invalid steering Angle received on CAN CAN收到无效的转角信号 ABS
U1008 87 Lost Communication With RPD 丢失与RPD通讯 GW
U1500 00 VIN Mismatch with BCM (or IPK) VIN码与IPK不匹配 BCM
U1500 00 VIN Mismatch with BCM (or IPK) VIN码与BCM或IPK不匹配 FICM
U1500 00 VIN Mismatch with BCM (or IPK) VIN号与BCM（IPK）不匹配 T-BOX
U1500 00 VIN Mismatch With BCM VIN与BCM不匹配 IPK
U1501 00 IPK Redundant Data Resync Failure 组合仪表冗余数据同步失败 BCM
U1562 17 Battery voltage is too high 蓄电池电压过高 TCM-4AT
U1562 17 Battery voltage is too high 蓄电池电压过高 EPS
U1562 17 Battery Voltage High 蓄电池电压高 SAS
U1562 17 Battery Volatage High 蓄电池电压高 BCM
U1562 17 Battery Voltage Is High 蓄电池电压高 SRS
U1562 17 Battery Voltage High 蓄电池电压高 FICM
U1562 17 Battery Voltage High 电池电压高 T-BOX
U1562 17 Battery Voltage High 蓄电池供电电路电压过高 IPK
U1562 17 Battery voltage is too high 蓄电池电压高 GW
U1562 17 Battery voltage is too high 蓄电池供电电路电压过高 TCM-6AT
U1563 16 Battery voltage is too low 蓄电池电压过低 TCM-4AT
U1563 16 Battery voltage is too low 蓄电池供电电路电压过低 TCM-6AT
U1563 16 Battery voltage is too low 蓄电池电压过低 EPS
U1563 16 Battery Voltage Low 蓄电池电压低 SAS
U1563 16 Battery Volatage Low 蓄电池电压低 BCM
U1563 16 Battery Voltage Is Low 蓄电池电压低 SRS
U1563 16 Battery Voltage Low 蓄电池电压低 FICM
U1563 16 Battery Voltage Low 电池电压低 T-BOX
U1563 16 Battery Voltage Low 蓄电池供电电路电压过低 IPK
U1563 16 Battery voltage is too low 蓄电池电压低 GW
U165E 87 EMS HSC FRP00 CAN message timeout failure EMS HSC FRP00 CAN信息超时失败 ABS
V1.0 47

U17E5 82 Invalid SAS signal 无效的SAS信号 ABS
U189D 87 IPK HSC Fr P00 CAN message timeout failure IPK HSC Fr P00 CAN 信息超时失败 ABS
U19BB 87 TCU HSC Fr P00 CAN message timeout failure TCU HSC Fr P00 CAN 信息超时失败 ABS
U19E7 87 EMS HSC Fr P03 CAN message timeout failure EMS HSC Fr P03 CAN 信息超时失败 ABS
U1A6E 87 EMS HSC Fr P01 CAN message timeout failure EMS HSC Fr P01 CAN 信息超时失败 ABS
U1A97 87 BCM HSC FRP00 CAN message timeout failure BCM HSC FRP00 CAN 信息超时失败 ABS
U1ACD 87 SAS HSC Fr P00 CAN message timeout failure SAS HSC Fr P00 CAN 信息超时失败 ABS
U1ACD 82 Invalid SAS alivecounter 无效的SAS计数器 ABS
U1ACD 83 Invalid SAS checksum 无效的SAS校验和 ABS
U1B7E 87 EMS HSC Fr P02 CAN message timeout failure EMS HSC Fr P02 CAN 信息超时失败 ABS
U1BC2 87 BCM HSC FRP03 CAN message timeout failure BCM HSC FRP03 CAN 信息超时失败 ABS
U1BEE 87 IPK HSC Fr P01 CAN message timeout failure IPK HSC Fr P01 CAN 信息超时失败 ABS
U1C00 87 BCM HSC FRP02 CAN message timeout failure BCM HSC FRP02 CAN 信息超时失败 ABS
U1C08 87 EMS HSC Fr P05 CAN message timeout failure EMS HSC Fr P05 CAN 信息超时失败 ABS
U1C0F 87 IPK HSC Fr P05 CAN message timeout failure IPK HSC Fr P05 CAN 信息超时失败 ABS
U2000 04 ECU Hardware Error ECU硬件错误 SAS
U2001 42 ECU EEPROM failure ECU EEPROM故障 EPS
U2001 42 ECU EEPROM Error ECU可擦除存贮器错误 SAS
U2001 41 ECU EEPROM Checksum Error ECU可擦除存贮器校验和错误 SAS
U2001 42 ECU EEPROM Error ECU EEPROM错误 ABS
U2001 41 ECU EEPROM Checksum Error 控制模块内部存储器校验错误 BCM
U2001 42 ECU EEPROM Error 控制模块内部存储器故障 BCM
U2001 42 ECU EEPROM Error ECU EEPROM错误 FICM
U2001 42 ECU EEPROM Error 控制模块内部存储器故障 T-BOX
U2001 42 ECU EEPROM Error 控制模块内部存储器故障 IPK
U2001 41 ECU EEPROM Checksum Error ECU可擦除存贮器校验和错误 GW
U2001 42 ECU EEPROM Error ECU可擦除存贮器错误 GW
U2002 42 ECU RAM failure ECU RAM故障 EPS
U2002 42 ECU RAM Error ECU读写存贮器错误 GW
U2003 04 ECU Software Error ECU软件错误 SAS
U2003 04 ECU Software Error — Volcano config error Volcano配置错误 BCM
U2004 42 ECU ROM Error ECU只读存贮器错误 GW
U2005 41 ECU Flash Checksum failure ECU闪存器校验和故障 EPS
U2005 41 Flash Checksum Error 可擦除校验和错误 IPK
U2018 00 SPI Communication Error SPI通信错误 ABS
U2020 47 Internal Watchdog error 模块中看门狗有重启工作 FICM
CAN Communication Module “A” Initialization
U2100 04 CAN 通讯初始化失败 BCM
Fail
V1.0 48
DTC Category Engine
DTC Category Driving cycle has such two types as running cycle and warm-up
DTC Category cycle.
There are 11 DTC categories in total used in this project, • Running cycle: One running cycle includes engine startup,
which have been defined by system uniformly. DTC categories running working condition (vehicle failure, if any, shall be
include: Category-2 DTC, Category-3 DTC, Category-4 detected) and engine shutdown.
DTC, Category-5 DTC, Category-6 DTC, Category-7 DTC, • Warm-up cycle: Refers to full running of the vehicle,
Category-11 DTC, Category-12 DTC, Category-13 DTC, allowing engine coolant temperature at least 22K higher
Category-36 DTC and Category-39 DTC. than that of startup, which reaches at least 343K (70℃).
DTC Category Description
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set:
• Failures are put into failure memory once generated.

• For the misfire related failures, the failure category of the failure diagnostic path is
usually defined as Category-2.
• For misfire failure resulting in catalyst damage, flash MIL lamp at once to remind the
driver.
• For misfire failure resulting in deteriorative discharge, if such misfire failure is fully
detected to the same extent in 3 consecutive driving cycles, MIL lamp will illuminate.
• Failure is visible on the scan tool.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs:

Category-2 DTC
• If failure cannot be confirmed within 40 driving cycles and does not disappear, its
failure information will be deleted from failure memory.
• If the failure disappears before confirmation and will not appear again within 40 driving
cycles, the failure information will be deleted from failure memory.
• If the failure does not disappear until confirmation, the failure information can be
deleted from failure memory only when it will not appear again within 40 warm-up
cycles.
• Priority is 20 (the lower the value, the higher the priority).
• SVS lamp will not illuminate after failure confirmation, and the failure will disappear
after confirmation. If the failure is not detected during full detection within 3 driving
cycles, then failure shall be repaired.

• MIL lamp will illuminate after failure confirmation.
• It requires 3 driving cycles for failure confirmation.

Category-3 DTC • If failure cannot be confirmed within 40 warm-up cycles and does not disappear, its
• If the failure disappears before confirmation and will not appear again within 40
warm-up cycles, the failure information will be deleted from failure memory.
cycles.
• Priority is 30.
V1.0 49
Engine DTC Category

after confirmation and be repaired after 3 driving cycles.

• Turn on MIL lamp after failure occurring for 250ms.
• If failure cannot be confirmed within 40 warm-up cycles and does not disappear, its
Category-4 DTC
cycles.
• Priority is 30.

• MIL lamp will not illuminate after failure confirmation.
Category-5 DTC failure information will be deleted from failure memory.
cycles.
• Priority is 40.

• Failure is confirmed once occurring.
Category-6 DTC
• Failure is invisible on the scan tool.
V1.0 50
DTC Category Engine
cycles.
• Priority is 50.
after confirmation and be repaired after 120ms.


Category-7 DTC • If failure cannot be confirmed within 40 warm-up cycles and does not disappear, its
cycles.
• Priority is 50.
after confirmation and be repaired after 120ms.

cycles.
• Priority is 20.
• SVS lamp will not illumine after failure confirmation, and the failure will disappear
V1.0 51
Engine DTC Category


cycles.
• Priority is 50.
• SVS lamp will illuminate after failure confirmation, the failure will disappear after
confirmation and be repaired after 120ms, and SVS lamp will go out.

cycles.
• Priority is 30.
• SVS lamp will illuminate after failure confirmation, the failure will disappear after
confirmation and be repaired after 4 driving cycles, and SVS lamp will go out.
• Failure is confirmed and repaired in time mode.

Category-36 DTC • Scan tools are readable, and lamp does not illuminate.
• It requires to run 20 driving cycles to delete failure from memory.
V1.0 52
DTC Category Engine
• Failure is confirmed and repaired in time mode.

Category-39 DTC • General scan tools are readable, and lamp does not illuminate.
• Failure will be deleted from failure memory through time trigger after it disappears.
*Note:
• MIL lamp: Engine Emission Malfunction Indicator Lamp, which is used to indicate emission failures
which have effect on engine performance and emission.
• SVS lamp: Engine Malfunction Indicator Lamp , which is used to indicate the failures which are detected
by the engine management system and the failures have serious effect on engine performance.
V1.0 53
Engine Engine Cooling System
Engine Cooling System

DTC Category
List
DTC
DTC FTB English Description Chinese Description MIL*
Category
Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor 1 Circuit 发动机冷却液温度传感器信号不
P0116 29 ON 3
Range / Performance 合理故障
Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor 1 Circuit 发动机冷却液温度传感器电路电
P0117 16 ON 3
Low 压过低
Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor 1 Circuit 发动机冷却液温度传感器电路电
P0118 17 ON 3
High 压过高
P0482 38 Fan 3 Control Circuit PWM风扇继电器控制电路开路 OFF 5
P0695 37 Fan 3 Control Circuit Low PWM冷却风扇控制电路对地短路 OFF 5
PWM冷却风扇控制电路对电源短
P0696 36 Fan 3 Control Circuit High OFF 5
路
*Note:
MIL indicator lamp indicates that the control module detects this DTC is current or in the confirmation state
during the running.
V1.0 54
Engine Cooling System Engine
Circult Diagram
Circuit Diagram
Engine Management System (5)
V1.0 55
Cooling Fan
V1.0 56
Connector Information Pin No. Pin Information
Connector Information
1 HS CAN H
Cooling Fan EB011A
5 Main Relay
Non-continuous Power
15
Supply
16
Supply
17 HS CAN L
20 Power Voltage
35 Ignition Voltage
63 Ground
64 Ground
Pin No. Pin Information
1 Power Voltage Engine Control Module EM058C
2 Ground
4 Control Signal
Coolant Temperature Sensor EM015

68 Injector 1 (Cylinder 3)
Variable Camshaft Timing
69
Pin No. Pin Information (Exhaust)
1 Sensor Ground 72 Injector 2 (Cylinder 4)
2 Engine Coolant Temperature 77 Throttle Position Sensor 1

Signal 78 Throttle Position Sensor 2
Engine Control Module EM058B 84 Speed Sensor Ground

Ground of Coolant/Oil
85
Temperature Sensor
86 Throttle Ground
96 Engine Speed Sensor Input
103 Oil Temperature Sensor
107 Throttle 5V Power
108 Speed Sensor 5V Power
V1.0 57
Diagnostic Information and Procedure Conditions for Setting DTCs

P0116, P0117, P0118 P0116: It is detected that the engine coolant temperature
DTC Description sensor voltage jump is irrational, and the sensor voltage jump
DTC P0116: Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor 1 Circuit is greater than 1V for 7s.
Range/Performance P0117: It is detected that the measured voltage of the engine
Failure Type Byte coolant temperature sensor is less than 0.1V for 2s.
Failure Description
(FTB) P0118: It is detected that the measured voltage of the engine
Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor 1 coolant temperature sensor is greater than 4.92V for 2s.
29
Circuit Range/Performance Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
DTC P0117: Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor 1 Circuit DTC P0116, P0117 and P0118 are Category-3 DTCs.
Low Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
Failure Type Byte DTC P0116, P0117 and P0118 are Category-3 DTCs.
Failure Description
(FTB) Failure Cause
Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor 1 • Relevant circuit failure.
16
Circuit Low
• Connector failure or poor fitting.
DTC P0118: Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor 1 Circuit • Engine coolant temperature sensor failure.
High • ECM failure.
Failure Type Byte Reference Information
Failure Description
(FTB) Reference Circuit Information
Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor 1 Engine Management System (5)
17
Circuit High
Reference Connector End View Information
Circuit/System Description EM015, EM058C
The coolant temperature sensor is used to provide the Reference Electrical Information
engine with coolant temperature information. Whereby,
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
the controller can correct the fuel injection and ignition.
It is a negative temperature coefficient thermistor, its Circuit/System Check
resistance value is reduced as the temperature rises, but not
1. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, do not start
a linear relationship. The thermistor is fitted in a copper
the engine, and confirm whether the "Engine Coolant
heat-conducting sleeve.
Temperature" in real-time display on the scan tool is far
With the increase of the coolant temperature, the resistance higher or lower than the rational temperature range.
via coolant temperature sensor will decrease. When more 2. When the engine operates, confirm the "Engine Coolant
current leading in the ground through ECM via coolant Temperature" and "Engine Coolant Temperature Original
temperature sensor, the signal voltage reduces. The Value" in the real-time display on the scan tool. The
sensor supplies ECM with signals to determine the engine measured value shall be between -40 - 215℃ according
temperature. ECM calculates the oil supply and ignition timing to current ambient temperature and vehicle operation
parameter at startup stage according to coolant temperature, condition. If it is not displayed as expected, go to
and provides correction to the oil supply and ignition timing "Circuit/System Test".
temperature when the engine is warming up, running normally
3. Under the conditions for running DTCs, operate the
or overheating. While controlling the engine cooling fan,
vehicle and confirm that the DTC is not reset.
ECM uses coolant temperature signal. Then The coolant
temperature signal is transferred to information, and allow the Circuit/System Test
instrument pack to display the engine temperature for driver 1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
through the thermometer. the battery negative cable.
Conditions for Running DTCs 2. Disconnect the harness connector EM015 of engine
Place the ignition switch in "ON" position or keep the engine coolant temperature sensor.
running for more than 10s.
V1.0 58
3. Carry out component test on engine coolant temperature Service Guideline
sensor.
• Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control Fuel
If the test fails, replace the engine coolant temperature Control System - NSE" - "Engine Coolant Temperature
sensor. (ECT) Sensor".
4. Disconnect the harness connector EM058C of ECM. • Refer to the Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
Fuel Control System - NSE" - "Engine Control Module
5. Test if the resistance between the terminals of harness
(ECM)".
connector EM015 of engine coolant temperature
sensor and terminals of harness connector EM058C of • Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
corresponding ECM is less than 5Ω: to the Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
• Terminal 2 of EM015 and Terminal 101 of EM058C
(ECM)".
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
open circuit/high resistance.
6. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
harness connector EM015 of engine coolant temperature
sensor or terminals of harness connector EM058C of
ECM and the ground is infinite:
• Terminal 2 of EM015
• Terminal 101 of EM058C
short to ground.
7. Connect the battery negative cable, test if the voltage
between the following terminals of harness connector
EM015 of engine coolant temperature sensor or terminals
of harness connector EM058C of ECM and the ground
is 0V:
short to battery.
8. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the ECM.
Component Test
1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position.
2. Disconnect the harness connector EM015 of engine
coolant temperature sensor.
3. Measure if the resistance between terminal 1 and 2 of
the engine coolant temperature sensor is about 2.45～
2.55kΩ (20℃), 0.424KΩ (warming-up).
If it is not within the specified range, replace the engine
coolant temperature sensor.
V1.0 59
P0482, P0695, P0696 Circuit/System Test

DTC Description 1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
DTC P0482: Fan 3 Control Circuit the battery negative cable.
Failure Type Byte 2. Disconnect harness connector EB011A of the cooling fan
Failure Description and harness connector EM058 of the ECM.
(FTB)
3. Test if the resistance between terminal 4 of harness
38 Fan 3 Control Circuit
connector EB011A of cooling fan and terminal 26 or 56
DTC P0695: Fan 3 Control Circuit Low of harness connector of the ECM is less than 5Ω.
Failure Type Byte If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
Failure Description open circuit/high resistance.
(FTB)
37 Fan 3 Control Circuit Low 4. Test if the resistance between terminal 4 of harness
connector EB011A of cooling fan or terminal 26 or 56 of
DTC P0696: Fan 3 Control Circuit High harness connector of the ECM and the ground is infinite.
Failure Type Byte If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
Failure Description
(FTB) short to ground.
36 Fan 3 Control Circuit High 5. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the ECM.
Circuit/System Description Service Guideline
ECM can adjust the speed of cooling fan by sending PWM • Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Cooling
signal according to the detected engine coolant temperature. System" - "Cooling Fan Control Module (PWM)".
Conditions for Running DTCs • Refer to the Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
Place the ignition switch in "ON" position or keep the engine
(ECM)".
running for more than 10s.
• Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
Conditions for Setting DTCs
to the Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
P0482: PWM fan relay control circuit is open. Fuel Control System - NSE" - "Engine Control Module
(ECM)".
P0695: PWM cooling fan control circuit is short to ground.
P0696: PWM cooling fan control circuit is short to battery.

Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
DTC P0482, P0695 and P0696 are Category-5 DTCs.
Failure Cause
• Relevant circuit failure.
• PWMFan controller failure.
• ECM failure.
Reference Circuit Information
Engine Management System (5), Cooling Fan
EB011A, EM058B
Reference Electrical Information
V1.0 60
Engine Fuel & Management Engine
Engine Fuel & Management
DTC Category
List
DTC
Category
“A”Camshaft Position Slow Response Bank1
26 进气VVT运行故障（迟缓） OFF 5
（Slow Response）
P000A
“A”Camshaft Position Slow Response Bank1
29 进气VVT运行故障（卡死） OFF 5
（Jam）
“A”Camshaft Position （ Bank1 ） Timing
P0011 78 进气凸轮轴位置提前 ON 3
“A”Camshaft Position - Timing Over - Retarded
P0012 78 进气凸轮轴位置延迟 ON 3
Bank 1
Crankshaft Position - Camshaft Position
P0016 00 进气凸轮轴位置跳动 ON 3
Correlation（Bank 1 Sensor A）
Intake Valve Control Solenoid Circuit Range / 进气凸轮轴锁死位置运行不合理
P0026 77 OFF 5
Performance Bank 1 故障
Barometric Pressure - Turbocharger /
16 环境压力传感器对地短路 ON 3
Supercharger Inlet Pressure Correlation
P006D
Barometric Pressure - Turbocharger / 环境压力传感器对电源短路或开
17 ON 3
Supercharger Inlet Pressure Correlation 路
P0072 16 Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Circuit Low 环境温度传感器电压过低 OFF 5
P0073 17 Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Circuit High 环境温度传感器电压过高 OFF 5
Intake Valve Control Solenoid Circuit Low Bank
P0076 11 进气VVT电路对地短路 ON 3
1
Intake Valve Control Solenoid Circuit Low Bank
P0076 13 进气VVT电路断路 ON 3
1
Intake Valve Control Solenoid Circuit High Bank
P0077 12 进气VVT电路对电源短路 ON 3
1
Mass or Volume Air Flow“A”Circuit Range / 流经空气流量计流量过高（超过
24 ON 3
Performance 允许合理范围上限）
P0101
Mass or Volume Air Flow“A”Circuit Range / 流经空气流量计流量过低（低于
23 ON 3
Performance 允许合理范围下限）
P0102 00 Mass or Volume Air Flow“A”Circuit Low 空气流量计电路电压过低 ON 3
P0103 00 Mass or Volume Air Flow“A”Circuit High 空气流量计电路电压过高 ON 3
Intake Air Temperature Sensor 1 Circuit Range / 进气岐管温度传感器信号不合理
P0111 29 ON 3
Performance 故障
进气岐管温度传感器电路电压过
P0112 16 Intake Air Temperature Sensor 1 Circuit Low ON 3
低
进气岐管温度传感器电路电压过
P0113 17 Intake Air Temperature Sensor 1 Circuit High ON 3
高
Throttle / Pedal Position Sensor / 电子节气门位置传感器1信号电
P0122 11 ON 13
Switch“A”Circuit Low 路电压过低
V1.0 61
Engine Engine Fuel & Management
DTC
Category
P0123 12 ON 13
Switch“A”Circuit High 路电压过高
P0171 00 System Too Lean Bank 1 空燃比闭环控制自学习值超上限 ON 11
P0172 00 System Too Rich Bank 1 空燃比闭环控制自学习值超下限 ON 11
P0197 16 Engine Oil Temperature Sensor Low 机油温度超上限 OFF 5
P0198 17 Engine Oil Temperature Sensor High 机油温度超下限 OFF 5
P0201 13 Injector Circuit / Open - Cylinder 1 一缸喷油器控制电路开路 ON 3
P0202 13 Injector Circuit / Open - Cylinder 2 二缸喷油器控制电路开路 ON 3
P0203 13 Injector Circuit / Open - Cylinder 3 三缸喷油器控制电路开路 ON 3
P0204 13 Injector Circuit / Open - Cylinder 4 四缸喷油器控制电路开路 ON 3
P0219 00 Engine Overspeed Condition 发动机超转速 OFF 6
P0222 11 ON 13
Switch“B”Circuit Low 路电压过低
P0223 12 ON 13
Switch“B”Circuit High 路电压过高
Turbocharger / Supercharger Overboost
P0234 00 增压器增压压力过高 ON 3
Condition
Turbocharger / Supercharger Boost
P0236 29 增压压力传感器电路电压不合理 ON 4
Sensor“A”Circuit Range / Performance
P0237 16 增压压力传感器电路电压过低 ON 4
Sensor“A”Circuit Low
P0238 17 增压压力传感器电路电压过高 ON 4
Sensor“A”Circuit High
Turbocharger / Supercharger Wastegate
P0243 13 增压器废气控制阀电路开路 ON 4
Solenoid“A”
Turbocharger / Supercharger Wastegate
P0245 11 增压器废气控制阀电路对地短路 ON 4
Solenoid“A”Low
Turbocharger / Supercharger Wastegate 增压器废气控制阀电路对电源短
P0246 12 ON 4
Solenoid“A”High 路
P025A 13 Fuel Pump Module Control Circuit / Open 油泵继电器控制电路开路 ON 3
油泵继电器控制电路对地短路或
P025C 11 Fuel Pump Module Control Circuit Low ON 3
开路
P025D 12 Fuel Pump Module Control Circuit High 油泵继电器控制电路对电源短路 ON 3
P0261 11 Cylinder 1 Injector Circuit Low 一缸喷油器控制电路对地短路 ON 3
P0262 12 Cylinder 1 Injector Circuit High 一缸喷油器控制电路对电源短路 ON 3
P0264 11 Cylinder 2 Injector Circuit Low 二缸喷油器控制电路对地短路 ON 3
P0265 12 Cylinder 2 Injector Circuit High 二缸喷油器控制电路对电源短路 ON 3
P0267 11 Cylinder 3 Injector Circuit Low 三缸喷油器控制电路对地短路 ON 3
P0268 12 Cylinder 3 Injector Circuit High 三缸喷油器控制电路对电源短路 ON 3
P0270 11 Cylinder 4 Injector Circuit Low 四缸喷油器控制电路对地短路 ON 3
V1.0 62
DTC
Category
P0271 12 Cylinder 4 Injector Circuit High 四缸喷油器控制电路对电源短路 ON 3
ON or
F0 Random / Multiple Cylinder Misfire Detected 多缸失火发生 2
Blink
ON or
P0300 F1 Random / Multiple Cylinder Misfire Detected 多缸失火发生 2
Blink
ON or
F2 Random / Multiple Cylinder Misfire Detected 多缸失火发生 2
Blink
ON or
F0 Cylinder 1 Misfire Detected 一缸失火发生 2
Blink
ON or
P0301 F1 Cylinder 1 Misfire Detected 一缸失火发生 2
Blink
ON or
F2 Cylinder 1 Misfire Detected 一缸失火发生 2
Blink
ON or
F0 Cylinder 2 Misfire Detected 二缸失火发生 2
Blink
ON or
P0302 F1 Cylinder 2 Misfire Detected 二缸失火发生 2
Blink
ON or
F2 Cylinder 2 Misfire Detected 二缸失火发生 2
Blink
ON or
F0 Cylinder 3 Misfire Detected 三缸失火发生 2
Blink
ON or
P0303 F1 Cylinder 3 Misfire Detected 三缸失火发生 2
Blink
ON or
F2 Cylinder 3 Misfire Detected 三缸失火发生 2
Blink
ON or
F0 Cylinder 4 Misfire Detected 四缸失火发生 2
Blink
ON or
P0304 F1 Cylinder 4 Misfire Detected 四缸失火发生 2
Blink
ON or
F2 Cylinder 4 Misfire Detected 四缸失火发生 2
Blink
P0313 00 Misfire Detected With Low Fuel 燃油液位低导致失火 OFF 9
P0318 81 Rough Road Sensor“A”Signal Circuit 坏路检测加速度传感器信号故障 ON 3
Ignition / Distributor Engine Speed Input Circuit
P0322 29 转速传感器故障 ON 3
No Signal
Knock Sensor 1 Circuit （ Bank 1 or Single
P0325 00 爆震传感器电路故障 ON 3
Sensor）
Knock Sensor 1 Circuit Low（Bank 1 or Single 爆震传感器信号端多重电路故障
00 ON 3
Sensor）（电压低）
P0327
Knock Sensor 1 Circuit Low（Bank 1 or Single 爆震传感器信号端多重电路故障
14 ON 3
Sensor）（电压低）
V1.0 63
DTC
Category
Knock Sensor 1 Circuit High（Bank 1 or Single 爆震传感器信号端多重电路故障
00 ON 3
Sensor）（电压高）
P0328
Knock Sensor 1 Circuit High（Bank 1 or Single 爆震传感器信号端多重电路故障
15 ON 3
Sensor）（电压高）
Camshaft Position Sensor“A”Circuit Range / 进气凸轮轴相位传感器信号不合
P0341 29 ON 3
Performance Bank 1 or Single Sensor 理
Evaporative Emission System Purge Control
P0444 13 碳罐控制阀控制电路开路 ON 3
Valve Circuit Open
P0458 11 碳罐控制阀控制电路电压过低 ON 3
Valve Circuit Low
P0459 12 碳罐控制阀控制电路电压过高 ON 3
Valve Circuit High
P0500 29 Vehicle Speed Sensor“A” 车速传感器信号故障 ON 3
1C Brake Switch“A”/“B”Correlation 刹车灯开关信号电路故障 OFF 12
P0504
62 Break Switch “A”/“B” Correlation 两路刹车开关信号不同步故障 OFF 12
Idle Air Control System RPM Lower Than
P0506 23 怠速控制转速低于目标怠速 OFF 5
Expected
Idle Air Control System RPM Higher Than
P0507 24 怠速控制转速高于目标怠速 OFF 5
Expected
P0555 00 Brake Booster Pressure Sensor Circuit 刹车助力真空腔压力传感器开路 ON 3
刹车助力真空腔压力传感器电压
P0557 16 Brake Booster Pressure Sensor Circuit Low ON 3
过低
刹车助力真空腔压力传感器电压
P0558 17 Brake Booster Pressure Sensor Circuit High ON 3
过高
Internal Control Module Throttle Actuator 第二层安全监控故障（电子油门
62 ON 13
Controller Performance 踏板）
Internal Control Module Throttle Actuator 第二层安全监控故障（转速传感
P061F 64 ON 13
Controller Performance 器）
Internal Control Module Throttle Actuator 第二层安全监控故障（安全断
68 ON 13
Controller Performance 油）
P0645 13 A/C Clutch Relay Control Circuit A/C压缩机继电器控制电路开路 OFF 5
A/C压缩机继电器控制电路对地
P0646 11 A/C Clutch Relay Control Circuit Low OFF 5
短路
A/C压缩机继电器控制电路对电
P0647 12 A/C Clutch Relay Control Circuit High OFF 5
源短路
P0689 17 ECM/PCM Power Relay Sense Circuit Low 主继电器输出电压信号故障 OFF 5
leakage detection upstream the throttle valve 增压器至节气门上游间管路漏气
00 ON 3
（mini leakage）（小漏气）
P1297
leakage detection upstream the throttle valve 增压器至节气门上游间管路漏气
22 ON 3
（huge leakage）（大漏气）
P1523 00 Error crash signal 车辆碰撞,安全气囊弹出 OFF 5
V1.0 64
DTC
Category
34 Throttle Pos.Contr. Malfunction 电子节气门PID位置控制故障 ON 13
P1545
35 Throttle Pos.Contr. Malfunction 电子节气门PID位置控制故障 ON 13
Idle Speed Contr.Throttle Pos. Adaptation
P1559 78 电子节气门跛行位置自学习故障 OFF 6
Malfunction
Idle Speed Contr.Throttle Pos. Low Voltage 系统电压不满足电子节气门自学
P1564 00 OFF 6
During Adaptation 习条件
Idle Speed Contr.Throttle Pos. adaptation not
P1579 00 电子节气门自学习条件不满足 OFF 6
started
Throttle Actuator Control Motor Circuit Range 电子节气门机械下止点再次自学
26 ON 3
/ performance 习故障
Throttle Actuator Control Motor Circuit Range 电子节气门机械下止点初次自学
28 ON 13
/ performance 习故障
P2101
Throttle Actuator Control Motor Circuit Range
29 电子节气门位置偏差故障 ON 13
/ performance
Throttle Actuator Control Motor Circuit Range
74 电子节气门弹簧检查故障 ON 13
/ performance
Throttle Actuator Control System - Forced
00 负荷监控故障 ON 13
Limited Power
Throttle Actuator Control System - Forced 电子节气门功率驱动级故障（短
12 ON 13
Limited Power 路）
Throttle Actuator Control System - Forced 电子节气门功率驱动级故障（开
P2106 13 ON 13
Limited Power 路）
Throttle Actuator Control System - Forced 电子节气门功率驱动级故障（SPI
29 ON 13
Limited Power 总线或信号）
Throttle Actuator Control System - Forced 电子节气门功率驱动级故障（过
4B ON 13
Limited Power 热或过流）
Throttle / Pedal Position Sensor / 电子油门踏板位置传感器1信号
P2127 21 ON 13
Switch“E”Circuit Low 电压过低
P2128 22 ON 13
Switch“E”Circuit High 电压过高
P2132 21 ON 13
Switch“F”Circuit Low 电压过低
P2133 22 ON 13
Switch“F”Circuit High 电压过高
Throttle / Pedal Position Sensor / 电子节气门位置传感器1信号不
00 ON 13
Switch“A”/“B”Voltage Correlation 合理
P2135
Throttle / Pedal Position Sensor / 电子节气门位置传感器2信号不
29 ON 13
Switch“A”/“B”Voltage Correlation 合理
Throttle / Pedal Position Sensor / 电子油门踏板位置传感器信号不
P2138 29 OFF 6
Switch“D”/“E”Voltage Correlation 合理（怠速附近踏板位移检测）
Throttle / Pedal Position Sensor / 电子油门踏板位置传感器信号不
P2140 29 ON 13
Switch“E”/“F”Voltage Correlation 合理
V1.0 65
DTC
Category
P2228 19 Barometric Pressure Circuit Low 大气压力传感器电压低 OFF 5
P2229 1F Barometric Pressure Circuit High 大气压力传感器电压高 OFF 5
00 Barometric Pressure Circuit Intermittent 大气压力传感器电路开路 OFF 5
P2230
00 Barometric Pressure Circuit Intermittent 大气压力传感器电压不合理 OFF 5
电子节气门安全监控扭矩限制作
P300B 00 Engine torque control Adaption at limit OFF 6
用
*Note:
during the running.
V1.0 66
Circult Diagram
Circuit Diagram
V1.0 67
V1.0 68
V1.0 69
V1.0 70
V1.0 71
V1.0 72
Electric Vacuum Pump
V1.0 73
Fuel Pump
V1.0 74
Bus System and Diagnostic Interface -1.5VCT&1.5T
(1)
V1.0 75

(2)
V1.0 76
1 Power Voltage
Electronic Vacuum Pump Relay BD005
2 Brake Lamp Signal
3 Brake Switch Signal
4 Ground
Vacuum Sensor BD032

30 Power Voltage
85 Control Signal
86 Ignition Voltage
87 Electronic Vacuum Pump
Accelerator Pedal Module BD019

1 Sensor Power Voltage
2 Sensor Ground
3 Sensor Signal
Canister Control Valve EM003

1 Sensor 2 Signal
2 Sensor 2 Power Voltage
3 Sensor 1 Power Voltage
4 Sensor 1 Signal
5 Sensor 1 Ground
6 Sensor 2 Ground
Brake Pedal Switch BD027 6 Power Voltage
7 Control Signal
V1.0 77
Electronic Throttle Body EM004 Intake Air Pressure/Temperature Sensor EM010

A Ground
1 Motor Drive Signal -
B Intake Air Pressure Signal
2 Ground
C 5V Voltage
3 Power Voltage
Intake Air Temperature
4 Motor Drive Signal + D
Signal
5 Throttle Position Sensor 2
Engine Speed Sensor EM012
Phase Sensor (Intake) EM007

1 5V Voltage
Pin No. Pin Information 2 Engine Speed Signal
1 Ground 3 Ground
Intake Camshaft Sensor Ambient Pressure Sensor EM013

2
Signal
3 Power Voltage
V1.0 78
Pin No. Pin Information Variable Camshaft Timing Valve EM017
Ambient Pressure Sensor

1
Power Supply
2 Ground
Ambient Pressure Sensor
3
Signal
Variable Camshaft Timing Valve EM014

1 Power Voltage
2 Control Signal
Knock Sensor EM021

1 Power Voltage
2 Control Signal
Oil Temperature Sensor EM016

1 Power Voltage
2 Control Signal
Engine Control Module EM058C

1 Ground
2 Oil Temperature Signal
V1.0 79
Pin No. Pin Information Injector 3 EM061
69
(Exhaust)
84 Speed Sensor Ground
85
Temperature Sensor Pin No. Pin Information
86 Throttle Ground 1 12V Power Supply
96 Engine Speed Sensor Input 2 Control Signal
103 Oil Temperature Sensor Injector 4 EM062
Injector 1 EM059

1 12V Power Supply
2 Control Signal
Pin No. Pin Information Ignition Coil 1 EMO63
1 12V Power Supply
2 Control Signal
Injector 2 EM060

1 12V Power Supply
2 Control Signal
1 12V Power Supply
2 Control Signal
V1.0 80
Ignition Coil 2 EM064 Pin No. Pin Information
Ambient Temperature
1
Sensor Signal
2 12V Power Supply
3 Ground
4 Control Signal
5 Air Flow Meter Signal
Airbag Control Unit CP011A

1 12V Power Supply
2 Control Signal
Exhaust Gas Control Valve EM067

1 HS CAN H
2 HS CAN L
3 Ground
12 Ignition Power
13 Driver Airbag Low Voltage
14 Driver Airbag High Voltage
Pin No. Pin Information Passenger Airbag High
15
Voltage
1 12V Power Supply
Passenger Airbag Low
2 Control Signal 16
Voltage
Air Flow Meter EM068 Passenger Seat Belt
21
Pre-tensioner Low Voltage
Passenger Seat Belt
22
Pre-tensioner High Voltage
Driver Seat Belt
23
Driver Seat Belt
24
V1.0 81
Diagnostic Information and Procedure Conditions for Setting DTCs

P000A, P0026 P000A: Great difference exists between real angle and target
DTC Description angle of VVT, and the failure lasts for more than 2s.
DTC P000A: "A" Camshaft Position Slow Response Bank 1 P0026: The difference between real angle and the defaulted
(Slow Response) position angle of VVT is greater than or equal to 15°.
Failure Type Byte Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
Failure Description
(FTB)
DTC P000A and P0026 are Category-5 DTCs.
"A" Camshaft Position Slow Response
26 Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
Bank 1 (Slow Response)
DTC P000A and P0026 are Category-5 DTCs.
"A" Camshaft Position Slow Response
29
Bank 1 (Jam) Failure Cause
DTC P0026: Intake Valve Control Solenoid Circuit
Range/Performance Bank 1 • Connector failure or poor fitting.
• Variable camshaft timing valve (intake) failure.
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description • ECM failure.
(FTB)
Intake Valve Control Solenoid Circuit Reference Information
77
Range/Performance Bank 1 Reference Circuit Information
Circuit/System Description Engine Management System-2

With the engine running, ECM outputs PWM signals according
to input information such as crankshaft position to control EM014, EM058C
the intake camshaft solenoid. Power is supplied by the power Reference Electrical Information
supply through the main relay. Solenoid valve control of
camshaft position actuator is used to apply pressure to the Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
oil so as to advance or delay the camshaft oil flow. ECM Circuit/System Check
monitors position sensor information of the crankshaft and
1. Check if the mounting position of the crankshaft and
intake camshaft, providing drive-type PWM signals for the
camshaft is correct.
solenoid valve according to the information so that the timing
control requirements of the intake camshaft can be met. If the mounting position is incorrect, refit the crankshaft
Conditions for Running DTCs and camshaft correctly.
P000A: 2. Check if the drive gear and timing chain etc. between the
crankshaft and the camshaft has any failure.
• The system is configured with continuous VVT.
• Camshaft self-learning has completed. If any, repair or replace it when necessary.
• The oil temperature is within 10～125℃. 3. Check working conditions of the intake camshaft
• The coolant temperature is within 10～120℃. solenoid and oil control valve (e.g.dirt blockage, locking,
incomplete oil pressure-relief, faulty dead locking pin,
• Engine speed is less than 5,500rpm.
etc.). Perform necessary repair and maintenance.
• No drive level failure.
Circuit/System Test
P0026:
• The system is configured with continuous VVT. the battery negative cable.
• Starting is completed within 2s. 2. Disconnect the harness connector EM014 of VCT valve.
• Self-learnings of crankshaft and camshaft have completed. 3. Connect the battery negative cable, and place the ignition
• Difference between intake air VVT target position and switch in "ON" position.
the deadlock location is less than or equal to 3°. 4. Test if the voltage between terminal 1 of harness
• No drive level failure. connector EM014 of VCT valve and ground is the battery
voltage.
V1.0 82
open circuit/high resistance or short to ground.

6. Disconnect the harness connector EM058C of ECM.
connector EM014 of VCT valve and terminal 69 of
harness connector EM058C of ECM is less than 5Ω.


connector EM058C of VCT valve and the power supply
is infinite.

short to battery.

connector EM058C of VCT valve and the ground is
infinite.
If it is not within the specified range, test the control

circuit for short to ground.
10. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the ECM or

VCT valve.
Service Guideline
• Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Fuel Control
System - NSE" - "Engine Control Module (ECM)".
System - NSE" - "Camshaft Position Sensor".
(ECM)".
V1.0 83
P0011, P0012, P0016 Failure Cause

DTC Description • Relevant circuit failure.
DTC P0011: "A" Camshaft Position (Bank 1) Timing • Connector failure or poor fitting.
• Variable camshaft timing valve failure.
Failure Type Byte • ECM failure.
Failure Description
(FTB)
"A" Camshaft Position (Bank 1) Timing Reference Circuit Information
78
DTC P0012: "A" Camshaft Position - Timing Over-Retarded Reference Connector End View Information
Bank 1
EM017, EM058C
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description Reference Electrical Information
(FTB)
"A" Camshaft Position - Timing
78
Over-Retarded Bank 1 Circuit/System Check
1. Check if the relative mounting position of the crankshaft
DTC P0016: Crankshaft Position - Camshaft Position
and camshaft is correct.
Correlation (Bank 1 Sensor A)
If the mounting position is incorrect, refit the crankshaft
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description and camshaft correctly.
(FTB)
Crankshaft Position - Camshaft 2. Check if the drive gear and timing chain etc. between the
00 Position Correlation (Bank 1 Sensor crankshaft and the camshaft has any failure.
A) If malfunction exists in the engine mechanical system,
make the necessary repair and replacement.
Circuit/System Description
3. Check working conditions of the intake camshaft
With the engine running, ECM outputs PWM signals according
solenoid and oil control valve (e.g.dirt blockage, locking,
to input information such as crankshaft position to control
incomplete oil pressure-relief, faulty dead locking pin,
the intake camshaft solenoid. Power is supplied by the power
etc.). Perform necessary repair and maintenance.
supply through the main relay. Solenoid valve control of
camshaft position actuator is used to apply pressure to the Circuit/System Test
oil so as to advance or delay the camshaft oil flow. ECM 1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
monitors position sensor information of the crankshaft and the battery negative cable.
2. Disconnect the harness connector EM017 of VCT valve.
3. Connect the battery negative cable, and place the ignition
control requirements of the intake camshaft can be met.
switch in "ON" position.
4. Test if the voltage between terminal 1 of harness
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position or keep the connector EM017 of VCT valve and ground is the battery
engine running for more than 10s. voltage.
• Once the situation that results in DTC setting occurs,
the DTC will continue to exist.
Deviation between the synchronous learning value and the battery negative cable.
reference value of the crankshaft and camshaft exceeds ±20
degree, and the fault lasts more than 2s.
connector EM017 of VCT valve and terminal 71 of
DTC P0011, P0012 and P0016 are Category-3 DTCs. harness connector EM058C of ECM is less than 5Ω.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
DTC P0011, P0012 and P0016 are Category-3 DTCs. open circuit/high resistance.
V1.0 84
connector EM017 of VCT valve and the ground is infinite.

short to battery.

connector EM017 of VCT valve and the ground is infinite.


VCT valve.
Service Guideline
(ECM)".
V1.0 85
P006D Circuit/System Test

DTC P006D: Barometric Pressure - the battery negative cable.
Turbocharger/Supercharger Inlet Pressure Correlation 2. Disconnect the harness connector EM013 of the ambient
Failure Type Byte pressure sensor.
Failure Description
(FTB) 3. Disconnect harness connector EM058B of ECM.
Barometric Pressure - 4. Test if the resistance between terminals of harness
16 Turbocharger/Supercharger Inlet connector EM013 of ambient pressure sensor and
Pressure Correlation terminals of harness connector sensor EM058B of
corresponding ECM is less than 5Ω:
Barometric Pressure -
17 Turbocharger/Supercharger Inlet • Terminal 1 of EM013 and Terminal 19 of EM058B
Pressure Correlation • Terminal 2 of EM013 and Terminal 47 of EM058B
Circuit/System Description • Terminal 3 of EM013 and Terminal 60 of EM058B
Within the certain measurement range, the pressure applied If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
on the sensor is linear with the measurement signal (voltage open circuit/high resistance.
signal), the voltage signal measured by the sensor is transferred 5. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
to ambient pressure inside the ECU. If the voltage signal harness connector EM013 of ambient pressure sensor or
measured by ambient pressure sensor exceeds the reasonable terminals of harness connector sensor EM058B of ECM
voltage range (excessive high/low) during the normal operation and the ground is infinite:
of the sensor, it shall be deemed as max/min circuit failure.
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position or keep the • Terminal 3 of EM013
engine running for more than 10s.
• Terminal 19 of EM058B
the DTC will continue to exist. • Terminal 47 of EM058B
Conditions for Setting DTCs • Terminal 60 of EM058B
Ambient pressure sensor signal is too low (lower than 0.3V) If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
or too high (higher than 4.8V). short to ground.
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set 6. Connect the battery negative cable, test if the voltage
DTC P006D is a Category-3 DTC.
EM013 of ambient pressure sensor or terminals of
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs harness connector sensor EM058B of ECM and the
DTC P006D is a Category-3 DTC. ground is 0V:
Failure Cause • Terminal 1 of EM013
• Relevant circuit failure. • Terminal 2 of EM013
• Connector failure or poor fit. • Terminal 3 of EM013

• ECM failure. • Terminal 19 of EM058B
• Ambient pressure sensor failure. • Terminal 47 of EM058B
Reference Information • Terminal 60 of EM058B
Reference Circuit Information If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
Engine Management System (5) short to battery.
Reference Connector End View Information 7. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the ECM or
ambient pressure sensor.
EM013, EM058B
Service Guideline
V1.0 86
(ECM)".
V1.0 87
P0072, P0073 • Intake air pressure/temperature sensor failure.

DTC Description • ECM failure.
DTC P0072: Ambient Temperature Sensor Failure Reference Information
Failure Type Byte Reference Circuit Information
Failure Description
(FTB) Engine Management System (3)
Ambient Temperature Sensor Circuit Reference Connector End View Information
16
Low
EM058C, EM070
DTC P0073: Ambient Temperature Sensor Failure Reference Electrical Information
Failure Type Byte Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
Failure Description
(FTB)
Circuit/System Test
Ambient Temperature Sensor Circuit
17 1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
High
Circuit/System Description 2. Disconnect harness connector EM070 of the intake
HFMIt works according to the hot film principle. HFMOne pressure/temperature sensor and harness connector
film includes two sensing elements. One element stays in EM058C of the ECM.
ambient temperature, such as 25℃ (77℉) while the other is 3. Test if the resistance between the terminals of harness
heated to 200℃ (392℉), reaching 225℃ (437℉). The air connector EM070 of intake pressure/temperature sensor
passing by HFM will generate a cooling effect. The air flow and the terminals of harness connector EM058C of
which maintains the temperature difference of 200℃ (392℉) corresponding ECM is less than 5Ω:
may provide precise and non-linear signal.
• Terminal B of EM070 and Terminal 102 of EM058C
HFMThe current bleeder circuit is combined with the NTC • Terminal A of EM070 and Terminal 85 of EM058C
thermistor. The internal resistance value of the thermistor
decreases with the increase of the intake air temperature. If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant
The voltage is proportional to the intake air temperature. By circuit for open circuit/high resistance.
obtaining the voltage output of the sensor, ECM can correct 4. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
the injection quantity of the fuel. harness connector EM070 of intake pressure/temperature
Conditions for Running DTCs sensor or the following terminals of harness connector
EM058C of ECM and the ground is infinite:
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position or keep the
engine running for more than 10s. • Terminal A of EM070
• Once the condition that results in DTC setting occurs, • Terminal B of EM070
DTC will continuously appear. • Terminal 85 of EM058C
Conditions for Setting DTCs • Terminal 102 of EM058C
• ECMWhen the intake air temperature sensor is short If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
to battery (intake air temperature lower than -44.25℃ short to ground.
indicated in the scan tool).
5. Connect the battery negative cable, and test if the voltage
• ECMWhen the intake air temperature sensor is short
to ground (intake air temperature higher than 138℃
EM070 of intake pressure/temperature sensor or the
indicated in the scan tool).
following terminals of harness connector EM058C of
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set ECM and the ground is 0V:
DTC P0072 and P0073 are Category-3 DTCs. • Terminal A of EM070
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs • Terminal B of EM070
DTC P0072 and P0073 are Category-3 DTCs. • Terminal 85 of EM058C
Failure Cause
• Connector failure or poor fit. short to battery.
V1.0 88
6. If all circuits tested are normal, test/replace the ECM or
intake pressure/temperature sensor.
Service Guideline
• Refer to the Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Fuel
Control System - NSE" - "Engine Control Module
(ECM)".
• Replace, programme and set the control module，Refer
to the Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Fuel Control
V1.0 89
P0076, P0077 • Variable camshaft timing valve (intake) failure.

DTC P0076: Intake Valve Control Solenoid Circuit Low Bank Reference Information
1 Reference Circuit Information
Failure Type Byte Engine Management System (2)
Failure Description
(FTB)
11 EM017, EM058C
Low Bank 1
13 Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
Low Bank 1
Circuit/System Check
DTC P0077: Intake Valve Control Solenoid Circuit High Bank
1 1. Check fuse EF26 for fusing.
Failure Type Byte 2. Check working conditions of the variable camshaft timing
Failure Description valve and oil control valve (e.g. dirt blockage, locking,
(FTB)
uncompleted oil pressure-relief, disabled dead locking
12 pin, etc). Perform necessary repair and maintenance.
High Bank 1
3. Control solenoid valve output to a certain angle by
Circuit/System Description a scan tool, meanwhile observe whether the output
With the engine running, ECM outputs PWM signals according waveform of the terminal is normal. Continuous pulse
to input information such as crankshaft position to control width modulation signal (PWM) shall appear when the
the variable camshaft timing valve. Power is supplied by the solenoid valve is working.
power supply through the main relay. Solenoid valve control If the output waveform continues too large/small or
of camshaft position actuator is used to apply pressure to non-PWM waveform appears, go to "Circuit/System
the oil so as to advance or delay the camshaft oil flow. ECM Check".
monitors position sensor information of the crankshaft and
If the output waveform is discontinuous, inspect the
connector for poor contact, damage, looseness, etc.
control requirements of the intake camshaft can be met. Circuit/System Test
Conditions for Running DTCs 1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position or keep the
engine running for more than 10s. 2. Disconnect the harness connector EM017 of VCT
(intake) valve.
the DTC will continue to exist. 3. Connect the battery negative cable, and place the ignition
P0076: ECM detects that VVT output control circuit is short
connector EM017 of VCT valve (intake) and ground is
to ground or open circuit.
the battery voltage.
P0077: ECM detects that VVT output control circuit is short
to battery.
DTC P0076 and P0077 are Category-3 DTCs. the battery negative cable.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs 6. Disconnect the harness connector EM058C of ECM.
DTC P0076 and P0077 are Category-3 DTCs. 7. Test if the resistance between terminal 2 of harness
Failure Cause connector EM017 of VCT valve (intake) and terminal 71
of harness connector EM058C of ECM is less than 5Ω.
V1.0 90
connector EM058C of VCT valve (intake) and the power
supply is infinite.

short to battery.

connector EM058C of VCT valve (intake) and the ground
is infinite.


VCT valve (intake).
Service Guideline
System-NSE" - "Camshaft Phase Modulator".
(ECM)".
V1.0 91
P0101, P0102, P0103 P0102: ECM detects that the lowest voltage value of air flow
DTC Description meter sensor is lower than 0.2V.
DTC P0101: Mass or Volume Air Flow "A" Circuit Failure P0103: ECM that the highest voltage value of air flow meter
sensor is greater than 4.83V.
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
(FTB)
Mass or Volume Air Flow "A" Circuit DTC P0101, P0102 and P0103 are Category-3 DTCs.
23
Range/Performance Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
Mass or Volume Air Flow "A" Circuit DTC P0101, P0102 and P0103 are Category-3 DTCs.
24
Range/Performance
Failure Cause
DTC P0102: Mass or Volume Air Flow "A" Circuit Low • Relevant circuit failure.
Failure Type Byte • Connector failure or poor fitting.
Failure Description
(FTB) • Air flow meter failure.
Mass or Volume Air Flow "A" Circuit • ECM failure.
00
Low Reference Information
DTC P0103: Mass or Volume Air Flow "A" Circuit High
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description Reference Connector End View Information
(FTB)
Mass or Volume Air Flow "A" Circuit EM058C, EM068
00
High Reference Electrical Information
Circuit/System Description Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
Air flow meter is used to measure the mass flow of the engine Circuit/System Test
intake air. If no air flow passed when the air flow meter
works, the temperature gradient on both sides of the heating
area will show symmetrical distribution, and temperature of
the two measuring point are uniform. The air can be heated 2. Disconnect harness connector EM068 of the air flow
when passing through the central heating area, so when the meter.
one-way air passes, different heat exchange may occur on 3. Connect the battery negative cable, and place the ignition
the heating membrane of the two sides, the measuring point switch in "ON" position.
of the two sensing elements in the flow meter will show 4. Test if the voltage between terminal 2 of harness
different changes and thus lead to temperature difference. connector EM068 of air flow meter and ground is the
Temperature differences increase with the flow rate. The flow battery voltage.
rate and direction of the air mass flow depend on whether
the temperature difference is large or small and whether the
temperature difference is a positive (+) value or a negative
value (-). The built-in evaluation circuit will convert the 5. Put the ignition switch in "OFF" position, disconnect the
temperature differences to voltage signal outputs accordingly. battery negative cable, and disconnect harness connector
Conditions for Running DTCs EM058C of the ECM.
P0101: ECM detects that the measured airflow of the mass
harness connector EM068 of air flow meter and terminals
air flow sensor, intake manifold absolute pressure sensor and
of harness connector EM058C of ECM is less than 5Ω:
throttle position does not fall within the range calculated by
the module system, which lasts for more than 2s. • Terminal 3 of EM068 and Terminal 85 of EM058C
P0102 and P0103: Engine is running at idle speed mode. • Terminal 4 of EM068 and Terminal 109 of EM058C
Conditions for Setting DTCs • Terminal 5 of EM068 and Terminal 91 of EM058C
P0101: Within the 3 driving cycles, airflow through the air flow If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
meter is out of the acceptable range. open circuit/high resistance.
V1.0 92
harness connector EM068 of air flow meter or terminals
of harness connector EM058C of ECM and the ground
is infinite:

short to ground.

EM068 of air flow meter or terminals of harness
connector EM058C of ECM and the ground is 0V:

short to battery.

Service Guideline
• Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
(ECM)".
(ECM)".
V1.0 93
P0111, P0112, P0113 • ECMIt is detected that intake manifold temperature

DTC Description sensor leaping voltage is greater than 0.3V for 6s.
DTC P0111: Intake Air Temperature Sensor 1 Circuit Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
Range/Performance DTC P0111, P0112 and P0113 are Category-3 DTCs.
Failure Type Byte Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
Failure Description
(FTB) DTC P0111, P0112 and P0113 are Category-3 DTCs.
Intake Air Temperature Sensor 1 Failure Cause
29
DTC P0112: Intake Air Temperature Sensor 1 Circuit Low • Connector failure or poor fitting.
Failure Type Byte • Intake air pressure/temperature sensor failure.
Failure Description
(FTB) • ECM failure.
Intake Air Temperature Sensor 1 Reference Information
16
Circuit Low Reference Circuit Information
DTC P0113: Intake Air Temperature Sensor 1 Circuit High Engine Management System (2)
Failure Type Byte Reference Connector End View Information

Failure Description
(FTB) EM010, EM058B
Intake Air Temperature Sensor 1 Reference Electrical Information
17
Circuit High Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
Circuit/System Description Circuit/System Check
Intake pressure/temperature sensor measures the air pressure 1. With the engine running, confirm the "Intake Air
and temperature entering into the engine. Temperature sensor Temperature" and "Intake Air Temperature Original
serves as a variable resistor which varies with the temperature. Voltage" parameters shown in the real-time display of
ECM provides 5V voltage and low level reference ground for the scan tool. The reading shall be within -48 - 143.25℃
the intake pressure/temperature sensor signal. according to current ambient temperature and vehicle
Conditions for Running DTCs operation condition.
P0111: If it is not displayed as expected, go to "Circuit/System
• Air flow is between 28 ~ 160kg/s. Test".
• Vehicle speed is greater than 50km/h. 2. Under the conditions for running DTCs, operate the
• Sensor has no circuit failure. vehicle and confirm that the DTC is not reset.
Circuit/System Test
P0112, P0113:
• Coolant temperature is not less than 60℃.
• Air flow is not greater than 24kg/h.
2. Disconnect harness connector EM010 of the intake air
• Vehicle speed is not greater than 10km/h. pressure/temperature sensor.
Conditions for Setting DTCs 3. Carry out "component test" on intake air
P0111: ECM detects that the intake air temperature sensor pressure/temperature sensor.
signal is irrational. If the test fails, replace the intake air pressure/temperature
P0112 ： ECM detects that intake manifold temperature sensor.
sensor voltage is less than 0.1V for 1s. 4. Disconnect harness connector EM058B of ECM.
P0113: 5. Test if the resistance between the terminals of harness
connector EM010 of intake air pressure/temperature
• ECMIt is detected that intake manifold temperature
sensor and terminals of harness connector EM058B of
sensor voltage is greater than 4.9V for 1s.
• Terminal A of EM010 and Terminal 47 of EM058B
V1.0 94
• Terminal D of EM010 and Terminal 46 of EM058B
If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant
6. Test if the resistance between the following
terminals of harness connector EM010 of intake air
pressure/temperature sensor or terminals of harness
connector EM058B of ECM and the ground is infinite:
• Terminal A of EM010
• Terminal D of EM010
short to ground.
EM010 of intake air pressure/temperature sensor or
terminals of harness connector EM058B of ECM and the
ground is 0V:
• Terminal A of EM010
• Terminal D of EM010
short to battery.
Component Test
2. Disconnect harness connector EM010 of the intake air
pressure/temperature sensor.
3. Measure if the resistance between terminal B and C of
the intake air pressure/temperature sensor is within the
range of 3.2-3.7kΩ (20℃).
If it is not within the specified range, replace the intake
air pressure/temperature sensor.
Service Guideline
• Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Fuel
Control System-NSE" - "Manifold Absolute Pressure and
Temperature Sensor".
• Refer to the Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
(ECM)".
(ECM)".
V1.0 95
P0122, P0123, P2135 Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs

DTC Description DTC P0122, P0123 and P2135 are Category-13 DTCs.
DTC P0122: Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/Switch "A" Circuit Failure Cause
Low
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description • Connector failure or poor fitting.
(FTB)
• Electronic throttle failure.
Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/Switch
11 • ECM failure.
"A" Circuit Low
DTC P0123: Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/Switch "A" Circuit Reference Circuit Information
High
Failure Type Byte
(FTB)
EM004, EM058C
12 Description and Operation
"A" Circuit High
Description and Operation of Engine Fuel and Control
DTC P2135: Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/Switch "A"/"B" System
Voltage Correlation
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
(FTB)
Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/Switch Circuit/System Check
00
"A"/"B" Voltage Correlation 1. Connect the scan tool, place the ignition switch in
"ON" position, read and then clear the DTCs. Perform
self-learning for the electronic throttle, press the
The throttle position sensor is used to provide throttle angle accelerator pedal with quick stepping and slow stepping
information for ECM. ECM can learn engine load information respectively for several times, and observe if any DTCs
and operating conditions (such as start, idle speed, motored reappear.
condition, part load, full load, acceleration and deceleration)
If the DTC has been reset, check the electronic throttle.
according to this information.
2. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, observe the
Actually, the throttle sensor is an angle potentiometer
if the voltage parameter between the throttle position
characterized by linear output. Potentiometer rotor arm and
sensor 1 and 2 varies with the accelerator pedal input
throttle are fitted coaxially. When the throttle rotates, the
within the rational range:
potentiometer rotor arm will slide into a specified location.
Voltage signals output by the potentiometer are proportional • Position Sensor 1 (0.2 ~ 4.5V)
to the throttle position.
• Position Sensor 2 (4.7 ~ 0.2V)
If it is not displayed as expected, go to "Circuit/System
P0122 and P0123: At least 12s after the engine is started. Test".
P2135: Engine speed exceeds 1200rpm. 3. Under the conditions for running DTCs, operate the
Conditions for Setting DTCs vehicle and confirm that the DTC is not reset.
P0122: Electronic throttle position sensor 1 signal voltage is Circuit/System Test
too low (below 0.176V). 1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
P0123: Electronic throttle position sensor 1 signal voltage is the battery negative cable.
too high (above 4.629V). 2. Disconnect the harness connector EM004 of electronic
throttle body.
P2135：Throttle position sensor signal is irrational.
3. Carry out component test on electronic throttle.
If the test fails, replace the electronic throttle.
V1.0 96
5. Test if the resistance between the following terminals 3. Place the digital multimeter in ohm range.
of harness connector EM004 of electronic throttle and 4. Connect the two probes to terminal 2 and 6 of electronic
terminals of harness connector EM058C of corresponding throttle respectively. When the valve plate is moved by
ECM is less than 5Ω: hands, the resistance value shall change continuously.
• Terminal 2 of EM004 and Terminal 86 of EM058C If the resistance does not change, replace the electronic
• Terminal 3 of EM004 and Terminal 107 of EM058C throttle assembly.
Service Guideline
• Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Intake and
Exhaust System - NSE 1.5T" - "Electronic Throttle".
6. Connect the battery negative cable, test if the voltage System - NSE" - "Engine Control Module (ECM)".
EM004 of electronic throttle or terminals of harness
connector EM058C of corresponding ECM and the
ground is 0V:
(ECM)".

short to battery.
7. Test if the resistance between the following terminals

of harness connector EM004 of electronic throttle or
terminals of harness connector EM058C of corresponding
ECM and the ground is infinite:

short to ground.

Component Test
1. The valve plate shall be in OFF position without being
energized. The valve plate shall smoothly rotate if it is
moved by hand. If it is stuck, there may be damage of
internal components.
the battery negative cable, and disconnect harness
connector EM004 of the electronic throttle body.
V1.0 97
P0171, P0172 Circuit/System Check

DTC Description 1. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position.
DTC P0171: System Too Lean Bank 1 2. Confirm no other DTCs of the ECM are set except DTC
Failure Type Byte P0171 and P0172.
Failure Description
(FTB) If other ECM DTCs are set, diagnose them first.
00 System Too Lean Bank 1 3. Do not start the engine, confirm whether the "Intake
Pressure" parameter shown in real-time display of the
DTC P0172: System Too Rich Bank 1 scan tool seriously deviates from ambient pressure about
Failure Type Byte 101kpa (specific value is relevant to the air pressure at
Failure Description that time).
(FTB)
00 System Too Rich Bank 1 If it is not displayed as normal, check for the intake
manifold pressure sensor failure.
4. With the engine running, confirm the "Intake Air
The oxygen sensor produces a voltage of inverse proportion Temperature" and "Intake Air Temperature Original
after comparing the oxygen quantity (through sensor probe) Voltage" parameters shown in the real-time display of
in the exhaust gas to that in the ambient air. ECM processes the scan tool. The reading shall be within -39 - 149℃
voltage obtained from the sensor and calculates corresponding according to current ambient temperature and vehicle
AFR. If ECM receives the voltage corresponding to AFR lean operation condition.
limit value in Lambda frame, the supplied fuel quantity will
If it is not displayed as normal, check for the intake
increase. When the air-fuel ratio reaches the rich limit value,
manifold temperature sensor failure.
the fuel quantity decreases, until the air-fuel ratio reaches the
lean limit value. 5. With the engine running, confirm the "Coolant
Temperature Sensor Measured Value" in the real-time
display of the scan tool. The measured value shall be
• Air-fuel ratio self-learning starts. between -39 - 120℃ according to current ambient
• Speed and load is located into self-learning area for 30s. temperature and vehicle operation condition.
Conditions for Setting DTCs If it is not displayed as normal, check for the engine
coolant temperature sensor failure.
P0171: Fuel correction factor Lamda exceeds upper limit
(1.23). 6. With the engine running at idle speed, observe the
"Upstream Oxygen Sensor Voltage" , "Upstream Oxygen
P0172: Fuel correction factor Lamda is below lower limit
Sensor Voltage Original Value", "Downstream Oxygen
(0.77).
Sensor Voltage" and "Downstream Oxygen Sensor
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set Voltage Original Value" parameters in the real-time
DTC P0171 and P0172 are Category-11 DTCs. display of the scan tool. The reading shall fluctuate within
0.1 - 0.9V.
If it is not displayed as normal, check for the oxygen
DTC P0171 and P0172 are Category-11 DTCs.
sensor failure.
Failure Cause
Circuit/System Test
• Front oxygen sensor failure.
1. Confirm that the following conditions do not exist:
• Rear oxygen sensor failure.
• Incorrect fuel.
• Intake air pressure/temperature sensor failure.
• Ignition system failure.
• Engine coolant temperature sensor failure.
• Intake system leakage. Cracking, twisting or improper
• Engine intake and exhaust system mechanical failure.
connection of vacuum hose.
• ECM failure.
• There is vacuum leakage at intake manifold, throttle valve
Reference Information body and fuel injector.
Reference Electrical Information • Crankcase ventilation system leakage.
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection • Insufficient fuel in the fuel tank.
• Fuel injected from the fuel injector is too lean.
V1.0 98
• EVAP canister cracks.
• EVAP pipes are clogged or leak.
2. If all tests are normal, test the engine mechanical system.

Service Guideline
• Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control Fuel
Control System - NSE" - "Engine Coolant Temperature
(ECT) Sensor".
• Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Fuel
Control System-NSE" - "Manifold Absolute Pressure and
Temperature Sensor".
System - NSE" - "Oxygen Sensor".
V1.0 99
P0197, P0198 Circuit/System Check

DTC Description 1. Connect the scan tool, place the ignition switch in "ON"
DTC P0197: Engine Oil Temperature Sensor Low position.
Failure Type Byte 2. Start the engine, confirm if the "Engine Oil Temperature"
Failure Description in real-time display of the scan tool is far above the
(FTB)
reasonable range. At current ambient temperature or
16 Engine Oil Temperature Sensor Low
under current vehicle running conditions, readings shall
be between -41℃ and 141℃, readings for engine coolant
DTC P0198: Engine Oil Temperature Sensor High
temperature shall also vary with the oil temperature.
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description 3. Test the temperature of the oil sensor with the infrared
(FTB)
temperature probe, deviation of the test value and values
17 Engine Oil Temperature Sensor High in the scan tool real-time display shall not exceed 5℃.
Circuit/System Description If the deviation is above the specified value, turn to

"Circuit/System Test".
Oil temperature sensor contains a NTC thermistor which
contacts with the oil. Oil temperature sensor forms a part 4. Under the conditions for running DTCs, operate the
of the branch voltage circuit. Branch voltage circuit consists vehicle and confirm that the DTC is not reset.
of one rectifier 5V power, one specified resistance and one Circuit/System Test
resistor varying with the temperature. Reference ground is
also provided by the engine control module.
2. Disconnect harness connector EM016 of the oil
• Engine is continuously running for more than 240s. temperature sensor.
• Coolant temperature is below 60℃ and coolant 3. Carry out component test on oil temperature sensor.
temperature sensor is in normal condition.
If the test fails, replace the oil temperature sensor.
P0197: ECM detects that the minimum oil temperature is
below -39℃ for at least 0.4s.
connector EM016 of oil temperature sensor and terminals
P0198: ECM detects that the maximum oil temperature is of harness connector EM058C of corresponding ECM
above 138.8℃ for at least 0.4s. is less than 5Ω:
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set • Terminal 1 of EM016 and Terminal 85 of EM058C
DTC P0197 and P0198 are Category-5 DTCs.
DTC P0197 and P0198 are Category-5 DTCs. open circuit/high resistance.
Failure Cause 6. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
• Relevant circuit failure. harness connector EM016 of oil temperature sensor or
• Connector failure or poor fitting. terminals of harness connector EM058C of ECM and the
ground is infinite:
• Engine oil temperature sensor failure.
• ECM failure. • Terminal 1 of EM016
Reference Information • Terminal 2 of EM016
Reference Circuit Information • Terminal 85 of EM058C
Engine Management System (2) • Terminal 103 of EM058C
Reference Connector End View Information If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
EM016, EM058C short to ground.
Reference Electrical Information 7. Connect the battery negative cable, place the ignition
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection switch in "ON" position, and test if the voltage between
the following terminals of harness connector EM016 of
V1.0 100
oil temperature sensor or terminals of harness connector
EM058C of ECM and the ground is 0V:

short to battery.

Component Test
2. Disconnect harness connector EM016 of the oil
temperature sensor.
3. Measure the resistance of the oil temperature sensor at
different temperatures. test if the resistance of terminal 1
and 2 of the oil temperature sensor is 1.9-2.15kΩ(20℃).
If it is not within the specified range, replace the oil

temperature sensor.
Service Guideline
System - NSE" - "Engine Oil Temperature Sensor".
(ECM)".
V1.0 101
P0201, P0261, P0262 EM058C, EM059

DTC Description
DTC P0201: Injector Circuit/Open - Cylinder 1
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description Circuit/System Check
(FTB)
13 Injector Circuit/Open - Cylinder 1 1. Check fuse EF27 for fusing.
2. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, drive the fuel
DTC P0261: Cylinder 1 Injector Circuit Low injector to operate with the forced output function of the
Failure Type Byte scan tool, observe and listen if the fuel injector operates
Failure Description normally and rattles.
(FTB)
11 Cylinder 1 Injector Circuit Low If the fuel injector does not operate as expected or not
operate normally, go to "Circuit/System Test".
DTC P0262: Cylinder 1 Injector Circuit High 3. Under the conditions for running DTCs, operate the
Failure Type Byte vehicle and confirm that the DTC is not reset.
Failure Description
(FTB) Circuit/System Test
12 Cylinder 1 Injector Circuit High 1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
2. Disconnect the harness connector EM059 of fuel injector
ECM energizes the coil of fuel injector to form a magnetic
1.
force. When the magnetic force is strong enough to overcome
the resultant force of the return spring pressure, needle valve 3. Carry out component test on fuel injector.
gravity and friction, the needle valve begins to rise, and the fuel If the result is abnormal, replace the fuel injector.
injection process starts. When fuel injection pulse ends, the
4. Disconnect the battery negative cable, place the ignition
pressure of return spring makes the needle valve close again.
Conditions for Running DTCs 5. Test if the voltage between terminal 1 of the harness
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position or start the connector of fuel injector 1 and ground is the battery
engine. voltage.
• Once the situation that results in DTC setting occurs, If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
the DTC will continue to exist. open circuit/high resistance or short to ground.
Conditions for Setting DTCs 6. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
Control module detects that the voltage on the fuel injector the battery negative cable.
control circuit is incorrect. 7. Disconnect the harness connector EM058C of ECM.
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set 8. Test if the resistance between terminal 1 of harness
P0201, P0261 and P0262 are Category-3 DTCs. connector EM059 of fuel injector 2 and terminal 67 of
harness connector EM058C of ECM is less than 5Ω:
P0201, P0261 and P0262 are Category-3 DTCs.
Failure Cause
• Relevant circuit failure. between terminal 2 of harness connector EM059 of fuel
• Connector failure or poor fitting. injector 1 and ground is 0V:
• Fuel injector 1 failure. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
• ECM failure. short to battery.
Reference Information 10. Test if the resistance between terminal 2 of harness
Reference Circuit Information connector EM059 of fuel injector 1 and the ground is
infinite.
short to ground.
V1.0 102
Component Test
1.
3. Test if the resistance between the terminal 1 and terminal
2 of fuel injector 1 is between 11.4～12.6Ω (20℃).
If it is not within the specified range, replace the fuel

injector.
Service Guideline
System - NSE" - "Fuel Injector".
(ECM)".
V1.0 103
P0202, P0264, P0265 EM058C, EM060

DTC Description
Failure Type Byte
(FTB)
(FTB)
Failure Description
2.
Conditions for Running DTCs 5. Test if the voltage between terminal 1 of harness
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position or start the connector EM060 of fuel injector 2 and ground is the
engine. battery voltage.
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set 8. Test if the resistance between terminal 2 of fuel harness
Failure Cause
• Connector failure or poor fitting. injector 2 and ground is 0V.
infinite.
short to ground.
V1.0 104
Component Test
2.

injector.
Service Guideline
(ECM)".
V1.0 105
P0203, P0267, P0268 EM058C, EM061

DTC Description
Failure Type Byte
(FTB)
(FTB)
Failure Description
3.
Conditions for Running DTCs 5. Test if the voltage between terminal 1 of harness
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position or start the connector EM061 of fuel injector 3 and ground is the
engine. battery voltage.
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set 8. Test if the resistance between terminal 2 of fuel harness
Failure Cause
• Connector failure or poor fitting. injector 3 and ground is 0V.
infinite.
short to ground.
V1.0 106
Component Test
3.

injector.
Service Guideline
(ECM)".
V1.0 107
P0204, P0270, P0271 Reference Connector End View Information

DTC Description
EM058C, EM062
Failure Type Byte
(FTB)
13 Injector Circuit/Open - Cylinder 4 Circuit/System Check
1. Check fuse EF27 for fusing.
DTC P0270: Cylinder 4 Injector Circuit Low
Failure Type Byte injector to operate with the forced output function of the
Failure Description
(FTB) scan tool, observe and listen if the fuel injector operates
11 Cylinder 4 Injector Circuit Low normally and rattles.
If the fuel injector does not operate as expected or not

DTC P0271: Cylinder 4 Injector Circuit High operate normally, go to "Circuit/System Test".
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description 3. Under the conditions for running DTCs, operate the
(FTB)
12 Cylinder 4 Injector Circuit High Circuit/System Test
Circuit/System Description 1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
ECM energizes the coil of fuel injector to form a magnetic the battery negative cable.
force. When the magnetic force is strong enough to overcome 2. Disconnect harness connector EM062 of fuel injector 4.
gravity and friction, the needle valve begins to rise, and the fuel
If the result is abnormal, replace the fuel injector.
pressure of return spring makes the needle valve close again. 4. Disconnect the battery negative cable, place the ignition
Conditions for Running DTCs switch in "ON" position.
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position or start the
connector EM062 of fuel injector 4 and ground is the
engine.
battery voltage.
the DTC will continue to exist. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
Control module detects that the voltage on the fuel injector
control circuit is incorrect.
connector EM062 of fuel injector 4 and terminal 72 of
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs harness connector EM058C of ECM is less than 5Ω.
P0204, P0270 and P0271 are Category-3 DTCs. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
Failure Cause open circuit/high resistance.
• Relevant circuit failure. 9. Connect the battery negative cable, test if the voltage
• Connector failure or poor fitting. between terminal 2 of harness connector EM062 of fuel
injector 4 and ground is 0V.
• Fuel injector 4 failure.
• ECM failure. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
short to battery.
Reference Circuit Information 10. Test if the resistance between terminal 2 of harness
connector EM062 of fuel injector 4 and the ground is
infinite.
V1.0 108
short to ground.

Component Test
2. Disconnect harness connector EM062 of fuel injector 4.

injector.
Service Guideline
(ECM)".
V1.0 109
P0219 • Check if the speed signal gear tooth is damaged or

DTC Description attached with other metal parts.
DTC P0219: Engine Overspeed Condition • Inspect the crankshaft main bearing for wear.
• Check the crankshaft signal gear for damage or misplace.
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description • Check the crankshaft for excessive runout.
(FTB)
00 Engine Overspeed Condition • The crankshaft is damaged.
1. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, and confirm
Circuit/System Description the "Engine Speed" and "Engine Speed Error State" in
CKPSensor provides the engine speed information and the real-time display of scan tool. According to vehicle
crankshaft top dead center information. It is a Hall-effect running conditions, judge if the parameter is within the
sensor matched with oscillator in application. The oscillator range.
is a teeth plate, with 58 small teeth separated by 6°and a If it is not displayed as expected, go to "Circuit/System
2-teeth gap on magnetic ring. The pulse wheel is fitted on the Test".
crankshaft, and rotates with the crankshaft. When the tooth
tips pass by sensor ends, the oscillator made of steel magnetic
materials cuts the magnetic force line of the permanent
magnets in the sensor to produce the induced voltage in the Circuit/System Test
coil, which acts as the rotational speed output signal. 1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
Conditions for Running DTCs the battery negative cable.
Engine keeps working. 2. Disconnect the harness connector EM012 of the engine
speed sensor.
DTC P0219：Maximum engine speed is above 7,500rpm.
4. Test if the resistance between terminals of harness
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set connector EM012 of engine speed sensor and terminals
DTC P0219 is Category-6 DTC. of harness connector EM058C of corresponding ECM
is less than 5Ω:
DTC P0219 is Category-6 DTC.
Failure Cause
• Connector failure or poor fitting. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
• Crankshaft position sensor failure.
• Speed signal gear tooth failure.
• ECM failure. EM012 of engine speed sensor or terminals of harness
Reference Information connector EM058C of ECM and the ground is 0V:
Reference Circuit Information • Terminal 1 of EM012
Engine Management System (3) • Terminal 2 of EM012
Reference Connector End View Information • Terminal 3 of EM012
EM012, EM058C • Terminal 84 of EM058C
Reference Electrical Information • Terminal 96 of EM058C
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection • Terminal 108 of EM058C
Circuit/System Check If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
short to battery.
Check the following components for damage or corrosion, if
any, repair or replace the affected components/connectors. 6. Connect the battery negative cable, test if the resistance
• Measurement signal or harness is disturbed by external EM012 of engine speed sensor or terminals of harness
electromagnetic interference. connector EM058C of ECM and the ground is infinite:
V1.0 110

short to ground.

engine speed sensor.
Service Guideline
System - NSE" - "Crankshaft Position Sensor".
(ECM)".
V1.0 111

DTC P0222: Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/Switch "B" Circuit Failure Cause
Low
Failure Type Byte
(FTB)
• Electronic throttle position sensor failure.
11 • ECM failure.
"B" Circuit Low
DTC P0223: Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/Switch "B" Circuit Reference Circuit Information
High
Failure Type Byte
(FTB)
EM004, EM058C
12 Reference Electrical Information
"B" Circuit High
DTC P2135: Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/Switch "A"/"B"
Voltage Correlation Circuit/System Check
Failure Type Byte 1. Connect the scan tool, place the ignition switch in
Failure Description
(FTB) "ON" position, read and then clear the DTCs. Perform
Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/Switch self-learning for the electronic throttle, press the
29
"A"/"B" Voltage Correlation accelerator pedal with quick stepping and slow stepping
respectively for several times, and observe if any DTCs
reappear.
The throttle position sensor is used to provide throttle angle If the DTC has been reset, check the electronic throttle.
information for ECM. ECM can learn engine load information
and operating conditions (such as start, idle speed, motored
if the voltage parameter between the throttle position
sensor 1 and 2 varies with the accelerator pedal input
within the rational range:
• Position Sensor 1 (0.2 ~ 4.5V)
throttle are fitted coaxially. When the throttle rotates, the • Position Sensor 2 (4.7 ~ 0.2V)
potentiometer rotor arm will slide into a specified location. If it is not displayed as expected, go to "Circuit/System
Voltage signals output by the potentiometer are proportional Test".
Conditions for Running DTCs vehicle and confirm that the DTC is not reset.
P0222, P0223: At least 12s after the engine is started. Circuit/System Test
P2135: Engine speed exceeds 1200rpm. 1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
Conditions for Setting DTCs the battery negative cable.
2. Disconnect the harness connector EM004 of electronic
P0222: Electronic throttle position sensor 2 signal voltage is
throttle body.
too low (below 0.176V).
3. Carry out component test on electronic throttle.
P0223: Electronic throttle position sensor 2 signal voltage is
too high (above 4.629V). If the test fails, replace the electronic throttle.
P2135：Throttle position sensor signal is irrational.
of harness connector EM004 of electronic throttle and
DTC P0222, P0223 and P2135 are Category-13 DTCs. terminals of harness connector EM058C of corresponding
ECM is less than 5Ω:
V1.0 112
• Terminal 2 of EM004 and Terminal 86 of EM058C If the resistance does not change, replace the electronic
• Terminal 3 of EM004 and Terminal 107 of EM058C throttle assembly.
Service Guideline
EM004 of electronic throttle or terminals of harness • Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
connector EM058C of corresponding ECM and the to the Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
ground is 0V: Fuel Control System - NSE" - "Engine Control Module
(ECM)".
short to battery.
7. Connect the battery negative cable, test if the resistance
EM004 of electronic throttle or terminals of harness
connector EM058C of corresponding ECM and the
ground is infinite:
short to ground.
Component Test
1. The valve plate shall be in OFF position without being
energized. The valve plate shall smoothly rotate if it is
moved by hand. If it is stuck, there may be damage of
internal components.
connector EM004 of the electronic throttle body.
3. Place the digital multimeter in ohm range.
4. Connect the two probes to terminal 2 and 65 of
electronic throttle respectively. When the valve plate
is moved by hands, the resistance value shall change
continuously.
V1.0 113
P025A, P025C, P025D • Fuel pump relay failure.

DTC P025A: Fuel Pump Module Control Circuit/Open Reference Information
Failure Description
(FTB) Fuel Pump
Fuel Pump Module Control Reference Connector End View Information
13
Circuit/Open
EM058B
DTC P025C: Fuel Pump Module Control Circuit Low Reference Electrical Information
Failure Description
(FTB)
Fuel Pump Module Control Circuit
11 1. Check fuse FL1, EF11 for fusing.
Low
DTC P025D: Fuel Pump Module Control Circuit High pump relay with the forced output function of the scan
tool, observe and listen whether the fuel pump relay
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description closes and separates normally.
(FTB)
If the fuel pump relay does not close or separate as
Fuel Pump Module Control Circuit
12 expected, go to "Circuit/System Test".
High
When the ignition switch is turned on, ECM will have the fuel Circuit/System Test
pump relay coil side grounded. ECM keeps it grounded for
2s until ECM receives the reference pulse from the crankshaft 1. Test the DTC information with the scan tool.
position sensor. This will activate the fuel pump relay, providing If there are other DTCs, repair those failures first.
the battery voltage to the fuel pump. If the ignition signal is not
detected continuously, the fuel pump relay will be off.
3. Remove the fuel pump relay, test the component of the
Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, and the ignition fuel pump relay.
voltage is between 9V and 16V.
If the test fails, replace the fuel pump relay.
Once the situation that results in DTC setting occurs, the DTC
4. Disconnect harness connector EM058B of ECM.
will continue to exist.
5. Test if the resistance between terminal 86 of fuel pump
relay base and terminal 41 of harness connector EM058B
P025A: ECM detects that the fuel pump relay control circuit is of ECM is less than 5Ω.
open.
P025C: ECM detects that the fuel pump relay control circuit is open circuit/high resistance.
short to ground.
6. Test if the resistance between terminal 86 of fuel pump
P025D: ECM detects that the fuel pump relay control circuit is relay base or terminal 41 of harness connector EM058B
short to battery. of ECM and the ground is infinite.
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
DTC P025A, P025C and P025D are Category-3 DTCs. short to ground.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs 7. Connect the battery negative cable, test if the voltage
between terminal 86 of fuel pump relay base or terminal
DTC P025A, P025C and P025D are Category-3 DTCs.
41 of harness connector EM058B of ECM and the ground
Failure Cause is 0V.
• Relevant circuit failure. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
• Connector failure or poor fitting. short to battery.
V1.0 114
Component Test
2. Remove the fuel pump relay.
3. Test if the resistance between terminal 85 and terminal
86 of fuel pump relay is between 60 ~ 180Ω.

pump relay.

fuel pump relay is infinite:
• 30 and 86
• 30 and 87
• 30 and 85
• 85 and 87

pump relay.
5. Fit a jumper wire with a 2A fuse between terminal

85 of fuel pump relay and 12V voltage. Fit a jumper
wire between relay terminal 86 and ground. Test if the
resistance between terminal 30 and terminal 87 of fuel
pump relay is less than 5Ω.

pump relay.
Service Guideline
(ECM)".
V1.0 115
P0234 3. Under the conditions for running DTCs, operate the

DTC Description vehicle and confirm that the DTC is not reset.
DTC P0234 ： Turbocharger/Supercharger Overboost Circuit/System Test

Condition 1. Check if the followings occur, confirm the integrity of the
Failure Type Byte entire air intake system and exhaust system, including all
Failure Description turbocharger components:
(FTB)
Turbocharger/Supercharger • Component is damaged.
00
Overboost Condition • Improper refit
Circuit/System Description • Blocked air flow
The control target of turbocharger is to make the actual boost • Vacuum pipe is blocked.
pressure of turbocharger under various operating conditions
• No exhaust system blockage
equal to the target pressure. If the vehicle/engine parts or the
turbocharger itself which are related to the boost pressure If any failure is found, repair or replace the affected
control fail, then the actual boost pressure is always higher components as necessary.
than the target pressure. If the boost pressure keeps rising, or
2. If all inspections are normal, test or replace the boost
even be higher than the mechanical safety limit of the intake
pressure sensor.
manifold and other components, then it is considered that a
boost pressure failure occurs. Service Guideline
Conditions for Running DTCs Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Fuel Control
System - NSE" - "Boost Pressure Sensor".
The ignition voltage is between 10.2～15.5V.
The actual boost pressure is far higher than the target pressure
value.
DTC P0234 is a Category-3 DTC.
Failure Cause
• Pipeline blockage failure.
• Boost pressure sensor failure.
• Improper refit.
1. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, and observe
the "Boost Pressure" parameter in the real-time display
of the scan tool. Such parameters should be within the
standard range of atmospheric pressure at its altitude.
2. During the gear shift from 1st to 2nd gear and
wide-open-throttle (WOT) period, compare the boost
pressure sensor parameters on the scan tool, the reading
should be within 0.02MPa.
V1.0 116
P0236, P0237, P0238 Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
DTC Description P0236, P0237 and P0238 are Category-4 DTCs.
DTC P0236: Turbocharger/Supercharger Boost Sensor "A" Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description Failure Cause
(FTB)
Turbocharger/Supercharger Boost
29 • Connector failure or poor fitting.
Sensor "A" Circuit Range/Performance
• Boost pressure sensor failure.
DTC P0237: Turbocharger/Supercharger Boost Sensor "A" • ECM failure.
Circuit Low
Failure Description
(FTB)
Turbocharger/Supercharger Boost
16 Reference Connector End View Information
Sensor "A" Circuit Low
EM011, EM058B
DTC P0238: Turbocharger/Supercharger Boost Sensor "A"
Circuit High
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description
(FTB) Circuit/System Check
Turbocharger/Supercharger Boost 1. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, observe the
17
Sensor "A" Circuit High "Manifold Absolute Pressure, Ambient Air Pressure"
parameter in the real-time display of the scan tool.
Such parameters should be within the standard range of
The boost pressure sensor measures the boost pressure atmospheric pressure at its altitude.
of the intake manifold and provides the load information of 2. During the gear shift from 1st to 2nd gear and
the engine. The intake air pressure measurement portion wide-open-throttle period, compare the "Intake Manifold
is a piezoelectric type sensor which may provide "load Absolute Pressure Sensor" parameter with "Ambient
information" to the controller according to the pressure Pressure Sensor" parameter on the scan tool, the reading
difference between the atmosphere and intake air manifold; should be within 0.02MPa.
the controller provides a 5V voltage and feedbacks a 0~5V
voltage to the controller according to differences of intake air
pressure.
Circuit/System Test
1. Check if the followings occur, confirm the integrity of the
Ignition switch has been on or engine is running.
entire air intake system and exhaust system, including all
Conditions for Setting DTCs turbocharger components:
P0236: Control module detects that the boost pressure sensor • Component is damaged.
circuit voltage is irrational.
• Fine cracks on boost pressure sensor housing.
P0237: • Looseness or improper fitting.
• Check the circuit, and it exceeds the lower limit. • Blocked air flow.
• The voltage measured by the boost pressure sensor is • Vacuum pipe is blocked.
less than 0.156V.
• Vacuum leakage.
P0238:
• Air leakage between turbocharger and throttle body,
• Check the circuit, and it exceeds the upper limit. including air leakage on intercooler assembly.
• The voltage measured by the boost pressure sensor is • No exhaust system blockage.
greater than 4.9V. If any failure is found, repair or replace the affected
components as necessary.
V1.0 117
2. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, disconnect the 2. Disconnect harness connector EM011 of the boost
battery negative cable, and disconnect harness connector pressure sensor.
EM011 of boost pressure sensor. 3. Test if the resistance between terminal 1 and 4 of the
3. Carry out component test on boost pressure sensor. boost pressure sensor is between 3.2 - 3.7kΩ (at 20℃).
If the test fails, replace the boost pressure sensor. If it is not within the specified range, replace the boost
4. Disconnect harness connector EM058B of ECM. pressure sensor.
5. Test if the resistance between terminals of harness Service Guideline

connector EM011 of boost pressure sensor and terminals • Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Fuel Control
of harness connector EM058 of corresponding ECM is System - NSE" - "Engine Control Module (ECM)".
less than 5Ω: • Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
• Terminal 1 of EM011 and Terminal 47 of EM058B to the Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
• Terminal 3 of EM011 and Terminal 19 of EM058B
(ECM)".
harness connector EM011 of boost pressure sensor or
terminals of harness connector EM058 of ECM and the
ground is infinite:
short to ground.
EM011 of boost pressure sensor or terminals of harness
connector EM058 of ECM and the ground is 0V:
short to battery.
Component Test
V1.0 118
DTC P0243: Turbocharger/Supercharger Wastegate Solenoid • Connector failure or poor fit.
"A"
• Exhaust gas control valve failure.
Failure Description
(FTB)
Turbocharger/Supercharger Reference Circuit Information
13
Wastegate Solenoid "A"
DTC P0245: Turbocharger/Supercharger Wastegate Solenoid Reference Connector End View Information
"A" Low
EM058C, EM067
Failure Type Byte
(FTB)
Turbocharger/Supercharger
11
Wastegate Solenoid "A" Low Circuit/System Check
1. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, and read the
DTC P0246: Turbocharger/Supercharger Wastegate Solenoid
DTC with a scan tool. DTC P0243, P0245 and P0246
"A" High
shall not be set.
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description 2. Drive the exhaust gas control valve to work with scan
(FTB)
tool. Change the opening of exhaust control valve with
Turbocharger/Supercharger scan tool, and rattle is heard when exhaust gas control
12
Wastegate Solenoid "A" High valve works.
Circuit/System Description 3. Under the conditions for running DTCs, operate the
The boost control solenoid valve receives the duty ratio
Circuit/System Test
information sent by ECM to adjust the boost pressure of the
turbocharger. The greater the duty ratio is, the higher the 1. Check whether the fuse EF26 is blown.
boost pressure will be. 2. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
When the engine meets medium or small loads, the boost the battery negative cable and harness connector EM067
solenoid valve controls the diaphragm-type bypass valve to lead of exhaust gas control valve.
the exhaust gas in the exhaust pipe into the bypass pipeline, and 3. Perform the component test on exhaust gas control valve.
the boost pressure is extremely small at the moment; when the If the test fails, replace the exhaust control valve.
engine accelerates or meets large loads, the boost solenoid
valve controls the diaphragm-type bypass valve to reduce the 4. Connect the battery negative cable, place the ignition
bypass opening in the exhaust pipe, exhaust gas flows into the switch in "ON" position.
turbocharger and the boost pressure rises at the moment. 5. Test if the voltage between terminal 1 of harness
connector EM067 of the exhaust control valve and the
ground is battery voltage.
Ignition switch has been on or engine is running.
P0243: Circuit is open.
6. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, disconnect the
P0245: Circuit is short to ground. battery negative cable and the ECM harness connector
EM058C.
P0246: Circuit is short to battery.
connector EM067 of exhaust gas control valve and
DTC P0243, P0245 and P0247 are Category-4 DTCs. terminal 65 of harness connector EM058C of the ECM
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs is less than 5Ω.
DTC P0243, P0245 and P0247 are Category-4 DTCs. If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant
V1.0 119
8. Connect the battery negative cable, test whether the

voltage between terminal 2 of harness connector EM067
of exhaust gas control valve and ground is 0V.

short to battery.

connector EM067 of exhaust gas control valve and the
ground is infinite.

short to ground.

Component Test
2. Disconnect the harness connector EM067 of the exhaust
gas control valve.
3. Test if the resistance between terminal 1 and 2 of the
exhaust gas control valve is between 11.4 and 12.6Ω (at
20℃).
If it is not within the specified range, replace the exhaust

gas control valve.
Service Guideline
(ECM)".
V1.0 120
P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304 There are two ignition coils fitted on the camshaft cover. They
DTC Description are fitted on Cylinder 1 and Cylinder 3 respectively, which
are connected to the ignition coil and camshaft sensor harness
DTC P0300: Random/Multiple Cylinder Misfire Detected
through connectors. Each coil is connected with a spark plug at
Failure Type Byte the bottom and linked with another one through a high voltage
Failure Description
(FTB) (HT) wire.
F0 Multi-cylinder misfire is detected Conditions for Running DTCs
Random/Multiple Cylinder Misfire • Engine keeps working.
F1
Detected • Rough road status is not activated.
Random/Multiple Cylinder Misfire • Fuel cut-off status is not activated.
F2
Detected
• Engine speed is between 600 and 5,200rpm.
DTC P0301: Cylinder 1 Misfire Detected • Intake air temperature is higher than -28℃.
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description
(FTB) • The misfire rate of catalyst damage-related misfire failure
for each cylinder is greater than 6～20%.
F0 Cylinder 1 Misfire Detected
• The misfire rate of emission-related misfire failure
resulting in emission deterioration for each cylinder is
F2 Cylinder 1 Misfire Detected greater than 2.85%.
• The misfire rate of emission-related misfire failure
DTC P0302: Cylinder 2 Misfire Detected
resulting in emission deterioration for each cylinder in
Failure Type Byte the first counting period after start is greater than 2.85%.
Failure Description
(FTB)
DTC P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303 and P0304 are Category-2
F1 Cylinder 2 Misfire Detected DTCs.
F2 Cylinder 2 Misfire Detected Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
DTC P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303 and P0304 are Category-2
DTC P0303: Cylinder 3 Misfire Detected
DTCs.
Failure Type Byte
(FTB)
• Connector failure or poor fit.
• Spark plug failure.
• High voltage wire failure.
DTC P0304: Cylinder 4 Misfire Detected • Ignition coil failure.
• Fuel injector failure.
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description • ECM failure.
(FTB)
F0 Cylinder 4 Misfire Detected Reference Information
EM058C, EM063, EM064
The ignition coil transfers the low and direct voltage of battery
into the high voltage, and generates spark with spark plug to Reference Electrical Information
ignite the mixed gas in the cylinder. Each ignition coil consists of Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
a pair of coil windings around the laminated iron core, of which
the primary resistance is 0.7Ω¸ and the secondary resistance
is 10kΩ. 1. Check whether the fuse EF25 is blown.
V1.0 121
2. With the engine running, observe the DTC information If there is spark but the spark is tiny, replace the
with a scan tool. Check if the DTC related with fuel corresponding ignition coil.
injector of corresponding cylinder exits.
If there is no spark, perform the following test.
If fuel injector DTC of corresponding cylinder is set, test
fuel injector DTC of corresponding cylinder.
switch in "ON" position, test if the voltage between
3. While engine is operating at idle speed under normal terminal 1 of harness connector EM063 and EM064 of
temperature, confirm there is no abnormal noise. ignition coil and ground is the battery voltage respectively.
If there is abnormal noise, test engine for mechanical If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
system failure. break circuit/high resistance or short to ground.
4. Read and clear DTCs. 10. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
5. Increase the engine speed to 1,500rpm, observe DTC the battery negative cable.
information parameter. P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303 and 11. Disconnect the harness connector EM058C of ECM.
P0304 shall not be set.
If the related DTC is set again, go to "Circuit/System harness connector of ignition coil and the terminals of
Test". harness connector of ECM is less than 5Ω:
Circuit/System Test • Terminal 2 of EM063 and Terminal 100 of EM058C
1. With the engine running, observe the DTC information • Terminal 2 of EM064 and Terminal 99 of EM058C
with a scan tool. Confirm the DTC, and be clear which
cylinder or cylinders have misfire. If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant
circuit for open circuit or high resistance.
2. Confirm that the following conditions have not occurred:
• Cracking, twisting or improper connection of vacuum
hose.
of ignition coil or the following terminals of harness
• Engine vacuum leakage. connector of ECM and the ground is 0V:
• Crankcase ventilation system leakage. • Terminal 2 of EM063
• The fuel pressure is too low or too high. • Terminal 2 of EM064
If any, repair invalid/faulty component when necessary.
4. Check the spark plug in the cylinder having DTC for
short to battery.
damage, and replace it when necessary. Meanwhile
measure if the corresponding cylinder pressure meets 14. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
standards, if not, check and repair. of harness connector of ignition coil or the following
5. Perform component test on high voltage wire related terminals of harness connector of ECM and the ground
to cylinder having misfire. is infinite:
If the test is abnormal, replace the high voltage wire. • Terminal 2 of EM063
6. Disconnect the harness connector EM063 of ignition coil • Terminal 2 of EM064

1 and the harness connector EM064 of ignition coil 2. • Terminal 99 of EM058C
7. Perform the component test on ignition coil.
If the test fails, replace the ignition coil.
8. Fit a new spark plug on the high voltage wire of cylinder short to ground.
having misfire, perform spark over test for the cylinder
having misfire, and observe if there is any spark and the
intensity of spark. Component Test
If there is spark and the spark is vigorous. Check the High Voltage Wire
corresponding fuel injector referring to the detection of 1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
relevant DTCs. the battery negative cable.
V1.0 122
2. Remove the high voltage wire.
3. Measure the resistance of high pressure wire (20℃).
Name Specified Value

Cylinder 1 1.3～3.35kΩ
Cylinder 3 0.65～1.7kΩ
If it is out of the specified range, replace the high voltage

wire.
Ignition Coils
2. Remove the ignition coil.
3. Measure the primary resistance and secondary resistance
of ignition coil respectively (at 20℃).
Name Specified Value

Primary
0.7Ω～0.9Ω
Resistance
Secondary
9.68KΩ～12.32KΩ
Resistance
If it is not within the specified range, replace the ignition

coil.
Service Guideline
System - NSE" - "Spark Plug".
System-NSE" - "Ignition Coil-1.5T".
(ECM)".
V1.0 123
P0313 Test the relevant misfire DTC if it is set.

DTC Description 4. Test if the fuel pressure is within the normal range, if not,
DTC P0313: Misfire Detected With Low Fuel check the fuel pipeline, fuel pressure regulator and the
fuel pump and replace the damaged parts.
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description 5. Clear the DTCs with the scan tool.
(FTB)
00 Misfire Detected With Low Fuel 6. Restart the engine, and check if the DTC has been
cleared.
If the DTC has not been cleared, test/replace the ECM
Extreme low fuel level will result in insufficient pressure in the or fuel pump.
engine fuel system, and thus reduce the engine performance.
Service Guideline
The control module monitors the fuel level, meanwhile it will
illuminate the fuel level warning lamp, and illuminate the engine • Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Fuel System"
warning lamp when misfire occurs. - "Fuel Pump".
Conditions for Running DTCs • Refer to the Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Fuel
Place the ignition switch in "ON" position or run the engine.
(ECM)".
Conditions for Setting DTCs • Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
Engine misfire is caused by low fuel level. to the Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set Fuel Control System - NSE" - "Engine Control Module
(ECM)".
Failure Cause
• Fuel pump failure.
• Fuel pipeline failure.
• Fuel pressure regulating valve failure.
• High voltage wire failure.
• Fuel injector failure.
• Low fuel volume failure.
• ECM failure.
1. Check if the fuel volume is in normal condition.
If the fuel level is too low, add fuel to keep the fuel level
in its normal condition.
2. Check the idling and accelerating state of the engine in
normal temperature to confirm there is no abnormal
conditions.
If the engine works normally, clear the DTCs with the
scan tool.
If the engine does not work normally, check the engine
for misfire/lack of cylinder.
3. Check if misfire-related DTC exists.
V1.0 124
P0318
DTC Description
DTC P0318: Rough Road Sensor "A" Signal Circuit
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description
(FTB)
81 Rough Road Sensor "A" Signal Circuit
ECM receives speed signal from ABS system wheel speed
sensor via the network architecture - HS CAN bus.
The ECM performs self-diagnostic checks when the ignition is
on and stores any errors detected in the EEPROM as diagnostic
trouble codes. Errors within the CAN buses are also stored.
The DTC is stored by the ECM after bumpy driving.
Failure Cause
• Vehicle speed sensor failure.
• ECM failure.
1. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position.
2. Confirm that no other DTCs are set except DTC P0318.
If other DTCs related to ABS control system have been
set, diagnose them first.
3. If no other DTCs are set, set and match the ECM or ABS
control module.
Service Guideline
(ECM)".
(ECM)".
V1.0 125
P0322 Circuit/System Check

DTC Description 1. If any damage or corrosion is found in the following
DTC P0322: Ignition/Distributor Engine Speed Input Circuit components, the affected components/connectors shall
No Signal be repaired or replaced.
Failure Type Byte • Measurement signal or harness is disturbed by external

Failure Description electromagnetic interference.
(FTB)
Ignition/Distributor Engine Speed • Check if the speed signal gear tooth is damaged or
29 attached with other metal parts.
Input Circuit No Signal
• Check the main bearing of crankshaft for wear.
• Check the crankshaft signal gear for damage or misplace.
CKPSensor provides the engine speed information and
crankshaft top dead center information. It is a Hall-effect • Check the crankshaft for excessive runout.
sensor matched with oscillator in application. The oscillator • The crankshaft is damaged.
is a teeth plate, with 58 small teeth separated by 6°and a If above failures exist, repair/replace the corresponding
2-teeth gap on magnetic ring. The pulse wheel is fitted on the components.
crankshaft, and rotates with the crankshaft. When the tooth
tips pass by sensor ends, the oscillator made of steel magnetic
the "Engine Speed" and "Engine Speed Error State" in the
materials cuts the magnetic force line of the permanent
real-time display of scan tool. Confirm if the parameters
magnets in the sensor to produce the induced voltage in the
are within the specified range according to the vehicle
coil, which acts as the rotational speed output signal.
operation conditions.
Engine keeps working. Test".
Conditions for Setting DTCs 3. Under the conditions for running DTCs, operate the
The speed signal is frequently lost. vehicle and confirm that the DTC is not reset.
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set Circuit/System Test
DTC P0322 is a Category-3 DTC. 1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
2. Disconnect harness connector EM012 of the engine
speed sensor and harness connector EM058C of the
Failure Cause ECM.
• Relevant circuit failure. 3. Test if the resistance between terminals of harness
• Connector failure or poor fitting. connector EM012 of engine speed sensor and terminals
of harness connector EM058C of corresponding ECM
• Engine speed sensor failure.
is less than 5Ω:
• Speed signal gear tooth failure.
• Electromagnetic interference failure.
• High idle speed failure.
• ECM failure.
Reference Information If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
harness connector EM012 of engine speed sensor or
Reference Connector End View Information terminals of harness connector EM058C of ECM and the
EM012, EM058C ground is infinite:
Reference Electrical Information • Terminal 1 of EM012
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection • Terminal 2 of EM012

V1.0 126

short to ground.

EM012 of engine speed sensor or terminals of harness

short to battery.
6. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the engine

speed sensor or the ECM.
Service Guideline
(ECM)".
System - NSE" - "Crankshaft Position Sensor".
(ECM)".
V1.0 127
P0325, P0327, P0328 Conditions for Setting DTCs

DTC Description • Knock identification reference voltage is high (15～144V)
DTC P0325: Knock Sensor 1 Circuit (Bank 1 or Single Sensor) or knock identification reference voltage is low (0.2～
1.0V).
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description • Successive occurrence exceed 30 times.
(FTB)
Knock Sensor 1 Circuit (Bank 1 or
00
Single Sensor) DTC P0325, P0327 and P0328 are Category-3 DTCs.
DTC P0327: Knock Sensor 1 Circuit Low (Bank 1 or Single
Sensor) DTC P0325, P0327 and P0328 are Category-3 DTCs.
Failure Type Byte Failure Cause

Failure Description
(FTB) • Relevant circuit failure.
Knock Sensor 1 Circuit Low (Bank 1 • Connector failure or poor fitting.
00
or Single Sensor) • Knock sensor failure.
Knock Sensor 1 Circuit Low (Bank 1 • ECM failure.
14
or Single Sensor) Reference Information
DTC P0328: Knock Sensor 1 Circuit High (Bank 1 or Single
Sensor) Engine Management System (3)

Failure Description
(FTB) EM058C, EM021
Knock Sensor 1 Circuit High (Bank 1 Reference Electrical Information
00
or Single Sensor)
Knock Sensor 1 Circuit High (Bank 1
15 Circuit/System Check
or Single Sensor)
1. Check the following mechanical components for damage
or incorrect refit.
The knock sensor is used to provide electronic controller ECM
• Inspect the knock sensor for physical damage.
with engine knock information to carry out knock control.
• Inspect the knock sensor for proper refit.
The knock sensor is a vibration acceleration sensor, fitted on
the cylinder block of the engine. The sensitive component of • The fitting surface of the knock sensor shall be free of burr,
the sensor is a piezoelectric crystal. The vibration of the engine casting fin and foreign material.
block is transferred to the piezoelectric crystal through the If above failures exist, repair/replace the corresponding
mass block in the sensor. Due to the pressure generated from components.
the vibration of mass block, the piezoelectric crystal produces
voltage on both pole surfaces to transform the vibration signal
the "Knock Window Angle Initial Value (Refer to 1st
into voltage signal to output.
Cylinder)", "Knock Window Angle Duration Value
Conditions for Running DTCs (Refer to 1st Cylinder)" and "Knock Window Energy"
• Engine is running within the specified speed, engine load in the real-time display of the scan tool. Confirm if the
value is non-dynamic (greater than 42%), knock control parameters are within the specified range according to
circuit is in normal condition, and limp home is not the vehicle operation conditions.
activated. If it is not displayed as expected, go to "Circuit/System
• Engine speed is greater than 2,600rpm, coolant Test".
temperature is higher than 40℃ and cylinder 1 3. Under the conditions for running DTCs, operate the
identification is valid. vehicle and confirm that the DTC is not reset.
Circuit/System Test
V1.0 128
2. Disconnect the harness connector EM021 of the knock 4. When tapping near the knock sensor with a small
sensor and harness connector EM058C of the ECM. hammer, test the voltage between terminal 1 and 2
3. Carry out component test on knock sensor. of knock sensor. At the moment, there shall be a
millivolt-level voltage signal output.
If knock sensor component test fails, replace the knock
sensor. If there is no voltage signal output, replace the knock
sensor.
Service Guideline
harness connector EM021 of knock sensor and terminals • Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Fuel Control
of harness connector EM058C of corresponding ECM System - NSE" - "Knock Sensor".
is less than 5Ω: • Refer to the Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
• Terminal 1 of EM021 and Terminal 90 of EM058C Fuel Control System - NSE" - "Engine Control Module
(ECM)".
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for to the Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
open circuit/high resistance. Fuel Control System - NSE" - "Engine Control Module
6. Test if the resistance between terminal 2 of harness (ECM)".
connector EM021 of knock sensor or terminals of
harness connector EM058C of ECM and the ground is
infinite:
short to ground.
EM021 of knock sensor or terminals of harness connector
EM058C of ECM and the ground is 0V:
short to battery.
8. If all circuit tests are normal, replace the engine control
module.
Component Test
2. Disconnect harness connector EM021 of knock sensor.
3. Test if the resistance between terminal 1 and 2 of knock
sensor is around 1MΩ (20℃).
If it is not within the specified range, replace the knock
sensor.
V1.0 129
P0341 Circuit/System Check

DTC Description 1. Measure if there is external electromagnetic interference
DTC P0341: Camshaft Position Sensor "A" Circuit on signal or harness.
Range/Performance Bank 1 or Single Sensor 2. Check if the intake phase signal gear tooth is damaged or
Failure Type Byte have other metal components attached.
Failure Description
(FTB) 3. Inspect whether the relative refitting position of phase
sensor (intake) and its signal wheel fails to meet the
29 Camshaft Position Sensor "A" Circuit
refitting requirements or not (such as too far distance,
Range/Performance Bank 1 or Single
mis-alignment, etc.).
Sensor
4. Start the engine, and confirm if the "Intake Camshaft
Circuit/System Description Position" parameter in the real-time display of the scan
The camshaft position sensor is applied to cooperate with the tool varies with the actual vehicle conditions.
rotational speed sensor, to provide ECM with the camshaft If the sensor is not changed as expected or has no
phase information, namely, identify the compression top dead change, go to "Circuit/System Test".
center and exhaust top dead center of the cylinder 1. Circuit/System Test
The camshaft position sensor is composed of a Hall sensor 1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
and a rotor made of steel plate. The Hall sensor is fixed, and the battery negative cable.
the rotor with a 36° boss is fitted on the camshaft. The inner
2. Disconnect harness connector EM007 of phase sensor
magnetic field of the hall sensor will change when the boss
(intake) and harness connector EM058C of ECM.
passes by, which leads to the change of output signal voltage.
In this way, the two top dead centers are identified. 3. Test if the resistance between terminals of harness
connector EM007 of phase sensor (intake) and terminals
of harness connector EM058C of ECM is less than 5Ω:
• Engine is running. • Terminal 1 of EM007 and Terminal 95 of EM058C
• Phase signal jump number is greater than 12.
The phase signal always cannot be detected and the number
on phase signal failure counter is greater than or equal to 10.
DTC P0341 is a Category-3 DTC. harness connector EM007 of phase sensor (intake) or
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs terminals of harness connector EM058C of ECM and the
ground is infinite:
Failure Cause
• Intake phase signal wheel tooth failure.
• Phase sensor (intake) failure. • Terminal 95 of EM058C
• ECM failure. • Terminal 98 of EM058C
short to ground.
Reference Connector End View Information EM007 of phase sensor (intake) or terminals of harness
EM007, EM058C connector EM058C of ECM and the ground is 0V:
Reference Electrical Information • Terminal 1 of EM007
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection • Terminal 2 of EM007

V1.0 130

short to battery.
6. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the phase

sensor (intake) or ECM.
Service Guideline
(ECM)".
V1.0 131
P0444, P0458, P0459 • 3 operating cycles.

DTC Description P0459:
DTC P0444: Evaporative Emission System Purge Control Valve
• ECM detects that the carbon canister control valve
Circuit Open
control circuit is short to battery.
Failure Type Byte • 3 operating cycles.
Failure Description
(FTB)
Evaporative Emission System Purge
13 DTC P0444, P0458 and P0459 are Category-3 DTCs.
Control Valve Circuit Open
DTC P0458: Evaporative Emission System Purge Control Valve DTC P0444, P0458 and P0459 are Category-3 DTCs.
Circuit Low
Failure Cause
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description • Relevant circuit failure.
(FTB)
11 • Carbon canister solenoid valve failure.
Control Valve Circuit Low
• ECM failure.
DTC P0459: Evaporative Emission System Purge Control Valve Reference Information
Circuit High
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description Engine Management System (4)
(FTB)
12 EM003, EM058C
Control Valve Circuit High
The carbon canister control valve is applied to control the
regeneration air flow of fuel evaporation control system. Circuit/System Check
The carbon canister in the fuel evaporation control system 1. Check fuse EF11 for fusing.
absorbs fuel vapor from fuel tank till it cannot absorb any 2. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, confirm the
more. ECMIt controls the carbon canister control valve to "Carbon Canister Load rate" and "Carbon Canister Load
open and allows fresh air and saturated fuel steam in the Level (signal value) " in real-time display of the scan tool.
carbon canister to form regeneration air flow, then sends Confirm if the parameters are within the specified range
it to engine air inlet pipe. The electronic controller, based according to the vehicle operation conditions.
on the different working conditions of engine, changes the
3. With the scan tool forced output function, drive the
air-fuel ratio of the pulse signal transmitted to carbon canister
carbon canister control valve to work, observe if the
control valve electromagnetic coil to control the regeneration
canister control valve can work properly and listen if the
air flow. Moreover, the flow is also influenced by the pressure
sound of "tap-tap" can be heard.
difference on both ends.
If the carbon canister solenoid does not work as expected
or works improperly, go to "Circuit/System Test".
Place the ignition switch in "ON" position.
Conditions for Setting DTCs vehicle and confirm that the DTC is not reset.
P0444: Circuit/System Test
• ECM detects that the carbon canister control valve 1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
control circuit is in open circuit state. the battery negative cable.
• 3 operating cycles. 2. Disconnect the harness connector EM003 of the carbon
canister control valve.
P0458:
3. Perform the component test on carbon canister control
• ECM detects that the carbon canister control valve valve.
control circuit is short to ground.
If the test fails, replace the carbon canister control valve.
V1.0 132
connector EM003 of carbon canister control valve and
terminal 94 of harness connector EM058C of the ECM
is less than 5Ω.


connector EM003 of carbon canister control valve and
the ground is infinite.

short to ground.
7. Disconnect the battery negative cable, test if the voltage

between terminal 2 of harness connector EM003 of
carbon canister control valve and ground is 0V:
If it exceeds the specified range, test the circuit for short

to battery.

Component Test
2. Disconnect the harness connector EM003 of the carbon
carbon canister control valve is between 10 and 20Ω (at
20℃).
If it is not within the specified range, replace the carbon

Service Guideline
Control System - NSE" - "Carbon Canister Solenoid".
(ECM)".
V1.0 133
P0500 • Refer to Service Manual, "Brake System" - "Brake

DTC Description Module" - "ABS Regulator".
DTC P0500: Vehicle Speed Sensor "A" • Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description Fuel Control System - NSE" - "Engine Control Module
(FTB)
(ECM)".
29 Vehicle Speed Sensor "A"
The acceleration sensor signal and the vehicle speed sensor
signal is transmitted to the ECM through the CAN bus by
collecting the wheel speed signal of the wheel speed sensor
and calculating by the ABS control module/dynamic stability
control module.
• Fuel cut-off status is activated.
• Coolant temperature is higher than 64.5℃.
• Engine speed is within the range of 1,520～4,000rpm.
• ECM detects that the minimum vehicle speed is below
5km/h when the fuel is cut off, which lasts for 3.3s.
• ECM detects the speed freeze failure (variation of speed
is 0), which lasts for 10s.
Failure Cause
ECM failure.
Circuit/System Test
1. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, connect the
scan tool, check the ABS for failures of the wheel speed
sensor/ABS control or dynamic stability control module,
and eliminate above failures first.
2. Check if any other DTCs have been set except DTC
P0500 in engine control system. If there are any other
DTCs, diagnose and eliminate them first.
3. Clear the DTC P0500. Diagnose the engine control
system again to check whether the DTC P0500 still
exists. If it still exists, test/replace the ECM.
Service Guideline
V1.0 134
P0504 Reference Information
DTC Description Reference Circuit Information
DTC P0504: Brake Switch "A"/"B" Correlation Engine Management System (6)
Failure Description
(FTB)
BD027, EM058B
1C Brake Switch "A"/"B" Correlation
62 Brake Switch "A"/"B" Correlation
The brake pedal is fitted on the shaft on the brake pedal
1. Check fuse EF8, F20 for fusing.
mounting bracket located on the dash panel, and the brake
2. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, observe "State
booster input rod is connected to the brake pedal with rod pin
for Brake Switch 1" and "State for Brake Switch 2" in the
and U-clip. The brake lamp switch is fixed to the brake pedal
real-time display of the scan tool. When the brake pedal
bracket. The brake lamp switch is a contact switch activated
is depressed, it shall display "OFF"; When the brake pedal
by the cushion block on the brake pedal arm. The brake pedal
is fully released, it shall display "ON".
is installed to the pivot of pedal fixing bracket on the engine
compartment bulkhead. The vacuum booster input rod is Go to "Circuit/System Test" if no corresponding change
linked to the brake pedal arm with rod pin and U-clamp. The occurs.
cushion block on the brake pedal arm activates the "instant Circuit/System Test
disconnect" contact type brake lamp switch. Be sure to locate
correctly, and ensure that the switch push rod is compressed. 1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
2. Disconnect harness connector BD027 of the brake pedal
• The ignition switch is turned on. switch.
• Brake pedal position sensor signal is valid. 3. Carry out component test on the brake pedal switch.
• Vehicle speed is greater than 5km/h.
If the test fails, replace the brake pedal switch.
• The gear is in D or R.
connector BD027 of brake pedal switch and the ground
P0504 1C：The ratio of brake lamp switch signal pin feedback is less than 5Ω.
voltage to battery voltage is greater than 0.469 and less than
1.133 for 1s.
P0504 62：The relation between the brake switch and linked
switch of brake lamp is irrational, and the value on failure
between terminal 1 of harness connector BD027 of brake
counter is greater than or equal to 20 for 1s.
lamp switch and ground is the battery voltage.
Limit the speed, exit the energy recovery function and the open circuit/high resistance or short to ground.
creep function.
the battery negative cable. Disconnect harness connector
Press the brake pedal, the two-way switch reaches EM058B of ECM.
synchronization in 600ms, and the MIL extinguishes.
Failure Cause of harness connector BD027 of brake pedal switch and
• Relevant circuit failure. terminals of harness connector EM058B of corresponding
• Brake pedal switch failure. • Terminal 2 of BD027 and Terminal 25 of EM058B
• ECM failure. • Terminal 3 of BD027 and Terminal 23 of EM058B

V1.0 135
8. Test if the resistance between the following terminals 6. Test if the resistance between each terminal of the brake
of harness connector BD027 of brake pedal switch or pedal switch and the switch housing is infinite.
If it is not within the specified range, check and replace
ground is infinite:
the brake pedal switch.
• Terminal 2 of BD027 Service Guideline
• Terminal 3 of BD027 • Refer to Service Manual, "Brake System" - "Service
• Terminal 25 of EM058B Brake" - "Brake Lamp Switch Assembly".
• Terminal 23 of EM058B • Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Fuel Control

short to ground.
9. Connect the battery negative cable, test if the voltage Fuel Control System - NSE" - "Engine Control Module
between the following terminals of harness connector (ECM)".
BD027 of brake pedal switch or terminals of harness
connector EM058B of ECM and the ground is 0V:
• Terminal 2 of BD027
short to battery.
Component Test
1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, disconnect
the battery negative cable, and harness connector BD027
of the brake pedal switch.
2. When the brake pedal is released, test if the resistance
between terminals 3 and 4 of brake pedal switch is less
than 5Ω.
If it is not within the specified range, check the brake
pedal switch.
3. When the brake pedal is depressed, test if the resistance
between the signal circuit terminals 3 and 4 of brake
pedal switch is infinite.
pedal switch.
4. While releasing the brake pedal, test if the resistance
between the signal circuit terminals 1 and 2 of brake
pedal switch is infinite.
pedal switch.
5. When the brake pedal is depressed, test if the resistance
between terminal 1 and 2 of brake pedal switch is less
than 5Ω.
pedal switch.
V1.0 136
P0506, P0507 Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
DTC Description DTC P0506, and P0507 are Category-5 DTCs.
DTC P0506: Idle Air Control System RPM Lower Than Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
Expected
DTC P0506, and P0507 are Category-5 DTCs.
Failure Type Byte
(FTB)
• Electronic throttle body failure.
Idle Air Control System RPM Lower
23 • Air intake system failure.
Than Expected
• Exhaust system failure.
DTC P0507: Idle Air Control System RPM Higher Than • ECM failure.
Expected
Failure Type Byte
(FTB)
Idle Air Control System RPM Higher
24
Than Expected Circuit/System Check
Circuit/System Description 1. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, read the DTC
with a scan tool.
The electronic throttle is composed of throttle, throttle driver
(DC motor) and throttle position sensor, etc. 2. Confirm no other DTCs of the ECM are set except DTC
P0506 and P0507.
ECMIt sends commands to make the DC motor actuate and
If other ECM DTCs are set, diagnose them first.
influence the opening of throttle through drive mechanism.
There are two potentiometers acting as position sensors, 3. Perform visual check for the following components and
which are fitted in reverse phase. When the throttle position system. If there's any failure, repair or replace the failed
is altered, resistance of two circuits will have linear change, components.
one will increase and the other will decrease. When a +5V • Check if the electronic throttle is stuck in locations with
voltage is added, the position of sensor will be transformed narrow openings due to freeze or oil contaminants, etc.
into the voltage output corresponding to the changes of the
• Check if the electronic throttle cannot work properly due
resistance value.
to excessive carbon deposition.
• Check the fuel injector for blockage.
P0506:
• Exhaust resistance is too high.
• Engine is at idle mode.
• Fuel supply pressure is too low.
• Coolant temperature is higher than 80.3℃.
• Check the intake manifold for leakage.
• Intake air temperature is higher than 20.3℃.
4. Check if the generator can work properly.
P0507:
If the generator output voltage is not within the specified
• Engine is at idle mode. range, repair the generator.
• Vehicle speed is 0Km/h. 5. With the scan tool, observe if the parameters of the
• Check of the vehicle speed sensor has been performed, intake pressure sensor and air flow meter are normal.
and no failure is found (Allow the vehicle to glide and cut
If the sensor parameter is abnormal, check the
off the oil for more than 5s after the vehicle speed is over
intake/exhaust system for blockage, air leak, or check the
20 km).
throttle for excessive carbon deposition.
6. Read the engine idle speed with the scan tool. Idle speed
P0506: Idle speed is lower than the target rotating speed set shall rise to about 150rpm when the air conditioner is
in system for 100rpm. turned on.
P0507: Idle speed is higher than the target rotating speed set If the idle speed does not change within the specified
in system for 200rpm. range, check the intake/exhaust system for blockage,
air leak, or check the throttle for excessive carbon
deposition.
V1.0 137
7. Remove the engine accessory belt, engage neutral gear,

rotate the crankshaft, and check the engine mechanical
parts for blockage.
If blockage occurs, solve the engine mechanical failure.
8. Rotate engine accessory pulley and air-conditioning pump,

check the engine and other accessories, etc for blockage.
If blockage occurs, solve the mechanical failure in the

accessory drive system.
9. If all the items tested are normal, replace the engine

control module.
Service Guideline
(ECM)".
V1.0 138
P0555, P0557, P0558, P1479 Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
DTC P0555: Brake Booster Pressure Sensor Circuit
Failure Description
(FTB)
00 Brake Booster Pressure Sensor Circuit
DTC P0557: Brake Booster Pressure Sensor Circuit Low Failure Cause
Failure Type Byte • Relevant circuit failure.
Failure Description
(FTB) • Connector failure or poor fit.
Brake Booster Pressure Sensor Circuit • Acceleration sensor failure.
16
Low
• ECM failure.
DTC P0558: Brake Booster Pressure Sensor Circuit High Reference Information
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description
(FTB) Engine Management System (6)
Brake Booster Pressure Sensor Circuit Reference Connector End View Information
17
High EB033, EM058B
DTC P1479：BKV Pressure Non-plausible Reference Electrical Information

Failure Description
00 BKV Pressure Non-plausible
Circuit/System Description the battery negative cable.
ECM monitors the pressure of brake booster vacuum cavity 2. Disconnect the harness connector EB033 of the vacuum
with the brake booster vacuum sensor. ECM provides 5V sensor.
reference voltage and low level reference voltage for the 3. Disconnect harness connector EM058B of ECM.
sensor. The sensor signal transmitted to ECM will vary with 4. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
the brake booster vacuum cavity pressure. of harness connector EB033 of vacuum sensor and the
Conditions for Running DTCs terminals of harness connector EM058B of ECM is less
than 5Ω:
Engine keeps working.
• Terminal 1 of EB033 and Terminal 19 of EM058B
P0555: Vacuum sensor circuit is open. • Terminal 2 of EB033 and Terminal 47 of EM058B
• Terminal 3 of EB033 and Terminal 12 of EM058B
P0557: Vacuum sensor is short to ground, and the signal
voltage is less than 0.11V. If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant
P0558: Vacuum sensor is short to battery, and the signal
voltage is greater than 4.9V. 5. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
of harness connector EB033 of vacuum sensor or the
P1479:
following terminals of harness connector EM058B of
• Pump works more than 0.1s. ECM and the ground is infinite:
• Pressure difference before and after the pump operation • Terminal 1 of EB033
is less than 5-20Hpa.
• Terminal 2 of EB033
• Brake vacuum sensor is failure-free.
• The brake pedal is not depressed. • Terminal 3 of EB033
V1.0 139

short to ground.

EB033 of vacuum sensor or the following terminals of
harness connector EM058B of ECM and the ground is 0V:

short to battery.

vacuum sensor.
Service Guideline
(ECM)".
V1.0 140
P061F 3. After DTCs are read or cleared, place the ignition switch
DTC Description in "ON" position, perform self-learning for the electronic
throttle, then gently depress the pedal position sensors,
DTC P061F: Internal Control Module Throttle Actuator
and confirm if the DTC reappears.
If the DTC is reset, replace the electronic throttle.
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description
(FTB) 4. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the ECM.
Internal Control Module Throttle Service Guideline
62
Actuator Controller Performance • Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Fuel Control
Internal Control Module Throttle System - NSE" - "Engine Control Module (ECM)".
64
Actuator Controller Performance • Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Intake and
Internal Control Module Throttle Exhaust System - NSE 1.5T" - "Electronic Throttle".
68
Actuator Controller Performance • Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
Engine control module consists of the microcontroller and (ECM)".
external circuit. Programs inside the microcontroller can
detect ECM DTCs. When DTCs regarding the security
monitoring are detected, ECMprograms of the engine control
module can guide the engine to make prompt adjustment, take
appropriate measures according to DTCs and output DTCs
required for equipment service.
Place the ignition switch in "ON" position or start the engine.
Electronic throttle module signal error or ECM program error
is detected by the ECM (ECM).
DTC P061F is a Category-13 DTC.
DTC P061F is a Category-13 DTC.
Failure Cause
• Battery voltage is too low.
• ECM failure.
1. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, and connect
the scan tool.
2. Confirm that no other DTCs are set except DTC P061F.
If other DTCs have been set, diagnose these DTCs first.
V1.0 141
P0645, P0646, P0647 Reference Connector End View Information

DTC Description
EM058B
DTC P0645: A/C Clutch Relay Control Circuit
Failure Type Byte
(FTB)
13 A/C Clutch Relay Control Circuit Circuit/System Check
1. Check fuse FL1, EF29 for fusing.
DTC P0646: A/C Clutch Relay Control Circuit Low
2. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, drive the A/C
Failure Type Byte compressor clutch with the force output function of
Failure Description
(FTB) the scan tool, observe and listen if the A/C compressor
11 A/C Clutch Relay Control Circuit Low clutch relay can close or separate properly.
If the A/C compressor clutch relay does not close or
DTC P0647: A/C Clutch Relay Control Circuit High separate as expected, go to "Circuit/System Test".
Failure Type Byte 3. Under the conditions for running DTCs, operate the
Failure Description
(FTB) vehicle and confirm that the DTC is not reset.
12 A/C Clutch Relay Control Circuit High Circuit/System Test
Circuit/System Description 1. Test the DTC information with the scan tool. If there are
other DTCs, repair those failures first.
A 12V power is supplied to the A/C compressor clutch via
engine compartment fuse. When the main relay is energized, 2. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
the relay coil of A/C compressor clutch may be activated. The the battery negative cable.
relay coil ground is controlled by ECM, which completes the 3. Remove the A/C compressor clutch relay, carry out
ground when an A/C on request message is received. component test on A/C compressor clutch relay.
Conditions for Running DTCs If the test fails, replace the A/C compressor clutch relay.
Place the ignition switch in "ON" position or start the engine. 4. Disconnect harness connector EM058B of ECM.
Conditions for Setting DTCs 5. Test if the resistance between terminal 42 of harness
P0645: ECM detects that A/C compressor relay control connector EM058B of ECM and the terminal 85 of A/C
circuit is in open circuit state. compressor clutch relay base is less than 5Ω.
P0646: ECM detects that A/C compressor relay control
circuit is short to ground.
P0647: ECM detects that A/C compressor relay control
connector EM058 of ECM or terminal 85 of A/C
circuit is short to battery.
compressor clutch relay base and the ground is less than
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set infinite.
DTC P0645, P0646 and P0647 are Category-5 DTCs. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs short to ground.
DTC P0645, P0646 and P0647 are Category-5 DTCs. 7. Connect the battery negative cable, and test if the voltage
Failure Cause between terminal 42 of harness connector EM058 of
ECM or terminal 85 of A/C compressor clutch relay base
and the ground is 0V.
• A/C compressor clutch relay failure. short to battery.
• ECM failure.
Reference Information module.
Reference Circuit Information Component Test
Engine Management System (5) 1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
V1.0 142
2. Remove A/C compressor clutch relay.
A/C compressor clutch relay is between 60 and 180Ω.
If the resistance is not within the specified range, replace

the A/C compressor clutch relay.

A/C compressor clutch relay is infinite:
• 30 and 86
• 30 and 87
• 30 and 85
• 85 and 87

5. Fit a jumper wire with a 2A fuse between the terminal 86

of the A/C compressor clutch relay and the 12V voltage.
Fit a jumper wire between the terminal 85 of the A/C
compressor clutch relay and the ground. Test if the
resistance between terminal 30 and 87 is less than 5Ω.

Service Guideline
(ECM)".
V1.0 143
P0689 5. Disconnect the battery negative cable, and test if the

DTC Description voltage between terminal 86 or 85 of the main relay base
and the ground is the battery voltage.
DTC P0689: ECM/PCM Power Relay Sense Circuit Low
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description open circuit/high resistance or short to ground.
(FTB)
ECM/PCM Power Relay Sense Circuit 6. Test if the resistance between terminal 15 or 16 of
17 harness connector EM058B of ECM and terminal 87 of
Low
main relay base is less than 5Ω.
When the engine control unit (ECM) detects the IGN open circuit/high resistance.
position information of the ignition switch, it outputs low level
7. Test if the resistance between terminal 15 or 16 of
signal, controls the relay to close, and UBR pins of ECM are
harness connector EM058B of ECM or terminal 87 of
connected to the power supply voltage.
main relay base and the ground is infinite.
short to ground.
ECMIt detects that the supply voltage signal through relay fails, between terminal 15 or 16 of harness connector EM058B
and ignition switch is on for more than 2s. of ECM or terminal 87 of main relay base and the ground
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set is 0V.
DTC P0689 is a Category-5 DTC. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs short to battery.
DTC P0689 is a Category-5 DTC. 9. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the ECM.
Failure Cause Component Test
• Relevant circuit failure. 1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
2. Remove the main relay.
• Main relay failure.
• ECM failure.
main relay is between 84 and 124Ω (±10%).
the main relay.
Reference Connector End View Information main relay is infinite:
EM058B • 30 and 86
• 30 and 87
• 30 and 85
Circuit/System Test
• 85 and 87
1. Check fuse EF11, EF28 for fusing.
If it is not within the specified range, replace the main
If the fuse is blown, replace it with a corresponding fuse. relay.
2. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect 5. Fit a jumper wire with 2A fuse between terminal 85
the battery negative cable. of main relay and the 12V voltage. Fit a jumper wire
3. Remove main relay, and perform component test on main between terminal 86 of main relay and ground. Test if the
relay. resistance between terminal 30 and 87 is less than 5Ω.
If the test is not normal, replace the main relay. If it is not within the specified range, replace the main
relay.
V1.0 144
Service Guideline
(ECM)".
V1.0 145
P1523 • Terminal 2 of CP011A and Terminal 17 of EM058B

DTC Description If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant
DTC P1523: Error Crash Signal circuit for open circuit/high resistance.
Failure Type Byte 4. Test if the resistance between the terminals of serial data
Failure Description
(FTB) circuit of the ECM or that of airbag control unit and the
00 Error Crash Signal ground is infinite:
ECM communicates with controllers via CAN bus. The
communication DTCs are used to indicate the type of the • Terminal 1 of CP011A
CAN communication failure.
• Terminal 2 of CP011A
Place the ignition switch in "ON" position or start the engine. short to ground.
ECMFailure to communicate with airbag control module. between the terminals of serial data circuit of the ECM
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set or that of airbag control unit and the ground is 0V:
DTC P1523 is a Category-5 DTC. • Terminal 1 of EM058B

Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs • Terminal 17 of EM058B
DTC P1523 is a Category-5 DTC. • Terminal 1 of CP011A
Failure Cause • Terminal 2 of CP011A
• Connector failure or poor fit. short to battery.
• ECM failure. 6. If all circuits tested are normal, test/replace the airbag
• Airbag control module failure. control unit or ECM.
Reference Information Service Guideline
Reference Circuit Information • Refer to the Service Manual, "Safety and Protection"
Bus System and Diagnostic Interface -1.5VCT & 1.5T (1), - "Airbag System" - "Airbag Diagnosis and Control
Bus System and Diagnostic Interface - 1.5VCT & 1.5T (2) Module".
Reference Connector End View Information • Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Fuel Control
EM058B, CP011A
Reference Electrical Information to the Service Manual, "Safety and Protection" - "Airbag
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection System" - "Airbag Diagnosis and Control Module".
Circuit/System Test
1. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of HS CAN Network". If System - NSE" - "Engine Control Module (ECM)".
other modules tested are normal, continue the following
procedures.
battery negative cable, and disconnect harness connector
EM058B of ECM and harness connector CP011A of
airbag control unit.
3. Test if the resistance between terminals of serial data
circuit of the airbag control unit and that of the ECM is
less than 5Ω:
• Terminal 1 of CP011A and Terminal 1 of EM058B
V1.0 146
P1427, P1428, P1429 Reference Information
DTC P1427: Brake Booster Pump Circuit High Electric Vacuum Pump
Failure Description
(FTB)
EM058B
12 Brake Booster Pump Circuit High
DTC P1428: Brake Booster Pump Circuit Low Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
Failure Type Byte Circuit/System Test

Failure Description
(FTB)
1. Check fuse EF28 for fusing.
11 Brake Booster Pump Circuit Low 2. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
DTC P1429: Brake Booster Pump Circuit Open
3. Remove the electric vacuum pump relay, and carry out
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description component test on electric vacuum pump relay.
(FTB)
If the test fails, replace the electric vacuum pump relay.
13 Brake Booster Pump Circuit Open
5. Test if the resistance between terminal 85 of electric
With the ignition switch in "ON" position, the engine locking vacuum pump relay base and terminal 54 of harness
device in the instrument pack will compare the code stored connector EM058B of ECM is less than 5Ω.
in the ignition key and that stored in the locking device. If
these codes are matched, a signal will be sent by the BCM to
the starter motor relay of the engine compartment fuse box.
The starter motor relay provides power for the starter motor 6. Test if the voltage between terminal 85 of electric vacuum
solenoid. pump relay base or terminal 54 of harness connector
EM058B of ECM and the ground is 0V.
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position.
short to ground.
• The system voltage is between 9.5 and 18V.
7. Connect the battery negative cable, test if the resistance
between terminal 85 of electric vacuum pump relay base
P1427: Brake booster pump control circuit is short to the or terminal 54 of harness connector EM058B of ECM
battery. and the ground is infinite.
P1428: Brake booster pump control circuit is short to ground. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
short to ground.
P1429: Brake booster pump control circuit is in open circuit
state. 8. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the ECM.
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set Component Test
DTC P1427, P1428 and P1429 are Category-3 DTCs. 1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs the battery negative cable.
2. Remove the electric vacuum pump relay.
Failure Cause
electric vacuum pump relay is 60～180Ω.
If resistance is not within the specified range, replace the
• Connector failure or poor fitting. electric vacuum pump relay.
• Electric vacuum pump relay failure.
• ECM failure. electric vacuum pump relay is infinite:
• 30 and 86
• 30 and 87
V1.0 147
• 30 and 85
• 85 and 87

relay.
5. Fit a jumper wire with a 2A fuse between terminal 86 of

electric vacuum pump relay and 12V voltage. Fit a jumper
wire between terminal 85 of electric vacuum pump relay
and ground. Test if the resistance between terminal 30
and 87 is less than 5Ω.
If it exceeds the specified range, replace the electric

vacuum pump relay.
Service Guideline
(ECM)".
V1.0 148
P1545 Reference Electrical Information
DTC Description
DTC P1545: Throttle Pos. Contr. Malfunction
Circuit/System Test
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description 1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and check the
(FTB)
electronic throttle for carbon deposit or blocking.
34 Throttle Pos. Contr. Malfunction
If carbon deposit is found in electronic throttle, clean it.
35 Throttle Pos. Contr. Malfunction
If internal blocking is found in the electronic throttle,
Circuit/System Description check the electronic throttle.
The electronic throttle is composed of throttle, throttle driver 2. After DTCs are read or cleared, place the ignition switch
(DC motor) and throttle position sensor, etc. ECMIt sends in "ON" position, perform self-learning for the electronic
commands to make the DC motor actuate and influence the throttle, then gently depress the pedal position sensors,
opening of throttle through drive mechanism. and confirm if the DTC reappears.
There are two potentiometers acting as position sensors, 3. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
which are fitted in reverse phase. When the throttle position the battery negative cable.
is altered, resistance of two circuits will have linear change, 4. Disconnect harness connector EM004 of electronic
one will increase and the other will decrease. When a +5V throttle and harness connector EM058C of ECM.
voltage is added, the position of sensor will be transformed
into the voltage output corresponding to the changes of the
of harness connector EM004 of electronic throttle and
resistance value.
terminals of harness connector EM058C of corresponding
Conditions for Running DTCs ECM is less than 5Ω:
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position or start the • Terminal 1 of EM004 and Terminal 87 of EM058C
engine.
the DTC will continue to exist. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
• ECMIt drives PWM duty ratio of electronic throttle
of harness connector EM004 of electronic throttle or
actuator to be greater than 80%.
terminals of harness connector EM058C of ECM and the
• The deviation between actual position and target position ground is infinite:
of electronic throttle exceeds limit.
Failure Cause If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
short to ground.
• Electronic throttle failure. EM004 of electronic throttle or terminals of harness
• ECM failure. connector EM058C of ECM and the ground is 0V:
EM004, EM058C
short to battery.
V1.0 149
8. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the electronic

throttle or ECM.
Service Guideline
(ECM)".
V1.0 150
P1559 throttle, then gently depress the accelerator pedal for
DTC Description several times, and confirm if the DTC reappears.
DTC P1559: Idle Speed Contr. Throttle Pos. Adaptation If the DTC is reset, replace the electronic throttle.
Malfunction
Failure Type Byte module.
Failure Description
(FTB) Service Guideline
Idle Speed Contr. Throttle Pos. • Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Intake and
78
Adaptation Malfunction Exhaust System - NSE 1.5T" - "Electronic Throttle".
Circuit/System Description • Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Fuel Control
The throttle position sensor is used to provide throttle angle
information for ECM. ECM can learn engine load information • Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
and operating conditions (such as start, idle speed, motored to the Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
condition, part load, full load, acceleration and deceleration) Fuel Control System - NSE" - "Engine Control Module
according to this information. (ECM)".

throttle are fitted coaxially. When the throttle rotates, the
potentiometer rotor arm will slide into a specified location.
Voltage signals output by the potentiometer are proportional
Electronic throttle self-learning process failure.
Failure Cause
• Mechanical failure.
• ECM failure.
1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and check the
electronic throttle for carbon deposit or blocking.
If carbon deposit is found in electronic throttle, clean it.
If internal blocking is found in the electronic throttle,

check the electronic throttle.
2. After DTCs are read or cleared, place the ignition switch

in "ON" position. Perform self-learning for the electronic
V1.0 151
P1564 b. Check if the battery voltage is normal on the scan

DTC Description tool: Between 11 ~ 14V.
DTC P1564: Idle Speed Contr. Throttle Pos. Low Voltage 3. Component check: Check battery status.
During Adaptation
If the battery is in normal state, keep the engine speed
Failure Type Byte above 2,000rpm, check if the alternator can charge
Failure Description
(FTB) properly. If the output voltage of the alternator is not
Idle Speed Contr. Throttle Pos. Low between 10.6 ~ 15V, check the charging system. Refer to
00 Service Manual, "Engine Electrical System".
Voltage During Adaptation
4. If the battery is normal, confirm if the "Battery
Voltage","Battery Voltage over the Key" and "Battery
The throttle position sensor is used to provide throttle angle Voltage over Main Relay" in real-time display of the scan
information for ECM. ECM can learn engine load information tool are within the range of 9～16V.
and operating conditions (such as start, idle speed, motored
Test".
Circuit/System Test
characterized by linear output. Potentiometer rotor arm and 1. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, and connect
throttle are fitted coaxially. When the throttle rotates, the the scan tool.
potentiometer rotor arm will slide into a specified location. 2. After DTCs are read or cleared, place the ignition switch
Voltage signals output by the potentiometer are proportional in "ON" position. Perform self-learning for the electronic
to the throttle position. throttle, then gently depress the accelerator pedal for
Conditions for Running DTCs several times, and confirm if the DTC reappears.
Place the ignition switch in "ON" position or start the engine. If the DTC is reset, replace the electronic throttle.
Conditions for Setting DTCs 3. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the ECM.
System voltage doesn't meet electronic throttle self-learning Service Guideline
conditions. • Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Intake and
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set Exhaust System - NSE 1.5T" - "Electronic Throttle".
DTC P1564 is a Category-6 DTC. • Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Fuel Control
DTC P1564 is a Category-6 DTC. to the Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
Failure Cause Fuel Control System - NSE" - "Engine Control Module
• Battery failure. (ECM)".
• Alternator failure.
• ECM failure.
1. Check fuse EF2, EF11, EF28, EF40, F06 for fusing.
2. Scan tool inspection:
a. Connect the scan tool, place the ignition switch in

"ON" position. Delete the DTCs after self-diagnosis,
and confirm if the DTC still exists.
V1.0 152
P1579 a. Connect the scan tool, place the ignition switch in
DTC Description "ON" position. Delete the DTCs after self-diagnosis,
DTC P1579: Idle Speed Contr. Throttle Pos. Adaptation not
Started b. Check if the battery voltage is normal on the scan
tool: Between 11 ~ 14V.
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description
(FTB) 3. Component check: Check battery status.
Idle Speed Contr. Throttle Pos. If the battery is in normal state, keep the engine speed
00
Adaptation not Started above 2,000rpm, check if the alternator can charge
properly. If the output voltage of the alternator is not
between 10.6 ~ 15V, check the charging system. Refer to
ECMIt sends commands to make the DC motor actuate and Service Manual, "Engine Electrical System".
There are two potentiometers acting as position sensors,
Voltage","Battery Voltage over the Key" and "Battery
which are fitted in reverse phase. When the throttle position
Voltage over Main Relay" in real-time display of the scan
is altered, resistance of two circuits will have linear change,
tool are within the range of 9～16V.
one will increase and the other will decrease. When a +5V
voltage is added, the position of sensor will be transformed If it is not displayed as expected, go to "Circuit/System
into the voltage output corresponding to the changes of the Test".
resistance value. Circuit/System Test
These two potentiometers, and two potentiometers fitted 1. Check if the following throttle self-learning conditions
on the accelerator pedal module used for monitoring the are met:
movement stroke of accelerator pedal, form part of the whole
electronic throttle control system monitoring function, which • Engine intake air temperature is above 5℃.
can provide the redundancy protection expected by system • Engine water temperature is above 5℃, below 100.5℃.
control.
• Engine speed is less than or equal to 250 rpm.
• Vehicle speed is 0Km/h.
• Opening of the accelerator pedal is less than 14.9%.
If any of the throttle self-learning conditions cannot be
System voltage doesn't meet electronic throttle self-learning
met, test or solve the relevant fault first.
conditions.
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set 2. After DTCs are read or cleared, place the ignition switch
in "ON" position. Perform self-learning for the electronic
DTC P1579 is a Category-6 DTC. throttle, then gently depress the accelerator pedal for
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs several times, and confirm if the DTC reappears.
DTC P1579 is a Category-6 DTC. If the DTC is reset, replace the electronic throttle.
Failure Cause 3. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the ECM.
• Battery voltage is too low. Service Guideline
• Electronic throttle failure. • Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Intake and
• ECM failure. Exhaust System - NSE 1.5T" - "Electronic Throttle".
Reference Information • Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Fuel Control
Reference Electrical Information System - NSE" - "Engine Control Module (ECM)".
Circuit/System Check Fuel Control System - NSE" - "Engine Control Module
1. Check fuse EF2, EF11, EF28, EF40, F06 for fusing. (ECM)".
V1.0 153
P2101, P2106 Conditions for Setting DTCs

DTC P2101: Electronic Throttle Failure
• ECMAfter engine ignition, it detects that the throttle
Failure Type Byte spring is off or opens at wrong time (By this time, engine
Failure Description
(FTB) is running at idle speed, engine speed is above 250rpm,
engine coolant temperature and intake air temperature
Throttle Actuator Control Motor
26 are above 5.3℃).
• When self-learning is activated, ECM detects that the
Throttle Actuator Control Motor
28 signal voltage of throttle position sensor 1 is out of the
range (below 0.212V or above 4.841V) or ECM detects
Throttle Actuator Control Motor that the signal voltage of throttle position sensor 2 is
29
Circuit Range/Performance above 4.841V.
Throttle Actuator Control Motor P2106:
74
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position or start the
DTC P2106: Throttle Actuator Control System - Forced engine.
Limited Power • Once the electronic throttle failure is detected by the
Failure Type Byte ECM, the DTC will be output continuously.
Failure Description
(FTB) Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
Throttle Actuator Control System - DTC P2101 is a Category-3 or Category-13 diagnostic trouble
00
Forced Limited Power code (DTC).
Throttle Actuator Control System - DTC P2106 is a Category-13DTC.

12
Forced Limited Power Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
Throttle Actuator Control System - DTC P2101 is a Category-3 or Category-13 diagnostic trouble
13
Forced Limited Power code (DTC).
Throttle Actuator Control System - DTC P2106 is a Category-13DTC.
29
Forced Limited Power
Failure Cause
Throttle Actuator Control System -
4B • Electronic throttle failure.
Forced Limited Power
• Mechanical failure.
• ECM failure.
ECMIt sends commands to make the DC motor actuate and Reference Information
There are two potentiometers acting as position sensors, Reference Electrical Information
which are fitted in reverse phase. When the throttle position Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
is altered, resistance of two circuits will have linear change,
one will increase and the other will decrease. When a +5V
voltage is added, the position of sensor will be transformed 1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and check the
into the voltage output corresponding to the changes of the electronic throttle for carbon deposit or blocking.
resistance value. If carbon deposit is found in electronic throttle, clean it.
These two potentiometers, and two potentiometers fitted If internal blocking is found in the electronic throttle,
on the accelerator pedal module used for monitoring the check the electronic throttle.
movement stroke of accelerator pedal, form part of the whole
electronic throttle control system monitoring function, which 2. After DTCs are read or cleared, place the ignition switch
can provide the redundancy protection expected by system in "ON" position, perform self-learning for the electronic
control. throttle, then gently depress the pedal position sensors,
and confirm if the DTC reappears.
If the DTC is reset, replace the electronic throttle.
V1.0 154
Service Guideline
(ECM)".
V1.0 155
P2127, P2128, P2132, P2133, P2138, P2140 of the accelerator pedal, therefore, the movements of the
DTC Description accelerator pedal may be monitored.
DTC P2127: Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/Switch "E" Circuit Because both potentiometers are fitted in the same phase,
Low when the accelerator pedal position changes, their resistances
will increase or decrease linearly. When a +5V voltage is
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description added, the pedal position will be transformed into the voltage
(FTB)
output corresponding to the changes of the resistance value.
Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/Switch These two potentiometers and two potentiometers fitted on
21
"E" Circuit Low the electronic throttle used for monitoring the position of
the throttle, form part of whole electronic throttle control
DTC P2128: Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/Switch "E" Circuit
system monitoring function, which can provide the redundancy
High
protection expected by system control.
Failure Type Byte Conditions for Running DTCs
Failure Description
(FTB)
• Engine keeps working.
22 • Engine speed is between 600 and 5,200rpm.
"E" Circuit High
• Intake air temperature is higher than -28℃.
DTC P2132: Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/Switch "F" Circuit Conditions for Setting DTCs
Low
P2127: ECM detects that the signal voltage of accelerator
Failure Type Byte pedal position sensor 1 is higher than 1.1V or lower than 0.6V.
Failure Description
(FTB)
P2128: Signal voltage of accelerator pedal position sensor 1 is
Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/Switch higher than 4.8V.
21
"F" Circuit Low
DTC P2132: ECM detects that the signal voltage of
DTC P2133: Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/Switch "F" Circuit accelerator pedal position sensor 1 is higher than 1.2V, and the
High signal voltage of electronic accelerator pedal position sensor
2 is lower than 0.3V.
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description
(FTB) P2133: Signal voltage of accelerator pedal position sensor 2 is
higher than 4.8V.
22
"F" Circuit High P2138, P2140: Depress the accelerator pedal respectively
under idling condition and any other conditions to make it in
DTC P2138: Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/Switch "D"/"E" each position, ECM compares the difference value between
Voltage Correlation voltage output signals of pedal sensor 1 and 2 with the
Failure Type Byte specified value, and this DTC is set when it is beyond the
Failure Description range set by ECM.
(FTB)
Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/Switch Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
29
"D"/"E" Voltage Correlation DTC P2127, P2128, P2132, P2133 and P2140 are Category-13
DTCs.
DTC P2140: Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/Switch "E"/"F"
Voltage Correlation DTC P2138 is a Category-6 DTC.
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description
(FTB) DTC P2127, P2128, P2132, P2133 and P2140 are Category-13
DTCs.
29
"E"/"F" Voltage Correlation DTC P2138 is a Category-6 DTC.
Circuit/System Description Failure Cause
There are two potentiometers in the accelerator pedal • Relevant circuit failure.
module acting as sensors, their resistance value will vary • Connector failure or poor fitting.
with the position changes of the electronic accelerator • Accelerator pedal failure.
pedal, while ECM can response precisely to the movement
V1.0 156
• ECM failure. • Terminal 1 of BD019 and Terminal 30 of EM058B
Reference Information • Terminal 2 of BD019 and Terminal 36 of EM058B
Reference Circuit Information • Terminal 3 of BD019 and Terminal 37 of EM058B
Engine Management System (3) • Terminal 4 of BD019 and Terminal 45 of EM058B
Reference Connector End View Information • Terminal 5 of BD019 and Terminal 7 of EM058B
BD019, EB058B • Terminal 6 of BD019 and Terminal 59 of EM058B
Reference Electrical Information If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection open circuit/high resistance.
harness connector BD019 of accelerator pedal module
1. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, and confirm or terminals of harness connector EM058B of ECM and
no other DTCs of ECM except P2127, P2128, P2132, the ground is infinite:
P2133, P2138 and P2140 are set.
• Terminal 1 of BY019
If other ECM DTCs are set, diagnose them first.
2. Place the ignition switch to "ON" position, confirm
whether parameters "Accelerator Pedal Request",
"Accelerator Pedal Request 1" and "Accelerator Pedal • Terminal 4 of BY019
Request 2" in the real-time display of the scan tool are far • Terminal 5 of BY019
higher or lower than rational temperature range.
3. Place the ignition switch to "ON" position, and confirm
"Accelerator Pedal Sensor 1 Voltage Original Value" and
"Accelerator Pedal Sensor 1 Voltage Original Value" in • Terminal 30 of EM058B
the real-time display of the scan tool. When performing • Terminal 36 of EM058B
the following tests, observe the parameters of sensor
signal 1 and 2:
a. Quickly depress the accelerator pedal from
stationary position to wide open throttle position, • Terminal 59 of EM058B
and then release the pedal. Repeat this procedure If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
for several times. short to ground.
b. Slowly depress accelerator pedal to wide open 5. Connect the battery negative cable, test if the voltage
throttle position, and then let pedal return to closed between the following terminals of harness connector
throttle position gradually. Repeat this procedure BD019 of accelerator pedal module or terminals of
for several times. Parameters shall change up and harness connector EM058B of ECM and the ground is 0V:
down regularly. • Terminal 1 of BY019
If it is not displayed as expected, go to "Circuit/System • Terminal 2 of BY019
Test".
Circuit/System Test
the battery negative cable. • Terminal 7 of EM058B
2. Disconnect harness connector BD019 of accelerator • Terminal 30 of EM058B
pedal module and harness connector EM058 of ECM. • Terminal 36 of EM058B
harness connector BD019 of accelerator pedal module
and the terminals of harness connector EM058B of • Terminal 45 of EM058B
corresponding ECM is less than 5Ω: • Terminal 59 of EM058B
V1.0 157

short to battery.

accelerator pedal module.
Service Guideline
(ECM)".
V1.0 158
DTC P2228: Barometric Pressure Circuit Low Failure Cause
Failure Description
(FTB)
19 Barometric Pressure Circuit Low • Ambient pressure sensor failure.
DTC P2229: Barometric Pressure Circuit High • ECM failure.

Failure Type Byte
Failure Description Reference Circuit Information
(FTB)
1F Barometric Pressure Circuit High Engine Management System (5)
DTC P2230: Barometric Pressure Circuit Intermittent
EM013, EM058B
Failure Type Byte
(FTB)
Barometric Pressure Circuit
00
Intermittent Circuit/System Test
00 Barometric Pressure Circuit 1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
Intermittent the battery negative cable.
Circuit/System Description 2. Disconnect the harness connector EM013 of the ambient

pressure sensor.
The boost control solenoid valve receives the duty ratio
information sent by ECM to adjust the boost pressure of the
turbocharger. The greater the duty ratio, the higher the boost 4. Test if the resistance between terminals of harness
pressure. connector EM013 of ambient pressure sensor and
terminals of harness connector sensor EM058B of
When the engine runs with medium or small loads, the
boost control solenoid valve controls the diaphragm-type
bypass valve to lead the exhaust gas in the exhaust pipe into • Terminal 1 of EM013 and Terminal 19 of EM058B
the bypass pipeline, and the boost pressure is extremely • Terminal 2 of EM013 and Terminal 47 of EM058B
small at the moment; when the engine accelerates or runs
in high speed with large loads, the boost control solenoid
valve controls the diaphragm-type bypass valve to reduce the If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
bypass opening in the exhaust pipe, exhaust gas flows into the open circuit/high resistance.
turbocharger and the boost pressure rises at the moment. 5. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
Conditions for Running DTCs harness connector EM013 of ambient pressure sensor or
terminals of harness connector sensor EM058B of ECM
• Engine speed is higher than 600rpm.
and the ground is infinite:
• At least 10s since starting is completed.
P2228: System detects that the atmospheric pressure sensor
voltage is low. • Terminal 3 of EM013
P2229: System detects that the atmospheric pressure sensor • Terminal 19 of EM058B
voltage is high. • Terminal 47 of EM058B
P2230: System detects that the atmospheric pressure sensor • Terminal 60 of EM058B
voltage fails. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set short to ground.
DTC P2228, P2229 and P2230 are Category-5 DTCs. 6. Connect the battery negative cable, test if the voltage
V1.0 159
EM013 of ambient pressure sensor or terminals of

harness connector sensor EM058B of ECM and the
ground is 0V:

short to battery.

Service Guideline
(ECM)".
V1.0 160
P300B Service Guideline
DTC Description • Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Intake and
DTC P300B: Engine Torque Control Adaption at Limit Exhaust System - NSE 1.5T" - "Electronic Throttle".
Failure Type Byte • Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Fuel Control
Failure Description System - NSE" - "Engine Control Module (ECM)".
(FTB)
Engine Torque Control Adaption at
00 to the Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
Limit
Circuit/System Description (ECM)".
Electronic throttle actuator motor of engine control module
provides variable voltage to control the throttle to rotate to
a specified angle. Engine control module detects signals of
throttle position sensor 1 and sensor 2 so as to determine
throttle position.
System detects that the electronic throttle safety monitoring
torque limit function fails.
DTC P300B is Category-6 DTC.
DTC P300B is Category-6 DTC.
Failure Cause
• Electronic throttle unmatched or self-learning error.
• ECM failure.
no DTCs except DTC P300B are set.
2. If only DTC P300B is set, match the ECM with the

electronic throttle and perform electronic throttle
self-learning.
3. After the DTCs are read and cleared, confirm that DTC
P300B is not set.
If the DTC is reset, replace the electronic throttle, and

match the ECM with the electronic throttle.
4. Again read the DTC and clear it, confirm that DTC
P300B is not set.
5. If the DTC has been reset, test/replace the ECM.
V1.0 161
Engine Engine Manifold & Exhaust
Engine Manifold & Exhaust

DTC Category
List
DTC
Category
O2 Sensor Heater Contr. Circ.（Bank 1 Sensor 上游氧传感器加热控制电路断
P0030 13 ON 3
1）路
O2 Sensor Heater Contr. Circ.（Bank 1 Sensor 上游氧传感器加热控制电路对
P0031 11 ON 3
1） Low 地短路
O2 Sensor Heater Contr. Circ.（Bank 1 Sensor 上游氧传感器加热控制电路对
P0032 12 ON 3
1） High 电源短路
O2 Sensor Heater Contr. Circ.（Bank 1 Sensor 下游氧传感器加热控制电路断
P0036 13 ON 3
2）路
O2 Sensor Heater Contr. Circ.（Bank 1 Sensor 下游氧传感器加热控制电路对
P0037 11 ON 3
2） Low 地短路
O2 Sensor Heater Contr. Circ.（Bank 1 Sensor 下游氧传感器加热控制电路对
P0038 12 ON 3
2） High 电源短路
P0053 1B O2 Sensor Heater Resistance（Bank 1 Sensor 1）上游氧传感器加热内阻不合理 ON 3
P0054 1B O2 Sensor Heater Resistance（Bank 1 Sensor 2）下游氧传感器加热内阻不合理 ON 3
P0130 29 O2 Sensor Circ.，Bank 1-Sensor 1 Malfunction 上游氧传感器电路信号故障 ON 3
上游氧传感器信号电路电压过
P0131 16 O2 Sensor Circ.，Bank 1-Sensor 1 Low Voltage ON 3
低
上游氧传感器信号电路电压过
P0132 17 O2 Sensor Circ.，Bank 1-Sensor 1 High Voltage ON 3
高
P0133 26 O2 Sensor Circ.，Bank 1-Sensor 1 Slow Response 上游氧传感器老化 ON 3
O2 Sensor Circuit No Activity Detected Bank 1 上游氧传感器老化-信号持续偏
25 ON 3
Sensor 1 稀
P0134
O2 Sensor Circuit No Activity Detected Bank 1 上游氧传感器老化-信号持续偏
26 ON 3
Sensor 1 浓
P0136 29 O2 Sensor Circ.，Bank 1-Sensor 2 Malfunction 下游氧传感器电路信号故障 ON 3
下游氧传感器信号电路电压过
P0137 16 O2 Sensor Circ.，Bank 1-Sensor 2 Low Voltage ON 3
低
下游氧传感器信号电路电压过
P0138 17 O2 Sensor Circ.，Bank 1-Sensor 2 High Voltage ON 3
高
下游氧传感器老化-信号持续偏
23 O2 Sensor Circuit Slow Response Bank 1 Sensor 2 ON 3
浓
P0139
下游氧传感器老化-信号持续偏
24 O2 Sensor Circuit Slow Response Bank 1 Sensor 2 ON 3
稀
Catalyst System ， Bank 1 Efficiency Below
P0420 00 三元催化器储氧能力老化 ON 3
Threshold
leakage detection upstream the throttle valve 增压器至节气门上游间管路漏
00 ON 3
（mini leakage）气（小漏气）
P1297
leakage detection upstream the throttle valve 增压器至节气门上游间管路漏
22 ON 3
（huge leakage）气（大漏气）
V1.0 162
Engine Manifold & Exhaust Engine
DTC
Category
Turbocharger/Supercharger Bypass Valve –
P2261 18 增压器泄流阀故障 ON 3
Mechanical
P2A00 29 上游氧传感器信号不合理 ON 3
Sensor 1
P2A01 29 下游氧传感器信号不合理 ON 3
Sensor 2
*Note:
during the running.
V1.0 163
Circult Diagram
Circuit Diagram
（4）
Engine Management System（）
V1.0 164
Connector Information Engine Control Module EM058B
Front Oxygen Sensor EM018

1 HS CAN H
1 12V Power Supply
5 Main Relay
Front Oxygen Sensor
2 Non-continuous Power
Heater 15
Supply
3 Oxygen Sensor Ground
4 Oxygen Sensor Signal 16
Supply
Rear Oxygen Sensor EM057 17 HS CAN L
20 12V Voltage
35 Ignition Voltage
63 Ground
64 Ground
Engine Control Module EM058C

1 12V Power Supply
2 Rear Oxygen Sensor Heater
3 Oxygen Sensor Ground
4 Oxygen Sensor Signal

69
(Exhaust)
V1.0 165
Pin No. Pin Information Pin No. Pin Information

78 Throttle Position Sensor 2 86 Throttle Ground
84 Speed Sensor Ground 96 Engine Speed Sensor Input
Ground of Coolant/Oil 103 Oil Temperature Sensor
85
Temperature Sensor 107 Throttle 5V Power
V1.0 166
Diagnostic Information and Procedure and outside the ceramic tube is low, the electric potential
P0030, P0031, P0032, P0053 difference is low, only a few of oxygen ions move from inside
DTC Description to outside and the output voltage is low (approximate to
100mV).
DTC P0030: HO2S Heater Control Circuit (Bank 1 Sensor 1)
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description • The engine operates for more than 100s.
(FTB)
• ECMIt detects that the current heater resistance is
HO2S Heater Control Circuit (Bank 1
13 higher than threshold (about 2,500Ω).
Sensor 1)
DTC P0031: HO2S Heater Control Circuit Low (Bank 1 P0030: ECM detects that sensor heater control circuit is
Sensor 1) break circuit.
Failure Type Byte P0031: ECM detects that the sensor heater control circuit is
Failure Description
HO2S Heater Control Circuit Low
11 P0032: ECM detects that the sensor heater control circuit is
(Bank 1 Sensor 1)
short to battery.
DTC P0032: HO2S Heater Control Circuit High (Bank 1 P0053: ECM detects that the current heater resistance is
Sensor 1) higher than threshold (about 2,500Ω).
Failure Description
(FTB) DTC P0030, P0031, P0032, and P0053 are Category-3 DTCs.
HO2S Heater Control Circuit High Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
12
(Bank 1 Sensor 1)
DTC P0030, P0031, P0032, and P0053 are Category-3 DTCs.
DTC P0053: HO2S Heater Resistance (Bank1 (1) Sensor 1) Failure Cause
Failure Description
(FTB) • Connector failure or poor fitting.
HO2S Heater Resistance (Bank1 (1) • Front oxygen sensor failure.
1B
Sensor 1) • ECM failure.
Circuit/System Description Reference Information
The oxygen sensor is applied to measure the oxygen content Reference Circuit Information
in engine exhaust to determine if the oil and air are burnt Engine Management System (4)
completely. The electronic controller implements the
closed-loop control aiming at excessive air coefficient λ =
1 according to the information to ensure that three-way EM018, EM058C
catalytic converters have high conversion efficiency in such Reference Electrical Information
three kinds of pollutant as HC, CO and NOx in the exhaust.
Its sensing element is a ceramic tube, the inner surface and
Circuit/System Test
outer surface of which are contacted with exhaust gas and
ambient air respectively. When the sensing ceramic tube 1. Check fuse FL1, EF26 for fusing.
temperature reaches 350℃, it will have the property of solid 2. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
electrolyte. With this property, the concentration difference the battery negative cable.
of oxygen is turned to electric potential difference so as to
3. Disconnect the harness connector EM018 of the front
form electric signal output. If the air mixture is richer, the
oxygen sensor.
concentration difference of oxygen inside and outside the
4. Carry out component test on front oxygen sensor.
ceramic tube is high, the electric potential difference is high, a
large amount of oxygen ions move from inside to outside and If the test fails, replace the front oxygen sensor.
the output voltage is high (approximate to 900mV); if the air
5. Connect the battery negative cable, and place the ignition
mixture is thin, the concentration difference of oxygen inside
V1.0 167
6. Test if the voltage between terminal 1 of harness Service Guideline

connector EM018 of the front oxygen sensor and the
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for • Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Fuel Control
open circuit/high resistance. System - NSE" - "Engine Control Module (ECM)".
7. Put the ignition switch in "OFF" position, disconnect the • Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
battery negative cable, and disconnect harness connector to the Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
EM058C of the ECM. Fuel Control System - NSE" - "Engine Control Module
8. Test if the resistance between terminal 2 of harness (ECM)".
connector EB018 of the front oxygen sensor and terminal
73 of harness connector EM058C of the ECM is less
than 5Ω.


harness connector EM018 of front oxygen sensor or
terminals of harness connector EM058C of ECM and the
ground is infinite:

short to ground.

EM018 of front oxygen sensor or terminals of harness

short to battery.

Component Test
2. Disconnect the harness connector EM018 of the front
oxygen sensor, remove the front oxygen sensor, allow it
to cool down at room temperature till it achieves the
room temperature.
3. With a digital multimeter, test if the resistance between
the terminal 1 and 2 of the front oxygen sensor is around
15-20Ω.
If the heater resistance value is not within the specified

range, replace the front oxygen sensor.
V1.0 168
P0036, P0037, P0038, P0054 difference is low, only a few of oxygen ions move from inside
DTC Description to outside and the output voltage is low (approximate to
100mV).
DTC P0036：HO2S Heater Control Circuit (Bank 1 Sensor
1) Conditions for Running DTCs
Failure Type Byte • The engine operates for more than 100s.
Failure Description
(FTB) • Current exhaust temperature is in the diagnosis range
HO2S Heater Control Circuit (Bank 1 (300～500℃).
13
Sensor 1) Conditions for Setting DTCs
DTC P0037: HO2S Heater Control Circuit Low (Bank 1 P0036: ECM detects that sensor heater control circuit is break
Sensor 2) circuit.
Failure Type Byte P0037: ECM detects that the sensor heater control circuit is
Failure Description
HO2S Heater Control Circuit Low P0038: ECM detects that the sensor heater control circuit is
11
(Bank 1 Sensor 1) short to battery.
DTC P0038: HO2S Heater Control Circuit High (Bank 1 P0054: ECM detects that the current heater resistance is
Sensor 2) higher than threshold (about 2,500Ω).
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description
(FTB) DTC P0036, P0037, P0038, and P0054 are Category-3 DTCs.
HO2S Heater Control Circuit High Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
12
(Bank 1 Sensor 2) DTC P0036, P0037, P0038, and P0054 are Category-3 DTCs.
DTC P0054: HO2S Heater Resistance (Bank 1 (1) Sensor 2) Failure Cause

Failure Description
HO2S Heater Resistance (Bank 1 (1) • Rear oxygen sensor failure.

1B
Sensor 2) • ECM failure.

The oxygen sensor is applied to measure the oxygen content
in engine exhaust to determine if the oil and air are burnt Engine Management System (4)
completely. The electronic controller implements the Reference Connector End View Information
closed-loop control aiming at excessive air coefficient λ =
EM057, EM058B
1 according to the information to ensure that three-way
catalytic converters have high conversion efficiency in such Reference Electrical Information
three kinds of pollutant as HC, CO and NOx in the exhaust. Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
Its sensing element is a ceramic tube, the inner surface and Circuit/System Test
ambient air respectively. When the sensing ceramic tube 1. Check fuse FL1, EF26 for fusing.
temperature reaches 350℃, it will have the property of solid 2. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
electrolyte. With this property, the concentration difference the battery negative cable.
of oxygen is turned to electric potential difference so as to 3. Disconnect the harness connector EM057 of rear oxygen
form electric signal output. If the air mixture is richer, the sensor.
concentration difference of oxygen inside and outside the 4. Carry out component test on rear oxygen sensor.
large amount of oxygen ions move from inside to outside and If the test fails, replace the rear oxygen sensor.
the output voltage is high (approximate to 900mV); if the air 5. Connect the battery negative cable, and place the ignition
mixture is thin, the concentration difference of oxygen inside switch in "ON" position.
and outside the ceramic tube is low, the electric potential
V1.0 169
6. Test if the voltage between terminal 1 of harness Service Guideline

connector EB057 of the rear oxygen sensor and the
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for • Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Fuel Control
open circuit/high resistance. System - NSE" - "Engine Control Module (ECM)".
7. Put the ignition switch in "OFF" position, disconnect • Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
the battery negative cable, and disconnect the harness to the Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
connector EM058B of the ECM. Fuel Control System - NSE" - "Engine Control Module
8. Test if the resistance between the terminal 2 of harness (ECM)".
connector EB057 of rear oxygen sensor and terminal 48
of the engine control module harness connector EM058B
is less than 5Ω.


of harness connector EM057 of rear oxygen sensor or
ground is infinite:

short to ground.

EM057 of rear oxygen sensor or terminals of harness
connector EM058B of ECM and the ground is 0V:

short to battery.

Component Test
2. Disconnect the harness connector EM057 of rear oxygen
sensor, remove the rear oxygen sensor, cool the oxygen
sensor at room temperature, and wait until the sensor
temperature drops to room temperature.
3. With a digital multimeter, test whether the resistance
between the rear oxygen sensor terminal 1 and terminal
2 is around 15-20Ω.
If the heater resistance value is not within the specified

range, replace the rear oxygen sensor.
V1.0 170
P0130, P0131, P0132, P0133, P0134, P2A00 catalytic converters have high conversion efficiency in such
DTC Description three kinds of pollutant as HC, CO and NOx in the exhaust.
DTC P0130: O2 Sensor Cir.. Bank 1-Sensor 1 Malfunction Its sensing element is a ceramic tube, the inner surface and
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description ambient air respectively. When the sensing ceramic tube
(FTB)
temperature reaches 350℃, it will have the property of solid
O2 Sensor Cir.. Bank 1-Sensor 1 electrolyte. With this property, the concentration difference
29
Malfunction of oxygen is turned to electric potential difference so as
to form electric signal output. If the mixture is rich, the
DTC P0131: O2 Sensor Cir.. Bank 1-Sensor 1 Low Voltage
concentration difference of oxygen inside and outside the
Failure Type Byte ceramic tube is high, the electric potential difference is high,
Failure Description
(FTB) a large amount of oxygen ions move from inside to outside
O2 Sensor Cir.. Bank 1-Sensor 1 Low and the output voltage is high (approximate to 900mV); if the
16 mixture is thin, the concentration difference of oxygen inside
Voltage
and outside the ceramic tube is low, the electric potential
DTC P0132: O2 Sensor Cir.. Bank 1-Sensor 1 High Voltage difference is low, only a few of oxygen ions move from inside
to outside and the output voltage is low (approximate to
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description 100mV).
(FTB)
O2 Sensor Cir.. Bank 1-Sensor 1 High
17 P0130, P0131, P0133, P0134, P2A00:
Voltage
• System voltage is within the normal range.
DTC P0133: O2 Sensor Cir.. Bank 1-Sensor 1 Slow Response
• The engine operates for more than 100s.
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description P0132:
(FTB)
• Battery voltage is greater than 10.98V.
O2 Sensor Cir.. Bank 1-Sensor 1 Slow
26 • Engine speed is above 25rpm.
Response
• Target Lamda =1.
DTC P0134: O2 Sensor Circuit No Activity Detected Bank 1 • Exhaust temperature is below 800℃.
Sensor 1
Failure Type Byte Conditions for Setting DTCs
Failure Description
(FTB)
P0130:
O2 Sensor Circuit No Activity
25 • ECMIt detects that front oxygen sensor resistance is
Detected Bank 1 Sensor 1
higher than 20KΩ.
O2 Sensor Circuit No Activity • ECMIt detects that upstream oxygen sensor voltage is
26
Detected Bank 1 Sensor 1 between 0.401～0.602V.
DTC P2A00: O2 Sensor Circuit Range/Performance Bank 1 P0131: ECM detects that front oxygen sensor output voltage
Sensor 1 is lower than 0.06V.
Failure Type Byte P0132: ECM detects that front oxygen sensor output voltage
Failure Description
(FTB) is greater than 1.2V.
O2 Sensor Circuit Range/Performance P0133, P0134: ECM detects that filtered front oxygen sensor
29
Bank 1 Sensor 1 signal period is greater than threshold (3s).
Circuit/System Description P2A00:

The oxygen sensor is applied to measure the oxygen content • ECMIt detects that front oxygen sensor voltage display
in engine exhaust to determine if the oil and air are burnt is in high or low range (0.06～0.401V or 0.602～1.08V)
completely. The electronic controller implements the for a long time.
closed-loop control aiming at excessive air coefficient λ = • ECMIt detects the voltage of rear oxygen sensor
1 according to the information to ensure that three-way exceeds the normal range of 0.1～0.9V.
V1.0 171
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set 5. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
of harness connector EM018 of front oxygen sensor
DTC P0130, P0131, P0132, P0133, P0134 and P2A00 are
and the terminals of harness connector EM058C of
Category-3 DTCs.
DTC P0130, P0131, P0132, P0133, P0134 and P2A00 are
Category-3 DTCs.
harness connector EM018 of front oxygen sensor or
• Front oxygen sensor failure. terminals of harness connector EM058C of ECM and the
• ECM failure. ground is infinite:
Reference Circuit Information • Terminal 4 of EM018
Engine Management System (4) • Terminal 80 of EM058C
Reference Connector End View Information • Terminal 104 of EM058C
EM018, EM058C If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
Reference Electrical Information short to ground.
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection 7. Connect the battery negative cable, test if the voltage
Circuit/System Check EM018 of front oxygen sensor or terminals of harness
1. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, and connect connector EM058C of ECM and the ground is 0V:
the scan tool. • Terminal 3 of EM018
2. Read and save the failure freeze frame information, and • Terminal 4 of EM018
confirm that there is no oxygen sensor heater control
circuit DTC.
If there is relevant oxygen sensor heater control circuit
DTC, service this DTC first.
short to battery.
3. If the vehicle "Circuit/System Test" succeeds, operate the
vehicle under the conditions for running DTC. Confirm
that the DTC is not reset. Component Test
4. When engine runs at idle speed, observe the "Upstream 1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
Oxygen Sensor Voltage" and "Upstream Oxygen Sensor the battery negative cable.
Original Voltage" parameters in real-time display of the 2. Disconnect the harness connector EM018 of the front
scan tool. The reading shall fluctuate within 0.1 - 0.9V. oxygen sensor, remove the front oxygen sensor, allow it
to cool down at room temperature till it achieves the
If the reading does not change as expected or remains
room temperature.
unchanged, go to "Circuit/System Test".
3. Using digital multimeter, test if the resistance between
Circuit/System Test
terminal 3 and 4 of the front oxygen sensor is around
1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect 15-20Ω.
If the resistance value of signal circuit is not within the
2. Disconnect the harness connector EM018 of the front specified range, replace the front oxygen sensor.
oxygen sensor.
Service Guideline
3. Carry out component test on front oxygen sensor.
If the test fails, replace the front oxygen sensor. System - NSE" - "Oxygen Sensor".
4. Disconnect the harness connector EM058C of ECM. • Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Fuel Control
V1.0 172
(ECM)".
V1.0 173
P0136, P0137, P0138, P0139, P2A01 as to form electric signal output. If the air mixture is richer,
DTC Description the concentration difference of oxygen inside and outside the
DTC P0136: O2 Sensor Circuit Bank 1 Sensor 2
large amount of oxygen ions move from inside to outside and
Failure Type Byte the output voltage is high (approximate to 900mV); if the air
Failure Description
(FTB) mixture is thin, the concentration difference of oxygen inside
29 O2 Sensor Circuit Bank 1 Sensor 2 and outside the ceramic tube is low, the electric potential
difference is low, only a few of oxygen ions move from inside
DTC P0137: O2 Sensor Circuit Low Voltage Bank 1 Sensor 2 to outside and the output voltage is low (approximate to
100mV).
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description
(FTB) Conditions for Running DTCs
O2 Sensor Circuit Low Voltage Bank 1 P0136, P0137, P0139, P2A01:
16
Sensor 2 • System voltage is within the normal range.
DTC P0138: O2 Sensor Circ.. Bank 1-Sensor 2 High Voltage
P0138:
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description • Battery voltage is greater than 10.98V.
(FTB)
• The engine speed is greater than 25rpm.
O2 Sensor Circ.. Bank 1-Sensor 2 High
17 • Target Lamda =1.
Voltage
• Exhaust temperature is below 800℃.
DTC P0139: O2 Sensor Circuit High Voltage Bank 1 Sensor 2
Failure Description
(FTB)
P0136:
O2 Sensor Circuit High Voltage Bank 1
23 • ECMIt detects that rear oxygen sensor resistance is
Sensor 2
higher than 20KΩ.
O2 Sensor Circuit Slow Response
24 • ECMIt detects that downstream oxygen sensor voltage
Bank 1 Sensor 2
is between 0.401～0.602V.
DTC P2A01：O2 Sensor Circuit Range/Performance Bank 1 P0137: ECM detects that rear oxygen sensor output voltage
Sensor 2 is lower than 0.06V.
Failure Type Byte P0138: ECM detects that rear oxygen sensor output voltage
Failure Description
(FTB) is greater than 1.2V.
O2 Sensor Circuit Range/Performance P0139: ECM detects that filtered rear oxygen sensor signal
29
Bank 1 Sensor 2 period is greater than threshold (3s).
Circuit/System Description P2A01:
The oxygen sensor is applied to measure the oxygen content • ECMIt detects that rear oxygen sensor voltage display is
in engine exhaust to determine if the oil and air are burnt in high or low range (0.06～0.401V or 0.602～1.08V) for
completely. The electronic controller implements the a long time.
closed-loop control aiming at excessive air coefficient λ = • ECMIt detects the voltage of rear oxygen sensor
1 according to the information to ensure that three-way exceeds the normal range of 0.1～0.9V.
catalytic converters have high conversion efficiency in such
three kinds of pollutant as HC, CO and NOx in the exhaust.
DTC P0136, P0137, P0138, P0139 and P2A01 are Category-3
Its sensing element is a ceramic tube, the inner surface and DTCs.
ambient air respectively. When the sensing ceramic tube
temperature reaches 350℃, it will have the property of solid DTC P0136, P0137, P0138, P0139 and P2A01 are Category-3
electrolyte. With this property, the concentration difference DTCs.
of oxygen is transformed into electric potential difference, so
V1.0 174
• Connector failure or poor fitting. 6. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
of harness connector EM057 of rear oxygen sensor or
• Rear oxygen sensor failure.
• ECM failure.
ground is infinite:
EM057, EM058B
short to ground.
Circuit/System Check between the following terminals of harness connector
1. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, and connect EM057 of rear oxygen sensor or terminals of harness
the scan tool. connector EM058B of ECM and the ground is 0V:
2. Read and save the failure freeze frame information, and • Terminal 3 of EM057
confirm that there is no oxygen sensor heater control
circuit DTC.
If there is relevant oxygen sensor heater control circuit
DTC, service this DTC first. • Terminal 43 of EM058B
3. If the vehicle "Circuit/System Test" succeeds, operate the If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
vehicle under the conditions for running DTC. Confirm short to battery.
that the DTC is not reset.
4. When engine runs at idle speed, observe "Downstream Component Test
Oxygen Sensor Voltage" and "Downstream Oxygen
Sensor Voltage Original Value" parameters in real-time 1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
display of the scan tool. The reading shall fluctuate within the battery negative cable.
0.1 - 0.9V. 2. Disconnect the harness connector EM057 of rear oxygen
sensor, remove the rear oxygen sensor, cool the oxygen
If the reading does not change as expected or remains
sensor at room temperature, and wait until the sensor
unchanged, go to "Circuit/System Test".
temperature drops to room temperature.
Circuit/System Test
3. With a digital multimeter, test whether the resistance
1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect between the rear oxygen sensor terminal 3 and terminal
the battery negative cable. 4 is around 15-20Ω.
2. Disconnect the harness connector EM057 of rear oxygen If the resistance value of signal circuit is not within the
sensor. specified range, replace the rear oxygen sensor.
3. Carry out component test on rear oxygen sensor. Service Guideline
If the test fails, replace the rear oxygen sensor. • Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Fuel Control
4. Disconnect harness connector EM058B of ECM. System - NSE" - "Oxygen Sensor".
5. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of • Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Fuel Control
harness connector EM057 of rear oxygen sensor and the System - NSE" - "Engine Control Module (ECM)".
terminals of harness connector EM058B of corresponding • Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
ECM is less than 5Ω: to the Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
• Terminal 3 of EM057 and Terminal 43 of EM058B Fuel Control System - NSE" - "Engine Control Module
(ECM)".
V1.0 175
P0420 • Exhaust system leakage failure.

DTC Description • Exhaust system blockage failure.
DTC P0420: Catalyst System Efficiency Below Threshold Bank • Oxygen sensor failure.
1 • Three-way catalytic converter failure.
Failure Description
(FTB) Reference Electrical Information
Catalyst System Efficiency Below Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
00
Threshold Bank 1
Diagnostic Aids
Inspect following conditions that may cause reduced catalytic
Three-way catalytic converter controls emission of converter performance:
hydrocarbon, carbon monoxide and nitrogen oxides.
• Engine misfires.
Catalyst in converter can quicken chemical reaction, oxidize
hydrocarbon and carbon monoxide in exhaust gas. This • Too much engine oil/coolant is consumed.
process converts hydrocarbon and carbon monoxide into • Ignition timing delays.
water vapor and carbon dioxide, and converts nitrogen oxides • Ignition spark is weak.
into nitrogen, so as to reduce the content of nitrogen oxides.
• Mixture is lean.
Catalytic converter also stores oxygen. ECM monitors
• Mixture is rich.
this process with rear oxygen sensor. Rear oxygen sensor
is located in exhaust gas flow behind three-way catalytic • Oxygen sensor or harness is damaged.
converter. Rear oxygen sensor produces an output signal, and The activation treatment to the faulty catalytic converter parts
ECM calculates oxygen storage amount of catalytic converter can be conducted before the diagnosis.
with that signal. This can reflect the capacity of catalyst to
convert exhaust gas effectively. ECM monitors the efficiency of Purpose: To solve problems of catalyst sulfur poisoning and
catalytic converter by heating the catalyst, and then waits for a MIL ON due to fuels for users' vehicles in after-sales service.
period of time when engine is idling. Then, ECM increases or Scope of application: Applicable to cases of catalytic converter
decreases fuel supply when monitoring the rear oxygen sensor. failure alarm, but without obvious ablation, blockage or
When the catalytic converter works normally, the reaction damage.
of rear oxygen sensor to excessive fuel is slower than that
Activation principle: Design a certain driving condition, and
of front oxygen sensor located ahead of three-way catalytic
make catalytic converter stay in the environment of high
converter. When the reaction of rear oxygen sensor is close
temperature and dense exhaust gas, so as to release harmful
to that of front oxygen sensor, oxygen storage capacity and
substance (sulfur) accumulated on catalytic converter and
catalytic converter's efficiency may decrease below acceptable
partly recover oxygen storage performance and catalytic
threshold.
performance of catalytic converter.
Treating process:
Engine is running.
1. Connect the scan tool, read and clear relevant DTCs.
2. Drive on a safe and flat road at a steady speed for
• Average rear oxygen sensor (downstream oxygen more than 10min, and the engine speed shall reach
sensor) signal amplitude corrected by critical catalytic about 4000rpm. Warm up engine fully, and engine water
converter model is greater than 0.71. temperature reaches 90℃.
• The engine operates for more than 70s. 3. After driving at even speed, decelerate to engine speed
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set below 2000rpm; after deceleration, accelerate quickly, and
engine speed reaches about 5000rpm; after acceleration,
keep driving at high speed for 1min, decelerate to engine
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs speed below 2000rpm.
DTC P0420 is a Category-3 DTC. 4. Repeat above quickly-accelerating and decelerating cycle,
Failure Cause running above 20min, the activation treatment is then
completed. For driving safety, it is suggested to shift MT
into 2nd or 3rd gear, or AT into enforced 2nd or 3rd gear.
V1.0 176
5. After the activation treatment, start the engine after a • Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Intake and
15min flameout, driving at a speed of 70Km/h; in 5th gear Exhaust System - NSE 1.5T" - "Rear Muffler Assembly".
for MT or D gear for AT. Avoid the accelerator trembling,
drive at an even speed for about 15min; Start the engine
6min since the flameout (vehicle speed: 70Km/h; gear: MT
5th gear or AT D gear). avoid the accelerator trembling,
and drive at an even speed for about 15min.
6. Read for the DTC, and finish whole inspection process
if there is no such DTC. If the DTC is still available, it
indicates that the catalytic converter aging is serious, and
oxygen storage capacity and catalytic performance can not
be recovered through desulphurization treatment. It is
suggested to replace it.
Circuit/System Test
1. Read DTC information with a scan tool when engine is
idling.
If there are other DTCs, service them first.
2. Confirm that the following conditions do not exist in the
catalytic converter:
• Dent deformation
• A severe discoloration caused by excessive temperatures
• Looseness inside the three-way catalytic converter
• Three-way catalytic converter blockage
If any of the conditions is found, replace the three-way
catalytic converter.
3. Confirm that the following conditions do not exist in
exhaust system:
• Exhaust system leakage
• Exhaust system component is damaged
• Looseness and missing of metal components in exhaust
system
• Oxygen sensor is fitted incorrectly
If any failure is found, repair the exhaust system failure.
4. If physical tests are all normal, start the engine, and read
oxygen sensor parameters with a scan tool.
If the oxygen sensor can work normally, replace the
three-way catalytic converter.
Service Guideline
Exhaust System - NSE 1.5T" - "Front Exhaust Pipe
Assembly".
Exhaust System - NSE 1.5T" - "Middle Muffler Assembly".
V1.0 177
P1297 If it is not within the specified range, repair the faulty

DTC Description manifold absolute pressure sensor.
DTC P1297: Leakage Detection Upstream the Throttle Valve 3. With the engine running at idle mode, read the parameter
of the air flow meter with the scan tool. The parameter
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description of the air flow meter shall be within the specified range.
(FTB)
Leakage Detection Upstream the If it is not within the specified range, refer to the
00 diagnostic procedure "DTC P0101, P0102 and P0103".
Throttle Valve (Mini Leakage)
Circuit/System Test
DTC P1297: Leakage Detection Upstream the Throttle Valve
1. Confirm that the following conditions do not exist:
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description • Intercooler leaks.
(FTB)
• Intercooler air inlet pipe.
Leakage Detection Upstream the
22
Throttle Valve (Huge Leakage) • Electronic throttle air inlet pipe.
Circuit/System Description • Throttle front air inlet pipe becomes loose.
Check the front pipe from the booster air compressor outlet 2. If all tests are normal, test the engine mechanical system.
to the throttle for leak, and ensure that the booster will not Service Guideline
be damaged by high speed or high pressure.
Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Cooling System" -
Conditions for Running DTCs "1.5T Intercooler".
Front throttle leakage results in insufficient intake manifold
pressure, which lasts for 2s.
Failure Cause
• Intercooler leaks.
• Electronic throttle air inlet pipe leaks.
• Intercooler air inlet pipe leaks.
1. Confirm no other DTCs are set.
2. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, and read the

parameter from the manifold absolute pressure sensor
with the scan tool. The pressure of the intake manifold
absolute pressure sensor shall be within the range
specified for your altitude.
V1.0 178
P2261 Circuit/System Test
DTC Description 1. Check for the following conditions, and confirm the
DTC P2261: Turbocharger/Supercharger Bypass Valve - integrity of the turbocharger bleeder valve system.
Mechanical
• Vacuum leakage
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description • Vacuum pipe blockage
(FTB)
• Components of bleeder valve are damaged
Turbocharger/Supercharger Bypass
18
Valve - Mechanical • Vacuum pipes of the turbocharger bypass solenoid, bypass
valve and bypass valve vacuum reservoir are improperly
Circuit/System Description configured or connected.
Open the booster bleeder valve as appropriate can realize
2. If failures have been found, repair the faulty parts. When
backflow of the compressed air and prevent ingress of
necessary, replace relevant components.
excessive air into the air inlet pipe. If the bleeder valve cannot
3. If all circuits are tested normal, test or replace the
work due to blockage, etc, report the booster bleeder valve
turbocharger bleeder valve.
failure so as to avoid engine overload or booster surge.
The ignition switch is in "ON" position or the engine is running.
Failure Cause
• Booster bleeder valve.
• Vacuum leakage.
• Vacuum pipe is blocked.
1. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. Connect and
disconnect the turbocharger bypass solenoid with scan
tool. A "click" will be heard or felt when the instruction
is made.
2. Apply the parking brake, keep the engine running at idle
speed in neutral gear, and keep the throttle wide open by
depressing the accelerator pedal, then release the pedal
immediately to perform the valve sound emitting test on
the throttle off position. If the valve is blocked in the off
position, a quick pulse sound will be heard. There shall
be no abnormal noise.
V1.0 179
Engine Engine Electrical System
Engine Electrical System

DTC Category
List
DTC
Category
P0560 1C System Voltage Malfunction 系统蓄电池电压信号不合理 OFF 5
P0562 16 System Voltage Low Voltage 系统蓄电池电压过低 OFF 5
P0563 17 System Voltage High Voltage 系统蓄电池电压过高 OFF 5
Internal Contr.Module Memory Check Sum 下线配置EEPROM的checksum
P0601 00 ON 3
Error 计算故障
Internal Control Module Random Access
P0604 44 电子控制单元RAM故障 ON 13
Memory (RAM) Error
P0605 45 Internal Contr.Module ROM Test Error 电子控制单元ROM故障 ON 13
电子节气门安全监控功能故障
44 ECM/PCM Processor ON 13
（第二层扭矩监控故障）
45 电子节气门安全监控功能故
ECM/PCM Processor ON 13
障（变形码监控故障）
46 ECM/PCM Processor (第二层节气门体信号监控故 ON 13
障）
(AD转换器监控故障)
(第二层点火角信号监控故障)
P0606 电子节气门安全监控功能故障
(第二层负荷信号监控故障 )
(ECU错误响应监控故障)
（监控模块询问故障）
（监控模块反馈故障）
（监控错误响应故障）
（关闭路径测试故障）
Immo Cipher Key and security PIN not
P1610 51 ECM未进行防盗匹配 OFF 39
programmed
P1611 06 Invalid key input PIN码输入错误 OFF 36
P1613 06 Challenge period expired 未收到防盗器的认证回复 OFF 36
05 Authentication is not OK 收到错误的的防盗器认证回复 OFF 9
P1614 Authenticaiton between Immo and Key is not 防盗器与钥匙认证失败或一直
06 OFF 9
OK 处于Busy
U0073 88 Control Module Communication Bus Off CAN通讯相关诊断 ON 3
V1.0 180
Engine Electrical System Engine
DTC
Category
U0101 87 Lost Communication with TCM ECU与TCU控制模块通讯故障 ON 3
Lost Communication With Brake System ECU与制动系统控制模块通讯
U0129 87 ON 3
Control Module 故障
Lost Communication With Body Control
U0140 87 ECU与BCM控制模块通讯故障 OFF 5
Module
Lost Communication With Restraints
U0151 87 ECU与SRS控制模块通讯故障 OFF 5
Control Module
U0155 87 ECU与IPK控制模块通讯故障 OFF 5
*Note:
during the running.
V1.0 181
Circult Diagram
Circuit Diagram
V1.0 182
(1)
V1.0 183

(2)
V1.0 184
12 Ignition Voltage
Body Control Module CP010B
Passenger Airbag High
15
Voltage
16
Voltage
Passenger Seat Belt
21
Passenger Seat Belt
22
4 Front Washer Switch Pre-tensioner High Voltage
10 Front Wiper Mode Switch 1 Driver Seat Belt
23
28 Front Wiper Reset Signal Pre-tensioner High Voltage
29 Front Wiper Mode Switch 2 Driver Seat Belt

24
38 HS CAN L
Instrument Pack CP018
39 HS CAN H
Airbag Control Unit CP011C

1 12V Voltage
5 Ignition Voltage
12 PDC
1 HS CAN H
19 TPMS
2 HS CAN L
Fuel Level Sensor High
3 Ground 22
Voltage
Left Front Impact Sensor Fuel Level Sensor Low
4 23
High Voltage Voltage
Left Front Impact Sensor 26 HS CAN H
5
Low Voltage
27 HS CAN L
Right Front Impact Sensor
6 28 Acoustic Request
Low Voltage
7
High Voltage
V1.0 185
Diagnostic Interface CP040 Pin No. Pin Information

26 ESP Switch
28 Ignition Voltage
Left Rear Wheel Speed
29
Sensor Signal +
30
Sensor Signal -
33 Speed Signal
Left Front Wheel Speed
35
Sensor Signal +
Pin No. Pin Information Left Front Wheel Speed
36
6 HS CAN H Sensor Signal -
14 HS CAN L Valve and Logical Unit

38
Ground
ABS/SCS Control Module EB012
Engine Control Module EM058B

1 Power Voltage
Right Rear Wheel Speed Pin No. Pin Information
3
Sensor Signal + 1 HS CAN H
Right Rear Wheel Speed 5 Main Relay
4
Sensor Signal -
7 Brake Fluid Level Signal 15
Supply
8 HS CAN L Non-continuous Power
16
9 HS CAN H Supply
Right Front Wheel Speed 17 HS CAN L
10
Sensor Signal + 20 12V Voltage
Right Front Wheel Speed 35 Ignition Voltage
11
Sensor Signal -
63 Ground
13 Pump Motor Ground
64 Ground
25 Valve Power Supply
V1.0 186
Engine Control Module EM058C Pin No. Pin Information
86 Throttle Ground
96 Engine Speed Sensor Input
103 Oil Temperature Sensor
Transmission Control Module GB008

69
(Exhaust)
6 HS CAN L
84 Speed Sensor Ground
14 HS CAN H
85
Temperature Sensor
V1.0 187
Diagnostic Information and Procedure Reference Information

P0560, P0562, P0563 Reference Circuit Information
DTC Description
DTC P0560: System Voltage Malfunction Reference Connector End View Information
Failure Type Byte EM058B, EM058C
Failure Description
(FTB)
1C System Voltage Malfunction
DTC P0562: System Voltage Low Voltage
Failure Type Byte 1. Check fuse EF2, EF11, EF28, EF40, F06 for fusing.
Failure Description
(FTB)
16 System Voltage Low Voltage
a. Connect the scan tool, place the ignition switch in
DTC P0563: System Voltage High Voltage "ON" position. Delete the DTCs after self-diagnosis,
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description b. Check if the battery voltage is normal on the scan
(FTB)
tool: Between 11 ~ 14V.
17 System Voltage High Voltage
3. Component check: Check battery status.
Circuit/System Description If the battery is in normal state, keep the engine speed
ECM can perform A/D conversion for the power supply input above 2,000rpm, check if the alternator can charge
by the battery and determine if the battery voltage is normal. properly. If the output voltage of the alternator is not
Conditions for Running DTCs between 10.6 ~ 15V, check the charging system. Refer to
Service Manual, "Engine Electrical System".
Conditions for Setting DTCs Voltage","Battery Voltage over the Key" and "Battery
P0560: ECM detects that the battery voltage is below 2.5V. Voltage over Main Relay" in real-time display of the scan
tool are within the range of 9～16V.
P0562: ECM detects that the battery voltage is between
2.5V～10.02V, and engine is running for more than 3min since If it is not displayed as expected, go to "Circuit/System
its starting. Test".
Circuit/System Test
P0563:
• ECMIt detects that battery voltage is greater than 17.2V. 1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
• Engine is running for more than 3min since its starting.
2. Remove main relay, and perform component test on main
• Vehicle speed is above 25Km/h.
relay.
3. If the test fails, replace the main relay.
DTC P0560, P0562 and P0563 are Category-5 DTCs. 4. Test if the resistance between terminals of harness
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs connector of the ECM and the ground is less than 5Ω:
DTC P0560, P0562 and P0563 are Category-5 DTCs. • Terminal 63 of EM058B
Failure Cause • Terminal 64 of EM058B
• Relevant circuit failure. • Terminal 111 of EM058C

• Connector failure or poor fitting. • Terminal 112 of EM058C
• Battery failure. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
• Alternator failure. open circuit/high resistance.
• ECM failure. 5. Disconnect harness connector EM058B of ECM.
6. Disconnect the battery negative cable, and test if the
voltage between terminal 30 or 85 of main relay base and
the ground is the battery voltage.
V1.0 188
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for • 30 and 85
• 85 and 87
connector EM058B of ECM and terminal 86 of main relay
relay.
base is less than 5Ω.
5. Fit a jumper wire with 2A fuse between terminal 85 of
main relay and the 12V voltage. Fit a jumper wire between
circuit for break circuit/high resistance.
the main relay terminal 86 and the ground. Test if the
8. Test whether the voltage between terminal 20 of harness resistance between terminal 30 and 87 is less than 5Ω.
connector EB058B of ECM and the ground is battery
voltage.
relay.
Service Guideline
connector EM058B of ECM and the ground is infinite.
(ECM)".
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for • Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
short to ground. to the Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
10. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, and test if the Fuel Control System - NSE" - "Engine Control Module
voltage between terminals of harness connector EM058B (ECM)".
of ECM and the ground is the battery voltage:
connector EM058B of ECM and the ground is infinite.
short to ground.
Component Test
2. Remove the main relay.
main relay is between 60 ~180Ω.
the main relay.
main relay is infinite:
• 30 and 86
• 30 and 87
V1.0 189
P0601, P0604, P0605, P0606 Conditions for Setting DTCs

DTC Description P0601: ECM detects its program failure.
DTC P0601: Internal Contr. Module Memory Check Sum
P0604: ECM detects internal failure.
Error
P0605: ECM detects ROM failure in the module.
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description P0606: ECM detects ROM failure in the module.
(FTB)
Internal Contr. Module Memory Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
00
Check Sum Error DTC P0601 is a Category-3 DTC.
DTC P0604: Internal Control Module Random Access DTC P0604, P0605 and P0606 are Category-13 DTCs.
Memory (RAM) Error Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
Failure Type Byte DTC P0601 is a Category-3 DTC.
Failure Description
(FTB)
Internal Control Module Random Failure Cause
44
Access Memory (RAM) Error
DTC P0605: Internal Contr.Module ROM Test Error • Battery voltage is too low.
Failure Description
(FTB) Reference Information
45 Internal Contr.Module ROM Test Error Reference Electrical Information
DTC P0606: ECM/PCM Processor Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
Failure Type Byte Circuit/System Check

Failure Description
(FTB) The DTC will be saved as a historical DTC, and it will not affect
44 ECM/PCM Processor the module operation. If the DTC is just saved as a historical
DTC rather than being retrieved as the current DTC, then
45 ECM/PCM Processor
there is no need to replace the module.
64 ECM/PCM Processor 2. Confirm that DTC P0601, P0604, P0605 and P0606 are
65 ECM/PCM Processor not set.
66 ECM/PCM Processor If related DTCs have been set, diagnose these DTCs first.
67 ECM/PCM Processor 3. Clear the DTCs, programme and set the ECM.
92 ECM/PCM Processor 4. Confirm that DTC P0601, P0604, P0605 and P0606 are
not set.
94 ECM/PCM Processor If the DTCs have been reset, test/replace the ECM.
Service Guideline
ECMIt includes a electrically erasable and programmable (ECM)".
read-only memory (EEPROM), which is programmed with the • Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
data necessary for starting the engine. During manufacturing, to the Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
ECM receives and stores the vehicle specific security code Fuel Control System - NSE" - "Engine Control Module
from the locking module. In case of internal failures of ECM, (ECM)".
for example, the processor or the drive circuit stops working,
there is no backup system or function of driving during failure.
V1.0 190
P1610 Service Guideline
DTC Description • Refer to Service Manual, "Body System"-"Body Control
DTC P1610: Immo Cipher Key and Security PIN not Module"-"Body Control Module (BCM)".
Programmed • Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
Failure Type Byte Fuel Control System - NSE" - "Engine Control Module
Failure Description (ECM)".
(FTB)
Immo Cipher Key and Security PIN not
51 to the Service Manual, "Body System"-"Body Control
Programmed
Module"-"Body Control Module (BCM)".
Circuit/System Description • Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
ECM and immobilizer module shall verify information mutually, to the Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
the engine can only be started when the verification succeeds. Fuel Control System - NSE" - "Engine Control Module
Verification information is transmitted via CAN bus. (ECM)".
ECM detects that immobilizer system is not matched
successfully.
DTC P1610 is a Category-17 DTCs.
DTC P1610 is a Category-17 DTCs.
Failure Cause
• ECM failure.
• BCM failure.
1. With the engine is off, place the ignition switch in "ON"
position, and confirm DTC P1610 is set.
2. Check if the immobilizer is configured, and if there's
any aftermarket add-on equipment which may affect the
operation of the immobilizer system.
If there's any add-on equipment, remove it first.
3. Check the easily accessible or visible system components
for any obvious damages or faults of the immobilizer
system.
4. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, clear the DTC
information with a scan tool. And set and match the
immobilizer system.
5. Observe the DTC information on the scan tool. Confirm
that DTC P1610 has not been set.
6. If the DTCs have been reset, test/replace the ECM or
BCM, and set and programme the immobilizer system.
V1.0 191
P1611, P1613, P1614 "ON" position, mutual verification will be performed between
DTC Description the engine control module and the body control module.
Engine control module sends verification information to the
DTC P1611: Invalid Key Input
body control module, body control module compares the
Failure Type Byte information after receiving it and sends feedback information
Failure Description
(FTB) to EMS. If the engine is not started when the information
06 Invalid Key Input matching is successful, the engine control module will send
another verification information to the body control module
DTC P1613: Challenge Period Expired every 5s. After the verification information is received by the
BCM, if the BCM sends illegal, random feedback information
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description to the ECM, the ECM will generate DTC P1614. Low battery
(FTB)
voltage, low remote key power, sudden disappearance of the
06 Challenge Period Expired instrument pack power supply or ground may lead to DTC
setting. Confirm the following items:
DTC P1614: Authentication is Not OK
• Battery cable shall be clean and secure, and the battery
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description shall be fully charged, please refer to Service Manual
(FTB)
"General Information" - "Electrical Precautions".
05 Authentication is Not OK
• When the alarm lamp of low remote key power is
Authentication Between Immo and normally on, replace the battery, refer to "Display and
06
Key is not OK Instrument" - "Low Remote Key Power".
Circuit/System Description • ECM ground circuit is open or the its resistance is high.
• ECM power supply is open, short to ground, or its
ECM and immobilizer module shall verify information mutually,
resistance is too high.
the engine can only be started when the verification succeeds.
Verification information is transmitted via CAN bus. 1. With the engine off, place the ignition switch in "ON"
position, and confirm no body control module related
DTCs are set.
If the body control module related DTCs are set,
Conditions for Setting DTCs diagnose these DTCs first.
P1611: PIN code input error. 2. Check if the immobilizer is configured, and if there's
P1613: Immobilizer authentication response is incorrect, and any aftermarket add-on equipment which may affect the
the anti-theft authentication is failed. operation of the immobilizer system.
P1614: Immobilizer authentication response is not received, If there's any add-on equipment, remove it first.
and the anti-theft verification is not passed. 3. Check the easily accessible or visible system components
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set for any obvious damages or faults of the immobilizer
DTC P1611, P1613 and P1614 are Category-36 DTCs. system.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs 4. Connect the scan tool, place the ignition switch in "ON"
position. check the control module for communication
DTC P1611, P1613 and P1614 are Category-36 DTCs. DTCs.
Failure Cause
If related DTCs have been set, diagnose these DTCs first.
• BCM failure.
5. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, clear the DTC
• ECM failure. information with a scan tool. And set and match the
Reference Information immobilizer system.
Reference Electrical Information 6. Observe the DTC information on the scan tool. Confirm
that DTC P1611, P1613 and P1614 have not been set.
If the DTCs have been reset, test/replace the ECM or
BCM, and set and programme the immobilizer system.
Immobilizer is locked by the engine control module before
the engine is started. After placing the ignition switch in
V1.0 192
Service Guideline
(ECM)".
• Refer to Service Manual, "Body System"-"Body Control
(ECM)".
to the Service Manual, "Body System"-"Body Control
V1.0 193
U0073 • Terminal 17 of EM058B and Terminal 14 of CP040

DTC Description If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
DTC U0073: Control Module Communication Bus Off open circuit/high resistance.
Failure Type Byte 4. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
Failure Description
(FTB) of harness connector EM058B of ECM or terminals of
Control Module Communication Bus harness connector CP040 of diagnostic interface and the
88 ground is infinite:
Off
ECM and immobilizer module shall verify information mutually,
the engine can only be started when the verification succeeds. • Terminal 6 of CP040
Verification information is transmitted via CAN bus.
• Terminal 14 of CP040
Place the ignition switch in "ON" position or start the engine. short to ground.
ECMIt detects CANcommunication failure. switch in "ON" position, and test if the voltage between
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set the following terminals of harness connector EM058B
of ECM or terminals of harness connector CP040 of
DTC U0073 is a Category-3 DTC.
diagnostic interface and the ground is between 2 and 3V:
Failure Cause
• Connector failure or poor fitting. • Terminal 14 of CP040
• ECM failure. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
Reference Information short to battery.
Reference Circuit Information 6. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the ECM.
Bus System and Diagnostic Interface -1.5VCT&1.5T (1) Service Guideline
Reference Connector End View Information • Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
CP040, EM058B
(ECM)".
Reference Electrical Information • Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection to the Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
Circuit/System Test
(ECM)".
1. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of HS CAN Network".
If other module tests are normal, continue following

detection procedures.

the battery negative cable, and disconnect the harness
connector EM058B of the ECM.
harness connector EM058B of ECM and terminals of
harness connector CP040 of corresponding diagnostic
interface is less than 5Ω:
• Terminal 1 of EM058B and Terminal 6 of CP040
V1.0 194
U0101 • Terminal 1 of EM058B and Terminal 17/14 of
DTC Description GB006/GB008
DTC U0101: Lost Communication With TCM • Terminal 17 of EM058B and Terminal 7/6 of GB006/GB008
Failure Type Byte If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant
Failure Description
(FTB) circuit for open circuit/high resistance.
87 Lost Communication With TCM 4. Test if the resistance between the terminals of harness
connector EM058B of ECM or the terminals of harness
connector GB006/GB008 of automatic transmission
ECM communicates with the automatic transmission control control unit and the ground is infinite:
module via the HS CAN bus.
• Terminal 1 of EM058B or Terminal 17/14 of GB006/GB008
short to ground.
ECMFailure to communicate with automatic transmission
control module.
switch in "ON" position, and test if the voltage between
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set the terminals of harness connector EM058B of ECM or
DTC U0101 is a Category-3 DTC. the terminals of harness connector GB006/GB008 of
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs automatic transmission control unit and the ground is
between 2 and 3V:
Failure Cause
• Connector failure or poor fit. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
short to battery.
• Automatic transmission control unit failure.
• ECM failure. 6. If all circuits tested are normal, test/replace the ECM or
automatic transmission control unit.
Service Guideline
Bus System and Diagnostic Interface - 1.5VCT & 1.5T (1)
Reference Connector End View Information • Refer to Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle" -
GB006/GB008, EM058B "Transmission/Transaxle - AT" - "Transmission Control
Reference Electrical Information Module (TCM)".
Circuit/System Test System - NSE" - "Engine Control Module (ECM)".
1. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of HS CAN Network". • Replace, programme and set the control module ，
Refer to the Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle" -
If other modules tested are normal, continue the
"Transmission/Transaxle - AT" - "Transmission Control
following procedures.
Module (TCM)".
EM058B of ECM and harness connector GB006/GB008
of automatic transmission control unit.
connector EM058B of ECM and the terminals of harness
connector GB006/GB008 of corresponding automatic
transmission control unit is less than 5Ω:
V1.0 195
U0129 connector CP052 of corresponding ABS/dynamic stability

DTC Description control module is less than 5Ω:
DTC U0129: Lost Communication With Brake System • Terminal 1 of EM058B and Terminal 9 of CP052
Control Module
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant
(FTB)
Lost Communication With Brake
87 4. Test if the resistance between the terminals of harness
System Control Module
connector EM058B of ECM or the terminals of harness
Circuit/System Description connector CP052 of ABS/dynamic stability control
module and the ground is infinite:
communication DTCs are used to indicate the type of the • Terminal 1 of EM058B
CAN communication failure.
ECMFailure to communicate with ABS/dynamic stability
short to ground.
control module.
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set 5. Connect the battery negative cable, place the ignition
DTC U0129 is a Category-3 DTC. the terminals of harness connector EM058B of ECM
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs or the terminals of harness connector CP052 of
DTC U0129 is a Category-3 DTC. ABS/dynamic stability control module and the ground
is between 2 and 3V:
Failure Cause
• Connector failure or poor fit. • Terminal 17 of EM058B
• ABS/dynamic stability control module failure. • Terminal 8 of CP052

• ECM failure. • Terminal 9 of CP052
Reference Circuit Information short to battery.
Bus System and Diagnostic Interface -1.5VCT & 1.5T (1) 6. If all circuits tested are normal, test/replace the ECM or
Reference Connector End View Information ABS/dynamic stability control module.
CP052, EM058B Service Guideline
Reference Electrical Information • Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Fuel Control
• Refer to Service Manual, "Brake System" - "Brake
Circuit/System Check Module" - "ABS Regulator".
1. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of HS CAN Network". If • Replace, programme and set the control module，Refer
other modules tested are normal, continue the following to the Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Fuel Control
procedures. System - NSE" - "Engine Control Module (ECM)".
2. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, disconnect the • Replace, programme and set the control module，Refer
battery negative cable, and disconnect harness connector to the Service Manual, "Brake System" - "Brake Module"
EM058B of ECM and harness connector CP052 of - "ABS Regulator".
ABS/dynamic stability control module.
V1.0 196
U0140 If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
DTC Description open circuit/high resistance.
DTC U0140: Lost Communication With Body Control 4. Test if the resistance between terminals of harness
Module connector EM058B of ECM or terminals of harness
connector CP010B of BCM and the ground is infinite:
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description
(FTB) • Terminal 1 of EM058B
Lost Communication With Body • Terminal 17 of EM058B
87
Control Module
• Terminal 38 of CP010B
ECM communicates with BCM via the HS CAN bus.
Conditions for Running DTCs short to ground.
Place the ignition switch in "ON" position or start the engine. 5. Connect the battery negative cable, place the ignition
Conditions for Setting DTCs switch in "ON" position, and test if the voltage between
terminals of harness connector EM058B of ECM or
ECMIt fails to communicate with BCM.
terminals of harness connector CP010B of BCM and the
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set ground is between 2 and 3V:
Failure Cause
short to battery.
• ECM failure.
• BCM failure. 6. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the ECM or
BCM.
Service Guideline
Bus System and Diagnostic Interface -1.5VCT&1.5T (1) Module"-"Body Control Module (BCM)".
Reference Connector End View Information • Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Fuel Control
EM058B, CP010B System - NSE" - "Engine Control Module (ECM)".
to the Service Manual, "Body System"-"Body Control
Circuit/System Check • Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
1. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of HS CAN Network". to the Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
If other module tests are normal, continue following Fuel Control System - NSE" - "Engine Control Module
detection procedures. (ECM)".

EM058B of ECM and harness connector CP010B of BCM.
connector EM058B of ECM and terminals of harness
connector CP010B of corresponding BCM is less than 5Ω:
• Terminal 1 of EM058B and Terminal 39 of CP010B
• Terminal 17 of EM058B and Terminal 38 of CP010B
V1.0 197
U0151 3. Test if the resistance between the terminals of harness

DTC Description connector EM058B of ECM and the terminals of harness
connector CP011A of airbag control unit is less than 5Ω:
DTC U0151: Lost Communication With Restraints Control
Module • Terminal 1 of EM058B and Terminal 1 of CP011A
Failure Type Byte • Terminal 17 of EM058B and Terminal 2 of CP011A
Failure Description
(FTB)
Lost Communication With Restraints circuit for open circuit/high resistance.
87
Control Module
Circuit/System Description connector EM058B of ECM or the terminals of harness
connector CP011A of airbag control unit and the ground
is infinite:
communication DTCs are used to indicate the type of the
CAN communication failure. • Terminal 1 of EM058B
Conditions for Running DTCs • Terminal 17 of EM058B
Place the ignition switch in "ON" position or start the engine. • Terminal 1 of CP011A
ECMFailure to communicate with airbag control module.
DTC U0151 is a Category-5 DTC. 5. Connect the battery negative cable, place the ignition
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs switch in "ON" position, and test if the voltage between
DTC U0151 is a Category-5 DTC. the terminals of harness connector EM058B of ECM or
the terminals of harness connector CP011A of airbag
Failure Cause
control unit and the ground is between 2 and 3V:
• ECM failure.
• Airbag control module failure. • Terminal 1 of CP011A
Reference Information • Terminal 2 of CP011A
short to battery.
Bus System and Diagnostic Interface - 1.5VCT & 1.5T (1),
Bus System and Diagnostic Interface - 1.5VCT & 1.5T (2) 6. If all circuits tested are normal, test/replace the ECM or
Reference Connector End View Information the airbag control unit.
Service Guideline
EM058B, CP011A
• Refer to Service Manual, "Safety and Protection" - "Airbag
System" - "Airbag Diagnosis and Control Module".
Circuit/System Test System - NSE" - "Engine Control Module (ECM)".
1. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of HS CAN Network". If • Replace, programme and set the control module，Refer
other modules tested are normal, continue the following to the Service Manual, "Safety and Protection" - "Airbag
procedures. System" - "Airbag Diagnosis and Control Module".
2. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, disconnect the • Replace, programme and set the control module，Refer
battery negative cable, and disconnect harness connector to the Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Fuel Control
EM058B of ECM and harness connector CP011A of System - NSE" - "Engine Control Module (ECM)".
V1.0 198
U0155 harness connector CP018 of corresponding instrument
DTC Description pack is less than 5Ω:
DTC U0155: Lost Communication With Instrument Panel • Terminal 1 of EM058B and Terminal 26 of CP018
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant
(FTB)
Lost Communication With Instrument
87 4. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
Panel Cluster (IPC) Control Module
harness connector EM058B of ECM or the terminals of
Circuit/System Description harness connector CP018 of instrument pack and the
ground is infinite:
ECM communicates with controllers via CANbus. The
communication failure codes are used to indicate the failure • Terminal 1 of EM058B
type of CAN communications.
ECMIt fails to communicate with instrument pack.
short to ground.
DTC U0155 is a Category-5 DTC. switch in "ON" position, and test if the voltage between
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs terminals of harness connector EM058B of ECM or
DTC U0155 is a Category-5 DTC. terminals of harness connector CP018 of instrument
pack and the ground is between 2 and 3V:
Failure Cause
• Connector failure or poor fitting. • Terminal 17 of EM058B
• ECM failure. • Terminal 26 of CP018

• Instrument pack failure. • Terminal 27 of CP018
Bus System and Diagnostic Interface -1.5VCT&1.5T (1) 6. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the ECM or
Reference Connector End View Information instrument pack.
CP018, EM058B Service Guideline
Reference Electrical Information • Refer to Service Manual, "Driver Information and

Entertainment" - "Display and Instrument" - "Instrument
Pack".
Circuit/System Test • Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Fuel Control
1. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of HS CAN Network". System - NSE" - "Engine Control Module (ECM)".
If other module tests are normal, continue following • Replace, programme and set the control module,
detection procedures. Refer to the Service Manual, "Driver Information and
2. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, disconnect the Entertainment" - "Display and Instrument" - "Instrument
battery negative cable, and disconnect harness connector Pack".
EM058B of ECM and harness connector CP018 of • Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
instrument pack. to the Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
3. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of Fuel Control System - NSE" - "Engine Control Module
harness connector EM058B of ECM and terminals of (ECM)".
V1.0 199
V1.0 200
Transmission-4AT Transmission
Transmission-4AT
DTC Category
List
Failure
DTC FTB English Description Chinese Description Level*
P0218 00 ATF High ATF Temperature Warning 变速器油液过热 Ⅰ
P0562 00 Battery Voltage Low voltage 蓄电池电压过低 Ⅰ
P0563 00 Battery Voltage High voltage 蓄电池电压过高 Ⅰ
P0601 00 Flash ROM Internal check sum 变速器控制模块内部校验和错误 Ⅰ
Non volatile memory （ EEPEOM ） Internal
P0603 00 变速器控制模块内部KAM错误 Ⅰ
check sum
P0604 00 Random access memory Read / write error 变速器控制模块内部RAM读/写错误 Ⅰ
Selector position switch GND short/Open
P0705 00 空挡起动开关对地短路（无信号） Ⅱ
（No signal）
Selector position switch B+ short （ Multi
P0706 00 空挡起动开关对电源短路（多位置信号） Ⅱ
position signal）
P0711 00 Oil temperature sensor Stick 油液温度传感器信号卡滞 Ⅱ
P0712 00 Oil temperature sensor GND short 油液温度传感器对地短路 Ⅱ
P0713 00 Oil temperature sensor B+ short / Open 油液温度传感器对电源短路/断路 Ⅱ
Input revolution sensor Electrical Failure（B+ 输入速度传感器电气故障（对电源短路/对
P0715 00 Ⅱ
short / GND short / Open）地短路/断路）
P0717 00 Input revolution sensor No pulse 输入速度传感器无脉冲 Ⅱ
Output revolution sensor / Electrical Failure 输出速度传感器电气故障（对电源短路/对
P0720 00 Ⅰ
（B+ short / GND short / Open）地短路/断路）
P0722 00 Output revolution sensor No pulse 输出速度传感器无脉冲 Ⅰ
Shift solenoid Functional Failure（SLU）ON 锁止离合器控制电磁阀（SLU）功能故障打
P0742 00 Ⅰ
stuck 开位置卡滞
Shift solenoid Functional Failure （ S1 ） MIN
P0751 00 换挡电磁阀（S1）功能故障最小压力卡滞 Ⅰ
pressure stuck
Shift solenoid Functional Failure（SLC1）MIN 换挡控制电磁阀（SLC1）功能故障最小压
P0761 00 Ⅰ
pressure 力卡滞
Shift solenoid Functional Failure （ SLC1 ）换挡控制电磁阀（SLC1）功能故障最大压
P0762 00 Ⅰ
MAX pressure 力卡滞
Shift solenoid Functional Failure （ SLC2 ）换挡控制电磁阀（SLC2）功能故障最大压
P0767 00 Ⅰ
P0826 00 Manual switch Out of service 手动换挡模式开关电路故障 Ⅰ
P0867 00 Complete neutral 完全空挡 Ⅰ
P0973 00 Shift solenoid（S1）GND short 换挡电磁阀（S1）对地短路 Ⅱ
P0974 00 Shift solenoid（S1）B+ short / Open 换挡电磁阀（S1）对电源短路/断路 Ⅱ
Linear solenoid （ SLC1 ） Feedback current 换挡控制电磁阀（SLC1）反馈电流信号卡
P0978 00 Ⅱ
Stick 滞
P0979 00 Linear solenoid（SLC1）GND short 换挡控制电磁阀（SLC1）对地短路 Ⅱ
P0980 00 Linear solenoid（SLC1）B+ short 换挡控制电磁阀（SLC1）对电源短路 Ⅱ
V1.0 201
Transmission Transmission-4AT
Failure
DTC FTB English Description Chinese Description Level*
Linear solenoid （ SLC2 ） Feedback current 换挡控制电磁阀（SLC2）反馈电流信号卡
P0981 00 Ⅱ
Stick 滞
P0982 00 Linear solenoid（SLC2）GND short 换挡控制电磁阀（SLC2）对地短路 Ⅱ
P0983 00 Linear solenoid（SLC2）B+ short 换挡控制电磁阀（SLC2）对电源短路 Ⅱ
Linear solenoid （ SLB1 ） Feedback current
P0997 00 换挡控制电磁阀（SLB1）反馈电流信号卡滞 Ⅰ
Stick
P0998 00 Linear solenoid（SLB1）GND short 换挡控制电磁阀（SLB1）对地短路 Ⅰ
P0999 00 Linear solenoid（SLB1）B+ short 换挡控制电磁阀（SLB1）对电源短路 Ⅰ
No engine brake（SLC1 MIN or SLC2 MIN or 无发动机制动（SLC1最小或SLC2最小或SLU
P1731 00 Ⅰ
SLU MIN）最小）
15 EMOP B+ short 电磁油泵（EMOP）对电源短路 Ⅱ
11 EMOP GND short 电磁油泵（EMOP）对地短路 Ⅱ
P1897 16 EMOP Low voltage supply for EMOP control 电磁油泵（EMOP）输入电压过低 Ⅱ
17 EMOP High voltage supply for EMOP control 电磁油泵（EMOP）输入电压过高 Ⅱ
00 EMOP B+ short/Open 电磁油泵（EMOP）短路/开路 Ⅱ
09 EMOP/nFunctional failure of EMOP 电磁油泵（EMOP）功能故障 Ⅱ
P1899
00 EMOP Functional failure of EMOP 电磁油泵（EMOP）功能故障 Ⅱ
Shift solenoid Functional Failure（SLB1）MIN 换挡控制电磁阀（SLB1）功能故障最小压
P2707 00 Ⅰ
pressure 力卡滞
Shift solenoid Functional Failure （ SLB1 ）换挡控制电磁阀（SLB1）功能故障最大压
P2708 00 Ⅰ
Linear solenoid （ SLU ） Feedback current 锁止离合器控制电磁阀（SLU）反馈电流信
P2762 00 Ⅰ
Stick 号卡滞
P2763 00 Linear solenoid（SLU）B+ short 锁止离合器控制电磁阀（SLU）对电源短路 Ⅰ
P2764 00 Linear solenoid（SLU）GND short 锁止离合器控制电磁阀（SLU）对地短路 Ⅰ
U0001 00 CAN BUS OFF CAN总线通信故障 Ⅰ
U0100 00 Lost communication with EMS 丢失与ECM的通信 Ⅰ
U0121 00 Lost communication with ABS/DSC 丢失与ABS/DSC的通信 Ⅰ
U0140 00 Lost communication with BCM 丢失与BCM的通信 Ⅰ
U0155 00 Lost communication with IPK 丢失与组合仪表的通信 Ⅰ
U1562 17 Battery voltage is too high 蓄电池电压过高 Ⅰ
U1563 16 Battery voltage is too low 蓄电池电压过低 Ⅰ
*Note:
Description of Failure Level:

• Ⅰ: Stop and Repair Immediately
• Ⅱ: Drive Carefully to a 4S Store for Repair
• Ⅲ: Repair as Soon as Possible
• Ⅳ: No Repair or Repair on the Date of Maintenance
V1.0 202
Circult Diagram
Circuit Diagram
4-speed Gear Automatic Transmission -TCU (1)
V1.0 203

(1)
V1.0 204
(2)
V1.0 205
Connector Information ABS/SCS Control Module EB012


4 Front Washer Switch 1 Power Voltage
10 Front Wiper Mode Switch 1 Right Rear Wheel Speed
3
28 Front Wiper Reset Signal Sensor Signal +
29 Front Wiper Mode Switch 2 Right Rear Wheel Speed

4
Sensor Signal -
38 HS CAN L
7 Brake Fluid Level Signal
39 HS CAN H
8 HS CAN L
9 HS CAN H
Right Front Wheel Speed
10
Sensor Signal +
11
Sensor Signal -
26 ESP Switch
28 Ignition Voltage
1 12V Voltage 29
Sensor Signal +
5 Ignition Voltage
30
12 PDC Sensor Signal -
19 TPMS 33 Speed Signal
22 Fuel Level Sensor High Left Front Wheel Speed
35
Voltage Sensor Signal +
23 Fuel Level Sensor Low Left Front Wheel Speed
36
Voltage Sensor Signal -
26 HS CAN H Valve and Logical Unit
38
27 HS CAN L Ground
28 Acoustic Request
V1.0 206
Engine Control Module EM058B Pin No. Pin Information
Pressure Control Solenoid
4
(SLB1) (+)
5
(SLC2) (+)
6
(SLC1) (+)
Oil Temperature Sensor
7
(OT) (-)
8 EMOP (-)
Lockup Clutch Control
9
Solenoid (SLU) (-)
Pin No. Pin Information 10 Shift Solenoid Valve (S1)
1 HS CAN H Pressure Control Solenoid
11
5 Main Relay (SLB1) (-)
Non-continuous Power Pressure Control Solenoid
15 12
Supply (SLC2) (-)
Non-continuous Power Pressure Control Solenoid
16 13
Supply (SLC1) (-)
17 HS CAN L Gear Selection Switch GB002
20 Power Voltage
35 Ignition Voltage
63 Ground
64 Ground
Transmission Solenoid Valve GB001

1 R Gear
2 Power
3 W Gear
4 ST (+)
Pin No. Pin Information 5 ST (-)
Oil Temperature Sensor 6 P Gear
1
(OT) (+)
7 D Gear
2 EMOP (+)
9 N Gear
3
Solenoid (SLU) (+)
V1.0 207
Output Shaft Speed Sensor GB004 Pin No. Pin Information

1 Ground (-)
2
(SLB1) (-)
3
Solenoid (SLU) (-)
4
(SLB1) (+)
5
Solenoid (SLU) (+)
6 Ignition Power
7 HS CAN L
1 Vehicle Speed Sensor (SP) 11
(OT) (+)
(+)
2 Vehicle Speed Sensor (SP) (-) 12 (OT) (-)
15 EMOP (+)
Input Shaft Speed Sensor GB005
16 Shift Solenoid Valve (S1)
17 HS CAN H
19
(SLC2) (-)
21
(SLC2) (+)
22
(SLC1) (+)
23 Ground (-)
24 Battery Voltage
Pin No. Pin Information Automatic Transmission Control Module GB007

Input Speed Sensor (NC2)
1
(+)
Input Speed Sensor (NC2)
2
(-)
Automatic Transmission Control Module GB006

1 R Gear
5 Vehicle Speed Sensor (SP) (-)
V1.0 208
Input Speed Sensor (NC2) Input Speed Sensor (NC2)
6 16
(-) (+)
7 D Gear 19 W Gear
8 N Gear 20 P Gear
9 MS 21 MS+
Vehicle Speed Sensor (SP) 22 MS-
14
(+)
V1.0 209
Diagnostic Information and Procedure • Transmission oil temperature sensor failure.

P0218 • Automatic transmission control unit failure.
DTC Description Reference Information
DTC P0218: Transmission Fluid Over Temperature Condition Reference Circuit Information
Failure Type Byte 4-speed Gear Automatic Transmission -TCU (1)
Failure Description
(FTB)
Transmission Fluid Over
00 GB001, GB006
Temperature Condition
The automatic transmission oil temperature sensor provides
transmission oil temperature signal for the transmission Circuit/System Check
control unit (automatic transmission control unit). The 1. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position.
transmission control unit provides 5V reference voltage
2. Test if there are any other DTCs except DTC P0218
signal for the sensor. The automatic transmission oil
with scan tool, if there are any other DTCs, diagnose
temperature sensor is a variable resistor measuring the
them first.
transmission oil temperature change, and also a thermistor or
Circuit/System Test
a temperature-dependent resistor. The sensor applies negative
temperature coefficient. It indicates that the resistance valve 1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position.
decreases with the increase of the temperature, and vice 2. Disconnect harness connector GB001A of the
versa. In accordance with the temperature difference between transmission solenoid valve.
the engine coolant temperature sensor and the automatic
3. Perform component test on the oil temperature sensor
transmission oil temperature sensor, the transmission control
of transmission.
unit determines whether the temperature is within their
allowable working ranges. If a failure is found in the component test, replace the
valve body harness assembly.
4. Disconnect harness connector GB006A of automatic
transmission control unit.
• The ignition voltage is between 10.2V and 15.5V.
5. Test if the resistance between the following terminals is
• Not in overhaul mode. less than 5Ω:
• Reading EEPROM is completed. • Terminal 1 of GB001A and Terminal 11 of GB006A
• Engine speed is above 400rpm. • Terminal 7 of GB001A and Terminal 12 of GB006A
• Engine speed is normal.
• If bus is in off state, the engine control module has no circuit for break circuit or high resistance.
communication = no failure is detected in this item.
6. Test if the resistance between the following terminals and
• Oil temperature sensor has no failure. the ground is infinite:
Conditions for Setting DTCs • Terminal 1 of GB001A
The signal value of oil temperature sensor is greater than • Terminal 7 of GB001A
155℃ for more than 10s.
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set circuit for short to battery.
Transmission MIL illuminates. 7. Test if the voltage between the terminals and the ground
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs are 0V:
• The signal value of oil temperature sensor is greater than • Terminal 1 of GB001A
0℃ and less than 150℃ for more than 10s. • Terminal 7 of GB001A
• Oil temperature sensor failure is not detected. If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant
Failure Cause circuit for short to battery.
• Relevant circuit failure. 8. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the automatic
V1.0 210
Component Test
2. Disconnect harness connector GB001A of the
transmission solenoid valve.
3. Test if the resistance of the transmission oil temperature
sensor is the specified value as shown in the following
table.
Temperature (℃) Resistance (KΩ)

10 5.62～7.30
110 0.224～0.271
If it is not within the specified range, replace the valve

body harness assembly.
Service Guideline
• Refer to Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle" -
"Transmission/Transaxle - 4AT" - "Service Guideline" -
"Automatic Transmission Oil - Fill".
"Transmission Control Module (TCM)".
"Valve Body Assembly".
• Replace, programme and set the control module,
Refer to Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle" -
V1.0 211
P0562, P0563, U1562, U1563 U0562: It detects that the power supply voltage is higher than
DTC Description 16V for more than 20,000ms.
DTC P0562: Battery Voltage Low Voltage U0563: It detects that the power supply voltage is lower than
9V for more than 20,000ms.
Failure Type Byte
(FTB)
00 Battery Voltage Low Voltage P0562, U1562:
• Engine MIL illuminates.

DTC P0563: Battery Voltage High Voltage
• Transmission MIL illuminates.
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description • Limp home mode 5.
(FTB)
P0563, U1563:
00 Battery Voltage High Voltage
DTC U1562: Battery Voltage is too High
Failure Type Byte • Limp home mode 3.
Failure Description
(FTB)
U1562 ： The power supply voltage returns to the normal
DTC U1563: Battery Voltage is too Low range. Power supply voltage is lower than 15.5V for more
than 1s.
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description U1563: The power supply voltage returns to the normal range.
(FTB)
Power supply voltage is greater than 9.5V for more than 1s.
16 Battery Voltage Low Voltage
P0562, P0563: It is detected that the battery voltage is within
Circuit/System Description 9～16V for more than 20s.
Automatic transmission control unit continuously monitors Failure Cause
the system voltage of ignition switch voltage circuit. If
the system voltage is below the normal value, then the
transmission solenoid may not be operated in a correct • Alternator failure.
manner. Abnormal solenoid valve operation may result in • Battery failure.
unsteady transmission running, which may lead to internal • Automatic transmission control unit.
damage. The DTCs can be used to detect high or low Reference Information
transmission control unit voltage for an extended period.
4-speed Automatic Transmission - TCU (1)
• Not in overhaul mode.
• Engine input speed is greater than 400rpm for 2s. GB006
• Input speed sensor failure is not detected. Reference Electrical Information

• Engine speed is greater than 400rpm for 2s. Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
• Engine speed failure is not detected. Circuit/System Check
• No communication shutoff failure is detected.
1. With the engine running and the other accessories OFF,
• Lost communication with engine control module failure measure and record the voltage of the battery terminal
is not set. with a digital multimeter. The voltage shall be between
Conditions for Setting DTCs 12.6 and 15.0V.
U1562: It detects that the power supply voltage is higher than 2. If it is not within the specified range or the charging
16V for more than 1s. indicator is on, repair the engine charging system failure.
U1563: It detects that the power supply voltage is lower than

Circuit/System Test
9V for more than 1s. 1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position.
V1.0 212
2. Disconnect harness connector GB006 of the automatic
3. Test if the resistance between terminal 1 and 23 of
harness connector GB006 of ground circuit automatic
transmission control unit and ground is less than 5Ω
respectively.

circuit for break circuit or high resistance.

5. Test the power supply circuit with test lamp, connect the
test lamp to the terminal 6 and 24 of harness connector
GB006 of automatic transmission and the ground, and
observe if the test lamp illuminates.
If the test lamp does not illuminates, test the relevant

harness for short or open circuit/high resistance.
6. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the automatic

Service Guideline
V1.0 213
P0601, P0603, P0604 P0603:

DTC Description • Engine MIL illuminates.
DTC P0601: Flash ROM Internal Check Sum • Transmission MIL illuminates.
Failure Description
(FTB)
P0601: The first checksum calculation execution after the
00 Flash ROM Internal Check Sum correct initialization is detected.
DTC P0603: Non Volatile Memory (EEPEOM) Internal Check P0603, P0604: No failure is detected in the initialization
Sum function.
Failure Cause
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description
(FTB) Automatic transmission control module failure.
Non Volatile Memory (EEPEOM) Reference Information

00
Internal Check Sum Reference Circuit Information
DTC P0604: Random Access Memory Read/Write Error 4-speed Automatic Transmission - TCU (1)
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description
(FTB) GB006
Random Access Memory Reference Electrical Information
00
Read/Write Error Basic Methods of Circuit Test
Internal failure of the automatic transmission control unit is 1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position.
detected.
Conditions for Running DTCs transmission control unit.
P0601, P0604: 3. Test the ground circuit of automatic transmission control
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. unit, and test if the resistance between terminal 1 and 23
• The system voltage is between 10.2 and 15.5V. of harness connector GB006 of automatic transmission
control unit and ground is less than 5Ω.
• The automatic transmission control unit is out of service.
If it exceeds the specified range, test the relevant circuit
P0603:
for the open circuit/high resistance.
5. Test the automatic transmission control unit power
• Not in emergency mode.
circuit with test lamp, respectively connect the test lamp
Conditions for Setting DTCs between the terminal 6 and 24 of the harness connector
P0601: It is detected that the calculated checksum is not GB006 of automatic transmission control unit and the
consistent with that stored correctly in the flash memory. ground, and observe if the test lamp illuminates.
P0603: It is detected that the writing value and the reading If the test lamp does not illuminate, test the automatic
value are not consistent during the initialization check of all transmission control unit power circuit for open
RAM procedures. circuit/high resistance.
P0604: It is detected that the calculated checksum in RAM and 6. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace automatic
that in the EEPROM are not consistent. transmission control unit.
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set Service Guideline
P0601, P0604: • Refer to Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle" -

• Limp home mode 3. Refer to Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle" -
V1.0 214
V1.0 215
P0705, P0706 • Not in service mode.

DTC Description • Reading EEPROM is completed.
DTC P0705: Selector Position Switch GND Short/Open (No Conditions for Setting DTCs
Signal) P0705: The transmission gear sensor circuit signal is not
Failure Type Byte detected, which lasts for more than 30s.
Failure Description
(FTB)
P0706: 2 or more transmission gear sensor circuit signals are
Selector Position Switch GND detected, which lasts for more than 5*1s.
00
Short/Open (No Signal) Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
DTC P0706: Selector Position Switch B+ Short (Multi Position • Engine MIL comes on.
Signal) • Transmission failure lamp comes on.
Failure Type Byte • Limp Home Mode 3.
Failure Description
(FTB) Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
Selector Position Switch B+ Short • The transmission gear sensor detects "D" gear signal,
00
(Multi Position Signal) which lasts for above 20ms.
Circuit/System Description • The transmission gear sensor detects "Except D" gear
signal, which lasts for above 20ms.
The neutral start switch is located on the gear selection shaft
Failure Cause
on the top of the transmission. The automatic transmission
control unit receives the voltage output provided by neutral • Relevant circuit failure.
start switch and informs which gear is selected by the driver, • Gear selection switch failure.
and the automatic transmission control unit confirms the gear
shift lever position by monitoring the 6 groups of contacts on
the neutral start switch. Each group of contacts respectively
corresponds to one of 6 positions of the shift lever. Only one Reference Circuit Information
group of contacts always supplies battery voltage to automatic 4th Gear Automatic Transmission - TCU (3)
transmission control unit, and automatic transmission control
unit monitors the output of this switch. The electric input of Reference Connector End View Information
the neutral start switch is supplied by the fuse F08 in the engine GB002, GB007
compartment fuse box. Reference Electrical Information
P0705:
• The ignition voltage is between 10.2V and 15.5V. the following data displayed on the scan tool in real time:
• Not in service mode.
• Selection gear switch P
• Reading EEPROM is completed.
• Selection gear switch R
• Engine speed is above 400rpm.
• Engine speed is normal. • Selection gear switch N
• If bus is in off state, the engine control module no • Selection gear switch D
communication = the no failure is detected.
• Selection gear switch W
• Limp home mode is not applied.
2. Select the transmission shift in sequence, and confirm that
• Vehicle speed is greater than 30km/h.
“ current gear" displayed on the scan tool is consistent
• Output rotation sensor failure is not detected. with actual gear selection.
P0706: 3. After performing the above steps, operate the vehicle
under the conditions for running DTCs to confirm
that the DTC is not reset. If the vehicle passes the
• The ignition voltage is between 10.2V and 15.5V. "Circuit/System Check" test, stop it. Do not carry
V1.0 216
out "Circuit/System Test", otherwise it may lead to • Terminal 6 of GB002
unnecessary component replacement.
• Terminal 7 of GB002
Circuit/System Test
1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, test if the fuse
F08 is blown, if the fuse is blown, test relevant circuit If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
for short to ground. short to battery.
2. Disconnect the battery negative cable, and disconnect 9. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, and test if the
the harness connector GB002 of gear selection switch. voltage between terminal 2 of harness connector GB002
3. Perform a test for the neutral start switch component. of gear selection switch and the ground is 12V.
If the component test is failed, replace the neutral start If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant
switch. circuit for break circuit or short to ground.
4. Refer to Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle" - 10. If all circuits tested are normal, test/replace the automatic
"Transmission/Transaxle - 4AT" - "Service Guideline" - transmission control unit.
"Neutral Start Switch - Check and Adjustment". Service Guideline
5. Disconnect harness connector GB007 of automatic • Refer to Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle" -
transmission control unit. "Transmission/Transaxle - 4AT" - "Neutral Start Switch".
6. Test if the resistance between the terminals of harness • Refer to Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle" -
connector GB002 of gear selection switch and the "Transmission/Transaxle - 4AT" - "Neutral Start Switch -
terminals of harness connector GB007 of the automatic Check and Adjustment".
• Terminal 1 of GB002 and Terminal 1 of GB007 "Transmission/Transaxle - 4AT" - "Transmission Control
• Terminal 3 of GB002 and Terminal 19 of GB007 Module (TCM)".
• Replace, programme and set the control module ，
• Terminal 6 of GB002 and Terminal 20 of GB007
If it is not within the specified range, test for break circuit

or high resistance.
connector GB002 of gear selection switch or the
terminals of harness connector GB007 of the automatic
transmission control unit and the ground is infinite:
short to ground.
between the terminals of harness connector GB002
of gear selection switch or the terminals of harness
connector GB007 of the automatic transmission control
unit and the ground is 0V:
V1.0 217
P0711, P0712, P0713 • Oil temperature sensor power supply/short to ground

DTC Description and open circuit are not detected.
DTC P0711: Oil Temperature Sensor Stick • It is not in Limp Home Mode.
Failure Type Byte P0712:

Failure Description
(FTB) • Place the ignition switch in "ON" position.
00 Oil Temperature Sensor Stick • The ignition voltage is between 10.2V and 15.5V.
DTC P0712: Oil Temperature Sensor GND Short
Failure Type Byte
(FTB)
00 Oil Temperature Sensor GND Short
DTC P0713: Oil Temperature Sensor B+ Short/Open • Not in service mode.
Failure Type Byte • Reading EEPROM is completed.
Failure Description
(FTB) • Engine speed is above 400rpm.
Oil Temperature Sensor B+ • Engine speed is normal.
00
Short/Open • Bus is off, and ECM is free of communication failure.
Circuit/System Description • The engine operates for more than 1min continuously.
The automatic transmission oil temperature sensor provides • It is not in Limp Home Mode.
transmission oil temperature signal for the transmission Conditions for Setting DTCs
control unit (automatic transmission control unit). The P0711: The control module default fails to identify that the
transmission control unit provides 5V reference voltage oil temperature sensor does not vary with the engine water
signal for the sensor. The automatic transmission oil temperature.
temperature sensor is a variable resistor measuring the
transmission oil temperature change and also a thermistor or a • Oil temperature is less than 20℃.
temperature-dependent resistor. The sensor applies negative • The gear is in P, R or N.
temperature coefficient. It indicates that the resistance valve • Vehicle speed is greater than 40km/h.
decreases with the increase of the temperature, and vice • |Oil temperature AD value - oil temperature temporary
versa. In accordance with the temperature difference between AD value| is less than 10.
the engine coolant temperature sensor and the automatic
• |Oil temperature basic AD value - oil temperature
transmission oil temperature sensor, the transmission control
temporary AD value| is less than 10, which lasts for
unit determines whether the temperature is within their
more than 10 minutes.
allowable working ranges.
Conditions for Running DTCs P0712: Input AD value is less than 10 (oil temperature is
greater than 200℃), which lasts for more than 6*10s.
P0711:
P0713: Input AD value is greater than 1,010 (oil temperature
is less than -55℃), which lasts for more than 12*1s.
• Engine MIL comes on.
• Transmission failure lamp comes on.
• Bus is off, and ECM is free of communication failure. • Input AD value is between 41 and 605 (oil temperature
is between 20℃ and 150℃).
• Oil temperature sensor input AD value is between 10 and
1,010 (oil temperature is between -55℃ and 200℃). • It is detected that the oil temperature variation is greater
than +10 (-10) (AD value) after initialization.
• Gear selection switch failure is not detected.
Failure Cause
V1.0 218
• Transmission oil temperature sensor failure. • Terminal 11 of GB006
• Automatic transmission control unit failure. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
Reference Information short to ground.
Reference Circuit Information 6. Connect the battery negative cable, and test if the voltage
4th Gear Automatic Transmission - TCU (1) between the terminals of harness connector GB001
of transmission solenoid or the terminals of harness
GB001, GB006 unit and the ground is 0V:
Reference Electrical Information • Terminal 1 of GB001
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection • Terminal 7 of GB001
Circuit/System Check • Terminal 12 of GB006
1. Check the oil level of transmission to confirm it is normal. • Terminal 11 of GB006
2. Allow the engine to run at idle speed under normal
temperature, and confirm if the "Automatic Transmission
short to battery.
Oil Temperature (OT1 Sensor)" parameter displayed on
the scan tool varies between -40 ~ 171℃. 7. If all circuits tested are normal, test/replace the automatic
3. Drive the vehicle at the speed of about 60km/h for 10
min. Confirm that the oil temperature of automatic Component Test
transmission displayed in the scan tool in real time 1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position.
changes over 2℃, so as to confirm the sensor is not
2. Disconnect harness connector GB001 of the transmission
locked.
solenoid valve.
Circuit/System Test
3. Test if the resistance of the transmission oil temperature
1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, disconnect sensor is the specified value as shown in the following
battery negative cable, and disconnect harness connector table.
GB00A of transmission solenoid.
Temperature (℃) Resistance (KΩ)
2. Perform component test on the oil temperature sensor
components of transmission. 10 5.62～7.30
If the component test is failed, replace the valve body 110 0.224～0.271
harness assembly.
body harness assembly.
Service Guideline
connector GB001 of transmission solenoid and the • Refer to Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle" -
terminals of harness connector GB006 of the automatic "Transmission/Transaxle - 4AT" - "Transmission Control
transmission control unit is less than 5Ω: Module (TCM)".
• Terminal 1 of GB001 and Terminal 11 of GB006 • Refer to Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle" -

"Transmission/Transaxle - 4AT" - "Valve Body Assembly".
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for Refer to the Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle" -
open circuit/high resistance. "Transmission/Transaxle - 4AT" - "Transmission Control
5. Test if the resistance between the terminals of harness Module (TCM)".
connector GB001 of transmission solenoid or the
V1.0 219
P0715, P0717 • Shift solenoid (S1) power supply/short to ground and

DTC Description open circuit are not detected.
DTC P0715: Input Revolution Sensor Electrical Failure (B+ • Linear solenoid (SLC1, SLC2 and SLB1) power
Short/GND Short/Open) supply/short to ground, open circuit, and feedback
current blockage are not detected.
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description • Input shaft speed sensor power supply/short to ground
(FTB)
and open circuit are not detected.
Input Revolution Sensor Electrical
00 Conditions for Setting DTCs
Failure (B+ Short/GND Short/Open)
P0715: Input A/D value is less than 45 (0.206V) or input A/D
DTC P0717: Input Revolution Sensor No Pulse value is greater than 545 (2.727V) which lasts for 10*100ms.
Failure Type Byte P0717: It is detected that there is no pulse signal of output
Failure Description
(FTB) shaft speed sensor when 500*38 times of pulse signal of input
00 Input Revolution Sensor No Pulse shaft speed sensor are detected.
Input shaft speed sensor (NC2) is a Hall-effect sensor. The
reluctance distribution ring on the clutch drum C1 will rotate • Transmission failure lamp comes on.
when the hydraulic torque converter drives the input shaft. • Limp Home Mode 3.
When passing through the input sensor, each gear will generate Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
signal and send it to the automatic transmission control unit.
The input shaft speed is greater than 300rpm, which lasts for
The automatic transmission control unit converts the square
more than 70s.
signal into speed.
Failure Cause
P0715:
• Input shaft speed sensor failure.
4th Gear Automatic Transmission - TCU (1)
P0717:
GB005, GB007
• Not in service mode. Reference Electrical Information
• Reading EEPROM is completed. Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection

• Engine speed is above 400rpm. Circuit/System Check
• Engine speed is normal. 1. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, confirm that
• Bus is off, and ECM is free of communication failure. the "Input Shaft Speed" parameter in real-time display of
• Limp home mode is not applied and the gear is placed in the scan tool is within the normal range.
D or W. 2. Drive the vehicle at a speed of 16~32km/h, and confirm
• Gear selection switch failure is not detected. that the "Input Shaft Speed" parameter displayed on the
• Not in shifting. scan tool vary with vehicle speed and not lower than the
specified range.
• Not in C1 close control.
3. After performing the above steps, operate the vehicle
• Current gear is above 2nd gear.
• Output shaft speed sensor failure is not detected. that the DTC is not reset. If the vehicle passes the
• Output shaft speed is above 300rpm. "Circuit/System Check" test, stop it. Do not carry
out "Circuit/System Test", otherwise it may lead to
unnecessary component replacement.
V1.0 220
Circuit/System Test 3. Test if the resistance between terminal 1 and 2 of harness
connector GB005 of input shaft speed sensor is between
800 and1,000Ω.
connector GB005 of input shaft speed sensor. If it is not within the specified range, replace the input
2. Carry out component test on the input shaft speed shaft speed sensor.
sensor. Service Guideline
If the test is failed, replace the input shaft speed sensor. • Refer to Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle" -
3. Disconnect harness connector GB007 of automatic "Transmission/Transaxle - 4AT" - "Input Speed Sensor".
transmission control unit. • Refer to Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle" -
4. Test if the resistance between the terminals of harness "Transmission/Transaxle - 4AT" - "Transmission Control
connector GB005 of input shaft and the terminals of Module (TCM)".
harness connector GB007 of the automatic transmission • Replace, programme and set the control module ，
control unit is less than 5Ω: Refer to the Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle" -
"Transmission/Transaxle - 4AT" - "Transmission Control
Module (TCM)".
connector GB005 of input shaft or the terminals of
harness connector GB007 of the automatic transmission
control unit and the ground is infinite:
short to ground.
connector GB005 of input shaft or the terminals of
control unit and the power supply is infinite:
short to battery.
7. If all circuits tested above are normal, test/replace
Component Test
2. Disconnect harness connector GB005 of the input shaft
speed sensor.
V1.0 221
P0720, P0722 • Input shaft speed sensor failure is not detected.

DTC Description • Output shaft speed is above 300rpm.
DTC P0720: Output Revolution Sensor/Electrical Failure (B+ • Shift solenoid (S1) power supply/short to ground and
Short/GND Short/Open) open circuit are not detected.
Failure Type Byte • Linear solenoid (SLC1, SLC2 and SLB1) power
Failure Description supply/short to ground, open circuit, and feedback
(FTB)
current blockage are not detected.
Output Revolution Sensor/Electrical
00 • Output shaft speed sensor power supply/short to ground
Failure (B+ Short/GND Short/Open)
DTC P0722: Output Revolution Sensor No Pulse Conditions for Setting DTCs
Failure Type Byte P0720: Input A/D value is less than 45 (0.206V) or input A/D
Failure Description
(FTB) value is greater than 545 (2.727V) which lasts for 10*100ms.
00 Output Revolution Sensor No Pulse P0722: It is detected that there is no pulse signal of input shaft
speed sensor when 500*13 times of pulse signal of input shaft
speed sensor are detected.
Output shaft speed sensor (OSS) is a Hall-effect sensor.
The output shaft speed sensor is fitted on the automatic
transmission housing assembly, and the sensor signal is P0720:
generated by the sensor teeth passing through the reluctance • Engine MIL comes on.
distribution ring of the parking gear. The automatic
transmission control unit converts the square signal into
speed. The sensor signal enables TCM to monitor the • Limp Home Mode 3.
transmission state. TCM handles the signals and compares P0722:
them with the data stored in the memory. If these signals are
not in the range of parameters stored in TCM, TCM will
adjust the operation of the transmission through the actuator, • Transmission failure lamp comes on.
to provide the optimal driveability and other performances. • Limp Home Mode 2.
Conditions for Running DTCs Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
P0720: The output shaft speed is greater than 300rpm, which lasts for
more than 70s.
Failure Cause
• Not in service mode. • Relevant circuit failure.
• Reading EEPROM is completed. • Output shaft speed sensor failure.

P0722:
• The ignition voltage is between 10.2V and 15.5V. Reference Circuit Information
• Not in service mode. 4th Gear Automatic Transmission - TCU (1)
• Reading EEPROM is completed. Reference Connector End View Information

GB004, GB007
• Bus is off, and ECM is free of communication failure. Reference Electrical Information
• Limp home mode is not applied and the gear is placed in Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
D or W.
• Gear selection switch failure is not detected.
1. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, confirm that
• Not in shifting.
the "Output Shaft Speed" parameter in real-time display
• Not in C1 close control.
of the scan tool is within the normal range.
V1.0 222
2. Drive the vehicle at a speed of 16~32km/h, and confirm If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
that the "Output Shaft Speed" parameter displayed on the short to battery.
scan tool vary with vehicle speed and not lower than the
8. If all circuits tested above are normal, test/replace
specified range.
3. After performing the above steps, operate the vehicle
Component Test
that the DTC is not reset. If the vehicle passes the 1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position.
"Circuit/System Check" test, stop it. Do not carry 2. Disconnect harness connector GB004 of the output shaft
out "Circuit/System Test", otherwise it may lead to speed sensor.
unnecessary component replacement. 3. Test if the resistance between terminal 1 and 2 of
Circuit/System Test harness connector GB004 of output shaft speed sensor
is between 800 and1,000Ω.
the battery negative cable. If it is not within the specified range, replace the output
2. Disconnect harness connector GB004 of the output shaft shaft speed sensor.
speed sensor. Service Guideline
3. Carry out component test on the output shaft speed • Refer to Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle" -
sensor. "Transmission/Transaxle - 4AT" - "Speed Sensor".
If the test is failed, replace the output shaft speed sensor. • Refer to Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle" -
4. Disconnect harness connector GB007 of automatic "Transmission/Transaxle - 4AT" - "Transmission Control
transmission control unit. Module (TCM)".
5. Test if the resistance between the terminals of harness • Replace, programme and set the control module ，
connector GB004 of output shaft and the terminals of Refer to the Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle" -
harness connector GB007 of the automatic transmission "Transmission/Transaxle - 4AT" - "Transmission Control
control unit is less than 5Ω. Module (TCM)".

connector GB004 of output shaft or the terminals of
connector GB004 of output shaft or the terminals of
control unit and the power supply is infinite:
V1.0 223
P0742 Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs

DTC Description |Engine speed-input shaft speed| is greater than 100rpm, which
DTC P0742: Shift Solenoid Functional Failure (SLU) ON Stuck lasts for more than 2s.

Failure Description
(FTB) • Lock-up clutch control solenoid Valve (SLU) is defective.
Shift Solenoid Functional Failure • Automatic transmission control unit failure.
00
(SLU) ON Stuck • Automatic transmission mechanical failure.
The lock-up clutch control solenoid valve SLU is fitted on the Reference Electrical Information
valve body, and it linearly controls the operating pressure of Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
clutch in the hydraulic torque converter based on the engine
speed, throttle opening, input speed sensor (NC2) signal Circuit/System Check
and output speed sensor (SP) signal so as to realize lock-up 1. Drive the vehicle when the calculated opening of the
control. As a failure protection function, when any lock-up throttle is above 8%, and make sure that the torque
clutch control solenoid valve SLU is abnormal, TCM can cut converter is commanded to be engaged and disengaged
off the current to the solenoid valve. for at least 5 times.
Conditions for Running DTCs 2. Perform "Hydraulic Pressure Test". Refer to
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle" -
"Hydraulic Pressure Test".
3. Check the state of the transmission oil.
4. Observe whether the DTC exists with the scan tool
• Engine speed is above 400rpm. again. If the DTC still exists, go to "Circuit/System Test".
• Engine speed is normal. 5. If other DTCs exist, service them first.
• Bus is off, and ECM is free of communication failure. Circuit/System Test
• Not in shifting.
• 8s after shifting to gear selector switch D or W.
2. Perform "Hydraulic Pressure Test".
• The engine torque is above 60Nm.
3. Refer to Service Manual, "Transmission" - "Automatic
• Engine speed is within 600～3,000rpm. Transmission" - "Service Guideline" - "Hydraulic Pressure
• Oil temperature is above -7℃. Test".
• The input shaft speed sensor is not in backup state. 4. Perform the component test, and test whether the
• The lock-up clutch control solenoid (SLU) short to transmission solenoid valve is normal.
ground or battery or open circuit is not set. 5. If all circuits tested are normal, test or replace the
• 3s later after SLU standard pressure equals to 0kPa. automatic transmission control unit.
• The gear shift solenoid valve (S1) for short to 6. Read the DTC again with the scan tool, and if the DTC
ground/battery or open circuit is not set. exists again, replace the valve body assembly.
Conditions for Setting DTCs Component Test
• |Engine speed-input shaft speed| is less than 1. Remove the transmission solenoid valve assembly.
SS_LupusONfail speed, which lasts for more than 2. Check the valve body assembly for sticking, debris or
TimeLupOnfailed. damage.
• The above failure is detected for 2 times consecutively. If the valve is found stagnation in the on or off position,
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set replace the valve body assembly.
Transmission failure lamp comes on. 3. Check the torque converter for damage or fading.
If the torque converter failure is found, replace the

torque converter assembly when necessary.
V1.0 224
Service Guideline
"Transmission/Transaxle - 4AT" - "Hydraulic Torque
Converter".
Module (TCM)".
Module (TCM)".
V1.0 225

DTC Description Reference Electrical Information
DTC P0751: Shift Solenoid Functional Failure (S1) MIN Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
Pressure Stuck
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description 1. Drive the vehicle when the calculated opening of the
(FTB)
throttle is above 8%, and make sure that the torque
Shift Solenoid Functional Failure (S1)
00 converter is commanded to be engaged and disengaged
MIN Pressure Stuck
for at least 5 times.
Circuit/System Description 2. Perform "Hydraulic Pressure Test". Refer to
According to input shaft speed signal, output shaft speed signal Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle" -
and signal from ECM (engine speed and throttle opening angle) "Transmission/Transaxle - 4AT" - "Service Guideline" -
and the vehicle speed, carry out steady locking control and "Hydraulic Pressure Test".
slide via lockup clutch control solenoid (SLU). Lock-up clutch 3. Check the state of the transmission oil.
control solenoid switches on/off linearly. Operate the lock-up 4. Observe whether the DTC exists with the scan tool
clutch in converter, and connect pump impeller and turbine again. If the DTC still exists, go to "Circuit/System Test".
piping. Thereby, the engine shall be connected with automatic
5. If other DTCs exist, service them first.
transmission and the engine output is directly connected to
Circuit/System Test
automatic transmission, so as to avoid the loss of transmission
performance. 1. Check the state of the transmission oil.
Conditions for Running DTCs 2. Perform "Hydraulic Pressure Test".
• The current gear is the 1st gear and the engine brakes. Perform "Hydraulic Pressure Test". Refer to
• The output shaft speed is above 250rpm. Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle" -
• Engine speed is less than 6,000rpm.
3. Perform the component test, and test whether the
• Shift solenoid (S1) function is failed, and the maximum
transmission solenoid valve is normal.
pressure is stuck (S1 maximum or SLC2 minimum).
4. If all circuits tested are normal, test or replace the
• |Input shaft speed-output shaft speed*transmission ratio
5. Read the DTC again with the scan tool, and if the DTC
in 3rd gear| is less than GErev1 speed, which lasts for
exists again, replace the valve body assembly.
more than 1s.
Component Test
• The above failure is detected for 5 times consecutively.
1. Remove the transmission solenoid valve assembly.
2. Check the valve body assembly for sticking, debris or
damage.
If the valve is found stagnation in the on or off position,
replace the valve body assembly.
|Input shaft speed-output shaft speed*GR| is greater than
3. Check the torque converter for damage or fading.
expected, which lasts for more than 2s.
If the torque converter failure is found, test/replace the
Failure Cause
torque converter assembly.
• Transmission solenoid (S1) failure.
Service Guideline
• Lock-up clutch control solenoid Valve (SLU) is defective.
• Automatic transmission mechanical failure. Converter".
V1.0 226
• Refer to Service Manual, "Transmission/ Transaxle" -
"Transmission/ Transaxle - 4AT" - "Transmission Control
Module (TCM)".
Module (TCM)".
V1.0 227
P0761, P0762, P0867 • Shift solenoid (S1) function is failed, and the maximum
DTC Description pressure is stuck (S1 maximum or SLC2 minimum).
DTC P0761: Shift Solenoid Functional Failure (SLC1) MIN • 2/3 gear transmission ratio is failed, and the stuck gear is
Pressure not detected.
• Oil temperature is above -7℃.
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description • Not in shifting.
(FTB)
Shift Solenoid Functional Failure • In D or W gear.
00
(SLC1) MIN Pressure • 1s later after switching the gear selector switch to D or
W gear.
DTC P0762: Shift Solenoid Functional Failure (SLC1) MAX
DTC P0762:
Pressure
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description • The ignition voltage is between 10.2V and 15.5V.
(FTB)
Shift Solenoid Functional Failure
00 • Reading EEPROM is completed.
(SLC1) MAX Pressure
DTC P0867: Complete Neutral
Failure Type Byte • If bus is in off state, the engine control module no
Failure Description
(FTB) communication = the no failure is detected.
17 Complete Neutral • 8s after shifting to gear selector switch D or W.
Circuit/System Description • The current gear is 4th gear.
The gear shift control solenoid valves (SLC1, SLC2 and SLB1) • Output shaft speed is not less than 250rpm.
are fitted on the valve body, TCM controls the solenoids • The input torque is above 20Nm or below -20Nm.
(SLC1, SLC2 and SLB1), and the gear shift control solenoid • Shift solenoid (S1) function is failed, and the maximum
valve linearly controls the oil pressure to the clutches (C1, pressure is stuck (S1 maximum or SLC2 minimum).
C2 and C3) and the brakes (B1 and B3) to realize smooth • In D or W gear.
shift. According to the combination of different states of the
• In wheel selecting state.
gear shift control solenoid valves, the transmission realizes
the gear shift (from 1st gear to 4th gear or from 4th gear to • Output shaft speed is above 300rpm.
1st gear). As a failure protection function, when any gear shift • Oil temperature is above -20℃.
solenoid valve is abnormal, TCM can cut off the current to • The input shaft speed sensor is not in backup state.
the solenoid valve.
• The gear shift solenoid valve (S1) for short to
Conditions for Running DTCs ground/battery or open circuit is not set.
DTC P0761: DTC P0867:
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. • Place the ignition switch in "ON" position.
• The ignition voltage is between 10.2V and 15.5V. • The ignition voltage is between 10.2V and 15.5V.
• Not in service mode. • Not in service mode.
• Reading EEPROM is completed. • Reading EEPROM is completed.
• Engine speed is above 400rpm. • Engine speed is above 400rpm.
• Engine speed is normal. • Engine speed is normal.
• If bus is in off state, the engine control module no • Bus is off, and ECM is free of communication failure.
communication = the no failure is detected.
• Oil temperature is above -7℃.
• 8s after shifting to gear selector switch D or W.
• Not in shifting state.
• The current gear is in 2/3 gear.
• In D or W gear.
• Output shaft speed is not less than 500rpm.
• 1s later after switching the gear selector switch to D or
W gear.
V1.0 228
• The current gear is in 1st, 2nd or 3rd gear. Circuit/System Check
• Output shaft speed is less than 500rpm. 1. Drive the vehicle when the calculated opening of the
• The input shaft speed sensor is not in backup state. throttle is above 8%, and make sure that the torque
Conditions for Setting DTCs converter is commanded to be engaged and disengaged
P0761:
2. Perform "Hydraulic Pressure Test". Refer to
• |Input shaft speed-output shaft speed*expected GR| is Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle" -
greater than GErev2 speed, which lasts for 1s. "Transmission/Transaxle - 4AT" - "Service Guideline" -
• The above failure is detected for 5 times consecutively. "Hydraulic Pressure Test".
P0762: 3. Check the state of the transmission oil.

4. Observe whether the DTC exists with the scan tool
again. If the DTC still exists, go to "Circuit/System Test".
in 3rd gear| is less than GErev1 speed, which lasts for 1s.
in 2nd gear| is less than GErev1 speed, which lasts for Circuit/System Test
0.5s. 1. Check the state of the transmission oil.
• The above failure is detected for 5 times consecutively. 2. Perform "Hydraulic Pressure Test".
P0867: The neutral gear is judged as true after the requirement Refer to Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle" -
of 4th gear. "Transmission/Transaxle - 4AT" - "Service Guideline" -
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set "Hydraulic Pressure Test".
P0761, P0762: 3. Perform the component test, and test whether the
• Transmission failure lamp comes on. automatic transmission control unit.
• Limp Home Mode 2. 5. Read the DTC again with the scan tool, and if the DTC
P0867: Transmission MIL comes on. exists again, replace the valve body assembly.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs Component Test
P0761, P0867: 1. Remove the transmission solenoid valve assembly.

2. Check the valve body assembly for sticking, debris or
• |Input shaft speed-output shaft speed*expected GR| is
damage.
less than GErev1 speed, which lasts for 1s.
• The above conditions are detected for 5 times
consecutively.
P0762:
If the torque converter failure is found, test/replace the
• |Input shaft speed-output shaft speed*expected GR| is
less than GErev1 speed, which lasts for 1s.
Service Guideline
• The above conditions are detected for 5 times
consecutively. • Refer to Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle" -
Failure Cause
Converter".
• Transmission solenoid (SLC1) failure. • Refer to Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle" -
• Automatic transmission control unit failure. "Transmission/Transaxle - 4AT" - "Valve Body Assembly".
• Automatic transmission mechanical failure. • Refer to Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle" -
Reference Information "Transmission/Transaxle - 4AT" - "Transmission Control
Module (TCM)".
Module (TCM)".
V1.0 229

DTC P0767: Shift Solenoid Functional Failure (SLC2) MAX Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
Pressure
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description 1. Drive the vehicle when the calculated opening of the
(FTB)
throttle is above 8%, and make sure that the torque
Shift Solenoid Functional Failure
00 converter is commanded to be engaged and disengaged
(SLC2) MAX Pressure
Circuit/System Description 2. Perform "Hydraulic Pressure Test". Refer to
The gear shift control solenoid valves (SLC1, SLC2 and SLB1) Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle" -
are fitted on the valve body, TCM controls the solenoid valves "Transmission/Transaxle - 4AT" - "Service Guideline" -
(SLC1, SLC2 and SLB1), and the gear shift control solenoid "Hydraulic Pressure Test".
valve linearly controls the oil pressure to the clutches (C1, C2 3. Check the state of the transmission oil.
and C3) and the brakes (B1 and B3) to realize smooth shift. 4. Observe whether the DTC exists with the scan tool. If
According to the combination of different states of the gear the DTC still exists, go to "Circuit/System Test".
shift control solenoid valves, the transmission realizes the gear
shift (from 1st gear to 4th gear or from 4th gear to 1st gear).
Circuit/System Test
As a failure protection function, when any gear shift solenoid
valve is abnormal, TCM can cut off the current to the solenoid 1. Check the state of the transmission oil.
valve. 2. Perform "Hydraulic Pressure Test".
Conditions for Running DTCs Perform "Hydraulic Pressure Test". Refer to
• The current gear is in 1/2 gear. Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle" -
• The output shaft speed is above 250rpm. "Transmission/Transaxle - 4AT" - "Service Guideline" -
• The input torque is above 20Nm or below -20Nm. 3. Perform the component test, and test whether the
• Input shaft speed is less than 6,000rpm.
• Gear shift control solenoid (SLC2) function is failed, and
the maximum pressure is stuck.
5. Read the DTC again with the scan tool, and if the DTC
exists again, replace the valve body assembly.
|Input shaft speed-output shaft speed*transmission ratio in 3rd
Component Test
gear| is less than GErev1 speed, which lasts for 1s. Or |input
shaft speed-output shaft speed*transmission ratio in 4th gear| 1. Remove the transmission solenoid valve assembly.
is less than GErev1 speed, which lasts for 0.5s. 2. Check the valve body assembly for sticking, debris or
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set damage.
• Engine MIL comes on. If the valve is found stuck in the on or off position, replace
the valve body solenoid.
• Limp Home Mode 2. 3. Check the torque converter for damage or fading.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs If the torque converter failure is found, test/replace the
|Input shaft speed-output shaft speed*expected GR| is less than
GErev1 speed, which lasts for 1s. Service Guideline
Failure Cause • Refer to Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle" -
• Transmission solenoid (S1)/(SLC2) failure.
Converter".
• Automatic transmission mechanical failure.
V1.0 230
"Transmission/ Transaxle - 4AT" - "Transmission Control
Module (TCM)".
Module (TCM)".
V1.0 231
P0973, P0974 • Automatic transmission control module failure.

DTC P0973: Shift Solenoid (S1) GND Short Reference Circuit Information
Failure Type Byte 4th Gear Automatic Transmission - TCU (1)
Failure Description
(FTB)
00 Shift Solenoid (S1) GND Short
GB001, GB006
DTC P0974: Shift Solenoid (S1) B+ Short/Open Reference Electrical Information

Failure Description
(FTB)
00 Shift Solenoid (S1) B+ Short/Open
1. Make sure that the transmission oil temperature is
Circuit/System Description between 50-80℃.
The gear shift solenoid valve S1 is fitted on the valve body, and 2. Drive the vehicle for long enough time with the
TCM controls the on-off of the gear shift solenoid valve S1. It transmission in the 2nd gear to make sure that the
switches the oil line passage according to the on/off state of transmission oil temperature can raise by 3℃.
gear shift solenoid valve S1 to realize the fuel economy. As a 3. Move the shift lever to R position for 5s, and drive the
failure protection function, when any gear shift solenoid valve vehicle at idle speed for 5s.
is abnormal, TCM can cut off the current to the solenoid valve. 4. Confirm the parameters "Solenoid A Current" and
Gear shift solenoid valve S1 is always closed. "Solenoid A Invalid Information" displayed on the scan
Conditions for Running DTCs tool in real time are consistent with the actual vehicle
state.
Circuit/System Test
• Not in service mode. 1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
• It is not in Limp Home Mode.
• S1 driver outputs "ON" signal.
• 10ms after solenoid output changes. solenoid valve.
Conditions for Setting DTCs 4. Test whether the resistance between terminal 16 of
P0973: S1 monitor detects "OFF" signal, which lasts for the harness connector GB006 of the signal circuit
5*100ms. automatic transmission control unit and terminal 10 of
the transmission solenoid harness connector GB001 is
P0974: S1 monitor detects "ON" signal, which lasts for
less than 5Ω.
5*100ms.
5. Test whether the resistant between terminal 16 of
• Limp Home Mode 4. or terminal 10 of harness connector GB001 OF
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs transmission solenoid the ground is infinite.
• When the S1 driver outputs "ON" signal for 1,000ms, the If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
"ON" signal of the S1 monitor is detected. short to ground.
• When the S1 driver outputs "OFF" signal for 1,000ms, 6. Connect the battery negative cable, test whether the
the "OFF" signal of the S1 monitor is detected. voltage between terminal 16 of harness connector GB006
Failure Cause of the automatic transmission or terminal 10 of harness
• Relevant circuit failure. connector GB001 OF transmission solenoid the ground
is 0V.
• Transmission solenoid valve failure.
V1.0 232
short to battery.
7. Test whether the resistance between terminal 10 of

harness connector GB001 of transmission solenoid and
the ground is 4.5Ω.

body assembly.
8. If all circuits tested are normal, test/replace the automatic

Service Guideline
Module (TCM)".
Module (TCM)".
V1.0 233

DTC Description P0978: |Feedback current - calibrated current| is greater than
DTC P0978: Linear Solenoid (SLC1) Feedback Current Stick 50mA, which lasts for 3,000ms.
Failure Type Byte P0979: Feedback current signal is less than 20mA, which lasts
Failure Description
(FTB) for 5*100ms.
Linear Solenoid (SLC1) Feedback P0980: Feedback current signal is greater than 1,358mA, which
00
Current Stick lasts for 5*100ms.
DTC P0979: Linear Solenoid (SLC1) GND Short
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description • Transmission failure lamp comes on.
(FTB)
• Limp Home Mode 1.
00 Linear Solenoid (SLC1) GND Short
DTC P0980: Linear Solenoid (SLC1) B+ Short P0978:
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description • Shift control solenoid (SLC1) is not short to
(FTB)
battery/ground and does not have an open circuit.
00 Linear Solenoid (SLC1) B+ Short • |Feedback current - calibrated current| is less than 5mA,
Circuit/System Description which lasts for 500ms.
The gear shift control solenoid valves (SLC1, SLC2 and SLB1) P0979, P0980:
are fitted on the valve body, TCM controls the solenoids • The feedback current of gear shift control solenoid
(SLC1, SLC2 and SLB1), and the gear shift control solenoid (SLC1) delays, which lasts for 500ms.
valve linearly controls the oil pressure to the clutches (C1,
• The feedback current of gear shift control solenoid
C2 and C3) and the brakes (B1 and B3) to realize smooth
(SLC1) is greater than 79mA and less than 1,124ms,
which lasts for 500ms.
Failure Cause
the gear shift (from 1st gear to 4th gear or from 4th gear to
1st gear). As a failure protection function, when any gear shift • Relevant circuit failure.
solenoid valve is abnormal, TCM can cut off the current to • Transmission solenoid valve failure.
the solenoid valve.
Conditions for Running DTCs Reference Information
P0978: Reference Circuit Information
GB001, GB006
• Battery voltage is greater than 10.5V, which lasts for
500ms. Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
• It is not in Limp Home Mode. Circuit/System Test
• Shift control solenoid (SLC1) short to battery/ground
P0979, P0980： 2. Disconnect harness connector GB006 of the automatic
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. transmission control unit.
• The ignition voltage is between 10.2V and 15.5V. 3. Disconnect harness connector GB001 of the transmission
• Not in service mode. solenoid valve.
• Reading EEPROM is completed. 4. Test whether the resistance between the terminal 22
of the harness connector GB006 of the signal circuit
V1.0 234
automatic transmission control unit and the terminal 6
of the transmission solenoid harness connector GB001
is less than 5Ω.


of the signal circuit and the ground is infinite.

short to ground.

between terminal 22 of harness connector GB006 of the
automatic transmission of the signal circuit or terminal 6
of harness connector GB001 of the transmission solenoid

short to battery.
7. Test whether the resistance between terminal 6

and terminal 13 of harness connector GB001 of the
transmission solenoid is 4.5Ω.

body assembly.

Service Guideline
Module (TCM)".
Module (TCM)".
V1.0 235
P0981, P0982, P0983 • It is not in Limp Home Mode.

DTC Description Conditions for Setting DTCs
DTC P0981: Linear Solenoid (SLC2) Feedback Current Stick P0981: |Feedback current - calibrated current| is greater than
Failure Type Byte 50mA, which lasts for 3,000ms.
Failure Description
(FTB) P0982: Feedback current signal is less than 20mA, which lasts
Linear Solenoid (SLC2) Feedback for 5*100ms.
00
Current Stick P0983: Feedback current signal is greater than 1,358mA, which
lasts for 5*100ms.
DTC P0982: Linear Solenoid (SLC2) GND Short
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description • Engine MIL comes on.
(FTB)
00 Linear Solenoid (SLC2) GND Short
DTC P0983: Linear Solenoid (SLC2) B+ Short Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
Failure Description
(FTB)
• Shift control solenoid (SLC2) is not short to
00 Linear Solenoid (SLC2) B+ Short battery/ground and does not have an open circuit.
Circuit/System Description • |Feedback current - calibrated current| is less than 5mA,
The gear shift control solenoid valves (SLC1, SLC2 and SLB1)
are fitted on the valve body, TCM controls the solenoids P0982, P0983:
(SLC1, SLC2 and SLB1), and the gear shift control solenoid
(SLC1) delays, which lasts for 500ms.
(SLC1) is greater than 79mA and less than 1,124ms,
1st gear). As a failure protection function, when any gear shift Failure Cause
solenoid valve is abnormal, TCM can cut off the current to • Relevant circuit failure.
the solenoid valve.
Conditions for Running DTCs • Automatic transmission control module failure.
P0981: Reference Information
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. Reference Circuit Information
GB001, GB006
500ms. Reference Electrical Information
• The feedback current is less than 1,358mA. Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
• It is not in Limp Home Mode. Circuit/System Check
• Shift control solenoid (SLC2) short to power
supply/ground and open circuit are not detected.
between 50-80℃.
P0982, P0983: 2. Drive the vehicle for long enough time with the
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. transmission in the 2nd gear to make sure that the
• The ignition voltage is between 10.2V and 15.5V. transmission oil temperature can raise by 3℃.
• Not in service mode. 3. Move the shift lever to R position for 5s, and drive the
vehicle at idle speed for 5s.
V1.0 236
4. Confirm the parameters "Solenoid A Current" and
"Solenoid A Invalid Information" displayed on the scan
tool in real time are consistent with the actual vehicle
state.
Circuit/System Test
solenoid valve.
the harness connector GB006 of the signal circuit
automatic transmission control unit and terminal 5 of
less than 5Ω.



short to ground.


short to battery.


body assembly.

Service Guideline
Module (TCM)".
Module (TCM)".
V1.0 237

DTC P0997: Linear Solenoid (SLB1) Feedback Current Stick 50mA, which lasts for 3,000ms.
Failure Description
(FTB) for 5*100ms.
Linear Solenoid (SLB1) Feedback P0999: Feedback current signal is greater than 1,358mA, which
00
DTC P0998: Linear Solenoid (SLB1) GND Short
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description • Transmission failure lamp comes on.
(FTB)
00 Linear Solenoid (SLB1) GND Short
DTC P0999: Linear Solenoid (SLB1) B+ Short P0997:
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description • Shift control solenoid (SLB1) is not short to
(FTB)
battery/ground and is not an open circuit.
00 Linear Solenoid (SLB1) B+ Short • |Feedback current - calibrated current| is less than 5mA,
Circuit/System Description which lasts for 500ms.
The gear shift control solenoid valves (SLC1, SLC2 and SLB1) P0998, P0999:
are fitted on the valve body, TCM controls the solenoids • The feedback current of gear shift control solenoid
(SLC1, SLC2 and SLB1), and the gear shift control solenoid (SLB1) delays, which lasts for 500ms.
(SLB1) is greater than 79mA and less than 1,124ms,
Failure Cause
1st gear). As a failure protection function, when any gear shift • Relevant circuit failure.
solenoid valve is abnormal, TCM can cut off the current to • Transmission solenoid valve failure.
the solenoid valve.
• Automatic transmission control module failure.
GB001, GB006
500ms. Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
• It is not in Limp Home Mode. Circuit/System Test
• Shift control solenoid (SLB1) short to power
supply/ground and open circuit are not detected.
P0998, P0999： 2. Disconnect harness connector GB006 of the automatic
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. transmission control unit.
• The ignition voltage is between 10.2V and 15.5V. 3. Disconnect harness connector GB001 of the transmission
• Not in service mode. solenoid valve.
• Reading EEPROM is completed. 4. Test whether the resistance between the terminal 4
of the harness connector GB006 of the signal circuit
V1.0 238
automatic transmission control unit and the terminal 4
of the transmission solenoid harness connector GB001
is less than 5Ω.



short to ground.


short to battery.

If it is not within the specified range, test or replace the

valve body assembly.

Service Guideline
Module (TCM)".
Module (TCM)".
V1.0 239
P1731 converter is commanded to be engaged and disengaged

DTC Description for at least 5 times.
DTC P1731: No Engine Brake (SLC1 MIN or SLC2 MIN or 2. Perform "Hydraulic Pressure Test". Refer to
SLU MIN) Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle" -
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description "Hydraulic Pressure Test".
(FTB)
No Engine Brake (SLC1 MIN or SLC2
00 4. Observe whether the DTC exists with the scan tool. If
MIN or SLU MIN)
the DTC still exists, go to "Circuit/System Test".
Circuit/System Description If other DTCs exist, service them first.
The gear shift control solenoid valves (SLC1, SLC2 and SLB1) Circuit/System Test
are fitted on the valve body, TCM controls the solenoids
valve linearly controls the oil pressure to the clutches (C1, 2. Perform "Hydraulic Pressure Test".
C2 and C3) and the brakes (B1 and B3) to realize smooth Refer to Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle" -
shift. According to the combination of different states of the "Transmission/Transaxle - 4AT" - "Service Guideline" -
gear shift control solenoid valves, the transmission realizes "Hydraulic Pressure Test".
1st gear). As a failure protection function, when any gear shift 3. Perform the component test, and test whether the
solenoid valve is abnormal, TCM can cut off the current to transmission solenoid valve is normal.
the solenoid valve. If all circuits tested are normal, test or replace the
Conditions for Running DTCs automatic transmission control unit.
• The current gear is in 1st gear, and the engine brakes. 4. Read the DTC again with the scan tool, and if the DTC
• The output shaft speed is above 250rpm. exists again, replace the valve body assembly.
• The engine torque is above 40Nm. Component Test
• Input speed is greater than 6,000rpm. 1. Remove the transmission solenoid valve assembly.
Conditions for Setting DTCs 2. Check the valve body assembly for sticking, debris or
damage.
|Input speed - output speed*transmission ratio in 3rd gear| is
greater than GErev1, which lasts for 1s. If the valve is found stuck in the on or off position, replace
the valve body assembly.
Transmission failure lamp comes on. 3. Check the torque converter for damage or fading.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs If the torque converter failure is found, test/replace the
|Input speed - output speed*expected GE| is less than GErev1,
which lasts for 1s. Service Guideline
Failure Cause • Refer to Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle" -

• Transmission solenoid (SLU) failure.
"Hydraulic Torque Converter".
• Automatic transmission mechanical failure. "Transmission/Transaxle - 4AT" - "Valve Body Assembly".
Reference Information • Refer to Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle" -
Reference Electrical Information "Transmission/Transaxle - 4AT" - "Transmission Control
Module (TCM)".
Circuit/System Check Refer to the Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle" -
1. Drive the vehicle when the calculated opening of the "Transmission/Transaxle - 4AT" - "Transmission Control
throttle is above 8%, and make sure that the torque Module (TCM)".
V1.0 240
P1897, P1899 • Communication shutting down is not detected.
DTC Description • Lost communication with ECM is not detected.
DTC P1897: EMOP Failure P1899 09:
Failure Type Byte • In D gear.
Failure Description
(FTB) • The current gear is less than 4th gear.
00 EMOP B+ Short/Open • Not in neutral position.
11 EMOP GND Short • Not in shifting state.
15 EMOP B+ Short • Output shaft speed is less than 200rpm.
16 EMOP Low Voltage Supply for EMOP • Engine speed is higher than 0rpm within 1,000ms.
Control • Input shaft speed sensor failure is not detected.
17 EMOP High Voltage Supply for EMOP • Output shaft speed sensor failure is not detected.
Control • Input speed sensor failure is not set.
DTC P1899: EMOP Failure
P1897 15: Oil pump motor monitor detects "ON" signal,
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description which lasts for 500ms.
(FTB)
P1897 11: Oil pump motor monitor detects "OFF" signal,
00 EMOP Functional Failure of EMOP
09 EMOP Functional Failure of EMOP
P1897 16: Battery voltage is less than 10.5V, which lasts for 5s.
P1897 17: Battery voltage is greater than 16.0V, which lasts for
The function of the electronic oil pump is to receive the control 5s.
current of the TCM, so as to response to work and control the
P1899 09: |Engine speed - input shaft speed| is less than
oil pressure in the transmission. The electronic oil pump only
1,000rpm, and input shaft speed is greater than the output
operates at the engine automatic start-stop state.
shaft speed X transmission ratio in 1st gear + revEMOP failure
Conditions for Running DTCs detection rpm.
P1897 15: Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. Transmission failure lamp comes on.
P1897 11/15:
• When the oil pump motor drive outputs "ON" signal, the
• The electronic oil pump outputs "OFF" signal.
oil pump motor monitor detects "ON" signal, which lasts
• 10ms after solenoid coil output changes. for 1,000ms.
P1897 11: • When the oil pump motor drive outputs "OFF" signal,
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. the oil pump motor monitor detects "OFF" signal, which
• The ignition voltage is between 10.2V and 15.5V. lasts for 1,000ms.
• Not in service mode. P1897 16: Battery voltage is greater than 11.5V, which lasts for
• Reading EEPROM is completed. 20s.
• The electronic oil pump outputs "ON" signal. P1897 17: Battery voltage is less than 15.0V, which lasts for
• 10ms after solenoid coil output changes. 20s.
P1897 16/17: P1899 09: Input shaft speed is less than the output shaft speed
X transmission ratio in 1st gear + 200rpm, which lasts for
900ms.
• Under the control of start-stop control.
Failure Cause
• Engine speed is less than 400rpm.
• Engine speed DTC is not detected.
V1.0 241
• Electronic oil pump failure. 7. Connect the battery negative cable, and test if the voltage
• Relevant circuit failure. between the terminals of harness connector GB001
of transmission solenoid or the terminals of harness
Reference Circuit Information unit and the ground is 0V:
4th Gear Automatic Transmission - TCU (1) • Terminal 2 of GB001
GB001, GB006
Circuit/System Check short to battery.
1. Check the oil level of transmission to confirm it is normal. 8. If all circuits tested are normal, test/replace the automatic
2. Start the vehicle and enable the engine start-stop transmission control unit.
function, connect the scan tool and detect the electronic Component Test
oil pump working change condition and the whether the
transmission oil pressure is normal.
Circuit/System Test
1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect solenoid valve.
2. Disconnect harness connector GB001 of the transmission and terminal 8 of harness connector GB001 of the
solenoid valve. transmission solenoid is between 3 ~ 5Ω.
3. Carry out component test on transmission electronic
oil pump.
body assembly.
If the component test is failed, replace the valve body Service Guideline
assembly.
4. Disconnect harness connector GB006 of the automatic "Transmission/Transaxle - 4AT" - "Valve Body Assembly".
5. Test if the resistance between the terminals of harness "Transmission/Transaxle - 4AT" - "Transmission Control
connector GB001 of transmission solenoid and the Module (TCM)".

connector GB001 of transmission solenoid or the
short to ground.
V1.0 242
P2707, P2708 transmission ratio| is less than GErev1 speed, which lasts for
DTC Description 0.5s.
DTC P2707: Shift Solenoid Functional Failure (SLB1) MIN Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
Pressure • Engine MIL comes on.
Failure Type Byte • Transmission failure lamp comes on.
Failure Description
(FTB) • Limp Home Mode 2.
Shift Solenoid Functional Failure Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
00
(SLB1) MIN Pressure
|Input shaft speed-output shaft speed*GR expected value| is
DTC P2708: Shift Solenoid Functional Failure (SLB1) MAX less than GErev1 speed, which lasts for 1s.
Pressure Failure Cause
Failure Type Byte • Transmission Solenoid Valve (SLB1) Failure.

Failure Description
(FTB) • Automatic transmission control unit failure.
Shift Solenoid Functional Failure • Automatic transmission mechanical failure.
00
(SLB1) MAX Pressure Reference Information
Circuit/System Description Reference Electrical Information
The gear shift control solenoid valves (SLC1, SLC2 and SLB1) Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
are fitted on the valve body, TCM controls the solenoids
valve linearly controls the oil pressure to the clutches (C1, 1. Drive the vehicle when the calculated opening of the
C2 and C3) and the brakes (B1 and B3) to realize smooth throttle is above 8%, and make sure that the torque
shift. According to the combination of different states of the converter is commanded to be engaged and disengaged
gear shift control solenoid valves, the transmission realizes for at least 5 times.
the gear shift (from 1st gear to 4th gear or from 4th gear to 2. Perform "Hydraulic Pressure Test". Refer to
1st gear). As a failure protection function, when any gear shift Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle" -
solenoid valve is abnormal, TCM can cut off the current to "Transmission/Transaxle - 4AT" - "Service Guideline" -
the solenoid valve. "Hydraulic Pressure Test".
Conditions for Running DTCs 3. Check the state of the transmission oil.
P2707: 4. Observe whether the DTC exists with the scan tool. If
• The current gear is 2nd gear or 4th gear. the DTC still exists, go to "Circuit/System Test".
• The output shaft speed is above 500rpm. If other DTCs exist, service them first.
• The gear of 2nd gear or 4th gear without stagnation. Circuit/System Test
P2708: 1. Check the state of the transmission oil.
• The current gear is 1st gear or 3rd gear. 2. Perform "Hydraulic Pressure Test". Refer to
Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle" -
• The output shaft speed is above 250rpm.
• The engine torque is above 40Nm. "Hydraulic Pressure Test".
• The input torque is above 20Nm or below -20Nm. 3. Perform the component test, and test whether the
• The input shaft speed is below 6000rpm. transmission solenoid valve is normal.
• The gear shift solenoid valve (S1) for short to If all circuits tested are normal, test or replace the
ground/battery or open circuit is not set. automatic transmission control unit.
Conditions for Setting DTCs 4. Read the DTC again with the scan tool, and if the DTC
P2707: |Input shaft speed-output shaft speed*GR expected exists again, replace the valve body assembly.
value| is greater than GErev2 speed, which lasts for 1s. Component Test
P2708: |Input shaft speed-output shaft speed*2nd gear 1. Remove the transmission solenoid valve assembly.
transmission ratio| is less than GErev1 speed, which lasts 2. Check the valve body assembly for sticking, debris or
for 1s. Or |Input shaft speed-output shaft speed*4th gear damage.
V1.0 243

If the torque converter assembly has any failure,

test/replace it. .
Service Guideline
"Hydraulic Torque Converter".
Module (TCM)".
Module (TCM)".
V1.0 244
DTC P2762: Linear Solenoid (SLU) Feedback Current Stick 50mA, which lasts for 3,000ms.
Failure Description
(FTB) for 5*100ms.
Linear solenoid (SLU) Feedback P2764: Feedback current signal is greater than 1,358mA, which
00
DTC P2763: Linear solenoid (SLU) B+ Short
P2762:
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description
(FTB) • Engine MIL comes on.
00 Linear Solenoid (SLU) B+ Short • Transmission failure lamp comes on.

DTC P2764: Linear Solenoid (SLU) GND Short
P2763, P2764:
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description • Engine MIL comes on.
(FTB)
00 Linear Solenoid (SLU) GND Short
P2762: The shift control solenoid valve (SLU) is not for short
The lock-up clutch control solenoid valve SLU is fitted on the to power supply/ground, open circuit.
valve body, and it linearly controls the operating pressure of
P2763, P2764:
clutch in the hydraulic torque converter based on the engine
speed, throttle opening, input speed sensor (NC2) signal • The shift control solenoid valve (SLU) feedback current
and output speed sensor (SP) signal so as to realize lock-up delay, which lasts for 500ms.
control. As a failure protection function, when any lock-up • The shift control solenoid valve (SLU) feedback current
clutch control solenoid valve SLU is abnormal, TCM can cut is greater than 100mA and less than 1,124mA, which lasts
off the current to the solenoid valve. for 500ms.
Conditions for Running DTCs Failure Cause
P2762: • Relevant circuit failure.
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. • Transmission solenoid valve failure.
• The ignition voltage is between 10.2V and 15.5V. • Automatic transmission control module failure.
• Not in service mode. Reference Information
• Reading EEPROM is completed. Reference Circuit Information
500ms.
• The shift control solenoid valve (SLU) is not defected for GB001, GB006
short to power supply/ground, open circuit. Reference Electrical Information
P2763, P2764: Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. Circuit/System Check
• Not in service mode. between 50-80℃.
• Reading EEPROM is completed. 2. Drive the vehicle for long enough time with the
• It is not in Limp Home Mode. transmission in the 2nd gear to make sure that the
transmission oil temperature can raise by 3℃.
V1.0 245
3. Move the shift lever to R position for 5s, and drive the "Transmission/Transaxle - 4AT" - "Transmission Control
vehicle at idle speed for 5s. Module (TCM)".
4. Confirm the parameters "Solenoid A Current" and
"Solenoid A Invalid Information" displayed on the scan
tool in real time are consistent with the actual vehicle
state.
Circuit/System Test
solenoid valve.
the harness connector GB006 of the signal circuit
automatic transmission control unit and terminal 3 of
less than 5Ω.



short to ground.


short to battery.


body assembly.

Service Guideline
Module (TCM)".
V1.0 246
U0001 3. Disconnect harness connector GB006 of the transmission
DTC Description control module.
DTC U0001: CAN Bus Off 4. Test if the resistance between the terminals of harness
connector GB006 of the transmission control module
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description and the terminals of harness connector CP040 of the
(FTB)
diagnostic interface is less than 5Ω:
00 CAN Bus Off
• Between terminal 7 of GB006 and terminal 14 of CP040
Circuit/System Description • Between terminal 17 of GB006 and terminal 6 of CP040
The module connected to the serial data circuit of the HS
data bus monitors the serial data communication of the HS
bus network during the normal operation of the vehicle.
Operation information and command are exchanged between 5. Test if the resistance between the terminals of harness
modules. connector GB006 of the transmission control module
or the terminals of harness connector CP040 of the
diagnostic interface and the ground is infinite:
• Reading EEPROM is completed. • Terminal 14 of CP040
Conditions for Setting DTCs • Terminal 6 of CP040
TCMThe state of "communication off" is received from CAN If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
controller, which lasts for 5 times. short to ground.
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set 6. Test if the voltage between the terminals of harness
• Engine MIL comes on. connector GB006 of the transmission control module
• Transmission failure lamp comes on. or the terminals of harness connector CP040 of the
diagnostic interface and the ground is between 2 and 3V:
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs • Terminal 7 of GB006
No failure can be detected for 5s continuously. • Terminal 17 of GB006
Failure Cause • Terminal 14 of CP040
• Relevant circuit failure. • Terminal 6 of CP040

• Automatic transmission control module failure. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
Reference Circuit Information 7. If the circuits tested are normal, test/replace the
Bus System and Diagnostic Interface - 1.5VCT & 1.5T (1) transmission control module.
Service Guideline
GB006, CP040
Reference Electrical Information Module (TCM)".
Basic Methods of Circuit Test • Replace, programme and set the control module ，
Circuit/System Test
1. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of HS CAN Network". If Module (TCM)".
procedures.
V1.0 247
U0100 3. Disconnect harness connector EM058B of ECM and

DTC Description harness connector GB006 of automatic transmission
control unit.
DTC U0100: Lost Communication With EMS
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description connector EM058B of ECM and the terminals of
(FTB)
harness connector GB006 of corresponding automatic
00 Lost Communication with EMS transmission control unit is less than 5Ω:
Circuit/System Description • Between terminal 7 of GB006 and Terminal 17 of EM058B
The transmission control module communicates with the ECM • Between terminal 17 of GB006 and Terminal 1 of EM058B
via HS CAN. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
Conditions for Running DTCs open circuit/high resistance.
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. 5. Test if the resistance between the terminals of harness
• The ignition voltage is between 10.2V and 15.5V. connector EM058B of ECM or the terminals of harness
• Not in service mode. connector GB006 of automatic transmission control unit
• Communication is normal. • Terminal 7 of GB006
Conditions for Setting DTCs • Terminal 17 of GB006
TCMNo EMS signal is detected, which lasts for 10*50ms. • Terminal 17 of EM058B
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set • Terminal 1 of EM058B
• Engine MIL comes on. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
• Transmission failure lamp comes on. short to ground.
• Limp Home Mode 3. 6. Connect the battery negative cable, place the ignition
the terminals of harness connector EM058B of ECM or
No failure is detected at present, which lasts for 1s.
the terminals of harness connector GB006 of automatic
Failure Cause transmission control unit and the ground is between 2
• Relevant circuit failure. and 3V:
• Automatic transmission control unit failure. • Terminal 7 of GB006
• ECM failure.
short to battery.
EM058B, GB006
Reference Electrical Information transmission control module.
Basic Methods of Circuit Test Service Guideline
Circuit/System Test • Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Fuel and

Control System" - "Engine Control Module (ECM)".
1. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of HS CAN Network". If
procedures.
Module (TCM)".
the battery negative.
Module (TCM)".
V1.0 248
U0121 4. Test if the resistance between the terminals of harness
DTC Description connector GB006 of the transmission control module
and the terminals of harness connector BD055 of the
DTC U0121: Lost Communication With ABS/DSC
corresponding brake module is less than 5Ω:
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description • Between terminal 7 of GB006 and terminal 8 of BD055
(FTB)
00 Lost Communication with ABS/DSC • Between terminal 17 of GB006 and terminal 9 of BD055
The transmission control module communicates with the
dynamic stability control system via HS CAN.
Conditions for Running DTCs or the terminals of harness connector BD055 of brake
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. module and the ground is infinite:
• The ignition voltage is between 10.2V and 15.5V. • Terminal 7 of GB006
• Not in service mode. • Terminal 17 of GB006
• Communication is normal.
TCMNo ABS signal is detected, which lasts for 10*50ms.
Transmission failure lamp comes on.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs the following terminals of harness connector GB006 of
No failure is detected, which lasts for 1s. the transmission control module or the terminals of
harness connector BD055 of the brake module and the
Failure Cause
ground is between 2 and 3V:
• Brake module failure.
Reference Information • Terminal 8 of BD055
Reference Circuit Information • Terminal 9 of BD055
Bus System and Diagnostic Interface - 1.5VCT & 1.5T (1) If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
short to battery.
7. If the circuits tested are normal, test/replace the
BD055, GB006
transmission control module or brake module.
Service Guideline
Basic Methods of Circuit Test
Circuit/System Test Module" - "ABS Regulator".
1. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of HS CAN Network". If • Refer to Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle" -
other modules tested are normal, continue the following "Transmission/Transaxle - 4AT" - "Transmission Control
procedures. Module (TCM)".
2. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect • Replace, programme and set the control module，Refer
the battery negative cable. to the Service Manual, "Brake System" - "Brake Module"
- "ABS Regulator".
control module and harness connector BD055 of brake • Replace, programme and set the control module ，
module. Refer to the Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle" -
Module (TCM)".
V1.0 249
U0140 4. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of

DTC Description harness connector GB006 of the automatic transmission
control unit and the terminals of harness connector
DTC U0140: Lost Communication With BCM
CP010B of BCM is less than 5Ω:
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description • Between terminal 7 of GB006 and terminal 38 of CP010B
(FTB)
00 Lost Communication With BCM • Between terminal 17 of GB006 and terminal 39 of CP010B
The transmission control module communicates with the BCM
via HS CAN.
Conditions for Running DTCs control unit or the terminals of harness connector
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. CP010B of the BCM and the ground is infinite:
• Not in service mode. • Terminal 17 of GB006
TCMNo BCM signal is detected, which lasts for 2*500ms.
short to ground.
None.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs the following terminals of harness connector GB006 of
No failure is detected, which lasts for 10s. the automatic transmission control unit or the terminals
of harness connector CP010B of the BCM and the
Failure Cause
• BCM failure.
Reference Information • Terminal 38 of CP010B
Reference Circuit Information • Terminal 39 of CP010B
short to battery.
7. If all circuits tested are normal, test/replace the AT
CP010B, GB006
control module or BCM.
Service Guideline
• Refer to Service Manual, "Body System" - "Body Control
Circuit/System Test Module" - "Body Control Module (BCM)".
2. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect • Replace, programme and set the control module，Refer
the battery negative. to the Service Manual, "Body System" - "Body Control
Module" - "Body Control Module (BCM)".
transmission control unit and harness connector CP010B • Replace, programme and set the control module ，
of BCM. Refer to the Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle" -
Module (TCM)".
V1.0 250
DTC Description harness connector GB006 of the transmission control
module and the terminals of harness connector CP018 of
DTC U0155: Lost Communication With IPK
the corresponding instrument pack is less than 5Ω:
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description • Terminal 7 of GB006 and terminal 27 of CP018
(FTB)
00 Lost Communication With IPK • Terminal 17 of GB006 and terminal 26 of CP018

The transmission control module communicates with
instrument pack via HS CAN.
harness connector GB006 of the transmission control
Conditions for Running DTCs module or the terminals of harness connector CP018 of
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. the instrument pack and the ground is infinite:
TCMNo instrument pack signal is detected, which lasts for If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
5*100ms. short to ground.
Transmission failure lamp comes on.
the following terminals of harness connector GB006 of
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs the transmission control module or the terminals of
No failure is detected, which lasts for 2s. harness connector CP018 of the instrument pack and the
Failure Cause
• Relevant circuit failure. • Terminal 7 of GB006
• Automatic transmission control module failure. • Terminal 17 of GB006

Reference Information • Terminal 26 of CP018
Bus System and Diagnostic Interface -1.5VCT & 1.5T (1) short to battery.
Reference Connector End View Information 7. If all circuits tested are normal, test/replace the
CP018, GB006 transmission control module or the instrument pack
control module.
Service Guideline
• Refer to Service Manual, "Driver Information and
Circuit/System Test Entertainment" - "Display and Instrument" - "Service
1. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of HS CAN Network". If Guideline" - "Instrument Pack".
other modules tested are normal, continue the following • Refer to Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle" -
procedures. "Transmission/Transaxle - 4AT" - "Service Guideline" -
2. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect "Transmission Control Module (TCM)".
the battery negative cable. • Replace, programme and set the control module ，
3. Disconnect harness connector GB006 of the transmission Refer to the Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle" -
control module and harness connector CP018 of "Transmission/Transaxle - 4AT" - "Transmission Control
instrument pack. Module (TCM)".
V1.0 251
Transmission-6AT
DTC Category
List
Failure
DTC FTB English Description Chinese Description Level
P0218 00 Transmission Fluid Over Temperature Condition 变速器油液过热 Ⅰ
P0562 00 System Voltage Low 系统电压过低 Ⅰ
P0563 00 System Voltage High 系统电压过高 Ⅰ
P0601 00 Internal Control Module Memory Check Sum error 变速器控制模块内部校验和错误 Ⅰ
Internal Control Module Keep Alive Memory
P0603 00 变速器控制模块内部KAM错误 Ⅰ
（KAM）error
P0604 00 变速器控制模块内部RAM错误 Ⅰ
（RAM）error
P0702 00 Transmission Control System Electrical error 变速器控制系统电气故障 Ⅱ
P0705 00 Transmission Range Sensor Circuit error 变速器挡位位置传感器电路故障 Ⅱ
变速器挡位位置传感器电路电压过
P0707 00 Transmission Range Sensor Circuit Low Ⅱ
低
变速器挡位位置传感器电路电压过
P0708 00 Transmission Range Sensor Circuit High Ⅱ
高
Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor Circuit Range 变速器油液温度传感器电路量程/性
P0711 00 Ⅱ
/ Performance error 能故障
变速器油液温度传感器电路电压过
P0712 00 Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor Circuit Low Ⅱ
低
变速器油液温度传感器电路电压过
P0713 00 Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor Circuit High Ⅱ
高
P0715 00 Input/Turbine Speed Sensor Circuit error 输入速度传感器电路故障 Ⅱ
P0717 00 Input/Turbine Speed Sensor Circuit No Signal 输入速度传感器电路无信号 Ⅱ
P0720 00 Output Speed Sensor Circuit error 输出速度传感器电路故障 Ⅰ
P0722 00 Output Speed Sensor Circuit No Signal 输出速度传感器电路无信号 Ⅰ
P0729 00 Gear ratio fault at 6th gear（C2 or B1 not engage） 6挡（C2或B1未啮合）速比故障 Ⅰ
Gear ratio fault at 1st gear （ B1 ， C2 or C3 not 1挡（B1，C2或C3未分离）速比故
P0731 00 Ⅰ
release）障
P0732 00 Gear ratio fault at 2nd gear（C1 or B1 not engage） 2挡（C1或B1未啮合）速比故障 Ⅰ
P0733 00 Gear ratio fault at 3rd gear（C1 or C3 not engage） 3挡（C1或C3未啮合）速比故障 Ⅰ
P0734 00 Gear ratio fault at 4th gear（C1 or C2 not engage） 4挡（C1或C2未啮合）速比故障 Ⅰ
P0735 00 Gear ratio fault at 5th gear（C2 or C3 not engage） 5挡（C2或C3未啮合）速比故障 Ⅰ
Torque Converter Clutch Circuit Performance / Stuck 液力变矩器锁止离合器电路性能/卡
P0741 00 Ⅰ
Off 滞（关闭位置）
液力变矩器锁止离合器卡滞（打开
P0742 00 Torque Converter Clutch Circuit Stuck On Ⅰ
位置）
P0748 00 Pressure Control Solenoid “SLT” Electrical 油路压力控制电磁阀SLT电气故障 Ⅰ
换挡控制电磁阀SLC1卡滞（打开位
P0777 00 Pressure Control Solenoid “SLC1” Stuck On Ⅰ
置）
V1.0 252
Failure
P0778 00 Pressure Control Solenoid “SLC1” Electrical error 换挡控制电磁阀SLC1电气故障 Ⅰ
置）
P0813 00 Reverse Output Circuit error 倒挡输出电路故障 Ⅰ
P081A 00 Starter Disable Circuit Low 起动禁止电路电压过低 Ⅰ
P081B 00 Starter Disable Circuit High 起动禁止电路电压过高 Ⅰ
P0867 00 Transmission Fluid Pressure High 变速器油液压力高 Ⅰ
P0868 00 Transmission Fluid Pressure Low 变速器油液压力低 Ⅰ
油路压力控制电磁阀SLT控制电路电
P0962 00 Pressure Control Solenoid “SLT” Control Circuit Low Ⅰ
压过低
油路压力控制电磁阀SLT控制电路电
P0963 00 Pressure Control Solenoid “SLT” Control Circuit High Ⅱ
压过高
Pressure Control Solenoid “SLC1” Control Circuit 换挡控制电磁阀SLC1控制电路量程/
P0965 00 Ⅱ
Range / Performance 性能故障
Pressure Control Solenoid “SLC1” Control Circuit 换挡控制电磁阀SLC1控制电路电压
P0966 00 Ⅱ
Low 过低
P0967 00 Ⅱ
High 过高
P0970 00 Ⅱ
Low 过低
P0971 00 Ⅱ
High 过高
P0973 00 Shift Solenoid “S1” Control Circuit Low 换挡电磁阀S1控制电路电压过低 Ⅱ
P0974 00 Shift Solenoid “S1” Control Circuit High 换挡电磁阀S1控制电路电压过高 Ⅱ
P0976 00 Shift Solenoid “S2” Control Circuit Low 换挡电磁阀S2控制电路电压过低 Ⅱ
P0977 00 Shift Solenoid “S2” Control Circuit High 换挡电磁阀S2控制电路电压过高 Ⅱ
Gear ratio fault at 1st gear with engine brake stuck 1挡发动机制动卡滞于4挡（C2未分
P1701 00 Ⅰ
4th：（C2 not release）离）速比故障
Gear ratio fault at 1st gear with engine brake stuck 1挡发动机制动卡滞于2挡/3挡（B1
P1702 00 Ⅰ
2nd/3rd（B1 or C3 not release）或C3未分离）速比故障
Gear ratio fault at 6th gear Stuck （ C1 or C3 not 6挡卡滞（C1或C3未分离）速比故
P1729 00 Ⅰ
release）障
Gear ratio fault at 1st gear with engine brake（B2 not 1挡发动机制动（B2未啮合）速比故
P1731 00 Ⅰ
engage）障
Gear ratio fault at 2nd gear stuck （ C2 or C3 not 2挡卡滞（C2或C3未分离）速比故
P1732 00 Ⅰ
release）障
Gear ratio fault at 3rd gear Stuck （ C2 ， B1 not
P1733 00 3挡卡滞（B1或C2未分离）速比故障 Ⅰ
release）
Gear ratio fault at 4th gear Stuck （ C3 or B1 not
release）
V1.0 253
Failure
Gear ratio fault at 5th gear Stuck （ C1 or B1 not
release）
置）
Pressure Control Solenoid “SLC3” Control Circuit 换挡控制电磁阀SLC3控制电路量程/
P2719 00 Ⅰ
Range / Performance 性能故障
P2720 00 Ⅰ
Low 过低
P2721 00 Ⅰ
High 过高
换挡控制电磁阀SLB1卡滞（打开位
P2724 00 Pressure Control Solenoid “SLB1” Stuck On Ⅰ
置）
P2725 00 Pressure Control Solenoid “SLB1” Electrical error 换挡控制电磁阀SLB1电气故障 Ⅰ
Pressure Control Solenoid “SLB1” Control Circuit 换挡控制电磁阀SLB1控制电路电压
P2729 00 Ⅰ
Low 过低
Pressure Control Solenoid “SLB1” Control Circuit 换挡控制电磁阀SLB1控制电路电压
P2730 00 Ⅰ
High 过高
P2759 00 Pressure Control Solenoid “SLU” Electrical error 锁止离合器控制电磁阀SLU电气故障 Ⅰ
Torque Converter Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid 锁止离合器控制电磁阀SLU控制电路
P2763 00 Ⅰ
Control Circuit High 电压过高
Torque Converter Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid 锁止离合器控制电磁阀SLU控制电路
P2764 00 Ⅰ
Control Circuit Low 电压过低
P2806 00 Transmission Range Sensor Alignment 变速器挡位位置传感器校准 Ⅰ
U0001 00 High Speed CAN Communication Bus off 高速CAN总线通信故障 Ⅰ
U0100 00 Lost Communication With ECM 丢失与EMS的通信 Ⅰ
Lost Communication With Anti-Lock Brake System
U0121 00 与防抱死制动模块失去通讯 Ⅰ
（ABS）Control Module
U0140 00 Lost Communication With Body Control Module 通讯总线与车身控制模块失去通讯 Ⅰ
Lost Communication With Instrument Panel Cluster
U0155 00 ECU与IPK控制模块通讯故障 Ⅰ
（IPC）Control Module
U1562 17 Battery voltage is too high 蓄电池供电电路电压过高 Ⅰ
U1563 16 Battery voltage is too low 蓄电池供电电路电压过低 Ⅰ
*Note:

V1.0 254
Circult Diagram
Circuit Diagram
6-speed Automatic Transmission - TCU
V1.0 255
Anti-theft & Locking (1)
V1.0 256
Gateway (2)
V1.0 257

(1)
V1.0 258
(2)
V1.0 259

1 MS CAN L
Engine Compartment Fuse Box - 4 BD050
2 MS CAN H
4 HS CAN L
5 HS CAN H
16 Brake Pedal Position Sensor
Steering Wheel Shift Paddle
24
Switch + Input
26
Switch - Input
Pin No. Pin Information Brake Pedal Position Sensor

35
Ground
9 Power Voltage for Exterior
Rearview Mirror Heater Brake Pedal Position Sensor
36
5V Power
10 Power Voltage for Rear
Window Defogger 37 Cruise Switch Ground
Cruise Switch 1 Position
Rotary Coupler CP017 38
Input

2 Cruise Switch Ground
3 1 Power Voltage
Switch + Output
Right Rear Wheel Speed
Steering Wheel Shift Paddle 3
4 Sensor Signal +
Switch - Output
Right Rear Wheel Speed
Cruise Switch 1 Position 4
5 Sensor Signal -
Signal
7 Brake Fluid Level Signal
GW CP070A
8 HS CAN L
9 HS CAN H
10
Sensor Signal +
11
Sensor Signal -
V1.0 260
Pin No. Pin Information Instrument Pack CP018
26 ESP Switch
28 Ignition Voltage
29
Sensor Signal +
30
Sensor Signal -
33 Speed Signal
Left Front Wheel Speed
35
Sensor Signal + Pin No. Pin Information
Left Front Wheel Speed 1 12V Voltage
36
Sensor Signal - 5 Ignition Voltage
Valve and Logical Unit 12 PDC
38
Ground
19 TPMS
22
Voltage
Fuel Level Sensor Low
23
Voltage
26 HS CAN H
27 HS CAN L
28 Acoustic Request
Diagnostic Interface CP040

1 HS CAN H
5 Main Relay
15
Supply
16
Supply Pin No. Pin Information
17 HS CAN L 6 HS CAN L
20 12V Voltage 14 HS CAN H
35 Ignition Voltage
63 Ground
64 Ground
V1.0 261
Automatic Transmission Control Module GB008 Pin No. Pin Information

13 LS2
14 HS CAN H
Passenger Compartment Fuse Box IPC

1 Power Voltage
3 Shift Signal +
4 Shift Signal - Pin No. Pin Information
5 LS1 13 KL.R
6 HS CAN L 20 KL.15
7 Sport Mode 39 KL.50
9 Ground
11 Ignition Voltage
V1.0 262
Diagnostic Information and Procedure • Automatic transmission assembly failure.
DTC Description
DTC P0218: Transmission Fluid Over Temperature Condition Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
Failure Type Byte
(FTB)
1. Check whether the automatic transmission oil is
Transmission Fluid Over
00 sufficient.
Temperature Condition
If not, check the transmission for oil leakage or oil pump
failure and repair it.
The oil temperature sensor is integrated with the transmission
internal harness and mounted at the front end of the valve
the scan tool.
body, directly detects the temperature of oil in the hydraulic
control loop, and sends the oil temperature signal to TCM, 3. Confirm that the "Transmission Oil Temperature"
and it uses the oil temperature sensor to monitor the parameter in the real-time display of the scan tool is
oil temperature in the transmission. To adapt to the oil within the normal range.
temperature change, TCM controls smooth gear shift in a If the transmission oil temperature is not within the
wide temperature range. The oil temperature sensor has an specified range, replace the automatic transmission
electric output and grounds through TCM. control module and match it.
It is a negative temperature coefficient sensor. When the 4. Again read the DTC and clear it, confirm that DTC
temperature rises, the sensor resistance lowers; when the P0218 is not set.
temperature decreases, the sensor resistance increases. The
If the DTCs have been set, test/replace the automatic
resistance change is inversely proportional to the transmission
transmission assembly.
oil temperature. TCM calculates the transmission oil
temperature through the sensor resistance. Service Guideline
Conditions for Running DTCs • Refer to Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle"
- "Transmission/Transaxle - 6AT" - "Automatic
Transmission Oil - Extraction and Fill".
• The ignition voltage is between 10.5-15.5V.
• Refer to Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle"
• Not in overhaul mode. - "Transmission/Transaxle - 6AT" - "Automatic
• Engine speed is above 400rpm. Transmission Oil - Fill".
• Engine speed is normal. • Refer to Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle" -
• If bus is in off state, the engine control module has no "Transmission/Transaxle - 6AT" - "Transmission Control
communication = no failure is detected in this item. Module (TCM)".
• Oil temperature sensor has no failure. • Refer to Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle"
Conditions for Setting DTCs - "Transmission/Transaxle - 6AT" - "Automatic
Transmission Assembly".
• The signal value of oil temperature sensor is not less than
155℃ for more than 10s.
• The above failure is detected consecutively for 1 time. "Transmission/Transaxle - 6AT" - "Transmission Control
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs Module (TCM)".
The signal value of the oil temperature sensor is higher than
0℃ and less than 140℃ for more than 3s.
Failure Cause
• Automatic transmission oil deteriorated
• Automatic transmission oil pump failure.
• Oil strainer blocked
V1.0 263
P0562, P0563, U1562, U1563 P0563, U1562:

DTC Description • TCMThe power supply voltage is higher than 16V for
DTC P0562: Battery Voltage Low Voltage more than 1s.
Failure Type Byte • Failures occur for 20 times continuously.
Failure Description
(FTB) Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
00 Battery Voltage Low Voltage Limp home mode.
DTC P0563: Battery Voltage High Voltage
The power supply voltage is between 10.5-15.5V and lasts for
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description more than 20s.
(FTB)
Failure Cause
DTC U1562: Battery Voltage is too High • Connector failure or poor fitting.
Failure Type Byte • Alternator failure.
Failure Description
(FTB) • Battery failure.
17 Battery Voltage is too High • Automatic transmission control module failure.
DTC U1563: Battery Voltage is too Low
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description 6-speed Automatic Transmission - TCU
(FTB)
16 Battery Voltage is too Low Reference Connector End View Information
GB008, IPC
Automatic transmission control module continuously
monitors the system voltage of ignition switch voltage circuit. Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
If the system voltage is below the normal value, then the
transmission solenoid may not be operated in a correct
manner. Abnormal solenoid valve operation may result in 1. Check fuse F08, F23 or EF8 for fusing.
unsteady transmission running, which may lead to internal If the fuse is fusing, replace it with a corresponding fuse.
damage. These DTCs can be used to detect high or low
2. With the engine running and the other accessories off,
transmission control module voltage for an extended period.
measure and record the voltage of the battery terminal
Conditions for Running DTCs with a digital multimeter. The voltage shall be between
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. 12.6-15.0V.
• Not in overhaul mode. 3. If it is not within the specified range or the charging
indicator is on, repair the engine charging system failure.
• Engine speed is above 400rpm for 2s.
Circuit/System Test
• No engine speed failure is detected.
• No bus shutoff failure is detected. 1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
• Losing communication with ECM is not detected.
• The input shaft speed is above 400rpm for 2s.
transmission control module.
• No input speed failure is detected.
• The input speed has no backup. connector GB008 of the automatic transmission control
Conditions for Setting DTCs module and the ground is less than 5Ω.
P0562, U1563: If it exceeds the specified range, test the circuit for open
circuit/high resistance.
• TCMThe power supply voltage is lower than 9V for
more than 1s. 4. Connect the battery negative cable, and test if the voltage
• Failures occur for 20 times continuously.
automatic transmission control module is battery voltage.
V1.0 264

module and the ground is less than 0V.

short to battery.

module and the ground is infinite.

short to ground.
7. Disconnect the battery negative cable and harness

connector IPC of the fuse box in the passenger
compartment.
harness connector GB008 of the transmission control
module and terminals of harness connector IPC of the
corresponding fuse box in the passenger compartment
is less than 5Ω:
• Terminal 1 of GB008 and Terminal 35 of IPC
• Terminal 11 of GB008 and Terminal 20 of IPC

9. If circuit tests are normal, test/replace the automatic

Service Guideline
Module (TCM)".
Module (TCM)".
V1.0 265

DTC Description Automatic transmission control module failure.
DTC P0601: Internal Contr. Module Memory Check Sum Reference Information
Error
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description 6-speed Automatic Transmission - TCU
(FTB)
Internal Contr. Module Memory
00 GB008
Check Sum Error
DTC P0603: Non Volatile Memory (EEPEOM) Internal Check
Sum Basic Methods of Circuit Test

Failure Description
(FTB) 1. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, and connect
Non Volatile Memory (EEPEOM) the scan tool.
00
Internal Check Sum 2. After the DTC is cleared with a scan tool, confirm that
DTC P0601, P0603 and P0604 are not set.
DTC P0604: Random Access Memory Read/Write Error
3. If the DTCs have been reset, test/replace the automatic
Failure Type Byte transmission control module.
Failure Description
(FTB) Service Guideline
Random Access Memory
00 • Refer to Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle" -
Read/Write Error
Circuit/System Description Module (TCM)".
Internal failure of the automatic transmission control module • Replace, programme and set the control module,
is detected. Refer to Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle" -
Module (TCM)".
P0601: It is detected that the calculated checksum value after
turning on the ignition switch is different from that stored in
the flash memory.
P0603: It is detected that the calculated checksum value in

RAM is different from that in EEPROM.
P0604: It is detected that the written value is different from

the read value during testing the initialization procedures of all
RAMs.
P0601, P0603: Lamp home mode.
P0604: TCM use the default value of the system as the starting
value of EEPROM.
P0601: After the correct initialization, checksum detection is
completed firstly.
P0603, P0604: No failure is detected during operating the

initialization.
V1.0 266
P0702 Service Guideline
DTC Description • Refer to Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle" -
DTC P0702: Transmission Control System Electrical Error "Transmission/Transaxle - 6AT" - "Transmission Control
Module (TCM)".
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description • Replace, programme and set the control module,
(FTB)
Transmission Control System
00 "Transmission/Transaxle - 6AT" - "Transmission Control
Electrical Error
Module (TCM)".
Automatic transmission control module continuously
monitors the system voltage of ignition switch voltage circuit.
If the system voltage is below the normal value, then the
transmission solenoid may not be operated in a correct
manner. Abnormal solenoid valve operation may result in
unsteady transmission running, which may lead to internal
damage. These DTCs can be used to detect high or low
transmission control module voltage for an extended period.
• The ignition voltage is between 10.5-15.5V.
The linear control solenoid valve drive state is "Standard
Mode" and lasts for 80ms, and the failure occurs for more
than 5 times in total.
No self-learning control.
During initialization, no failure is detected for 400ms
continuously.
Failure Cause
Automatic transmission control module failure.
the scan tool.
2. After the DTC is cleared with a scan tool, confirm that
DTC P0601, P0603 and P0604 are not set.
3. If the DTCs have been reset, test/replace the automatic
V1.0 267
P0705, P0707, P0708, P2806 • Not in overhaul mode.

DTC Description P0707, P0708:
DTC P0705: Transmission Range Sensor Circuit Error
• The ignition voltage is between 9-15.5V.
Failure Type Byte • Not in overhaul mode.
Failure Description
(FTB)
P2806:
Transmission Range Sensor Circuit
00 • Place the ignition switch in "ON" position.
Error
DTC P0707: Transmission Range Sensor Circuit Low
Failure Description
(FTB)
• The main position sensor voltage + the vice position
00 sensor voltage voltage < (5-0.29)V for 100ms, which lasts
Low
for more than 2 times in total.
DTC P0708: Transmission Range Sensor Circuit High • The main position sensor voltage + the vice position
sensor voltage voltage > (5+0.29)V for 100ms, which lasts
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description for more than 2 times in total.
(FTB)
P0707:
00
High • The main position sensor voltage < 0.127V for 100ms,
which lasts for more than 2 times in total.
DTC P2806: Transmission Range Sensor Alignment
• The vice position sensor voltage < 0.127V for 100ms,
Failure Type Byte which lasts for more than 2 times in total.
Failure Description
(FTB)
P0708:
Transmission Range Sensor
00 • The main position sensor voltage > 4.87V for 100ms,
Alignment
which lasts for more than 2 times in total.
Circuit/System Description • The vice position sensor voltage > 4.87V for 100ms,
TCM integrates the gear shift position sensor, and there is no which lasts for more than 2 times in total.
harness connection between TCM and the gear shift position P2806: The adjustment range is marked as non-execution,
sensor, and the gear sensor is a non-contact Hall sensor. The which is detected for more than 1 time.
gear sensor detects the position of shift lever through the Hall
effect and outputs specific voltage at different gears (P, R, N and
D). When moving the shift lever, the position of magnet in the P0705, P0707, P0708:
sensor correspondingly changes, the magnetic field strength • Keep the gear section switch data unchanged before
received by the Hall integrated circuit also changes, the Hall detecting the failure.
integrated circuit can convert the magnetic field strength to
• No self-learning control.
gear electronic signals, and TCM reads the output voltage from
the gear sensor and calculates to determine the current gear • No adaptive shift control.
shift. TCM is mounted in the form of making gear shift shaft • Close the start-up lock.
pass through the control module. The position of shift lever P2806:
can be calibrated with the scan tool.
• Set the error value of the shift position 1 CAN value.
• Close the start-up lock.
P0705:
P0705: (5-0.29)V ≤ the main position sensor voltage + the
• It didn't detect that the main position sensor is short to vice position sensor voltage voltage ≤ (5+0.29)V, which lasts
battery or ground. for 500ms.
• It didn't detect that the vice position sensor is short to
P0707: 0.127V ≤ the main position sensor voltage ≤ 4.87V,
battery or ground.
V1.0 268
P0708: 0.127V ≤ the vice position sensor voltage ≤ 4.87V, If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
which lasts for 500ms. open circuit/high resistance.
P2806: The adjustment range is marked as execution. 6. Connect the battery negative cable, place the ignition
Failure Cause switch in "ON" position, test if the voltage between
terminal 9 of harness connector CP025A of the gear shift
mechanism and ground is 12V.
• Shift mechanism failure.
• Automatic transmission control module failure. open circuit/high resistance.
Reference Circuit Information battery negative cable, and disconnect harness connector
6-speed Automatic Transmission - TCU GB008 of the automatic transmission control module.
Reference Connector End View Information 8. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
CP025A, GB008
control module and the corresponding terminals of
Reference Electrical Information harness connector CP025A of the gear shift mechanism
Basic Methods of Circuit Test is less than 5Ω:
• Terminal 10 of CP025A and Terminal 4 of GB008
• Terminal 11 of CP025A and Terminal 3 of GB008
the following data in the real-time display of the scan tool: • Terminal 12 of CP025A and Terminal 7 of GB008
• Gear-selection switch P If it exceeds the specified range, test the circuit for open
• Gear-selection switch R circuit/high resistance.
• Gear-selection switch N 9. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of

• Gear-selection switch D
control module or terminals of harness connector
• Gear-selection switch W CP025A of the gear shift mechanism and the ground is
2. Select the transmission gear in sequence, and confirm infinite:
that the “Current Gear" in real-time display of scan • Terminal 4 of GB008
tool is consistent with actual selected gear. Automatic
transmission - 6AT transmission/transaxle. • Terminal 3 of GB008
3. After performing above steps, under the conditions for • Terminal 7 of GB008
running the DTC, operate the vehicle and confirm that
the DTC is not set again.
If the vehicle has passed the "Circuit/System Check" test,
stop it. Do not carry out "Circuit/System Test", otherwise • Terminal 12 of CP025A
it may lead to unnecessary component replacement. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
Circuit/System Test short to ground.
1. Test the fuses EF8 and F22 for fusing. If the fuse is blown, 10. Connect battery negative cable, and test if the voltage
test the relevant power circuit for short to ground. between the following terminals of harness connector
2. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect GB008 of the automatic transmission control module or
the battery negative cable. terminals of harness connector CP025A of the gear shift
3. Disconnect harness connector CP025A of the gear shift mechanism and the ground is 0V:
mechanism. • Terminal 4 of B008
4. Test the components of neutral gear starting switch.
If the test fails, replace the gear shift mechanism.
connector CP025A of the gear shift mechanism and the
ground is less than 5Ω. • Terminal 11 of CP025A
V1.0 269

short to battery.

Component Test
2. Disconnect harness connector CP025A of the gear shift
mechanism.
3. When the gear shift mechanism is in manual control,
move the shift lever to downshift, and at the same time
test if the resistance between terminal 9 and terminal
10 of harness connector CP025A of the gear shift
mechanism is less than 5Ω.
If it is not within the specified range, replace the gear

shift mechanism.
4. When the gear shift mechanism is in manual control,

move the shift lever to upshift, and at the same time test
if the resistance between terminal 9 and terminal 11 of
harness connector CP025A of the gear shift mechanism
is less than 5Ω.

shift mechanism.
5. Test if the resistance between terminal 9 and terminal 12

of harness connector CP025A of the shift mechanism is
less than 5Ω when switching from run mode to sport
mode.

shift mechanism.
Service Guideline
"Transmission/Transaxle - 6AT" - "Neutral Start Switch".
Transmission Harness".
Module (TCM)".
Module (TCM)".
V1.0 270
P0711, P0712, P0713 • If bus is in off state, the engine control module has no
DTC Description communication failure.
DTC P0711: Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor Circuit • 10 ≤ input A/D value ≤ 1010 (-55℃＜oil temperature＜
Range/Performance Error 200℃).
• Gear selection switch has no failure.
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description • Oil temperature sensor has no failure.
(FTB)
Transmission Fluid Temperature P0712
00 Sensor Circuit Range/Performance • Place the ignition switch in "ON" position.
Error
• The battery voltage is between 9.0-16V.
DTC P0712: Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor Circuit • Not in overhaul mode.
Low • Accurate gear signal.
Failure Type Byte • Gear selection switch has no failure.
Failure Description
(FTB)
P0713
Transmission Fluid Temperature
00 • The engine operates for more than 10 min.
Sensor Circuit Low
• Engine coolant temperature is above 50℃.
DTC P0713: Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor Circuit • The engine coolant temperature is within the normal
High range.
Failure Type Byte • Not in emergency mode.
Failure Description
(FTB) Conditions for Setting DTCs
Transmission Fluid Temperature P0711:
00
Sensor Circuit High
• Oil temperature ≤ 20℃ or basic oil temperature ≤ 20℃.
Circuit/System Description • The vehicle speed ≥ 40km/h.
The oil temperature sensor is integrated with the transmission • The gear is in P or R or N gear.
internal harness and mounted at the front end of the valve • Diagnose continuously for more than 1 time.
body, directly detects the temperature of oil in the hydraulic
control loop, and sends the oil temperature signal to TCM, P0712: Input A/D value＜10 (oil temperature 200℃) for 10s,
and it uses the oil temperature sensor to monitor the and the failure happens for 6 times in total.
oil temperature in the transmission. To adapt to the oil P0713: Input A/D value 1010 (oil temperature < -55℃) for 1s,
temperature change, TCM controls smooth gear shift in a and the failure happens for 12 times in total.
wide temperature range. The oil temperature sensor has an
electric output and grounds via TCM.
P0712, P0713:
It is a negative temperature coefficient sensor. When the
temperature rises, the sensor resistance lowers; when the • Keep the oil temperature unchanged before failure
temperature decreases, the sensor resistance increases. The diagnosis.
resistance change is inversely proportional to the transmission • No self-learning control is running.
oil temperature. TCM calculates the transmission oil Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
temperature through the sensor resistance.
• 41＜input A/D value＜605 (20℃＜oil temperature＜
Conditions for Running DTCs 150℃) for 10s, and diagnose continuously for more than
P0711 30 times.
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. • After initialization, the oil temperature changes ±10 (A/D
value)
• The battery voltage is between 9.0-16V.
Failure Cause
• Engine speed is above 400rpm. • Transmission oil temperature sensor failure.
• Engine speed is normal. • Automatic transmission control module failure.
V1.0 271
the scan tool.
2. Confirm that the "Transmission Oil Temperature Sensor
Circuit Voltage" parameter in the real-time display of the
scan tool is within the normal range.
If the transmission oil temperature sensor circuit

voltage is not within the specified range, test/replace the
automatic transmission control module and match it.
3. Again read the DTCs and clear them, confirm that DTC
P0711, P0712 and P0713 are not set.

Service Guideline
Module (TCM)".
Module (TCM)".
V1.0 272
P0715, P0717 Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
DTC Description The input shaft speed is 300rpm for 70s.
DTC P0715: Input/Turbine Speed Sensor Circuit Error Failure Cause
Failure Type Byte • Output shaft speed sensor failure.
Failure Description
(FTB)
Input/Turbine Speed Sensor Circuit Reference Information
00
Error
DTC P0717: Input/Turbine Speed Sensor Circuit No Signal Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
Failure Description
(FTB)
Input/Turbine Speed Sensor Circuit the scan tool.
00
No Signal
2. Confirm that the "Input Speed Sensor" parameter in the
Circuit/System Description real-time display of the scan tool is within the normal
range.
The input revolution sensor is installed on the transmission
case for measuring the speed of transmission input shaft. The If the input speed sensor signal is not within the specified
magnetic resistance distribution ring on the C2 clutch drum range, replace the output speed sensor.
will rotate when the hydraulic torque converter drives the
input shaft. When passing through the input sensor, each gear
P0715 and P0717 are not set.
will generate signal and sends to TCM.
transmission control module and match it.
P0715:
Service Guideline
• Place the ignition switch in “ON” position.
• Battery voltage is between 9V and 16V. - "Transmission/Transaxle - 6AT" - "Automatic
• Not in service mode. Transmission Assembly".
P0717: • Replace, programme and set the control module,
• Battery voltage is between 9V and 16V. Module (TCM)".
• Engine speed is above 400rpm
• Engine speed is free of failure.
• If bus is in off state, engine control module has no
communication.
P0715: AD value is less than 0.206V or greater than 2.727V
for 1,000ms, and the failure occurs for 10 times in total.
P0717: The output operation sensor without pulse signals is

detected for 11 pulses, and the failure occurs for 500 times in
total.
• Losing communication with ABS/SCS and the wheel
speed sensor has not been detected.
• No adaptive gear.
V1.0 273

DTC Description • The output shaft speed is 300rpm for 70s.
DTC P0720: Output revolution sensor/Electrical Failur Failure Cause
Failure Type Byte • Output shaft speed sensor failure.
Failure Description
(FTB) • Automatic transmission control module failure.
Output revolution sensor/Electrical Reference Information
00
Failure
DTC P0722: Output Speed Sensor Circuit No Signal Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
Failure Description
(FTB)
Output Speed Sensor Circuit No the scan tool.
00
Signal
2. Confirm that the "Output Speed Sensor" parameter in
Circuit/System Description the real-time display of the scan tool is within the normal
range.
The output speed sensor is installed on the transmission case
for measuring the speed of transmission output shaft. The If the output speed sensor signal is not within the
output speed sensor operates in the same manner as the input specified range, replace the output speed sensor.
speed sensor, but its signals are generated when the gear teeth
pass through the magnetic resistance distribution ring on the
parking gear.
P0720:
Service Guideline
• Not in overhaul mode. Transmission Assembly".
P0722: • Replace, programme and set the control module,

• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. "Transmission/Transaxle - 6AT" - "Transmission Control
• Battery voltage is between 9V and 16V. Module (TCM)".
• If bus is in off state, engine control module has no
communication.
P0720: AD value is less than 0.206V or greater than 2.727V
for 1,000ms, and the failure occurs for 10 times in total.
P0722: The input operation sensor without pulse signals is

detected for 11 pulses, and the failure occurs for 500 times
in total.
• Losing communication with ABS/SCS and the wheel
speed sensor has not been detected.
• No shift self-adaptive control.
V1.0 274
P0729, P1729 • |1- current transmission ratio/5th transmission ratio| ＜
DTC Description 4% for 0.5s, and the failure happens for 5 times in total.
DTC P0729: Gear Ratio Fault at 6th Gear (C2 or B1 Not Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
Engage) P0729:
Failure Type Byte • Automatic transmission assembly failure.
Failure Description
(FTB)
Gear Ratio Fault at 6th Gear (C2 or • No shift control during 1 diagnosis.
00
B1 Not Engage)
P1729:
DTC P1729: Gear Ratio Fault at 6th Gear Stuck (C1 or C3 • Automatic transmission assembly failure.
Not Release)
Failure Type Byte • Gear shift is forbidden.
Failure Description
(FTB)
Gear Ratio Fault at 6th Gear Stuck
00 P0729: |1- input shaft speed/output shaft speed|＜4% for 1s,
(C1 or C3 Not Release)
and the failure happens for 12 times in total.
P1729: |1- input shaft speed/output shaft speed|＜4% for 1s,
All gear ratios of the automatic transmission are obtained and the failure happens for 12 times in total.
through the planet gear sets in the transmission case. The Failure Cause
single component in the planet gear set is driven or locked
by 3 clutches, 2 brakes and 1 one-way clutch. The clutch, • Automatic transmission assembly failure.
brake and the one-way clutch control the interlock and • Automatic transmission control module failure.
rotation direction of these elements in the planet gear, so as Reference Information
to generate the selection of "P" and "N", 6 forward gear ratios
and 1 reserve gear ratio. The P.T.O (power take off) of the
drive system will be transmitted to the differential through Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
the final drive.
P0729: the scan tool.
• The current gear is 6th gear. 2. Confirm that the "Variable Speed Ratio of the Gear"
• The output shaft speed ≥ 60rpm. parameter in the real-time display of the scan tool is
within the normal range.
• The 6th gear stagnation speed ratio failure is not
defected. If the gear ratio value is not within the specified range,
test/replace the automatic transmission control module
P1729:
and match it.
• The current gear is 6th gear.
• The output shaft speed ≥ 60rpm. P0729 and P1729 are not set.
• The input torque ≥ 30Nm or the input torque ≤ -20Nm.
Conditions for Setting DTCs transmission assembly.
P0729: |1- current transmission ratio/expected transmission Service Guideline
ratio| ＞20% for 1s, and the failure happens for 12 times in
total.
P1729: Module (TCM)".
• |1- current transmission ratio/2nd transmission ratio| ＜ • Refer to Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle"
4% for 0.5s, and the failure happens for 5 times in total. - "Transmission/Transaxle - 6AT" - "Automatic
• |1- current transmission ratio/4th transmission ratio| ＜
4% for 0.5s, and the failure happens for 5 times in total. • Replace, programme and set the control module,
V1.0 275

Module (TCM)".
V1.0 276
P0731, P1701, P1702, P1731 • The engine torque ≥ 60Nm.
DTC P0731: Gear Ratio Fault at 1st Gear (B1，C2 or C3 Not
• The current gear is 1st gear.
Release)
• The output shaft speed ≥ 60rpm.
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description • The input shaft speed ≤ 6,000rpm.
(FTB)
• The engine torque ≥ 60Nm.
Gear Ratio Fault at 1st Gear (B1，
00 P1702:
C2 or C3 Not Release)
DTC P1701: Gear Ratio Fault at 1st Gear with Engine Brake
Stuck 4th: (C2 not release)
Failure Type Byte
(FTB)
Gear Ratio Fault at 1st Gear with • The current gear is 1st gear.
00 Engine Brake Stuck 4th: (C2 not • The output shaft speed ≥ 60rpm.
release) • The engine torque ≥ 0Nm.
DTC P1702: Gear Ratio Fault at 1st Gear with Engine Brake Conditions for Setting DTCs
Stuck 2nd/3rd (B1 or C3 Not Release) P0731:
Failure Type Byte • |1- current transmission ratio/2nd transmission ratio| ＜
Failure Description
(FTB) 4% for 0.5s, and the failure happens for 5 times in total.
Gear Ratio Fault at 1st Gear with • |1- current transmission ratio/3rd transmission ratio| ＜
00 Engine Brake Stuck 2nd/3rd (B1 or 4% for 0.5s, and the failure happens for 5 times in total.
C3 Not Release) • |1- current transmission ratio/4th transmission ratio| ＜
4% for 0.5s, and the failure happens for 5 times in total.
DTC P1731: Gear Ratio Fault at 1st Gear with Engine Brake
(B2 Not Engage) P1701: |1- current transmission ratio/4th transmission ratio|
＜4% for 1s, and the failure happens for 12 times in total.
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description
(FTB) P1702:
Gear Ratio Fault at 1st Gear with • |1- current transmission ratio/2nd transmission ratio| ＜
00
Engine Brake (B2 Not Engage) 4% for 0.5s, and the failure happens for 5 times in total.
• |1- current transmission ratio/3rd transmission ratio| ＜
4% for 0.5s, and the failure happens for 5 times in total.
All gear ratios of the automatic transmission are obtained
through the planet gear sets in the transmission case. The P1731: |1- current transmission ratio/expected transmission
single component in the planet gear set is driven or locked ratio| ＞20% for 1s, and the failure happens for 12 times in
by 3 clutches, 2 brakes and 1 one-way clutch. The clutch, total.
brake and the one-way clutch control the interlock and Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
rotation direction of these elements in the planet gear, so as P0731, P1702:
and 1 reserve gear ratio. The P.T.O (power take off) of the • Automatic transmission assembly failure.
drive system will be transmitted to the differential through • No shift self-adaptive control.
the final drive. • No shift control during 1 diagnosis.
Conditions for Running DTCs P1701: No shift self-adaptive control.
P0731:
P1731:
• Automatic transmission assembly failure.
• The input shaft speed ≤ 6,000rpm.
V1.0 277

P0731: |1- input shaft speed/output shaft speed|＜4% for 0.5s,
and the failure happens for 5 times in total.
P1701, P1702: |1- input shaft speed/output shaft speed|＜4%

for 1s, and the failure happens for 12 times in total.
P1702、P1703: |1- input shaft speed/output shaft speed|＜4%

for 1s, and the failure happens for 12 times in total.
Failure Cause
the scan tool.
2. Confirm that the "Variable Speed Ratio of the Gear"
parameter in the real-time display of the scan tool is
If the gear ratio value is not within the specified range,

and match it.
P0731, P1701, P1702, and P1731 are not set.
If the DTCs have been reset, test/replace the automatic

Service Guideline
Module (TCM)".
Module (TCM)".
V1.0 278
DTC Description • Automatic transmission assembly failure.
DTC P0732: Gear Ratio Fault at 2nd Gear (C1 or B1 Not • No gear shift self-adaptive control.
Engage)
• No gear shift control during 1 diagnosis.
Failure Description
(FTB)
|1- input shaft speed/output shaft speed|＜4% for 1s, and the
Gear Ratio Fault at 2nd Gear (C1 or failure occurs for 12 times in total.
00
B1 Not Engage)
Failure Cause
DTC P1732: Gear Ratio Fault at 2nd Gear Stuck (C2 or C3 • Automatic transmission assembly failure.
Not Release) • Automatic transmission control module failure.
Failure Description
(FTB)
Gear Ratio Fault at 2nd Gear Stuck
(C2 or C3 Not Release)
All gear ratios of the automatic transmission are obtained
the scan tool.
through the planet gear sets in the transmission case. The
2. Confirm that the "Variable Speed Ratio of the Gear"
by 3 clutches, 2 brakes and 1 one-way clutch. The clutch,
brake and the one-way clutch control the interlock and
rotation direction of these elements in the planet gear, so as If the gear ratio value is not within the specified range,
to generate the selection of "P" and "N", 6 forward gear ratios test/replace the automatic transmission control module
and 1 reserve gear ratio. The P.T.O (power take off) of the and match it.
drive system will be transmitted to the differential through
the final drive.
P0732: transmission assembly.
• The current gear is 2nd gear. Service Guideline
• The output shaft speed ≥ 60rpm. • Refer to Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle" -
P1732: "Transmission/Transaxle - 6AT" - "Transmission Control
Module (TCM)".
• The current gear is 2nd gear.
• The input torque ≥ 30Nm or the input torque ≤ -20Nm. Transmission Assembly".
Conditions for Setting DTCs • Replace, programme and set the control module,
P0732: |1- current transmission ratio/expected transmission Refer to Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle" -
ratio| ＞20% for 1s, and the failure occurs for 12 times in total. "Transmission/Transaxle - 6AT" - "Transmission Control
Module (TCM)".
P1732:

4% for 0.5s, and the failure occurs for 5 times in total.
V1.0 279

DTC Description 4% for 0.5s, and the failure occurs for 5 times in total.
DTC P0733: Gear Ratio Fault at 3rd Gear (C1 or C3 Not Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
Engage) P0733:
Failure Description
(FTB)
Gear Ratio Fault at 3rd Gear (C1 or • No shift control during 1 diagnosis.
00
C3 Not Engage)
P1733:
DTC P1733: Gear Ratio Fault at 3rd Gear Stuck (C2，B1 Not • Automatic transmission assembly failure.
Release)
• No gear shift self-adaptive control.
Failure Description
(FTB)
Gear Ratio Fault at 3rd Gear Stuck
00 |1- input shaft speed/output shaft speed|＜4% for 1s, and the
(C2，B1 Not Release)
failure occurs for 12 times in total.
All gear ratios of the automatic transmission are obtained • Automatic transmission assembly failure.
by 3 clutches, 2 brakes and 1 one-way clutch. The clutch, Reference Information
brake and the one-way clutch control the interlock and Reference Electrical Information
rotation direction of these elements in the planet gear, so as
and 1 reserve gear ratio. The P.T.O (power take off) of the Circuit/System Check
drive system will be transmitted to the differential through 1. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, and connect
the final drive. the scan tool.
Conditions for Running DTCs 2. Confirm that the "Speed Ratio Value" parameter in the
P0733: real-time display of the scan tool is within the normal
range.
• The current gear is 3rd gear.
• The output shaft speed ≥ 60rpm. If the gear ratio value is not within the specified range,
• The 3rd gear stagnation speed ratio failure is not
and match it.
defected.
P1733:
• The current gear is 3rd gear.
• The output shaft speed ≥ 60rpm. transmission assembly.
• The input torque ≥ 30Nm or the input torque ≤ -20Nm. Service Guideline
P0733: |1- current transmission ratio/expected transmission "Transmission/Transaxle - 6AT" - "Transmission Control
ratio| ＞20% for 1s, and the failure occurs for 12 times in total. Module (TCM)".
P1733: • Refer to Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle"
• |1- current transmission ratio/2nd transmission ratio| ＜
Module (TCM)".
V1.0 280
DTC P0734: Gear Ratio Fault at 4th Gear (C1 or C2 Not • |1- current transmission ratio/5th transmission ratio| ＜
Engage) 4% for 0.5s, and the failure occurs for 6 times in total.
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description
(FTB) P0734:
Gear Ratio Fault at 4th Gear (C1 or • Automatic transmission assembly failure.
00
C2 Not Engage) • No shift self-adaptive control.
DTC P1734: Gear Ratio Fault at 4th Gear Stuck (C3 or B1 • No shift control during 1 diagnosis.
Not Release) P1734:
Failure Description
(FTB) • No shift self-adaptive control.
Gear Ratio Fault at 4th Gear Stuck • Gear shift is forbidden.
00
(C3 or B1 Not Release)
Circuit/System Description |1- input shaft speed/output shaft speed|＜4% for 1s, and the
All gear ratios of the automatic transmission are obtained failure occurs for 12 times in total.
through the planet gear sets in the transmission case. The Failure Cause
by 3 clutches, 2 brakes and 1 one-way clutch. The clutch,
brake and the one-way clutch control the interlock and • Automatic transmission control module failure.
rotation direction of these elements in the planet gear, so as Reference Information
to generate the selection of "P" and "N", 6 forward gear ratios Reference Electrical Information
and 1 reserve gear ratio. The P.T.O (power take off) of the
drive system will be transmitted to the differential through
the final drive. Circuit/System Check
Conditions for Running DTCs 1. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, and connect
P0734: the scan tool.
• The current gear is 4th gear. 2. Confirm that the "Variable Speed Ratio of the Gear"
defected. If the gear ratio value is not within the specified range,
P1734: and match it.
• The current gear is 4th gear. 3. Again read the DTCs and clear them, confirm that DTC
• The output shaft speed ≥ 60rpm. P0734 and P1734 are not set.
• The input torque ≥ 30Nm or the input torque ≤ -20Nm. If the DTCs have been set, test/replace the automatic
Conditions for Setting DTCs transmission assembly.
P0734: |1- current transmission ratio/expected transmission Service Guideline
ratio| ＞20% for 1s, and the failure occurs for 12 times in total. • Refer to Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle" -
Module (TCM)".
• |1- current transmission ratio/2nd transmission ratio| ＜
4% for 0.5s, and the failure occurs for 5 times in total. • Refer to Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle"
V1.0 281

Module (TCM)".
V1.0 282
DTC P0735: Gear Ratio Fault at 5th Gear (C2 or C3 Not Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
Engage) P0735:
Failure Description
(FTB)
Gear Ratio Fault at 5th Gear (C2 or • No shift control during 1 diagnosis.
00
C3 Not Engage)
P1735:
DTC P1735: Gear Ratio Fault at 5th Gear Stuck (B1 or C1 • Automatic transmission assembly failure.
Not Release)
Failure Description
(FTB)
Gear Ratio Fault at 5th Gear Stuck
00 |1- input shaft speed/output shaft speed|＜4% for 1s, and the
(B1 or C1 Not Release)
All gear ratios of the automatic transmission are obtained • Automatic transmission assembly failure.
by 3 clutches, 2 brakes and 1 one-way clutch. The clutch, Reference Information
brake and the one-way clutch control the interlock and Reference Electrical Information
rotation direction of these elements in the planet gear, so as
and 1 reserve gear ratio. The P.T.O (power take off) of the Circuit/System Check
drive system will be transmitted to the differential through 1. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, and connect
the final drive. the scan tool.
Conditions for Running DTCs 2. Confirm that the "Variable Speed Ratio of the Gear"
P0735: parameter in the real-time display of the scan tool is
• The current gear is 5th gear.
• The output shaft speed ≥ 60rpm. If the gear ratio value is not within the specified range,
and match it.
defected.
P1735:
• The current gear is 5th gear.The output shaft speed ≥
60rpm.
Service Guideline
P0735: |1- current transmission ratio/expected transmission "Transmission/Transaxle - 6AT" - "Transmission Control
ratio| ＞20% for 1s, and the failure occurs for 12 times in total. Module (TCM)".
P1735: • Refer to Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle"
• |1- current transmission ratio/3rd transmission ratio| ＜ - "Transmission/Transaxle - 6AT" - "Automatic
4% for 0.5s, and the failure occurs for 5 times in total. Transmission Assembly".
• |1- current transmission ratio/4th transmission ratio| ＜ • Replace, programme and set the control module,
4% for 0.5s, and the failure occurs for 5 times in total. Refer to Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle" -
Module (TCM)".
V1.0 283
P0741, P0742 • Solenoid valve is normal.

DTC Description • The above informations last for 2s.
DTC P0741: Torque Converter Clutch Circuit Failure Cause
Performance/Stuck Off • Automatic transmission assembly failure.
Failure Type Byte • Automatic transmission control module failure.
Failure Description
(FTB) Reference Information
Torque Converter Clutch Circuit
Performance/Stuck Off
DTC P0742: Torque Converter Clutch Circuit Stuck On
Failure
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description the scan tool.
(FTB)
2. Confirm that the "Hydraulic Torque Converter Lock-up
Torque Converter Clutch Circuit Clutch State" parameter in the real-time display of the
00
Stuck On scan tool is within the normal range.
Circuit/System Description If the hydraulic torque converter lock clutch state is not
In the hydraulic torque converter, there is certain sliding within the specified range, test/replace the automatic
between the pump impeller and turbine, which will lower transmission control module and match it.
fuel economy. It can be eliminated by adopting a hydraulic 3. Again read the DTCs and clear them, confirm that DTC
torque converter lock-up device which is connected with P0741 and P0742 are not set.
the turbine. Based on the engine speed, throttle opening
and vehicle speed information, TCM will activate the lock-up If the DTCs have been set, test/replace the automatic
clutch solenoid valve, and the lock-up clutch solenoid valve transmission assembly or hydraulic torque converter.
controls the lock-up control valve to guide liquid locking or Service Guideline
release hydraulic torque converter. • Refer to Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle" -
Conditions for Running DTCs "Transmission/Transaxle - 6AT" - "Transmission Control
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. Module (TCM)".
• Battery voltage ≥ 6.5V. • Refer to Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle"

• Oil temperature ≥ 20℃.
• 1,000 rpm＜Engine speed＜3,000 rpm.
• The solenoid valve circuit is normal. "Transmission/Transaxle - 6AT" - "Service Guideline" -
Conditions for Setting DTCs "Hydraulic Torque Converter".
• Engine speed＜100rpm for 1s, and the failure occurs for • Replace, programme and set the control module,
2 times in total. Refer to Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle" -
• |Engine speed - input shaft speed|＜30rpm for 2s, and the "Transmission/Transaxle - 6AT" - "Transmission Control
failure occurs for 2 times in total. Module (TCM)".
• After the continue diagnosis for twice, |engine speed -

input shaft speed| ≥ 100rpm, which lasts for 2s.
• No upshift control.
• Gear shift is forbidden.
• The output shaft speed is 0rpm.
• The input, output speed has no backup.
V1.0 284
P0748, P0962, P0963 P0962, P0963:
DTC Description • Place the ignition switch in "ON" position.
DTC P0748: Pressure Control Solenoid "SLT" Electrical • Battery voltage is between 9V and 16V.
Failure Description
(FTB) • Not in the emergency mode.
Pressure Control Solenoid "SLT" • It didn't detected the situation of short to battery for
00
Electrical more than 1s.
• It didn't detected linear solenoid valve malfunction.
DTC P0962: Pressure Control Solenoid "SLT" Control Circuit
Low Conditions for Setting DTCs
Failure Type Byte P0748

Failure Description
(FTB) • (Target current - feedback current)×10＞6,000mA.
Pressure Control Solenoid "SLT" • |Target current - feedback current|＞50mA, which lasts
00
Control Circuit Low for 2,000ms.
P0962: The feedback current ＜ 20mA for 100ms, which is

DTC P0963: Pressure Control Solenoid "SLT" Control Circuit
detected for more than 5 times in total.
High
P0963: The feedback current ≥1,358mA for 100ms, which is
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description detected for more than 5 times in total.
(FTB)
Pressure Control Solenoid "SLT"
00
Control Circuit High No self-learning control.
• P0748: Target current - feedback current＜5mA, which
The oil line pressure control solenoid valve (SLT) is mounted
lasts for 500ms.
on the front surface of the valve body to regulate oil line
pressure and accurately control the brake and clutch. The oil • P0962, P0963: 100mA＜feedback current＜1,124mA,
line pressure control solenoid valve operates according to the which lasts for 500ms.
signals received from TCM. Failure Cause
Based on the throttle opening, engine torque and load rate • Transmission solenoid valve failure.
stored in TCM, the oil line pressure control solenoid valve • Automatic transmission assembly failure.
(SLT) linearly controls the working pressure of oils & fluids
in the clutch and brake through corresponding throttle hole
so as to realize smooth gear shift. As a failure protection
function, when the oil line pressure control solenoid valve is Reference Electrical Information
abnormal, TCMcan cut off the current to the solenoid valve (If Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
the current cutoff is caused by other abnormalities except for
lock-up, the controlled operating oil pressure is maximized). Circuit/System Check
the scan tool.
P0748:
2. Confirm that the "Fuel Line Pressure Control Solenoid
Valve SLT Control Circuit Voltage" parameters displayed
• Battery voltage is between 9V and 16V. in real time on the scan tool are within the normal range.
If the fuel line pressure control solenoid valve SLT
• Not in the emergency mode. control circuit voltage is not within the specified range,
• The feedback current is less than 1,358mA. test/replace the automatic transmission control module
• It didn't detected the situation of short to and match it.
battery/ground, open circuit. 3. Again read the DTCs and clear them, confirm that DTC
• It didn't detected linear solenoid valve malfunction. P0748, P0962 and P0963 are not set.
V1.0 285

transmission assembly or the transmission solenoid valve.
Service Guideline
Module (TCM)".
"Transmission/Transaxle - 6AT" - "Valve Body Cap".
Module (TCM)".
V1.0 286
P0777, P0778, P0965, P0966, P0967 • Battery voltage is between 9V and 16V.
DTC Description • Not in overhaul mode.
DTC P0777: Pressure Control Solenoid “SLC1” Stuck On • Engine speed is 400rpm.
Failure Type Byte • Not in N-D shift control.
Failure Description
(FTB) • 300rpm＜the output shaft speed＜3,000rpm.
Pressure Control Solenoid “SLC1” • |Front wheel speed average value - rear wheel speed
00
Stuck On average value|＞5km/h.
• The throttle valve opening is 70%.
DTC P0778: Pressure Control Solenoid "SLC1" Electrical
• The output shaft speed＜50rps.
Error
P0778:
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description
(FTB) • Place the ignition switch in "ON" position.
Pressure Control Solenoid "SLC1" • Battery voltage is between 9V and 16V.
00
Electrical Error • Not in overhaul mode.
• Not in the emergency mode.
DTC P0965: Pressure Control Solenoid "SLC1" Control
Circuit Range/Performance • The feedback current is less than 1,358mA.
• It didn't detected the condition of short to
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description battery/ground, open circuit.
(FTB)
Pressure Control Solenoid "SLC1"
00 P0965:
Control Circuit Range/Performance
Circuit Low • Battery voltage is between 9V and 16V.
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description • Engine speed is 400rpm.
(FTB)
00 • If bus is in off state, engine control module has no
Control Circuit Low
communication.
P0966:
Circuit High
Failure Type Byte • The ignition switch is in "ON" position.
Failure Description
(FTB) • The ignition voltage is between 10.2V and 15.5V.
Pressure Control Solenoid "SLC1" • Unable to detect the failure of the linear control solenoid
00
Control Circuit High valve drive.
Circuit/System Description • Not in emergency mode.
The gear shift solenoid valve is a part of the control solenoid P0967:
valve assembly, without serviceable components. The gear
shift solenoid valve is a normally-closed on/off solenoid
• Battery voltage is between 9V and 16V.
valve, and is controlled by the transmission control module
(automatic transmission control module). In case of abnormal • Not in overhaul mode.
condition on any gear shift solenoid valve, the transmission • Not in the emergency mode.
control module (automatic transmission control module) will • It didn't detected the situation of short to battery for
cut off the current of solenoid valve to achieve the failure more than 1s.
protection.
P0777:
P0777:
V1.0 287
• The upshift situation is detected. real-time display of the scan tool is within the normal
• The downshift situation is detected. range.
• The upshift situation of 3-4 gears is detected. If the gear shift solenoid valve SLC1 control circuit
• The downshift situation of 4-3 gears is detected. voltage is not within the specified range, test/replace the
• The emergency situation is detected.
• The transmission ratio failure is detected. 3. Again read the DTCs and clear them, confirm that DTC
P0777, P0778, P0965, P0966 and P0967 are not set.
P0778:
• (Target current - feedback current)×10＞6,000mA.
• |Target current - feedback current|＜50mA, which lasts
Service Guideline
for 2,000ms.
• |Engine input speed - input shaft speed|＞ 150rpm. Module (TCM)".
• The input shaft speed and the output shaft speed ×1st • Refer to Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle"
gear speed ratio+400rpm. - "Transmission/Transaxle - 6AT" - "Automatic
P0966: The feedback current is less than 20mA for more than
100ms, and the failure occurs for 5 times in total. • Refer to Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle" -
P0967: The feedback current is greater than or equal to
1358mA for more than 100ms, and the failure occurs for 5
times in total.
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set Module (TCM)".
P0777: Gear shift is forbidden.
P0778, P0966, P0967: No self-learning control.
P0965: Gear shift is forbidden, no gear shift outputs.

• P0777: No corresponding gear failure is detected.
• P0778: Target current - feedback current＜5mA, which
lasts for 500ms.
• P0965: |1- input shaft speed/output shaft speed|＜4% for
1s, and the failure occurs for 12 times in total.
• P0966, P0967: 100mA＜feedback current＜1,124mA,
Failure Cause
the scan tool.
2. Confirm that the "Gear Shift Control Solenoid Valve
(SLC1) Control Circuit Voltage" parameter in the
V1.0 288
P0797, P0798, P0970, P0971 • |Front wheel speed average value - rear wheel speed
DTC Description average value|＞5km/h.
DTC P0797: Pressure Control Solenoid “SLC2” Stuck On • The throttle valve opening is 70%.
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description
(FTB) P0798:
Pressure Control Solenoid “SLC2” • Place the ignition switch in "ON" position.
00
Stuck On • Battery voltage is between 9V and 16V.
DTC P0798: Pressure Control Solenoid "SLC2" Electrical • Not in overhaul mode.
Error • Not in the emergency mode.
Failure Type Byte • The feedback current is less than 1,358mA.

Failure Description
(FTB) • It didn't detected the situation of short to
battery/ground, open circuit.
00 • It didn't detected linear solenoid valve malfunction.
Electrical Error
P0970, P0971:
Circuit Low • Place the ignition switch in "ON" position.
Failure Type Byte • Battery voltage is between 9V and 16V.

Failure Description
(FTB) • Not in overhaul mode.
Pressure Control Solenoid "SLC2" • Not in the emergency mode.
00
Control Circuit Low • It didn't detected the condition of short to battery for
more than 1s.
Circuit High
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description P0797: Gear shift control solenoid valve (SLC2) is invalid, and
(FTB)
the failure occurs for 5 times in total.
00 P0798:
Control Circuit High
• The sum of the target current and the feedback current
is greater than 60,000mA.
The gear shift solenoid valve is a part of the control solenoid
• The absolute value of the difference between the target
valve assembly, without serviceable components. The gear
current and feedback current is greater than 50mA for
shift solenoid valve is a normally-closed on/off solenoid
2000ms.
valve, and is controlled by the transmission control module
(automatic transmission control module). In case of abnormal P0970：The feedback current is less than 20mA for more than
condition on any gear shift solenoid valve, the transmission 100ms, and the failure occurs for 5 times in total.
control module (automatic transmission control module) will P0971: The feedback current is greater than 1358mA for more
cut off the current of solenoid valve to achieve the failure than 100ms, and the failure occurs for 5 times in total.
protection.
P0797:
P0798, P0970, P0971: No self-learning control.
P0797: No corresponding gear failure is detected.
• Engine speed is 400rpm. P0798: The target current - the feedback current ＜ 5mA,
• Not in N-D shift control.
• 300rpm＜the output shaft speed＜3,000rpm. P0970 、 P0971: 100mA ＜ the feedback current ＜ 1124mA,
V1.0 289
Failure Cause
the scan tool.
(SLC2) Control Circuit Voltage" parameter in the
real-time display of the scan tool is within the normal
range.
If the gear shift solenoid valve SLC2 control circuit

P0797, P0798, P0970 and P0971 are not set.

Service Guideline
Module (TCM)".
Module (TCM)".
V1.0 290
P0813 2. disconnects harness connector GB008 of the ECM and
DTC Description harness connector BD050 of the engine compartment
fuse box-4.
DTC P0813: Reverse Output Circuit Error
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description connector GB008 of ECM and terminal 11 of harness
(FTB)
connector BD0500 of the engine compartment fuse
00 Reverse Output Circuit Error box-4 is less than 5Ω.
Circuit/System Description If it exceeds the specified range, test the circuit for open
When the vehicle is in D gear and slides at the speed higher
than 11km/h, the reverse gear control is activated, brake C3 is 4. Test if the resistance between terminal 13 of harness
released, the gear shift control solenoid valve SLC3 does not connector GB008 of the ECM or terminal 11 of harness
work. Even the shift lever is shifted to R gear from N gear, connector BD050 of the engine compartment fuse box-4
in respect of safety, TCM will also send signals to deactivate and the ground is infinite:
reversing. The reverse gear control takes precedence of shift
control from N to R gear.
If it is not within the specified range, repair the relevant
• 9V ≤ battery power ≤ 16V.
5. Test if the voltage between the following terminals and
the ground is 0V:
• 10ms after the output is changed.
• Reverse lamp drive outputs "ON" or "OFF" signal. • Terminal 11 of BD050
Conditions for Setting DTCs If it is not within the specified range, repair the relevant
"ON" or "OFF" signal of the reverse lamp is detected and lasts circuit for short to battery.
for 100ms, and the failure occurs for more than 5 times in total. 6. If circuit tests are normal, test/replace the automatic
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs transmission control module.
• When the reverse lamp driver outputs "ON" signal for Service Guideline
1000ms, the reverse lamp monitor detects "ON" signal. • Refer to Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle" -
• When the reverse lamp driver outputs "OFF" signal for "Transmission/Transaxle - 6AT" - "Transmission Control
1000ms, the reverse lamp monitor detects "OFF" signal. Module (TCM)".
Failure Cause • Replace, programme and set the control module,
• Connector failure or poor fitting. Module (TCM)".
6-speed Automatic Transmission - TCU
BD050, GB008
Circuit/System Test
V1.0 291
P081A, P081B Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs

DTC Description • When the start lock driver outputs "ON" signal and lasts
DTC P081A: Starter Disable Circuit Low for 1,000ms, the start lock monitor detects "ON" signal.
Failure Type Byte • When the start lock driver outputs "OFF" signal and lasts
Failure Description for 1,000ms, the start lock monitor detects "OFF" signal.
(FTB)
• Clear the DTCs with the scan tool.
00 Starter Disable Circuit Low
Failure Cause
DTC P081B: Starter Disable Circuit High
Failure Type Byte • Connector failure or poor fit.
Failure Description
(FTB)
• BCM failure.
00 Starter Disable Circuit High • Automatic transmission control module failure.
TCM determines the position of shift lever by monitoring the 6 Reference Circuit Information
groups of gear contacts on the neutral start switch. Each group Anti-theft & Locking (2)
of contacts correspond to 6 shift lever positions respectively,
and only one group of contacts always provide battery voltage
for TCM which monitors this switch output. Only when the CP010B, GB008
shift lever is in N or P gear, the contact ST can close the loop. Reference Electrical Information
In this case, the starter motor relay (R6) will be engaged by
BCM and the vehicle will be started.
Conditions for Running DTCs Circuit/System Test
P081A: 1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
• The battery voltage is greater than or equal to 6.5V and
less than or equal to 16V.
3. Disconnect harness connector CP010B of BCM.
• Start lock driver outputs "OFF" signal.
connector CP010B of BCM and terminal 5 of harness
• Not in service mode. connector GB008 of the automatic transmission control
• After the output is changed, it lasts for 10ms. module is less than 5Ω.
P081B: If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. circuit for open circuit/high resistance.
• The battery voltage is greater than or equal to 6.5V and 5. Test if the resistance between terminal 5 of harness
less than or equal to 16V. connector GB008 of the automatic transmission control
• Reading EEPROM is completed. module or terminal 6 of harness connector CP010B of
BCM and the ground is infinite:
• Start lock driver outputs "ON" signal.
• Not in service mode. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
short to ground.
• After the output is changed, it lasts for 10ms.
Conditions for Setting DTCs 6. Connect the battery negative cable, and test if the voltage
P081A: "ON" signal is detected and lasts for 100ms, and the automatic transmission control module or terminal 6 of
failure happens twice in total. harness connector CP010B of BCM and the ground is 0V.
P081B: "OFF" signal is detected and lasts for 100ms, and the If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
failure happens twice in total. short to battery.
7. If all circuits tested are normal, test/replace the AT

control module or BCM.
V1.0 292
Service Guideline
Module (TCM)".
Module (TCM)".
to the Service Manual, "Body System" - "Body Control
V1.0 293
P0826 If it is invalid, check the interior of the shift paddle on

DTC Description the steering wheel for damage. When necessary, replace
the shift mechanism.
DTC P0826: Up and Down Shift Switch Circuit Component
Internal Failure Circuit/System Test
Failure Type Byte 1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, disconnect the
Failure Description battery negative cable, and disconnect harness connector
(FTB)
CP07OA of the gateway module and harness connector
Up and Down Shift Switch Circuit
96 CP017 of the rotary coupler.
Component Internal Failure
Circuit/System Description harness connector CP070A of the gateway module and
The gateway is responsible for collecting the state of the shift the corresponding terminals of harness connector CP017
paddle switch and sending the signal to TCM. of the rotary coupler is less than 5Ω:
Conditions for Running DTCs • Terminal 24 of CP070A and Terminal 3 of CP017
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. • Terminal 26 of CP070A and Terminal 4 of CP017
• The ignition voltage is between 9-16V. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
• Run the gateway. open circuit/high resistance.
Conditions for Setting DTCs 3. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
of harness connector CP070A of the gateway module
Shift auxiliary input state is Tip+ or Tip-, which lasts for 30s.
or terminals of harness connector CP017 of the rotary
coupler and the ground is infinite:
Set a parameter and use it to activate the illegal up and down
shift switch states.
• The shift auxiliary input state is changed.
• Historical DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free • Terminal 4 of CP017
ignition cycles. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
Failure Cause short to ground.
• Relevant circuit failure. 4. Connect the battery negative cable, and test if the voltage
• Connector failure or poor fitting. between the following terminals of harness connector
CP070A of the gateway module or terminals of harness
• Gateway module failure.
connector CP017 of the rotary coupler and the ground
• Shift paddle switch failure. is 0V:
Gateway (2)
CP017, CP070A
short to battery.
5. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the gateway
Circuit/System Check module or shift paddle switch.
1. Check the shift paddle switch on the steering wheel for Service Guideline
flexibility and a poor contact. • Refer to Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle" -
2. Operate the shift paddle switch on the steering wheel to "Transmission/Transaxle - 6AT" - "Neutral Start Switch".
confirm the failure phenomenon. • Refer to Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle"
V1.0 294
Module (TCM)".
V1.0 295
P0867, P0868 • The input shaft speed and the output shaft speed ×1st
DTC Description gear speed ratio+400rpm.
DTC P0867: Transmission Fuel Pressure High DTC P0868: Transmission oil pressure is low, and the failure
occurs for 5 times in total.
Failure Type Byte
(FTB)
00 Transmission Fluid Pressure High P0867:
• Gear shift is forbidden.

DTC P0868: Transmission Fuel Pressure Low
• No gear input.
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description • No L-UP slipping control.
(FTB)
00 Transmission Fuel Pressure Low
• P0867: |1- input shaft speed/output shaft speed|＜4% for
Based on the hydraulic pressure generated by the oil pump, 1s, and the detection occurs for 12 times in total.
TCM will send signal to each solenoid. These signals control
• P0868: No corresponding gear failure is detected.
the oil pressure applied to the hydraulic torque converter,
planet gear sets, clutch and brake according to vehicle driving Failure Cause
conditions. • Automatic transmission oil seal aged.
Conditions for Running DTCs • Automatic transmission oil deteriorated.
P0867: • Automatic transmission oil pump blocked.
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. • Oil strainer blocked.
• 9.0 ≤ battery voltage ≤ 16V. • Automatic transmission control module failure.
• Not in overhaul mode. Reference Information
• Engine speed is above 400rpm. Reference Electrical Information

• Engine speed is free of failure. Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
• If bus is in off state, the engine control module has no Circuit/System Check
communication = no failure is detected in this item.
1. Check whether the automatic transmission oil is
• Oil temperature is above 0℃.
sufficient.
• The output shaft speed ≤ 500rpm.
If not, check the transmission for oil leakage or oil pump
P0868: failure and repair it.
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. 2. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, and connect
• 9.0 ≤ battery voltage ≤ 16V. the scan tool.
• Not in overhaul mode. 3. Confirm that the "Transmission Oil Pressure" parameter
in the real-time display of the scan tool is within the
• Engine speed is 400rpm.
normal range.
• Not in N-D gear shift control.
If the transmission oil pressure is not within the specified
• 300rpm＜the output shaft speed＜3,000rpm.
range, test/replace the automatic transmission control
• |The front wheel speed average value - the rear wheel module and match it.
speed average value|＞5km/h.
transmission.
P0867: Service Guideline
• |Engine speed - input shaft speed|＜150rpm. • Refer to Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle" -
Module (TCM)".
V1.0 296
Module (TCM)".
V1.0 297

DTC Description • When the S1 driver outputs "ON" signal for 1,000ms, the
DTC P0973: Shift Solenoid "S1" Control Circuit Low "ON" signal of the S1 monitor is detected.
Failure Type Byte • When the S1 driver outputs "OFF" signal for 1,000ms,
Failure Description the "OFF" signal of the S1 monitor is detected.
(FTB)
Failure Cause
Shift Solenoid "S1" Control Circuit
00
Low • Transmission solenoid valve failure.
DTC P0974: Shift Solenoid "S1" Control Circuit High
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description Reference Information
(FTB)
High
The shift solenoid valves (S1 and S2) are mounted on the front 1. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, and connect
surface of the valve body, and TCM controls the on-off of the the scan tool.
shift solenoid valves (S1 and S2). According to the ON or OFF 2. Confirm that the "Shift Solenoid Valve (S1) Control
state of the valves, perform 1st gear engine braking or other Circuit Voltage" parameter in the real-time display of the
shift actions. As a failure protection function, when any shift scan tool is within the normal range.
solenoid valve is abnormal, TCM can cut off the current to the
solenoid valve. The shift solenoid valve S1 is normally open,
control circuit voltage is not within the specified range,
and the shift solenoid valve S2 is normally closed.
Conditions for Running DTCs and match it.
P0973: 3. Again read the DTCs and clear them, confirm that DTC
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. P0976 and P0977 are not set.
• Battery voltage is between 9V and 16V. If the DTCs have been set, test/replace the automatic
• Not in overhaul mode. transmission assembly or the transmission solenoid valve.
• S1 driver outputs "ON" signal. Service Guideline

• 10ms after solenoid output changes. • Refer to Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle" -
P0974:
Module (TCM)".
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. • Refer to Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle"
• Not in overhaul mode. Transmission Assembly".
• S1 driver outputs "OFF" signal. • Refer to Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle" -
• 10ms after solenoid output changes. "Transmission/Transaxle - 6AT" - "Valve Body Cap".
P0973: S1 driver outputs the "OFF" signal for 100ms, the "Transmission/Transaxle - 6AT" - "Transmission Control
failure occurs for more than 5 times in total. Module (TCM)".
P0974: S1 monitor detects the "ON" signal for 100ms, the
failure occurs for more than 5 times in total.
V1.0 298
DTC Description • When the S2 driver outputs "ON" signal for 1000ms, the
DTC P0976: Shift Solenoid "S2" Control Circuit Low "ON" signal of the S2 monitor is detected.
Failure Type Byte • When the S2 driver outputs "OFF" signal for 1000ms, the
Failure Description "OFF" signal of the S2 monitor is detected.
(FTB)
Failure Cause
00
Low • Transmission solenoid valve failure.
DTC P0977: Shift Solenoid "S2" Control Circuit High
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description Reference Information
(FTB)
High
The shift solenoid valves (S1 and S2) are mounted on the front 1. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, and connect
surface of the valve body, and TCM controls the on-off of the the scan tool.
shift solenoid valves (S1 and S2). According to the ON or OFF 2. Confirm that the "Shift Solenoid Valve (S2) Control
state of the valves, perform 1st gear engine braking or other Circuit Voltage" parameter in the real-time display of the
shift actions. As a failure protection function, when any shift scan tool is within the normal range.
solenoid valve is abnormal, TCM can cut off the current to the
solenoid valve. The shift solenoid valve S1 is normally open,
control circuit voltage is not within the specified range,
and the shift solenoid valve S2 is normally closed.
Conditions for Running DTCs and match it.
P0976: 3. Again read the DTCs and clear them, confirm that DTC
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. P0748, P0962 and P0963 are not set.
• Battery voltage is between 9V and 16V. If the DTCs have been set, test/replace the automatic
• Not in overhaul mode. transmission assembly or the transmission solenoid valve.
• S2 driver outputs "ON" signal. Service Guideline

• Not in the emergency mode. • Refer to Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle" -
• 10ms after solenoid output changes. "Transmission/Transaxle - 6AT" - "Transmission Control
Module (TCM)".
P0977:
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. - "Transmission/Transaxle - 6AT" - "Automatic
• Battery voltage is between 9V and 16V. Transmission Assembly".
• Not in overhaul mode. • Replace, programme and set the control module,
• S2 driver outputs "OFF" signal. Refer to Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle" -
• 10ms after solenoid output changes.
Module (TCM)".
P0976: S2 monitor detects the "OFF" signal, which lasts for
100ms and the failure occurs for more than 5 times in total.
P0977: S2 monitor detects the "ON" signal, which lasts for

100ms and the failure occurs for more than 5 times in total.
V1.0 299
P2715, P2716, P2719, P2720, P2721 Conditions for Running DTCs

DTC P2715: Pressure Control Solenoid "SLC3" Stuck On
Failure Type Byte • Battery voltage is between 9V and 16V.
Failure Description
(FTB)
Pressure Control Solenoid "SLC3" • Engine speed is 400rpm.
00
Stuck On
• Not in N-D gear shift control.
DTC P2716: Pressure Control Solenoid "SLC3" Electrical • 300rpm＜the output shaft speed＜3,000rpm.
Error • |The front wheel speed average value - the rear wheel
Failure Type Byte speed average value|＞5km/h.
Failure Description
(FTB) • The throttle valve opening is 70%.
Pressure Control Solenoid "SLC3" • The output shaft speed＜50rps.

00
Electrical Error P2716:
DTC P2719: Pressure Control Solenoid "SLC3" Control • Place the ignition switch in "ON" position.
Circuit Range/Performance • Battery voltage is between 9V and 16V.
Failure Description
(FTB) • Not in the emergency mode.
Pressure Control Solenoid "SLC3" • The feedback current is less than 1,358mA.
00
Control Circuit Range/Performance
• It didn't detected the situation of short to
DTC P2720: Pressure Control Solenoid "SLC3" Control battery/ground, open circuit.
Circuit Low • It didn't detected linear solenoid valve malfunction.

Failure Description
(FTB)
Pressure Control Solenoid "SLC3" • Battery voltage is between 9V and 16V.
00
Control Circuit Low
DTC P2721: Pressure Control Solenoid "SLC3" Control • Engine speed is 400rpm.
Circuit High • Engine speed = no failure is detected in this item.
Failure Type Byte • If bus is in off state, the engine control module has no
Failure Description
(FTB) communication = no failure is detected in this item.
Pressure Control Solenoid "SLC3" P2720:
00
Circuit/System Description • Battery voltage is between 9V and 16V.
The shift control solenoid valves (SLC1, SLC2, SLC3 and SLB1) • Not in overhaul mode.
are mounted on the front surface of the valve body, TCM • SLC3 driver outputs "ON" signal.
controls the solenoid valves (SLC1, SLC2, SLC3 and SLB1), and
the shift control solenoid valve linearly control the oil pressure
to the clutches (C1, C2 and C3) and the brakes (B1 and B2) to
realize smooth shift. According to the combination of different P2721:
states of the shift control solenoid valves, the transmission
achieves the gear shift (from 1st gear to 6th gear or from 6th
gear to 1st gear). As a failure protection function, when any • Battery voltage is between 9V and 16V.
shift solenoid valve is abnormal, TCM can cut off the current • Not in overhaul mode.
to the solenoid valve. • SLC3 driver outputs "OFF" signal.
V1.0 300
Conditions for Setting DTCs 2. Confirm that the "Shift Control Solenoid Valve (SLC3)
Control Circuit Voltage" parameter in the real-time
P2715: Shift control solenoid valve (SLC2) is invalid, and the
display of the scan tool is within the normal range.
If the shift solenoid valve SLC1 control circuit voltage is
P2716:
not within the specified range, test/replace the automatic
• The sum of the target current and the feedback current transmission control module and match it.
• The absolute value of the difference between the target
P2715, P2716, P2719, P2720 and P2721 are not set.
2000ms. If the DTCs have been set, test/replace the automatic
P2719:
Service Guideline
• |Engine speed - input shaft speed|＜150rpm.
• The input shaft speed and the output shaft speed ×1st
gear speed ratio+400rpm.
Module (TCM)".
P2720: SLC3 monitor detects the "OFF" signal, which lasts for • Refer to Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle"
100ms and the failure occurs for more than 5 times in total. - "Transmission/Transaxle - 6AT" - "Automatic
P2721: SLC3 monitor detects the "ON" signal, which lasts for Transmission Assembly".
100ms and the failure occurs for more than 5 times in total. • Refer to Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle" -
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set "Transmission/Transaxle - 6AT" - "Valve Body Cap".
P2716, P2720, P2721: No self-learning control. "Transmission/Transaxle - 6AT" - "Transmission Control
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs Module (TCM)".
P2715: No same gear failure can be detected.
P2716: The target current - the feedback current ＜ 5mA,

P2719: The input shaft speed ≤ 200rpm, and the engine speed
≥ 600 rpm, which lasts for 3s.
P2720, P2721:
• When the S2 driver outputs "ON" signal for 1000ms, the

"ON" signal of the S2 monitor is detected.
• When the S2 driver outputs "OFF" signal for 1000ms, the
"OFF" signal of the S2 monitor is detected.
Failure Cause
the scan tool.
V1.0 301
P2724, P2725, P2729, P2730 • 300rpm＜the output shaft speed＜3,000rpm.

DTC Description • |The front wheel speed average value - the rear wheel
DTC P2724: Pressure Control Solenoid "SLB1" Stuck On speed average value|＞5km/h.
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description • The output shaft speed＜50rps.
(FTB)
Pressure Control Solenoid "SLB1" P2725:
00
Stuck On • Place the ignition switch in "ON" position.
DTC P2725: Pressure Control Solenoid "SLB1" Electrical • Battery voltage is between 9V and 16V.
Error • Not in overhaul mode.
Failure Type Byte • Not in the emergency mode.

Failure Description
(FTB) • The feedback current is less than 1,358mA.
Pressure Control Solenoid "SLB1" • It didn't detected the situation of short to
00 battery/ground, open circuit.
Electrical Error
DTC P2729: Pressure Control Solenoid "SLB1" Control
Circuit Low P2729, P2730:
Failure Type Byte • Place the ignition switch in "ON" position.

Failure Description
(FTB) • Battery voltage is between 9V and 16V.
Pressure Control Solenoid "SLB1" • Not in overhaul mode.
00
Control Circuit Low • Not in the emergency mode.
• It didn't detected the failure of short to battery for more
DTC P2730: Pressure Control Solenoid "SLB1" Control
than 1s.
Circuit High
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description Conditions for Setting DTCs
(FTB)
P2724: Shift control solenoid valve (SLB1) is invalid, and the
Pressure Control Solenoid "SLB1"
00 failure occurs for 5 times in total.
P2725:
• (Target current - feedback current)×10＞6,000mA.
The shift control solenoid valves (SLC1, SLC2, SLC3 and SLB1)
• |Target current - feedback current|＜50mA, which lasts
are mounted on the front surface of the valve body, TCM
for 2,000ms.
controls the solenoid valves (SLC1, SLC2, SLC3 and SLB1), and
the shift control solenoid valve linearly control the oil pressure P2729: The feedback current is less than 20mA for more than
to the clutches (C1, C2 and C3) and the brakes (B1 and B2) to 100ms, and the failure occurs for 5 times in total.
realize smooth shift. According to the combination of different
states of the shift control solenoid valves, the transmission
1358mA for more than 100ms, and the failure occurs for 5
achieves the gear shift (from 1st gear to 6th gear or from 6th
times in total.
gear to 1st gear). As a failure protection function, when any
shift solenoid valve is abnormal, TCM can cut off the current Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
to the solenoid valve. P2724: Shift is forbidden.
Conditions for Running DTCs P2725, P2729, P2730: No self-learning control.
P2724: Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. P2724: No corresponding gear failure can be detected.
• Battery voltage is between 9V and 16V. P2725: The target current - the feedback current ＜ 5mA,
• Not in overhaul mode. which lasts for 500ms.
• Engine speed is 400rpm. P2729, P2730: 100mA ＜ the feedback current ＜ 1,124mA,
• Not in N-D gear shift control. which lasts for 500ms.
V1.0 302
Failure Cause
the scan tool.
(SLB1) Control Circuit Voltage" parameter in the
real-time display of the scan tool is within the normal
range.
If the shift solenoid valve SLC1 control circuit voltage is

not within the specified range, test/replace the automatic
P2724, P2725, P2729 and P2730 are not set.

Service Guideline
Module (TCM)".
Module (TCM)".
V1.0 303
P2759, P2763, P2764 • Not in the emergency mode.

DTC Description • It didn't detected the situation of short to battery for
DTC P2759: Pressure Control Solenoid "SLU" Electrical Error more than 1s.
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description Conditions for Setting DTCs
(FTB)
Pressure Control Solenoid "SLU" P2759:
00
Electrical Error • The sum of the target current and the feedback current
DTC P2763: Torque Converter Clutch Pressure Control
Solenoid Control Circuit High • The absolute value of the difference between the target
Failure Type Byte 2000ms.
Failure Description
(FTB)
Torque Converter Clutch Pressure 1358mA for more than 100ms, and the failure occurs for 5
00 Control Solenoid Control Circuit times in total.
High
P2764: The feedback current is less than 20mA for more than
DTC P2764: Torque Converter Clutch Pressure Control 100ms, and the failure occurs for 5 times in total.
Solenoid Control Circuit Low Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
Failure Type Byte No self-learning control.
Failure Description
(FTB)
Torque Converter Clutch Pressure
P2759: Target current - feedback current＜5mA, which lasts
00 Control Solenoid Control Circuit
for 500ms.
Low
P2763, P2764: 100mA＜feedback current＜1,124mA, which
Circuit/System Description lasts for 500ms.
The lock-up clutch control solenoid valve (SLU) is mounted on Failure Cause
the front surface of the valve body, and it linearly controls the
operating pressure of clutch in the hydraulic torque converter
based on the engine speed, throttle opening, input speed • Automatic transmission assembly failure.
sensor (NIN) signal and output speed sensor (SP) signal so as • Automatic transmission control module failure.
to realize lock-up control. As a failure protection function, Reference Information
when any lock-up clutch control solenoid valve (SLU) is
abnormal, TCM can cut off the current to the solenoid valve.
Conditions for Running DTCs Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
P2759: Circuit/System Check
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. 1. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, and connect
the scan tool.
2. Confirm that the "Lock-up Clutch Control Solenoid Valve
(SLU) Control Circuit Voltage" parameter displayed in
real-time on the scan tool is within the normal range.
• The feedback current is less than 1,358mA.
If the gear shift solenoid valve SLC1 control circuit
• It didn't detected the situation of short to
battery/ground, open circuit.
P2763, P2764: P2759, P2763, P2764 are not set.
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. If the DTCs have been set, test/replace the automatic
• Battery voltage is between 9V and 16V. transmission assembly or the transmission solenoid valve.
V1.0 304
Service Guideline
Module (TCM)".
Module (TCM)".
V1.0 305
U0001 and corresponding terminals of harness connector CP040

DTC Description of the diagnostic interface is less than 5Ω:
DTC U0001: High Speed CAN Communication Bus Off • Terminal 6 of GB008 and Terminal 14 of CP040
Failure Type Byte • Terminal 14 of GB008 and Terminal 6 of CP040
Failure Description
(FTB)
If it exceeds the specified range, test the circuit for open
High Speed CAN Communication circuit/high resistance.
00
Bus Off
Circuit/System Description connector GB008 of the transmission control module or
terminals of harness connector CP040 of the diagnostic
The automatic transmission control module communicates
interface and the ground is infinite:
with other control modules via CANbus.
Conditions for Running DTCs • Terminal 6 of GB008
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. • Terminal 14 of GB008

• Battery voltage is between 9V and 16V. • Terminal 6 of CP040
• Not in overhaul mode. • Terminal 14 of CP040
The automatic transmission control module receives the short to ground.
"CAN Bus Shutoff" signal from the CAN bus controller, and
the failure occurs for 5 times in total.
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set GB008 of the transmission control module or terminals
No self-learning control, and gear shift and cruise control of harness connector CP040 of the diagnostic interface
mode is forbidden. and the ground is 2-3V:
No failure is detected for 5s consecutively. • Terminal 14 of GB008
short to battery.
Reference Circuit Information transmission control module.
Reference Connector End View Information • Refer to Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle" -
GB008, CP040 "Transmission/Transaxle - 6AT" - "Transmission Control
Module (TCM)".
Basic Methods of Circuit Test Refer to Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle" -
Circuit/System Test "Transmission/Transaxle - 6AT" - "Transmission Control
Module (TCM)".
1. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of HS CANNetwork".
GB008 of the transmission control module.
V1.0 306
U0100 Circuit/System Check
DTC U0100: Lost Communication with EMS 2. Confirm that there is no DTC in the communication
Failure Type Byte between other modules. If there is a DTC, diagnose it
Failure Description first.
(FTB)
Circuit/System Test
00 Lost Communication with EMS
The automatic transmission control module communicates detection procedures.
with the ECM via CAN bus. 2. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. 3. Disconnect harness connector EM058B of engine control
module and harness connector GB008 of automatic
connector EM058B of ECM and corresponding
Conditions for Setting DTCs terminals of harness connector GB008 of the automatic
The automatic transmission control module can not detect the transmission control module is less than 5Ω:
ECM frame for 50ms, and the failure occurs for 10 times in • Terminal 1 of EM058B and Terminal 14 of GB008
total.
• Terminal 17 of EM058B and Terminal 6 of GB008
If it exceeds the specified range, test the circuit for open
• Keep current gear. circuit/high resistance.
• Keep the maximum pipe pressure.
• Lock-up function is off. harness connector GB008 of the automatic transmission
• Self-adaptive shift is off. control module or terminals of harness connector
• It is forbidden to start the cruise mode. EM058B of ECM and the ground is infinite:
• Not in self-learning control state. • Terminal 6 of GB008
• The steering stability function is in off. • Terminal 14 of GB008
No failure is detected for 1s consecutively.
Failure Cause
• Relevant circuit failure. short to ground.
• Connector failure or poor fitting. 6. Connect the battery negative cable, and test if the voltage
• Automatic transmission control module failure. between terminals of harness connector GB008 of the
• ECM failure. automatic transmission control module or terminals of
Reference Information harness connector EM058B of ECM and the ground is
2-3V:
Bus System and Diagnostic Interface -1.5VCT&1.5T (1)
EM058B, GB008
short to battery.
automatic transmission control module.
V1.0 307
Service Guideline
System - SGE 1.4T" - "Engine Control Module" (ECM)".
Module (TCM)".
to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control System -
SGE 1.4T" - "Engine Control Module" (ECM)".
Module (TCM)".
V1.0 308
U0121 2. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, disconnect
DTC Description the battery negative cable, and disconnect harness
connector GB008 of automatic transmission control
DTC U0121: Lost Communication With Anti-Lock Brake
module and harness connector BD055 of anti-lock brake
module/dynamic stability control module.
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description 3. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
(FTB)
Lost Communication With control module and the terminals of harness connector
00 Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS) BD055 of the corresponding anti-lock brake module/the
Control Module dynamic stability control module is less than 5Ω:
Circuit/System Description • Terminal 6 of GB008 and Terminal 8 of BD055
The automatic transmission control module communicates • Terminal 14 of GB008 and Terminal 9 of BD055
with the anti-lock brake module /dynamic stability control If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant
module via the CAN bus. circuit for open circuit/high resistance.
Conditions for Running DTCs 4. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. harness connector GB008 of the automatic transmission
• Battery voltage is between 9V and 16V. control module or the terminals of harness connector
BD055 of the anti-lock brake module/the dynamic
stability control module and the ground is infinite:
The automatic transmission control module can not detect the
ABS frame for 50ms, and the failure happens 10 times in total. • Terminal 8 of BD055
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set • Terminal 9 of BD055
• Place the steering stability function in "OFF" position. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
• Not in self-learning control. short to ground.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs 5. Connect the battery negative cable, test if the voltage
No failure can be detected, which lasts for 1s continuously.
GB008 of the automatic transmission control module
Failure Cause or the terminals of harness connector BD055 of the
• Relevant circuit failure. anti-lock brake module/the dynamic stability control
• Connector failure or poor fit. module and the ground is between 2 and 3V:
• Automatic transmission control module failure. • Terminal 6 of GB008

• The anti-lock brake module/dynamic stability control • Terminal 14 of GB008
module failure.
Bus System and Diagnostic Interface - 1.5VCT & 1.5T (1) short to battery.
Reference Connector End View Information 6. If all circuits tested are normal, test/replace the automatic
BD055, GB008 transmission control module or the anti-lock brake
module/the dynamic stability control module.
Service Guideline
Circuit/System Test Module" - "ABS Regulator".
V1.0 309

to the Service Manual, "Brake System" - "Brake Module"
- "ABS Regulator".
Module (TCM)".
V1.0 310
control module and the terminals of harness connector
DTC U0140: Lost Communication With Body Control
CP010B of the corresponding BCM is less than 5Ω:
Module
• Terminal 6 of GB008 and Terminal 38 of CP010B
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description
(FTB) • Terminal 14 of GB008 and Terminal 39 of CP010B
Lost Communication With Body If it exceeds the specified range, test the circuit for open
00
Control Module circuit/high resistance.
Circuit/System Description 4. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of

The automatic transmission control module communicates
control module or terminals of harness connector
with the BCM via CAN bus.
CP010B of the BCM and the ground is infinite:
• Not in overhaul mode. • Terminal 38 of CP010B
• Communication is normal. • Terminal 39 of CP010B
Conditions for Setting DTCs If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
The automatic transmission control module has lost short to ground.
communication with the BCM for 500ms, and the failure 5. Connect the battery negative cable, and test if the voltage
occurs for 2 times in total. between the following terminals of harness connector
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs GB008 of the automatic transmission control module or
No failure is detected for 10s consecutively. terminals of harness connector CP010B of BCM and the
ground is 2-3V:
Failure Cause
• Connector failure or poor fitting. • Terminal 14 of GB008
• Automatic transmission control module failure. • Terminal 38 of CP010B

• BCM failure. • Terminal 39 of CP010B
Bus System and Diagnostic Interface -1.5VCT&1.5T (1) 6. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the BCM or the
Reference Connector End View Information automatic transmission control module.
Service Guideline
CP010B, GB008
Module (TCM)".
If other module tests are normal, continue following • Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
detection procedures. to Service Manual, "Body System" - "Body Control
the battery negative cable, disconnect harness connector • Replace, programme and set the control module,
GB008 of the automatic transmission control module, Refer to Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle" -
and harness connector CP010B of the BCM. "Transmission/Transaxle - 6AT" - "Transmission Control
Module (TCM)".
V1.0 311

control module and corresponding terminals of harness
DTC U0155: Lost Communication With Instrument Panel
connector CP018 of the instrument pack is less than 5Ω:
• Terminal 6 of GB008 and Terminal 27 of CP018
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description
(FTB) • Terminal 14 of GB008 and Terminal 26 of CP018
Lost Communication With If it exceeds the specified range, test the circuit for open
00 Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) circuit/high resistance.
Control Module
Circuit/System Description harness connector GB008 of the automatic transmission
control module or terminals of harness connector CP018
Automatic transmission control module communicates with
of the instrument pack and the ground is infinite:
the instrument pack via CANbus.
Conditions for Running DTCs • Terminal 6 of GB008
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. • Terminal 14 of GB008

• Battery voltage is between 9V and 16V. • Terminal 26 of CP018
• Not in overhaul mode. • Terminal 27 of CP018
Conditions for Setting DTCs short to ground.
The automatic transmission control module has lost 5. Connect battery negative cable, and test if the voltage
communication with the instrument pack for 100ms, and the between the following terminals of harness connector
failure occurs for 5 times in total. GB008 of the automatic transmission control module or
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs terminals of harness connector CP018 of the instrument
No failure is detected for 2s consecutively. pack and the ground is 2-3V:
Failure Cause • Terminal 6 of GB008
• Relevant circuit failure. • Terminal 14 of GB008

• Automatic transmission control module failure. • Terminal 27 of CP018
• Instrument pack failure.
Bus System and Diagnostic Interface -1.5VCT&1.5T (1) transmission control module or the instrument pack.
Reference Connector End View Information Service Guideline
CP018, GB008 • Refer to Service Manual, "Driver Information and
Pack".
Module (TCM)".
detection procedures. Refer to Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle" -
Module (TCM)".
GB008 of the automatic transmission control module and
harness connector CP018 of the instrument pack.
V1.0 312
EPS Steering System
EPS
DTC Category
List
Failure EPS Warning
DTC FTB English Description Chinese Description
Level* Lamp*
16 Temperature sensor signal too low 温度传感器信号电路电压过低 Ⅱ
C1624 Yellow
17 Temperature sensor signal too high 温度传感器信号电路电压过高 Ⅱ
23 TAS T1/T2 signal keeps low level 扭矩角度传感器扭矩信号持续低 Ⅱ
24 TAS T1/T2 signal keeps high level 扭矩角度传感器扭矩信号持续高 Ⅱ
C1630 TAS T1/T2 signal period out of normal 扭矩角度传感器扭矩信号周期超 Red

38 Ⅱ
range 出正常范围
TAS T1/T2/（T1+T2）signal duty out of 扭矩角度传感器扭矩信号占空比
49 Ⅱ
normal range 超出正常范围
23 Angle sensor signal keeps low level 扭矩角度传感器信号持续低 Ⅱ
24 Angle sensor signal keeps high level 扭矩角度传感器信号持续高 Ⅱ
29 Angle signal invalid 扭矩角度传感器信号无效 Ⅱ
C1631 扭矩角度传感器角度信号周期超 Yellow
38 TAS P/S signal period out of normal range Ⅱ
出正常范围
扭矩角度传感器角度信号占空比
49 TAS P/S signal duty out of normal range Ⅱ
超出正常范围
Motor drive circuit diagnostic failed when
71 电机驱动电路上电检测失败 Ⅱ
ECU is initializing
C1640 Red
Motor failure or Motor related driver
72 助力转向电机控制电路故障 Ⅱ
circuit failure
C1650 00 Motor position sensor failure 助力转向电机位置传感器故障 Ⅱ Red
ECU inner power - supply related circuit
00 ECU内部供电模块故障 Ⅱ
module failure
C1660 Red
49 ECU inner electrical failure ECU内部电气故障 Ⅱ
61 ECU calculation failure ECU内部计算故障 Ⅱ
ECU don't perform Steering Angle Offset 转角偏移标定和末端保护功能标
C1666 54 Ⅱ Yellow
Calibration and RES function Calibration 定未执行
C1671 62 Double Check Error 主辅MCU校验失败 Ⅱ Red
C1672 64 Torque Monitoring Error 扭矩指令监控错误 Ⅱ Red
C1680 00 ECU over temperature failure ECU内部温度过高 Ⅱ Yellow
C1690 00 ECU relay failure ECU内部继电器故障 Ⅱ Red
Control Module Communication Bus Off
U0073 88 控制模块通信总线关闭 Ⅰ Yellow
on “A”
Lost Communication With ECM/PCM
U0100 87 与ECM失去通信 Ⅱ Yellow
“A”
Lost Communication With Anti-Lock
U0121 87 与ABS失去通信 Ⅱ Yellow
Brake System（ABS）Control Module
U0140 87 与BCM失去通信 IV Yellow
Module（NSE）
V1.0 313
Steering System EPS
Failure EPS Warning

Level* Lamp*
Lost Communication With Instrument
U0155 87 Panel Cluster （ IPC ） Control Module 与IPK失去通信 IV Yellow
（NSE）
Invalid Data Received From ECM/PCM
U0401 81 从ECM接收到无效数据 Ⅱ Yellow
“A”
Invalid Data Received From Anti-Lock
81 从ABS接收到无效数据 Ⅱ Yellow
U0415 Brake System（ABS）Control
85 Implausible Data Received From ABS 从ABS接收到的数据超限 Ⅱ Yellow
U1562 17 Battery voltage is too high 蓄电池电压过高 III Yellow
U1563 16 Battery voltage is too low 蓄电池电压过低 III Yellow
U2001 42 ECU EEPROM failure ECU EEPROM故障 Ⅱ Yellow
U2002 42 ECU RAM failure ECU RAM故障 Ⅱ Red
U2005 41 ECU Flash Checksum failure ECU闪存器校验和故障 Ⅱ Red
*Note:
• Description of Failure Level:
– Ⅰ: Stop and Repair Immediately
– Ⅱ: Drive Carefully to a 4S Store for Repair
– Ⅲ: Repair as Soon as Possible

– Ⅳ: No Repair or Repair on the Date of Maintenance
• EPS Warning Lamp
– Yellow: When any general failure occurs, the EPS warning lamp will be highlighted in yellow.
– Red: When any severe failure occurs, the EPS warning lamp will be highlighted in red.
V1.0 314
EPS Steering System
Circult Diagram
Circuit Diagram
Electric Power Steering System
V1.0 315
Steering System EPS

(1)
V1.0 316
EPS Steering System
1 12V Voltage
Engine Control Module BD088K
5 Ignition Voltage
12 PDC
19 TPMS
22
Voltage
23
Voltage
26 HS CAN H
27 HS CAN L
Pin No. Pin Information 28 Acoustic Request
44 HS CAN L Diagnostic Interface CP040
45 HS CAN H
38 HS CAN L 6 HS CAN L
39 HS CAN H 14 HS CAN H
Instrument Pack CP018 Diagnostic Interface CP040A

3 MS CAN H
6 HS CAN H
11 MS CAN L
14 HS CAN L
V1.0 317
Steering System EPS
EPAS Module CP040D Pin No. Pin Information

8 HS CAN L
9 HS CAN H

7 HS CAN L
8 HS CAN H
GW CP070A

1 HS CAN H
17 HS CAN L
EPAS ECU EP002

1 HS CAN L
2 HS CAN H
4 MS CAN L
5 MS CAN H

1 5V Voltage 1
2 5V Voltage 2
3 Ground 1
4 Ground 2
5 PWM Signal P
6 PWM Signal S
7 PWM Signal T1
8 PWM Signal T2
V1.0 318
EPS Steering System
Motor Position Sensor EP010 Torque Sensor EP020

1 Position Signal R1 1 5V Voltage 1
4 Position Signal R2 2 5V Voltage 2
5 Position Signal S1 3 Ground 1
6 Position Signal S3 4 Ground 2
7 Position Signal S4 5 PWM Signal P
8 Position Signal R2 6 PWM Signal S
7 PWM Signal T1
8 PWM Signal T2
V1.0 319
Steering System EPS
Diagnostic Information and Procedure Circuit/System Check

C1624 1. Check the mounting position of electric power steering
DTC Description control module connectors, and check the harness and
DTC C1624: Temperature Sensor Failure connector for wear and corrosion. Readjust the faulty
parts found in visual inspection.
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description 2. Clear the DTCs, set and programme the electric power
(FTB)
steering control unit.
16 Temperature Sensor Signal Too Low
3. After clearing the DTCs, confirm that DTC C1624 is
17 Temperature Sensor Signal Too High not set.
Circuit/System Description 4. If the DTC is reset, test/replace the steering column
assembly.
Power steering control module can calculate the internal
system temperature to protect the power steering system
Service Guideline
from high temperature damage. In order to reduce the high • Refer to Service Manual, "Steering System" - "Steering
system temperature, the power steering control module will System" - "Steering Column Assembly".
decrease the directive current flowing to the power steering • Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
motor, that is, reduce the steering power. The power steering to Service Manual, "Steering System" - "Steering System"
control module can detect the failure in electric power - "Steering Column Assembly".
steering system.
• Temperature sensor diagnosis is activated.
• After the system initialization is completed.
• Global monitoring is valid.
C1624 16: The temperature sensor output is less than 0.098V
for 960ms.
C1624 17: The temperature sensor output is greater than

4.97V for 960ms.
• Decreases power torque or no power torque with the
temperature changes.
• EPS MILs illuminates.
• The output voltage of the temperature sensor recovers
to normal range for 960ms.
• Historical DTCs will be cleared and the MIL will be off
after 40 failure-free ignition cycles.
Failure Cause
Steering column assembly failure.
V1.0 320
EPS Steering System
C1630 Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
DTC Description • The setting conditions of DTCs do not exist any more,
DTC C1630: TAS T1/T Failure and the failures disappear.
Failure Type Byte • Historical DTCs will be cleared and the MIL will be off
Failure Description after 40 failure-free ignition cycles.
(FTB)
• If the failure reoccurs in three ignition cycles and the
23 TAS T1/T2 Signal Keeps Low Level
DTC is locked, then use a scan tool to clear the DTC.
24 TAS T1/T2 Signal Keeps High Level
Failure Cause
TAS T1/T2 Signal Period Out Of
38 • Relevant circuit failure.
Normal Range
TAS T1/T2/ （ T1+T2 ） Signal Duty
49 • Steering column assembly failure.
Out Of Normal Range
The torque angle sensor is integrated at the inside of steering
EPS
column, and it has the function of measuring the size and
direction of the torque acting on the steering wheel by the Reference Connector End View Information
driver, as well as the size and direction of the steering wheel EP002
angle, which is the control signal of EPS.
Failure Type Byte (FTB) 23, 24:
• The short circuit diagnosis of the torque signal is valid.
Circuit/System Test
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. 1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
the battery negative cable and harness connector EP002
• Battery voltage is greater than 7V.
of the torque angle sensor.
Failure Type Byte (FTB) 38, 49:
2. Test if the resistance between the terminals of the
• The short circuit diagnosis of the torque signal is valid. harness connector of the torque angle sensor and the
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. ground is infinite:
• Battery voltage is greater than 7V. • Terminal 5 of EP002
• Torque circuit short circuit or period diagnosis has no
• Terminal 6 of EP002
failure.
Failure Type Byte (FTB) 23: T1 or T2 signal is low for 24ms.
Failure Type Byte (FTB) 24: T1 or T2 signal is high for 24ms.
short to ground.
Failure Type Byte (FTB) 38: T1 or T2 frequency is not within
the range of [1700, 2300]° for 24ms.
between the terminals of the harness connector of the
Failure Type Byte (FTB) 49: torque angle sensor and the ground is 0V:
• T1 or T2 duty ratio is not within the range of [6.25,
93.75]% for 24ms.
• (T1+T2) duty ratio is not within the range of [-110,110]%
for 24ms. • Terminal 7 of EP002
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set • Terminal 8 of EP002
• No assisted power. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
• EPSMIL illuminates. short to battery.
4. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the steering

column assembly.
V1.0 321
Steering System EPS
Service Guideline
• Refer to Service Manual, "Steering System" - "Steering
System" - "Steering Column Assembly".
to Service Manual, "Steering System" - "Steering System"
- "Steering Column Assembly".
V1.0 322
EPS Steering System
C1631 Conditions for Setting DTCs
DTC Description Failure Type Byte (FTB) 23: Torque angle sensor signal is low
DTC C1631: Angle Sensor Failure for 24ms.
Failure Type Byte Failure Type Byte (FTB) 24: Torque angle sensor signal is high
Failure Description
(FTB) for 24ms.
23 Angle Sensor Signal Keeps Low Level Failure Type Byte (FTB) 29: Torque angle is not within the
24 Angle Sensor Signal Keeps High Level range of [-580, 580]° for 24ms.
29 Angle Signal Invalid Failure Type Byte (FTB) 38:
TAS P/S Signal Period Out Of Normal • Signal P period is not within the range of [850, 1150]° for
38 24ms.
Range
• Signal S period is not within the range of [178, 222]° for
TAS P/S Signal Duty Out Of Normal
49 24ms.
Range
Failure Type Byte (FTB) 49: P/S duty ratio is not within the
range of [6.25, 93.75]% for 24ms.
The torque angle sensor is integrated at the inside of steering Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
direction of the torque acting on the steering wheel by the • The automatic return-to-center function failure.
driver, as well as the size and direction of the steering wheel • EPSMIL illuminates.
angle, which is the control signal of EPS. Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
Conditions for Running DTCs • The setting conditions of DTCs do not exist any more,
Failure Type Byte (FTB) 23, 24: and the failures disappear.
• The diagnosis for the angle signal short circuit is valid. • Historical DTCs will be cleared and the MIL will be off
Failure Cause
Failure Type Byte (FTB) 29:
• The diagnosis for the angle signal activation is valid.
• Steering column assembly failure.
• The failures of "Angle Signal Short Circuit Diagnosis", Reference Circuit Information
"Angle Period Diagnosis", and "Angle Duty Ratio EPS
Diagnosis" are not set.
Failure Type Byte (FTB) 38: EP002
• The diagnosis for the angle signal period is valid.
• The failure of "Angle Signal Short Circuit Diagnosis" is Circuit/System Test
not set. 1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
Failure Type Byte (FTB) 49: the battery negative cable and harness connector EP002
of the torque angle sensor.
• The diagnosis for the angle signal duty ratio is valid.
harness connector of the torque angle sensor and the
• Battery voltage is greater than 7V. ground is infinite:
• The failures of "Angle Signal Short Circuit Diagnosis" and
"Angle Period Diagnosis" are not set.
V1.0 323
Steering System EPS

short to ground.

between the terminals of the harness connector of the
torque angle sensor and the ground is 0V:

short to battery.

column assembly.
Service Guideline
V1.0 324
EPS Steering System
C1640 • Historical DTCs will be cleared and the MIL will be off
DTC Description after 40 failure-free ignition cycles.
DTC C1640: Motor Failure or Motor Related Control Circuit • If the failure reoccurs in three ignition cycles and the
Failure DTC is locked, then use a scan tool to clear the DTC.
Failure Cause
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description
(FTB) Steering column assembly failure.
71 Motor Drive Circuit Diagnostic Reference Information
Failed When ECU is Initializing Reference Electrical Information
Motor Failure or Motor Related Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
72
Driver Circuit Failure
1. Inspect the mounting position of electric power steering
The function of the electric power steering motor is to output motor and inspect the harness and connector for wear
an appropriate auxiliary torque based on the ECU instruction, and corrosion. Readjust the faulty parts found in visual
and it is the power source of EPS. inspection.
Conditions for Running DTCs 2. Clear the DTCs, set and programme the electric power
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. steering control unit.
• The motor expansion diagnosis is valid. 3. After clearing the DTCs, confirm that DTC C1640 is
not set.
4. If the DTC is reset, test/replace the steering column
assembly.
Service Guideline
• Any MOSFET power bridge is short circuit/open circuit.
• Any motor phase conductor or protection relay is in
open circuit continuously.
• The voltage of the pre-drive chip SCDL pin exceeds the
normal range.
• One or more motor phase conductors have lost
communication with the control module for 198ms.
• The voltage of one or more motor phase conductors
exceeds the normal range for 24ms.
• The pre-drive error lasts for 24ms.
• The circuit failure is detected currently.
• The dual-circuit current calibration is not matched, which
is detected in the detection period of 4.8ms and lasts for
24ms.
• The actual current of the motor is not consistent with the
requirements, which is detected in the detection period
of 1.2ms and lasts for 24ms.
• No assisted power.
• EPS MILs illuminates.
• The setting conditions of DTCs do not exist any more,
and the failures disappear.
V1.0 325
Steering System EPS
C1650 2. Test if the resistance between the terminals of the

DTC Description harness connector of the motor position sensor and the
ground is infinite:
DTC C1650: Motor Position Sensor Failure
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description
(FTB) • Terminal 4 of EP001
00 Motor Position Sensor Failure • Terminal 5 of EP001
Circuit/System Description • Terminal 6 of EP001

The function of the electric power steering motor is to output • Terminal 7 of EP001
an appropriate auxiliary torque based on the ECU instruction,
and it is the power of EPS.
short to ground.
3. Connect the battery negative cable, and test if the
• Motor position sensor diagnosis is activated.
resistance between the terminals of the harness
• The system initialization is completed. connector of the motor position sensor and the ground
• Global monitoring is valid. is 0V:
Conditions for Setting DTCs • Terminal 1 of EP001
RDC chip records that there are failures, which lasts for 24ms. • Terminal 4 of EP001
• EPSMIL illuminates.
• RDC chip records that there is no failure, which lasts for
24ms. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
• Historical DTCs will be cleared and the MIL will be off short to battery.
after 40 failure-free ignition cycles. 4. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the steering
• If the failure reoccurs in three ignition cycles and the column assembly.
DTC is locked, then use a scan tool to clear the DTC. Service Guideline
Failure Cause
• Relevant circuit failure. System" - "Steering Column Assembly".
• Connector failure or poor fitting. • Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
• Steering column assembly failure. to Service Manual, "Steering System" - "Steering System"
EPS
EP001
Circuit/System Test
the battery negative cable and harness connector EP001
of the motor position sensor.
V1.0 326
EPS Steering System
C1660, C1690, U2001, U2002, U2005 – The diagnosis for the control unit inner circuit is valid.
DTC Description – Place the ignition switch in "ON" position.
DTC C1660: ECU Inner Power-Supply Related Circuit Module – Battery voltage is greater than 7V.
Failure
• Failure Type Byte (FTB) 61:
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description – The diagnosis for the MCU arithmetic unit is valid.
(FTB)
– Place the ignition switch in "ON" position.
00 ECU Inner Power-Supply Related
Circuit Module Failure – Battery voltage is greater than 7V.
49 ECU Inner Electrical Failure C1690:

61 ECU Calculation Failure • The diagnosis for the ECU inner relay is valid.
DTC C1690: ECU Relay Failure
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description U2001:
(FTB)
• ECU EEPROMThe diagnosis is valid.
00 ECU Relay Failure
DTC U2001: ECU Inner Failure • Global monitoring is valid.
Failure Type Byte U2002:
Failure Description
(FTB) • ECU RAMThe diagnosis is valid.
42 ECU EEPROM Failure • Place the ignition switch in "ON" position.
DTC U2002: ECU RAM Failure
U2005:
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description • ECUThe diagnosis for the flash memory checksum is
(FTB)
valid.
42 ECU RAM Failure
DTC U2005: ECU Flash Checksum Failure • Global monitoring is valid.
Failure Description
(FTB) C1660:
41 ECU Flash Checksum Failure • Failure Type Byte (FTB) 00:
– The sensor power supply voltage is not within the
range of [4.5, 5.5]V for 24ms.
The power steering control module can detect the failures in
– When perform a detect every 4.8ms, the auxiliary
electric power steering system. When failures in the electric
ECU power supply voltage is not within the range of
power steering system are detected, the steering warning
[4.5, 5.5]V for 24ms.
lamp on the instrument will illuminate. Electric power steering
control module carries out a self-check for internal failures, – When perform a detect every 4.8ms, the main ECU
not involving external circuits. power supply voltage is not within the range of [4.5,
5.5]V for 24ms.
C1660:
– SPI communication fails, which lasts for 24ms.
– The main ECUruns abnormally in the last running
– The diagnosis for the control unit auxiliary power is
period.
valid.
– The auxiliary ECUruns abnormally in the current
– Place the ignition switch in "ON" position.
running period for 24ms.
– Battery voltage is greater than 7V.
– The check for one or more of three oscillators fails in
• Failure Type Byte (FTB) 49: 50ms.
V1.0 327
Steering System EPS
• Failure Type Byte (FTB) 61: The calculation result – The main ECUruns normally in the last running
(addition, subtraction, multiplication, and division) is not period.
matched with the storage value. – The auxiliary ECUruns normally in the current
C1690: running period for 24ms.
• When the coil is power-on, the voltage difference – The check for the three oscillators is successful in
between the both ends of the contact is greater than a 50ms.
certain threshold value. – If the failure reoccurs in three ignition cycles and the
• When the coil is power-off, the voltage difference DTC is locked, then use a scan tool to clear the DTC.
between the both ends of the contact is less than certain
– Historical DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free
threshold value.
ignition cycles.
U2001:
• The reading data are not matched with the written data.
– The calculation result ( addition, subtraction,
• The calculated value of the CRC freeze frame data is not multiplication, and division) is not matched with the
matched with the storage value. storage value.
• The calculated value of the CRC terminal failure data is
– If the failure reoccurs in three ignition cycles and the
not matched with the storage value.
U2002: – Historical DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free
• The reading data are not matched with the written data. ignition cycles.
• User heap overflows. C1690:
• System heap overflows. • When the coil is power-on, the voltage between the both
U2005: The checksum result of one or more data codes is not ends of the contact is equivalent.
matched with the storage value. • When the coil is power-off, the voltage difference
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set between the both ends of the contact is greater than
certain threshold value.
C1660, C1690, U2002, U2005: There is no power, EPS MILs
illuminates. • If the failure reoccurs in three ignition cycles and the
U2001: Keep the power in normal condition, but the EEPROM
• Historical DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free
data is implausible, and EPS MILs illuminates.
ignition cycles.
U2001:
C1660:
• The reading data matches with the written data.
• The freeze frame data CRC is consistent with the storage
– The sensor power supply voltage is within the range value.
of [4.5, 5.5]V for 24ms. • The terminal failure data CRC is consistent with the
– When perform a detect every 4.8ms, the auxiliary storage value.
ECU power supply voltage is within the range of [4.5, • If the failure reoccurs in three ignition cycles and the
5.5]V for 24ms. DTC is locked, then use a scan tool to clear the DTC.
– When perform a detect every 4.8ms, the main ECU • Historical DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free
power supply voltage is within the range of [4.5, 5.5]V ignition cycles.
for 24ms. U2002:
– If the failure reoccurs in three ignition cycles and the • The reading data matches with the written data.
DTC is locked, then use a scan tool to clear the DTC. • The user heap is below the limit alarm value.
– Historical DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free • The system heap is below the limit alarm value.
ignition cycles. • If the failure reoccurs in three ignition cycles and the
• Failure Type Byte (FTB) 49: DTC is locked, then use a scan tool to clear the DTC.
– SPI communication is normal, which lasts for 24ms.
ignition cycles.
V1.0 328
EPS Steering System
U2005:
• All checksum results of the data codes matches with the
storage values.
ignition cycles.
Failure Cause
motor and inspect the harness and connector for wear
and corrosion. Readjust the faulty parts found in visual
inspection.
2. Clear the DTCs, set and programme the electric power
3. After clearing the DTCs, confirm that DTCs C1660,
C1690, U2001, U2002, and U2005 are not set.
If the DTC is reset, test/replace the steering column

assembly.
Service Guideline
V1.0 329
Steering System EPS
C1666 3. After clearing the DTCs, confirm that DTC C1666 is

DTC Description not set.
DTC C1666: ECU Don't Perform Steering Angle Offset 4. If the DTC is reset, test/replace the steering column
Calibration and RES Function Calibration assembly.
Service Guideline
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description
(FTB) • Refer to Service Manual, "Steering System" - "Steering
ECU Don't Perform Steering Angle
54 Offset Calibration and RES Function • Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
Calibration to Service Manual, "Steering System" - "Steering System"
The torque sensor is integrated at the inside of steering
direction of the torque acting on the steering wheel by the
driver, as well as the size and direction of the steering wheel
angle, which is the control signal of EPS. When the steering
angle offset calibration and end protection function calibration
are not performed, which will affect the normal use of the
electric power steering system.
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position for 1s.
Zero calibration and end protection calibration are not
completed.
No automatic return-to-center function and end protection
function, or both fails at the same time.
• Zero calibration and end protection calibration are
completed.
ignition cycles.
Failure Cause
motor and inspect the harness and connector for wear
inspection.
V1.0 330
EPS Steering System
C1671 2. Clear the DTCs, set and programme the electric power
DTC Description steering control unit.
DTC C1671: Double Check Error 3. After clearing the DTCs, confirm that DTC C1671 is
not set.
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description 4. If the DTC is reset, test/replace the steering column
(FTB)
assembly.
62 Double Check Error
Service Guideline
Circuit/System Description • Refer to Service Manual, "Steering System" - "Steering
The power steering control module can detect the failure in System" - "Steering Column Assembly".
electric power steering system. When failures in the electric • Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
power steering system are detected, the steering warning to Service Manual, "Steering System" - "Steering System"
lamp on the instrument will illuminate. Electric power steering - "Steering Column Assembly".
control module carries out a self-check for internal failures,
not involving external circuits.
• The motor expansion diagnosis is activated.
• Check the motor position for twice, failure is found for
24ms.
• Check the reference voltage for twice, failure is found for
24ms.
• Check the motor position for twice, no failure is found
for 24ms.
• Check the reference voltage for twice, no failure is found
for 24ms.
ignition cycles.
Failure Cause
1. Check the mounting position of electric power steering
motor, and check the harness and connector for wear
inspection.
V1.0 331
Steering System EPS
C1672 4. If the DTC is reset, test/replace the steering column

DTC Description assembly.
DTC C1672: Torque Monitoring Error Service Guideline
Failure Type Byte • Refer to Service Manual, "Steering System" - "Steering

Failure Description System" - "Steering Column Assembly".
(FTB)
64 Torque Monitoring Error
Circuit/System Description - "Steering Column Assembly".
The power steering control module can detect the failure in
electric power steering system. When failures in the electric
power steering system are detected, the steering warning
lamp on the instrument will illuminate. Electric power steering
control module carries out a self-check for internal failures,
not involving external circuits.
• The motor expansion diagnosis is activated.
The output of the torque control module is not matched for
24ms.
• The output of the torque control module is matched for
24ms.
ignition cycles.
Failure Cause
motor, and check the harness and connector for wear
inspection.
3. After clearing the DTCs, confirm that DTC C1672 is
not set.
V1.0 332
EPS Steering System
C1680 connector for wear and corrosion. Readjust the faulty
DTC Description parts found in visual inspection.
DTC C1680: ECU Over Temperature Failure 2. Clear the DTCs, set and programme the electric power
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description 3. After clearing the DTCs, confirm that DTC C1630 is
(FTB)
not set.
00 ECU Over Temperature Failure
4. If the DTC is reset, test/replace the steering column
Circuit/System Description assembly.
Power steering control module can calculate the internal Service Guideline
system temperature to protect the power steering system • Refer to Service Manual, "Steering System" - "Steering
from high temperature damage. In order to reduce the high System" - "Steering Column Assembly".
system temperature, the power steering control module • Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
will decrease the directive current flowing to the power to Service Manual, "Steering System" - "Steering System"
steering motor, that is, reduce the steering power. The power - "Steering Column Assembly".
steering control module can detect the failure in electric
power steering system. When failures in the electric power
steering system are detected, the EPS warning lamp on the
instrument will illuminate.
• Overheating alarm diagnosis is activated.
• The system initialization is completed.
• Temperature sensor has no failure.
The output temperature of the inner temperature sensor is
greater than 100℃ for 960ms.
• Decreases power torque or no power torque with the
temperature changes.
• The output temperature of the inner temperature sensor
is less than 95℃ for 960ms.
ignition cycles.
Failure Cause
control module connectors, and check the harness and
V1.0 333
Steering System EPS
U0073-1.5VCT&1.5T 2. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, disconnect the

DTC Description battery negative cable, and disconnect harness connector
CP040D of the electric power steering control unit.
DTC U0073: Control Module Communication Bus Off on “A”
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description connector CP040D of the electric power steering control
(FTB)
unit and terminals of harness connector CP040 of the
88 Control Module Communication Bus related diagnostic interface is less than 5Ω:
Off on “A”
• Terminal 7 of CP040D and Terminal 14 of CP040
Circuit/System Description • Terminal 8 of CP040D and Terminal 6 of CP040
Electric power steering control module communicates with
other control modules via HS CAN bus.
4. Test if the resistance between terminals of the diagnostic
• CANDiagnosis of bus OFF is activated. interface or terminals of the electric power steering
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position for 1s. control unit and the ground is infinite:
• Global monitoring is valid. • Terminal 6 of CP040
The information from CANbus is not received for more than
• Terminal 7 of CP040D
20s.
• The automatic return-to-center function failure. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
short to ground.
• EPSThe vehicle speed signal inputting into ECU is set as
100km/h, the power at this time is equal to that when 5. Connect the battery negative cable, place the ignition
vehicle speed is 100km/h. switch in "ON" position, and test if the voltage between
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs terminals of the diagnostic interface or terminals of the
electric power steering control unit and the ground is
• The information from CAN bus is received for more 2-3V:
than 5s.
ignition cycles. • Terminal 14 of CP040
Failure Cause • Terminal 7 of CP040D
• Relevant circuit failure. • Terminal 8 of CP040D
• Steering column assembly failure. short to battery.
Reference Circuit Information column assembly.
Reference Connector End View Information • Refer to Service Manual, "Steering System" - "Steering
CP040, CP040D System" - "Steering Column Assembly".
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection - "Steering Column Assembly".
Circuit/System Test

V1.0 334
EPS Steering System
U0100, U0401 • ECM failure.
DTC Description • Steering column assembly failure.
DTC U0100：Lost Communication With ECM Reference Information
Failure Description
(FTB) Bus System and Diagnostic Interface - 1.5VCT & 1.5T (1)
87 Lost Communication with ECM Reference Connector End View Information
DTC U0401: Invalid Data Received from ECM "A" CP040D, EM058B
Failure Type Byte Reference Electrical Information

Failure Description
(FTB) Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
87 Invalid Data Received From ECM "A" Circuit/System Test
Circuit/System Description 1. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of HS CAN Network".
Electric power steering control module communicates with If other modules tested are normal, continue the
the ECM via the HS CAN bus. following procedures.
Conditions for Running DTCs 2. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, disconnect the
U0100: battery negative cable and harness connector CP040D of
the electric power steering control unit.
U0401:
connector CP040D of the electric power steering control
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position for 1s. unit and the terminals of harness connector EM058B of
• Global monitoring is valid. the corresponding ECM is less than 5Ω:
• The failures of "CAN Bus Off" and "ECM Frame • Terminal 7 of CP040D and Terminal 17 of EM058B
Timeout" are not set.
• Terminal 8 of CP040D and Terminal 1 of EM058B
U0100: The electric power control unit can not detect the circuit for open circuit/high resistance.
ECM frame, which lasts for 2,000ms.
U0401: Valid engine speed signal is not received for 3 cycles connector CP040D of the electric power steering control
continuously. unit or the terminals of the harness connector EM058B
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set of the corresponding ECM and the ground is infinite:
If the speed signal is greater than 400rpm, the engine data frame • Terminal 1 of EM058B
has power. Otherwise, it has no power. • Terminal 17 of EM058B
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs • Terminal 7 of CP040D
U0100: • Terminal 8 of CP040D
• Valid data from ECM is received for more than 1s. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
• After 40 ignition cycles without failure, the DTCs will be short to ground.
cleared.
U0401: switch in "ON" position, and test if the voltage between
• Valid engine speed signal is received for 1s. the following terminals of harness connector CP040D of
the electric power steering control unit or the terminals
• After 40 ignition cycles without failure, the DTCs will be
of harness connector EM058B of the ECM and the
cleared.
Failure Cause
V1.0 335
Steering System EPS

short to battery.
7. If all circuits tested are normal, test/replace the steering

column assembly or ECM.
Service Guideline
Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Fuel Control
V1.0 336
EPS Steering System
U0121, U0415 Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
DTC Description U0121:
DTC U0121: CAN Lost Communication With Anti-Lock • It receives the information from the ABS system, which
Brake System (ABS) Control Module lasts for 1s.
Failure Type Byte • After 40 ignition cycles without failure, the DTCs will be
Failure Description
(FTB) cleared.
87 Lost Communication With U0415 81:
Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS) • The valid vehicle speed signal is received, which lasts for
Control Module 1s.
DTC U0415: CAN Communication Failure • After 40 ignition cycles without failure, the DTCs will be
cleared.
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description U0415 85:
(FTB)
• The vehicle speed signal within the normal range is
81 Invalid Data Received From
received, which lasts for 1s.
Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS)
Control • After 40 ignition cycles without failure, the DTCs will be
cleared.
85 Implausible Data Received From ABS
Failure Cause
EPS control module communicates with the anti-lock brake • Connector failure or poor fit.
module/dynamic stability control module via the HS CAN bus.
• ABS/dynamic stability control module failure.
U0121: Reference Information
U0415 81:
BD055, CP040D
• The failures of "CAN Bus Off" and "ABS Frame
Timeout" are not set. Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
U0415 85: Circuit/System Test

• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position for 1s. 1. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of HS CAN Network".
• The failures of "CAN Bus Shutoff", "ABS Frame following procedures.
Timeout", and "Valid Vehicle Speed" are not set.
Conditions for Setting DTCs battery negative cable and harness connector CP040D of
U0121: EPS can not detect ABS signal within the continuous the electric power steering control unit.
10 ABS signal cycles. 3. Disconnect harness connector BD055 of the anti-lock
U0415 81: Invalid data is received from ABS. brake module/the dynamic stability control module.
U0415 85: The data received from ABS is out of the limit.
harness connector CP040D of the electric power steering
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set control unit and the terminals of harness connector
• EPSMILs come on. BD055 of the corresponding anti-lock brake module/the
dynamic stability control module is less than 5Ω:
• EPSSet the vehicle speed signal inputting into ECU as
100km/h , and the power is equal to the one when the • Terminal 7 of CP040D and Terminal 8 of BD055
vehicle speed is 100km/h.
• Terminal 8 of CP040D and Terminal 9 of BD055
V1.0 337
Steering System EPS


harness connector CP040D of the electric power steering
control unit or the terminals of harness connector BD055
of the corresponding anti-lock brake module/the dynamic
stability control module and the ground is infinite:

short to ground.

the following terminals of harness connector CP040D of
the electric power steering control unit or the terminals
of harness connector BD055 of the anti-lock brake
module/dynamic control module and the ground is
between 2 and 3V:

short to battery.

column assembly or the anti-lock brake module/the
dynamic stability control module.
Service Guideline
System" - "Power Steering Engine Assembly".
Module" - "ABS Regulator".
to Service Manual, "Brake System" - "Brake Module" -
"ABS Regulator".
V1.0 338
EPS Steering System
U0140 2. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, disconnect the
DTC Description battery negative cable and harness connector CP040D of
DTC U0140: CAN Lost Communication With Body Control
Module (NSE) 3. Disconnect harness connector CP010B of BCM.
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description of harness connector CP040D of the electric power
(FTB)
steering control unit and the terminals of the harness
87 Lost Communication With Body connector CP010B of the corresponding BCM is less
Control Module (NSE) than 5Ω:
Circuit/System Description • Terminal 7 of CP040D and Terminal 38 of CP010B
Electric power steering control module communicates with • Terminal 8 of CP040D and Terminal 39 of CP010B
BCM via the HS CAN bus.
Conditions for Running DTCs circuit for open circuit/high resistance.
• BCMFrame timeout is activated. 5. Test if the resistance between the terminals of harness
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position for 1s. connector CP040D of the electric power steering control
• Global monitoring is valid. unit or the terminals of the harness connector CP010B
Conditions for Setting DTCs of the corresponding BCM and the ground is infinite:
EPSThe control unit has not received the BCM information • Terminal 7 of CP040D
for 2s. • Terminal 8 of CP040D
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set • Terminal 38 of CP010B
• Keep the power normal. • Terminal 39 of CP010B
• EPSMILs come on.
• The control unit has received the BCM frame in 100 6. Connect the battery negative cable, place the ignition
operation circulation cycles. switch in "ON" position, and test if the voltage between
• After 40 ignition cycles without failure, the DTCs will be the following terminals of harness connector CP040D of
cleared. the electric power steering control unit or the terminals
Failure Cause of harness connector CP010B of the BCM and the
• Connector failure or poor fit. • Terminal 38 of CP010B

• Steering column assembly failure. • Terminal 7 of CP040D
Reference Information • Terminal 8 of CP040D
Reference Connector End View Information 7. If all circuits tested are normal, test/replace the steering
CP040D, CP010B column assembly or BCM.
Service Guideline
Circuit/System Test • Refer to Service Manual, "Body System" - "Body Control
1. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of HS CAN Network". Module" - "Body Control Module (BCM)".
If other modules tested are normal, continue the • Replace, programme and set the control module，Refer
following procedures. to Service Manual, "Brake System" - "Brake Module" -
"ABS Regulator".
V1.0 339
Steering System EPS
U0146 3. Disconnect harness connector CP070A of the gateway

DTC Description module.
DTC U0146: CAN Communication Failure 4. Test if the resistance between the terminals of harness
connector CP040D of the electric power steering control
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description unit and terminals of harness connector CP070A of the
(FTB)
corresponding gateway module is less than 5Ω:
87 Lost Communication With Gateway
• Terminal 7 of CP040D and Terminal 4 of CP070A
Circuit/System Description • Terminal 8 of CP040D and Terminal 1 of CP070A
the gateway module via the HS CAN bus.
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position for 1s. gateway module or terminals of the electric power
• Global monitoring is valid. steering control unit and the ground is infinite:
Conditions for Setting DTCs • Terminal 1 of CP070A
EPSThe control unit has not received the information from • Terminal 4 of CP070A
the gateway, which lasts for 2s.
• Keep the power normal.
• EPSMIL illuminates. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
short to ground.
• The control unit has received the information from the
gateway.
terminals of the gateway module or terminals of the
• DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition cycles. electric power steering control unit and the ground is
Failure Cause 2-3V:
• Relevant circuit failure. • Terminal 1 of CP070A
short to battery.
Bus System and Diagnostic Interface -1.4T (1)
column assembly or gateway module.
CP040D, CP070A Service Guideline
Reference Electrical Information • Refer to Service Manual, "Steering System" - "Steering
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection System" - "Steering Column Assembly".
• Refer to Service Manual, "Safety and Protection" -
Circuit/System Test
"Gateway" - "Gateway Module".
If other module tests are normal, continue following to Service Manual, "Steering System" - "Steering System"
detection procedures. - "Steering Column Assembly".
2. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, disconnect • Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
the battery negative cable and, and disconnect harness to Service Manual, "Safety and Protection" - "Gateway" -
connector CP040D of the electric power steering "Gateway Module".
control unit.
V1.0 340
EPS Steering System
U0155 2. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
DTC Description the battery negative cable.
DTC U0155: CAN Lost Communication With IPK Module 3. Disconnect harness connector CP040D of the electric
power steering control unit and harness connector
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description CP018 of the instrument pack.
(FTB)
87 Lost Communication With IPK of harness connector CP040D of the electric power
Module steering control unit and the terminals of the harness
Circuit/System Description connector CP018 of the corresponding instrument pack
is less than 5Ω:
BCW via HS CAN bus. • Terminal 7 of CP040D and Terminal 27 of CP018
Conditions for Running DTCs • Terminal 8 of CP040D and Terminal 26 of CP018
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position for 1s. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
• Global monitoring is valid. open circuit/high resistance.
Conditions for Setting DTCs 5. Test if the resistance between terminals of the electric
power steering control unit or terminals of BCM and
EPSThe control unit can not receive the information from the
the ground is infinite:
instrument pack for 2s.
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set • Terminal 7 of CP040D
• Keep the power in normal condition. • Terminal 8 of CP040D

• EPSMIL illuminates. • Terminal 26 of CP018
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs • Terminal 27 of CP018
• The control unit receives the ODO frame from the If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
instrument pack for 2s. short to ground.
• The control unit receives the date and time frame from
the instrument pack for 20s.
• DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition cycles. terminals of BCM or terminals of the electric power
Failure Cause steering control unit and the ground is 2-3V:
• BCM failure.
short to battery.
column assembly or the instrument pack.
CP018, CP040D Service Guideline
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection System" - "Steering Column Assembly".
Circuit/System Test
1. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of HS CANNetwork". Pack".
detection procedures. to Service Manual, "Steering System" - "Steering System"
V1.0 341
Steering System EPS
U1562, U1563 Reference Information

DTC U1562: Battery voltage is too high EPS
Failure Description
(FTB)
BD040C, CP040D
17 Battery voltage is too high
DTC U1563: Battery voltage is too low Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
Failure Description
(FTB)
When the connector is disconnected, check all components
16 Battery voltage is too low and harness terminals for damage or corrosion. If any damage
Circuit/System Description or corrosion to the following components, it is required to
repair or replace the affected components/connectors.
The electric power steering system control module monitors
the power supply voltage. If the monitored voltage is too high • Relevant Harness Connector
or too low, the control module sends an alarm information to • Electric Power Steering Control Unit
the EPS MIL via the network architecture-HS CAN, and the 1. Check fuse FL2 and F06 for fusing.
EPS MIL illuminates.
2. When the accessory appliance is turned on or off,
Conditions for Running DTCs measure and record the voltage between battery positive
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. and negative poles. The voltage is between 9-16V.
• Battery voltage is greater than 7V. If the measured value is not within the specified range,
Conditions for Setting DTCs check the battery system.
Circuit/System Test
U1562: Battery voltage is greater than 16.5V, which lasts for
480ms. 1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
U1563: Battery voltage is less than 8.5V, which lasts for 480ms.
2. Disconnect harness connector BD040C and CP040D of
• It reduces to no assisted power state gradually.
• EPSMIL illuminates. connector BD040C of the electric power steering
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs control unit and the ground is less than 5Ω.
U1562: If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
• Battery voltage is less than 16V, which lasts for 480ms. open circuit/high resistance.
• DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition cycles. 4. Connect the battery negative cable, and test if the voltage
between terminal 2 of harness connector BD040C of the
U1563:
electric power steering control unit and the ground is
• Battery voltage is greater than 9V, which lasts for 480ms. the battery voltage.
• DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition cycles.
Failure Cause open/high resistance.
• Relevant circuit failure. 5. Test if the voltage between terminal 5 of harness
• Connector failure or poor fitting. connector CP040D of the electric power steering control
• Battery failure. unit and the ground is 0V.
• Steering column assembly failure. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
short to battery.
6. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, and test if
the voltage between terminal 5 of harness connector
CP040D of the electric power steering control unit and
the ground is the battery voltage.
V1.0 342
EPS Steering System

column assembly.
Service Guideline
V1.0 343
Steering System Steering Angle Sensor
Steering Angle Sensor

DTC Category
List
Failure
Level*
09 SAS Component Failures 转角传感器内部元件故障 I
C0051 28 SAS Mechanical Failure 转角传感器内部机械故障 I
54 SAS Missing calibration 转角传感器校准失效 I
U0073 88 Control Module Communication Bus Off 控制模块通讯总线关闭 I
U1562 17 Battery Voltage High 蓄电池电压高 I
U1563 88 Battery Voltage Low 蓄电池电压低 I
U2000 04 ECU Hardware Error ECU硬件错误 II
41 ECU EEPROM Checksum Error ECU可擦除存贮器校验和错误 II
U2001
42 ECU EEPROM Error ECU可擦除存贮器错误 II
U2003 04 ECU Software Error ECU软件错误 II
*Note:

V1.0 344
Steering Angle Sensor Steering System
Circult Diagram
Circuit Diagram
ABS, SCS and Traction Control (2)
V1.0 345

(1)
V1.0 346
Connector Information Diagnostic Interface CP040
Steering Angle Sensor CP052

4 HS CAN H
Pin No. Pin Information 6 HS CAN L
2 Ground
3 Ignition Voltage
5 HS CAN H
6 HS CAN L
V1.0 347
Diagnostic Information and Procedure • Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
C0051 to Service Manual, "Steering System" - "Steering System"
DTC Description - "Combination Switch".
DTC C0051: SAS Failure

Failure Type Byte
Failure Description
(FTB)
09 SAS Component Failures
28 SAS Mechanical Failure
54 SAS Missing Calibration
The steering angle sensor is located on the steering shaft
assembly and which is used to measure the position and speed
of the steering wheel, and then send the measure signal to
vehicle stability enhancement system in the ABS module.
• Put the ignition switch in "ON" position.
• The ignition voltage is between 9-16V.
C0051 09: The steering angle sensor failure is detected.
C0051 28: The steering angle exceeds the range.
C0051 54: No vehicle compensation, and store it to the

internal memory.
No angle signal or angle rate signal is outputted.
Historical DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition
cycles.
Failure Cause
Steering angle sensor failure.
Circuit/System Test
the scan tool.
2. Delete the DTC after self-diagnosis, and confirm if the
DTC still exists.
If any DTC still exists, replace the steering sensor module

assembly.
Service Guideline
System" - "Combination Switch".
V1.0 348
U0073 sensor and terminals of harness connector CP040 of the
DTC Description corresponding diagnostic interface is less than 5Ω:
DTC U0073: CAN Bus Off • Terminal 5 of CP052 and Terminal 6 of CP040
Failure Type Byte • Terminal 6 of CP052 and Terminal 14 of CP040
Failure Description
(FTB)
88 Control Module Communication Bus open circuit/high resistance.
Off on “A”
Circuit/System Description harness connector CP052 of the steering angle sensor or
terminals of harness connector FC040 of the diagnostic
The steering angle sensor communicates with other control
modules via CANbus.
Conditions for Running DTCs • Terminal 5 of CP052
• The ignition switch is in "ON" position. • Terminal 6 of CP052

• The system voltage is between 7-16V. • Terminal 6 of CP040
The bus shutoff failure is detected for 5 times consecutively. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
It has lost communication with CANbus. 5. Connect the battery negative cable, and test if the voltage
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs between the terminals of harness connector CP052 of
the steering angle sensor or the terminals of harness
• No communication shutoff failure is detected within
connector FC040 of the diagnostic interface and the
5,000ms.
ground is 2-3V:
ignition cycles. • Terminal 5 of CP052

• Steering angle sensor failure.
Bus System and Diagnostic Interface -1.5VCT&1.5T (1) angle sensor.
CP052, CP040 • Refer to Service Manual, "Steering System" - "Steering
Circuit/System Test - "Combination Switch".


CP052 of the steering angle sensor.
of harness connector CP052 of the steering angle
V1.0 349
U1562, U1563 Reference Electrical Information

DTC Description
DTC U1562: Battery Voltage Is Too High
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description 1. Check the fuse EF39 of the steering angle sensor for
(FTB)
fusing.
17 Battery Voltage Is Too High
If the fuse is blown, replace corresponding fuse.
DTC U1563: Battery Voltage Is Too Low 2. Connect the scan tool, place the ignition switch in "ON"
Failure Type Byte position. Delete the DTCs after self-diagnosis, and
Failure Description confirm if the DTC still exists.
(FTB)
16 Battery Voltage Is Too Low 3. Check if the color of observation hole is normal, and
check the battery appearance for deformation and
Circuit/System Description leakage.
The steering angle sensor monitors the system voltage to Charge or replace the battery where necessary.
check if the supply voltage of the angle sensor is within a
4. When the engine is running, test if the battery voltage
normal operation range.
between the positive and negative poles is between 12 ~
Conditions for Running DTCs 14V with multimeter.
• Failure diagnosis is activated. If it is not within the specified range, check and repair
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. the battery charging system.
• It is not in the starting process or 1s after starting. Circuit/System Test
U1562: The power supply voltage of the steering angle sensor the battery negative cable.
is greater than 16V for more than 1s. 2. Disconnect harness connector CP052 of the steering
angle sensor.
U1563: The power supply voltage of the steering angle sensor
is less than 9V during non-starting for more than 1s. 3. Connect the battery negative cable, place the ignition
switch in "ON" position, test if the voltage between
terminal 3 of harness connector CP052 of the steering
The communication is stopped. angle sensor and the ground is the battery voltage.
• The power supply voltage of the steering angle sensor open circuit/high resistance.
recovers to the normal operating voltage of 9.5-15.5V, 4. Test if the resistance between terminal 2 of harness
which lasts for more than 1s. connector CP052 of the steering angle sensor and the
• Historical DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ground is less than 5Ω.
ignition cycles. If it exceeds the specified range, test the circuit for open
Failure Cause circuit/high resistance.
• Relevant circuit failure. 5. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
• Connector failure or poor fitting. the battery negative cable.
• Battery failure. 6. Test if the resistance between terminal 3 of harness

connector CP052 of the steering angle sensor and the
• Steering angle sensor mode failure.
battery is infinite.
short to ground.
Reference Connector End View Information between terminal 3 of harness connector CP052 of the
CP052 steering angle sensor and the ground is 0V.
short to battery.
V1.0 350
angle sensor.
Service Guideline
- "Combination Switch".
V1.0 351
U2000, U2001, U2003 U2001:

DTC Description • Failure Type Byte (FTB) 41: It has detected that ECU
DTC U2000: ECU Hardware Error EEPROIM checksum/parameters is trusted, and the
system is reset.
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description • Failure Type Byte (FTB) 42: It has detected that ECU
(FTB)
EEPROIM configuration is trusted, and the system is
04 ECU Hardware Error reset.
DTC U2001: ECU EEPROM Failure U2003: It has detected that ECU software parameters are
matched, and the system is reset.
Failure Type Byte
(FTB)
41 ECU EEPROM Checksum Error Angle sensor failure.
42 ECU EEPROM Error Reference Information

DTC U2003: ECU Software Error
Failure Type Byte
(FTB)
04 ECU Software Error 1. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, and connect
the scan tool.
The steering angle sensor is located on the steering shaft DTC still exists.
If any DTC still exists, replace the steering angle sensor.
of the steering, and then sends the measure signal to vehicle
stability enhancement system (VSES) and variable power Service Guideline
steering system (VES) in the ABS module. The ABS module • Refer to Service Manual, "Steering System" - "Steering
receives the serial data message from steering wheel angle System" - "Combination Switch".
sensor. The steering wheel steering angle sensor is used to • Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
calculate the expected yaw rate. to Service Manual, "Steering System" - "Steering System"
Conditions for Running DTCs - "Combination Switch".
• Failure diagnosis is activated.
• The system voltage is between 7 and 16V.
U2000: ECU hardware error is detected.
U2001:
• Failure Type Byte (FTB) 41: It has detected that ECU
EEPROIM checksum/parameter is implausible.
• Failure Type Byte (FTB) 42: It has detected that ECU
EEPROIM configuration is implausible.
U2003: It has detected that ECU software parameters are not

matched.
Set angle/rate DTCs.
U2000: It has detected that ECU hardware has no failure, and
the system is reset.
V1.0 352
Brake Module-BOSCH Braking System
Brake Module-BOSCH
DTC List
DTC List
Failure EBD TCS VDC

DTC FTB English Description Chinese Description ABS MIL
Level MIL MIL MIL
换向阀1故障(仅
C0001 13 Valve Fault, USV1(SCS Only) I ON ON ON ON
SCS)
换向阀2故障(仅
C0002 13 Valve Fault, USV2(SCS Only) I ON ON ON ON
SCS)
高压阀1故障(仅
C0003 13 Valve Fault, HSV1(SCS Only) I ON ON ON ON
SCS)
高压阀2故障(仅
C0004 13 Valve Fault, HSV2(SCS Only) I ON ON ON ON
SCS)
C0010 01 Left Front Inlet Valve Error 左前进液阀故障 I ON ON ON ON
C0011 01 Left Front Outlet Valve Error 左前出液阀故障 I ON ON ON ON
C0014 01 Right Front Inlet Valve Error 右前进液阀故障 I ON ON ON ON
Right Front Outlet Valve
C0015 01 右前出液阀故障 I ON ON ON ON
Error
C0018 01 Left Rear Inlet Valve Error 左后进液阀故障 I ON ON ON ON
C0019 01 Left Rear Outlet Valve Error 左后出液阀故障 I ON ON ON ON
C001C 01 Right Rear Inlet Valve Error 右后进液阀故障 I ON ON ON ON
C001D 01 Right Rear Outlet Valve Error 右后出液阀故障 I ON ON ON ON
ABS 泵马达控制故
C0020 71 ABS Pump Motor Control I ON ON ON ON
障
Left Front Wheel Speed 左前轮速传感器故
02 I OFF ON ON ON
Sensor Multi Failures 障
C0031 Left Front Wheel Speed
左前轮速传感器对
11 Sensor Circuit Short to I OFF ON ON ON
地短路
Ground
Left Front Wheel Speed 左前轮速传感器开
13 I OFF ON ON ON
Sensor Circuit Open 路
C0032 Left Front Wheel Speed
左前轮速传感器对
电源短路
Battery
Right Front Wheel Speed 右前轮速传感器故
02 I OFF ON ON ON
C0034 Right Front Wheel Speed
右前轮速传感器对
地短路
Ground
Right Front Wheel Speed 右前轮速传感器开
13 I OFF ON ON ON
C0035 Right Front Wheel Speed
右前轮速传感器对
电源短路
Battery
V1.0 353
Braking System Brake Module-BOSCH
Failure EBD TCS VDC

Level MIL MIL MIL
Left Rear Wheel Speed 左后轮速传感器故
02 I OFF ON ON ON
C0037 Left Rear Wheel Speed
左后轮速传感器对
地短路
Ground
Left Rear Wheel Speed 左后轮速传感器开
13 I OFF ON ON ON
C0038 Left Rear Wheel Speed
左后轮速传感器对
电源短路
Battery
Right Rear Wheel Speed 右后轮速传感器故
02 I OFF ON ON ON
C003A Right Rear Wheel Speed
右后轮速传感器对
地短路
Ground
Right Rear Wheel Speed 右后轮速传感器开
13 I OFF ON ON ON
C003B Right Rear Wheel Speed
右后轮速传感器对
电源短路
Battery
C0040 64 brake light switch fault 制动灯开关故障 I OFF OFF ON ON
制动压力传感器故
C0044 09 Brake Pressure Sensor Fault I OFF OFF ON ON
障
Low Brake Fluid Indicated or 制动液液位低或传
C0049 7B Sensor Short to Ground or 感器对地短路或传 I OFF OFF OFF OFF
Sensor Switch Stuck 感器卡滞
Steering Wheel Angle Offset 方向盘转角偏置故
28 I OFF OFF ON ON
Error 障
C0051
Steering Wheel Angle Not
54 方向盘转角未标定 I OFF OFF ON ON
Calibrated
Lateral Acceleration Sensor 横向加速度传感器
C0061 29 I OFF OFF ON ON
Signal Fault 信号故障
Longitudinal Acceleration 纵向加速度传感器
C0062 29 I OFF OFF ON ON
Sensor Signal Fault 信号故障
偏航传感器信号故
C0063 29 Yaw Rate Sensor Signal Fault I OFF OFF ON ON
障
ABS/SCS 控制不可
C006B 06 ABS/SCS Implausible Control II ON ON ON ON
信
SCS 开关故障 ( 仅
C0089 09 SCS Switch Failure (SCS Only) I OFF OFF OFF OFF
SCS)
Wheel speed sensor general 轮速传感器一般性
C1104 04 I ON ON ON ON
failure 故障
C1105 04 Vavle Relay failure 阀继电器故障 I ON ON ON ON
V1.0 354
Failure EBD TCS VDC
Level MIL MIL MIL
C1106 04 Vavle General Failure 阀一般性故障 I ON ON ON ON
Integrated Inertial Sensor (IIS)
04 偏航传感器故障 I OFF OFF ON ON
Failure
C1107
Iis Sensor Missing 偏航传感器未标定
54 I OFF OFF ON ON
Calibration(Scs Only) （仅SCS）
Reverse Gear Signal Is
C1109 08 倒档信号不可信 I OFF OFF OFF OFF
Implausible
U0073 88 CAN Bus Off CAN总线关闭 II OFF OFF ON ON
Lost Communication with
与发动机控制模块
U0100 87 Engine Control Module II OFF OFF ON ON
(ECM)失去通讯
(ECM)
与变速器控制模块
U0101 87 Transmission Control Module II OFF OFF ON ON
(TCM)失去通讯
(TCM)
Lost Steering Wheel Angle 方向盘转角信号丢
U0126 87 II OFF OFF ON ON
Signal 失
Lost Communication with 与车身控制模块

Body Control Module (BCM) (BCM)失去通讯
Lost Communication with 与网关(GW)失去通
Gateway (GW) 讯
与组合仪表(IPK)失
U0155 87 Instrument Panel Cluster II OFF OFF OFF OFF
去通讯
Control Module (IPK)
Invalid Data Received from 从发动机控制模块
U0401 81 Engine Control Module (ECM) 接收到无效 II OFF OFF ON ON
(ECM) 数据
Invalid Data Received from 从变速器控制模块
U0402 81 Transmission Control Module (TCM) 接收到无效 II OFF OFF ON ON
(TCM) 数据
从车身控制模块
Invalid Data Received from
U0422 81 (BCM) 接收到无效 II OFF OFF ON ON
Body Control Module (BCM)
数据
Invalid Data Received from
从组合仪表(IPK)接
U0423 81 Instrument Panel Cluster II OFF OFF OFF OFF
收到无效数据
Control Module (IPK)
Invalid Steering Wheel Angle 接收到无效的方向
Data Received 盘转角数据
Invalid Data Received from 从网关(GW)接收到
Gateway (GW) 无效数据
U1562 17 Battery Voltage High 蓄电池电压过高 I OFF ON ON ON
U1563 16 Battery Voltage Low 蓄电池电压过低 I ON ON ON ON
电控单元内部故
U2000 04 ECU Error - Hardware Error I ON ON ON ON
障—硬件故障
V1.0 355
Failure EBD TCS VDC

Level MIL MIL MIL
电控单元内部故
U2003 04 ECU Error - Software Error II ON ON ON ON
障—软件错误
*Note ：
• Description of Failure Level ：
– Ⅰ ： Stop and Repair Immediately
– Ⅱ ： Drive Carefully to a 4S Store for Repair
– Ⅲ ： Repair as Soon as Possible
– Ⅳ ：No Repair or Repair on the Date of Maintenance
• EBD MIL indicates that the control module detects this DTC is current or in the confirmation state during the
running.
• ABS MIL indicates that the control module detects this DTC is current or in the confirmation state during the
running.
• TCS MIL indicates that the control module detects this DTC is current or in the confirmation state during the
running.
• VDC MIL indicates that the control module detects this DTC is current or in the confirmation state during the
running.
V1.0 356
Circuit Diagram
Circuit Diagram
ABS, SCS and Traction Control (BOSCH)
V1.0 357
Hazard Warning Lamp
V1.0 358
Bus System and Diagnostic Interface (1)
V1.0 359
Bus System and Diagnostic Interface(2)
V1.0 360
Connector Information Left Front Wheel Speed Sensor BD022
Right Rear Wheel Speed Sensor BD020

1 Left Front Wheel Speed
Pin No. Pin Information Sensor Signal +
1 Right Rear Wheel Speed 2 Left Front Wheel Speed
Sensor Signal + Sensor Signal -
2 Right Rear Wheel Speed
Brake Lamp Switch BD027
Sensor Signal -
Left Rear Wheel Speed Sensor BD021

Pin No. Pin Information 1 Power Voltage
1 Left Rear Wheel Speed 2 Brake Lamp Signal
Sensor Signal +
2 Left Rear Wheel Speed
4 Ground
Sensor Signal -
V1.0 361
Pin No. Pin Information Diagnostic Socket CP040
38 HS CAN L
39 HS CAN H

6 HS CAN H
14 HS CAN L
26 HS CAN H Steering Angle Sensor CP052
27 HS CAN L
Hazard Warning Switch CP033

1 HS CAN L
2 HS CAN H
Pin No. Pin Information 3 Ignition Voltage
1 Ground 4 Ground
3 Tyre Pressure Monitoring ABS/SCS Module EB012B

Signal
6 Hazard Warning Lamp
Switch Signal
7 Backlight Power Supply
8 ESP Signal
V1.0 362
1 Power Voltage 1 Right Front Wheel Speed
2 PRIV CAN H Sensor Signal +
3 Right Front Wheel Speed 2 Right Front Wheel Speed

4 Right Front Wheel Speed Engine Control Module EM058B

Sensor Signal -
5 HS CAN H
6 HS CAN L
7 Power Voltage
Sensor Signal -
Sensor Signal +
26 PRIV CAN L
1 HS CAN H
Sensor Signal +
17 HS CAN L
Sensor Signal - Automatic Transmission Control Module GB006
31 ESP Switch
33 Ignition Voltage
Sensor Signal -
Sensor Signal +
37 Speed Signal
38 Valve and Logical Unit
Ground
Right Front Wheel Speed Sensor EB023 Pin No. Pin Information
7 HS CAN L
17 HS CAN H
V1.0 363

6 HS CAN L
14 HS CAN H
V1.0 364
Diagnostic Information and Procedure • TCS warning lamp illuminates.
、C0002、
C0001、、C0003、
、C0004 • VDC warning lamp illuminates.
DTC Description Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
DTC C0001：Valve Fault, USV1（SCS Only） • If the setting conditions do not exist, then the DTCs are
Failure Type Byte cleared in the next ignition cycle and the MIL will go off.
Failure Description
（FTB） • History DTCs will be cleared and the MIL will be off after
13 Valve Fault, USV1（SCS Only） 40 fault-free ignition cycles.
Failure Cause
DTC C0002：Valve Fault, USV2（SCS Only）
• Valve failure.
Failure Type Byte • ABS/dynamic stability control module failure.
Failure Description
（FTB）
13 Valve Fault, USV2（SCS Only）
DTC C0003：Valve Fault, HSV1（SCS Only） Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
Failure Description
（FTB）
1. Check and inspect visually the brake system for leakage,
13 Valve Fault, HSV1（SCS Only） damage, etc.
DTC C0004：Valve Fault, HSV2（SCS Only） If any of above situations occurs, repair/replace relevant
faulty components of brake system.
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description
（FTB） 2. Check if the brake fluid is too dirty or if the fluid contains
Valve Fault, HSV2（SCS Only） bubbles or moisture.
13
If any of above situations occur, replace brake fluid and
bleed air in the system.
The reverse valve and high pressure valve are inside the
3. Use the scan tool to clear DTC C0001, C0002, C0003
dynamic stability control module. The module realizes
and C0004.
dynamic stability control functions including the anti-lock
braking, the braking force distribution and the acceleration 4. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, and confirm
slip regulation by controlling opening and closing of the valves. DTC C0001, C0002, C0003 and C0004 have not been
set.
If any of the DTCs has been set, test/replace the
Place the ignition switch in ON position.
Service Guideline
Failure of the valve inside the module：
• The valve drive integrated circuit register is not matched Module" - " ABSRegulator".
with the current one. • Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
• Internal short circuit or solenoid coil failure of the valve. to Service Manual, "Brake System" - "Brake Module" -
• The valve resistance is out of range. "ABS Regulator".
• The PWM value of the software and that of the hardware
are not matched.
• EBD is disabled.
• ABS is disabled.
• TCS is disabled.
• VDC is disabled.
• EBD warning lamp illuminates.
• ABS warning lamp illuminates.
V1.0 365
、C0011
C0010、 • ABS/dynamic stability control module failure.
DTC C0010：Left Front Inlet Valve Error Reference Electrical Information
Failure Description
(FTB)
Circuit/System Test
13 Left Front Inlet Valve Error
DTC C0011：Left Front Outlet Valve Error damage, etc.
Failure Type Byte If any of above situations occurs, repair/replace relevant

Failure Description
(FTB) faulty components of brake system.
13 Left Front Outlet Valve Error 2. Check if the brake fluid is too dirty or if the fluid contains
bubbles or moisture.
The inlet valve and outlet valve are inside the dynamic stability
control module. The module realizes body dynamic stability
control functions including the anti-lock braking, the braking 3. Use the scan tool to clear C0010 or C0011.
force distribution and the acceleration slip regulation by 4. Replace, programme and set the body dynamic stability
controlling opening and closing of the valves. control module.
Conditions for Running DTCs 5. Place the ignition switch in ON position, and confirm
Place the ignition switch in ON position. DTC C0010 or C0011 is not reset.
Conditions for Setting DTCs If any of the DTCs has been set, test/replace the
Service Guideline
• The valve drive integrated circuit register is not matched
with the current. • Refer to Service Manual, "Brake System" - "Brake
• Internal short circuit or solenoid coil failure of the valve.
• The resistance values of the left front inlet valve and the
left front outlet valve are out of range.
"ABS Regulator".
are not matched.
• TCS warning lamp illuminates.
• VDC warning lamp illuminates.
• If the setting conditions do not exist, then the DTCs are
cleared in the next ignition cycle and the MIL will go off.
• History DTCs will be cleared and the MIL will be off after
40 fault-free ignition cycles.
Failure Cause
• Valve failure.
V1.0 366
、C0015
DTC C0014：Right Front Inlet Valve Error Reference Electrical Information
Failure Description
(FTB)
Circuit/System Test
13 Right Front Inlet Valve Error
DTC C0015：Right Front Outlet Valve Error damage, etc.

Failure Description
13 Right Front Outlet Valve Error 2. Check if the brake fluid is too dirty or if the fluid contains
control module. The module realizes dynamic stability control
functions including the anti-lock braking, the braking force 3. Use the scan tool to clear DTC C0014 or C0015.
distribution and the acceleration slip regulation by controlling 4. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, and confirm
opening and closing of the valves. DTC C0014 or DTC C0015 has not been set.
Conditions for Running DTCs If any of the DTCs has been set, test/replace the
Place the ignition switch in ON position. ABS/dynamic stability control module.
Conditions for Setting DTCs Service Guideline
Failure of the valve inside the module： • Refer to Service Manual, "Brake System" - "Brake
with the current. • Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
"ABS Regulator".
are not matched.
• The resistance values of the right front inlet valve and the
right front outlet valve are out of range.
Failure Cause
• Valve failure.
V1.0 367
、C0019
DTC C0018：Left Rear Inlet Valve Error Reference Electrical Information
Failure Description
(FTB)
Circuit/System Test
13 Left Rear Inlet Valve Error
DTC C0019：Left Rear Outlet Valve Error damage, etc.

Failure Description
13 Left Rear Outlet Valve Error 2. Check if the brake fluid is too dirty or if the fluid contains
control module. The module realizes dynamic stability control
functions including the anti-lock braking, the braking force 3. Use the scan tool to clear DTC C0018 or C0019.
distribution and the acceleration slip regulation by controlling 4. Replace, programme and set the body dynamic stability
opening and closing of the valves. control module.
Conditions for Running DTCs 5. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, and confirm
Place the ignition switch in ON position. DTC C0018 or C0019 has not been set.
Conditions for Setting DTCs If any of the DTCs has been set, test/replace the
Service Guideline
with the current. • Refer to Service Manual, "Brake System" - "Brake
are not matched. • Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
"ABS Regulator".
• The resistance values of the left rear inlet valve and the
left rear outlet valve are out of range.
Failure Cause
• Valve failure.
V1.0 368
、C001D
C001C、 Reference Information
DTC C001C：Right Rear Inlet Valve Error Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description Circuit/System Test
(FTB)
13 Right Rear Inlet Valve Error
damage, etc.
DTC C001D：Right Rear Outlet Valve Error 2. If any of above situations occurs, repair/replace relevant
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description 3. Check if the brake fluid is too dirty or if the fluid contains
(FTB)
13 Right Rear Outlet Valve Error
4. If any of above situations occur, replace brake fluid and
Circuit/System Description bleed air in the system.
The inlet valve and outlet valve are located inside the dynamic 5. Use the scan tool to clear DTC C001C or C001D.
stability control module. The module realizes dynamic stability 6. Replace, programme and set the body dynamic stability
control functions such as the anti-lock braking, the braking control module.
force distribution and the driving slip prevention by controlling 7. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, and confirm
opening and closing of the valves. DTC C001C or C001D has not been set.
Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. ABS/dynamic stability control module.
• The valve drive integrated circuit register is not matched • Refer to Service Manual, "Brake System" - "Brake
with the current status. Module" - "ABS Regulator".
• The PWM value of the software and that of the hardware • Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
are not matched. to Service Manual, "Brake System" - "Brake Module" -
• Internal short circuit or solenoid coil failure of the valve. "ABS Regulator".
• The resistance values of the right rear inlet valve and the
right rear outlet valve are out of range.
Failure Cause
• Valve failure.
V1.0 369
C0020 2. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, clear the

DTC Description C0020 with a scan tool.
DTC C0020：ABS Pump Motor Control 3. Read the DTC again and confirm that the DTC C0020
is not set.
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description If DTC still exists, test/replace the ABS/dynamic stability
(FTB)
control module.
71 ABS Pump Motor Control
Service Guideline
The pump motor is a component of the brake module Module" - "ABS Regulator".
assembly. The pump motor relay does not engage when the
system operates normally. When ABS, traction control or
stability control system are required to run, the electronic
"ABS Regulator".
brake control module activates the pump motor relay and
turns on the pump motor.
• Monitoring of the ASIC motor relay status (short-circuit).
• Monitoring of the ASIC motor relay status (overload).
• Motor voltage outside actuation is too high.
• Motor relay gate test actuation is not possible.
• Motor is actuated but no generated motor voltage
(motor speed) is detected.
Failure Cause
ABS/dynamic stability control module failure.
Circuit/System Test
1. Check the harness and connector for wear or corrosion.
V1.0 370
、C0032
C0031、 • VDC is disabled.
DTC Description • ABS warning lamp illuminates.
DTC C0031：Left Front Wheel Speed Sensor Failure • TCS warning lamp illuminates.
Failure Type Byte • VDC warning lamp illuminates.
Failure Description
02 Left Front Wheel Speed Sensor Multi • If the setting conditions do not exist, then the DTCs are
Failures cleared in the next ignition cycle and the MIL will go off.
11 Left Front Wheel Speed Sensor • History DTCs will be cleared and the MIL will be off after
Circuit Short to Ground 40 fault-free ignition cycles.
Failure Cause
DTC C0032：Left Front Wheel Speed Sensor Supply Failure
Failure Type Byte
(FTB)
• Wheel speed sensor failure.
12 Left Front Wheel Speed Sensor
Circuit Short to Battery
Circuit Open Reference Circuit Information
ABS, SCS and Traction Control (BOSCH)
Wheel speed is detected by active wheel speed sensor and
encoder ring. The encoder ring is composed of permanent EB012B, BD022/BD022A
magnets. Each wheel speed sensor receives a 12V reference Reference Electrical Information
voltage from the electronic brake control module, and then
transmits the AC square-wave signal to the electronic brake
control module. When wheels are rotating, the dynamic Circuit/System Check
stability control module calculates wheel speed based on the
1. Check the mounting position of wheel speed sensor, and
frequency of the square-wave signal.
check the harness and connector for wear and corrosion.
Conditions for Running DTCs Clean and lubricate the faulty parts found in visual check.
Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. 2. Inspect if signal wheel or signal gear is worn or deformed.
Conditions for Setting DTCs 3. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. When driving
C0031： straightly at a speed above 20km/h, observe the "Left
Front Wheel Speed", "Right Front Wheel Speed", "Left
• The wheel speed sensor of wrong model is installed on Rear Wheel Speed" and "Right Rear Wheel Speed"
the left front wheel. parameters in the real-time display of the scan tool.
• Left front wheel speed sensor signal interference. Difference between readings shall be within 5%.
• Untrusted high wheel speed is detected within the range Circuit/System Test
of the wheel speed sensor signal.
• When the vehicle speed exceeds the threshold the battery negative cable and harness connector
（ 43.2km/h ） , there will be no wheel speed signal BD022/BD022A of the left front wheel speed sensor.
during the detection.
C0032： switch in "ON" position, and test if the voltage between
terminal 1 of harness connector BD022/BD022A of the
• The power circuit of the left front wheel speed sensor is
left front wheel speed sensor and the ground is battery
short to ground/battery or open circuit.
voltage.
• Left front wheel speed sensor test failure.
V1.0 371
3. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, disconnect 3. Connect a multimeter between the terminal 2 of the low
the battery negative cable and harness connector EB012B level reference voltage circuit and ground for reading DC
of the ABS/dynamic stability control module. amperage.
4. Test if the resistance between the terminals of harness 4. Connect the battery negative cable, raise the vehicle,
connector BD022/BD022A of the left front wheel speed rotate the wheel slowly, and test if DC amperage varies
sensor and the terminals of the harness connector between 7～14mA.
EB012B of the ABS/dynamic stability control module is 5. If it is not within the specified range, test/replace the left
less than 5Ω： front wheel speed sensor.
• Terminal 1 of BD022/BD022A and terminal 19 of EB012B Service Guideline
• Terminal 2 of BD022/BD022A and terminal 8 of EB012B • Refer to Service Manual, "Brake System" - "Brake
open circuit/high resistance. • Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
5. Test if the resistance between the terminals of harness "ABS Regulator".
connector BD022/BD022A of the left front wheel speed
sensor and the terminals of harness connector EB012B
of the ABS/dynamic stability control module is infinite：
• Terminal 1 of BD022/BD022A
• Terminal 8 of EB012B

short to battery.

connector BD022/BD022A of the left front wheel speed
sensor or the terminals of harness connector EB012B of
the ABS/dynamic stability control module and the ground
is infinite：

short to ground.
7. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the ABS/dynamic

stability control module.
Component Test
Wheel speed sensor is tested to be sensitive to polarity. If
polarities are reversed in test, it may permanently damage
wheel speed sensor.

the battery negative cable and harness connector
BD022/BD022A of the left front wheel speed sensor.
2. Fit a jumper wire with 3A fuse between signal circuit
terminal 1 and 12V voltage.
V1.0 372
、C0035
C0034、 • VDC is disabled.
DTC Description • ABS warning lamp illuminates.
DTC C0034：Right Front Wheel Speed Sensor Failure • TCS warning lamp illuminates.
Failure Type Byte • VDC warning lamp illuminates.
Failure Description
Right Front Wheel Speed Sensor
02 • If the setting conditions do not exist, then the DTCs are
Multi Failures
11 • History DTCs will be cleared and the MIL will be off after
Circuit Short to Ground
DTC C0035：Right Front Wheel Speed Sensor Supply Failure Failure Cause
Failure Description
Right Front Wheel Speed Sensor • Wheel speed sensor failure.
12
Circuit Short to Battery • ABS/dynamic stability control module failure.
Right Front Wheel Speed Sensor Reference Information
13
Circuit Open
Circuit/System Description ABS, SCS and Traction Control (BOSCH)
Wheel speed is detected by active wheel speed sensor and Reference Connector End View Information
encoder ring. The encoder ring is composed of permanent
EB012B, EB023
magnets. Each wheel speed sensor receives a 12V reference
voltage from the electronic brake control module, and then Reference Electrical Information
transmits the AC square-wave signal to the electronic brake Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
control module. When wheels are rotating, the dynamic
stability control module calculates wheel speed based on the Circuit/System Check
frequency of the square-wave signal. 1. Check the mounting position of wheel speed sensor, and
Conditions for Running DTCs check the harness and connector for wear and corrosion.
Clean and lubricate the faulty parts found in visual check.
2. Inspect if signal wheel or signal gear is worn or deformed.
3. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. When driving
C0034： straightly at a speed above 20km/h, observe the "Left
• The wheel speed sensor of wrong model is installed on Front Wheel Speed", "Right Front Wheel Speed", "Left
the right front wheel. Rear Wheel Speed" and "Right Rear Wheel Speed"
• Right front wheel speed sensor signal interference. parameters in the real-time display of the scan tool.
Difference between readings shall be within 5%.
• Untrusted high wheel speed is detected within the range
of the wheel speed sensor signal. Circuit/System Test
• When the vehicle speed exceeds the threshold 1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
（43.2km/h）, there is no wheel speed signal during the the battery negative cable and the harness connector
detection. EB023 of right front wheel speed sensor.
C0035：
• The power circuit of the right front wheel speed sensor terminal 1 of harness connector EB023 of the right front
is short to ground/battery or open circuit. wheel speed sensor and the ground is battery voltage.
• Right front wheel speed sensor test failure.
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set open circuit/high resistance or short to ground.
• ABS is disabled. 3. Disconnect the battery negative cable, and disconnect
• TCS is disabled. harness connector EB012B of the ABS/dynamic stability
control module.
V1.0 373
4. Test if the resistance between terminal 1 of harness 4. Connect the battery negative cable, raise the vehicle,
connector EB023 of the left front wheel speed sensor rotate the wheel slowly, and test if DC amperage varies
and terminal 16 of harness connector of the ABS/dynamic between 7～14mA.
stability control module is less than 5Ω. 5. If it is not within the specified range, test/replace the right
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for front wheel speed sensor.
open circuit/high resistance. Service Guideline
5. Test if the resistance between terminal 1 of harness • Refer to Service Manual, "Brake System" - "Brake
connector EB023 of the right front wheel speed sensor Module" - "ABS Regulator".
and the power supply is infinite. • Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for to Service Manual, "Brake System" - "Brake Module" -
short to battery. "ABS Regulator".

connector EB023 of the right front wheel speed sensor
and the ground is infinite.

short to ground.

and terminal 4 of harness connector of the ABS/dynamic
stability control module is less than 5Ω.


and the power supply is infinite.

short to battery.


short to ground.

Component Test
wheel speed sensor.
1. Place the ignition switch in OFF position, and disconnect

the battery negative cable and the harness connector
EB018 of right front wheel speed sensor.
3. Connect a multimeter between the terminal 2 of the low
level reference voltage circuit and ground for reading DC
amperage.
V1.0 374
、C0038
C0037、 Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
DTC Description • ABS is disabled.
DTC C0037：Left Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Failure • TCS is disabled.
Failure Type Byte • VDC is disabled.
Failure Description
(FTB) • ABS warning lamp illuminates.
Left Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Multi • TCS warning lamp illuminates.
02
Failures • VDC warning lamp illuminates.
Left Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
11
DTC C0038：Left Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Supply Failure cleared in the next ignition cycle and the MIL will go off.
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description 40 fault-free ignition cycles.
(FTB)
Failure Cause
Left Rear Wheel Speed Sensor
Left Rear Wheel Speed Sensor
13 • Wheel speed sensor failure.
Circuit Open
Wheel speed is detected by active wheel speed sensor and
encoder ring. The encoder ring is composed of permanent Reference Circuit Information
magnets. Each wheel speed sensor receives a 12V reference ABS, SCS and Traction Control (BOSCH)
voltage from the electronic brake control module, and then Reference Connector End View Information
transmits the AC square-wave signal to the electronic brake
control module. When wheels are rotating, the dynamic BD021、EB012B
stability control module calculates wheel speed based on the Reference Electrical Information
frequency of the square-wave signal.
• Place the ignition switch in ON position.
1. Check the mounting position of wheel speed sensor, and
• The normal current value shall be ： the maximum is
14mA, and the minimum is 7mA.
C0037： 3. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. When driving
• The wheel speed sensor of wrong model is installed on straightly at a speed above 20km/h, observe the "Left
the left rear wheel. Front Wheel Speed", "Right Front Wheel Speed", "Left
• Left rear wheel speed sensor signal interference. Rear Wheel Speed" and "Right Rear Wheel Speed"
parameters in the real-time display of the scan tool.
• Untrusted high wheel speed is detected within the range
Circuit/System Test
• When the vehicle speed exceeds the threshold
（43.2km/h）, there is no wheel speed signal during the 1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
detection. the battery negative cable and the harness connector
BD021 of the left rear wheel speed sensor.
C0038：
• The power circuit of the left rear wheel speed sensor is switch in "ON" position, and test if the voltage between
short to ground/battery or open circuit. terminal 1 of harness connector BD021 of the left rear
• Left rear wheel speed sensor test failure. wheel speed sensor and the ground is battery voltage.
V1.0 375
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for 2. Fit a jumper wire with 3A fuse between signal circuit
open circuit/high resistance or short to ground. terminal 1 and 12V voltage.
3. Disconnect the battery negative cable, and disconnect 3. Connect a multimeter between the terminal 2 of the low
harness connector EB012B of the ABS/dynamic stability level reference voltage circuit and ground for reading DC
control module. amperage.
connector BD021 of the left rear wheel speed sensor rotate the wheel slowly, and test if DC amperage varies
and terminal 31 of harness connector EB012B of the between 7～14mA.
ABS/dynamic stability control module is less than 5Ω. 5. If it is not within the specified range, test/replace the left
rear wheel speed sensor.
connector BD021 of the left rear wheel speed sensor and Module" - "ABS Regulator".
the power supply is infinite. • Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
"ABS Regulator".
short to battery.

connector BD021 of the left rear wheel speed sensor

short to ground.

and terminal 18 of harness connector EB012B of the
ABS/dynamic stability control module is less than 5Ω.


connector BD021 of the left rear wheel speed sensor and
the power supply is infinite.

short to battery.


short to ground.

Component Test
wheel speed sensor.

BY029 of left rear wheel speed sensor.
V1.0 376
、C003B
C003A、 • TCS is disabled.
DTC Description • VDC is disabled.
DTC C003A：Right Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Failure • ABS warning lamp illuminates.
Failure Type Byte • TCS warning lamp illuminates.
Failure Description
(FTB) • VDC warning lamp illuminates.
02 Right Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
Multi Failures • If the setting conditions do not exist, then the DTCs are
11 Right Rear Wheel Speed Sensor cleared in the next ignition cycle and the MIL will go off.
Circuit Short to Ground • History DTCs will be cleared and the MIL will be off after
DTC C003B：Right Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Supply - Circuit
Failure Cause
Failure
Failure Type Byte
(FTB)
12 Right Rear Wheel Speed Sensor
Circuit Short to Battery • ABS/dynamic stability control module failure.
13 Right Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Reference Information

Circuit Open Reference Circuit Information
Circuit/System Description ABS, SCS and Traction Control (BOSCH)
Wheel speed is detected by active wheel speed sensor and Reference Connector End View Information
encoder ring. The encoder ring is composed of permanent BD020, EB012B
magnets. Each wheel speed sensor receives a 12V reference
voltage from the electronic brake control module, and then
transmits the AC square-wave signal to the electronic brake Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
control module. When wheels are rotating, the dynamic Circuit/System Check
stability control module calculates wheel speed based on the
frequency of the square-wave signal. 1. Check the mounting position of wheel speed sensor, and
Place the ignition switch in ON position. 2. Inspect if signal wheel or signal gear is worn or deformed.
Conditions for Setting DTCs 3. Place the ignition switch in ON position. When driving
C003A： straightly at a speed above 20km/h, observe the "Left
Front Wheel Speed", "Right Front Wheel Speed", "Left
• The wheel speed sensor of wrong model is installed on
Rear Wheel Speed" and "Right Rear Wheel Speed"
the right rear wheel.
• Right rear wheel speed sensor signal interference. Difference between readings shall be within 5%.
• Untrusted high wheel speed is detected within the range Circuit/System Test
• When the vehicle speed exceeds the threshold
（43.2km/h）, there is no wheel speed signal during the
BD020 of the right rear wheel speed sensor.
detection.
C003B： switch in "ON" position, and test if the voltage between
• The power circuit of the right rear wheel speed sensor terminal 1 of harness connector BD021 of the right rear
is short to ground/battery or open circuit. wheel speed sensor and the ground is battery voltage.
• Right rear wheel speed sensor test failure. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set open circuit/high resistance or short to ground.
V1.0 377
3. Disconnect the battery negative cable, and disconnect 3. Connect a multimeter between the terminal 2 of the low
harness connector EB021 of the ABS/dynamic stability level reference voltage circuit and ground for reading DC
control module. amperage.
connector BD020 of the right rear wheel speed sensor rotate the wheel slowly, and test if DC amperage varies
and terminal 17 of harness connector EB012B of the between 7～14mA.
ABS/dynamic stability control module is less than 5Ω. 5. If it is not within the specified range, replace the left rear
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for wheel speed sensor.
connector BD020 of the right rear wheel speed sensor Module" - "ABS Regulator".
and the power supply is infinite. • Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for to Service Manual, "Brake System" - "Brake Module" -
short to battery. "ABS Regulator".

connector BD020 of the right rear wheel speed sensor

short to ground.

and terminal 29 of harness connector EB012B of the
ABS/dynamic stability control module is less than 5Ω.


and the power supply is infinite.

short to battery.


short to ground.

Component Test
wheel speed sensor.

the battery negative cable and harness connector BD020
of the right rear wheel speed sensor.
V1.0 378
C0040 • Connector failure or poor fitting.
DTC Description • Brake pedal switch failure.
DTC C0040：brake light switch fault • Dynamic stability control module failure.
Failure Description
64 brake light switch fault Brake Lamp & Tail Lamp & License Plate Lamp
Circuit/System Description Reference Connector End View Information
BCM monitors the brake pedal position sensor, and it sends BD027, EM058
serial data information when the brake pedal is pressed. When Reference Electrical Information
the vehicle is stopped, the electronic brake control module
monitors the serial data information from the BCM with the
brake pedal pressed, the brake pressure increases and the Circuit/System Check
vehicle decelerates; or when the vehicle accelerates, the brake
1. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, connect the
pedal is not pressed and the brake pressure does not increase.
scan tool, check if other DTC still exists.
If there are other DTCs, diagnosis them together.
2. Confirm that the rear brake lamp bulb is normal, press
Conditions for Setting DTCs the brake pedal, check if the rear brake lamp and high
• Brake Light Switch HSC Invalid Value. mounted brake lamp are illuminate.
• If the substitute Brake Light Switch (BLS build from If illuminate, the brake pedal switch is normal. If it doesn't
pressure signal) is set without any hardware-BLS-signals illuminate, go to "Circuit/System Test".
being set and if no pump is operated during that time a Circuit/System Test
fault is set.
• Raw pressure signal is higher than threshold and no
HW-Bls is set the BLS-signal is set while the gas pedal is
BD027 of the brake pedal switch.
stepped with no active control.
2. Step down the brake pedal, and test if the resistance
• After Ignition OFF/ON the fault is still present and a
between terminal 1 and 2 of the brake pedal switch is
goodcheck is necessary.
less than 5Ω and if the resistance between terminal 3
• The goodcheck is done if all logic states of the brake light and 4 of that is infinite.
switches occured correctly.
If it is not within the specified range, replace the brake
• The brake light switch and the throttle pedal were set pedal switch.
simultaneously longer than a given time.
3. Releasing the brake pedal, and test if the resistance
• The failure entry is reset when the brake light switch is
between terminal 1 and 2 of the brake pedal switch is
not set.
infinite and if the resistance between terminal 3 and 4 of
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set that is less than 5Ω.
• TCS is disabled. If it is not within the specified range, replace the brake
• VDC is disabled. pedal switch.
• TCS warning lamp illuminates. 4. Connect the battery negative cable, test if the voltage
• VDC warning lamp illuminates. between pin 1 of harness connector BD027 of the brake
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs pedal switch and ground is the battery voltage.
• If the setting conditions do not exist, then the DTCs are If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
cleared in the next ignition cycle and the MIL will go off. open circuit/high resistance.
• History DTCs will be cleared and the MIL will be off after 5. Test if the resistance between terminal 4 of harness
40 fault-free ignition cycles. connector BD027 of the brake pedal switch and the
Failure Cause ground is less than 5Ω.
V1.0 379
6. Disconnect harness connector EM058 of the ECM, and

test if the resistance between the terminals of harness
connector EM058 of ECM and the terminals of harness
connector BD027 of the corresponding brake switch is
less than 5Ω：
• Terminal 23 of EM058 and Terminal 3 of BD027
• Terminal 25 of EM058 and Terminal 2 of BD027


stability control module or ECM.
Service Guideline
• Refer to Service Manual, "Brake System" - "Service
Brake" - "Brake Pedal".
System - NSE1.5T" - "Engine Control Module (ECM)".
"ABS Regulator".
to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Fuel Control
V1.0 380
C0044 3. Check if the brake fluid is too dirty or if the fluid contains
DTC Description bubbles or moisture.
DTC C0044：Brake Pressure Sensor Fault If any of above situations occur, replace brake fluid and
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description
(FTB) 4. Confirm no other DTCs of the ABS/dynamic stability
09 Brake Pressure Sensor Fault control module are set except DTC C0044.
If other DTCs of ABS/dynamic stability control module

have been set, diagnose them first.
The pressure sensor is inside the dynamic stability control
5. Delete DTC C0044 with the scan tool.
module to monitor the brake pressure of the ABS regulator. If
the brake pressure exceeds the maximum safety pressure limit 6. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, and confirm
of the system during pressurization, the overflow valve, which C0044 is not set.
plays the role of safety protection, will be on and allow the If any of the DTCs has been set, test/replace the
brake fluid to flow back to the brake master cylinder. ABS/dynamic stability control module.
Conditions for Running DTCs Service Guideline
Place the ignition switch in ON position. • Refer to Service Manual, "Brake System" - "Brake
Conditions for Setting DTCs Module" - "Service Guideline" - "ABS Regulator".
The master cylinder pressure sensor inside the module • Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
failure： to Service Manual, "Brake System" - "Brake Module" -
"ABS Regulator".
• The master cylinder pressure sensor circuit failure.
• The compensation value of the master cylinder pressure
sensor is out of range.
• The sensitivity of the master cylinder pressure sensor is
out of range.
Failure Cause
Circuit/System Test
damage, etc.
2. If above situations occur, repair/replace fault components
of related brake system.
V1.0 381
C0049 If any of above situations occur, fill the brake fluid and
DTC Description repair/replace fault components of related brake system.
DTC C0049：Low Brake Fluid Indicated or Sensor Short to 2. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, and connect
Ground or Sensor Switch Stuck the scan tool.
Failure Type Byte 3. Clear DTC C0049 with the scan tool, and read the DTC
Failure Description again and confirm that the DTC C0049 is not set.
(FTB)
7B Low Brake Fluid Indicated or Sensor If the DTC is reset, go to "Circuit/System Test".
Short to Ground or Sensor Switch
Stuck Circuit/System Test
Brake fluid level indicator switch is located on the brake fluid BD049A of the brake fluid level indicator switch.
reservoir and which is used to monitor the level. When the 2. Carry out component test on brake fluid level indicator
fluid level is too low, the dynamic stability control/traction switch.
control system warning lamp will illuminate to alert the driver
to fill brake fluid or maintain the brake system. If the test fails, replace the brake fluid level indicator
switch.
connector BD049A of the brake fluid level indicator
Conditions for Setting DTCs switch and ground is less than 5Ω.
Brake fluid sensor detects missing brake fluid, or interruption If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
of brake fluid line or short to battery. open circuit/high resistance.
4. Disconnect harness connector EB012B of the dynamic
None. stability control module.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs Test if the resistance between terminal 1 of harness
• After the failure is eliminated, the DTCs will be cleared connector BD049A of the brake fluid level indicator
immediately. switch and terminal 6 of harness connector EB012B of
• Historical DTCs will be cleared and the MIL will be off the dynamic stability control module is less than 5Ω.
after 40 failure-free ignition cycles. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
Failure Cause open circuit/high resistance.
• Relevant circuit failure. 5. If all circuits tested are normal, test/replace the dynamic
• Connector failure or poor fitting. stability control module.
• Brake fluid level is low. Component Test
• Brake fluid level indicator switch failure. 1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
• ABS/dynamic stability control module failure. harness connector BD049A of the brake fluid level
indicator switch.
2. Test if the resistance between terminal 1 and 2 of brake
fluid level indicator switch is breakover and infinite when
ABS, SCS and Traction Control (BOSCH) the brake fluid level indicator switch is in full level and
Reference Connector End View Information low level respectively.
BD049A, EB012B If it is not within the specified range, replace the brake
fluid level indicator switch assembly.
Service Guideline
Circuit/System Test Module" - "Service Guideline" - "ABS Regulator".
1. Check and inspect visually the height of the brake fluid • Refer to Service Manual, "Brake System" - "Service
level and the brake system for leakage, damage, etc. Brake" - "Service Guideline" - "Brake Fluid Level Indicator
Switch".
V1.0 382
"ABS Regulator".
V1.0 383
C0051 Service Guideline

DTC Description • Refer to Service Manual, "Steering System" - "Steering
DTC C0051：Steering Wheel Angel Sensor Failure System" - "Steering Wheel Steering Angle Sensor".
Failure Type Byte • Refer to Service Manual, "Brake System" - "Brake

Failure Description Module" - "ABS Regulator".
(FTB)
28 Steering Wheel Angle Offset Error
Steering Wheel Angle Not "ABS Regulator".
54
Calibrated
of the steering wheel, and then sends the measure signal to
• The ignition voltage is between 9 and 16V.
C0051 28：It detects the steering wheel position sensor offset
error.
C0051 54：It detects the steering wheel position sensor not

calibrated.
Failure Cause
Angle sensor failure.
Circuit/System Test
the scan tool.
DTC still exists.
If any DTC still exists, replace the steering angle sensor

or the dynamic stability control module.
V1.0 384
、C0062、
C0061、、C0063 Failure Cause
DTC Description • Yaw rate sensor failure.
DTC C0061：Lateral Acceleration Sensor Signal Fault • ABS/dynamic stability control module failure.
Failure Description
(FTB) Reference Electrical Information
29 Lateral Acceleration Sensor Signal Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
Fault
Circuit/System Test
DTC C0062：Longitudinal Acceleration Sensor Signal Fault
1. Use the scan tool to clear DTC C0061, C0062 and
Failure Type Byte C0063.
Failure Description
(FTB) 2. Replace, programme and set the body dynamic stability
Longitudinal Acceleration Sensor control module.
29
Signal Fault 3. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, and confirm
DTC C0061, C0062 and C0063 are not set.
DTC C0063：Yaw Rate Sensor Signal Fault
Failure Type Byte ABS/dynamic stability control module.
Failure Description
(FTB)
Service Guideline
29 Yaw Rate Sensor Signal Fault
Circuit/System Description Module" - "ABS Regulator".
The yaw sensor is integrated inside the dynamic stability • Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
control module, and it measures the vehicle rotary motion to Service Manual, "Brake System" - "Brake Module" -
around the vertical axis at its centroid. ECU compares the "ABS Regulator".
signals received from the yaw sensor and the steering angle
sensor, and judges the forthcoming situation and then takes
corresponding control.
C0061：It detects that the lateral acceleration sensor signal is
invalid.
C0062：It detects that the longitudinal acceleration sensor

signal is invalid.
C0063：It detects that the yaw rate sensor signal is invalid.

V1.0 385
C006B 2. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, and confirm

DTC Description C006B are not set.
DTC C006B：ABS/SCS Implausible Control If any DTC has been set, test/replace the dynamic stability
control module.
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description Service Guideline
(FTB)
06 ABS/SCS Implausible Control • Refer to Service Manual, "Brake System" - "Brake
Electronic brake control module receives CAN serial data to Service Manual, "Brake System" - "Brake Module" -
information sent by other modules. The electronic brake "ABS Regulator".
control module must be configured according to VIN, CAN
configuration data and vehicle options. If it is configured
improperly after refitting, electronic brake control module
may set DTCs. Internal failure detection is carried out in
control module. No external circuit is involved.
• The duration time of ABS/EBD control of one or more
wheels is too long.
• The vehicle dynamic control for the front axle lasts over
10 seconds.
Failure Cause
Dynamic stability control module failure.
Circuit/System Test
1. Clear the DTC C006B with scan tool.
V1.0 386
C0089 2. Connect the scan tool, and confirm DTC C0089 is not
DTC Description set.
DTC C0089：SCS Switch Failure (SCS Only) If the DTC has been set, go to "Circuit/System Test".
Failure Description
(FTB) 1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, disconnect the
09 SCS Switch Failure (SCS Only) battery negative cable, and disconnect harness connector
CP033 of the hazard warning switch.
2. Perform the component test on the hazard warning
SCS switch controls opening and closing of the functions of switch.
SCS and TCS.
If the test fails, replace the hazard warning switch.
connector CP033 of the hazard warning switch and
Conditions for Setting DTCs ground is less than 5Ω.
PATA is pressed more than 10s without status change after If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
initialization. All system will be switched back to full function open circuit/high resistance.
again if there is no other failure. The button will be ignored
4. Disconnect harness connector EB012B of the dynamic
for this ignition cycle.
Test if the resistance between terminal 11 of harness
None.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs terminal 12 of harness connector EB012B of the dynamic
• After the failure is eliminated, the DTCs will be cleared stability control module is less than 5Ω.
immediately. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
• Historical DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free open circuit/high resistance.
ignition cycles.
5. If all circuits tested are normal, test/replace the dynamic
Failure Cause stability control module.
• Relevant circuit failure. Component Test
• Connector failure or poor fitting. 1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, disconnect
• Hazard warning switch assembly failure. harness connector CP033 of the hazard warning switch.
• Dynamic stability control module failure. 2. Test the resistance between terminal 1 and 11 of the
Reference Information hazard warning lamp switch for breakover and infinite
when the TCS switch is on and off separately.
If it is not within the specified range, replace the hazard
ABS, SCS and Traction Control (BOSCH), Hazard
warning lamp switch assembly.
Warning Lamp
Service Guideline
CP033, EB012B
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection to Service Manual, "Brake System" - "Brake Module" -
"ABS Regulator".
1. Place the ignition switch in ON position, turn on/off the
TCS switch, and observe if there is any change in the
instrument display.
If change, test/replace the dynamic stability control

module.
V1.0 387
C1104 Reference Information

DTC C1104：Wheel speed sensor general failure ABS, SCS and Traction Control (BOSCH)
Failure Description
(FTB)
EB012B, BD020, BD021, BD022/BD022A, EB023
04 Wheel speed sensor general failure
Wheel speed is detected by active wheel sensor and encoder
Circuit/System Test
ring. Encoder ring is composed of permanent magnets. Each
wheel speed sensor receives a 12V reference voltage from 1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, disconnect
electronic brake control module, and then transmits the AC the battery negative cable and the harness connectors of
square-wave signal to the electronic brake control module. the following wheel speed sensors.
When wheels are rotating, the electronic brake control • Left front wheel speed sensor BD022/BD022A
module calculates wheel speed based on the frequency of the
• Right front wheel speed sensor EB023
square-wave signal.
• Left rear wheel speed sensor BD021
• Right rear wheel speed sensor BD020
2. Test the components of the wheel speed sensor.
If they are tested to be abnormal, replace the
• The software and hardware of the wheel speed sensor
corresponding wheel speed sensor.
are not matched.
• Wheel speed sensor hardware test failure.
switch in "ON" position, and test whether the voltage
• The voltage of the wheel speed sensor is lower than the
between each signal circuit terminal 1 and the ground is
specified range.
the battery voltage.
• The difference between the maximum wheel speed and
the minimum wheel speed exceeds the reference speed
short to ground or open circuit/high resistance.
by 5%.
If the relevant circuits tested are normal, replace the
• Multiple wheel speed sensor failed at the same time,
which lasts for over 500ms.
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set 4. If all circuits tested are normal, test/replace the dynamic
Component Test
Each wheel speed sensor tested is sensitive to polarity. If
polarities are reversed in the test, it may permanently damage
• ABS warning lamp illuminates. the wheel speed sensor.
• VDC warning lamp illuminates. the battery negative cable and the harness connectors of
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs following wheel speed sensors.
• If the setting conditions do not exist, then the DTCs are • Left front wheel speed sensor BD022/BD022A
cleared in the next ignition cycle and the MIL will go off. • Right front wheel speed sensor EB023
• Left rear wheel speed sensor BD021
• Right rear wheel speed sensor BD020
Failure Cause
2. Connect a jumper wire with a 3A fuse between each
signal circuit terminal 1 and 12V voltage.
• Dynamic stability control module failure.
3. Connect a multimeter between the low-level reference
voltage circuit terminal 2 and the ground for reading DC
amperage.
V1.0 388
4. Connect the battery negative wire, lift the vehicle and
rotate it slowly. Test whether the DC amperage varies
within the range of 7～14mA.
5. If it is not within the specified range, replace the
corresponding wheel speed sensor.
Service Guideline
"ABS Regulator".
V1.0 389
、C1106
C1105、 Circuit/System Check
DTC Description 1. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch in
DTC C1105：Vavle Relay failure "ON" position.
Failure Type Byte 2. Delete the DTC after self-diagnosis, and confirm if there
Failure Description remains any DTC.
(FTB)
04 Vavle Relay failure If any DTC still exists, test/replace the dynamic stability
control module.
DTC C1106：Vavle General Failure Service Guideline
Failure Description
(FTB) Module" - "ABS Regulator".
04 Vavle General Failure • Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
"ABS Regulator".
The valve relay controls opening or closing of the valve inside
the SCS module.
C1105：The starting voltage is lower than 5V.
C1106：
• The valve supply voltage failure is detected.

• The valve drive circuit failure is detected.
Failure Cause
V1.0 390
DTC C1107：Integrated Inertial Sensor Failure Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
Failure Type Byte
(FTB)
04 Integrated Inertial Sensor (IIS) Failure
the scan tool.
54 Iis Sensor Missing Calibration(Scs 2. Use the scan tool to clear the DTC C1107.
Only)
3. Read the DTC again, and confirm DTC C1107 is not set.
If reset the DTC, test/replace the ABS/dynamic stability
The yaw sensor is integrated inside the dynamic stability control module.
control module, which measures the vehicle rotary motion Service Guideline
around the vertical axis at its centroid. ECU compares the
signals received from the yaw sensor and the steering angle • Refer to Service Manual, "Brake System" - "Brake
sensor, and forcasts the forthcoming situations and then takes Module" - "ABS Regulator".
corresponding control on the vehicle. • Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
"ABS Regulator".
C1107 04：
• The sensor does not complete the internal self-check
within the specified time.
• The software and hardware are not matched.
• A spi communication failure of the sensor is detected.
C1107 54：
• The calibration data of the sensor is invalid or damaged.
• Acceleration sensor calibration failure.
• The sensor calibration data is not matched with the ECU
data.
Failure Cause
V1.0 391
C1109 If there are other DTCs, diagnose it together with other

DTC Description DTCs.
DTC C1109：Reverse Gear Signal Is Implausible 2. Confirm the reverse lamp bulb is normal. Shift to the
reverse gear and check if the reverse lamp illuminates.
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description
(FTB) If it illuminates, it shows that the reverse lamp switch is
08 Reverse Gear Signal Is Implausible normal. If it does not illuminate, go to "Circuit/System
Test".
Circuit/System Description Circuit/System Test
The plunger-type reverse lamp switch is fitted on the rear
transmission housing. When the reverse gear is selected, the
harness connector BD026 of the reverse lamp switch.
reverse lamp switch is on to provide the reverse signal to BCM,
2. Shift to the reverse gear, and test if the resistance
and BCM makes the reverse lamp illuminate.
between the terminals 1 and 2 of harness connector
Conditions for Running DTCs BD026 of the reverse lamp switch is less than 5Ω.
If it is not within the specified range, replace the reverse
Conditions for Setting DTCs lamp switch.
• When the vehicle speed is greater than 40km/h, the 3. Disconnect harness connector BD088K of the engine
reverse signal shows "Engaged", which lasts for 20s. control module.
• When the vehicle is stopped on a slope with a gradient 4. Check whether the resistance between terminal 1 of
less than -2% and the brake lamp is actuated, then harness connector BD026 of the reversing lamp switch
the vehicle reverses and the engine torque is higher and terminal 49 of harness connector BD088K of ECM
than a certain value for 4s, the reverse signal shows is less than 5Ω.
"Disengaged".
None.
5. Connect harness connector BD088K of the ECM,
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs connect harness connector BD026 of the reverse lamp
• After the failure is eliminated, clear the DTC after next switch, confirm that the reverse lamp and the reverse
ignition cycle. lamp switch circuit are normal, and place the ignition
switch in "ON" position. Shift to the reverse gear, and
• After 40 ignition cycles without failure, clear the history
check if the reverse lamp illuminates.
DTCs.
Failure Cause If it does not illuminate, test/replace the ECM.
• Relevant circuit failure. If it illuminates, test/replace the dynamic stability control

• Connector failure or poor fitting. module.
• Shifting controller failure. Service Guideline

• Dynamic stability control module failure. • Refer to Service Manual, "Brake System" - "Brake
Reference Information Module" - " Regulator".
• Refer to Service Manual, "Transmission" - "Manual
Transmission" - "Reverse Lamp Switch - Manual
Reverse Lamp Transmission".
Reference Connector End View Information • Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
BD026, BD088K to Service Manual, "Brake System" - "Brake Module" - "
Regulator".
1. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, connect a scan
tool, and check for other DTCs.
V1.0 392
U0073 CP040 of the diagnostic interface and harness connector
DTC Description EB012B of the ABS/dynamic stability control module.
DTC U0073：CAN Bus Off 3. Test if the resistance between terminals of harness
connector CP040 of the diagnostic interface and
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description terminals of the harness connector EB012B of the
(FTB)
ABS/dynamic stability control module is less than 5Ω：
88 CAN Bus Off
• Terminal 6 of CP040 and Terminal 26 of EB012B
Circuit/System Description • Terminal 14 of CP040 and Terminal 14 of EB012B
ABS/dynamic stability control module communicates with
other control module via HS CAN bus.
Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. connector CP040 of the diagnostic interface and
Conditions for Setting DTCs terminals of the harness connector EB012B of the
ABS/dynamic stability control module is infinite：
The CAN Bus status is monitored cyclically when ever there
is a short circuit between CAN-H and CAN-L or a heavy bus • Terminal 14 of EB012B
disturbance which leads to BusOff the fault is registerd.
short to ground.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs 5. Connect the battery negative cable, place the ignition
• If the setting conditions do not exist, then the DTCs are terminals of harness connector CP040 of the diagnostic
cleared in the next ignition cycle and the MIL will go off. interface or terminals of the harness connector EB012B
• History DTCs will be cleared and the MIL will be off after of the ABS/dynamic stability control module and the
40 fault-free ignition cycles. ground is 2-3V：
Failure Cause • Terminal 14 of EB012B
• Relevant circuit failure. • Terminal 26 of EB012B
short to battery.
Bus System and Diagnostic Interface -1.5VCT&1.5T (1),
Bus System and Diagnostic Interface -1.5VCT&1.5T (2) 6. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the ABS/dynamic
Service Guideline
EB012B, CP040
Reference Electrical Information Module" - "ABS Regulator".
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection • Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
Circuit/System Test
"ABS Regulator".
V1.0 393
、U0401
U0100、 Reference Information
DTC U0100 ： Lost Communication with Engine Control Data Communication - HS CAN (Power Assembly)
Module (ECM)
Failure Type Byte Failure Description
BY012A, EM058
(FTB)
Lost Communication with Engine Reference Electrical Information
87
Control Module (ECM) Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
DTC U0401 ： Invalid Data Received from Engine Control Circuit/System Test
Module (ECM)
1. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of HS CAN Network
Failure Type Byte Failure Description (Power Assembly)". If other module tests are normal,
(FTB) continue following detection procedures.
81 Invalid Data Received from Engine 2. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, disconnect
Control Module (ECM) battery negative cable, disconnect harness connector
BY012A of the dynamic stability control system, and
Circuit/System Description disconnect harness connector EM058 of the ECM.
ABS/dynamic stability control module communicates with 3. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
ECM via the HS CAN bus. of harness connector BY012A of the dynamic stability
Conditions for Running DTCs control system and terminals of harness connector
EM058 of the ECM is less than 5Ω：
• Terminal 14 of BY012A and Terminal 17 of EM058
• Battery voltage is normal.
Conditions for Setting DTCs • Terminal 26 of BY012A and Terminal 1 of EM058
U0100：Can Timeout with ECM.
U0401：CAN data corrupted with ECM.
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set of harness connector BY012A of the dynamic stability
• TCS is disabled. control system or terminals of harness connector EM058
of the ECM and the ground is infinite：
• TCS warning lamp illuminates. • Terminal 14 of BY012A
• VDC warning lamp illuminates. • Terminal 16 of BY012A

Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs • Terminal 1 of EM058
• If the setting conditions do not exist, then the DTCs are • Terminal 17 of EM058
cleared in the next ignition cycle and the MIL will go off. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
• History DTCs will be cleared and the MIL will be off after short to ground.
40 fault-free ignition cycles. 5. Connect the battery negative cable, place the ignition
Failure Cause switch in "ON" position, and test if the voltage between
the following terminals of harness connector BY012A
of the dynamic stability control system or terminals of
• Connector or poor fit.
harness connector EM058 of the ECM and the ground
• ECM failure. is between 2～3V：
• Dynamic stability control system failure. • Terminal 14 of BY012A
• Terminal 16 of BY012A
short to battery.
V1.0 394
6. If all circuits tested are normal, test/replace the dynamic
stability control system or ECM.
Service Guideline
• Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Fuel and
Control System" - "Engine Control Module (ECM)".
to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Fuel and Control
System" - "Engine Control Module (ECM)".
"ABS Regulator".
V1.0 395
、U0402
U0101、 EB012B, GB006/GB008
DTC Description
DTC U0101 ： Lost Communication with Transmission
Control Module (TCM)
Failure Type Byte Failure Description Circuit/System Test
(FTB) 1. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of HS CAN Network
87 Lost Communication with (Power Assembly)". If other module tests are normal,
Transmission Control Module (TCM) continue following detection procedures.
DTC U0402 ： Invalid Data Received from Transmission battery negative cable, disconnect harness connector
Control Module (TCM) EB012B of the body stability control system, and
Failure Type Byte Failure Description disconnect harness connector GB006/GB008 of the
(FTB) TCM.
81 Invalid Data Received from
connector EB012B of the body stability control system
Transmission Control Module (TCM)
and terminals of harness connector GB006/GB008 of the
Circuit/System Description TCM is less than 5Ω：
The dynamic stability control system communicates with the • Terminal 14 of EB012B and Terminal 7/6 of GB006/GB008
transmission control module via the HS CAN bus. • Terminal 26 of EB012B and Terminal 17/14 of
Conditions for Running DTCs GB006/GB008
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant
• Battery voltage is normal. circuit for open circuit/high resistance.
Conditions for Setting DTCs 4. Test if the resistance between terminals of harness
connector EB012B of the body stability control system
U0101：Can Timeout with TCU.
or terminals of harness connector GB006/GB008 of the
U0402：CAN data corrupted with TCM. TCM and the ground is infinite：
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set • Terminal 14 of EB012B
• TCS is disabled. • Terminal 26 of EB012B
• Terminal 7/6 of GB006/GB008
• Terminal 17/14 of GB006/GB008
short to ground.
• History DTCs will be cleared and the MIL will be off after terminals of harness connector EB012B of the body
40 fault-free ignition cycles. stability control system or terminals of harness connector
Failure Cause GB006/GB008 of the TCM and the ground is between
• Relevant circuit failure. 2～3V：
• Connector failure or poor fit. • Terminal 14 of EB012B

• Transmission control module failure. • Terminal 26 of EB012B
• Body stability control system failure. • Terminal 7/6 of GB006/GB008
Reference Information • Terminal 17/14 of GB006/GB008
Data Communication - HS CAN (Power Assembly) short to battery.
Reference Connector End View Information 6. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the TCM or the
body stability control system.
V1.0 396
Service Guideline
• Refer to Service Manual, "Transmission" - "Dual Clutch
Automatic Transmission" - "Transmission Control
Module (TCM)".
"ABS Regulator".
Refer to Service Manual, "Transmission" - "Dual Clutch
Automatic Transmission" - "Transmission Control
Module (TCM)".
V1.0 397
、U0428
U0126、 Reference Electrical Information
DTC Description
DTC U0126 ： Lost Communication with Steering Angle
Sensor Module (SAS) Circuit/System Test
Failure Type Byte Failure Description 1. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of HS CAN Network
(FTB) (Chassis)". If other modules are tested normal, continue
the following detection procedures.
87 Lost Steering Wheel Angle Signal
DTC U0428 ： Invalid Data Received from Steering Angle battery negative cable and disconnect the terminals from
Sensor Module (SAS) harness connector EB012B of dynamic stability control
system, and also terminals from connector CP052 of
steering angle sensor.
(FTB)
81 Invalid Steering Wheel Angle Data harness connector EB012B of dynamic stability control
Received system and the terminals of connector CP052 of steering
Circuit/System Description angle sensor is less than 5Ω：
The dynamic stability control system communicates with the • Terminal 14 of EB012B and Terminal 6 of CP052
steering angle sensor via HS CAN bus. • Terminal 26 of EB012B and Terminal 5 of CP052
Conditions for Running DTCs If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. circuit for open circuit/high resistance.
• The battery voltage is in normal condition. 4. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
Conditions for Setting DTCs harness connector EB012B of dynamic stability control
system or the terminals of connector CP052 of steering
U0126：CAN time out with SAS.
angle sensor and the ground is infinite：
U0428：CAN data corrupted with SAS.
• TCS warning lamp illuminates. • Terminal 6 of CP052
• VDC warning lamp illuminates. If it is not within the specified range, test if the circuit is
• If the setting conditions do not exist, then the DTCs are 5. Connect the battery negative cable, place the ignition
cleared in the next ignition cycle and the MIL will go off. switch in "ON" position, and test if the voltage between
• History DTCs will be cleared and the MIL will be off after the following terminals of harness connector EB012B
40 fault-free ignition cycles. of dynamic stability control system or the terminals of
connector CP052 of steering angle sensor and the ground
Failure Cause
is between 2 and 3V：
• Dynamic stability control system failure. • Terminal 5 of CP052

Data Communication - HS CAN (Chassis) short to battery.
Reference Connector End View Information 6. If all circuits are tested normal, test/replace the dynamic
EB012B, CP052 stability control system or steering angle sensor.
V1.0 398
Service Guideline
Wheel and Steering Column" - "Service Guideline" -
"Steering Angle Sensor".
Module" - "Service Guideline" - "ABS Regulator".
"Service Guideline" - "ABS Regulator".
V1.0 399
、U0422
DTC U0140 ： Lost Communication with Body Control Bus System and Diagnostic Interface -1.5VCT&1.5T (1)
Module (BCM)
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description EB012B, CP010B
(FTB)
Lost Communication with Body
87
Control Module (BCM) Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
DTC U0422 ： Invalid Data Received from Body Control Circuit/System Check
Module (BCM) 1. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of HS CAN Network".
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description detection procedures.
(FTB)
81 Invalid Data Received from Body
Control Module (BCM)
EB012B of SCS and harness connector CP010B of BCM.
Circuit/System Description 3. Test if the resistance between terminals of harness
SCS communicates with BCM via the HS CAN bus. connector EB012B of SCS and terminals of harness
connector CP010B of corresponding BCM is less than
5Ω：
Place the ignition switch in "ON" position .
• Terminal 14 of EB012B and Terminal 38 of CP010B
• Terminal 26 of EB012B and Terminal 39 of CP010B
U0140：CAN time out with BCM.
U0140：CAN data corrupted with BCM. open circuit/high resistance.
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set 4. Test if the resistance between terminals of harness
• TCS is disabled. connector EB012B of SCS or terminals of harness
connector CP010B of BCM and the ground is infinite：
• TCS warning lamp illuminates. • Terminal 14 of EB012B
• VDC warning lamp illuminates. • Terminal 26 of EB012B

Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs • Terminal 38 of CP010B
• If the setting conditions do not exist, then the DTCs are • Terminal 39 of CP010B
cleared in the next ignition cycle and the MIL will go off. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
• History DTCs will be cleared and the MIL will be off after short to ground.
Failure Cause switch in "ON" position, and test if the voltage between
• Relevant circuit failure. terminals of harness connector EB012B of SCS or
• Connector failure or poor fitting. terminals of harness connector CP010B of BCM and the
ground is between 2 and 3V：
• SCS failure.
• BCM failure.
short to battery.
6. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the SCS or
BCM.
V1.0 400
Service Guideline
Refer to Service Manual, "Body System"-"Body Control
V1.0 401
、U0447
U0146、 Reference Electrical Information
DTC Description
DTC U0146：Lost Communication with Gateway (GW)
Circuit/System Test
(FTB) 1. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of HS CAN Network
(Chassis)". If other modules are tested normal, continue
87 Lost Communication with Gateway the following detection procedures.
(GW)
TC U0447：Invalid Data Received from Gateway (GW) the battery negative cable, disconnect harness connector
EB012B from dynamic stability control system, and
harness connector CP070A from gateway module.
(FTB)
81 Invalid Data Received from Gateway connector EB012B of dynamic stability control system
(GW) and the terminals of harness connector CP070A of
Circuit/System Description gateway module is less than 5Ω：
The dynamic stability control system communicates with • Terminal 14 of EB012B and Terminal 4 of CP070A
gateway via the HS CAN bus. • Terminal 26 of EB012B and Terminal 5 of CP070A
Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. circuit for open circuit/high resistance.
Conditions for Setting DTCs 4. Test if the resistance between the terminals of harness
connector EB012B of dynamic stability control system or
U0146：CAN timeout with Gateway.
the terminals of harness connector CP070A of gateway
U0447：CAN data corrupted with Gateway. module and the ground is infinite：
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set • Terminal 14 of EB012B
• TCS is disabled. • Terminal 26 of EB012B
• VDC is disabled. • Terminal 4 of CP070A
• TCS warning lamp illuminates. • Terminal 5 of CP070A
If it is not within the specified range, test if the circuit is
• If the setting conditions do not exist, then the DTCs are 5. Connect the battery negative cable, place the ignition
cleared in the next ignition cycle and the MIL will go off. switch in "ON" position, and test if the voltage between
• History DTCs will be cleared and the MIL will be off after the terminals of harness connector EB012B of dynamic
40 fault-free ignition cycles. stability control system or the terminals of harness
Failure Cause connector CP070A of gateway module and the ground is
between 2 and 3V：
• Dynamic stability control system failure. • Terminal 4 of CP070A

Reference Circuit Information If it is not within the specified range, test for short to
battery.
Data Communication - HS CAN (Chassis)
6. If all circuits are tested normal, test/replace the dynamic
stability control system or gateway module.
EB012B, CP070A
Service Guideline
V1.0 402
to Service Manual, "Safety and Protection" - "Gateway" -
"Gateway Module".
"ABS Regulator".
V1.0 403
、U0423
DTC U0155 ： Lost Communication with Instrument Panel Bus System and Diagnostic Interface
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description CP018, EB012B
(FTB)
87 Lost Communication with
Instrument Panel Cluster Control Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
Module (IPK)
Circuit/System Test
DTC U0423：Invalid Data Received from Instrument Panel 1. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of MS CANNetwork".
Cluster Control Module (IPK) If other module tests are normal, continue following
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description 2. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
(FTB)
81 Invalid Data Received from
EB012B of the SCS and harness connector CP018 of the
Instrument Panel Cluster Control
instrument pack.
Module (IPK)
Circuit/System Description harness connector EB012B of the SCS and terminals of
ABS/dynamic stability control module communicates with the harness connector CP018 of the instrument pack is less
instrument pack via HS CANbus and MS CANbus. than 5Ω：
Conditions for Running DTCs • Terminal 26 of EB012B and Terminal 26 of CP018
Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. • Terminal 14 of EB012B and Terminal 27 of CP018
U0155：Can Timeout with IPK.
U0423：CAN data corrupted with IPK.
harness connector EB012B of the SCS or the terminals
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set of harness connector CP018 of the instrument pack and
• TCS is disabled. the ground is infinite：
• VDC is disabled. • Terminal 14 of EB012B
• TCS warning lamp illuminates. • Terminal 26 of EB012B
short to ground.
40 fault-free ignition cycles. 5. Connect the battery negative cable, place the ignition
Failure Cause
terminals of harness connector EB012B of the SCS or
• Relevant circuit failure. terminals of harness connector CP018 of the instrument
• Connector failure or poor fitting. pack and the ground is 2-3V：
• ABS/dynamic stability control module failure. • Terminal 14 of EB012B
• Instrument pack failure. • Terminal 26 of EB012B
short to battery.
V1.0 404
6. If all the circuit tests are normal, test/replace the
instrument pack or SCS.
Service Guideline
"Gateway" - "SCS".
Pack".
"ABS Regulator".
Refer to Service Manual, "Driver Information and
Pack".
V1.0 405
、U1563
U1562、 • Dynamic stability control system failure.
DTC U1562：Battery Voltage High Reference Circuit Information
Failure Type Byte Failure Description ABS, SCS and Traction Control (BOSCH)
(FTB) Reference Connector End View Information
17 Battery Voltage High EB012B
DTC U1563：Battery Voltage Low Reference Electrical Information
Failure Type Byte Failure Description Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection

(FTB) Circuit/System Check
16 Battery Voltage Low 1. Check if fuse FL5 or FUSE1 of dynamic stability control
Circuit/System Description system is blown.
The dynamic stability control system monitors the system If the fuse is blown, replace it with a corresponding fuse.
voltage to check whether the supply voltage of the system is 2. Component check：Check battery status. If the battery
within the normal operating range. is normal, keep engine speed above 2,000rpm, check if
Conditions for Running DTCs the alternator can be charged normally, and inspect the
charging system if the alternator output voltage is not
between 12 and 14V.
3. Scan tool inspection：
U1562：
• Connect the scan tool, place the ignition switch in "ON"
• Detected overvoltage condition supply voltage is above
position. Delete the DTCs after self-diagnosis, and
full functional range.
confirm if there remains any DTC.
• Overvoltage dectected in network.
• Check if the battery voltage is normal on the scan tool：
U1563： between 12 and 14V.
• Supply voltage of hydraulic is below EBD functional
If it is not within the specified range or the charging
range. Detected undervoltage condition supply voltage
indicator comes on, repair the low-voltage battery
of hydraulic is below full functional range.
charging system failure.
• Undervoltage dectected in network.
Circuit/System Test
• ABS is disabled. the battery negative cable and harness connector EB012B
• TCS is disabled. from dynamic stability control system.
• VDC is disabled. 2. Test if the resistance between terminal 13 of harness
• ABS warning lamp illuminates. connector EB012B of dynamic stability control system
and the ground is less than 5Ω.
• VDC warning lamp illuminates. If it is not within the specified range, test the ground
• If Voltage go to normal range, then the DTCs are cleared 3. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
in the next ignition cycle and the MIL will go off. harness connector EB012B of dynamic stability control
system and the ground is infinite：
40 fault-free ignition cycles. • Terminal 1 of EB012B
Failure Cause • Terminal 2 of EB012B
• Relevant circuit failure. • Terminal 25 of EB012B
• Connector failure or poor fit. If it is not within the specified range, test if the circuit is
• Transmission control module failure. short to ground.
V1.0 406
switch in "ON" position, test if the voltage of the
terminals of harness connector EB012B of dynamic
stability control system is the battery voltage：

5. If all circuits are tested normal, test/replace the dynamic

stability control system.
Service Guideline
• Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Electrical
System" - "Alternator".
"ABS Regulator".
V1.0 407
、U2003
U2000、 3. If other DTCs of ABS have been set, diagnose these
DTC Description DTCs first.
DTC U2000：ECU Error - Hardware Error 4. Confirm if DTC U2000、U2003 still exists.
5. If the DTC has been set again, test/replace the ABS.
Failure Type Byte
(FTB)
04 ECU Error - Hardware Error • Refer to Service Manual, "Brake System" - "Brake
DTC U2003：ECU Error - Software Error • Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
Failure Type Byte to Service Manual, "Brake System" - "Brake Module" -
Failure Description "ABS Regulator".
(FTB)
04 ECU Error - Software Error
Perform internal failure detection for the ABS, not involving
external circuits.
ECU Interior Failure.
• If Voltage go to normal range, then the DTCs are cleared
in the next ignition cycle and the MIL will go off.
Failure Cause
Anti-lock brake system failure.
Basic Method of Circuit Inspection
Circuit/System Test
1. Place the ignition switch in ON position, and connect
the scan tool.
2. Confirm that there are no DTCs of ABS other than DTC
U2000、U2003 have been set.
V1.0 408
Brake Module-TRW Braking System
Brake Module-TRW
DTC Category
List
Brake
Failure
DTC FTB English Description Chinese Description ABS MIL System SCS MIL
Level
MIL
TCS Control Channel“A”Valve 1 - TCS控制通道“A”阀1-
C0001 13 I ON ON ON
Circuit open 电路开路
TCS Control Channel“A”Valve 2 - TCS控制通道“A”阀2-
C0002 13 I ON ON ON
TCS Control Channel“B”Valve 1 - TCS控制通道“B”阀1-
C0003 13 I ON ON ON
TCS Control Channel“B”Valve 2 - TCS控制通道“B”阀2-
C0004 13 I ON ON ON
Left Front Inlet Valve Control Fault - 左前进口阀控制故障
C0010 13 I ON ON ON
Circuit open -开路
Left Front Outlet Valve Control Fault 左前出口阀控制故障
C0011 13 I ON ON ON
- Circuit open -开路
C0013 4B Solenoid Overtemparature Fault 电磁线圈温度过高 II ON ON ON
Right Front Inlet Valve Control Fault - 右前进口阀控制故障
C0014 13 I ON ON ON
Right Front Outlet Valve Control Fault 右前出口阀控制故障
C0015 13 I ON ON ON
Left Rear Inlet Valve Control Fault - 左后进口阀控制故障
C0018 13 I ON ON ON
Left Rear Outlet Valve Control Fault - 左后出口阀控制故障
C0019 13 I ON ON ON
Right Rear Inlet Valve Control Fault - 右后进口阀控制故障
C001C 13 I ON ON ON
Right Rear Outlet Valve Control Fault 右后出口阀控制故障
C001D 13 I ON ON ON
ABS Pump Motor Control Fault -
C0020 13 ABS 泵电机开路 I ON OFF ON
Circuit open
Left Front Wheel Speed Sensor - 左前车轮速度传感器
02 II ON OFF ON
General Signal Failure 信号故障
04 II ON OFF ON
System Internal Failures 系统内部故障
C0031
2F II ON OFF ON
Signal erratic 信号不稳定
车轮速度传感器类型
95 WSS Type Mismatch - Front Left II ON OFF ON
不匹配-左前
V1.0 409
Braking System Brake Module-TRW
Brake
Failure
Level
MIL
Left Front Wheel Speed Sensor Supply 左前车轮速度传感器
12 I ON OFF ON
- Circuit short to battery 电源电路短路到电池
Left Front Wheel Speed Sensor Supply 左前车轮速度传感器
13 I ON OFF ON
C0032 - Circuit open 电源电路打开
左前车轮速度传感器
Left Front Wheel Speed Sensor Supply
1D 电源电路电流超出范 I ON OFF ON
- Circuit current out of range
围
Right Front Wheel Speed Sensor - 右前车轮速度传感器
02 I ON OFF ON
04 I ON OFF ON
C0034
2F I ON OFF ON
95 WSS Type Mismatch - Front Right I ON OFF ON
不匹配-右前
Right Front Wheel Speed Sensor 右前车轮速度传感器
12 I ON OFF ON
Supply - Circuit short to battery 电源电路短路到电池
Right Front Wheel Speed Sensor 右前车轮速度传感器
13 I ON OFF ON
C0035 Supply - Circuit open 电源电路打开
右前车轮速度传感器
Supply - Circuit current out of range
围
Left Rear Wheel Speed Sensor - 左后车轮速度传感器
02 I ON OFF ON
Left Rear Wheel Speed Sensor - 左后车轮速度传感器
04 I ON OFF ON
C0037
Left Rear Wheel Speed Sensor - Signal 左后车轮速度传感器
2F I ON OFF ON
erratic 信号不稳定
95 WSS Type Mismatch - Rear Left II ON OFF ON
不匹配-左后
Left Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Supply 左后车轮速度传感器
12 I ON OFF ON
- Circuit short to battery 电源电路短路到电池
Left Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Supply 左后车轮速度传感器
13 I ON OFF ON
C0038 - Circuit open 电源电路打开
左后车轮速度传感器
Left Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Supply
- Circuit current out of range
围
V1.0 410
Brake
Failure
Level
MIL
Right Rear Wheel Speed Sensor - 右后车轮速度传感器
02 I ON OFF ON
04 I ON OFF ON
C003A
2F I ON OFF ON
95 WSS Type Mismatch - Rear Right II ON OFF ON
不匹配-右后
Right Rear Wheel Speed Sensor 右后车轮速度传感器
12 I ON OFF ON
Supply - Circuit short to battery 电源电路短路到电池
Right Rear Wheel Speed Sensor 右后车轮速度传感器
13 I ON OFF ON
C003B Supply - Circuit open 电源电路打开
右后车轮速度传感器
Right Rear Wheel Speed Sensor
Supply - Circuit current out of range
围
C0040 08 Brake Switch Fault 制动开关故障 I OFF OFF OFF
Brake Pressure Sensor“A” （ Master 制动压力传感器“A”
2F Cylinder Pressure Sensor ） - Signal （主缸压力传感器） I OFF OFF ON
erratic 信号不稳定
Brake Pressure Sensor“A” （ Master 制动压力传感器“A”
09 Cylinder Pressure Sensor ） - （主缸压力传感器） II OFF OFF ON
Component Failures -组件故障
C0044
制动压力传感器“A”
Brake Pressure Sensor“A” （ Master
29 （主缸压力传感器） II OFF OFF ON
Cylinder Pressure Sensor）-not alive
-不工作
Brake Pressure Sensor “A”(Master 制动压力传感器“A”
85 Cylinder Pressure Sensor) - offset （主缸压力传感器） II OFF OFF ON
error -偏移误差
C0049 7B Brake Fluid - Low fluid level 制动液-液位低 II OFF ON OFF
27 Steering wheel angle step error 方向盘转角阶跃误差 II OFF OFF ON
方向盘转角不工作错
29 Steering wheel angle not alive error II OFF OFF ON
C0051 误
Steering Wheel Position Sensor - 方向盘转角传感器-
62 II OFF OFF ON
angle error 转角误差
侧向加速度传感器故
22 Lateral Acceleration Sensor Failure II OFF OFF ON
障
Lateral Acceleration Sensor Fault - 横向加速度传感器故
C0061 28 Signal bias level out of range/zero 障-信号偏出正常范 I OFF OFF ON
adjustment failure 围/零位调整失败
Lateral Acceleration Sensor Fault - 侧向加速度传感器故
29 I OFF OFF ON
Signal invalid 障信号无效
V1.0 411
Brake
Failure
Level
MIL
Longitudinal Acceleration Sensor 纵向加速度传感器故
22 II OFF OFF ON
Failure 障
C0062 28 Fault - Signal bias level out of 障-信号偏出正常范 I OFF OFF ON
range/zero adjustment failure 围/零位调整失败
29 I OFF OFF ON
Fault - Signal invalid 障信号无效
Yaw Rate Sensor Fault - Component 偏航率传感器故障-
09 II OFF OFF ON
Failures 组件故障
22 YAW Sensor Failure 偏航传感器故障 I OFF OFF ON
C0063 Yaw Rate Sensor Fault - Signal bias 偏航率传感器故障-

28 level out of range/zero adjustment 信号偏出正常范围/ I OFF OFF ON
failure 零位调整失败
偏航率传感器故障信
29 Yaw Rate Sensor Fault - Signal invalid I OFF OFF ON
号无效
Multi - axis Acceleration Sensor Fault 多轴加速度传感器故
09 I OFF OFF ON
- Component Failures 障组件失败
C006A Accel Sensor Id 0 - Temperature 加速传感器Id0-温度
28 I OFF OFF ON
Range 范围
54 Accel Sensor Configuration Failure 加速传感器配置失败 I OFF OFF ON
稳定系统工作时间过
C006B 06 Stability System Active Too Long II OFF OFF ON
长
C006C 55 Stability System Fault - Not configured 配置不稳定系统故障 I ON OFF ON
不匹配的轮胎（编
Mismatched Tire(coding error, it
C0078 95 码错误，应该是 I ON ON ON
should be 510600)
510600）
C0089 09 TCS Disable Switch Fault TCS禁用开关故障 II OFF OFF OFF
C1100 00 Missing connection GND valves 丢失阀地线连接 I ON OFF ON
HHC Failure ( caused by Clutch or HHC故障(由于离合

C1102 00 Reverse Gear Signal Fault ) 器或反向齿轮信号 I OFF OFF OFF
故障)
C1106 04 Vavle general failure 气门一般故障 II ON ON ON
集成惯性传感器
04 Integrated Inertial Sensor (IIS) Failure II OFF OFF ON
（IIS）故障
C1107
Integrated Inertial Sensor (IIS) Miss 集成惯性传感器
54 II OFF OFF ON
calibration （IIS）校准失败
C110A 00 Micro Related Fault 微处理器故障 I ON ON ON
Solenoid valve driver circuit fault- 驱动电磁阀电路故障
14 I ON ON ON
open or short to ground -开路或短路
C1210
Solenoid valve driver circuit fault- 驱动电磁阀电路故障
19 I ON ON ON
leakage current too high -泄漏电流过高
V1.0 412
Brake
Failure
Level
MIL
1F System Voltage Erratic 系统电压不稳定 I ON ON ON
C123F 1F System Voltage Low 系统电压低 I ON ON ON
1F System Voltage High 系统电压高 I ON ON ON
brake hydraulic monitor-auto 制动液压监测-校准
C124A 00 II OFF OFF ON
pressure calibration fault 失败
制动液压监测-无压
C124B 00 brake hydraulic monitor-no pressure II OFF OFF ON
力
C124C 00 pump motor flow calibartion fault 泵电机流量校准故障 II OFF OFF OFF
Internal 5 V Sensor Supply 内部5V传感器供电中
C124D 1C I ON ON ON
failure/erratic 断/不稳定
Wheel Speed Output circuit Failure - 车轮速度输出电路故
C124E 19 I ON ON ON
channel 1 or channel 2 Overcurrent 障
C124F 00 ECU Exception shutdown ECU异常关闭 I ON ON ON
Solenoid valve driver circuit 驱动电磁阀电路故障
C127A 16 I ON ON ON
fault-Circuit voltage below threshold -电压低于阈值
Control Module Communication Bus 控制模块通信总线关
U0073 88 II ON ON ON
Off on“A” 闭
Invalid Data Received From
U0401 81 ECM/PCM“A” 从ECM获得无效数据 II OFF OFF ON
U0402 81 Invalid data received from TCM node 从TCM获得无效数据 II OFF OFF ON
Invalid Data Received From
U0423 81 Instrument Panel Cluster Control 从IPK获得无效数据 II OFF OFF ON
Module
Invalid steering Angle received on CAN 收到无效的转
U0428 81 II OFF OFF ON
CAN 角信号
EMS HSC FRP00 CAN message EMS HSC FRP00 CAN
U165E 87 II OFF OFF ON
timeout failure 信息超时失败
IPK HSC Fr P00 CAN message IPK HSC Fr P00 CAN
U189D 87 II OFF OFF ON
TCU HSC Fr P00 CAN message TCU HSC Fr P00
U19BB 87 II OFF OFF ON
timeout failure CAN信息超时失败
EMS HSC Fr P03 CAN message EMS HSC Fr P03 CAN
U19E7 87 II OFF OFF ON
U1A6E 87 II OFF OFF ON
BCM HSC FRP00 CAN message BCM HSC FRP00
U1A97 87 II OFF OFF ON
U1B7E 87 II OFF OFF ON
U1BC2 87 II OFF OFF ON
V1.0 413
Brake
Failure
Level
MIL
U1BEE 87 II OFF OFF ON
U1C00 87 II OFF OFF ON
U1C08 87 II OFF OFF ON
U1C0F 87 II OFF OFF ON
U2001 42 ECU EEPROM Error ECU EEPROM错误 II OFF OFF ON
U2018 00 SPI Communication Error SPI通信错误 II ON ON ON
*Note:

ABS
• ABS MIL indicates that the control module detects this DTC is current or in the confirmation state during
the running.
• Brake system MIL indicates that the control module detects this DTC is current or in the confirmation
state during the running.
• SCS MIL indicates that the control module detects this DTC is current or in the confirmation state during
the running.
V1.0 414
Circult Diagram
Circuit Diagram
V1.0 415
V1.0 416
Hazard Warning Lamp
V1.0 417

(1)
V1.0 418
(2)
V1.0 419
Connector Information Left Front Wheel Speed Sensor BD022

Right Rear Wheel Speed Sensor BD020

Pin No. Pin Information Sensor Signal +
1 Right Rear Wheel Speed 2 Left Front Wheel Speed
Brake Lamp Switch BD027
Sensor Signal -
Left Rear Wheel Speed Sensor BD021

Pin No. Pin Information 1 Power Voltage
1 Left Rear Wheel Speed 2 Brake Lamp Signal
Sensor Signal +
4 Ground
Sensor Signal -
V1.0 420
44 HS CAN L 1 Ground
45 HS CAN H 3 Tyre Pressure Monitoring
Signal
Body Control Module CP010B – 1.5VCT & 1.5T
6 Hazard Warning Lamp
Switch Signal
7 Backlight Power Supply
8 ESP Signal
Diagnostic Interface CP040 – 1.5VCT & 1.5T

38 HS CAN L
39 HS CAN H
Instrument Pack CP018 – 1.5VCT & 1.5T

6 HS CAN H
14 HS CAN L

26 HS CAN H
27 HS CAN L

1 HS CAN L
2 HS CAN H
3 Ignition Voltage
4 Ground
V1.0 421
ABS/SCS Module EB012 Right Front Wheel Speed Sensor EB023

1 Power Voltage Pin No. Pin Information
2 PRIV CAN H 1 Right Front Wheel Speed

Sensor Signal +
3 Right Front Wheel Speed
Sensor Signal + 2 Right Front Wheel Speed
Sensor Signal -
4 Right Front Wheel Speed
Sensor Signal - Engine Control Module EMO58B
5 HS CAN H
6 HS CAN L
7 Power Voltage
Sensor Signal -
Sensor Signal +
26 PRIV CAN L
27 Left Front Wheel Speed Pin No. Pin Information
Sensor Signal +
1 HS CAN H
Sensor Signal - 17 HS CAN L
31 ESP Switch Automatic Transmission Control Module GB006

33 Ignition Voltage
Sensor Signal -
Sensor Signal +
37 Speed Signal
38 Valve and Logical Unit
Ground
V1.0 422
7 HS CAN L
17 HS CAN H

3 HS CAN L
4 HS CAN H

6 HS CAN L
14 HS CAN H
V1.0 423
Diagnostic Information and Procedure • Hill-start assist system is disabled.

C0001, C0002, C0003, C0004 • ABSMIL illuminates.
DTC Description • The brake system MIL illuminates.
DTC C0001: TCS Control Channel "A" Valve 1 - Circuit Open • Dynamic stability control/traction control system
Failure Type Byte warning lamp illuminates.
Failure Description
13 TCS Control Channel "A" Valve 1 - If the setting conditions do not exist, the DTCs will be cleared
Circuit Open in the next ignition cycle and the MIL will go off.
Failure Cause
DTC C0002: TCS Control Channel "A" Valve 2 - Circuit Open
• Valve failure.
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description • ABS/dynamic stability control module failure.
(FTB)
13 TCS Control Channel "A" Valve 2 -
Circuit Open Reference Electrical Information
DTC C0003: TCS Control Channel "B" Valve 1 - Circuit Open
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description 1. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, and connect
(FTB)
the scan tool.
13 TCS Control Channel "B" Valve 1 -
Circuit Open 2. Observe the "TCS Control Channel "A" Valve 2 Status
(SCS Module Only), "TCS Control Channel "B" Valve
DTC C0004: TCS Control Channel "B" Valve 2 - Circuit Open 1 Status (SCS Module Only)", "TCS Control Channel
"B" Valve 2 Status (SCS Module Only)", and "TCS
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description Control Channel "A" Valve 1 Status (SCS Module Only)"
(FTB)
parameters on the scan tool. The reading shall be
13 TCS Control Channel "B" Valve 2 - "Inactive".
Circuit Open
Circuit/System Test
Circuit/System Description 1. Check and inspect visually the brake system for leakage,
The module realizes the body dynamic stability control damage, etc.
functions, such as anti-lock brake, the brake force distribution If any of above situations occurs, repair/replace relevant
and the acceleration slip regulation by opening and closing the faulty components of brake system.
control valve.
2. Check if the brake fluid is too dirty or if the fluid contains
Conditions for Setting DTCs bleed air in the system.
Compared with the measured voltage, if the solenoid valve 3. Use the scan tool to clear DTC C0001, C0002, C0003
feedback voltage measured by A/D pin is 43% higher than the and C0004.
battery voltage or 65% lower than it for 30ms, it shows the
solenoid vale is in open circuit state.
DTC C0001, C0002, C0003 and C0004 have not been
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set set.
• Electronic brake force distribution system is disabled. If any of the DTCs has been set, test/replace the
• Anti-lock brake system is disabled. ABS/dynamic stability control module.
• Traction control system is disabled. Service Guideline
• Yaw rate sensor control system is disabled. • Refer to Service Manual, "Brake System" - "Brake
• Hydraulic brake assist function is disabled. Module" - "ABS Regulator".
• Main cylinder pressure is disabled.
V1.0 424
"ABS Regulator".
V1.0 425
C0010, C0011 • ABS/dynamic stability control module failure.

DTC C0010: Left Front Inlet Valve Control Fault - Circuit Reference Electrical Information
Open
Failure Type Byte
(FTB)
13 Left Front Inlet Valve Control Fault -
the scan tool.
Circuit Open
2. Observe the "State of Left Front Inlet Valve" and "State of
DTC C0011: Left Front Outlet Valve Control Fault - Circuit Left Front Outlet Valve" parameters in the scan tool. The
Open reading shall be "Inactive".
Failure Description
(FTB) 1. Check and inspect visually the brake system for leakage,
13 Left Front Outlet Valve Control Fault damage, etc.
- Circuit Open If any of above situations occurs, repair/replace relevant
Circuit/System Description faulty components of brake system.
The inlet valve and outlet valve are inside the dynamic stability 2. Check if the brake fluid is too dirty or if the fluid contains
control module. The module realizes body dynamic stability bubbles or moisture.
control functions, such as anti-lock brake, the brake force If any of above situations occur, replace brake fluid and
distribution and the acceleration slip regulation by opening and bleed air in the system.
closing the control valve.
3. Use the scan tool to clear C0010 or C0011.
4. Replace, programme and set the body dynamic stability
Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. control module.
Conditions for Setting DTCs 5. Place the ignition switch in ON position, and confirm
Compared with the measured voltage, if the solenoid valve DTC C0010 or C0011 is not reset.
feedback voltage measured by A/D pin is 43% higher than the If any of the DTCs has been set, test/replace the
battery voltage or 65% lower than it for 30ms, it shows the ABS/dynamic stability control module.
solenoid vale is in open circuit state.
Service Guideline
• Electronic brake force distribution system is disabled. Module" - "ABS Regulator".
• Anti-lock brake system is disabled. • Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
• Traction control system is disabled. to Service Manual, "Brake System" - "Brake Module" -
• Yaw rate sensor control system is disabled. "ABS Regulator".
• Hydraulic brake assist function is disabled.
• Hill-start assist system is disabled.
• ABSMIL illuminates.
• The brake system MIL illuminates.
• Dynamic stability control/traction control system
warning lamp illuminates.
If the setting conditions do not exist, the DTCs will be cleared
Failure Cause
• Valve failure.
V1.0 426
C0013 If any of the DTCs exists, test/replace the ABS/dynamic
DTC Description stability control module.
DTC C0013: Solenoid Overtemperature Fault Service Guideline

Failure Description Module" - "ABS Regulator".
(FTB)
4B Solenoid Overtemperature Fault • Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
Circuit/System Description "ABS Regulator".
When energized, the internal ASIC driving valve recorder
will set the maximum value of the solenoid coil temperature.
Calculate the temperature of updated solenoid coil every 5ms.
Calculate the turning-on time of increasing the solenoid coils
and the turing-off time of decreasing the solenoid coils.
Solenoid coil temperature is higher than 270℃.
• Electronic brake force distribution system is disabled.
• Anti-lock brake system is disabled.
• Traction control system is disabled.
• Yaw rate sensor control system is disabled.
If the setting conditions disappear, the DTCs will be cleared
immediately, and the MIL will go off.
Failure Cause
• Failure of frequent sliding solenoid valve.
Circuit/System Test
1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and cool
the hydraulic pressure regulator valve assembly to the
ambient temperature.
2. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, then check
and confirm DTC C0013 is not set as the current DTC.
V1.0 427
C0014, C0015 • ABS/dynamic stability control module failure.

DTC C0014: Right Front Inlet Valve Control Fault - Circuit Reference Electrical Information
Open
Failure Type Byte
(FTB)
13 Right Front Inlet Valve Control Fault
the scan tool.
- Circuit Open
DTC C0015: Right Front Outlet Valve Control Fault - Circuit Left Front Outlet Valve" parameters in the scan tool. The
Failure Description
13 Right Front Outlet Valve Control damage, etc.
Fault - Circuit Open If any of above situations occurs, repair/replace relevant
Circuit/System Description faulty components of brake system.
The inlet valve and outlet valve are inside the dynamic stability 2. Check if the brake fluid is too dirty or if the fluid contains
control module. The module realizes body dynamic stability bubbles or moisture.
3. Use the scan tool to clear DTC C0014 or C0015.
Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. DTC C0014 or DTC C0015 has not been set.
Compared with the measured voltage, if the solenoid valve ABS/dynamic stability control module.
feedback voltage measured by A/D pin is 43% higher than the Service Guideline
solenoid vale is in open circuit state. • Refer to Service Manual, "Brake System" - "Brake
• Electronic brake force distribution system is disabled. to Service Manual, "Brake System" - "Brake Module" -
• Anti-lock brake system is disabled. "ABS Regulator".
Failure Cause
• Valve failure.
V1.0 428
C0018, C0019 Reference Information
DTC C0018: Left Rear Inlet Valve Control Fault - Circuit Open Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
Failure Type Byte
(FTB)
13 Left Rear Inlet Valve Control Fault -
the scan tool.
Circuit Open
DTC C0019: Left Rear Outlet Valve Control Fault - Circuit Left Front Outlet Valve" parameters in the scan tool. The

Failure Description
13 Left Rear Outlet Valve Control Fault damage, etc.
- Circuit Open If any of above situations occurs, repair/replace relevant
3. Use the scan tool to clear DTC C0018 or C0019.
Conditions for Setting DTCs 5. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, and confirm
Compared with the measured voltage, if the solenoid valve DTC C0018 or C0019 has not been set.
feedback voltage measured by A/D pin is 43% higher than the If any of the DTCs has been set, test/replace the
battery voltage or 65% lower than it for 30ms, it shows the ABS/dynamic stability control module.
solenoid vale is in open circuit state. Service Guideline
• Electronic brake force distribution system is disabled. Module" - "ABS Regulator".
• Anti-lock brake system is disabled. • Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
• Traction control system is disabled. to Service Manual, "Brake System" - "Brake Module" -
"ABS Regulator".
Failure Cause
• Valve failure.
V1.0 429
C001C, C001D • ABS/dynamic stability control module failure.

DTC C001C: Right Rear Inlet Valve Control Fault - Circuit Reference Electrical Information
Open
Failure Type Byte
(FTB)
13 Right Rear Inlet Valve Control Fault -
the scan tool.
Circuit Open
DTC C001D: Right Rear Outlet Valve Control Fault - Circuit Left Front Outlet Valve" parameters in the scan tool. The
Failure Description
13 Right Rear Outlet Valve Control Fault damage, etc.
- Circuit Open 2. If any of above situations occurs, repair/replace relevant
4. If any of above situations occur, replace brake fluid and
control functions, such as anti-lock brake, the brake force
distribution and the acceleration slip regulation by opening and
closing the control valve. 5. Use the scan tool to clear DTC C001C or C001D.
Conditions for Running DTCs 6. Replace, programme and set the body dynamic stability
control module.
Conditions for Setting DTCs DTC C001C or C001D has not been set.
Compared with the measured voltage, if the solenoid valve
feedback voltage measured by A/D pin is 43% higher than the
solenoid vale is in open circuit state. Service Guideline
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set • Refer to Service Manual, "Brake System" - "Brake
• Traction control system is disabled. "ABS Regulator".
Failure Cause
• Valve failure.
V1.0 430
C0020 a. Connect the scan tool, place the ignition switch in
DTC Description "ON" position. Delete the DTCs after self-diagnosis,
DTC C0020: ABS Pump Motor Control Fault-Circuit Open
If any DTC still exists, test/replace the ABS/dynamic
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description stability control module.
(FTB)
13 ABS Pump Motor Control b. Check if the battery voltage is normal on the scan
Fault-Circuit Open tool: Between 11 ~ 14V.
If the battery voltage is not between 11V - 14V,

check the charging system of low-voltage battery.
Pump motor is the component part of brake module assembly,
and pump motor relay is not closed when the system operate
"Pump Motor State" parameter in real-time display of
normally. When ABS, traction control or stability control
scan tool. When reading is in conformity with actual
system are required to run, electronic brake control module
working state of brake system, it shall vary between
activates pump motor relay and turns on pump motor.
"ON" and "OFF".
Circuit/System Test
2. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, clear the
• When the valid motor speed request can't be received C0020 with a scan tool.
and the switch of the motor is in "OFF" state, the pump 3. Read the DTC again and confirm that the DTC C0020
motor is detected to be open circuit. is not set.
• Feedback voltage of motor is higher than 1V for 1000ms.
If DTC still exists, test/replace the ABS/dynamic stability
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set control module.
• Anti-lock brake system is disabled. Service Guideline
• Traction control system is restricted.
• Yaw rate sensor control system is disabled. Module" - "ABS Regulator".
• Hydraulic brake assist function is disabled. • Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
• Master cylinder pressure is restricted. to Service Manual, "Brake System" - "Brake Module" -
• ABSMIL illuminates. "ABS Regulator".

Failure Cause
1. Test fuses EFL8 and EFL11 of the body dynamic stability
control module for fusing.
V1.0 431
C0031, C0032 – If the previous wheel speed is higher than the

DTC Description maximum valid wheel speed, the last time error of
this failure will be greater than 40ms.
DTC C0031: Left Front Wheel Speed Sensor Failure
– If the speed of the filtered vehicle is greater than
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description 3.58m/s, then the emission failure will be detected.
(FTB)
– It is detected that the operation is carried out every
02 Left Front Wheel Speed Sensor -
5s.
General Signal Failure
• FTB 2F:
Left Front Wheel Speed Sensor -
04 – The failure occurrence count increase 1000 every
System Internal Failures
5ms. If the failure occurrence count reaches 40,000,
2F Left Front Wheel Speed
then a unstable wheel speed sensor failure will be set.
Sensor-Signal Erratic
– If the wheel acceleration is less than or equal to the
95 WSS Type Mismatch - Front Left maximum value, the failure occurrence counter will
decrease 5 every 5ms. If the failure occurrence count
DTC C0032: Left Front Wheel Speed Sensor Power Supply
reaches 30,000, then a unstable wheel speed sensor
Failure
failure will be set.
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description • FTB 95:
(FTB)
– When the wheel speed sensor is 7~14mA lower than
the standard value under normal conditions, a 50%
Supply - Circuit Short to Battery
virtual working period output signal will be formed.
Left Front Wheel Speed Sensor
13 – Place the ignition switch in "ON" switch and run
Supply - Circuit Open
failure protection until the sensor type is detected.
1D Left Front Wheel Speed Sensor – The detecting duration depends on the drive
Supply - Circuit Current Out of conditions.
Range
C0032:
• FTB 12: It is detected that the sensor current is higher
Wheel speed is detected by active wheel sensor and encoder than 40~70mA, and the failure lasts for more than 100ms.
ring. Encoder ring is composed of permanent magnets. Each • FTB 13: It is detected that the sensor current is lower
wheel speed sensor receives a 12V reference voltage from than 1.4~3.5mA, and the failure lasts for more than
electronic brake control module, and then transmits the AC 100ms.
square-wave signal to the electronic brake control module.
• FTB 1D:
When wheels are rotating, the electronic brake control
module calculates wheel speed based on the frequency of the – Miram failure frame is read every 5s, causing the
square-wave signal. refresh corresponding to its state failure count.
Conditions for Running DTCs – The DTC is set as the current failure counter, and the
detecting duration is longer than 100ms.
C0031:
C0031:
• FTB 02:
– Lost wheel speed sensor signal is detected: • Traction control system is disabled.
– One sensor displays a speed lower than 1.5km/h • Yaw rate sensor control system is disabled.
(observe from stationary state). • Hydraulic brake assist function is disabled.
– Another sensor displays a speed higher than 6km/h. • Engine drag torque request is disabled.
• FTB 04: • Hill-start assist system is disabled.
• TPMS is disabled.
• ABSMILs come on.
V1.0 432
• The braking system failure warning lamp illuminates. Circuit/System Test
• Dynamic stability control/traction control system 1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
warning lamp illuminates. the battery negative cable and the harness connector
C0032: BD022 of the left front wheel speed sensor.
• ABS is restricted. 2. Connect the battery negative cable, place the ignition
switch in ON position, and test whether the voltage
between terminal 1 of harness connector BD022 of the
• Yaw rate sensor control system is disabled. left front wheel speed sensor and the ground is battery
• Hydraulic brake assist function is disabled. voltage.
• Engine drag torque request is disabled. If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant
• Hill-start assist system is disabled. circuit for open circuit/high resistance.
• TPMS is disabled. 3. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, disconnect
• ABSMILs come on. the battery negative cable and harness connector BD055
• Dynamic stability control/traction control system of ABS/dynamic stability control module.
warning lamp illuminates. 4. Test whether the resistance between the terminals of
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs the harness connector BD022 of left front wheel speed
sensor and the terminals of harness connector BD055 of
If the setting conditions do not exist, then the DTCs are the ABS/dynamic stability control module is less than 5Ω:
• Terminal 1 of BD022 and Terminal 35 of BD055
Failure Cause
5. Test whether the resistance between the terminals of
the harness connector BD022 of left front wheel speed
Reference Information sensor or the terminals of harness connector BD055 of
Reference Circuit Information the ABS/dynamic stability control module and the ground
is infinite:
BD055, BD022
Circuit/System Check short to ground.
1. Inspect the mounting position of each wheel speed 6. Test whether the resistance between the terminals of
sensor and inspect whether harness and connector is the harness connector BD022 of left front wheel speed
worn or corroded. Clean and lubricate parts which has sensor or the terminals of harness connector BD055 of
visible problems. the ABS/dynamic stability control module and the power
2. Inspect if signal wheel or signal gear is worn or deformed. supply is infinite:
3. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, drive in a • Terminal 1 of BD022
straight line at a speed above 20km/h, observe the
"Front Left Wheel Speed", "Front Right Wheel Speed",
"Rear Left Wheel Speed" and "Rear Right Wheel Speed" • Terminal 35 of BD055
parameters in the real-time display of the scan tool. • Terminal 36 of BD055
short to battery.
7. If all circuits tested are normal, test/replace the
V1.0 433
Component Test
Test of each wheel speed sensor is sensitive to polarity. If
wheel speed sensor.

BD022 of the left front wheel speed sensor.
level reference voltage circuit and ground, so as to read
the DC amperage.
4. Connect the battery negative cable, raise the vehicle,
rotate the wheel slowly, and test if DC amperage varies
between 7～14mA.
5. If it is not within the specified range, test/replace the
front left wheel speed sensor.
Service Guideline
"ABS Regulator".
V1.0 434
C0034, C0035 – If the previous wheel speed is higher than the
DTC C0034: Right Front Wheel Speed Sensor Failure
Failure Type Byte
(FTB)
02 Right Front Wheel Speed Sensor -
5s.
• FTB 2F:
Right Front Wheel Speed Sensor -
2F Right Front Wheel Speed
95 WSS Type Mismatch - Front Right maximum value, the failure occurrence counter will
DTC C0035: Right Front Wheel Speed Sensor Power Supply
Failure
Failure Type Byte
(FTB)
12 Right Front Wheel Speed Sensor
the standard value under normal conditions, a 50%
1D Right Front Wheel Speed Sensor
– The detecting duration depends on the drive
Supply - Circuit Current Out of
conditions.
Range
C0035:
• FTB 13: It is detected that the sensor current is lower
wheel speed sensor receives a 12V reference voltage from
than 1.4~3.5mA, and the failure lasts for more than
electronic brake control module, and then transmits the AC
100ms.
• FTB 1D:
C0034:
C0034:
• FTB 02:
– Lost wheel speed sensor signal is detected:
(observe from stationary state).
V1.0 435

C0035: EB023 of right front wheel speed sensor.
between terminal 1 of harness connector EB023 of the
• Yaw rate sensor control system is disabled. right front wheel speed sensor and the ground is battery
• Engine drag torque request is disabled. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
• Hill-start assist system is disabled. open circuit/high resistance or short to ground.
• TPMS is disabled. 3. Disconnect the battery negative cable and harness
• ABSMILs come on. connector BD055 of the ABS/dynamic stability control
• Dynamic stability control/traction control system module.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs the harness connector EB023 of right front wheel speed
If the setting conditions do not exist, then the DTCs are the ABS/dynamic stability control module is less than 5Ω.
• Terminal 1 of EB023 and Terminal 10 of BD055
Failure Cause
• Terminal 2 of EB023 and Terminal 11 of BD055
the harness connector EB023 of right front wheel speed
is infinite:
BD055, EB023
sensor and inspect whether harness and connector is the harness connector EB023 of right front wheel speed
3. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, drive in a • Terminal 1 of EB023
short to battery.
V1.0 436
Component Test
wheel speed sensor.

EB023 of right front wheel speed sensor.
the DC amperage.
between 7～14mA.
5. If it is not within the specified range, test/replace the
front right wheel speed sensor.
Service Guideline
"ABS Regulator".
V1.0 437
C0037, C0038 – If the speed of the filtered vehicle is greater than

DTC Description 3.58m/s, then the emission failure will be detected.
DTC C0037: Left Rear Speed Sensor Failure – It is detected that the operation is carried out every
5s.
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description • FTB 2F:
(FTB)
02 Left Rear Wheel Speed – The failure occurrence count increase 1000 every
Sensor-General Signal Failure 5ms. If the failure occurrence count reaches 40,000,
04 – If the wheel acceleration is less than or equal to the
Sensor-System Internal Failure
maximum value, the failure occurrence counter will
2F Left Rear Wheel Speed Sensor-Signal decrease 5 every 5ms. If the failure occurrence count
Erratic reaches 30,000, then a unstable wheel speed sensor
95 WSS Type Mismatch - Rear Left failure will be set.
• FTB 95:
DTC C0038: Left Rear Speed Sensor Power Supply Failure
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description the standard value under normal conditions, a 50%
(FTB)
12 Left Rear Wheel Speed Sensor – Place the ignition switch in "ON" switch and run
Supply - Circuit Short to Battery failure protection until the sensor type is detected.
Left Rear Wheel Speed Sensor – The detecting duration depends on the drive
13
Supply - Circuit Open conditions.
1D Left Rear Wheel Speed Sensor
C0038:
Supply - Circuit Current Out of
Range
than 40~70mA, and the failure lasts for more than 100ms.
Circuit/System Description • FTB 13: It is detected that the sensor current is lower
Wheel speed is detected by active wheel sensor and encoder than 1.4~3.5mA, and the failure lasts for more than
ring. Encoder ring is composed of permanent magnets. Each 100ms.
wheel speed sensor receives a 12V reference voltage from • FTB 1D:
– Miram failure frame is read every 5s, causing the
refresh corresponding to its state failure count.
module calculates wheel speed based on the frequency of the – The DTC is set as the current failure counter, and the
square-wave signal. detecting duration is longer than 100ms.
C0037:
C0037:
• FTB 02:
– Lost wheel speed sensor signal is detected:
– One sensor displays a speed lower than 1.5km/h • Engine drag torque request is disabled.
(observe from stationary state).
– Another sensor displays a speed higher than 6km/h. • TPMS is disabled.
• FTB 04: • ABSMILs come on.
– If the previous wheel speed is higher than the • The braking system failure warning lamp illuminates.
maximum valid wheel speed, the last time error of • Dynamic stability control/traction control system
this failure will be greater than 40ms. warning lamp illuminates.
V1.0 438
C0038: 2. Connect the battery negative cable, place the ignition
• ABS is restricted. switch in "ON" position, and test whether the voltage
left rear wheel speed sensor and the ground is battery
voltage.
• Engine drag torque request is disabled.
connector BD055 of the ABS/dynamic stability control
• ABSMILs come on. module.
• Dynamic stability control/traction control system 4. Test whether the resistance between the terminals of
warning lamp illuminates. the harness connector BD021 of left rear wheel speed
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs sensor and the terminals of harness connector BD055 of
the ABS/dynamic stability control module is less than 5Ω:
If the setting conditions do not exist, then the DTCs are
cleared in the next ignition cycle and the MIL will go off. • Terminal 1 of BD021 and Terminal 29 of BD055
Failure Cause • Terminal 2 of BD021 and Terminal 30 of BD055
• Relevant circuit failure. If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant
• Connector failure or poor fit. circuit for open circuit/high resistance.
• Wheel speed sensor failure. 5. Test whether the resistance between the terminals of
• ABS/dynamic stability control module failure. the harness connector BD021 of left rear wheel speed
the ABS/dynamic stability control module and the ground
is infinite:
BD055, BD021
sensor and inspect whether harness and connector is the harness connector BD021 of left rear wheel speed
"Front Left Wheel Speed", "Front Right Wheel Speed", • Terminal 2 of BD021
Circuit/System Test If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
short to battery.
the battery negative cable and the harness connector 7. If all circuits tested are normal, test/replace the
BD021 of the left rear wheel speed sensor. ABS/dynamic stability control module.
V1.0 439
Component Test
wheel speed sensor.

BD021 of the left rear wheel speed sensor.
the DC amperage.
between 7～14mA.
5. If it is not within the specified range, test/replace the rear
left wheel speed sensor.
Service Guideline
"ABS Regulator".
V1.0 440
C003A, C003B – If the previous wheel speed is higher than the
DTC C003A: Right Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Failure
Failure Type Byte
(FTB)
02 Right Rear Wheel Speed Sensor -
5s.
• FTB 2F:
Right Rear Wheel Speed Sensor -
2F Right Rear Wheel Speed
95 WSS Type Mismatch - Rear Right maximum value, the failure occurrence counter will
DTC C003B: Right Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Power Circuit
Failure
Failure Type Byte
(FTB)
12 the standard value under normal conditions, a 50%
Right Rear Wheel Speed Sensor – The detecting duration depends on the drive
1D Supply - Circuit Current Out of conditions.
Range
C003B:
ring. Encoder ring is composed of permanent magnets. Each • FTB 13: It is detected that the sensor current is lower
wheel speed sensor receives a 12V reference voltage from than 1.4~3.5mA, and the failure lasts for more than
electronic brake control module, and then transmits the AC 100ms.
• FTB 1D:
C003A:
C003A:
• FTB 02:
– Lost wheel speed sensor signal is detected: • Traction control system is disabled.
(observe from stationary state). • Hydraulic brake assist function is disabled.
V1.0 441

C003B: BD020 of the right rear wheel speed sensor.
• Yaw rate sensor control system is disabled. right rear wheel speed sensor and the ground is battery
• Engine drag torque request is disabled. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
• Hill-start assist system is disabled. open circuit/high resistance or short to ground.
• TPMS is disabled. 3. Disconnect the battery negative cable and harness
• ABSMILs come on. connector BD055 of the ABS/dynamic stability control
• Dynamic stability control/traction control system module.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs the harness connector BD020 of right rear wheel speed
If the setting conditions do not exist, then the DTCs are the ABS/dynamic stability control module is less than 5Ω:
Failure Cause
the harness connector BD020 of right rear wheel speed
is infinite:
BD020, BD055
sensor and inspect whether harness and connector is the harness connector BD020 of right rear wheel speed
short to battery.
V1.0 442
Component Test
wheel speed sensor.

BD020 of the right rear wheel speed sensor.
the DC amperage.
between 7～14mA.
5. If it is not within the specified range, replace the left rear
wheel speed sensor.
Service Guideline
"ABS Regulator".
V1.0 443

DTC C0040: Brake Switch Fault Brake Lamp & Tail Lamp & License Plate Lamp
Failure Description
(FTB)
BD027, EM058B
08 Brake Switch Fault
The brake pedal assembly consists of 2 switches and 1 braking
position sensor. The brake switch is fitted on the brake pedal
assembly and cannot be repaired separately. The brake switch 1. Place the ignition switch in ON position, connect a scan
signal varies with the position of brake pedal, which can provide tool, and check if other DTCs still remain.
the expected redundancy protection. If there are other DTCs, diagnose it together with other
Conditions for Running DTCs DTCs.
• The ignition switch is turned on. 2. Confirm the bulb of the rear brake lamp is normal. Press
the brake pedal, and check if the rear brake lamp and the
• The brake pedal position sensor signal and the master
high brake lamp illuminate.
cylinder pressure signal are valid.
• Vehicle speed signal is valid and the vehicle speed is If it comes on, it indicates that the brake pedal switch
greater than 15km/h. is normal. If the brake lamp does not come on, go to
"Circuit/System Test".
• The acceleration pedal position signal is greater than 20%
Circuit/System Test
and the maximum acceleration is greater than 0.4m/s² for
more than 2s. 1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, disconnect
Conditions for Setting DTCs battery negative cable, and disconnect harness connector
BD027 of brake pedal switch.
• Brake switch is always turned on.
2. Depress the brake pedal to test if the resistance between
• Maximum or minimum master cylinder pressure is
terminal 1 and 2 of the brake pedal switch is less than
detected for 2s.
5Ω. The resistance between terminal 3 and 4 of brake
• The difference between the maximum value and the pedal switch shall be infinite.
minimum value of the master pressure signal is over
If it is not within the specified range, replace the brake
15bar.
pedal switch.
3. Release the brake pedal to test if the resistance between
Hill-start assist system is disabled. terminal 1 and 2 of the brake pedal switch is infinite.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs The resistance between terminal 3 and 4 of brake pedal
switch shall be less than 5Ω.
The setting conditions are not present, then the DTCs are
cleared in the next ignition cycle. If it is not within the specified range, replace the brake
pedal switch.
Failure Cause
between pin 1 of harness connector BD027 of brake
• Connector failure or poor fit. pedal switch and ground is the battery voltage.
• Brake pedal switch failure.
• ECM failure. circuit for open circuit/high resistance.
harness connector BD027 of brake pedal switch and the
ground is less than 5Ω.
6. Disconnect the harness connector EM058B of ECM, and
test if the resistance between the terminals of harness
V1.0 444
connector BD027 of the corresponding brake switch is
less than 5Ω:
• Terminal 23 of EM058B and Terminal 3 of BD027
• Terminal 25 of EM058B and Terminal 2 of BD027


ABS/dynamic stability control module or ECM.
Service Guideline
• Refer to Service Manual, "Brake System" - "Service
Brake" - " Brake Pedal".
"ABS Regulator".
Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Fuel Control
V1.0 445
C0044 – When the count shown in the specified counter

DTC Description exceeds 800 times, the instability pressure sensor
failure is set. When the module is powered on, reset
DTC C0044: Brake Pressure Sensor Failure
the counter as 0 and change it every 5ms.
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description – If the pressure sensor switches between valid status
(FTB)
and open circuit/short circuit status, the counter will
Brake Pressure Sensor "A" (Master have a crease in 50th time. In addition, the counter
09 Cylinder Pressure Sensor) - will decrease to 1 time.
Component Failures
• FTB 85: It detects the brake pressure sensor "A" (master
Brake Pressure Sensor "A" (Master cylinder pressure sensor) - offset error.
29 Cylinder Pressure Sensor) - Not
Alive
Brake Pressure Sensor "A" (Master
2F Cylinder Pressure Sensor) - Signal • Yaw rate sensor control function is disabled.
Erratic • Hydraulic brake assist system is disabled.
85 Brake Pressure Sensor "A" (Master • Hill-start assist system is disabled.
Cylinder Pressure Sensor) - Offset • Tire pressure monitoring system is disabled.
Error • Dynamic stability control/traction control system
Circuit/System Description warning lamp illuminates.
Pressure sensor is in the ABS/dynamic stability control module,
which monitors the brake pressure of the ABSregulator. If If the setting conditions do not exist, the DTCs will be cleared
the brake pressure exceeds the maximum safety pressure limit in the next ignition cycle.
of the system during pressurization, the overflow valve which Failure Cause
plays the role of safety protection will switch on and allow the
brake fluid flow back to the brake master cylinder.
• FTB 09: Circuit/System Test
– The feedback reference voltage is greater than 96.5% 1. Check and inspect visually the brake system for leakage,
of the internal 5V power supply, which lasts for 100ms. damage, etc.
2. If above situations occur, repair/replace fault components
– The signal voltage is less than 4.5% of the internal 5V
of related brake system.
power supply, which lasts for 100ms.
• FTB 29: bubbles or moisture.
– If the pressure signal of the master cylinder pressure If any of above situations occur, replace brake fluid and
sensor checked is not changed any more, terminate bleed air in the system.
the diagnosis.
4. Confirm no other DTCs of the ABS/dynamic stability
– With the vehicle status, if it changes for successive control module are set except DTC C0044.
5 times and the signal of the pressure sensor is
unchanged at least for 5bar, the failure is detected: If other DTCs of ABS/dynamic stability control module
if the detected pressure signal changes for 5bar, the have been set, diagnose them first.
failure counter store it in NVRAM and reset it as 0 5. Delete DTC C0044 with the scan tool.
immediately. The vehicle speed and the signal of the
master cylinder pressure sensor are valid during the
C0044 is not set.
diagnosis.
• FTB 2F:
V1.0 446
Service Guideline
"ABS Regulator".
V1.0 447
C0049 If any of above situations occur, fill the brake fluid and
DTC Description repair/replace fault components of related brake system.
DTC C0049: Brake Fluid - Low Fluid Level 2. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, and connect
the scan tool.
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description 3. Clear DTC C0049 with the scan tool, and read the DTC
(FTB)
again and confirm that the DTC C0049 is not set.
7B Brake Fluid - Low Fluid Level
If the DTC is reset, go to "Circuit/System Test".
Circuit/System Test
Brake fluid level indicator switch is located on the brake fluid
reservoir and which is used to monitor the level. When the
fluid level is too low, the dynamic stability control/traction
BD049A of the brake fluid level indicator switch.
control system warning lamp will illuminate to alert the driver
to fill brake fluid or maintain the brake system. 2. Carry out component test on brake fluid level indicator
switch.
If the test fails, replace the brake fluid level indicator
switch.
It detects that the feedback voltage of the brake fluid level
switch is between 25%-75% of the ignition voltage.
switch and ground is less than 5Ω.
• Traction control system is restricted. open circuit/high resistance.
4. Disconnect harness connector EB012 of the dynamic
• Dynamic stability control/traction control system stability control module.
Test if the resistance between terminal 1 of harness
After the failure is eliminated, the DTC will be cleared in the switch and terminal 7 of harness connector EB012 of the
next ignition cycle. dynamic stability control module is less than 5Ω.
• Relevant circuit failure. open circuit/high resistance.
• Connector failure or poor fitting. 5. If all circuits tested are normal, test/replace the dynamic
• Brake fluid level is low. stability control module.
• Brake fluid level indicator switch failure. Component Test
• ABS/dynamic stability control module failure. 1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
Reference Information harness connector BD049A of the brake fluid level
indicator switch.
2. Test if the resistance between terminal 1 and 2 of brake
ABS, SCS and Traction Control (1) fluid level indicator switch is breakover and infinite when
Reference Connector End View Information the brake fluid level indicator switch is in full level and
low level respectively.
BD049A, EB012
Reference Electrical Information If it is not within the specified range, replace the brake
fluid level indicator switch assembly.
Service Guideline
Circuit/System Test
1. Check and inspect visually the height of the brake fluid Module" - "Service Guideline" - "ABS Regulator".
level and the brake system for leakage, damage, etc. • Refer to Service Manual, "Brake System" - "Service
Brake" - "Service Guideline" - "Brake Fluid Level Indicator
Switch".
V1.0 448
"ABS Regulator".
V1.0 449
C0051 2. Delete the DTC after self-diagnosis, and confirm if the

DTC Description DTC still exists.
DTC C0051: Steering Wheel Angel Sensor Failure If any DTC still exists, replace the steering angle sensor
or the dynamic stability control module.
Failure Type Byte
(FTB)
27 Steering Wheel Angle Step Error • Refer to Service Manual, "Steering System" - "Steering
System" - "Steering Wheel Steering Angle Sensor".
29 Steering Wheel Angle Not Alive
Error • Refer to Service Manual, "Brake System" - "Brake
62 Steering Wheel Position Sensor -
Angle Error
Circuit/System Description "ABS Regulator".
of the steering wheel, and then sends the measure signal to
• The ignition voltage is between 9 and 16V.
C0051 27: It detects the steering wheel angle step error.
C0051 29: It detects the steering angle does not work.
C0051 62: It detects the angle error of steering wheel angle

sensor.
• Yaw rate sensor control is disabled.
• Tire pressure monitoring system is disabled.
cycles.
Failure Cause
Angle sensor failure.
Circuit/System Test
the scan tool.
V1.0 450
C0061, C0062, C0063, C006A around the vertical axis at its centroid. ECU compares the
DTC Description signals received from the yaw sensor and the steering angle
sensor, and judges the forthcoming situation and then takes
DTC C0061: Acceleration Sensor Failure
corresponding control.
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description Conditions for Running DTCs
(FTB)
22 Lateral Acceleration Sensor Failure
Lateral Acceleration Sensor Fault -
28 Signal Bias Level Out of Range/Zero C0061:
Adjustment Failure • FTB 22: It detects the lateral acceleration sensor failure.
29 Lateral Acceleration Sensor Fault - • FTB 28: It detects that the lateral acceleration sensor
Signal Invalid signal is out of normal range/zero adjustment fails.
• FTB 29: It detects that the lateral acceleration sensor
DTC C0062: Acceleration Sensor Failure signal is invalid.
Failure Type Byte DTC C0062:
Failure Description
(FTB)
• FTB 22: It detects the longitudinal acceleration sensor
Longitudinal Acceleration Sensor failure.
22
Failure • FTB 28: It detects that the acceleration sensor signal is
Longitudinal Acceleration Sensor out of normal range/zero adjustment fails.
28 Fault - Signal Bias Level Out of • FTB 29: It detects that the longitudinal acceleration
Range/Zero Adjustment Failure sensor signal is invalid.
Longitudinal Acceleration Sensor C0063:
29
Fault - Signal Invalid
• FTB 09: It detects the yaw rate sensor components
DTC C0063: Yaw Rate Sensor Failure failure.
• FTB 22: It detects the yaw rate sensor failure.
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description • FTB 28: It detects that the yaw rate sensor signal is out
(FTB)
of normal range/zero adjustment fails.
Yaw Rate Sensor Fault - Component
09 • FTB 29: It detects that the yaw rate sensor signal is
Failures
invalid.
22 Yaw Sensor Failure
C006A:
Yaw Rate Sensor Fault - Signal Bias
• FTB 09: It detects that the multi-axis acceleration sensor
28 Level Out of Range/Zero Adjustment
components fails.
Failure
• FTB 28: It detects the acceleration sensor Id 0 -
Yaw Sensor Signal Invalid - Signal
29 temperature range failure.
Invalid
• FTB 54: It detects the acceleration sensor sensor
DTC C006A: Acceleration Sensor Failure configuration fails.

Failure Description
(FTB) • Traction control system is disabled.
09 Multi-axis Acceleration Sensor Fault • Yaw rate sensor control is disabled.
- Component Failures • Hill-start assist system is disabled.
Accel Sensor Id 0 - Temperature • Tire pressure monitoring system is disabled.
28
Range • Dynamic stability control/traction control system
54 Accel Sensor Configuration Failure warning lamp illuminates.
The yaw sensor is integrated inside the dynamic stability
in the next ignition cycle.
control module, and it measures the vehicle rotary motion
V1.0 451
Failure Cause
• Yaw rate sensor failure.
Circuit/System Test
1. Use the scan tool to clear DTC C0061, C0063 and
C006A.
control module.
DTC C0061, C0063 and C006A are not set.

Service Guideline
"ABS Regulator".
V1.0 452
C006B, C006C • Dynamic stability control/traction control system
DTC Description warning lamp illuminates.
DTC C006B: Stability System Active Too Long Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
Failure Type Byte C006A: If the setting conditions disappear, the DTCs will be
Failure Description cleared immediately, and the MILs will go off.
(FTB)
06 Stability System Active Too Long C006B: If the setting conditions do not exist, the DTCs are
DTC C006C: Stability System Fault - Not Configured Failure Cause
Failure Type Byte Dynamic stability control module failure.
Failure Description
(FTB)
55 Stability System Fault - Not
Configured
Circuit/System Test
When the ignition switch is placed in "ON" position and the
command is powered on, microprocessor shall run a diagnostic 1. Clear the DTC C006B and C006C with scan tool.
program to detect the internal failure. If internal failure is 2. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, and confirm
detected, the control module will set a DTC. C006B and C006C are not set.
Conditions for Running DTCs If any DTC has been set, test/replace the dynamic stability
C006A: • Refer to Service Manual, "Brake System" - "Brake

• The steering angle, yaw rate, lateral acceleration, and Module" - "ABS Regulator".
master cylinder pressure are valid. • Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
• Forward vehicle speed is 4.2m/s. to Service Manual, "Brake System" - "Brake Module" -
"ABS Regulator".
• If system is not initialized after driving for 1,000m
straightly or driving for 3,000m, the failure occurs.
• NHTSA rule: If the driving speed is greater than 11.2m/s
within 2min, the system is not initialized.
C006B:
• YSC is in under-steer continuously, and the brake is
activated for 63s.
• YSC is in over-steer continuously, and the brake is
activated for 33s.
C006A:
• Tyre pressure monitoring system is disabled.
C006B:

V1.0 453
C0078, C1106 • Electronic brake force distribution system is disabled.

DTC Description • Anti-lock brake system is disabled.
DTC C0078: Mismatched Tire • Traction control system is restricted.
Failure Type Byte • Yaw rate sensor control is disabled.
Failure Description
(FTB) • Hydraulic brake assist system is disabled.
95 Mismatched Tire (Coding Error, It • Hill-start assist system is disabled.
Should Be 510600) • ABSMIL illuminates.
DTC C1106: Valve General Failure • The brake system MIL illuminates.
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description warning lamp illuminates.
(FTB)
04 Valve General Failure
Failure Cause
The wheel speed is detected by active wheel speed sensor.
• Different tyre sizes.
Each wheel speed sensor receives a 12V reference voltage
from the electronic brake control module, and then transmits • Different tyre pressures.
AC square signals to the electronic brake control module. • Incorrect number of teeth of wheel speed signal gear.
When the wheels rotate, the electronic brake control module Reference Information
will calculate the wheel speed based on the frequency of this
square signal and monitor the tyre pressure by calculating the
difference between wheel speeds. Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
Conditions for Running DTCs Circuit/System Check
Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. 1. Check the mounting position of wheel speed sensor, and
Conditions for Setting DTCs check the harness and connector for wear and corrosion.
• An unfiltered wheel speed is less than 15kph.
• Reverse rotation is detected.
Circuit/System Test
• Tyre rotation is detected.
• Braking is detected. 1. Check if all tires share the same pressure and size.
• Another wheel speed sensor failure exists. If all the tires have different pressures, adjust the
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set pressures of all the tires to the specified value.
C0078: If the tyre size is different, replace the wrong tire and
confirm that the DTC has not been reset.
• Anti-lock brake system is disabled. 2. If the DTC has been reset, check if there is any chip or
inclusion between the wheel speed sensor and the signal
wheel, whether the wheel speed sensor is loose or water
• Yaw rate sensor control is disabled. enters in the harness, etc.
• Hydraulic brake assist system is disabled.
If any of the above problems occurs, clean and lubricate
• Engine drag torque request is disabled. relevant components. Replace, as required.
3. If all the check items are normal, test/replace the
• Tyre pressure monitoring system is disabled. ABS/dynamic stability control module.
• ABSMIL illuminates. Service Guideline
• Dynamic stability control/traction control system Module" - "ABS Regulator".
C1106:
V1.0 454
"ABS Regulator".
V1.0 455
C0089 If the DTC has been set, go to "Circuit/System Test".

DTC Description Circuit/System Test
DTC C0089: TCS Disable Switch Fault 1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, disconnect the
Failure Type Byte battery negative cable, and disconnect harness connector
Failure Description CP033 of the hazard warning switch.
(FTB)
09 TCS Disable Switch Fault 2. Perform the component test on the hazard warning
switch.
If the test fails, replace the hazard warning switch.
TCS disabled switch controls the ON and OFF of SCS and TCS
functions.
Conditions for Running DTCs ground is less than 5Ω.
Conditions for Setting DTCs open circuit/high resistance.
The system detects that the feedback voltage of the driving 4. Disconnect harness connector EB012 of the dynamic
mode switch is within 30%-80% of the ignition voltage. stability control module.
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set Test if the resistance between terminal 11 of harness
None. connector CP033 of the hazard warning switch and
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs terminal 26 of harness connector EB012 of the dynamic
stability control module is less than 5Ω.
• After the failure is eliminated, the DTCs will be cleared
immediately. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
• Historical DTCs will be cleared and the MIL will be off
after 40 failure-free ignition cycles. 5. If all circuits tested are normal, test/replace the dynamic
Failure Cause stability control module.
Component Test
• Connector failure or poor fitting. 1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, disconnect
harness connector CP033 of the hazard warning switch.
• Hazard warning switch assembly failure.
2. Test the resistance between terminal 1 and 11 of the
hazard warning lamp switch for breakover and infinite
Reference Information when the TCS switch is on and off separately.
If it is not within the specified range, replace the hazard
ABS, SCS and Traction Control (1), Hazard Warning warning lamp switch assembly.
Lamp Service Guideline
CP033, EB012 Module" - "ABS Regulator".
"ABS Regulator".
1. Place the ignition switch in ON position, turn on/off the
TCS switch, and observe if there is any change in the
instrument display.
If change, test/replace the dynamic stability control

module.
2. Connect the scan tool, and confirm DTC C0089 is not

set.
V1.0 456
C1100 Service Guideline
DTC Description • Refer to Service Manual, "Brake System" - "Brake
DTC C1100: Missing Connection GND Valves Module" - "Service Guideline" - "ABS Regulator".
Failure Type Byte • Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
Failure Description to Service Manual, "Brake System" - "Brake Module" -
(FTB)
"ABS Regulator".
00 Missing Connection GND Valves
Perform internal failure detection in the control module, not
involving external circuits.
It changes between pump motor ground and valve ground
(because of missing valve ground), and detect the change via
monitoring circuit ground.
The difference between solenoid ground and pump ground is
less than 1.0V.
Failure Cause
• Solenoid coil failure.
• Solenoid drive failure.
Circuit/System Test
the scan tool.
2. Use the scan tool to clear the DTC C1100.
3. Read the DTC again, and confirm DTC C1100 is not set.
If reset the DTC, test/replace the ABS/dynamic stability

control module.
V1.0 457

DTC C1102: HHC Failure (Caused by Clutch or Reverse Gear ABS, SCS and Traction Control (1), Hazard Warning
Signal Fault) Lamp
Failure Description
(FTB)
BD055, CP033
00 HHC Failure (Caused by Clutch or
Reverse Gear Signal Fault)
Circuit/System Test
ABS/dynamic stability control module monitors the traction
control switch. Once pressing the traction control switch, 1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
ABS/dynamic stability control module shall disable the traction the battery negative cable.
control system. ABS/dynamic stability control module 2. Remove the hazard warning switch, perform the
requests the instrument pack to illuminate the Turnoff component test.
indicator lamp of dynamic stability control and via serial data. 3. Disconnect the harness connector BD055 of
Conditions for Running DTCs ABS/dynamic stability control module and harness
Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. connector CP033 of hazard warning switch.
• Clutch switch is always open validly. Carry out at least 5 terminal 26 of harness connector EB012 of ABS/dynamic
times of shift operation and run at least 250m. stability control module is less than 5Ω.
• Clutch switch is always closed validly. Carry out at least
20 times of shift operation and run at least 5000m.
• Confirm that the vehicle is not in uphill mode, (uphill
mode identification: Vehicle is in static state and the 5. Test if the resistance between terminal 11 of harness
longitudinal acceleration is greater than 0.4m/s², which connector CP033 of hazard warning switch and the
lasts for 0.5s). power is infinite.
• Reverse gear switch is always turned off. The vehicle runs If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
forward for 5s or the vehicle speed is greater than 30m/s, short to battery.
which lasts for 5s. 6. Test if the resistance between terminal 11 of harness
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set connector CP033 of hazard warning switch and the
Hill-start assist system is disabled. ground is infinite.
short to ground.
The setting conditions disappear, then the DTCs are
immediately cleared. 7. If all circuits tested are normal, test/replace the hazard
Failure Cause warning switch and ABS/dynamic stability control module.
Component Test
• Connector or poor fit. 1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
• Traction control switch failure.
2. Disconnect the harness connector CP033 of the hazard
warning switch.
3. Turn on the traction control switch, test if the resistance
between terminal 11 and 1 of harness connector CP033
of hazard warning switch is less than 5Ω.
If it is not within the specified range, check the traction

control switch.
V1.0 458
4. Turn off the traction control switch, test if the resistance
between terminal 11 and 1 of harness connector CP033
of hazard warning switch is infinite.
If it is not within the specified range, check the traction

control switch.
Service Guideline
"ABS Regulator".
V1.0 459
C1107 Circuit/System Test

DTC Description 1. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, and connect
DTC C1107: Integrated Inertial Sensor Failure the scan tool.
Failure Type Byte 2. Use the scan tool to clear the DTC C1107.
Failure Description
(FTB) 3. Read the DTC again, and confirm DTC C1107 is not set.
04 Integrated Inertial Sensor (IIS) Failure If reset the DTC, test/replace the ABS/dynamic stability
54 Integrated Inertial Sensor (IIS) Miss control module.
Calibration Service Guideline
Circuit/System Description • Refer to Service Manual, "Brake System" - "Brake

When the ignition switch is placed in "ON" position, battery
supplies power to valve circuit; electronic brake control
module grounds the circuit to control valve function as
"ABS Regulator".
necessary. Electronic brake control module receives CAN
serial data information sent by other modules. Electronic
brake control module must be configured according to VIN
plate, CAN configuration data and vehicle options. If it
is configured improperly after fitting, the electronic brake
control module may set DTCs. Internal failure detection is
carried out in control module. No external circuit is involved.
The vehicle battery voltage is connected to the high end of the
solenoid coil through the power switch, and the solenoid coil
is integrated in the ECU.
After the failure is eliminated, the DTCs will be cleared
Failure Cause
V1.0 460
C110A, C124F Failure Cause
DTC Description ABS/dynamic stability control module failure.
DTC C110A: Micro Related Fault Reference Information
Failure Description
(FTB)
00 Micro Related Fault
DTC C124F: ECU Exception Shutdown 1. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, and connect
Failure Type Byte the scan tool.
Failure Description
(FTB) 2. Use the scan tool to clear the DTC C110A and C124F.
00 ECU Exception Shutdown 3. Read the DTC again, and confirm DTC C110A and
C124F are not set.
If reset the DTCs, test/replace the ABS/dynamic stability
When the ignition switch is placed in "ON" position, battery
control module.
supplies power to valve circuit; electronic brake control
module grounds the circuit to control valve function as Service Guideline
necessary. Electronic brake control module receives CAN • Refer to Service Manual, "Brake System" - "Brake
serial data information sent by other modules. Electronic Module" - "ABS Regulator".
brake control module must be configured according to VIN • Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
plate, CAN configuration data and vehicle options. If it to Service Manual, "Brake System" - "Brake Module" -
is configured improperly after fitting, the electronic brake "ABS Regulator".
control module may set DTCs. Internal failure detection is
carried out in control module. No external circuit is involved.
If R4LSM cycle self-inspection fails and the self-inspection time
terminates at 5,000ms, record the failure.
V1.0 461
C1210, C127A • Dynamic stability control/traction control system

DTC C1210: Solenoid Valve Driver Circuit Fault C127A:

Failure Type Byte • Electronic brake force distribution system is disabled.
Failure Description
(FTB) • Anti-lock brake system is disabled.
14 Solenoid Valve Driver Circuit Fault - • Traction control system is restricted.
Open or Short to Ground • Yaw rate sensor control is disabled.
19 Solenoid Valve Driver Circuit Fault - • Hydraulic brake assist system is disabled.
Leakage Current Too High • Engine drag torque request is disabled.
DTC C127A: Solenoid Valve Driver Circuit Fault
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description • ABSMIL illuminates.
(FTB)
16 Solenoid Valve Driver Circuit Fault -
Circuit Voltage Below Threshold • Dynamic stability control/traction control system
Electronic brake control module receives CAN serial data
Historical DTCs will be cleared and the MIL will be off after 40
information sent by other modules. Electronic brake control
failure-free ignition cycles.
module must be configured according to VIN plate, CAN
configuration data and vehicle options. If it is configured Failure Cause
improperly after fitting, the electronic brake control module ABS/dynamic stability control module failure.
may set DTCs. Internal failure detection is carried out in Reference Information
Conditions for Setting DTCs Circuit/System Test
C1210: 1. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, and connect

the scan tool.
• 14: It detects that the solenoid valve drive circuit is open
circuit or short to ground. 2. Use the scan tool to clear the DTC C1210 and C127A.
• 19: It detects that the leakage current of solenoid valve 3. Read the DTC again, and confirm DTC C1210, and
drive circuit is too high. C127A are not set.
C127A: The voltage of solenoid valve drive circuit is lower than If reset the DTCs, test/replace the ABS/dynamic stability
the threshold value. control module.
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set Service Guideline
C1210: • Refer to Service Manual, "Brake System" - "Brake

• Traction control system is disabled. "ABS Regulator".
V1.0 462
C123F Reference Information
DTC C123F: System Voltage Failure ABS, SCS and Traction Control (1)
Failure Description
(FTB)
BD055
1F System Voltage Erratic
1F System Voltage Low
1F System Voltage High
1. Test if the fuses EF10, EF14 or EF39 of the ABS/dynamic
The ABS/dynamic stability control module monitors the stability control module is blown.
system voltage to check whether the working voltage of the
2. Scan tool test: Connect a scan tool, place the ignition
module is within the normal range.
switch in "ON" position, delete DTCs after self-diagnosis,
Conditions for Running DTCs and confirm if the DTC still exists.
Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. 3. Component check: Check battery state. Test if the
Conditions for Setting DTCs battery voltage between the positive and negative poles is
normal: Between 9 and 16V with multimeter.
• Voltage high failure is not locked.
Circuit/System Test
• System voltage varies continuously between the normal
voltage and the high voltage, which lasts for 200ms. 1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
• It is kept in the normal range nearly 1,000ms or the high
voltage is recovered after locking. 2. Disconnect harness connector BD055 of ABS/dynamic
3. Test if the resistance between the ground circuit terminal
of the ABS/dynamic stability control module and the
• ABS is disabled. ground is less than 5Ω:
• Traction control system is disabled. • Terminal 13 of BD055
• Hydraulic brake assist is disabled.
• Master cylinder pressure is disabled.
• TPMS is disabled. the terminals of power circuit of the ABS/dynamic
• ABSMILs come on. stability control system and the ground is battery voltage:
• The braking system failure warning lamp illuminates. • Terminal 1 of BD055
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs • Terminal 28 of BD055
The setting conditions are not present, then the DTCs are If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
cleared in the next ignition cycle. open circuit/high resistance or short to ground.
Failure Cause 5. If all circuits tested are normal, test/replace the

Service Guideline
• Battery failure. • Refer to Service Manual, "Engine Electrical System" -
"Service Guideline" - "Battery".
V1.0 463

"ABS Regulator".
V1.0 464
C124A, C124B, C124C • ABS/dynamic stability control module failure.
DTC C124A: Brake Hydraulic Monitor - Auto Pressure Reference Electrical Information
Calibration ; Fault
Failure Type Byte
(FTB)
00 Brake Hydraulic Monitor - Auto
the scan tool.
Pressure Calibration ; Fault
2. Use the scan tool to read and clear DTC.
DTC C124B: Brake Hydraulic Monitor - No Pressure 3. Read the DTC again, and confirm DTC C124A, C124B,
Failure Type Byte and C124C are not set.
Failure Description
(FTB) If any of the DTCs has been set, test/replace the
00 Brake Hydraulic Monitor - No ABS/dynamic stability control module.
Pressure Service Guideline
DTC C124C: Pump Motor Flow Calibration Fault • Refer to Service Manual, "Brake System" - "Brake
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description • Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
(FTB)
00 Pump Motor Flow Calibration Fault "ABS Regulator".
improperly after fitting, the electronic brake control module
Calibration sequence is often suspended by the low speed of
the pump motor.
Failure Cause
• Pump motor failure.
V1.0 465
C124D If reset the DTC, test/replace the ABS/dynamic stability

DTC C124D: Internal 5 V Sensor Supply Failure/Erratic Service Guideline

Failure Description Module" - "Service Guideline" - "ABS Regulator".
(FTB)
1C Internal 5 V Sensor Supply • Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
Failure/Erratic to Service Manual, "Brake System" - "Brake Module" -
"ABS Regulator".
Perform internal failure detection in the control module, not
involving external circuits.
The control module detects that the power supply of internal
5 V sensor is interrupted or unstable.
After the failure is eliminated, the DTCs will be cleared
Failure Cause
Circuit/System Test
the scan tool.
2. Use the scan tool to clear the DTC C124D.
3. Read the DTC again, and confirm DTC C124D is not set.
V1.0 466
C124E terminal 33 of harness connector BD055 of the dynamic
DTC Description stability control module is less than 5Ω.
DTC C124E: Wheel Speed Output Circuit Failure - Channel 1 If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant
or Channel 2 Overcurrent circuit for open circuit or high resistance.
Failure Type Byte 4. If all circuits tested are normal, test/replace the dynamic
Failure Description
(FTB) stability control module.
19 Wheel Speed Output Circuit Failure - Service Guideline
Channel 1 or Channel 2 Overcurrent • Refer to Service Manual, "Brake System" - "Brake
Circuit/System Description Module" - "ABS Regulator".
ABS/dynamic stability control module transmits the vehicle
speed pulse signal to entertainment host via the hard wire.
"ABS Regulator".
Control module detects the wheel speed output circuit failure.
• The braking system failure warning lamp illuminates.
• The dynamic stability control failure indicator lamp
illuminates.
Once the failure is solved, the DTCs are immediately cleared,
and the MIL will go off.
Failure Cause
CP034B, BD055
Circuit/System Test
2. Disconnect harness connector CP034B of the
entertainment host and harness connector BD055 of the
harness connector CP034B of entertainment host and
V1.0 467
U0073 harness connector BD055 of ABS/dynamic stability

DTC U0073: CAN Bus Communication Failure 3. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
harness connector CP040 of diagnostic interface and the
corresponding terminals of harness connector BD055 of
(FTB)
ABS/dynamic stability control module is less than 5Ω:
88 Control Module Communication Bus
• Terminal 6 of CP040 and Terminal 9 of BD055
Off on CAN 1
The body stability control system communicates with other
control modules via the HS CAN bus.
connector CP040 of diagnostic interface or the terminals
1s after waking-up. of harness connector BD055 of ABS/dynamic stability
No power failure. control module and the ground is infinite:
Power is not in off mode. • Terminal 8 of BD055
Conditions for Setting DTCs • Terminal 9 of BD055
When the counter equals to 5, the DTC byte state is 1. • Terminal 6 of CP040
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set • Terminal 14 of CP040
• Engine drag torque control is invalid. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
• Traction control system is invalid. short to ground.
• Dynamic stability control system is invalid. 5. Connect the battery negative cable, place the ignition
• Hill-start assist system is invalid. switch in "ON" position, and test if the voltage between
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs the terminals of harness connector CP040 of diagnostic
interface or the terminals of harness connector BD055
Once the failure is solved, the DTCs are immediately cleared,
of ABS/dynamic stability control module and the ground
and the MIL will go off.
Failure Cause
short to battery.
BD055, CP040
Service Guideline
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection Module" - "ABS Regulator".
Circuit/System Test • Replace, programme and set the control module，Refer
"ABS Regulator".
procedures.
harness connector CP040 of diagnostic interface and
V1.0 468
U0401, U165E, U19E7, U1A6E, U1B7E, U1C08 U1A6E: EMS HSC Fr P01 CAN message timeout failure.
DTC Description U1B7E: EMS HSC Fr P02 CAN message timeout failure.
DTC U0401: Invalid Data Received from ECM
U1C08: EMS HSC Fr P05 CAN message timeout failure.
Failure Type Byte Failure Description Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
(FTB)
• The dynamic stability control/traction control system is
81 Invalid Data Received from ECM restricted.
DTC U165E: EMS HSC FRP00 CAN Message Timeout Failure • Warning lamp of the dynamic stability controls/traction
controls illuminates.
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
(FTB)
Once the failure is solved, the DTCs are immediately cleared.
87 EMS HSC FRP00 CAN Message
Timeout Failure Failure Cause
DTC U19E7: EMS HSC Fr P03 CAN Timeout Failure
Failure Type Byte
(FTB)
• ECM failure.
87 EMS HSC Fr P03 CAN Message
Timeout Failure
DTC U1A6E: EMS HSC Fr P01 CAN Message Timeout Failure
Failure Description
(FTB)
BD055, EM058B
Timeout Failure Reference Electrical Information
DTC U1B7E: EMS HSC Fr P02 CAN Message Timeout Failure
Circuit/System Test
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description 1. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of HS CAN Network". If
(FTB)
procedures.
Timeout Failure
DTC U1C08: EMS HSC Fr P05 CAN Message Timeout Failure the battery negative cable. Disconnect harness connector
BD055 of ABS/dynamic stability control module and
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description harness connector EM058B of ECM.
(FTB)
87 EMS HSC Fr P05 CAN Message of harness connector BD055 of ABS/dynamic stability
Timeout Failure control module and the terminals of harness connector
Circuit/System Description EM058B of ECM is less than 5Ω:
• Terminal 8 of BD055 and Terminal 17 of EM058B
ECM via the HS CAN bus. • Terminal 9 of BD055 and Terminal 1 of EM058B
of harness connector BD055 of ABS/dynamic stability
U0401: Control module receives invalid data from ECM. control module or the terminals of harness connector
U165E: EMS HSC FRP00 CAN message timeout failure. EM058B of ECM and the ground is infinite:
U19E7: EMS HSC Fr P03 CAN message timeout failure. • Terminal 8 of BD055
V1.0 469

short to ground.

the following terminals of harness connector BD055
of the ABS/dynamic stability control module or the

short to battery.

ABS/dynamic stability control module or ECM.
Service Guideline
and Control System - NSE" - "Engine Control Module
(ECM)".
to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Fuel and Control
"ABS Regulator".
V1.0 470
U0402, U19BB Reference Information
DTC U0402: Invalid Data Received from TCM Bus System and Diagnostic Interface - 1.5VCT & 1.5T (1)
Failure Description
(FTB)
BD055, GB008
81 Invalid Data Received from TCM
DTC U19BB: TCU HSC Fr P00 CAN Message Timeout Failure Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
Failure Description
(FTB)
87 TCU HSC Fr P00 CAN Message other modules tested are normal, continue the following
Timeout procedures.
GB008 of automatic transmission control module and
automatic transmission control module via the HS CAN bus.
harness connector BD055 of ABS/dynamic stability
Conditions for Running DTCs control module.
Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. 3. Test if the resistance between the terminals of harness
Conditions for Setting DTCs connector GB008 of automatic transmission control
module and the terminals of harness connector BD055
U0402:
of ABS/dynamic stability control module is less than 5Ω:
• Invalid data from transmission is received.
• Terminal 14 of GB008 and Terminal 9 of BD055
• Invalid data from transmission gears is received.
• Terminal 6 of GB008 and Terminal 8 of BD055
• Invalid data from transmission gear drive is received.
U19BB:
• After 2 times of losing frames, any losing message keeps
200ms. After more than 10 continuous detections,
connector GB008 of automatic transmission control
failure of the corresponding node is set.
module or the terminals of harness connector BD055 of
• ABSThe initialization duration is 1,000ms. ABS/dynamic stability control module and the ground
• The initialization duration of SCS is 3,000ms. is infinite:
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set • Terminal 6 of GB008
• The dynamic stability control/traction control system is • Terminal 14 of GB008
shut down.
• Warning lamp of the dynamic stability controls/traction
controls illuminates.
short to ground.
The message is recovered for 2s, the DTC will be cleared after
next ignition cycle.
Failure Cause the terminals of harness connector GB008 of automatic
• Relevant circuit failure. transmission control or the terminals of harness
• Connector failure or poor fit. connector BD055 of ABS/dynamic stability control
module and the ground is between 2 and 3V:
V1.0 471

short to battery.

transmission control module or ABS/dynamic stability
control module.
Service Guideline
Module (TCM)".
Module (TCM)".
"ABS Regulator".
V1.0 472
U0423, U189D, U1BEE, U1C0F Reference Information
DTC U0423: Invalid Data Received from IPK Bus System and Diagnostic Interface - 1.5VCT & 1.5T (1)
Failure Description
(FTB)
BD055, CP018
81 Invalid Data Received from IPK
DTC U189D: IPK HSC Fr P00 CAN Message Timeout Failure Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
Failure Description
(FTB)
87 IPK HSC Fr P00 CAN Message other modules tested are normal, continue the following
Timeout Failure procedures.
DTC U1BEE: IPK HSC Fr P01 CAN Message Timeout Failure 2. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
Failure Type Byte CP018 of instrument pack and the harness connector
Failure Description
(FTB) BD055 of ABS/dynamic stability control module.
87 IPK HSC Fr P01 CAN Message 3. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
Timeout Failure harness connector CP018 of instrument pack and the
corresponding terminals of harness connector BD055 of
DTC U1C0F: IPK HSC Fr P05 CAN Message Timeout Failure
ABS/dynamic stability control module is less than 5Ω:
Failure Type Byte • Terminal 26 of CP018 and Terminal 9 of BD055
Failure Description
(FTB)
87 IPK HSC Fr P05 CAN Message
Timeout Failure
Circuit/System Description 4. Test if the resistance between the terminals of harness
ABS/dynamic stability control module communicates with HS connector CP018 of instrument pack or the terminals
CAN and instrument pack. of harness connector BD055 of ABS/dynamic stability
control module and the ground is infinite:
U0423: Control module receives invalid data from IPK.
U189D: IPK HSC Fr P00 CAN message timeout failure.
U1BEE: IPK HSC Fr P01 CAN message timeout failure. short to ground.
U1C0F: IPK HSC Fr P05 CAN message timeout failure. 5. Connect the battery negative cable, place the ignition
the terminals of harness connector CP018 of instrument
Once the failure is solved, the DTCs are immediately cleared.
pack or the terminals of harness connector BD055 of
Failure Cause ABS/dynamic stability control module and the ground
• Relevant circuit failure. is between 2 and 3V:
• Connector failure or poor fit. • Terminal 26 of CP018
• Instrument pack failure. • Terminal 8 of BD055
short to battery.
V1.0 473

instrument pack or ABS/dynamic stability control module.
Service Guideline
Pack".
"ABS Regulator".
Pack".
V1.0 474
U0428, U17E5, U1ACD • Dynamic stability control/traction control system
DTC U0428: Invalid Steering Angle Received on CAN Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
Failure Type Byte The setting conditions disappear, then the DTCs are
Failure Description immediately cleared, and the MIL goes off.
(FTB)
81 Invalid Steering Angle Received on
Failure Cause
CAN • Relevant circuit failure.
DTC U17E5: Invalid SAS Signal
• Angle sensor failure.
Failure Type Byte
(FTB)
82 Invalid SAS Signal
83 Frame SAS HSC1 FrP00-0x1E5
Checksum Error Bus System and Diagnostic Interface - 1.5VCT & 1.5T (1)
87 SAS HSC1 FrP00-0x1E5 CAN Reference Connector End View Information

Message Timeout Failure CP052, BD055
DTC U1ACD: Invalid SAS Signal
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description
82 Invalid SAS Counter 1. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of HS CAN Network". If
83 Invalid SAS Checksum other modules tested are normal, continue the following
procedures.
87 SAS HSC Fr P00 CAN Message
Timeout Failure
Circuit/System Description CP052 of steering angle sensor and harness connector
The ABS/dynamic stability control module communicates with BD055 of ABS/dynamic stability control module.
the steering angle sensor via the HS CAN bus. 3. Test whether the resistance between the terminals of
Conditions for Running DTCs the harness connector CP052 of steering angle sensor
and the terminals of harness connector BD055 of the
Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. ABS/dynamic stability control module is less than 5Ω:
U0428: Control module receives invalid steering angle signal
from CAN.
U17E5:
• 82: The control module receives invalid SAS signals.
• 83: Frame SAS HSC1 FrP00-0x1E5 checksum error. the harness connector CP052 of steering angle sensor
• 87: SAS HSC1 FrP00-0x1E5 CAN message timeout or the terminals of harness connector BD055 of the
failure. ABS/dynamic stability control module and the ground
U1ACD: is infinite:
• 82: Invalid SAS counter. • Terminal 5 of CP052

• 83: Invalid SAS checksum. • Terminal 6 of CP052
• 87: SAS HSC Fr P00 CAN message timeout failure. • Terminal 8 of EB012
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set • Terminal 9 of EB012
• The dynamic stability control/traction control system is If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
shut down. short to ground.
V1.0 475

the terminals of harness connector CP052 of steering
angle sensor or the terminals of harness connector
BD055 of ABS/dynamic stability control module and the

short to battery.

angle sensor or ABS/dynamic stability control module.
Service Guideline
System" - "Steering Wheel Angle Sensor".
"ABS Regulator".
V1.0 476
U1A97, U1BC2, U1C00 Reference Information
DTC U1A97: BCM HSC FRP00 CAN Message Timeout Bus System and Diagnostic Interface - 1.5VCT & 1.5T (1)
Failure
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description CP010B, BD055
(FTB)
87 BCM HSC FRP00 CAN Message
Timeout Failure Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
DTC U1BC2: BCM HSC FRP03 CAN Message Timeout Circuit/System Test
Failure 1. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of HS CAN Network". If
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description procedures.
(FTB)
Timeout Failure
BD055 of ABS/dynamic stability control module and
DTC U1C00: BCM HSC FRP02 CAN Message Timeout harness connector CP010B of BCM.
Failure 3. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description control module and the terminals of harness connector
(FTB)
CP010B of BCM is less than 5Ω:
• Terminal 9 of BD055 and Terminal 39 of CP010B
Timeout Failure
• Terminal 8 of BD055 and Terminal 38 of CP010B
ABS/dynamic stability control module communicates with break circuit/high resistance.
BCM via the HS CAN bus.
Conditions for Running DTCs of harness connector BD055 of ABS/dynamic stability
Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. control module or the terminals of harness connector
CP010B of BCM and the ground is infinite:
U1A97: BCM HSC FRP00 CAN message timeout failure.
U1BC2: BCM HSC FRP03 CAN message timeout failure.
U1C00: BCM HSC FRP02 CAN message timeout failure.
Once the failure is solved, the DTCs are immediately cleared. short to ground.
Failure Cause 5. Connect the battery negative cable, place the ignition
• Relevant circuit failure. switch in "ON" position, and test if the voltage between
the following terminals of harness connector BD055
of the ABS/dynamic stability control module or the
• BCM failure. ground is between 2 and 3V:
short to battery.
V1.0 477

ABS/dynamic stability control module or BCM.
Service Guideline
"ABS Regulator".
Refer to Service Manual, "Body System" - "Body Control
V1.0 478
U2001
DTC Description
DTC U2001: ECU EEPROMECU EEPROM Error
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description
(FTB)
42 ECU EEPROM Error
Detect failures inside the brake control module, not involving
external circuit. Each time when it is energized, the control
module will run a program to detect internal failures.
DTC U1562 or U1563 is not set.
ECU EEPROMError.
• ABS is suspended.
• The ABS indicator illuminates.
• ECU EEPROM— No Error
ignition cycles.
Failure Cause
Circuit/System Test
3. Use the scan tool to clear DTC U2001.
DTC U2001 is not set.

Service Guideline
"ABS Regulator".
V1.0 479
U2018 Service Guideline

DTC Description • Refer to Service Manual, "Brake System" - "Brake
DTC U2018: SPI Communication Error Module" - "ABS Regulator".
Failure Type Byte • Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
Failure Description to Service Manual, "Brake System" - "Brake Module" -
(FTB)
"ABS Regulator".
00 SPI Communication Error
improperly after fitting, the electronic brake control module
The vehicle battery voltage is connected to the high end of the
solenoid coil through the power switch, and the solenoid coil
is integrated in ECU.
• ABS is suspended.
• The ABS indicator illuminates.
• After flameout, place the ignition switch in "ON" position
again.
• No DTC is detected in 100 ignition cycles, and the MIL
is off.
Failure Cause
• Solenoid coil failure.
• Microprocessor failure.
Circuit/System Test
3. Use the scan tool to clear DTC U2018.
DTC U2018 is not set.

V1.0 480
Wipers and Washer Exterior Fitting
Wipers and Washer
DTC Category
List
Failure
Level*
12 Front Wiper Enable Relay Driver Short to battery 慢速刮水驱动电路对电源短路 Ⅲ
B1101 Front Wiper Enable Relay Driver Short to ground
14 慢速刮水驱动电路短路到地或开路 Ⅲ
or open circuit
Front Wiper Speed Relay Driver Short to ground
11 快速刮水驱动电路短路接地或开路 Ⅲ
B1103 or open circuit
12 Front Wiper Speed Relay Driver Short to battery 快速刮水驱动电路对电源短路 Ⅲ
B1105 71 FrontPark switch actuator stuck 前雨刮停止开关卡滞 Ⅲ
B1107 71 RearPark switch actuator stuck 后刮水器停止开关卡滞 Ⅲ
Column switch Potentiometer for Wiper delay
B1109 1E 刮水器延迟开关电阻值超出范围 Ⅲ
resistance out of range
*Note:

V1.0 481
Exterior Fitting Wipers and Washer
Circult Diagram
Circuit Diagram
Wiper and Washer
V1.0 482
1 Rear Window Disable
Windshield Wiper Motor BD008
Switch Illumination
2 Headlamp High Beam Relay
Coil
3 Rear Window Defogger
Relay Coil
4 Lower Driver Window
5 Starter Motor Relay Coil
6 Raise Front Passenger
Window
7 Lower Rear Right Window
Pin No. Pin Information 8 Shift Lock-up Relay Coil
1 Windshield Wiper Motor 9 Raise Driver Window

High Speed Power 12 Door Lock State Indicator
2 Windshield Wiper Motor 14 Wiper Interval Selection
Low Speed Power Signal
3 Windshield Wiper Motor 15 Front Wiper Speed Control
Reset Signal Relay Coil
4 Ground 16 Rear Wiper Relay Coil
Engine Compartment Fuse Box BD053 17 Position Lamp Relay Coil
18 Front Wiper Enable Relay
Coil
19 Wiper Analog Ground
20 Lower Left Rear Window
21 Raise Left Rear Window
22 Raise Right Rear Window
23 Lower Front Passenger
Window
26 Heated Rear Window
10 Front Wiper Low Speed Switch State Indicator
Relay Signal
27 Internal Central Lock
15 Front Wiper High Speed Locking/Unlocking Switch
Relay Signal
28 Sunroof Auto Close Signal
Body Control Module CP010A
V1.0 483

2 Start Switch Input 22 Ignition Switch
3 Rear Washer Switch 23 Reverse Gear Switch
4 Front Washer Switch 24 Low Beam Switch
5 Low Beam ON Request 26 Inertia Switch
6 Position Lamp ON Request 27 Rear Window Heater
7 Rear Window Regulator Switch
Disable Switch 28 Front Wiper Reset Signal
8 Rear Wiper Reset Signal 29 Front Wiper Mode Switch 2
9 Rear Wiper Switch 30 Hazard Warning Lamp
10 Front Wiper Mode Switch 1 Switch
11 Right Direction Indicator 31 Left Direction Indicator

Lamp Switch Lamp Switch
12 Position Lamp Switch 33 Luggage Compartment Lid

Unlocked Warning Switch
13 Handle Enable Signal (6AT)
34 Passenger Door Open
14 Tail Gate Release Switch Warning Switch
15 Driver Door Open Warning 35 Driver Door Unlocked with
Switch Key Signal
16 Driver Door Locked with 36 High Beam Switch
Key Signal
37 Rear Fog Lamp Switch
17 High Beam Flash Switch
38 HS CAN L
18 IMMO SPI Bus Data Line
39 HS CAN H
19 IMMO SPI Bus Clock Line
21 KL.15R Power Supply
V1.0 484
B1101 1. Check if fuse EF6 is blown.
DTC Description
DTC B1101: Slow Wiper Circuit Failure whether the value of "Front Wiper Select Switch 1",
"Front Wiper Select Switch 2" displayed in real time on
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description the scan tool will synchronously switch and vary between
(FTB)
"OFF"/"ON" with the action of wiper stalk switch.
Front Wiper Enable Relay Driver
12 If it is not displayed as expected, check the wiper stalk
Short to Battery
switch for failure.
Front Wiper Enable Relay Driver
14 3. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, and confirm
Short to Ground or Open Circuit
whether "Front Wiper Select Switch 1", "Front Wiper
Circuit/System Description Select Switch 2" or "Front Wiper Parking Switch" in
the forced output of the scan tool will synchronously
When the low-speed mode of wiper is selected, BCM controls
vary in line with the vehicle wiper motor according to
the starter relay coil of wiper to ground, which makes the
"OFF"/"ON" of target values.
fuse passing through the fuse can be transmitted to the starter
relay contact. The signal passes through the wiper relay and is If it is not displayed as expected, go to "Circuit/System
connected to the motor via a resistor. The resistor makes the Test".
motor operates at low speed by parting the voltage. Circuit/System Test
Place the ignition switch in "ON" position for 5s. the battery negative cable.
Conditions for Setting DTCs 2. Remove the front wiper enable relay R2 and front wiper
speed control relay R3.
B1101 12: It is detected that the slow wiper drive circuit is
3. Carry out component test on the front wiper speed
short to battery.
control relay.
B1101 14: It is detected that the slow wiper drive circuit is
If the tests are abnormal, replace the front wiper enable
short to ground or open.
relay R2 or front wiper speed control relay R3.
4. Disconnect harness connector BD008 of the front
None. windshield wiper motor and harness connector BD053
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs of the engine compartment fuse box.
• Drive circuit recovers to be normal. 5. Test if resistance between terminal 2 of harness

connector BD008 of front windshield wiper motor and
• After 40 failure-free ignition cycles, the history DTCs will
the ground is less than 5Ω.
be cleared.
Failure Cause
• Connector failure or poor fit. harness connector BD053 of engine compartment fuse
• Front wiper enable relay failure. box and terminal 3 of harness connector BD008 of front
• Front wiper speed control relay failure. windshield wiper motor is less than 5Ω.
• Front windshield wiper motor failure. If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant
Reference Information circuit for open circuit/high resistance.
Reference Circuit Information 7. Test whether the resistance between terminal 16 of

harness connector BD053 of engine compartment fuse
Wiper and Washer
box or terminal 3 of harness connector BD008 of front
Reference Connector End View Information windshield wiper motor and the ground is infinite.
BD008, BD053 If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
8. Connect the battery negative cable, and test whether
V1.0 485
BD053 of engine compartment fuse box or terminal 3

of harness connector BD008 of front windshield wiper
motor and the ground is 0V.

short to battery.
9. If all circuits tested are normal, test/replace the windshield

wiper motor.
Component Test
2. Remove the front wiper enable relay R2 and front wiper
3. Test whether the resistance between terminal 85 and
86 of the relay is 80～90Ω.
If it is not within the specified range, replace invalid relay.

relay is infinite:
• 30 and 86
• 30 and 87
• 30 and 85
• 85 and 87
• 87a and 85
• 87a and 87
5. Test if the resistance between terminal 30 and 87a is less

than 5Ω.
If it is not within the specified range, test/replace invalid

relay.

relay and 12V voltage. Fit a jumper wire between relay
terminal 85 and ground. Test if the resistance between
terminal 30 and 87 is less than 5Ω.

relay.
Service Guideline
Refer to Service Manual, "Exterior Device" - "Wiper and
Washer" - "Windshield Wiper Motor and Linkage Mechanism".
V1.0 486
B1103 BD008, BD053
DTC Description
DTC B1103: Front Wiper Speed Relay Driver Short to
Ground or Open Circuit
Failure Description
(FTB) 1. Check if fuse EF6 is blown.
Front Wiper Speed Relay Driver 2. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, and confirm
11
Short to Ground or Open Circuit whether the value of "Front Wiper Select Switch 1",
"Front Wiper Select Switch 2" displayed in real time on
Front Wiper Speed Relay Driver
12 the scan tool will synchronously switch and vary between
Short to Battery
"OFF"/"ON" with the action of wiper stalk switch.
Circuit/System Description If it is not displayed as expected, check the wiper stalk
The wiper and washer system is controlled by the body control switch for failure.
unit, and will operate after receiving instruction from the driver 3. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, and confirm
or the rain sensor (if fitted). When in high speed operation, whether "Front Wiper Select Switch 1", "Front Wiper
electric switch will apply voltage to the starter relay of the Select Switch 2" or "Front Wiper Parking Switch" in
wiper as the same as in low speed operation. BCM also applies the forced output of the scan tool will synchronously
voltage to the coil of the wiper relay by providing an ground vary in line with the vehicle wiper motor according to
connection via another electronic switch within the BCM. The "OFF"/"ON" of target values.
signal from fuse is connected directly to the motor through the
wiper relay contacts, which allows the wiper to operate at high
Test".
speed.
Circuit/System Test
Place the ignition switch in "ON" position for 5s.
Conditions for Setting DTCs 2. Remove the front wiper enable relay R2 and front wiper
B1103 11: It is detected that the rapid wiper drive circuit is speed control relay R3.
short to ground or open. 3. Carry out component test on the front wiper speed
B1103 12: It is detected that the rapid wiper drive circuit is control relay.
short to battery. If the tests are abnormal, replace the front wiper enable
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set relay R2 or front wiper speed control relay R3.
None. 4. Disconnect harness connector BD008 of the front

windshield wiper motor and harness connector BD053
of the engine compartment fuse box.
• Drive circuit recovers to be normal. 5. Test if resistance between terminal 2 of harness
• After 40 failure-free ignition cycles, the history DTCs will connector BD008 of front windshield wiper motor and
be cleared. the ground is less than 5Ω.
Failure Cause If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant
• Relevant circuit failure. circuit for open circuit/high resistance.
• Connector failure or poor fit. 6. Test whether the resistance between terminal 18 of
• Front wiper enable relay failure. harness connector BD053 of engine compartment fuse
box and terminal 4 of harness connector BD008 of front
• Front wiper speed control relay failure.
windshield wiper motor is less than 5Ω.
• Front windshield wiper motor failure.
Reference Information circuit for open circuit/high resistance.
Wiper and Washer harness connector BD053 of engine compartment fuse
Reference Connector End View Information box or terminal 4 of harness connector BD008 of front
windshield wiper motor and the ground is infinite.
V1.0 487

short to ground.
8. Connect the battery negative cable, and test whether

BD053 of engine compartment fuse box or terminal 4
of harness connector BD008 of front windshield wiper
motor and the ground is 0V.

short to battery.
9. If all circuits tested are normal, test/replace the windshield

wiper motor.
Component Test
2. Remove the front wiper enable relay R2 and front wiper
3. Test whether the resistance between terminal 85 and
86 of the relay is 80～90Ω.

relay is infinite:
• 30 and 86
• 30 and 87
• 30 and 85
• 85 and 87
• 87a and 85
• 87a and 87
5. Test if the resistance between terminal 30 and 87a is less

than 5Ω.

relay.

relay and 12V voltage. Fit a jumper wire between relay
terminal 85 and ground. Test if the resistance between
terminal 30 and 87 is less than 5Ω.

relay.
Service Guideline
Refer to Service Manual, "Exterior Device" - "Wiper and
Washer" - "Windshield Wiper Motor and Linkage Mechanism".
V1.0 488
B1105 2. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, and connect
DTC Description the scan tool.
DTC B1105: Front Park Switch Actuator Stuck 3. After the DTC is cleared with a scan tool, confirm that
DTC B1105 is not set again.
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description If the DTC is set again, switch to "Circuit/System Test".
(FTB)
71 Front Park Switch Actuator Stuck Circuit/System Test
1. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, and perform
the wiper working instruction. Place the ignition switch
The reset switch comprises an incomplete track (located on in "OFF" position before the wiper reaching the reset
the gear wheel inside the wiper motor) which is connected position.
to the motor earth track also on the gear wheel. An input
2. Disconnect battery negative cable, and disconnect
from the BCM is connected to a contact in the wiper motor,
harness connector BD008 of front windshield wiper
which connects with the reset track when the wipers reach
motor.
the reset position, completing a ground connection from the
3. Test whether the resistance between terminal 1 and 2 of
BCM. Closed-loop will provide ground function for the output
harness connector BD008 of the front windshield wiper
in BCM.
motor is infinite.
If it is not within the specified range, the front wiper park
switch stuck is off.
4. Connect harness connector BD008 of front windshield
The front wiper cannot reach the parking position, which lasts wiper motor, and connect the battery negative cable.
for more than 18s.
5. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. When the
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set wiper reaches the reset position, place the ignition switch
None. in "OFF" position.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs 6. Disconnect battery negative cable, and disconnect
harness connector BD008 of front windshield wiper
• BCM receives the parking position signal from the front motor.
windshield wiper motor.
7. Test if resistance between terminal 1 and 2 of harness
• After 40 failure-free ignition cycles, the history DTCs will connector BD008 of the front windshield wiper motor
be cleared. is less than 5Ω.
Failure Cause
If it is not within the specified range, the front wiper park
• Relevant circuit failure. switch stuck is on.
8. If all circuits tested are normal, test/replace BCM.
• Front windshield wiper motor failure.
Service Guideline
• BCM failure.
Reference Information Module" - "Body Control Module (BCM)".
Reference Circuit Information • Refer to Service Manual, "Exterior Device" - "Wiper
Wiper and Washer and Washer" - "Windshield Wiper Motor and Linkage
Reference Connector End View Information Mechanism".
BD008, CP010B
Reference Electrical Information Module" - "Body Control Module (BCM)".
1. Check the wiper motor and the linkage mechanism for
deformation, looseness or stuck.
If any, repair or replace the faulty parts.
V1.0 489
B1109 Circuit/System Check

DTC B1109: Column Switch Potentiometer for Wiper Delay 2. After the DTC is cleared with a scan tool, confirm that
Resistance Out of Range DTC B1109 is not set again.
Failure Type Byte If the DTC is reset, go to "Circuit/System Test".
Failure Description
Column Switch Potentiometer for 1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, disconnect the
1E
Wiper Delay Resistance Out of Range battery negative cable, and disconnect harness connector
Circuit/System Description CP008 of the wiper steering column switch.
2. Perform component test on the wiper steering column
The intermittent rotary switch has four delay period function
switch.
for selection and forms a complete ground circuit through
the switch on BCM. Each switch position corresponds to If the test fails, replace the wiper steering column switch.
different resistance, and the resistance is monitored by BCM. 3. Disconnect harness connector CP010A of BCM.
BCMselects a timer appropriate to the resistance based on 4. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
the measured resistance value, to determine the delay period. harness connector CP010A of BCM and terminals of
When the BCMtimer reaches the end of the selected delay harness connector CP008 of the wiper steering column
period, the wipers will operate for one complete low speed switch is less than 5Ω:
cycle and stop at the park position. The BCMwill then start
• Terminal 1 of CP008 and Terminal 14 of CP010A
the timer to initiate another selected delay period before
operating the wipers again. • Terminal 11 of CP008 and Terminal 19 of CP010A
Conditions for Running DTCs If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
of harness connector CP010A of BCM or terminals of
It detects that the resistance exceeds the range (1.1KΩ-18KΩ). harness connector CP008 of the wiper steering column
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set switch and the ground is infinite:
None. • Terminal 1 of CP008
• It detects that the resistance is within 1.1KΩ-18KΩ. • Terminal 14 of CP010A
• Historical DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free • Terminal 19 of CP010A
• Relevant circuit failure. 6. Connect the battery negative cable, test if the voltage
• Connector failure or poor fitting. between the terminals of harness connector CP010A of
• BCM failure. BCM or terminals of harness connector CP008 of the
wiper steering column switch and the ground is 0V:
• Wiper steering column switch failure.
Wiper and Washer
CP008, CP010A
short to battery.
7. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace BCM.
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection Component Test
V1.0 490
2. Disconnect the harness connector CP008 of wiper stalk
switch.
3. Test if the resistance between terminal 1 and 11 of
harness connector CP008 of the wiper steering column
switch is consistent with that in the following table when
the wiper steering column switch is in the position 1,
2, 3 or 4.
Switch Position Resistance (kΩ) Delay period (s)

1 2 17
2 4 11
3 6 6
4 8 3
If the measured resistance does not meet the provision,

replace the wiper steering column switch.
Service Guideline
to Service Manual, "Body System" - "Body Control
V1.0 491
V1.0 492
Lighting Lighting Systems
Lighting
DTC Category
List
Failure
Level*
Left Direction Indicators Control Circuit short to
11 左转向灯控制电路对地短路 Ⅱ
ground
Left Direction Indicators Control Circuit open
B104A 13 左转向灯控制电路开路 Ⅱ
circuit
Left Direction Indicators Control Circuit single lamp
1C 左转向灯控制电路单个灯失效 Ⅱ
defect
Right Direction Indicators Control Circuit short to
11 右转向灯控制电路对地短路 Ⅱ
ground
Right Direction Indicators Control Circuit open
B104B 13 右转向灯控制电路开路 Ⅱ
circuit
Right Direction Indicators Control Circuit single
1C 右转向灯控制电路单个灯失效 Ⅱ
lamp defect
B104C 71 Hazard-Warning Switch Stuck 危急警告灯开关卡滞 Ⅲ
*Note:

V1.0 493
Lighting Systems Lighting
Circult Diagram
Circuit Diagram
Direction Indicator Lamp
V1.0 494
Hazard Warning Lamp
V1.0 495

1 Right Direction Indicator
Left Tail Lamp Assembly BD029
Output
2 Rear Fog Lamp Output
3 Luggage Compartment
Unlocking Relay
4 Front Washer Pump Relay
5 Power Voltage
6 Interior Lamp Delay Relay
Output
7 Window
Ascending/descending
Function Enable
Pin No. Pin Information 8 Window
3 Power of Left Rear Direction Ascending/descending
Indicator Lamp Function Enable
4 Ground 9 Rear Window Function

Disable
Right Tail Lamp Assembly BD030
10 Rear Window Function
Disable
11 Power Voltage
Body Control Module CP010E

3 Power of Right Rear
Direction Indicator Lamp Pin No. Pin Information
4 Ground 1 Power Voltage

2 Low Beam Relay
Body Control Module CP010D
3 Door Locking Relay
4 Power Voltage
5 Low Current Ground
6 Output of Left Direction
Indicator Lamp
7 Compartment Lamp PWM
0utput
9 Acoustic Request
V1.0 496
10 Door Unlocking Relay 3 12V Voltage
11 High Current Ground 4 Hazard Warning Lamp
Switch
5 Start/Stop Switch
6 TPMS
7 Ground
11 ESP Switch
12 12V Voltage
Driver Exterior Rearview Mirror DD006

1 12V Voltage
5 Ignition Voltage
12 PDC
19 TPMS
22
Voltage
23 Pin No. Pin Information
Voltage
1 Input of Left Direction
26 HS CAN H
Indicator Lamp
27 HS CAN L
8 Ground
28 Acoustic Request
Right Headlamp EB018

6 Ground
9 Right Front Direction
1 Ground
Indicator Power Supply
2 Electronic Vacuum Pump
V1.0 497
Left Headlamp EB019 Passenger Exterior Rearview Mirror PD006

6 Ground 1 Signal of Right Direction
9 Left Front Direction Indicator Lamp
Indicator Power Supply 8 Ground
V1.0 498
B104A 1. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, turn the stalk
DTC Description switch of the direction indicator lamp to the left, check
DTC B104A: Left Direction Indicator Failure the flash frequency of the left direction indicator lamp.
Failure Type Byte If the left direction indicator lamps flashes rapidly, check
Failure Description whether there is any failed left direction indicator lamps
(FTB)
and check whether relevant bulb is blown or damaged.
Left Direction Indicators Control
11 2. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, and confirm
whether the "Left Direction Indicator Lamp Failure
Left Direction Indicators Control
13 State" displayed on the scan tool in real time varies
Circuit Open Circuit
synchronously between "Off"/"On" with the direction
Left Direction Indicators Control indicator lamp stalk.
1C
Circuit Lamp Defect
If it is not displayed as expected, check whether the
Circuit/System Description direction indicator lamp stalk switch is failed.
When the steering stalk switch is placed in the left direction 3. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, confirm
position, BCM provides power to control the operation of left whether "All Left Direction Indicator Lamps" in the
direction indicator lamp. forced output of the scan tool vary synchronously with
the actual vehicle lamp according to the target value of
"Off"/"On".
Conditions for Setting DTCs Test".
B104A 11: Control circuit is short to ground. Circuit/System Test
B104A 13: Control circuit is open. 1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
B104A 1C: Front or rear direction indicator lamp failure is
detected. 2. Disconnect harness connector EB019 of the left front
direction indicator lamp, disconnect harness connector
BD029 of left rear direction indicator lamp, disconnect
None. harness connector PD006 of left direction indicator lamp,
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs disconnect harness connector CP010E of BCM, and
disconnect harness connector CP018 of instrument pack.
• The circuit detection is normal.
3. Test if the resistance between the terminals of left
direction signal circuit, terminals of harness connector
be cleared.
CP010E of BCM, and terminals of harness connector
Failure Cause
CP018 of instrument pack respectively is less than 5Ω.
• Terminal 9 of EB019 and Terminal 6 of CP010E
• Terminal 3 of BD029 and Terminal 6 of CP010E
• Left direction indicator lamp failure.
• Terminal 1 of PD006 and Terminal 6 of CP010E
• BCM failure.
• Terminal 15 of CP018 and Terminal 6 of CP010E
Reference Circuit Information If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant
Direction Indicator Lamp
BD029, CP010E, CP018, PD006, EB019 CP010E of BCM, or terminals of harness connector
Reference Electrical Information CP018 of instrument pack and the ground respectively
is infinite:
V1.0 499
• Terminal 1 of PD006
• Terminal 6 of CP010E

short to ground.

CP010E of BCM, or terminals of harness connector
CP018 of instrument pack and the battery respectively
is infinite:

short to battery.

Service Guideline
• Refer to Service Manual, "Lighting System" - "Exterior
Lighting" － "Front Direction Indicator Lamp Bulb".
Lighting" － "Tail Lamp Assembly Bulb".
V1.0 500
B104B Circuit/System Check
DTC Description 1. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, turn the
DTC B104B: Right Direction Indicator Failure steering stalk switch to right, and check the flash
frequency of right direction indicator lamp.
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description If the flash frequency of the right direction indicator lamp
(FTB)
is rapid, check whether there is any failed right direction
Right Direction Indicators Control
11 indicator lamps and whether the relevant bulb is blown
or damaged.
Right Direction Indicators Control
13 2. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. Confirm
Circuit Open Circuit
whether the value of "All Right Direction Indicator
Right Direction Indicators Control Lamps" in the real-time display of the scan tool changes
1C
Circuit Lamp Defect synchronously with the direction indicator lamp stalk
switch by switching "Off"/"On".
When the steering stalk switch is placed in the right direction
direction indicator lamp stalk switch is failed.
position, BCM provides power to control the operation of
right direction indicator lamp. 3. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, confirm
whether "All Right Direction Indicator Lamps" in the
forced output of the scan tool vary synchronously with
Place the ignition switch in "ON" position for 5s. the actual vehicle lamp according to the target value of
Conditions for Setting DTCs "Off"/"On".
B104B 11: Control circuit is short to ground. If it is not displayed as expected, go to "Circuit/System
Test".
B104B 13: Control circuit is open.
Circuit/System Test
B104B 1C: Front or rear direction indicator lamp failure is
detected.
2. Disconnect harness connector EB018 of the right front
None. direction indicator lamp, disconnect harness connector
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs BD030 of right rear direction indicator lamp, disconnect
harness connector PD006 of right direction indicator
• The circuit detection is normal.
lamp, and disconnect harness connector CP018 of
• After 40 failure-free ignition cycles, the history DTCs will instrument pack.
be cleared.
3. Test whether the resistance between the following
Failure Cause terminals of right direction signal circuit and ground is
• Relevant circuit failure. infinite:
• Connector failure or poor fit. • Terminal 9 of EB018
• Right direction indicator failure. • Terminal 3 of BD030
• BCM failure. • Terminal 1 of PD006
Direction Indicator Lamp short to ground.
Reference Connector End View Information 4. Disconnect harness connector CP010D of BCM.
BD030, CP010D, CP018, EB018, PD006 5. Test whether the resistance between the terminals of
right direction ground circuit and the ground is less than
5Ω:
V1.0 501

6. Test whether the resistance between the following

terminals of right direction signal circuit and the terminals
of harness connector CP010D of BCM is less than 5Ω:
• Terminal 9 of EB018 and Terminal 1 of CP010D
• Terminal 3 of BD030 and Terminal 1 of CP010D
• Terminal 1 of PD006 and Terminal 1 of CP010D
• Terminal 16 of CP018 and Terminal 1 of CP010D


Service Guideline
Lighting" － "Front Direction Indicator Lamp Bulb".
Lighting" － "Tail Lamp Assembly Bulb".
V1.0 502
B104C If the left and right direction indicator lamps flashes
DTC Description rapidly, check whether there is any failed left and right
direction indicator lamps and check whether relevant
DTC B104C: Hazard-Warning Switch Stuck
bulb is blown, damaged.
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description 3. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, confirm
(FTB)
whether "Hazard Warning Lamp Switch State"in the
71 Hazard-Warning Switch Stuck real-time display of the scan tool varies between
"OFF"/"ON" synchronously with the hazard warning
switch.
Hazard warning lamp is controlled by touch switch; if the
hazard warning lamp switch is touched, it will start flashing;
hazard warning switch is invalid.
if the switch is touched again, the hazard warning lamp will be
turned off. 4. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, confirm
whether "Hazard Warning Lamp Switch State" in the
forced output of the scan tool will vary synchronously
Place the ignition switch in "ON" position for 5s. with the actual vehicle light according to the "OFF"/"ON"
Conditions for Setting DTCs according to the target value.
The hazard warning lamp is stuck for more than 30s. If it is not displayed as expected, go to "Circuit/System
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set Test".
Circuit/System Test
None.
• Hazard warning lamp switch is recovered to be normal.
2. Disconnect harness connector CP033 of the hazard
• After 40 failure-free ignition cycles, the history DTCs will warning lamp switch.
be cleared.
Failure Cause
• Relevant circuit failure. connector CP010B of BCM and terminal 4 of harness
• Connector failure or poor fit. connector CP033 of hazard warning lamp switch is less
• Hazard warning switch failure. than 5Ω.
• BCM failure. If it exceeds the specified range, test the relevant circuit
for open circuit/high resistance.
Reference Circuit Information 5. Test if the resistance between the terminal of harness
connector CP010B of BCM or the terminal of harness
Hazard Warning Lamp
connector CP033 of hazard warning lamp switch and the
Reference Connector End View Information ground is infinite:
CP010B, CP033 • Terminal 30 of CP010B
Reference Electrical Information • Terminal 4 of CP033
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
short to ground.
Circuit/System Check 6. Connect the battery negative cable, and test if the voltage
1. Visually inspect the hazard waning switch for corrosion, between the terminal of harness connector CP010B of
looseness, etc., and check the connector for deformation, BCM or the terminal of harness connector CP033 of
damage, etc. hazard warning lamp switch and the ground is 0V:
2. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, adjust the • Terminal 30 of CP010B
stalk switch of the direction indicator lamp to the left and
right, check the flash frequency of the left/right direction
indicator lamp. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
short to battery.
V1.0 503
Service Guideline
V1.0 504
Door Body System
Door
DTC Category
List
Failure
Level*
Drivers Window Up Realy Control Circuit Short
12 驾驶员侧车窗上升驱动电路对电源短路 Ⅲ
to battery
B1111
Drivers Window Up Realy Control Circuit Short 驾驶员侧车窗上升驱动电路短路到地或
14 Ⅲ
to ground or open circuit 开路
Front Passenger Window Up Realy Control 前排乘客侧车窗上升驱动电路对电源短
12 Ⅲ
Circuit Short to battery 路
B1112
Front Passenger Window Up Realy Control 前排乘客侧车窗上升驱动电路短路到地
14 Ⅲ
Circuit Short to ground or open circuit 或开路
12 左后车窗上升驱动电路对电源短路 Ⅲ
B1113
14 左后车窗上升驱动电路短路到地或开路 Ⅲ
Circuit Short to ground or open circuit
12 右后车窗上升驱动电路对电源短路 Ⅲ
B1114
14 右后车窗上升驱动电路短路到地或开路 Ⅲ
Circuit Short to ground or open circuit
B1115 71 Passenger door window switch Stuck Switch 副驾驶侧车窗开关卡滞 Ⅲ
B1118 71 Drivers door window switch Stuck Switch 驾驶员侧车窗开关卡滞 Ⅲ
Drivers Window Down Realy Control Circuit
12 驾驶员侧车窗下降驱动电路对电源短路 Ⅲ
Short to battery
B1121
Drivers Window Down Realy Control Circuit 驾驶员侧车窗下降驱动电路短路到地或
14 Ⅲ
Short to ground or open circuit 开路
Front Passenger Window Down Realy Control 前排乘客侧车窗下降驱动电路对电源短
12 Ⅲ
Circuit Short to battery 路
B1122
Front Passenger Window Down Realy Control 前排乘客侧车窗下降驱动电路短路到地
14 Ⅲ
Circuit Short to ground or open circuit 或开路
Rear Left Passenger Window Down Realy
12 左后车窗下降驱动电路对电源短路 Ⅲ
B1123
Rear Left Passenger Window Down Realy
14 左后车窗下降驱动电路短路到地或开路 Ⅲ
Control Circuit Short to ground or open circuit
12 右后车窗下降驱动电路对电源短路 Ⅲ
B1124
14 右后车窗下降驱动电路短路到地或开路 Ⅲ
Control Circuit Short to ground or open circuit
*Note:

V1.0 505
Body System Door
Failure
Level*
V1.0 506
Door Body System
Circult Diagram
Circuit Diagram
Window Ascending/Descending (1)
V1.0 507
Body System Door
V1.0 508
Door Body System
V1.0 509
Body System Door

Internal Central Lock
Body Control Module CP010A 27
Locking/Unlocking Switch
28 Sunroof Auto Close Signal
Body Control Module CP010D

Rear Window Disable
1
Switch Illumination
Headlamp High Beam Relay
2 Right Direction Indicator
Coil 1
Output
Rear Window Defogger
3 2 Rear Fog Lamp Output
Relay Coil
Luggage Compartment
4 Lower Driver Window 3
Unlocking Relay
5 Starter Motor Relay Coil
4 Front Washer Pump Relay
Raise Front Passenger
6 5 Power Voltage
Window
Interior Lamp Delay Relay
7 Lower Rear Right Window 6
Output
8 Shift Lock-up Relay Coil
Window
9 Raise Driver Window 7 Ascending/descending
12 Door Lock State Indicator Function Enable
Wiper Interval Selection Window

14
Signal 8 Ascending/descending
Function Enable
Front Wiper Speed Control
15
Relay Coil Rear Window Function
9
Disable
16 Rear Wiper Relay Coil
Rear Window Function
17 Position Lamp Relay Coil 10
Disable
Front Wiper Enable Relay
18 11 Power Voltage
Coil
19 Wiper Analog Ground Driver Window Ascending/descending Switch
DD004
20 Lower Left Rear Window
21 Raise Left Rear Window
22 Raise Right Rear Window
Lower Front Passenger
23
Window
Heated Rear Window
26
Switch State Indicator
V1.0 510
Door Body System
Pin No. Pin Information Left Rear Window Regulator Motor Switch LD004
1 Enable Signal
2 Passenger Window
Descending
3 Passenger Window
Ascending
4 Right Rear Window
Descending
5 Right Rear Window
Ascending
7 Rear Passenger Window Pin No. Pin Information
Disable
2 Power Voltage
9 Left Rear Window
Ascending 4 Ground
10 Driver Window Ascending 5 Backlight Power Supply
11 Driver Window Descending 6 Disable
24 Left Rear Window 7 Descend Left Rear Window

Descending 8 Ascend Left Rear Window
Driver Window Regulator Motor DD011 Left Rear Window Motor

9
(Descending) Power Supply
Left Rear Window Motor
10
(Ascending) Power Supply
Left Rear Window Regulator Motor LD005

1 Ground
2 12V Voltage
Driver Window Motor Pin No. Pin Information
3
(Ascending) Power Supply Left Rear Window Motor
1
6 Enable Signal (Ascending) Power Supply
Driver Window Motor Left Rear Window Motor
7 2
(Descending) Power Supply (Descending) Power Supply
V1.0 511
Body System Door
Passenger Window Regulator Motor PD004 Right Rear Window Regulator Motor Switch RD004

2 Power Voltage 2 Power Voltage
4 Ground 4 Ground
5 Backlight Power Supply 5 Backlight Power Supply
6 Disable 6 Disable
Lower Front Passenger Descend Right Rear
7 7
Window Window
Raise Front Passenger 8 Ascend Right Rear Window
8
Window Right Rear Window Motor
9
Passenger Window Motor (Descending) Power Supply
9
(Descending) Power Supply Right Rear Window Motor
10
Passenger Window Motor (Ascending) Power Supply
10
Right Rear Window Regulator Motor RD005
Passenger Window Regulator Motor PD009

Pin No. Pin Information Right Rear Window Motor
1
Passenger Window Motor (Ascending) Power Supply
1
(Descending) Power Supply Right Rear Window Motor
2
Passenger Window Motor (Descending) Power Supply
2
V1.0 512
Door Body System
B1111, B1121 Reference Circuit Information
DTC Description
Window Lift (1)
DTC B1111: Driver Window Circuit Failure Reference Connector End View Information
Failure Type Byte DD011, CP010A
Failure Description
(FTB)
Drivers Window Up Relay Control
Drivers Window Up Relay Control Circuit/System Check
14 Circuit Short to Ground or Open 1. Check whether the fuse EF42 or FL1 is blown.
Circuit
2. Put the ignition switch in "ON" position and confirm
DTC B1121: Driver Window Circuit Failure whether the "Driver Power Window Ascending
Switch", "Driver Power Window Descending Switch"
Failure Type Byte displayed in the scan tool in real time synchronously
Failure Description
(FTB) shift and vary in line with "OFF"/"ON" along with the
Drivers Window Down Relay Control ascending/descending of passenger window lifter switch.
12
Circuit Short to Battery If it is not displayed as expected, go to "Circuit/System
Drivers Window Down Relay Control Test".
14 Circuit Short to Ground or Open Circuit/System Test
Circuit
1. Before the diagnosis, first confirm that other three
Circuit/System Description window motors are working normally.
The up and down of driver window motor are controlled by 2. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, and connect
BCM. a multimeter between the terminal 2 and 3 of harness
connector DD011 of the driver window lifter motor, and
test whether the voltage is the battery voltage when
Place the ignition switch in "ON" position for 5s. the switch outputs the ascending command. Connect
Conditions for Setting DTCs a multimeter between the terminal 2 and 7 of harness
connector DD011 of the driver window lifter motor, and
B1111 12: Driver window up drive circuit is short to battery.
test whether the voltage is the battery voltage when the
B1111 14: Driver window up drive circuit is short to ground switch outputs the descending command.
or open.
If the voltage is normal, replace the driver window lifter
B1121 12: Driver window down drive circuit short to battery. motor.
B1121 14: Driver window down drive circuit is short to ground If the voltage is abnormal, perform the following
or open. procedures.
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set 3. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
None. the battery negative cable.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs 4. Disconnect the harness connector DD011 of driver
window lifter motor.
• The circuit at the low end is in good condition.
5. Test whether the resistance between the terminal 1 of
harness connector DD011 of the driver window lifter
be cleared.
motor and the ground is less than 5Ω.
Failure Cause
• Driver window motor failure.
between terminal 2 of harness connector DD011 of
• BCM failure. driver window lifter motor and the ground is battery
voltage.
V1.0 513
Body System Door

7. Disconnect the battery negative cable, and disconnect

harness connector CP010A of the BCM.
harness connector DD011 of driver window lifter motor
and the terminals of harness connector CP010A of BCM
is less than 5Ω:
• Terminal 3 of DD011 and Terminal 9 of CP010A
• Terminal 7 of DD011 and Terminal 4 of CP010A


connector CP010A of BCM or the terminals of harness
connector DD011 of driver window lifter motor and the
ground is infinite:
• Terminal 3 of DD011

short to ground.
between the terminals of harness connector CP010A of
BCM or the terminals of harness connector DD011 of
driver window lifter motor and the ground is 0V:

short to battery.
11. If all circuits are tested normal, test/replace BCM.

Service Guideline
• Refer to Service Manual, "Body System" - "Door" - "Front
Window Lifter".
V1.0 514
Door Body System
B1112, B1122 • BCM failure.
DTC B1112: Front Passenger Window Circuit Failure Reference Circuit Information
Failure Type Byte Window Lift (4)
Failure Description
Front Passenger Window Up Relay CP010A, CP010D, PD004, PD009
12
Control Circuit Short to Battery
Front Passenger Window Up Relay
14 Control Circuit Short to Ground or
Open Circuit Circuit/System Check
DTC B1122: Front Passenger Window Circuit Failure Put the ignition switch in "ON" position and confirm whether
the "Front Passenger Power Window Ascending Switch",
Failure Type Byte "Front Passenger Power Window Descending Switch"
Failure Description
(FTB) displayed in the scan tool in real time synchronously shift and
Front Passenger Window Down Relay vary between "OFF"/"ON" with the ascending/descending of
12
Control Circuit Short to Battery right front window lifter switch.
Front Passenger Window Down Relay If it is not displayed as expected, go to "Circuit/System Test".
14 Control Circuit Short to Ground or Circuit/System Test
Open Circuit
Circuit/System Description window motors are working normally.
The up and down of front passenger window motor are 2. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, and connect
controlled by BCM. a multimeter between the terminal 1 and 2 of harness
Conditions for Running DTCs connector PD009 of the passenger window motor, and
the switch outputs the ascending command. Connect
Conditions for Setting DTCs a multimeter between the terminal 1 and 2 of harness
B1112 12: Front passenger window up drive circuit is short to connector PD009 of the passenger window motor, and
battery. test whether the voltage is the battery voltage when the
switch outputs the descending command.
B1112 14: Front passenger window up drive circuit is short to
ground or open. If the voltage is normal, replace the passenger window
motor.
B1122 12: Front passenger window down drive circuit is short
to battery. If the voltage is abnormal, perform the following
procedures.
B1122 14: Front passenger window down drive circuit is short
to ground or open. 3. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
4. Disconnect harness connector PD004 of passenger
None. window switch.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs 5. Test if the resistance between terminal 4 of harness
• Circuit detection is normal. connector PD004 of passenger window switch and
• After 40 failure-free ignition cycles, the history DTCs will ground is less than 5Ω.
be cleared. If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant
Failure Cause circuit for open circuit/high resistance.
• Relevant circuit failure. 6. Connect the battery negative cable, and test if the
• Connector failure or poor fit. voltage between terminal 2 of harness connector PD004
of passenger window switch and ground is the battery
• Passenger window switch failure.
voltage.
• Passenger window motor failure.
V1.0 515
Body System Door
If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant • Terminal 6 of CP010A
7. Disconnect the battery negative cable, disconnect short to battery.
harness connector CP010A and CP010D of BCM and
12. If all circuits are tested normal, test/replace the passenger
harness connector PD009 of passenger window motor.
window switch or BCM.
connector PD004 of passenger window switch and the
connector PD004 of passenger window switch and the
terminals of harness connector PD009 of passenger
terminals of harness connector PD009 of passenger
window motor is less than 5Ω:
• Terminal 9 of PD004 and Terminal 1 of PD009
connector PD004 of passenger window switch and the 14. Test if the resistance between the terminals of harness
terminals of harness connector CP010A or CP010D of connector PD004 of passenger window switch or the
BCM is less than 5Ω: terminals of harness connector PD009 of passenger
window motor and the ground is infinite:
• Terminal 6 of PD004 and Terminal 8 of CP010D
• Terminal 7 of PD004 and Terminal 23 of CP010A
• Terminal 8 of PD004 and Terminal 6 of CP010A
circuit for open circuit/high resistance. • Terminal 2 of PD009
10. Test if the resistance between the terminal of harness If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
connector PD004 of passenger window switch or the short to ground.
terminal of harness connector CP010A or CP010D of 15. Test if the voltage between the terminals of harness
BCM and the ground is infinite: connector PD004 of passenger window switch or the
• Terminal 6 of PD004 terminals of harness connector PD009 of passenger
window motor and the ground is 0V:
• Terminal 8 of PD004 • Terminal 9 of PD004
• Terminal 8 of CP010D • Terminal 10 of PD004
• Terminal 23 of CP010A • Terminal 1 of PD009
• Terminal 6 of CP010A • Terminal 2 of PD009
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
short to ground. short to ground.
11. Connect the battery negative cable, test if the voltage 16. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the passenger
between the terminal of harness connector PD004 of window switch or passenger window motor.
passenger window switch or the terminal of harness Service Guideline
connector CP010A or CP010D of BCM and the ground
is 0V:
• Terminal 6 of PD004 • Refer to Service Manual, "Body System" - "Door" - "Front
• Terminal 7 of PD004 Window Lifter".
• Terminal 8 of PD004 • Replace, programme and set the control module ，

V1.0 516
Door Body System
B1113, B1123 Reference Information
DTC B1113: Left Rear Window Circuit Failure Window Lift (3)
Failure Description
(FTB)
CP010A, CP010D, LD004, LD005
Rear Left Passenger Window Down
Relay Control Circuit Short to Battery
Rear Left Passenger Window Down
14 Relay Control Circuit Short to Circuit/System Check
Ground or Open Circuit Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, confirm whether
the "Left Rear Power Window Ascending Command" and "Left
DTC B1123: Left Rear Window Circuit Failure
Rear Power Window Descending Command" displayed in the
Failure Type Byte scan tool in real time varies synchronously between "Off"/"On"
Failure Description
(FTB) with the ascending/descending of the left rear window lifter
Left Right Passenger Window Down switch.
12
Relay Control Circuit Short to Battery If it is not displayed as expected, go to "Circuit/System Test".
Left Right Passenger Window Down Circuit/System Test
14 Relay Control Circuit Short to
Ground or Open Circuit
window motors are working normally.
Circuit/System Description 2. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, and connect
The up and down of left rear window motor are controlled by a multimeter between the terminal 1 and 2 of harness
BCM. connector LD005 of the left rear window motor, and
the switch outputs the ascending command. Connect
Place the ignition switch in "ON" position for 5s. a multimeter between the terminal 1 and 2 of harness
Conditions for Setting DTCs connector LD005 of the left rear window motor, and
B1113 12: Left rear window up drive circuit is short to battery.
B1113 14: Left rear window up drive circuit is short to ground
If the voltage is normal, replace the left rear window
or open.
motor.
B1123 12: Left rear window down drive circuit is short to
If the voltage is abnormal, perform the following
battery.
procedures.
B1123 14: Left rear window down drive circuit is short to
ground or open.
4. Disconnect harness connector LD004 of left rear window
None. switch.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs 5. Test if the resistance between terminal 4 of harness
• Circuit detection is normal. connector LD004 of left rear window switch and ground
is less than 5Ω.
be cleared. If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant
Failure Cause circuit for open circuit/high resistance.
between terminal 2 of harness connector LD004 of left
rear window switch and ground is the battery voltage.
• Left rear window switch failure.
• Rear left window motor failure.
• BCM failure.
V1.0 517
Body System Door
7. Disconnect the battery negative cable, disconnect • Terminal 10 of LD004 and Terminal 1 of LD005
harness connector LD005 of left rear window motor.
connector LD004 of left rear window switch and the 13. Test if the resistance between the terminals of harness
terminals of harness connector CP010A or CP010D of connector LD004 of left rear window switch or the
BCM is less than 5Ω: terminals of harness connector LD005 of left rear
• Terminal 6 of LD004 and Terminal 10 of CP010D
• Terminal 9 of LD004
• Terminal 7 of LD004 and Terminal 20 of CP010A
• Terminal 8 of LD004 and Terminal 21 of CP010A
circuit for open circuit/high resistance. • Terminal 1 of LD005
9. Test if the resistance between the terminal of harness If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
connector LD004 of left rear window switch or the short to ground.
terminal of harness connector CP010A or CP010D of 14. Connect the battery negative cable, test if the voltage
BCM and the ground is infinite: between the terminal of harness connector LD004 of left
• Terminal 6 of LD004 rear window switch or the terminal of harness connector
of LD005 of left rear window and the ground is 0V:
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for short to battery.
short to ground.
15. If all circuits tested are normal, test/replace the left rear
10. Test if the resistance between the terminal of harness window motor or left rear window switch.
connector LD004 of left rear window switch or the
Service Guideline
terminal of harness connector CP010A or CP010D of
BCM and the ground is infinite: • Refer to Service Manual, "Body System" - "Body Control
• Refer to Service Manual, "Body System" - "Door" - "Rear
• Terminal 7 of LD004 Window Lifter".
• Terminal 8 of LD004 • Replace, programme and set the control module ，

short to battery.
11. If all circuits tested are normal, test/replace the BCM or

left rear window switch.
connector LD004 of left rear window switch and the
terminals of harness connector LD005 of left rear
• Terminal 9 of LD004 and Terminal 2 of LD005
V1.0 518
Door Body System
B1114, B1124 • Rear right window motor failure.
DTC B1114: Right Rear Window Circuit Failure Reference Circuit Information
Failure Type Byte Window Lift (3)
Failure Description
Rear Right Passenger Window Up CP010A, CP010D, RD004, RD005
12
Relay Control Circuit Short to Battery
Rear Right Passenger Window Up
14 Relay Control Circuit Short to
Ground or Open Circuit Circuit/System Check
DTC B1124: Rear Right Window Failure 1. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, confirm
whether the "Right Rear Power Window Ascending
Failure Type Byte Command" and "Right Rear Power Window Descending
Failure Description
(FTB) Command" displayed in the scan tool in real time
Rear Right Passenger Window Down varies synchronously between "Off"/"On" with the
12
Relay Control Circuit Short to Battery ascending/descending of the right rear window lifter
Rear Right Passenger Window Down switch.
14 Relay Control Circuit Short to If it is not displayed as expected, go to "Circuit/System
Ground or Open Circuit Test".
Circuit/System Description Circuit/System Test
The up and down of the right rear window motor is controlled 1. Before the diagnosis, first confirm that other three
by BCM. window motors are working normally.
a multimeter between the terminal 1 and 2 of harness
connector RD005 of the right rear window motor, and
Conditions for Setting DTCs test whether the voltage is the battery voltage when
• B1114 12: Right rear window up drive circuit is short to the switch outputs the ascending command. Connect
battery. a multimeter between the terminal 1 and 2 of harness
connector RD005 of the right rear window motor, and
• B1114 14: Right rear window up drive circuit is short to
ground or open.
• B1124 12: Right rear window down drive circuit is short
to battery. If the voltage is normal, replace the right rear window
motor.
• B1124 14: Right rear window down drive circuit is short
to ground or open. If the voltage is abnormal, perform the following
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set procedures.
None. 3. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect

4. Disconnect harness connector RD004 of right rear
• Circuit detection is normal.
window switch.
be cleared.
connector RD004 of right rear window switch and
• BCM failure. 6. Connect the battery negative cable, and test if the voltage
• Right rear window switch failure between terminal 2 of harness connector RD004 of right
rear window switch and ground is the battery voltage.
V1.0 519
Body System Door
If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant terminals of harness connector RD005 of right rear
circuit for open circuit/high resistance. window motor is less than 5Ω:
7. Disconnect the battery negative cable, disconnect • Terminal 9 of RD004 and Terminal 2 of RD005
• Terminal 10 of RD004 and Terminal 1 of RD005
harness connector RD005 of right rear window motor.
8. Test if the resistance between the terminals of harness If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant
connector RD004 of right rear window switch and the circuit for open circuit/high resistance.
terminals of harness connector CP010A or CP010D of 13. Test if the resistance between the terminals of harness
BCM is less than 5Ω: connector RD004 of right rear window switch or harness
• Terminal 6 of RD004 and Terminal 9 of CP010D connector RD005 of right rear window motor and the
ground is infinite:
• Terminal 7 of RD004 and Terminal 7 of CP010A
• Terminal 9 of RD004
• Terminal 8 of RD004 and Terminal 22 of CP010A
circuit for open circuit/high resistance. • Terminal 2 of RD005
9. Test if the resistance between the terminal of harness • Terminal 1 of RD005

connector RD004 of right rear window switch or the If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
terminal of harness connector CP010A or CP010D of short to ground.
• Terminal 6 of RD004 between the terminal of harness connector RD004 of
• Terminal 7 of RD004 right rear window switch or the terminal of harness
connector of RD005 of right rear window and the ground
• Terminal 8 of RD004 is 0V:
• Terminal 9 of CP010D • Terminal 9 of RD004
• Terminal 7 of CP010A • Terminal 10 of RD004
• Terminal 22 of CP010A • Terminal 2 of RD005
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for • Terminal 1 of RD005
short to ground.
10. Connect the battery negative cable, test if the voltage short to battery.
between the terminal of harness connector RD004 of
right rear window switch or the terminal of harness 15. If all circuits tested are normal, test/replace the right rear
connector CP010A or CP010D of BCM and the ground window switch or right rear window motor.
is 0V: Service Guideline
• Terminal 6 of RD004 • Refer to Service Manual, "Body System" - "Body Control

• Refer to Service Manual, "Body System" - "Door" - "Rear
• Terminal 8 of RD004 Window Lifter".
• Terminal 9 of CP010D • Replace, programme and set the control module ，

short to ground.
11. If all circuits tested are normal, test/replace the BCM or

right rear window switch.
connector RD004 of right rear window switch and the
V1.0 520
Door Body System
B1115 2. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position.
DTC Description 3. Confirm no other DTC of the window switch is set
DTC B1115: Passenger Door Window Switch Stuck Switch except B1115.
Failure Type Byte If other DTCs of the window diagnosis control unit are
Failure Description set. Diagnose these DTCs first.
(FTB)
Passenger Door Window Switch Circuit/System Test
71
Stuck Switch 1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
2. Disconnect harness connector PD004 of the passenger
Power window switches of front passenger door and rear
window switch.
door are on the door interior trim panel and its structure
3. After operating the "Ascending" and "Descending"
are same as that of DDSP. Each power window switch is
commands of the passenger window switch, test if the
provided with printed circuit board (PCB), and on which
resistance between the following control circuit terminals
the electronic components and connectors are fitted. The
is infinite:
upper surface of PCB is covered with a layer of rubber
membrane, the projecting pin on the rubber membrane is on • Terminal 6 of PD004 and Terminal 7 of PD004
the corresponding position of each switch, and it can provide
each switch with the force to return to center position. There
is carbon contact on the lower surface of each projecting pin, If resistance test fails, test the passenger window switch
when the corresponding switch is pressed, the contact will for stuck.
form a complete circuit on the circuit board. 4. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the passenger
Conditions for Running DTCs window switch.
Place the ignition switch in "ON" position for 5s. Service Guideline
Conditions for Setting DTCs • Refer to Service Manual, "Body System" - "Door" -
"Power Window Switch - Passenger".
It detects that the front passenger window switch is stuck.
None.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs to Service Manual, "Body System" - "Body Control
Historical DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition Module" - "Body Control Module (BCM)".
cycles.
Failure Cause
Window Regulator (4)
PD004
1. Detect the switch corresponding to the displayed DTC
for flexibly.
V1.0 521
Body System Door
B1118 Circuit/System Check

DTC Description 1. Detect the switch corresponding to the displayed DTC
DTC B1118: Drivers Door Window Switch Stuck Switch for flexibly.
Failure Type Byte 2. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position.

Failure Description
(FTB) 3. Confirm no other DTC of the window switch is set
except B1118.
Drivers Door Window Switch Stuck
71
Switch If other DTCs of the window diagnosis control unit are
set. Diagnose these DTCs first.
Circuit/System Test
Driver door switch component is located on the door
interior trim panel and its structure is same as that of DDM. 1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
Each power window switch is provided with printed circuit the battery negative cable.
board (PCB), and on which the electronic components and 2. Disconnect harness connector DD004 of the driver door
connectors are fitted. The upper surface of PCB is covered switch component.
with a layer of rubber membrane, the projecting pin on the 3. After operating the "Ascending" and "Descending"
rubber membrane is on the corresponding position of each commands of passenger door switch component, test
switch, and it can provide each switch with the force to return if the resistance between the following control circuit
to center position. There is carbon contact on the lower terminals is infinite:
surface of each projecting pin, when the corresponding switch
• Terminal 1 of DD004 and Terminal 10 of DD004
is pressed, the contact will form a complete circuit on the
circuit board. • Terminal 1 of DD004 and Terminal 11 of DD004.
Conditions for Running DTCs If it is not within the specified range, test the driver door
Place the ignition switch in "ON" position for 5s. switch component for stuck.
Conditions for Setting DTCs 4. If all circuits tested are normal, test/replace the driver
door switch component.
It detects that the driver window switch is stuck.
Service Guideline
• Refer to Service Manual, "Body System" - "Door" -
None.
"Power Window Switch - Driver".
• Switch recovers to off status. Module" - "Body Control Module (BCM)".
• Historical DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free • Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
ignition cycles. to Service Manual, "Body System" - "Body Control
Failure Cause Module" - "Body Control Module (BCM)".
Window Regulator (1)
DD004
V1.0 522
BCM Body System
BCM
DTC Category
List
Failure
Level*
LIN Communication checksum Error with
P1900 41 与主节点LIN通讯校验和错误 Ⅲ
master node
P1901 87 LIN Communication time out with master node 与主节点LIN通讯超时 Ⅲ
P1910 1C 系统电源电压低于正常功能所需的值 Ⅲ
28 变速箱挡位信号超出范围 Ⅲ
P1911
29 变速箱挡位信号无效 Ⅲ
Invalid
U0073 88 Control Module Communication Bus Off on “A” 通讯总线关闭 Ⅰ
U0100 87 Lost Communication With ECM/PCM “A” 失去ECM/PCM“A”通信 Ⅰ
U0101 87 Lost Communication With TCM PMU与TCU控制模块通讯故障 Ⅰ
U0121 87 ECU与ABS控制模块通讯故障 Ⅰ
U0151 87 Lost Communication With SDM Module 丢失与SDM的通信 Ⅰ
U0155 87 ECU与IPK控制模块通讯故障 Ⅰ
U1500 00 VIN Mismatch with BCM (or IPK) VIN码与IPK不匹配 Ⅱ
U1501 00 IPK Redundant Data Resync Failure 组合仪表冗余数据同步失败 Ⅱ
U1562 17 Battery Volatage High 蓄电池电压高 Ⅰ
U1563 16 Battery Volatage Low 蓄电池电压低 Ⅰ
41 ECU EEPROM Checksum Error 控制模块内部存储器校验错误 Ⅱ
U2001
42 ECU EEPROM Error 控制模块内部存储器故障 Ⅱ
U2003 04 ECU Software Error — Volcano config error Volcano配置错误 Ⅰ
CAN Communication Module “A” Initialization
U2100 04 CAN通讯初始化失败 Ⅰ
Fail
*Note:

V1.0 523
Body System BCM
Circult Diagram
Circuit Diagram
V1.0 524
BCM Body System
Vehicle Security System (1)
V1.0 525
Body System BCM
V1.0 526
BCM Body System
(1)
V1.0 527
Body System BCM

(2)
V1.0 528
BCM Body System
28 Front Wiper Reset Signal
29 Front Wiper Mode Switch 2
Hazard Warning Lamp
30
Switch
Left Direction Indicator
31
Lamp Switch
Luggage Compartment Lid
33
Unlocked Warning Switch
Passenger Door Open
34
Pin No. Pin Information Warning Switch
2 Start Switch Input Driver Door Unlocked with
35
3 Rear Washer Switch Key Signal
4 Front Washer Switch 36 High Beam Switch
5 Low Beam ON Request 37 Rear Fog Lamp Switch
6 Position Lamp ON Request 38 HS CAN L
Rear Window Regulator 39 HS CAN H

7
Disable Switch Body Control Module CP010E
8 Rear Wiper Reset Signal
9 Rear Wiper Switch
10 Front Wiper Mode Switch 1
Right Direction Indicator
11
Lamp Switch
12 Position Lamp Switch
13 Handle Enable Signal (6AT)
14 Tail Gate Release Switch
Driver Door Open Warning Pin No. Pin Information
15
Switch 1 Battery Power
Driver Door Locked with 2 Low Beam Relay
16
Key Signal
3 Door Lock 0utput
17 High Beam Flash Switch
4 Battery Power
18 IMMO SPI Bus Data Line
5 Low Current Ground
19 IMMO SPI Bus Clock Line
Output of Left Direction
6
21 KL.15R Power Supply Indicator Lamp
22 Ignition Switch Compartment Lamp PWM
7
23 Reverse Gear Switch 0utput
24 Low Beam Switch 9 Warning Request Signal
26 Inertia Switch 10 Door Unlocking Relay
Rear Window Heater 11 High Current Ground

27
Switch
V1.0 529
Body System BCM
Airbag Control Module CP011C GW CP070A

1 MS CAN2 L
Pin No. Pin Information 2 MS CAN2 H
1 HS CAN H 4 HS CAN1 L
2 HS CAN L 5 HS CAN1 H
Instrument Pack CP018 – 1.5VCT & 1.5T Gear Display CP100

26 HS CAN H 1 12V Voltage
27 HS CAN L 2 LIN
Diagnostic Interface CP040 – 1.5VCT & 1.5T 3 Ground
4 12V Voltage
A/C Control Module CP110A

6 HS CAN H
14 HS CAN L Pin No. Pin Information
10 MS CAN H
20 MS CAN L
V1.0 530
BCM Body System
ABS/SCS Module EB012 Automatic Transmission Control Module GB008

8 HS CAN L
6 HS CAN L
9 HS CAN H
14 HS CAN H

3 HS CAN L
1 HS CAN H
4 HS CAN H
17 HS CAN L

Pin No. Pin Information 13 KL.R
7 HS CAN L 20 KL.15
17 HS CAN H 39 KL.50
V1.0 531
Body System BCM
Diagnostic Information and Procedure the DTC. Slave Node - Calculate the checksum according to
P1900, P1901, P1910, P1911 the received master node data and compare the result with
DTC Description the checksum received. If they are different for 25 times
continuously, set the DTC.
DTC P1900: LINLIN Communication Checksum Error with
Master Node P1901: Master Node - When the master node receives that
the relative error of the slave node mark position is 1, set the
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description DTC. (Slave Node - If the transmission interval between bytes
(FTB)
exceeds 40% of the standard value for 25 times, set the DTC.)
LIN Communication Checksum
41 P1910: The system power voltage is 7-8.5V or 16.5-18.5V,
Error with Master Node
which lasts for 1,000ms.
DTC P1901: LINLIN Communication Time Out with Master P1911 28: Master Node - When the master node receives
Node that the relative error of the slave node mark position is 1, set
Failure Type Byte the DTC. Slave Node - If the gear signal exceeds the standard
Failure Description range for 500ms, set the DTC.
(FTB)
LIN Communication Time Out with P1911 29: Master Node - When the master node receives
87
Master Node that the relative error of the slave node mark position is 1, set
the DTC. Slave Node - If the gear signal sent by AT and MT
DTC P1910: The System Power Voltage Is Beyond the Normal transmission is invalid for 500ms, set the DTC.
Range of Regular Function Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
Failure Type Byte P1900: When the master node receives that the relative error
Failure Description
(FTB) of the slave node mark position is 0, clear the DTC. Calculate
The System Power Voltage Is Beyond the checksum according to the received master node data and
1C the Normal Range of Regular compare the result with the checksum received. If the results
Function are same for 25 times continuously, the failure is repaired.
P1901: Master Node - When the master node receives that

DTC P1911: LIN Communication Failure
the relative error of the slave node mark position is 0, set as
Failure Type Byte correct. (Slave Node - If the transmission interval between
Failure Description
(FTB) bytes is within 40% of the standard value for 25 times, DTC is
Transmission Shift Lever Position repaired.)
28 Signal Is Out of the Range of Regular P1910: Master Node - When the master node receives that
Function the relative error of the slave node mark position is 0, set
The Transmission Shift Lever Position as correct. (Slave Node - If the power voltage is 9-16V for
29
Signal Is Invalid 1,000ms, the failure is repaired.)
Circuit/System Description P1911 28: Master Node - When the master node receives that
the relative error of the slave node mark position is 0, set as
When the ignition switch is off, BCM can operate the security
correct. Slave Node - If the gear signal is within the standard
system, lighting system and diagnostic system. When the
range for 500ms, the failure is repaired.
ignition switch is at electric AUX (Auxiliary) position, BCM
allows the operation of washer/wiper and power window P1911 29: Master Node - When the master node receives that
system at the same time. When the ignition switch moves the relative error of the slave node mark position is 0, set as
to the ignition position, the fuel system can be operated. correct. Slave Node - If the gear signal sent by AT and MT
BCMCommunicate and transmit information between CAN transmission is valid for 500ms, it recovers to normal.
at ECUandLIN bus. Failure Cause
Conditions for Running DTCs • Relevant circuit failure.
Place the ignition switch in "ON" position for 5s. • Connector failure or poor fitting.
Conditions for Setting DTCs • BCM failure.
P1900: Master Node - When the master node receives that • Gear display failure.
the relative error of the slave node mark position is 1, set
V1.0 532
BCM Body System
CP100, CP010B
Circuit/System Test
CP010B of BCM and harness connector CP100 of the
gear display.
connector CP010B of BCM and terminal 2 of harness
connector CP100 of the gear display is less than 5Ω.


connector CP010B of BCM or terminal 2 of harness
connector CP100 of the gear display and the ground is
infinite.

short to ground.
4. Connect the battery negative cable, and test if the

resistance between terminal 40 of harness connector
CP010B of BCM or terminal 2 of harness connector
CP100 of the gear display and the ground is 0V.

short to battery.
5. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace BCM or the

gear display.
Service Guideline
V1.0 533
Body System BCM
DTC U0073: CANControl Module Communication Bus Off 5. Connect the battery negative cable, place the ignition
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description the terminals of harness connector CP010B of BCM
(FTB)
or the terminals of harness connector CP040A of the
Control Module Communication Bus diagnostic interface and the ground is 2-3V:
88
Off
BCM communicates with other control modules via HS CAN
bus.
Place the ignition switch in "ON" position for 5s. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
short to battery.
The counts of the bus OFF exceeds 5 times according to the
connector CP010B of BCM or the terminals of harness
counter.
connector CP040 of the diagnostic interface and the
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs ground is infinite:
• No bus OFF failure.
ignition cycles.

• BCM failure. short to ground.
Reference Information 7. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace BCM.
Reference Circuit Information Service Guideline
Bus System and Diagnostic Interface -1.5VCT&1.5T (1) • Refer to Service Manual, "Body System" - "Body Control
Reference Connector End View Information Module" - "Body Control Module (BCM)".
CP010B, CP040 • Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
Reference Electrical Information Module" - "Body Control Module (BCM)".
Circuit/System Test
connector CP010B of BCM and the terminals of harness
connector CP040 of the diagnostic interface is less than
5Ω:
• Terminal 38 of CP010B and Terminal 14 of CP040
V1.0 534
BCM Body System
U0100 • Terminal 17 of CP010B and Terminal 38 of EM058B
DTC U0100: CANLost Communication With EMS module open circuit/high resistance.
Failure Type Byte 5. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
Failure Description
(FTB) of harness connector CP010B of BCM or terminals of
Lost Communication With EMS harness connector EM058B of ECM and the ground is
87 infinite:
module
BCM communicates with ECM via the HS CAN bus.
Conditions for Running DTCs • Terminal 38 of CP010B
Place the ignition switch in "ON" position for 5s. • Terminal 39 of CP010B
short to ground.
It has not received information from ECM, which lasts for
2,000ms. 6. Connect the battery negative cable, place the ignition
the following terminals of harness connector CP010B of
• It has received information from ECM.
BCM or the terminals of harness connector EM058B of
• Historical DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ECM and the ground is 2-3V:
ignition cycles.
Failure Cause
• Connector failure or poor fitting. • Terminal 38 of CP010B
• ECM failure. • Terminal 39 of CP010B

• BCM failure. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
Reference Circuit Information 7. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the ECM or
Bus System and Diagnostic Interface -1.5VCT&1.5T (1) BCM.
CP010B, EM058B • Refer to the Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Fuel

Control System - NSE 1.5T" - "Engine Control Module
Reference Electrical Information (ECM)".
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection • Refer to Service Manual, "Body System" - "Body Control
Circuit/System Test Module" - "Body Control Module (BCM)".
If other module tests are normal, continue following Module" - "Body Control Module (BCM)".

battery negative cable and harness connector EM058B of
ECM.
connector EM058B of ECM and terminals of harness
connector CP010B of corresponding BCM is less than 5Ω:
• Terminal 1 of CP010B and Terminal 39 of EM058B
V1.0 535
Body System BCM
U0101 • Terminal 38 of CP010B and Terminal 6 of GB008

DTC Description • Terminal 39 of CP010B and Terminal 14 of GB008
DTC U0101: CANLost Communication With TCM • Terminal 38 of CP010B and Terminal 7 of GB006
Failure Type Byte • Terminal 39 of CP010B and Terminal 17 of GB006
Failure Description
(FTB)
87 Lost Communication With TCM open circuit/high resistance.
Circuit/System Description 4. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
BCM communicates with the transmission control module via of harness connector CP010B of BCM or terminals
the HS CAN bus. of harness connector GB008/GB006 of the automatic
transmission control module and the ground is infinite:
It has lost communication with TCM, which lasts for 2,000ms.
• It receives the information of the automatic transmission • Terminal 7 of GB006

control module. • Terminal 17 of GB006
• Historical DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
ignition cycles. short to ground.
Failure Cause
• Relevant circuit failure. switch in "ON" position, and test if the voltage between
• Connector failure or poor fitting. terminals of harness connector CP010B of BCM or
• Transmission control module failure. terminals of harness connector GB008/GB006 of the
automatic transmission control module and the ground is
• BCM failure.
2-3V:
CP010B, GB006, GB008
Circuit/System Test
short to battery.
6. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the BCM or the
Service Guideline
battery negative cable, and disconnect harness connector • Refer to Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle" -
CP010B of BCM and harness connector GB008/GB006 "Transmission/Transaxle - 6AT" - "Transmission Control
of the automatic transmission control module. Module (TCM)".
3. Test if the resistance between terminals of harness • Refer to Service Manual, "Body System" - "Body Control
connector CP010B of BCM and terminals of harness Module" - "Body Control Module (BCM)".
connector GB008/GB006 of the corresponding automatic • Replace, programme and set the control module,
transmission control module is less than 5Ω: Refer to Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle" -
Module (TCM)".
V1.0 536
BCM Body System
V1.0 537
Body System BCM
U0121 control module and the terminals of harness connector

DTC Description CP010B of BCM is less than 5Ω:
DTC U0121: CAN Communication Failure • Terminal 8 of BD055 and Terminal 38 of CP010B
Failure Type Byte • Terminal 9 of BD055 and Terminal 39 of CP010B
Failure Description
(FTB)
Lost Communication With Anti-Lock circuit for open circuit/high resistance.
87
Brake System (ABS) Control Module
Circuit/System Description connector CP010B of BCM or the terminals of harness
connector BD055 of ABS/dynamic stability control
BCM communicates with the ABS/dynamic stability control
module via the HS CAN bus.
Conditions for Running DTCs • Terminal 8 of BD055
Place the ignition switch in "ON" position for 5s. • Terminal 9 of BD055
Conditions for Setting DTCs • Terminal 38 of CP010B

The information from ABS/dynamic stability control module is • Terminal 39 of CP010B
not received, which lasts for 2,000ms.
• The information from ABS/dynamic stability control 6. Connect the battery negative cable, place the ignition
module is received. switch in "ON" position, and test if the voltage between
• After 40 failure-free ignition cycles, the history DTCs will the terminals of harness connector CP010B of BCM
be cleared. or the terminals of harness connector BD055 of
Failure Cause ABS/dynamic stability control module and the ground
• Connector failure or poor fit. • Terminal 8 of BD055
• BCM failure. • Terminal 9 of BD055

• ABS/dynamic stability control module failure. • Terminal 38 of CP010B
CP010B, BD055 ABS/dynamic stability control module or BCM.
Reference Electrical Information Service Guideline
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection • Refer to Service Manual, "Brake System" - "Brake
Circuit/System Test
following procedures. to Service Manual, "Brake System" - "Brake Module" -
"ABS Regulator".
the battery negative cable and harness connector BD055 • Replace, programme and set the control module ，
of ABS/dynamic stability control module. Refer to Service Manual, "Body System" - "Body Control
V1.0 538
BCM Body System
DTC Description break circuit/high resistance.
DTC U0146: CAN Communication Failure 5. Connect the battery negative cable, place the ignition
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description the serial data circuit terminals of the gateway module or
(FTB)
the serial data circuit terminals of BCM and the ground is
87 Lost Communication with GW 2-3V:
Circuit/System Description • Terminal 1 of CP070A
BCM communicates with gateway module via MS CAN bus. • Terminal 2 of CP070A
If it exceeds the specified range, test the circuit for short
It has lost communication with gateway module, which lasts to battery.
for 2,000ms.
6. Test if the resistance between the serial data circuit
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs terminals of the gateway module or the serial data circuit
• The information from the gateway module is received. terminals of BCM and the ground is infinite:
• Historical DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free • Terminal 1 of CP070A
ignition cycles.
Failure Cause
• BCM failure. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
• Gateway module failure. short to ground.
Reference Information 7. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the gateway
Reference Circuit Information module or BCM.
Service Guideline
CP010B, CP070A
Reference Electrical Information "Gateway" - "Gateway Module".
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection • Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
Circuit/System Test
1. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of MS CAN Network". • Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
If other module tests are normal, continue following to Service Manual, "Safety and Protection" - "Gateway" -
detection procedures. "Gateway Module".

3. Disconnect harness connector CP070A of the gateway
module and harness connector CP010B of BCM.
4. Test if the resistance between the serial data circuit
terminals of the gateway module and the serial data
circuit terminals of BCM is less than 5Ω:
• Terminal 1 of CP070A and Terminal 38 of CP010B
• Terminal 2 of CP070A and Terminal 39 of CP010B
V1.0 539
Body System BCM
U0151 terminals of harness connector CP010B of BCM is less

DTC Description than 5Ω:
DTC U0151: Lost Communication With CAN Module • Terminal 1 of CP011A and Terminal 39 of CP010B
Failure Type Byte • Terminal 2 of CP011A and Terminal 38 of CP010B
Failure Description
(FTB)
Lost Communication With SDM circuit for open circuit/high resistance.
87
Module
Circuit/System Description of harness connector CP010B of BCM or the following
terminals of harness connector CP011A of airbag control
BCM communicates with airbag control modules via HS CAN
bus.
Place the ignition switch in "ON" position for 5s. • Terminal 39 of CP010B
Conditions for Setting DTCs • Terminal 1 of CP011A

Information from airbag control module is not received, which • Terminal 2 of CP011A
lasts for 2,000ms.
• Information from airbag control module is received. 6. Connect the battery negative cable, place the ignition
• After 40 failure-free ignition cycles, the history DTCs will switch in "ON" position, and test if the voltage between
be cleared. the terminals of harness connector CP010B of BCM or
Failure Cause the terminals of harness connector CP011A of airbag
control module and the ground is between 2 and 3V:
• Connector failure or poor fit. • Terminal 38 of CP010B

• Airbag control module failure. • Terminal 1 of CP011A
Bus System and Diagnostic Interface - 1.5VCT & 1.5T (1), short to battery.
7. If all circuits are tested normal, test/replace the airbag
Reference Connector End View Information control module or BCM.
CP010B, CP011A Service Guideline
Reference Electrical Information • Refer to the Service Manual, "Safety and Protection"
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection - "Airbag System" - "Airbag Diagnosis and Control
Module".
Circuit/System Test
following procedures. to Service Manual, "Safety and Protection" - "Airbag
battery negative cable and harness connector CP011A of • Replace, programme and set the control module ，
the airbag control module. Refer to Service Manual, "Body System" - "Body Control
connector CP011C of airbag control module and the
V1.0 540
BCM Body System
U0155 of harness connector CP018 of the corresponding
DTC Description instrument pack is less than 5Ω:
DTC U0155: CANLost Communication With Instrument • Terminal 38 of CP010B and Terminal 27 of CP018
Panel Cluster (IPC) Control Module
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
(FTB)
Lost Communication With
87 Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC)
connector CP010B of BCM or terminals of the harness
Control Module
connector CP018 of the instrument pack and the ground
Circuit/System Description is infinite:
BCM communicates with instrument pack via HS CAN bus. • Terminal 38 of CP010B
Place the ignition switch in "ON" position for 5s. • Terminal 26 of CP018
The information from the instrument pack is not received,
which lasts for 2,000ms.
short to ground.
• The information from the instrument pack is received. switch in "ON" position, and test if the voltage between
• Historical DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free the terminal of harness connector CP010B of BCM or the
ignition cycles. terminal of harness connector CP018 of the instrument
Failure Cause pack and the ground is 2-3V:
• Relevant circuit failure. • Terminal 38 of CP010B

• BCM failure. • Terminal 26 of CP018
short to battery.
7. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the BCM or
Reference Connector End View Information instrument pack.
CP010B, CP018 Service Guideline
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection Entertainment" - "Display and Instrument" - "Instrument
Pack".
Circuit/System Test
detection procedures. to Service Manual, "Body System" - "Body Control
the battery negative cable and harness connector CP018
of the instrument pack.
harness connector CP010B of BCM and the terminals
V1.0 541
Body System BCM

DTC U1500: BCMVIN Mismatch with BCM (or IPK) Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
Failure Description
(FTB)
00 VIN Mismatch with BCM (or IPK) the scan tool.
DTC U1501: BCMIPK Redundant Data Resync Failure 2. Check the VIN code for matching with a scan tool.
Failure Type Byte If it is not matched, program the combination instrument

Failure Description or the BCM.
(FTB)
00 IPK Redundant Data Resync Failure 3. Observe the DTC information with a scan tool. Confirm
that DTC U1500 and U1501 have not been set.
If the DTC U1500 and U1501 have been reset,
When the ignition switch is switched on, the body control detect/replace the BCM or the combination instrument.
module will perform a switch-on test and instrument pack
Service Guideline
signal has not been received. BCM communicates with the
instrument pack via CAN to detect the matching of VIN code • Refer to Service Manual, "Driver Information and
and the data synchronism. Entertainment" - "Display and Instrument" - "Instrument
Conditions for Running DTCs Pack".
U1500: VIN stored in BCM is not matched with VIN stored to Service Manual, "Body System" - "Body Control
in the implement pack, which lasts for 5s, and the invalid signal Module" - "Body Control Module (BCM)".
is sent after waken-up for 1.5s.
U1501: The redundant data stored in the instrument pack is

not matched with that stored in BCM, and valid signal and
rejected result will be sent after the waken-up for 1.5s.
None.
U1500:
• BCMIt is matched with the VIN code stored in the
implement pack for once, and valid result will be sent.
ignition cycles.
U1501:
• BCMVIN code stored in it is matched with the
redundant data stored in the implement pack for once.
ignition cycles.
Failure Cause
• BCM failure.
V1.0 542
BCM Body System
U1562, U1563 2. Component check: It detects that the battery cable is
DTC Description clean and secure and battery is fully charged.
DTC U1562: Battery Voltage High 3. Scan tool inspection:
Failure Type Byte • Connect the scan tool, place the ignition switch in "ON"
Failure Description position. Delete the DTCs after self-diagnosis, and
(FTB)
confirm if the DTC still exists.
17 Battery Voltage High
• Check if the battery voltage is normal on the scan tool:
DTC U1563: Battery Voltage Low Between 11 ~ 14V.
Failure Type Byte If it is not within the specified range or the charging
Failure Description
(FTB) indicator illuminates, repair the low-voltage battery
charging system failure.
16 Battery Voltage Low
Circuit/System Test
BCM monitors the system voltage to check if the power
voltage of the module is within the normal range. 2. Disconnect harness connector CP010B and CP010E of
BCM.
Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. harness connector CP010E of BCM and the ground is
Conditions for Setting DTCs less than 5Ω:
U1562: BCM detects that the battery voltage is greater than • Terminal 5 of CP010E
16V, which lasts for 1s.
U1563: BCM detects that the battery voltage is less than 9V If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
and lasts for 1s. open circuit/high resistance.
U1562: The power voltage recovers to normal, and it is less connectors CP010B and CP010E of BCM and the ground
than 15.5V for 1s. is infinite:
U1563: The power voltage recovers to normal, and it is higher • Terminal 2 of CP010B
than 9.5V for 1s. • Terminal 21 of CP010B
Failure Cause
• Battery failure. short to ground.
• BCM failure.
Reference Information between the terminals of harness connector CP010B of
Reference Circuit Information the BCM and the ground is 0V:
Vehicle Security System (1), Anti-theft & Lock (1) • Terminal 2 of CP010B
Reference Connector End View Information • Terminal 21 of CP010B
CP010B, CP010E, IPC • Terminal 22 of CP010B

short to battery.
connector CP010E of BCM and the ground is battery
1. Check fuse F01, F07, F15, and F25 for fusing. voltage.
If the fuse is blown, replace it with a corresponding fuse. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
V1.0 543
Body System BCM
7. Place the ignition switch in "ACC" position, and test if the

voltage between the terminal 21 of harness connector
CP010B of BCM and the ground is the battery voltage.

8. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, and test if the


9. Place the ignition switch in "ST" position, and test if the



connectors IPC of the engine compartment fuse box.
harness connectors CP010B and CP010E of BCM and the
terminals of harness connector IPC of the corresponding
engine compartment fuse box is less than 5Ω:
• Terminal 2 of CP010B and Terminal 39 of IPC
• Terminal 4 of CP010E and Terminal 27 of IPC

12. If all circuits are tested normal, test/replace BCM.

Service Guideline
V1.0 544
BCM Body System
U2001, U2003, U2100 Reference Information
DTC U2001: Control Module Internal Memory Failure Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
Failure Type Byte
(FTB)
41 ECU EEPROM Checksum Error
the scan tool.
42 ECU EEPROM Error 2. Set and match the BCM.
DTC U2003: ECU Software Error — Volcano Config Error 3. Clear the DTC, and observe the DTC information on
the scan tool.
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description Confirm that DTC U2001, U2003, and U2100 are not set.
(FTB)
ECU Software Error — Volcano 4. If the DTCs have been reset, test/replace the body
04 control module.
Config Error
Service Guideline
DTC U2100: CAN Communication Module "A" Initialization
Fail
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description • Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
(FTB)
04 CAN Communication Module "A" Module" - "Body Control Module (BCM)".
Initialization Fail
BCMInternal failures for monitoring the program, not
involving external circuit.
U2001 41: Some value may be wrong. BCM tries to cover the
incorrect data.
U2001 42: Some value may be wrong.
U2003: Volcano software configuration is wrong.
U2100: Volcano initialization fails.

U2001 41: No check error. Historical DTCs will be cleared
U2001 42: Reading and writing data is matched Historical

DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition cycles.
U2003: Volcano configuration are correct. Historical DTCs

will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition cycles.
U2100: Initialization is successful. Historical DTCs will be

cleared after 40 failure-free ignition cycles.
Failure Cause
BCM failure.
V1.0 545
V1.0 546
Vehicle Access Safety and Restraints
Vehicle Access
DTC Category
List
Failure
Level*
B1701 13 Transponder Antenna Fault 钥匙信号转发器天线故障 Ⅱ
B1702 4A Invalid key present 无效钥匙 Ⅱ
B1705 31 Loss communication with Base Station BCM与基站失去通信 Ⅱ
Attack state is triggered during EMS
B1706 61 防盗攻击状态被触发 Ⅱ
authentication
B1707 87 No EMS challenge Rx 防盗没有收到EMS的防盗请求 Ⅰ
B1708 87 CAN Comms error during authentication 防盗认证期间发生CAN通信故障 Ⅰ
*Note:

V1.0 547
Safety and Restraints Vehicle Access
Circult Diagram
Circuit Diagram
V1.0 548
(1)
V1.0 549

1 Backlight
2 Power Supply for
Immobilizer Coil
3 Immobilizer Coil Data
4 Immobilizer Coil Timing
5 Immobilizer Coil Ground

38 HS CAN L
39 HS CAN H
Immobilizer Coil CP039

1 HS CAN H
17 HS CAN L
V1.0 550
Diagnostic Information and Procedure • Historical DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free
B1701, B1702, B1705 ignition cycles.
DTC Description B1705:
DTC B1701: Transponder Antenna Fault • Communication recovers to normal.
Failure Type Byte • Historical DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free
Failure Description
(FTB) ignition cycles.
13 Transponder Antenna Fault Failure Cause

DTC B1702: Invalid Key Present
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description • Ignition switch failure.
(FTB)
• Remote key failure.
4A Invalid Key Present
DTC B1705: Loss Communication with Base Station • BCM failure.

Failure Description
31 Loss Communication with Base Station Anti-theft & Locking (2)
CP039, CP010B
The function of security system is to prevent to illegally start
the vehicle. When the ignition switch is turned to "AUX" Reference Electrical Information
position, the anti-theft can be disabled by the transmitter Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
on remote key, and this transmitter can be identified by the
low-frequency immobilizer receiver coil around the ignition Circuit/System Check
switch. The coil transmits electric power and data to the 1. Low battery voltage, low remote key battery, sudden
remote key in a frequency within a certain distance away from disappearance of BCM power supply or ground may lead
the low-frequency immobilizer receiver coil. to DTC setting. Confirm the following items:
Conditions for Running DTCs • Battery cable is clean and secure. Battery is fully charged.
Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. • The electric quantity of remote key is normal. If the low
Conditions for Setting DTCs battery warning lamp is always on, replace the remote key
battery.
B1701: The immobilizer controller detects the transponder
antenna failure. • BCM power supply and ground circuit is normal.
B1702: The immobilizer controller detects the invalid key or 2. The remote key is used to command the door locking
no key signal failure. and unlocking, and the door shall be locked and unlocked
when switching between command states.
B1705: The immobilizer controller detects that it has lost
communication with base station. Circuit/System Test
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set 1. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, clear the
DTC information with a scan tool. Observe the DTC
Engine immobilizer system warning lamp illuminates.
information on the scan tool. Confirm that DTC B1701
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs or B1702 is not set.
B1701:
If DTC B1701 does not pass this ignition cycle, match the
• The antenna status is normal, and turn off the malfunction remote key. If the DTC is set again, replace the remote
lamp. key.
2. Observe the DTC information with a scan tool. Confirm
ignition cycles.
that DTC B1705 is not set.
B1702:
If DTC B1705 does not pass this ignition cycle, test the
• Use valid key. MS CAN network communication line.
V1.0 551

4. Disconnect harness connector CP039 of the anti-theft
coil, and disconnect harness connector CP010B of BCM.
of harness connector CP039 of the anti-theft coil and
the terminals of harness connector CP010B of the
corresponding BCM is less than 5Ω:
• Terminal 3 of CP039 and Terminal 18 of CP010B


harness connector CP039 of the anti-theft coil or the
ground is infinite:

short to ground.

CP039 of the anti-theft coil or terminals of harness
connector CP010B of BCM and the ground is 0V:

short to battery.
8. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the anti-theft

coil or BCM.
Service Guideline
V1.0 552
B1706, B1707, B1708 • BCM failure.
DTC B1706: Attack State Is Triggered during EMS • Gateway module failure.
Authentication Reference Information
Failure Description
(FTB) Bus System and Diagnostic Interface -1.5VCT&1.5T (1)
Attack State Is Triggered during EMS Reference Connector End View Information
61
Authentication
CP010B, EM058B
DTC B1707: No EMS Challenge Rx Reference Electrical Information

Failure Description
(FTB)
Circuit/System Test
87 No EMS Challenge Rx
DTC B1708: CAN Comms Error during Authentication If other module tests are normal, continue following
Failure Type Byte detection procedures.
Failure Description
(FTB) 2. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, disconnect the
CAN Comms Error during battery negative cable and harness connector EM058B of
87 ECM.
Authentication
BCM sends a pre-disabled password to ECM via serial connector EM058B of ECM and terminals of harness
data circuit. Then, the engine control module sends a connector CP010B of corresponding BCM is less than 5Ω:
check password to the body control module. The engine
control module and body control module calculate the check • Terminal 1 of CP010B and Terminal 39 of EM058B
password. If the calculation result of ECM matches with that • Terminal 17 of CP010B and Terminal 38 of EM058B
of BCM, ECM allows the vehicle to start.
Conditions for Setting DTCs of harness connector CP010B of BCM or terminals of
B1706: BCM receives improper authentication request, and harness connector EM058B of ECM and the ground is
anti-theft attack state is triggered. infinite:
B1707: ECM does not receive the authentication request from • Terminal 1 of EM058B
EMS within 2s. • Terminal 17 of EM058B
B1708: ECM does not receive the response of CAN bus signal • Terminal 38 of CP010B
within 2s.
Engine immobilizer system warning lamp illuminates.
short to ground.
• It's authentication with EMS is normal. switch in "ON" position, and test if the voltage between
• Historical DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free the following terminals of harness connector CP010B of
ignition cycles. BCM or the terminals of harness connector EM058B of
Failure Cause ECM and the ground is 2-3V:
• Relevant circuit failure. • Terminal 1 of EM058B

• Connector failure or poor fitting. • Terminal 17 of EM058B
V1.0 553

short to battery.

BCM.
Service Guideline
Control System - NSE 1.5T" - "Engine Control Module
(ECM)".
System - NSE 1.5T" - "Engine Control Module (ECM)".
V1.0 554
Gateway Safety and Restraints
Gateway
DTC Category
List
Failure
Level
Device Ignition OFF ， RUN ， and CRANK 点火开关关闭、运行和起动电路对电源短
12 Ⅲ
Short to battery 路
B1160
Device Ignition OFF ， RUN ， and CRANK
13 点火开关关闭、运行和起动电路开路 Ⅲ
Open Circuit
Device Ignition RUN and CRANK Short to
12 点火开关运行和起动电路对电源短路 Ⅲ
battery
B1161
Device Ignition RUN and CRANK Open
13 点火开关运行和起动电路开路 Ⅲ
Circuit
Device Ignition ACCESSORY Short to
12 点火开关ACC挡电路对电源短路 Ⅲ
B1163 battery
13 Device Ignition ACCESSORY Open Circuit 点火开关ACC挡电路开路 Ⅲ
Run Crank Power Relay Control Circuit 起动电源继电器开关控制电路电压超出范
17 Ⅱ
voltage above threshold 围
B1165
Run Crank Power Relay Control Circuit 起动电源继电器开关控制电路电流超出范
19 Ⅱ
current above threshold 围
Run Crank Power Relay (KL15_Relay_HSD)
17 起动电源继电器控制电路电压超出范围 Ⅱ
Control Circuit voltage above threshold
B1166
Run Crank Power Relay (KL15_Relay_HSD)
19 起动电源继电器控制电路电流超出范围 Ⅱ
Control Circuit current above threshold
Accessory Power Relay Control Circuit ACC电源继电器开关控制电路电压超出范
17 Ⅱ
voltage above threshold 围
B1167
Accessory Power Relay Control Circuit ACC电源继电器开关控制电路电流超出范
19 Ⅱ
current above threshold 围
ACC/Wakeup_HSD Circuit voltage above
17 ACC/唤醒电路电压超出范围 Ⅱ
threshold
B1169
ACC/Wakeup_HSD Circuit current above
19 ACC/唤醒电路电流超出范围 Ⅱ
threshold
Wakeup Enable_HSD Circuit voltage above
17 唤醒使能电路电压超出范围 Ⅱ
threshold
B116A
Wakeup Enable_HSD Circuit current above
19 唤醒使能电路电流超出范围 Ⅱ
threshold
Brake Pedal Position Sensor “Circuit A” short
14 制动踏板位置传感器电路A对地短路或开路 Ⅰ
to ground or open
Brake Pedal Position Sensor “Circuit A” short
15 制动踏板位置传感器电路A对电源短路 Ⅰ
to battery
C0042
Brake Pedal Position Sensor “Circuit A”
54 制动踏板位置传感器电路A丢失数据 Ⅰ
Missing calibration
Brake Pedal Position Sensor “Circuit A”
1C 制动踏板位置传感器电路A电压超出范围 Ⅰ
Circuit voltage out of range
V1.0 555
Safety and Restraints Gateway
Failure
Level
Cruise Control Multi-Function Input “A”
11 巡航控制多功能输入A电路对地短路 Ⅱ
Circuit short to ground
12 巡航控制多功能输入A电路对电源短路 Ⅱ
Circuit short to battery
P0564
96 巡航控制多功能输入A电路内部故障 Ⅱ
Circuit Component internal failure
1C 巡航控制多功能输入A电路电压超出范围 Ⅱ
Circuit voltage out of range
Transmission Mode Switch “A” Circuit
P071A 96 变速箱模式开关A电路内部故障 Ⅰ
P0826 96 升挡和降挡开关电路内部故障 Ⅰ
Auto Shift Manual Mode Circuit Component
96 自动变速箱手动模式电路内部故障 Ⅱ
internal failure
P0955
Auto Shift Manual Mode Circuit voltage out
1C 自动变速箱手动模式电路电压超出范围 Ⅱ
of range
LIN Communication checksum Error with
P1900 41 LIN总线和主节点通讯校验和错误 Ⅲ
master node
LIN Communication time out with master
P1901 87 LIN总线和主节点通讯超时 Ⅲ
node
The system power voltage is beyond the
P1910 1C 系统电源电压低于正常功能要求范围 Ⅲ
normal range of regular function
The Transmission Shift Lever Position Signal
29 变速箱换挡杆位置信号无效 Ⅲ
is Invalid
P1911
Transmission Shift Lever Position Signal is Out
28 变速箱换挡杆位置信号超出正常范围 Ⅲ
Of the Range of regular function
控制模块通讯总线HSCAN 1关闭-动力总成
U0073 88 PT CAN Bus Off on HSCAN 1 Ⅰ
CAN
U0074 88 body CAN Bus Off on HSCAN 2 控制模块通讯总线HSCAN 2关闭-车身CAN Ⅰ
U0100 87 Lost Communication With ECM 丢失与ECM通讯 Ⅰ
U0101 87 Lost Communication with TCM 丢失与TCM通讯 Ⅰ
U0121 87 Lost Communication With ABS 丢失与ABS通讯 Ⅰ
U0126 87 Lost Communication With SAS 丢失与SAS通讯 Ⅰ
U0131 87 Lost Communication With EPS 丢失与EPS通讯 Ⅰ
U0140 87 Lost Communication With BCM 丢失与BCM通讯 Ⅰ
U0151 87 Lost Communication With SDM 丢失与SDM通讯 Ⅰ
U0155 87 Lost Communication With IPK 丢失与IPK通讯 Ⅰ
U0198 87 Lost Communication With T-Box 丢失与T-Box通讯 Ⅱ
U0245 87 Lost Communication With Front FICM 丢失与FICM通讯 Ⅰ
U1008 87 Lost Communication With RPD 丢失与RPD通讯 Ⅱ
U1562 17 Battery voltage is too high 蓄电池电压高 Ⅰ
V1.0 556
Failure
Level
U1563 16 Battery voltage is too low 蓄电池电压低 Ⅰ
U2001 41 ECU EEPROM Checksum Error ECU可擦除存贮器校验和错误 Ⅱ
U2001 42 ECU EEPROM Error ECU可擦除存贮器错误 Ⅱ
U2002 42 ECU RAM Error ECU读写存贮器错误 Ⅱ
U2004 42 ECU ROM Error ECU只读存贮器错误 Ⅱ
*Note:

V1.0 557
Circult Diagram
Circuit Diagram
Gateway (1)
V1.0 558
Gateway (2)
V1.0 559
Connector Information Engine Control Module BD088K

Engine Compartment Fuse Box BD050A

2 12V Power Supply 44 HS CAN L
3 Control Signal 45 HS CAN H
Engine Compartment Fuse Box BD051A Brake Position Sensor BD092

11 Ground Pin No. Pin Information
12 KLR 1 5V Power Supply

2 Brake Position Signal
Engine Compartment Fuse Box BD054A
3 Ground

8 12V Power Supply
38 MS CAN L
39 MS CAN H
V1.0 560
Airbag Control Module (4 Airbags) CP011A Pin No. Pin Information
3
Switch + Output
4
Switch - Output
5
Signal

1 HS CAN H
2 HS CAN L
Airbag Control Module (8 Airbags) CP011C

26 MS CAN H
27 MS CAN L
Shift Mechanism CP025C

1 HS CAN H
2 HS CAN L
Rotary Coupler CP017

8 Winter Mode Switch Output
12 Signal of Shift Panel Shift
Paddle Switch
V1.0 561
Entertainment Mainframe CP034D Diagnostic Interface CP040A
Pin No. Pin Information 3 MS CAN H
1 External Audio Input (left) 6 HS CAN H
3 Steering Wheel Switch 11 MS CAN L
4 Positive Pole of Steering 14 HS CAN L

Wheel Switch 1
EPAS Module CP040D
7 External Audio Input (right)
8 External Audio Input
Ground
10 Positive Pole of Steering
Wheel Switch 2
Communication Module CP035R

7 HS CAN L
8 HS CAN H

6 MS CAN H
14 MS CAN L
V1.0 562
5 HS CAN H 1 Wake-up Enable High Side
6 HS CAN L Driver Output
6 KL.R Switch High Side
GW CP070A
Driver Output
7 KL.15 Relay High Side Driver
Output
8 ACC/Wake-up High Side
Driver Output
10 KL.R Input
12 KL.15-1 Input
21 KL.31 Power Supply
1 MS CAN2 L
2 MS CAN2 H
4 HS CAN1 L
Gear Display CP100
5 HS CAN1 H
24 Steering Wheel Shift Paddle
Switch + Input
26 Steering Wheel Shift Paddle
Switch - Input
Ground
5V Power
1 12V Voltage
38 Cruise Switch 1 Position
2 LIN
Input
3 Ground
2 Ground
4 12V Voltage
3 Ignition Voltage
5 CAN H A/C Control Module CP110A
6 CAN L
GW CP070B
V1.0 563
10 MS CAN H
20 MS CAN L
ABS/SCS Module EB012

3 HS CAN L
4 HS CAN H
8 HS CAN L
9 HS CAN H
V1.0 564
Diagnostic Information and Procedure • Ignition switch failure.
B1160 Reference Information
DTC Description
DTC B1160: Device Ignition OFF, RUN, and CRANK Circuit Gateway (1)
Failure
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description CP070A, CP015A
(FTB)
Device Ignition OFF, RUN, and
12
CRANK Short to Battery Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
Device Ignition OFF, RUN, and Circuit/System Test
13
CRANK Open Circuit
Circuit/System Description battery negative cable, and disconnect harness connector
CP070A of the gateway module and harness connector
The gateway performs the communication between the system
CP015A of the ignition switch.
power mode and all modules via direct or indirect serial data.
The gateway receives the ignition signal provided by BCM and 2. Test if the resistance between terminal 18 of harness
transmits the system power mode status according to the connector CP070A of the gateway module and terminal
configuration power mode provided by the ignition switch 4 of harness connector CP015A of the ignition switch
or BCM. To save the power mode based on serial data, the is less than 5Ω.
electrical architecture will minimize to use discrete ignition If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
signal send to the each module except the gateway. Each open circuit/high resistance.
module will receive the power provided by battery and do
not use the input signal of the ignition switch as the power. 3. Test if the resistance between terminal 18 of harness
According to the signal input by the ignition switch, each connector CP070A of the gateway module or terminal
module can distinguish the early wake up or judge network 4 of harness connector CP015A of the ignition switch
failure to provide fault tolerance for safe operation. and the ground is infinite.
short to ground.
• The ignition voltage is between 9 and 16V. 4. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the gateway
module or ignition switch.
• The gateway is powered on.
Service Guideline
B1160 12: If the gateway module detects that the running/start
input channel, ACC input channel, and AD input channel
conflict during the ignition cycle, set the DTC. • Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
B1160 13: Run/start input channel conflicts when "OFF". "Gateway Module".
It indicates that the power mode signal is consistent with ACC
input channel and run/start input channel, and corresponding
DTC is recorded.
cycles.
Failure Cause
• Control module failure.
V1.0 565
B1161 Reference Information

DTC B1161: Device Ignition RUN and CRANK Circuit Failure Gateway (1)
Failure Description
(FTB)
CP070B, CP015A
Device Ignition RUN and CRANK
Short to Battery
Device Ignition RUN and CRANK
13
Open Circuit Circuit/System Test
Circuit/System Description 1. Check the ignition switch for damage or
The gateway performs the communication between the 2. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, disconnect
system power mode and all modules by direct or indirect battery negative cable, harness connector CP070B of the
serial data. The gateway receives the ignition signal provided gateway module and harness connector CP015A of the
by BCM and adjusts the system power mode status according ignition switch.
to the configuration power mode provided by the ignition 3. Test if the resistance between terminal 12 of harness
switch or BCM. To save the power mode based on serial data, connector CP070B of the gateway module and terminal
the electrical architecture sends the minimized usage to the 1 of harness connector CP015A of the ignition switch
discrete ignition signal of each module except the gateway. is less than 5Ω.
Each module will receive the power provided by battery and
do not use the input signal of the ignition switch as the power.
According to the signal input by the ignition switch, each
module can distinguish the early wake up or judge network 4. Test if the resistance between terminal 12 of harness
failure to provide fault tolerance for safe operation. connector CP070B of the gateway module or terminal 1
of harness connector CP015A of the ignition switch and
• The ignition voltage is between 9V-16V.
short to ground.
B1161 12: If the gateway module has detected that the Service Guideline
running/start input channel, ACC input channel, and AD input
channel have the conflict during the ignition cycle, set the
DTC.
B1161 13: Run/start input channel conflicts with "OFF".
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set "Gateway Module".
It is indicated that the power mode signal is consistent
with run/start input channel and AD input channel, and
corresponding DTC is recorded.
After 40 ignition cycles without failure, the history DTCs will
be cleared.
Failure Cause
• Ignition switch failure.
V1.0 566
B1163 Failure Cause
DTC B1163: Device Ignition ACCESSORY Circuit Failure • Connector failure or poor fit.
Failure Type Byte • Control module failure.
Failure Description
(FTB) • Ignition switch failure.
Device Ignition ACCESSORY Short Reference Information
12
to Battery
Device Ignition ACCESSORY Open
13 Gateway (1)
Circuit
CP070B, CP015A
The gateway performs the communication between the
system power mode and all modules by direct or indirect
serial data. The gateway receives the ignition signal provided Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
by BCM and adjusts the system power mode status according
Circuit/System Test
to the configuration power mode provided by the ignition
switch or BCM. To save the power mode based on serial data, 1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, disconnect
the electrical architecture sends the minimized usage to the battery negative cable, harness connector CP070B of the
discrete ignition signal of each module except the gateway. gateway module and harness connector CP015A of the
Each module will receive the power provided by battery and ignition switch.
do not use the input signal of the ignition switch as the power. 2. Test if the resistance between terminal 10 of harness
According to the signal input by the ignition switch, each connector CP070B of the gateway module and terminal
module can distinguish the early wake up or judge network 3 of harness connector CP015A of the ignition switch
failure to provide fault tolerance for safe operation. is less than 5Ω.
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. open circuit/high resistance.
• The ignition voltage is between 9V-16V. 3. Test if the resistance between terminal 10 of harness
• The gateway is powered on. connector CP070B of the gateway module or terminal 3
of harness connector CP015A of the ignition switch and
B1163 12:
• AD input channel is started. short to ground.
• ACC input channel is "ON".
• Run/start input channel conflicts with "ON". module or ignition switch.
B1163 13: Service Guideline
• AD input channel is "IGN ON". • Refer to Service Manual, "Safety and Protection" -
• ACC input channel conflicts with "OFF". "Gateway" - "Gateway Module".
• Run/start input channel conflicts with "ON". • Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
"Gateway Module".
It is indicated that the power mode signal is consistent
with run/start input channel and AD input channel, and
corresponding DTC is recorded.
After 40 ignition cycles without failure, the history DTCs will
be cleared.
V1.0 567
B1165 B1165 19:

DTC Description • When the load condition of run power relay control
DTC B1165: Run Crank Power Relay Control Circuit Failure circuit HSD circuit is 0. (When HSD is in "ON", the
current is less than 450mA, which at least lasts for
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description 200ms.)
(FTB)
• After 40 ignition cycles without failure, the history DTCs
Run Crank Power Relay Control
17 will be cleared.
Circuit Voltage Above Threshold
Failure Cause
Run Crank Power Relay Control
Circuit Current Above Threshold
• ECM failure.
serial data. The gateway receives the ignition signal provided
by BCM and adjusts the system power mode status according Reference Circuit Information
to the configuration power mode provided by the ignition Gateway (1)
switch or BCM. To save the power mode based on serial data,
the electrical architecture sends the minimized usage to the
discrete ignition signal of each module except the gateway. CP070A, CP070B, CP015A
Each module will receive the power provided by battery and Reference Electrical Information
According to the signal input by the ignition switch, each Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
module can distinguish the early wake up or judge network Circuit/System Test
failure to provide fault tolerance for safe operation.
Conditions for Running DTCs battery negative cable, harness connector CP070B of
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. the gateway module, harness connector GB009 of the
• The ignition voltage is between 9V-16V. automatic transmission control module, and harness
connector BD088K of the engine compartment control
module.
B1165 17: When the load condition of the open circuit of run connector CP015A of the ignition switch and the
power relay control circuit HSD circuit is 1. (When HSD is in terminals of harness connector CP070A and CP070B of
"OFF", the voltage exceeds 4V.) the gateway module is less than 5Ω:
B1165 19: When the load condition of run power relay control • Terminal 1 of CP015A and Terminal 12 of CP070B
circuit HSD circuit is 1. (When HSD is in "ON", the current
• Terminal 4 of CP015A and Terminal 18 of CP070A
exceeds 500mA, which at least lasts for 200ms.)
B1165 17: Only record corresponding DTCs.
B1165 19: Shut off the function of running power supply relay harness connector CP015A of the ignition switch or the
control circuit HSD till the failure is recovered. terminals of harness connector CP070A and CP070B of
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs the gateway module and the ground is infinite:
B1165 17: • Terminal 1 of CP015A
• When the open circuit load condition of run power relay • Terminal 4 of CP015A
control circuit HSD is 0. (When HSD is in "OFF", ACC
/ wakeup _ HSD voltage is less than 2.3V.)
• After 40 ignition cycles without failure, the history DTCs • Terminal 12 of CP070B
will be cleared. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
short to ground.
V1.0 568
CP015A of the ignition switch or the terminals of harness
connector CP070A and CP070B of the gateway module
and the ground is 0V:

short to battery.
5. If all circuits tested are normal, test/replace the gateway

Service Guideline
"Gateway Module".
V1.0 569
B1166 • After 40 ignition cycles without failure, the history DTCs

DTC Description will be cleared.
DTC B1166: Run Crank Power Relay Control Circuit Failure B1166 19:
Failure Type Byte • When the load condition of run power relay control
Failure Description
(FTB) circuit HSD circuit is 0. (When HSD is in "ON", the
Run Crank Power Relay current is less than 450mA, which at least lasts for
17 (KL15_Relay_HSD) Control Circuit 200ms.)
Voltage Above Threshold • After 40 ignition cycles without failure, the history DTCs
will be cleared.
Run Crank Power Relay
19 (KL15_Relay_HSD) Control Circuit Failure Cause
Current Above Threshold • Relevant circuit failure.
Circuit/System Description • Connector failure or poor fit.

system power mode and all modules by direct or indirect Reference Information
serial data. The gateway receives the ignition signal provided Reference Circuit Information
Gateway (1)
switch or BCM. To save the power mode based on serial data, Reference Connector End View Information
the electrical architecture sends the minimized usage to the BD050A,CP070B
discrete ignition signal of each module except the gateway.
do not use the input signal of the ignition switch as the power. Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
Circuit/System Test
module can distinguish the early wake up or judge network
failure to provide fault tolerance for safe operation. 1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, disconnect the
battery negative cable, remove K15 relay, and perform
the component test for K15 relay.
If the test is abnormal, replace the K15 relay.
2. Disconnect harness connector CP070B of the gateway
module and harness connector BD050A of the engine
Conditions for Setting DTCs compartment fuse box.
B1166 17: When the load condition of the open circuit of run 3. Test if the resistance between terminal 7 of harness
power relay control circuit HSD circuit is 1. (When HSD is in connector CP070B of the gateway module and
"OFF", the voltage exceeds 4V.) terminal 2 of harness connector BD050A of the engine
B1166 19: When the load condition of run power relay control compartment fuse box is less than 5Ω.
circuit HSD circuit is 1. (When HSD is in "ON", the current If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
exceeds 500mA, which at least lasts for 200ms.) open circuit/high resistance.
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set 4. Test if the resistance between terminal 7 of harness
B1166 17: Only record corresponding DTCs. connector CP070B of gateway module or terminal 2 of
harness connector BD050A of the engine compartment
B1166 19: Shut off the function of run power relay _ HSD till
fuse box and the ground is infinite.
the failure recovers.
short to ground.
B1166 17:
• When the open circuit load condition of run power relay between terminal 7 of harness connector CP070B of
control circuit HSD is 0. (When HSD is in "OFF", ACC the gateway module or terminal 2 of harness connector
/ wakeup _ HSD voltage is less than 2.3V.) BD050A of the engine compartment fuse box and the
ground is 0V.
V1.0 570
short to battery.

module.
Component Test
2. Remove K15 relay.
3. Test if the resistance between the terminal 85 and 86
is 80-90Ω.
If it is not within the specified range, replace K15 relay.

infinite:
• 30 and 86
• 30 and 87
• 30 and 85
• 85 and 87
If it is not within the specified range, replace K15 relay.

relay and 12V voltage. Fit a jumper wire between terminal
86 of the relay and the ground. Test if the resistance
between terminal 30 and 87 is less than 5Ω.
If it is not within the specified range, replace the relay.

Service Guideline
"Gateway Module".
V1.0 571
B1167 B1167 19:

DTC Description • When the load condition of accessory power relay
DTC B1167: Accessory Power Relay Control Circuit Failure control circuit HSD is 0. (When HSD is in "ON", the
current is less than 450mA, which at least lasts for
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description 200ms.)
(FTB)
Accessory Power Relay Control
17 will be cleared.
Circuit Voltage Above Threshold
Failure Cause
Accessory Power Relay Control
Circuit Current Above Threshold
serial data. The gateway receives the ignition signal provided Reference Circuit Information
by BCM and adjusts the system power mode status according Gateway (1)
switch or BCM. To save the power mode based on serial data,
the electrical architecture sends the minimized usage to the BD051A, CP070B
discrete ignition signal of each module except the gateway. Reference Electrical Information
According to the signal input by the ignition switch, each Circuit/System Test
Conditions for Running DTCs 2. Remove KLR relay, and perform component test on KLR
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. relay.
• The ignition voltage is between 9V-16V. If the test is abnormal, replace the KLR relay.
Conditions for Setting DTCs and harness connector BD051A of the engine
B1167 17: When the load condition of the open circuit of compartment fuse box.
accessory power relay control circuit HSD circuit is 1. (When 4. Test if the resistance between terminal 6 of harness
HSD is in "OFF", the voltage exceeds 4V.) connector CP070B of the gateway module and terminal
12 of harness connector BD051A of the engine
B1167 19: When the load condition of accessory power relay
compartment fuse box is less than 5Ω.
control circuit HSD circuit is 1. (When HSD is in "ON", the
current exceeds 500mA, which at least lasts for 200ms.) If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set open circuit/high resistance.
B1167 17: Only record corresponding DTCs. 5. Test if the resistance between terminal 6 of harness
connector CP070B of gateway module or terminal 12 of
B1167 19: Shut off the function of accessory power relay
harness connector BD051A of the engine compartment
_ HSD till the failure recovers. (HSD will try to turn on
fuse box and the ground is infinite.
relay/CECT will try to turn on relay every 10s.)
short to ground.
B1167 17:
• When the load condition of the open circuit of accessory between terminal 6 of harness connector CP070B of the
power relay control circuit HSD is 0. (When HSD is in gateway module or terminal 12 of harness connector
"OFF", ACC / wakeup _ HSD voltage is less than 2.3V.) BD051A of the engine compartment fuse box and the
• After 40 ignition cycles without failure, the history DTCs ground is 0V.
will be cleared.
V1.0 572
short to battery.

module.
Component Test
2. Remove the KLR relay.
3. Test if the resistance between the terminal 85 and 86
is 80-90Ω.
If it is not within the specified range, replace the KLR

relay.

infinite:
• 30 and 86
• 30 and 87
• 30 and 85
• 85 and 87
If it is not within the specified range, replace the KLR

relay.

the relay and 12V voltage. Fit a jumper wire between
terminal 86 of the relay and the ground. Test if the
resistance between terminal 30 and 87 is less than 5Ω.
If it is not within the specified range, replace the relay.

Service Guideline
"Gateway Module".
V1.0 573
B1169 B1169 19:

DTC Description • When the load condition of ACC / wakeup enable _ HSD
DTC B1169: ACC / Wakeup _ HSD Circuit Failure circuit is 0. (When HSD is in "ON", the current is less
than 450mA, which at least lasts for 200ms.)
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description • After 40 ignition cycles without failure, the history DTCs
(FTB)
will be cleared.
ACC / Wakeup _ HSD Circuit
17 Failure Cause
Voltage Above Threshold
ACC / Wakeup _ HSD Circuit • Relevant circuit failure.
19
Current Above Threshold • Connector failure or poor fit.
system power mode and all modules by direct or indirect Reference Circuit Information
serial data. The gateway receives the ignition signal provided Gateway (1)
switch or BCM. To save the power mode based on serial data, BD088K, CP070B, GB009
the electrical architecture sends the minimized usage to the Reference Electrical Information
discrete ignition signal of each module except the gateway.
do not use the input signal of the ignition switch as the power. Circuit/System Test
battery negative cable, harness connector CP070B of the
gateway module and harness connector GB009 of the
Conditions for Running DTCs automatic transmission control module.
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. 2. Test if the resistance between terminal 8 of harness
• The ignition voltage is between 9V-16V. connector CP070B of the gateway module and terminal
14 of harness connector GB009 of the automatic
transmission control module is less than 5Ω.
B1169 17: When the load condition of the open circuit of
ACC / wakeup _ HSD circuit is 1. (When HSD is in "OFF", the
voltage exceeds 4V.) 3. Test if the resistance between terminal 8 of harness
connector CP070B of the gateway module or terminal
B1169 19: When the load condition of ACC / wakeup _ HSD
14 of harness connector GB009 of the automatic
circuit is 1. (When HSD is in "ON", the current exceeds
transmission control module and the ground is infinite.
500mA, which at least lasts for 200ms.)
short to ground.
B1169 17: Only record corresponding DTCs.
B1169 19: Shut off the function of ACC / wakeup _ HSD till between terminal 8 of harness connector CP070B of the
the failure recovers. (HSD will try to turn on relay/CECT will gateway module or terminal 14 of harness connector
try to turn on relay every 10s.) GB009 of the automatic transmission control module
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs and the ground is 0V.
B1169 17: If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
short to battery.
• When the load condition of the open circuit of ACC /
wakeup _ HSD circuit is 0. (When HSD is in "OFF", ACC 5. Disconnect the battery negative cable and harness
/ wakeup _ HSD voltage is less than 2.3V.) connector BD088K of ECM.
will be cleared.
V1.0 574
connector CP070B of the gateway module and terminal
85 of harness connector BD088K of ECM is less than 5Ω.


connector CP070B of the gateway module or terminal 85
of harness connector BD088K of ECM and the ground
is infinite.

short to ground.

between terminal 8 of harness connector CP070B of the
gateway module or terminal 85 of harness connector
BD088K of ECM and the ground is 0V.

short to battery.

module, automatic transmission control module or ECM.
Service Guideline
System - SGE1.4T" - "Engine Control Module".
• Refer to Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle" - "Dry
Dual Clutch Automatic Transmission" - "Transmission
Control Module (TCM) - Dry Dual Clutch Automatic
Transmission".
"Gateway Module".
to Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle" - "Dry
Transmission".
V1.0 575
B116A B116A 19:

DTC Description • When the load condition of ACC / wakeup enable _ HSD
DTC B116A: Wakeup Enable Circuit Failure circuit is 0. (When HSD is in "ON", the current is less
than 450mA, which at least lasts for 200ms.)
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description • After 40 ignition cycles without failure, the history DTCs
(FTB)
will be cleared.
Wakeup Enable _ HSD Circuit
17 Failure Cause
Voltage Above Threshold
Wakeup Enable _ HSD Circuit • Relevant circuit failure.
19
Current Above Threshold • Connector failure or poor fit.
• Electric power steering control module failure.
The gateway performs the communication between the system
power mode and all modules by direct or indirect serial data.
The gateway receives the ignition signal provided by BCM and • Anti-lock brake/dynamic stability control module failure.
adjusts the system power mode status according to the ignition Reference Information
switch or the configuration power mode provided by BCM.
To save the power mode based on serial data, the electrical
architecture sends the minimized usage to the discrete ignition Gateway (1)
signal of each module except the gateway. Each module will Reference Connector End View Information
receive the power provided by battery and do not use the input
CP040D, CP052, CP070B, EB012
signal of the ignition switch as the power. According to the
signal input by the ignition switch, each module can distinguish Reference Electrical Information
the early wake up or judge network failure to provide fault Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
tolerance for safe operation.
Circuit/System Test
the battery negative cable, harness connector CP070B of
• The ignition voltage is between 9V-16V. the gateway module, and harness connector EB012 of the
• The gateway is powered on. anti-lock brake/ dynamic stability control module.
B116A 17: When the load condition of the open circuit of
28 of harness connector EB012 of the anti-lock
wakeup enable _ HSD circuit is 1. (When HSD is in "OFF",
brake/dynamic stability control module is less than 5Ω.
the voltage exceeds 4V.)
B116A 19: When the load condition of ACC / wakeup enable _
HSD circuit is 1. (When HSD is in "ON", the current exceeds
500mA, which at least lasts for 200ms.) 3. Test if the resistance between terminal 1 of harness
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set connector CP070B of the gateway module or terminal
28 of harness connector EB012 of the anti-lock
B116A 17: Only record corresponding DTCs.
brake/dynamic stability control module and the ground
B116A 19: Shut off the function of wakeup enable _ HSD till is infinite.
the failure recovers. (HSD will try to turn on relay/CECT will
try to turn on relay every 10s.)
short to ground.
B116A 17: between terminal 1 of harness connector CP070B of the
• When the load condition of the open circuit of wakeup gateway module or terminal 28 of harness connector
enable _ HSD circuit is 0. (When HSD is in "OFF", ACC EB012 of the anti-lock brake/dynamic stability control
/ wakeup _ HSD voltage is less than 2.3V.) module and the ground is 0V.
• After 40 ignition cycles without failure, the history DTCs If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
will be cleared. short to battery.
V1.0 576
5. Disconnect the battery negative cable and harness • Refer to Service Manual, "Steering System" - "Steering
connector CP040D of the electric power steering System" - "Power Steering Engine Assembly".
control module. • Refer to Service Manual, "Steering System" - "Steering
6. Test if the resistance between terminal 1 of harness System" - "Steering Wheel Angle Sensor".
connector CP070B of the gateway module and terminal • Refer to Service Manual, "Brake System" - "Brake
5 of harness connector CP040D of the electric power Module" - "ABS Regulator".
steering control module is less than 5Ω.
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for to Service Manual, "Safety and Protection" - "Gateway" -
open circuit/high resistance. "Gateway Module".
7. Test if the resistance between terminal 1 of harness • Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
connector CP070B of the gateway module or terminal to Service Manual, "Brake System" - "Brake Module" -
5 of harness connector CP040D of the electric power "ABS Regulator".
steering control module and the ground is infinite.
short to ground.
between terminal 1 of harness connector CP070B of
the gateway module or terminal 5 of harness connector
CP040D of the electric power steering control module
short to battery.
connector CP052 of the angle sensor.
connector CP070B of the gateway module and terminal 3
of harness connector CP052 of the angle sensor is less
than 5Ω.
connector CP070B of the gateway module or terminal
3 of harness connector CP052 of the angle sensor and
short to ground.
12. Connect battery negative cable, and test if the voltage
CP052 of the angle sensor and the ground is 0V.
short to battery.
module or the anti-lock brake/dynamic stability control
module, electric power steering control module, and SAS.
Service Guideline
V1.0 577
C0042 • Historical DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free

DTC Description ignition cycles.
DTC C0042: Brake Pedal Position Sensor “Circuit A” Failure C0042 15:
Failure Type Byte • The input voltage of the brake pedal position sensor is
Failure Description
(FTB) less than 4.5V, which lasts for 50ms.
Brake Pedal Position Sensor "Circuit • Historical DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free
14
A" Short to Ground or Open ignition cycles.
Brake Pedal Position Sensor "Circuit C0042 54:

15
A" - Short to Battery
• Brake pedal position sensor completes the 0° learning.
Brake Pedal Position Sensor "Circuit • Historical DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free
54
A" Missing Calibration ignition cycles.
Brake Pedal Position Sensor "Circuit C0042 1C:
1C
A" Circuit Voltage Out of Range
• The input voltage of the brake pedal position sensor is
Circuit/System Description within 0.7-4.5V, which lasts for 50ms.
Gateway transmits most of the body function signal and easily • Historical DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free
converts hardwire and network signal. Gateway collects ignition cycles.
brake pedal sensor signal and sends the brake pedal position Failure Cause
sensor signal to TCM and voltage management control unit.
To identify the brake pedal position, the gateway needs to
perform the zero learning for output voltage of the brake • Connector failure or poor fitting.
pedal. • Gateway module failure.
Conditions for Running DTCs • Brake pedal position sensor failure.
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. Reference Information
• The ignition voltage is between 9 and 16V. Reference Circuit Information
• Run the gateway. Gateway (2)
Conditions for Setting DTCs Reference Connector End View Information
C0042 14: The input voltage of the brake pedal position sensor BD092, CP070A
is less than 0.5V, which lasts for 50ms.
C0042 15: The input voltage of the brake pedal position sensor
is greater than 4.5V, which lasts for 50ms.
Circuit/System Test
C0042 54: Brake pedal position sensor does not pass the 0°
learning. 1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, disconnect the
C0042 1C: The input voltage of the brake pedal position sensor
is not within 0.7-4.5V, which lasts for 50ms.
BD092 of the brake position sensor.
C0042 14, 15, 1C: Keep the final relevant signal valid and harness connector CP070A of the gateway module and
record the DTC. the terminals of harness connector BD092 of the brake
C0042 54: Set the valid position learning error for the brake pedal position sensor is less than 5Ω:
pedal position sensor and record the DTC. • Terminal 16 of CP070A and Terminal 2 of BD092
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs • Terminal 35 of CP070A and Terminal 3 of BD092
C0042 14:
• Terminal 36 of CP070A and Terminal 1 of BD092
• The input voltage of the brake pedal position sensor is
greater than 0.5V, which lasts for 50ms.
V1.0 578
harness connector CP070A of the gateway module or
the terminals of harness connector BD092 of the brake
pedal position sensor and the ground is infinite:

short to ground.

CP070A of the gateway module or the terminals of
harness connector BD092 of the brake pedal position
sensor and the ground is 0V:

short to battery.

module or brake pedal position sensor.
Service Guideline
"Gateway Module".
V1.0 579
P0564 • Historical DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free

DTC Description ignition cycles.
DTC P0564: Cruise Control Multi-function Input "A" Circuit P0564 96:
Failure
• Cruise control switch input status is changed.
Failure Type Byte • Historical DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free
Failure Description
(FTB) ignition cycles.
Cruise Control Multi-Function Input P0564 1C:
11
"A" Circuit Short to Ground
• Cruise control switch input voltage is within 1.92-4.31V,
Cruise Control Multi-Function Input
12 which lasts for 50ms.
"A" Circuit Short to Battery
Cruise Control Multi-Function Input ignition cycles.
96 "A" Circuit Component Internal
Failure Cause
Failure
Cruise Control Multi-Function Input
1C • Connector failure or poor fitting.
"A" Circuit Voltage Out of Range
• Cruise control switch failure.
Gateway transmits most of the body function signal and easily
converts hardwire and network signal. The gateway collects
the state of the cruise switch and sends the signal to engine Reference Circuit Information
control unit. Gateway (2)
Conditions for Running DTCs Reference Connector End View Information
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. CP017, CP070A
• The ignition voltage is between 9 and 16V. Reference Electrical Information
• Run the gateway.
P0564 11: Cruise control switch input voltage is less than 0.5V,
which lasts for 50ms. 1. Check the cruise control switch button for flexibility or
poor contact.
P0564 12: Cruise control switch input voltage is greater than
2. Operate the cruise control switch button and confirm
4.5V, which lasts for 50ms.
the failure.
P0564 96: Cruise control switch input status is
If it is invalid, check the interior of the cruise control
RES/SET-/SET+/ON, which lasts for 30ms.
button for damage, and replace them if necessary.
P0564 1C: Cruise control switch input voltage is not within
Circuit/System Test
1.92-4.31V, which lasts for 50ms.
Set the DTC. CP07OA of the gateway module and harness connector
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs CP017 of the rotary coupler.
P0564 11: 2. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of

harness connector CP070A of the gateway module and
• Cruise control switch input voltage is greater than 0.5V, the corresponding terminals of harness connector CP017
which lasts for 50ms. of the rotary coupler is less than 5Ω:
• Terminal 37 of CP070A and Terminal 2 of CP017
ignition cycles.
• Terminal 38 of CP070A and Terminal 5 of CP017
P0564 12:
• Cruise control switch input voltage is less than 4.5V,
V1.0 580

short to ground.

is 0V:

short to battery.

module or cruise control switch.
Service Guideline
"Gateway Module".
V1.0 581
P071A If fails, check the interior of the mode switch for damage.
DTC Description Replace the shift mechanism if necessary.
DTC P071A: Transmission Mode Switch "A" Circuit Circuit/System Test

Component Internal Failure 1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, disconnect the
Failure Type Byte battery negative cable, and disconnect harness connector
Failure Description CP070B of the gateway module, and harness connector
(FTB)
CP025C of the shift mechanism.
Transmission Mode Switch "A"
96 2. Test if the resistance between the terminal 28 of harness
Circuit Component Internal Failure
connector CP070B of the gateway module and the
Circuit/System Description terminal 8 of harness connector CP025C of the shift
Shift mode switch includes snow mode switch and sport mode mechanism is less than 5Ω.
switch, and gateway collects the state of the shift mote switch If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
and sends the signal to TCM. open circuit/high resistance.
Conditions for Running DTCs 3. Test if the resistance between terminal 28 of harness
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. connector CP070B of the gateway module or terminal 8
• The ignition voltage is between 9 and 16V. of harness connector CP025C of the shift mechanism
short to ground.
Snow mode switch and sport mode switch are off
simultaneously, which lasts for 2s. 4. Connect battery negative cable, and test if the voltage
Keep the final relevant signal valid and record the DTC. CP025C of the shift mechanism and the ground is 0V.
• Snow mode switch and sport mode switch are not off short to battery.
simultaneously, which lasts for 2s.
• Historical DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free module or shift mechanism.
ignition cycles.
Service Guideline
Failure Cause
• Relevant circuit failure. "Gateway" - "Gateway Module".
• Connector failure or poor fitting. • Refer to Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle" -
• Gateway module failure. "Shift Control System - Dry Dual Clutch Automatic
• Mode switch failure. Transmission" - "Shifter Assembly - Dry Dual Clutch
Automatic Transmission".
Gateway (1) "Gateway Module".
CP025C, CP070B
1. Check the mode switch for flexibility or poor contact.
2. Operate the mode switch, and confirm the failure.
V1.0 582
P0826 If it is invalid, check the interior of the shift paddle on
DTC Description the steering wheel for damage. When necessary, replace
DTC P0826: Up and Down Shift Switch Circuit Component
Internal Failure Circuit/System Test
Failure Type Byte 1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, disconnect the
Failure Description battery negative cable, and disconnect harness connector
(FTB)
96 CP017 of the rotary coupler.
Component Internal Failure
Circuit/System Description harness connector CP070A of the gateway module and
The gateway is responsible for collecting the state of the shift the corresponding terminals of harness connector CP017
paddle switch and sending the signal to TCM. of the rotary coupler is less than 5Ω:
Conditions for Running DTCs • Terminal 24 of CP070A and Terminal 3 of CP017
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. • Terminal 26 of CP070A and Terminal 4 of CP017
• The ignition voltage is between 9-16V. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
• Run the gateway. open circuit/high resistance.
Shift auxiliary input state is Tip+ or Tip-, which lasts for 30s.
Set a parameter and use it to activate the illegal up and down
shift switch states.
• The shift auxiliary input state is changed.
• Connector failure or poor fitting. between the following terminals of harness connector
• Shift paddle switch failure. is 0V:
Gateway (2)
CP017, CP070A
short to battery.
Circuit/System Check module or shift paddle switch.
1. Check the shift paddle switch on the steering wheel for Service Guideline
flexibility and a poor contact. • Refer to Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle" -
2. Operate the shift paddle switch on the steering wheel to "Transmission/Transaxle - 6AT" - "Neutral Start Switch".
confirm the failure phenomenon. • Refer to Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle"
V1.0 583

Module (TCM)".
V1.0 584
DTC P0955: Auto Transmission Shift Manual Mode Circuit Gateway (1)
Failure
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description CP025C, CP070B
(FTB)
Auto Shift Manual Mode Circuit
96
Component Internal Failure Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
Auto Shift Manual Mode Circuit Circuit/System Check

1C
Voltage Out of Range
1. Check the shift paddle on the shift handle for flexibility
Circuit/System Description or poor contact.
The gateway collects the state of the automatic transmission 2. Operate the shift paddle switch on the shift handle, and
manual mode shift switch and sends the signal to TCM. confirm the failures.
Conditions for Running DTCs If fails, check the interior of the shift paddle switch on
the shift handle for damage. When necessary, replace
Circuit/System Test
P0955 96: Shift main input state is Tip+ or Tip-, which lasts for the gateway module, and harness connector CP025C of
30s. the shift mechanism.
P0955 1C: Shift main input voltage is not within 1.27-4.21V, 2. Test if the resistance between terminal 33 of harness
which lasts for 50ms. connector CP070B of the gateway module and terminal
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set 12 of harness connector CP025C of the shift mechanism
is less than 5Ω.
P0955 96: Set a parameter and use it to activate the illegal
enable switch states. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
P0955 1C: Set a parameter and use it to activate the illegal up
and down shift switch states. 3. Test if the resistance between terminal 33 of harness
of harness connector CP025C of the shift mechanism
P0955 96: and the ground is infinite.
• Shift main input voltage is within 1.27-4.21V, which lasts If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
for 50ms. short to ground.
• After 40 ignition cycles without failure, the history DTCs 4. Connect battery negative cable, and test if the voltage
will be cleared. between terminal 33 of harness connector CP070B of
P0955 1C: the gateway module or terminal 12 of harness connector
CP025C of the shift mechanism and the ground is 0V.
• The shift main input states are changed.
Failure Cause 5. If all circuits tested are normal, test/replace the gateway
module or shift mechanism.
Service Guideline
• Gateway module failure. • Refer to Service Manual, "Safety and Protection" -
"Shift Control System - Dry Dual Clutch Automatic
V1.0 585
Transmission" - "Shifter Assembly - Dry Dual Clutch

"Gateway Module".
V1.0 586
P1900, P1901 • It is received that the data consistent with that of the
DTC Description master node communication checksum are the same for
successive 25 times.
DTC P1900: LIN Communication Checksum Error with
Master Node • After 40 ignition cycles without failure, the history DTCs
will be cleared.
Failure Type Byte
(FTB)
LIN Communication Checksum • The byte conversion blank time and standard value are
41
Error with Master Node less than 40% from the node, which lasts for 25 times
continuously.
DTC P1901: LIN Communication Time Out with Master • After 40 ignition cycles without failure, the history DTCs
Node will be cleared.
Failure Description
(FTB)
LIN Communication Time Out with • Connector failure or poor fit.
87
Master Node
Circuit/System Description • Gear display failure.
When the key is inserted into the ignition switch and switched Reference Information
to 1st gear, then the gateway starts to communicate. When
the key inserted into the ignition switch is switched from 1st
gear to off, the gateway will delay to communicate at least Gateway (1)
for 20s (configurable). The gateway performs VCT network Reference Connector End View Information
management strategy on HS CAN. After all other nodes are
CP100, CP070B
stopped to communicate, the gateway will also do.
P1900:
Circuit/System Test
• The ignition voltage is between 9V-16V. 1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, disconnect
• LIN communication is normal.
the gateway module and harness connector CP100 of
P1901: the gear display.
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position for 5s. 2. Test if the resistance between terminal 22 of harness
• The ignition voltage is between 9V-16V. connector CP070B of the gateway module and terminal
2 of harness connector CP100 of the gear display is less
than 5Ω.
P1900: The data consistent with that of the master node
communication checksum received from the node are different
for successive 25 times.
P1901: The byte conversion blank time and standard
value exceed 40% from the node, which lasts for 25 times
of harness connector CP100 of the gear display and the
continuously.
ground is infinite.
Record the failure information, send it to the master node, and short to ground.
keep the last display state unchanged.
P1900: the gateway module or terminal 2 of harness connector
CP100 of the gear display and the ground is 0V.
V1.0 587

short to battery.

module or gear display.
Service Guideline
Transmission" - "Gear Indicator".
"Gateway Module".
V1.0 588
DTC Description Turn off gear display.
DTC P1910: The System Power Voltage Is Beyond the Normal Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
Range of Regular Function
P1900:
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description • Power voltage value is within the range of 9-16V, which
(FTB)
lasts for 1,000ms.
The System Power Voltage Is Beyond
1C the Normal Range of Regular
will be cleared.
Function
P1901 28:
DTC P1911: Transmission Shift Lever Position Signal Failure
• The transmission shift lever position signal is within the
Failure Type Byte valid working function range of the gear display, which
Failure Description
(FTB) lasts for 500ms.
Transmission Shift Lever Position • After 40 ignition cycles without failure, the history DTCs
28 Signal Is Out Of the Range of Regular will be cleared.
Function
P1901 29:
The Transmission Shift Lever Position
29 • The transmission shift lever position signal is in AT & MT,
Signal Is Invalid
which is valid and lasts for 500ms.
Circuit/System Description • After 40 ignition cycles without failure, the history DTCs
When the key is inserted into the ignition switch and switched will be cleared.
to 1st gear, then the gateway starts to communicate. When Failure Cause
the key inserted into the ignition switch is switched from 1st • Relevant circuit failure.
gear to off, the gateway will delay to communicate at least
for 20s (configurable). The gateway performs VCT network
management strategy on HS CAN3. After all other nodes are • Gateway module failure.
stopped to communicate, the gateway will also do. • Shift mechanism failure.
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position for 5s. Gateway (1)
• The ignition voltage is between 9V-16V. Reference Connector End View Information
• The power mode is not in running state. CP025C, CP070B
• LIN communication is normal. Reference Electrical Information
P1911: Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position for 5s. Circuit/System Test
Conditions for Setting DTCs the battery negative cable, harness connector CP070B of
P1910: Power voltage value is within the range of 7-8.5V or the gateway module, and harness connector CP025C of
16.5-18.5V, which lasts for 1,000ms. the shift mechanism.
P1911: 2. Test if the resistance between terminal 33 of harness

• 28: The transmission shift lever position signal is out of
12 of harness connector CP025C of the shift mechanism
the valid working function range of the gear display, which
is less than 5Ω.
lasts for 500ms.
• 29: The transmission shift lever position signal is in AT & If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
MT, which is invalid and lasts for 500ms. open circuit/high resistance.
V1.0 589

of harness connector CP025C of the shift mechanism

short to ground.

CP025C of the shift mechanism and the ground is 0V.

short to battery.

module or shift mechanism.
Service Guideline
Transmission" - "Shifter Assembly - Dry Dual Clutch
"Gateway Module".
V1.0 590
DTC U0073: CAN Communication Failure Bus System and Diagnostic Interface - 1.4T (1)
Failure Description
(FTB)
CP040A, CP070A
88 PT CAN Bus Off on HSCAN 1
DTC U0074: CAN Communication Failure Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
Failure Description
(FTB)
1. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of HS CAN" and "Integrity
88 Body CAN Bus Off on HSCAN 2 Inspection of MS CAN".
Circuit/System Description If other modules tested are normal, continue the
The gateway module communicates with other control following procedures.
modules via the MS CAN bus. 2. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
• DTC U1562 or U1563 is not set.
module.
• 1s After battery recovers to normal from overvoltage or
undervoltage.
• After ECU wakes up from sleep state for 1s.
and the terminals of harness connector CP040A of the
• 1s after battery is connected. corresponding diagnostic interface is less than 5Ω:
• 1s after engine is started. • Terminal 1 of CP070A and Terminal 6 of CP040A
It has been detected that the CAN bus communication is shut
off.
U0073: Initialize once for power assembly CAN transceiver switch in "ON" position, and test if the voltage between
every 5s, and keep the data received from the bus consistent the terminals of harness connector CP070A of the
with front valid data. gateway module or the terminals of harness connector
U0074: Initialize once for body assembly CAN transceiver CP040A of the diagnostic interface and the ground is
every 5s, and keep the data received from the bus consistent 2-3V:
with front valid data. • Terminal 1 of CP070A
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs • Terminal 4 of CP070A
After 40 ignition cycles without failure, the history DTCs will • Terminal 6 of CP040A
be cleared.
Failure Cause
• Relevant circuit failure. short to battery.
• Connector failure or poor fit. 6. Test if the resistance between the terminals of harness
• Gateway module failure. connector CP070A of the gateway module or the
terminals of harness connector CP040A of the diagnostic
V1.0 591

short to ground.

module.
Service Guideline
"Gateway Module".
V1.0 592
U0100 2. Make sure that there is no DTC in the communication
DTC Description between other modules before the diagnosis. If any,
diagnose them first.
DTC U0100: Lost Communication With ECM
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description battery negative cable, harness connector CP070A of
(FTB)
the gateway module, and harness connector BD088K of
87 Lost Communication With ECM ECM.
Circuit/System Description 4. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of

The gateway module communicates with ECM via the HS CAN the terminals of harness connector BD088K of ECM is
bus. less than 5Ω:
• Between terminal 4 of CP070A and terminal 44 of
• DTC U0073, U1562 or U1563 is not set. BD088K
• 1s After battery recovers to normal from overvoltage or • Between terminal 1 of CP070A and terminal 45 of
undervoltage. BD088K
• 1s after battery is connected. open circuit/high resistance.
• 1s after engine is started.
The signal of ECM is not received, which lasts for 2s. the following terminals of harness connector CP070A
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set of the gateway module or the terminals of harness
connector BD088K of ECM and the ground is 2-3V:
The gateway module receives the final valid value signal kept
by ECM and sends invalid node mark to other communication • Terminal 1 of CP070A
buses. • Terminal 4 of CP070A
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs • Terminal 44 of BD088K
• The information of ECM is received, which lasts for 1s. • Terminal 45 of BD088K
will be cleared.
short to battery.
Failure Cause
• Connector failure or poor fit. the terminals of harness connector BD088K of ECM and
• Gateway module failure. the ground is infinite:
• ECM failure. • Terminal 1 of CP070A
• Terminal 44 of BD088K
Bus System and Diagnostic Interface - 1.4T (1)
• Terminal 45 of BD088K
BD088K, CP070A short to ground.
Reference Electrical Information 7. If all circuits tested are normal, test/replace the gateway
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection module or ECM.
Circuit/System Test Service Guideline

V1.0 593

"Gateway Module".
V1.0 594
U0101 If other modules tested are normal, continue the
DTC Description following procedures.
DTC U0101: Lost Communication With TCM 2. Make sure that there is no DTC in the communication
between other modules before the diagnosis. If any,
(FTB)
87 Lost Communication With TCM battery negative cable, harness connector CP070A of the
Circuit/System Description gateway module and harness connector GB009 of the
The gateway module communicates with ECM via the HS CAN
bus.
• DTC U0073, U1562 or U1563 is not set. transmission control module is less than 5Ω:
• 1s After battery recovers to normal from overvoltage or • Between terminal 4 of CP070A and terminal 4 of GB009
undervoltage.
• Between terminal 1 of CP070A and terminal 3 of GB009
• 1s after battery is connected.
The information of the automatic transmission control module the terminals of harness connector CP070A of the
is not received, which lasts for 2s. gateway module or the terminals of harness connector
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set GB009 of the automatic transmission control module
and the ground is 2-3V:
The gateway module receives the final valid value signal kept by
the automatic transmission control module and sends invalid
node mark to other communication buses. • Terminal 4 of CP070A
• The information of the automatic transmission control • Terminal 4 of GB009
module is not received, which lasts for 1s. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
• After 40 ignition cycles without failure, the history DTCs short to battery.
will be cleared.
Failure Cause harness connector CP070A of the gateway module or the
• Relevant circuit failure. terminals of harness connector GB009 of the automatic
• Connector failure or poor fit. transmission control module and the ground is infinite:
• Gateway module failure. • Terminal 1 of CP070A

• Automatic transmission control module failure. • Terminal 4 of CP070A
Reference Information • Terminal 3 of GB009
Reference Circuit Information • Terminal 4 of GB009
Bus System and Diagnostic Interface - 1.4T (1) If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
Reference Connector End View Information short to ground.
GB009, CP070A 7. If all circuits tested are normal, test/replace the gateway
module or automatic transmission control module.
Service Guideline
Circuit/System Test "Gateway" - "Gateway Module".
1. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of HS CAN Network". • Refer to Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle" - "Dry
V1.0 595

Transmission".
"Gateway Module".
to Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle" - "Dry
Transmission".
V1.0 596
U0121 Circuit/System Test
DTC Description 1. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of HS CAN Network".
DTC U0101: Lost Communication With TCM If other modules tested are normal, continue the
Failure Type Byte following procedures.
Failure Description
(FTB) 2. Make sure that there is no DTC in the communication
87 Lost Communication With ABS between other modules before the diagnosis. If any,
The gateway module communicates with the anti-lock brake the battery negative cable, harness connector CP070A of
module/dynamic stability control module via the HS CAN bus. the gateway module, and harness connector EB012 of the
Conditions for Running DTCs anti-lock brake/ dynamic stability control module.
• DTC U0073, U1562 or U1563 is not set. 4. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
and the terminals of harness connector EB012 of the
undervoltage.
corresponding anti-lock brake/dynamic stability control
• After ECU wakes up from sleep state for 1s. module is less than 5Ω:
• Between terminal 1 of CP070A and terminal 8 of EB012
• Between terminal 2 of CP070A and terminal 9 of EB012
The information of the anti-lock brake/dynamic stability open circuit/high resistance.
control module is not received, which lasts for 2s.
The gateway module receives the final valid value signal kept by the following terminals of harness connector CP070A
the automatic transmission control module and sends invalid of the gateway module or the terminals of harness
node mark to other communication buses. connector EB012 of the anti-lock brake/dynamic stability
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs control module and the ground is 2-3V:
• The information of the anti-lock brake/dynamic stability • Terminal 1 of CP070A

control module is received, which lasts for 1s. • Terminal 2 of CP070A
• After 40 ignition cycles without failure, the history DTCs • Terminal 8 of EB012
will be cleared.
Failure Cause
• Gateway module failure. harness connector CP070A of the gateway module or the
• Anti-lock brake/dynamic stability control module failure. terminals of harness connector EB012 of the anti-lock
Reference Information brake/dynamic stability control module and the ground
is infinite:
Bus System and Diagnostic Interface - 1.4T (1), Bus
System and Diagnostic Interface - 1.4T (2) • Terminal 2 of CP070A
Reference Connector End View Information • Terminal 8 of EB012
CP070A, EB012 • Terminal 9 of EB012
short to ground.
module or the anti-lock brake/dynamic stability control
module.
V1.0 597
Service Guideline
"Gateway Module".
"ABS Regulator".
V1.0 598
DTC U0126: Lost Communication With SAS If other modules tested are normal, continue the
Failure Description
87 Lost Communication With SAS between other modules before the diagnosis. If any,
The gateway module communicates with the angle sensor via battery negative cable, harness connector CP070A of
the HS CAN bus. the gateway module, and harness connector FC052 of
Conditions for Running DTCs the angle sensor.
• DTC U0073, U1562 or U1563 is not set. 4. Test if the resistance between the following terminal of
the terminals of harness connector FC052 of the angle
undervoltage.
sensor is less than 5Ω:
• Between terminal 1 of CP070A and terminal 1 of FC052
• Between terminal 2 of CP070A and terminal 2 of FC052
The information of the angle sensor is not received, which lasts
5. Connect the battery negative pole, place the ignition
for 2s.
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set the following terminals of harness connector CP070A
The gateway module receives the final valid value signal kept of the gateway module or the terminals of harness
by the angle sensor and sends invalid node mark to other connector FC052 of the angle sensor and the ground is
communication buses. 2-3V:
• The information of the angle sensor is received, which • Terminal 2 of CP070A

lasts for 1s. • Terminal 1 of FC052
• After 40 ignition cycles without failure, the history DTCs • Terminal 2 of FC052
will be cleared.
Failure Cause short to battery.
• Relevant circuit failure. 6. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
• Connector failure or poor fit. harness connector CP070A of the gateway module or
• Gateway module failure. the terminals of harness connector FC052 of the angle
sensor and the ground is infinite:
Reference Circuit Information • Terminal 2 of CP070A
Bus System and Diagnostic Interface - 1.4T (1), Bus • Terminal 1 of FC052
System and Diagnostic Interface - 1.4T (2) • Terminal 2 of FC052
short to ground.
CP070A, FC052
module or steering angle sensor.
Service Guideline
V1.0 599

"Gateway Module".
V1.0 600
DTC U0131: Lost Communication With EPS 2. Make sure that there is no DTC in the communication
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description diagnose them first.
(FTB)
87 Lost Communication With EPS
battery negative cable, harness connector CP070A of the
Circuit/System Description gateway module, and harness connector CP040D of the
electric power steering control module.
The gateway module communicates with the electric power
steering control module via the HS CAN bus. 4. Test if the resistance between the following terminal
and the terminal of harness connector CP040D of the
• DTC U0073, U1562 or U1563 is not set. electric power steering control module is less than 5Ω:
• 1s After battery recovers to normal from overvoltage or • Between terminal 4 of CP070A and terminal 7 of CP040D
undervoltage.
• Between terminal 1 of CP070A and terminal 8 of CP040D
• 1s after battery is connected. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
Conditions for Setting DTCs 5. Connect the battery negative cable, place the ignition
The signal of the electric power steering control module is not the following terminals of harness connector CP070A
received, which lasts for 2s. of the gateway module or the terminals of harness
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set connector CP040D of the electric power steering control
The gateway module receives the final valid value signal kept module and the ground is 2-3V:
by the electric power steering control module. And it sends • Terminal 4 of CP070A
invalid node mark to other communication buses.
• The information of the electric power steering control
module is received, which lasts for 1s. • Terminal 8 of CP040D
Failure Cause 6. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
• Relevant circuit failure. harness connector CP070A of the gateway module or
the following terminals of harness connector CP040D
of the electric power steering control module and the
• Gateway module failure. ground is infinite:
• Power steering control module failure.
CP040D, CP070A
short to ground.
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection module or EPS control module.
Circuit/System Test Service Guideline
1. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of HS CAN Network". • Refer to Service Manual, "Safety and Protection" -
V1.0 601

System" - "Power Steering Engine Assembly".
"Gateway Module".
V1.0 602
DTC Description 1. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of MS CAN Network".
Module
2. Make sure that there is no DTC in the communication
(FTB)
87 Lost Communication With Body diagnose them first.
Control Module 3. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, disconnect the
Circuit/System Description battery negative cable, harness connector CP070A of the
gateway module, and harness connector CP010B of BCM.
The gateway module communicates with the BCM via the MS
CAN bus.
harness connector CP070A of gateway module and the
Conditions for Running DTCs terminals of harness connector CP010B of BCM is less
• DTC U0073, U1562 or U1563 is not set. than 5Ω:
• 1s After battery recovers to normal from overvoltage or • Between terminal 1 of CP070A and terminal 38 of CP010B
undervoltage.
• Between terminal 2 of CP070A and terminal 39 of CP010B
The signal of BCM is not received, which lasts for 2s. the terminals of harness connector CP070A of the
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set gateway module or the terminals of harness connector
CP010B of BCM and the ground is 2-3V:
by BCM and sends invalid node mark to other communication • Terminal 1 of CP070A
buses. • Terminal 2 of CP070A
• The signal of BCM is received, which lasts for 1s.
will be cleared. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
short to battery.
Failure Cause
the following terminals of harness connector CP010B of
• Gateway module failure. BCM and the ground is infinite:
• BCM failure.
CP010B, CP070A
short to ground.
7. If all circuits are tested normal, test/replace the gateway
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection module or BCM.
Service Guideline
V1.0 603

"Gateway Module".
V1.0 604
DTC U0151: Lost Communication With SDM If other modules tested are normal, continue the
Failure Description
87 Lost Communication with SDM between other modules before the diagnosis. If any,
The gateway module communicates with the airbag control the battery negative cable, harness connector CP070A
module via the HS CAN bus. of the gateway module, and harness connector
Conditions for Running DTCs CP011A/CP011C of the airbag control module.
• DTC U0073, U1562 or U1563 is not set. 4. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
harness connector CP070A of gateway module and the
terminals of harness connector CP011A/CP011C of the
undervoltage.
airbag control module is less than 5Ω:
• Terminal 1 of CP070A and Terminal 2 of CP011A/CP011C
• Terminal 2 of CP070A and Terminal 1 of CP011A/CP011C
The information of the airbag control module is not received,
which lasts for 2s.
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set the following terminals of harness connector CP070A
The gateway module receives the final valid value signal kept of the gateway module or the terminals of harness
by the airbag control module and sends invalid node mark to connector CP011A/CP011C of the airbag control module
other communication buses. and the ground is 2-3V:
• The information of the airbag control module is received, • Terminal 2 of CP070A

which lats for 1s. • Terminal 1 of CP011A/CP011C
• After 40 ignition cycles without failure, the history DTCs • Terminal 2 of CP011A/CP011C
will be cleared.
Failure Cause short to battery.
• Relevant circuit failure. 6. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
• Connector failure or poor fit. harness connector CP070A of the gateway module or
• Gateway module failure. the terminals of harness connector CP011A/CP011C of
the airbag control module and the ground is infinite:
• Airbag control module failure.
Bus System and Diagnostic Interface - 1.4T (1), Bus • Terminal 1 of CP011A/CP011C
System and Diagnostic Interface - 1.4T (2) • Terminal 2 of CP011A/CP011C
short to ground.
CP011A (4 Airbag)/CP011C (8 Airbag), CP070A
7. If all circuits tested are normal, detect/replace gateway
module or the airbag control module.
Service Guideline
V1.0 605
• Refer to the Service Manual, "Safety and Protection"

- "Airbag System" - "Airbag Diagnosis and Control
Module".
"Gateway Module".
to Service Manual, "Safety and Protection" - "Airbag
V1.0 606
DTC Description 1. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of MS CAN Network". If
DTC U0155: Lost Communication With IPK other modules tested are normal, continue the following
procedures.
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description 2. Make sure that there is no DTC in the communication
(FTB)
87 Lose Communication with IPK
Circuit/System Description 3. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, disconnect
The communication module communicates with the the battery negative cable, harness connector CP070A
implement pack via MS CAN bus. of the gateway module and harness connector CP018 of
the instrument pack.
• DTC U0073, U1562 or U1563 is not set. of harness connector CP070A of the gateway module
• 1s After battery recovers to normal from overvoltage or and the terminals of harness connector CP018 of the
undervoltage. corresponding instrument pack is less than 5Ω:
• After ECU wakes up from sleep state for 1s. • Terminal 1 of CP070A and Terminal 27 of CP018
• 1s after battery is connected. • Terminal 2 of CP070A and Terminal 26 of CP018
The of the instrument pack is not received, which lasts for 2s. 5. Connect the battery negative cable, place the ignition
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set switch in "ON" position, and test if the voltage between
the following terminals of harness connector CP070A
of the gateway module or the terminals of harness
by the implement pack and sends invalid node mark to other
connector CP018 of the instrument pack and the ground
communication buses.
is 2-3V:
• The information of the instrument pack is received,
which lasts for 1s.
• After 40 ignition cycles without failure, the history DTCs • Terminal 26 of CP018
will be cleared. • Terminal 27 of CP018
• Connector failure or poor fit. 6. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
• Gateway module failure. harness connector CP070A of the gateway module or the
terminals of harness connector CP018 of the instrument
pack and the ground is infinite:
CP018, CP070A
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection 7. If all circuits tested are normal, test/replace the gateway
module or instrument pack.
Service Guideline
V1.0 607

Pack".
"Gateway Module".
V1.0 608
DTC U0164: Lost Communication With HVAC 2. Make sure that there is no DTC in the communication
Failure Type Byte
(FTB)
87 Lost Communication With HVAC battery negative cable, harness connector CP070A of the
Circuit/System Description gateway module, and harness connector CP110A of the
automatic A/C control panel.
The gateway module communicates with the automatic A/C
control module via the MS CAN bus.
and harness connector CP110A of the corresponding
• DTC U0073, U1562 or U1563 is not set. automatic transmission control module is less than 5Ω:
• 1s After battery recovers to normal from overvoltage or • Terminal 1 of CP070A and Terminal 20 of CP110A
undervoltage.
The information of the automatic A/C control module is not the following terminals of harness connector CP070A
received, which lasts for 2s. of the gateway module or the terminals of harness
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set connector CP110A of the automatic A/C control panel
and the ground is 2-3V:
by the automatic A/C control module and sends invalid node
mark to other communication buses. • Terminal 2 of CP070A
• The information of the automatic A/C control module is • Terminal 20 of CP110A
received, which lasts for 1s. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
will be cleared.
Failure Cause harness connector CP070A of the gateway module or the
• Relevant circuit failure. terminals of harness connector CP110A of the automatic
• Connector failure or poor fit. A/C control panel and the ground is infinite:
• Gateway module failure. • Terminal 1 of CP070A

• Automatic A/C control panel failure. • Terminal 2 of CP070A
Reference Connector End View Information short to ground.
CP070A, CP110A 7. If all circuits tested are normal, test/replace the gateway
module or automatic A/C control panel.
Service Guideline
Circuit/System Test "Gateway" - "Gateway Module".
1. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of MS CAN Network". • Refer to Service Manual, "Heating, Ventilation and
Air Conditioning" - "Heating, Ventilation and Air
V1.0 609
Conditioning - ATC" - "Air Conditioning Controller

Assembly - ATC".
"Gateway Module".
Refer to Service Manual, "Heating, Ventilation and
Air Conditioning" - "Heating, Ventilation and Air
Conditioning - ATC" - "Air Conditioning Controller
Assembly - ATC".
V1.0 610
DTC U0198: Lost Communication With T-Box 2. Make sure that there is no DTC in the communication
Failure Type Byte
(FTB)
87 Lost Communication With T-Box
the battery negative cable, harness connector CP070A of
Circuit/System Description the gateway module, and harness connector CP035R of
the communication control module.
The gateway module communicates with the communication
control module via the MS CAN bus. 4. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
and the terminal of harness connector CP035R of the
• DTC U0073, U1562 or U1563 is not set. communication control module is less than 5Ω:
• 1s After battery recovers to normal from overvoltage or • Terminal 1 of CP070A and Terminal 14 of CP035R
undervoltage.
• Terminal 2 of CP070A and Terminal 6 of CP035R
The information of the communication control module is not
the following terminals of harness connector CP070A
of the gateway module or the terminals of harness
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set connector CP035R of the communication control module
The gateway module receives the final valid value signal kept and the ground is 2-3V:
by the communication control module and sends invalid node • Terminal 1 of CP070A
mark to other communication buses.
• Terminal 6 of CP035R
• The information of the communication control module
is received, which lasts for 1s. • Terminal 14 of CP035R
Failure Cause 6. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
• Relevant circuit failure. of harness connector CP070A of the gateway module
• Connector failure or poor fit. or the terminals of harness connector CP035R of the
communication control module and the ground is infinite:
• Communication module failure. • Terminal 1 of CP070A
Reference Circuit Information • Terminal 6 of CP035R

Bus System and Diagnostic Interface - 1.4T (1) • Terminal 14 of CP035R
CP035R, CP070A short to ground.
module or communication module.
Service Guideline
Circuit/System Test
1. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of MS CAN Network". "Gateway" - "Gateway Module".
V1.0 611

Entertainment" - "Mobile Phone, Entertainment and
Navigation" - "Remote Communication Module".
"Gateway Module".
V1.0 612
U0245 If other module tested are normal, continue the following
DTC Description procedures.
DTC U0245: Lost Communication With Front FICM 2. Make sure that there is no DTC in the communication
Failure Type Byte
(FTB)
87 Lost Communication With Front FICM
the battery negative cable, harness connector CP070A of
Circuit/System Description the gateway module, and harness connector CP034D of
the entertainment system host.
The gateway module communicates with the entertainment
system host via the MS CAN bus. 4. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
and the terminals of harness connector CP034D of the
• DTC U0073, U1562 or U1563 is not set. corresponding entertainment system host is less than 5Ω:
• 1s After battery recovers to normal from overvoltage or • Terminal 1 of CP070A and Terminal 12 of CP034D
undervoltage.
• Terminal 2 of CP070A and Terminal 6 of CP034D
The information of the entertainment system host is not
the terminals of harness connector CP070A of the
gateway module or the terminals of harness connector
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set CP034D of the entertainment system host and the
The gateway module receives the final valid value signal kept ground is 2-3V:
by the entertainment system host and sends invalid node mark • Terminal 1 of CP070A
to other communication buses.
• The information of the entertainment system host is not
received, which lasts for 1s. • Terminal 12 of CP034D
Failure Cause 6. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
• Relevant circuit failure. of harness connector CP070A of the gateway module
• Connector failure or poor fit. or the terminals of harness connector CP034D of the
entertainment system host and the ground is infinite:
• Entertainment host failure. • Terminal 1 of CP070A
Reference Circuit Information • Terminal 6 of CP034D

Bus System and Diagnostic Interface - 1.4T (1) • Terminal 12 of CP034D
CP034D, CP070A short to ground.
module or entertainment host.
Service Guideline
Circuit/System Test
1. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of MS CAN Network". "Gateway" - "Gateway Module".
V1.0 613

Navigation" - "Vehicle Entertainment Host".
"Gateway Module".
V1.0 614
U1008 2 of harness connector CP100 of the gear display is less
DTC Description than 5Ω.
DTC U1008: Lost Communication With RPD If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description
(FTB) 3. Test if the resistance between terminal 22 of harness
87 Lost Communication With RPD connector CP070B of the gateway module or terminal 2
of harness connector CP100 of the gear display and the
Circuit/System Description ground is infinite.
The gateway module communicates with the shift mechanism If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
via LIN bus. short to ground.
Conditions for Running DTCs 4. If all circuits tested are normal, test/replace the gateway
• 1s After battery recovers to normal from overvoltage or module or gear display.
undervoltage. Service Guideline
• After ECU wakes up from sleep state for 1s. • Refer to Service Manual, "Safety and Protection" -
• 1s after engine is started. "Gateway" - "Gateway Module".
Conditions for Setting DTCs • Refer to Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle" -
Gear display information is not received, which lasts for 2s. "Shift Control System - Dry Dual Clutch Automatic
Transmission" - "Gear Indicator".
The gateway module receives the final valid value signal kept to Service Manual, "Safety and Protection" - "Gateway" -
by the gear display. "Gateway Module".
• The information of the shift mechanism is received, which
lasts for 1s.
will be cleared.
Failure Cause
Gateway (1)
CP100, CP070B
Circuit/System Test
the gateway module and harness connector CP100 of
the gear display.
V1.0 615
U1562, U1563 Circuit/System Check

DTC Description 1. Check if fuse FL1 and EF19 are blown.
DTC U1562: Battery Voltage Failure 2. Connect the scan tool, place the ignition switch in "ON"
Failure Type Byte Failure Description position. Delete the DTCs after self-diagnosis, and
(FTB) confirm if there remains any DTC.
3. Check if the color of battery observation hole is normal
or there is any deformation or leakage on the battery
DTC U1563: Battery Voltage Failure appearance.
Failure Type Byte Failure Description Charge or replace the battery if necessary.
(FTB) 4. When the engine is running, test if the battery voltage
16 Battery Voltage Low between the positive and negative poles is12-14V with a
multimeter.
If it is less than the specified range, test and repair the
The gateway control module monitors the battery voltage to
battery charging system.
check if the power voltage of the gateway control module is
within the normal range. Circuit/System Test
• CAN network communication is normal.
• It is not in the sleep state.
module and harness connector BD054A of the engine
• Run the gateway. compartment fuse box.
Conditions for Setting DTCs 3. Test if the resistance between the terminal of harness
U1562: Battery voltage is greater than 16V, which lasts for 1s. connector CP070B of the gateway module and the
ground is less than 5Ω:
U1563: Battery voltage is less than 9V, which lasts for 1s.
Disable the diagnosis function. • Terminal 22 of CP070B
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant
• The battery voltage recovers to the normal range
(9-15.5V), which lasts for 1s. 4. Test if the resistance between fuse EF19 and terminal 23
• After 40 ignition cycles without failure, the history DTCs and 24 of harness connector CP070B of the gateway
will be cleared. module is less than 5Ω.
• Connector failure or poor fit. 5. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
harness connector CP070B of the gateway module and
• Battery failure.
the ground is less than infinite:
Gateway (1) If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
short to ground.
BD054A, CP070B
module.
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection • Refer to Service Manual, "Safety and Protection" -
V1.0 616
"Gateway Module".
V1.0 617
U2001, U2002, U2004 • ECU EEPROM Checksum No Error for Successive 5

DTC Description Times.
DTC U2001: ECU EEPROM Failure • After 40 ignition cycles without failure, the history DTCs
will be cleared.
(FTB) U2001 42:
41 ECU EEPROM Checksum Error • In the next cycle, the initialization will be successful.
42 ECU EEPROM Error • After 40 ignition cycles without failure, the history DTCs
will be cleared.
DTC U2002: ECU RAM Error
U2002:
• ECU EEPROM Checksum No Error.
(FTB)
42 ECU RAM Error will be cleared.
DTC U2004: ECU ROM Error U2004:
Failure Type Byte Failure Description • Reading and Written date are same.
(FTB) • After 40 ignition cycles without failure, the history DTCs
42 ECU ROM Error will be cleared.
Failure Cause
Gateway module failure.
When the vehicle is to be in the market, the gateway
performs on-line configuration for the complete vehicle Reference Information
configuration information, and store the information into Reference Electrical Information
EEPROM memory of the gateway, then the gateway sends
the vehicle configuration information in complete network
according to the configuration information of EEPROM. Circuit/System Check
• CAN network communication is normal. the scan tool.
• It is not in the sleep state. 2. After clearing the DTCs, confirm that DTC U2001,
U2002, and U2004 are not set.
3. If the DTCs have been reset, detect/replace the gateway
module.
U2001 41: ECU EEPROM Checksum Error for 5 Times. Service Guideline
U2001 42: Exterior ECU EEPROM Fragment Initialization • Refer to Service Manual, "Safety and Protection" -
Failure. "Gateway" - "Gateway Module".
U2002: ECU EEPROM Checksum Error. • Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
U2004: Reading and Written Data Are Different.
"Gateway Module".
U2001 41: Keep the system operation normal and record the
DTC.
U2001 42: Read the internal EEPROM, keep the system

operation normal and record the DTC.
U2002, U2004: Reset ECU till ROM has no failure.

U2001 41:
V1.0 618
Seat Belts Safety and Restraints
Seat Belts
DTC Category
List
Failure
DTC FTB English Description Chinese Description Airbag MIL*
Level*
驾驶员预拉紧安全带-对地
11 Driver Seat Belt Presentioner -Short to GND I ON
短路
Driver Seat Belt Presentioner -Short to 驾驶员预拉紧安全带-对电
12 I ON
Battery 源短路
B0079
Driver Seat Belt Presentioner -Resistance too 驾驶员预拉紧安全带-电阻
1A I ON
Low 值过低
Driver Seat Belt Presentioner -Resistance too 驾驶员预拉紧安全带-电阻
1B I ON
High 值过高
Passenger Seat Belt Presentioner -Short to 副驾驶预拉紧安全带-对地
11 I ON
GND 短路
Passenger Seat Belt Presentioner -Short to 副驾驶预拉紧安全带-对电
12 I ON
Battery 源短路
B007A
Passenger Seat Belt Presentioner -Resistance 副驾驶预拉紧安全带-电阻
1A I ON
too Low 值过低
Passenger Seat Belt Presentioner -Resistance 副驾驶预拉紧安全带-电阻
1B I ON
too High 值过高
*Note:

• Airbag MIL indicates that the control module detects this DTC is current or in the confirmation state
during the running.
V1.0 619
Safety and Restraints Seat Belts
Circult Diagram
Circuit Diagram
Airbag
V1.0 620
Connector Information Airbag Control Module CP011A
Passenger Seat Belt Pre-tensioner BD041

1 HS CAN H
Pin No. Pin Information 2 HS CAN L
1 Passenger Seat Belt 3 Ground

Pre-tensioner High Voltage 12 Ignition Voltage
2 Passenger Seat Belt 13 Driver Airbag Low Voltage
Driver Seat Belt Pre-tensioner BD043 Passenger Airbag High
15
Voltage
16
Voltage
Passenger Seat Belt
21
Passenger Seat Belt
22
Driver Seat Belt
23
Driver Seat Belt
24
Pin No. Pin Information Pre-tensioner Low Voltage
1 Driver Seat Belt

2 Driver Seat Belt
V1.0 621
Diagnostic Information and Procedure B0079 1A: The deployment circuit resistance recovers normal
B0079 threshold.
DTC Description B0079 1B: The deployment circuit resistance recovers normal
DTC B0079: Driver Seat Belt Pretensioner Failure threshold.

Failure Description
Driver Seat Belt Pretensioner - Short • Connector failure or poor fit.
11
to GND • Driver seat belt pre-tensioner failure.
Driver Seat Belt Pretensioner - Short • Airbag control unit failure.
12
to Battery Reference Information
Driver Seat Belt Pretensioner - Reference Circuit Information
1A
Resistance too Low
Airbag 2 Circuit
Driver Seat Belt Pretensioner -
1B Reference Connector End View Information
Resistance too High
BD043, CP011A
In case of collision, the seat belt pretensioner is controlled by
the signal transferred from airbag control module. The front
seat belt pretensioner is tightened up to ensure that occupants Circuit/System Check
are securely kept in their own positions.
1. Disconnect the connector and check all terminals for
Conditions for Running DTCs damage or corrosion. If any damage or corrosion
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. is found in the following components, the affected
• The failures will be detected during the system components/connectors shall be repaired or replaced.
initialization until the system is restarted. • Any Harness Connector
Conditions for Setting DTCs • Driver Seat Belt Pretensioner
B0079 11: Front passenger pretensioner seat belt is short to • Airbag Control Module
ground.
2. When the harness is placed near each connector and
B0079 12: Front passenger pretensioner seat belt is short to shifting, confirm that the parameter "Driver Pretensioner
battery. Seat Belt Ignition Circuit Resistance" displayed in real
B0079 1A: Deployment circuit resistance is lower than the time on the scan tool is between 1.0Ω and 5.8Ω.
threshold. The driver pretensioner seat belt detects whether 3. If the value is not within the specified range, conduct the
the resistance is within any of the following ranges: (gray area) following procedures:
1.0Ω<R<1.9Ω, (guarantee area) R>1.9Ω.
• Check each connector terminal and harness for damage
B0079 1B: Explosion circuit resistance is higher than the or corrosion, and repair it if necessary.
threshold. The driver pretensioner seat belt detects whether
• Make sure that each connector and connector locater are
the resistance is within any of the following ranges: (gray area)
located in place.
2.4Ω<R<5.8Ω, (guarantee area) R>5.8Ω.
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set • Add and lubricate relevant connector terminals.
Circuit/System Test
• Seat belt pretensioner function is normal.
• The airbag failure warning lamp illuminates. 1. Place the ignition switch in OFF position, and disconnect
BD043 of driver seat belt pre-tensioner.
B0079 11: The circuit resistance between driver seat belt 2. Conduct the component tests of driver seat belt
pretensioner and ground recovers normal. pre-tensioner, if the tests are not normal, replace the
B0079 12: The resistance of deployment circuit resumes driver seat belt pre-tensioner.
normal threshold. 3. Disconnect the harness connector CP011A of the airbag
control unit.
V1.0 622
Warning: It is imperative that before any work is Service Guideline
undertaken on the SRS system the appropriate
information is read thoroughly.
Module".
4. Test if the resistance between the following terminal of
• Refer to Service Manual, "Safety and Protection" - "Seat
harness connector CP011A of airbag control unit and the
Belt" - "Front Seat Belt Assembly".
terminal of harness connector BD043 of driver seat belt
pre-tensioner is less than 5Ω: • Replace, programme and set the control module，Refer


harness connector CP011A of airbag control unit or the
terminal of harness connector BD043 of driver seat belt
pre-tensioner and the ground is infinite:

short to ground.

between the following terminal of harness connector
CP011A of airbag control unit or the terminal of harness
connector BD043 of driver seat belt pre-tensioner and
the ground is 0V:

short to battery.
7. If all circuits tested are normal, test/replace the airbag

control unit.
Component Test
BD043 of driver seat belt pre-tensioner.
2. Test if the resistance between terminals 1 and 2 of driver
seat belt pre-tensioner is between 1.0Ω and 5.8Ω.
If the tested value is not within the specified range,

replace driver seat belt pre-tensioner.
V1.0 623
B007A B007A 1A: The deployment circuit resistance recovers normal

DTC Description threshold.
DTC B007A: Passenger Seat Belt Pretensioner Failure B007A 1B: The deployment circuit resistance recovers normal
threshold.
Failure Type Byte
(FTB)
Passenger Seat Belt Pretensioner - • Relevant circuit failure.
11
Short to GND • Connector failure or poor fit.
Passenger Seat Belt Pretensioner - • Passenger seat belt pre-tensioner failure.
12
Short to Battery • Airbag control unit failure.
Passenger Seat Belt Pretensioner - Reference Information
1A
Resistance too Low Reference Circuit Information
Passenger Seat Belt Pretensioner - Airbag 2 Circuit
1B
Resistance too High
BD041, CP011A
In case of collision, the seat belt pretensioner is controlled by Reference Electrical Information
the signal transferred from airbag control module. The front
seat belt pretensioner is tightened up to ensure that occupants Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
are securely kept in their own positions. Circuit/System Check
Conditions for Running DTCs 1. Disconnect the connector and check all terminals for
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. damage or corrosion. If any damage or corrosion
• The failures will be detected during the system is found in the following components, the affected
initialization until the system is restarted. components/connectors shall be repaired or replaced.
Conditions for Setting DTCs • Any Harness Connector
B007A 11: Front passenger pretensioner seat belt is short to • Passenger Seat Belt Pre-tensioner
ground. • Airbag Control Module
B007A 12: Front passenger pretensioner seat belt is short to 2. When the harness is placed near each connector and
battery. shifting, confirm that the parameter "Front Passenger
Pretensioner Seat Belt Ignition Circuit Resistance"
B007A 1A: deployment circuit resistance is lower than the
displayed in real time on the scan tool is between 1.0Ω
threshold. The passenger pretensioner seat belt detects
and 5.8Ω.
whether the resistance is within any of the following ranges:
(gray area) 1.0Ω<R<1.9Ω, (guarantee area) R>1.9Ω. 3. If the value is not within the specified range, conduct the
following procedures:
B007A 1B: deployment circuit resistance is higher than the
• Check each connector terminal and harness for damage
threshold. The passenger pretensioner seat belt detects
or corrosion, and repair it if necessary.
whether the resistance is within any of the following ranges:
(gray area) 2.4Ω<R<5.8Ω, (guarantee area) R>5.8Ω. • Make sure that each connector and connector locater are
located in place.
• Add and lubricate relevant connector terminals.
• Seat belt pretensioner function is normal.
Circuit/System Test
• The airbag failure warning lamp illuminates.
B007A 11: The resistance of deployment circuit to ground BD041 of passenger seat belt pre-tensioner.
resumes normal threshold.
2. Conduct the component tests of passenger seat belt
B007A 12: The resistance of deployment circuit to battery pre-tensioner, if the tests are not normal, replace the
resumes normal threshold. passenger seat belt pre-tensioner.
3. Disconnect the harness connector CP011A of the airbag
control unit.
V1.0 624
Warning: It is imperative that before any work is Service Guideline
undertaken on the SRS system the appropriate
Module".
• Refer to Service Manual, "Safety and Protection" - "Seat
harness connector CP011A of airbag control unit and the
Belt" - "Front Seat Belt Assembly".
terminal of harness connector BD041 of passenger seat
belt pre-tensioner is less than 5Ω: • Replace, programme and set the control module，Refer


harness connector CP011A of airbag control unit or the
terminal of harness connector BD041 of passenger seat
belt pre-tensioner and the ground is infinite:

short to ground.

between the following terminal of harness connector
CP011A of airbag control unit or the terminal of harness
connector BD043 of passenger seat belt pre-tensioner
and the ground is 0V:

short to battery.

control unit.
Component Test
BD041 of passenger seat belt pre-tensioner.
2. Test if the resistance between terminals 1 and 2 of
passenger seat belt pre-tensioner is between 1.0Ω and
5.8Ω.
If the tested value is not within the specified range,

replace passenger seat belt pre-tensioner.
V1.0 625
Safety and Restraints Supplementary Restraint Systems
Supplementary Restraint Systems

DTC Category
List
Airbag
Failure
DTC FTB English Description Chinese Description Level* Warning
Lamp*
11 Driver Airbag - Short to GND 驾驶员安全气囊对地短路 I ON
12 Driver Airbag - Short to Battery 驾驶员安全气囊对电源短路 I ON
B0001
1A Driver Airbag - Resistance too Low 驾驶员安全气囊电阻低 I ON
1B Driver Airbag - Resistance too High 驾驶员安全气囊电阻高 I ON
11 Passenger Airbag -Short to GND 副驾驶安全气囊对地短路 I ON
12 Passenger Airbag -Short to Battery 副驾驶安全气囊对电源短路 I ON
B0010
1A Passenger Airbag - Resistance too Low 副驾驶员安全气囊电阻低 I ON
1B Passenger Airbag - Resistance too High 副驾驶员安全气囊电阻高 I ON
Remote Accleration Sensors Configuration
B1931 56 碰撞传感器与EEPROM配置不符 I ON
Mismatch with EEPROM
B193B 56 Airbag Squib Configuration Mismatch 气囊起爆回路配置不符 I ON
Deployment Data Record Full: No 起爆数据记录故障：没有可写
B193E 00 I ON
over-write-able records exist 空间
B193F 00 SDM Internal Faults - Control Function Block 安全气囊控制器内部错误 I ON
Control Module Communication Bus Off on
U0073 88 高速CAN总线功能失效 I OFF
“A”
U0100 87 Lost communication With EMS module 与EMS通信丢失 I OFF
U0121 87 与ABS/SCS通信丢失 I OFF
U0140 87 与BCM通信丢失 I OFF
Module
U0155 87 与IPK通信丢失 I OFF
U1562 17 Battery Voltage Is High 蓄电池电压高 I ON
U1563 16 Battery Voltage Is Low 蓄电池电压低 I ON
*Note:

• Airbag MIL indicates that the control module detects this DTC is current or in the confirmation state
during the running.
V1.0 626
Supplementary Restraint Systems Safety and Restraints
Circult Diagram
Circuit Diagram
Airbag
V1.0 627
Bus System and Diagnostic Interface - 1.5VCT &

1.5T (1)
V1.0 628
1.5T (2)
V1.0 629
Connector Information Right Impact Sensor BD012

Left Impact Sensor BD010

1 Front Passenger Side Impact
Pin No. Pin Information Sensor Ground Terminal
1 Driver Side Impact Sensor 2 Front Passenger Side Impact
Ground Terminal Sensor Signal Terminal
2 Driver Side Impact Sensor
Passenger Curtain Airbag BD013
Signal Terminal
Driver Side Curtain Airbag BD011

1 Front Passenger Side
Pin No. Pin Information Curtain Airbag High Voltage
1 Driver Side Curtain Airbag 2 Front Passenger Side
High Voltage Curtain Airbag Low Voltage
2 Driver Side Curtain Airbag
Low Voltage
V1.0 630
Driver Side Airbag BD014 Engine Control Module BD088K

44 HS CAN L
45 HS CAN H
1 Driver Side Airbag High Body Control Module CP010B – 1.5VCT & 1.5T
Voltage
2 Driver Side Airbag Low
Voltage
Passenger Side Airbag BD018

38 HS CAN L
39 HS CAN H
Body Control Module CP010B - 1.4T

1 Front Passenger Side Airbag
High Voltage
2 Front Passenger Side Airbag
Low Voltage
38 MS CAN L
39 MS CAN H
V1.0 631
Airbag Control Module CP011A Pin No. Pin Information

1 HS CAN H
2 HS CAN L
3 Ground
Left Front Impact Sensor
4
High Voltage
Left Front Impact Sensor
5
Low Voltage
6
Low Voltage
Pin No. Pin Information Right Front Impact Sensor
7
1 HS CAN H High Voltage
2 HS CAN L 12 Ignition Voltage
3 Ground 13 Driver Airbag Low Voltage
12 Ignition Voltage 14 Driver Airbag High Voltage
13 Driver Airbag Low Voltage Passenger Airbag High

15
Voltage
Passenger Airbag High 16
15 Voltage
Voltage
Passenger Seat Belt
Passenger Airbag Low 21
16 Pre-tensioner Low Voltage
Voltage
Passenger Seat Belt
Passenger Seat Belt 22
21 Pre-tensioner High Voltage
Driver Seat Belt
Passenger Seat Belt 23
22 Pre-tensioner High Voltage
Driver Seat Belt
Driver Seat Belt 24
23 Pre-tensioner Low Voltage
Airbag Control Module CP011D
Driver Seat Belt
24
Airbag Control Module CP011C

9 Right Impact Sensor High
Voltage
10 Right Impact Sensor Low
Voltage
V1.0 632
Pin No. Pin Information Instrument Pack CP018 – 1.5VCT & 1.5T
11 Left Impact Sensor Low

Voltage
12 Left Impact Sensor High
Voltage
21 Passenger Curtain Airbag
Low Voltage
22 Passenger Curtain Airbag
High Voltage
23 Driver Curtain Airbag High Pin No. Pin Information
Voltage
26 HS CAN H
24 Driver Curtain Airbag Low
27 HS CAN L
Voltage
Driver Airbag CP013 Instrument Pack CP018 - 1.4T

26 MS CAN H
27 MS CAN L
Communication Module CP035R
Passenger Airbag CP014
1 Passenger Airbag High 6 MS CAN H

Voltage 14 MS CAN L
2 Passenger Airbag Low
Voltage
V1.0 633
Diagnostic Interface CP040 – 1.5VCT & 1.5T Pin No. Pin Information
1 MS CAN2 L
2 MS CAN2 H
4 HS CAN1 L
5 HS CAN1 H
Left Front Impact Sensor EB006

6 HS CAN H
14 HS CAN L
Diagnostic Interface CP040A - 1.4T

1 Left Front Impact Sensor
Low Voltage
2 Left Front Impact Sensor
High Voltage
Right Front Impact Sensor EB007

3 MS CAN H
6 HS CAN H
11 MS CAN L
14 HS CAN L
GW CP070A

1 Right Front Impact Sensor
Low Voltage
2 Right Front Impact Sensor
High Voltage
V1.0 634
ABS/SCS Module EB012 Pin No. Pin Information
1 HS CAN H
17 HS CAN L

5 HS CAN H
6 HS CAN L

13 KL.R
20 KL.15
39 KL.50
V1.0 635
Diagnostic Information and Procedure B0001 1A: The deployment circuit resistance recovers normal
B0001 threshold.
DTC Description B0001 1B: The deployment circuit resistance recovers normal
DTC B0001: Driver Airbag Failure threshold.

Failure Description
11 Driver Airbag - Short to GND • Connector failure or poor fit.
12 Driver Airbag - Short to Battery • Airbag control unit failure.
1A Driver Airbag - Resistance too Low • Driver airbag failure.

1B Driver Airbag - Resistance too High
Airbag 8 Circuit & 6 Circuit (1)
The electrical connection from driver airbag module to airbag
control module is completed through rotary coupler, and
the driver airbag module is connected with the steering CP013, CP011A
wheel through a connector. The driver front airbag module Reference Electrical Information
is triggered through the control signal from airbag control
module. The folding airbag, gas generator module are fitted
in the module. When the airbag control module detects a Circuit/System Check
severe front impact, the gas generator triggered will expand
the nylon bag rapidly.
damage or corrosion. If any damage or corrosion
Conditions for Running DTCs is found in the following components, the affected
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. components/connectors shall be repaired or replaced.
• The failures will be detected during the system • Any Harness Connector
initialization until the system is restarted.
• Driver Airbag
• Airbag Control Unit
B0001 11: Driver airbag circuit is short to ground, which lasts
for 3s. 2. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, the airbag
warning lamp illuminates, then the system will perform
B0001 12: Driver airbag circuit is short to battery, which lasts
self-inspection. If the airbag system is free of failure, the
for 3s.
warning lamp will go off about 4s later.
B0001 1A: Deployment circuit resistance is lower than 3. Connect the scan tool, place the ignition switch in "ON"
the threshold. The detected resistance of driver airbag is position, access "Real-time Display": check if the "Airbag
within any of the following ranges: (gray area) 0.9Ω<R<1.8Ω; Warning Lamp" state is consistent with the actual vehicle
(guarantee area) R>1.8Ω. state. Check if " ignition circuit resistance of driver airbag
B0001 1B: Deployment circuit resistance is higher than (DAB)" is between 1.8Ω and 5.8Ω. If it is not displayed as
the threshold. The detected resistance of driver airbag is expected, check the driver airbag (DAB) ignition circuit.
within any of the following ranges: (gray area) 2.4Ω<R<5.8Ω; Circuit/System Test
(guarantee area) R>5.8Ω. 1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set the battery negative cable.
• Airbag module functions are normal. 2. Disconnect harness connector CP013 of driver airbag
• The airbag failure warning lamp illuminates. and harness connector CP011A of airbag control unit.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs Warning: It is imperative that before any work
is undertaken on the SRS system the appropriate
B0001 11: The resistance of airbag circuit to ground recovers
to be normal.
3. Test if the resistance between the following terminal
B0001 12: The resistance of airbag circuit to battery recovers of harness connector CP013 of driver airbag and the
to be normal.
V1.0 636
terminal of harness connector CP011A of airbag control
unit is less than 5Ω:


of harness connector CP013 of driver airbag or the
unit and the ground is infinite:

short to ground.

CP013 of driver airbag or the terminals of harness
connector CP011A of airbag control unit and the ground
is 0V:

short to battery.
6. If all circuits are tested normal, test/replace the driver

airbag or airbag control unit.
Service Guideline
Module".
• Refer to the Service Manual, "Safety and Protection" -
"Airbag System" - "Steering Wheel Airbag".
V1.0 637
B0010 B0010 1A: The deployment circuit resistance recovers to be

DTC Description within the normal threshold.
DTC B0010: Passenger Airbag Failure B0010 1B: The deployment circuit resistance recovers to be
within the normal threshold.
Failure Type Byte
(FTB)
11 Passenger Airbag -Short to GND • Relevant circuit failure.
12 Passenger Airbag -Short to Battery • Connector failure or poor fit.

• Airbag control unit failure.
Passenger Airbag - Resistance Too
1A • Passenger airbag failure.
Low
Passenger Airbag - Resistance Too Reference Information
1B
High Reference Circuit Information
Circuit/System Description Airbag 8 Circuit & 6 Circuit (1)
The passenger airbag module at passenger side is triggered Reference Connector End View Information
through the control signal from airbag control unit. The CP014, CP011C
folding airbag, gas generator module are installed in the Reference Electrical Information
module. When the airbag control unit detects a severe front
impact, the gas generator will be triggered, making the nylon Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
bag inflate rapidly. Circuit/System Check
Conditions for Running DTCs 1. Disconnect the connector and check all terminals for
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. damage or corrosion. If any damage or corrosion is
• Start to check the failure during the system initialization found in the following components, repair or replace the
and check it successively till the system is restarted. affected components/connectors.
Conditions for Setting DTCs • Any Harness Connector
B0010 11: Passenger airbag circuit is short to ground, which • Passenger Airbag
lasts for 3s.
• Airbag Control Unit
B0010 12: Passenger airbag circuit is short to battery, which
2. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, the airbag
lasts for 3s.
warning lamp comes on, and the system performs
B0010 1A: Deployment circuit resistance is lower than the self-inspection. If the airbag system has no failure, the
threshold. The detected resistance of passenger airbag is warning lamp will go out after about 4s.
within any of the following ranges: (gray area) 0.9Ω<R<1.8Ω, 3. Connect the scan tool, place the ignition switch in "ON"
(guarantee area) R<0.9Ω. position, access "Real-time Display": check if the "Airbag
B0010 1B: Deployment circuit resistance is higher than the Warning Lamp" is consistent with the actual vehicle state.
threshold. The detected resistance of passenger airbag is Check if the "Ignition Circuit Resistance of the Passenger
within any of the following ranges: (gray area) 2.4Ω<R<5.8Ω, Airbag (PAB)" is within 1.8-2.4Ω. If it is not displayed
(guarantee area) R＞5.8Ω. as expected, check the passenger airbag (PAB) ignition
circuit.
Circuit/System Test
• Airbag module function is normal.
• The airbag warning lamp comes on.
2. Disconnect harness connector CP014 of the passenger
B0010 11: The resistance of the airbag circuit to ground airbag and harness connector CP011C of the airbag
recovers to normal. control unit.
B0010 12: The resistance of the airbag circuit to power supply Warning: It is imperative that before any work
recovers to normal. is undertaken on the SRS system the appropriate
V1.0 638
of harness connector CP014 of the passenger airbag
and the terminals of harness connector CP011C of the
corresponding airbag control unit is less than 5Ω:
• Terminal 1 of CP014 and Terminal 15 of CP011C
• Terminal 2 of CP014 and Terminal 16 of CP011C


harness connector CP014 of the passenger airbag or the
terminals of harness connector CP011C of the airbag
• Terminal 15 of CP011C

short to ground.

between the terminals of harness connector CP014 of the
passenger airbag or the terminals of harness connector
CP011C of the airbag control unit and the ground is 0V:

short to battery.
6. If all circuits are tested normal, test/replace the passenger

airbag or airbag control unit.
Service Guideline
Module".
• Refer to the Service Manual, "Safety and Protection" -
"Airbag System" - "Instrument Panel Airbag".
V1.0 639
B193B 4. After the DTC is cleared with a scan tool, confirm that
DTC Description DTC B193B is not reset.
DTC B193B: Module Configuration Failure If it is reset, test/replace the airbag control module.
Failure Type Byte Service Guideline
Failure Description
(FTB) • Refer to the Service Manual, "Safety and Protection"
56 Airbag Squib Configuration Mismatch - "Airbag System" - "Airbag Diagnosis and Control
Module".
When the ignition switch is turned on, the diagnostic function to Service Manual, "Safety and Protection" - "Airbag
of airbag control unit will perform the self-inspection. If any System" - "Airbag Diagnosis and Control Module".
failure is detected, the airbag control unit shall store a relevant
DTC in the nonvolatile memory and output the signal to light
up the airbag warning lamp. The failure information in the
memory can be read out with a scan tool.
The airbag squib configuration mismatch is detected, which
lasts for more than 1s.
If the deployment function of the airbag is normal, the MIL will
come on.
Airbag deployment circuit configuration compliance.
Failure Cause
Airbag control unit failure.
damage or corrosion. If any damage or corrosion is
found in the following components, repair or replace the
affected components/connectors.
• Any Harness Connector
• Left Impact Sensor
• Airbag Control Module
2. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, the airbag

warning lamp comes on, and the system performs
self-inspection. If the airbag system has no failure, the
warning lamp will go out after about 4s.
3. Connect the scan tool, place the ignition switch in "ON"
position, access "Real-time Display": check if the "Airbag
Warning Lamp" is consistent with the actual vehicle state.
V1.0 640
B193E, B193F Circuit/System Check
DTC Description 1. Disconnect the connector and check all terminals for
DTC B193E: Deployment Data Record Failure damage or corrosion. If any damage or corrosion is
found in the following components, repair or replace the
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description affected components/connectors.
(FTB)
• Any Harness Connector
Deployment Data Record Full: No
00
Over-write-able Records Exist • Left Impact Sensor
DTC B193F: SDM Internal Faults - Control Function Block • Airbag Control Module
Failure Type Byte 2. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, the airbag
Failure Description warning lamp comes on, and the system performs
(FTB)
self-inspection. If the airbag system has no failure, the
SDM Internal Faults - Control warning lamp will go out after about 4s.
00
Function Block
Circuit/System Description position, access "Real-time Display": check if the status
of "Airbag Warning Lamp" is consistent with that of the
While powering on, airbag control unit monitors the
actual vehicle.
preparation of the restraint system module. After start-up, it
shall perform the continuous monitoring. Airbag control unit 4. After the DTC is cleared with a scan tool, confirm that
can detect the short circuit in the system, short to battery / DTC B193E and B193F are not reset.
electric leakage, and open circuit. If the system or component If it is reset, test/replace the airbag control module.
failure is detected, the warning lamp of airbag will come on
Service Guideline
to warn the driver. Airbag control unit tests the current of
the airbag and pre-tensioner trigger device and checks the • Refer to the Service Manual, "Safety and Protection"
continuity of related circuits. - "Airbag System" - "Airbag Diagnosis and Control
Conditions for Running DTCs Module".
Conditions for Setting DTCs System" - "Airbag Diagnosis and Control Module".
B193E: The deployment data is completely recorded in
EEPROM after 100ms, and the deployment data record has
no writable space.
B193F: The internal control function module failure.

B193E: Keep the deployment function of the airbag normal,
and the airbag warning lamp comes on.
B193F: The deployment function of the airbag is affected, and

the airbag warning lamp comes on.
After 40 ignition cycles without failure, the historical DTCs will
be cleared, and the MIL will come off.
Failure Cause
Airbag control module failure.
V1.0 641
U0073 the terminal of harness connector CP040 of diagnosis

DTC Description interface is less than 5Ω:
DTC U0073: Control Module Communication Bus Off on "A" • Terminal 1 of CP011A and Terminal 6 of CP040
Failure Type Byte • Terminal 2 of CP011A and Terminal 14 of CP040
Failure Description
(FTB)
Control Module Communication Bus circuit for open circuit/high resistance.
88
Off on "A"
Circuit/System Description connector CP011A of airbag control unit or the terminals
of harness connector CP040 of diagnostic interface and
The airbag control unit communicates with the other modules
via the CAN bus.
Conditions for Running DTCs • Terminal 1 of CP011A
Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. • Terminal 2 of CP011A

The information from CAN bus is not received for over 2s. • Terminal 14 of CP040
Airbag deployment function keeps normal. short to ground.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs 5. Connect the battery negative cable, and test if the voltage
The information from CAN bus is received for over 5s. between the following terminals of harness connector
CP011A of airbag control unit or the following terminals
Failure Cause
of harness connector CP040 of diagnosis interface and
• Relevant circuit failure. the ground is between 2 and 3V:
• Connector failure or poor fit. • Terminal 1 of CP011A
short to battery.
CP011A, CP040 6. If all circuits tested are normal, test/replace the airbag
control unit.
Service Guideline
Circuit/System Test - "Airbag System" - "Airbag Diagnosis and Control
1. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of HS CAN Network". Module".
If other module tests are normal, continue following • Replace, programme and set the control module，Refer
detection procedures. to Service Manual, "Safety and Protection" - "Airbag
2. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, disconnect the System" - "Airbag Diagnosis and Control Module".
battery negative cable and harness connector CP011A
of the airbag control unit.

harness connector CP011A of airbag control unit and
V1.0 642
DTC Description harness connector CP011A of airbag control unit and
the terminals of harness connector EM058B of ECM is
DTC U0100: Lost Communication With EMS Module
less than 5Ω:
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description • Terminal 1 of CP011A and Terminal 1 of EM058B
(FTB)
Lost Communication With EMS • Terminal 2 of CP011A and Terminal 17 of EM058B
87
Module If it exceeds the specified range, test the circuit for open
The airbag control unit communicates with the ECM via the
of harness connector CP011A of airbag control unit or
HS CAN bus.
the following terminals of harness connector EM058B of
Conditions for Running DTCs ECM and the ground is infinite:
The ECM message is not received, which lasts for more than
2s.
Airbag deployment function keeps normal. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
short to ground.
The ECM signal is received and kept for more than 1s. 5. Connect the battery negative cable, and test if the voltage
Failure Cause
CP011A of airbag control unit or the following terminals
• Relevant circuit failure. of harness connector EM058B of ECM and the ground
• Connector failure or poor fit. is between 2 and 3V:
• Airbag control unit failure. • Terminal 1 of CP011A
• ECM failure. • Terminal 2 of CP011A
short to battery.
CP011A, EM058B
Reference Electrical Information control unit or ECM.
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection Service Guideline
Circuit/System Test • Refer to the Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Fuel

Control System - NSE" - "Engine Control Module".
other modules tested are normal, continue the following • Refer to the Service Manual, "Safety and Protection"
procedures. - "Airbag System" - "Airbag Diagnosis and Control
Module".
battery negative cable, harness connector CP011A of the • Replace, programme and set the control module ，
airbag control module and harness connector EM058B of Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Fuel Control
ECM. System - NSE" - "Engine Control Module".
Warning: It is imperative that before any work is to Service Manual, "Safety and Protection" - "Airbag
undertaken on the SRS system the appropriate System" - "Airbag Diagnosis and Control Module".
V1.0 643
U0121 Warning: It is imperative that before any work

DTC Description is undertaken on the SRS system the appropriate
DTC U0121: Lost Communication With Anti-lock Brake
System (ABS) Control Module 4. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description control module and the terminals of harness connector
(FTB)
CP011A of airbag control unit is less than 5Ω:
Lost Communication With Anti-lock
87 • Terminal 8 of BD055 and Terminal 2 of CP011A
• Terminal 9 of BD055 and Terminal 1 of CP011A
Airbag control unit communicates with the ABS/dynamic circuit for open circuit/high resistance.
stability control module via the HS CAN bus.
Conditions for Running DTCs of harness connector BD055 of ABS/dynamic stability
Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. control module or the terminals of harness connector
CP011A of airbag control unit and the ground is infinite:
The information from ABS/dynamic stability control module is
not received, which lasts for more than 2s. • Terminal 9 of BD055
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set • Terminal 1 of CP011A
Airbag deployment function keeps normal. • Terminal 2 of CP011A
The information from the ABS/dynamic stability control short to ground.
module is received for over 1s. 6. Connect the battery negative cable, and test if the voltage
Failure Cause between the following terminals of harness connector
BD055 of ABS/dynamic stability control module or the
• Connector failure or poor fit. unit and the ground is between 2 and 3V:
• ABS/dynamic stability control module failure. • Terminal 8 of BD055
Reference Connector End View Information short to battery.
CP011A, BD055 7. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the ABS/dynamic
Reference Electrical Information stability control module or airbag control unit.
Circuit/System Test • Refer to the Service Manual, "Safety and Protection"

1. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of HS CAN Network". Module".
3. Disconnect harness connector BD055 of ABS/dynamic System" - "Airbag Diagnosis and Control Module".
stability control module and harness connector CP011A
of airbag control unit.
"ABS Regulator".
V1.0 644
U0140 Warning: It is imperative that before any work is
DTC Description undertaken on the SRS system the appropriate
Module
Failure Type Byte connector CP010B of BCM and the terminals of harness
Failure Description
(FTB) connector CP011A of airbag control unit is less than 5Ω:
Lost Communication With BCM • Terminal 39 of CP010B and Terminal 1 of CP011A
87
Module
• Terminal 38 of CP010B and Terminal 2 of CP011A
Circuit/System Description If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant
The airbag control unit communicates with the BCM via the circuit for open circuit/high resistance.
HS CAN bus. 4. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
Conditions for Running DTCs of harness connector CP010B of BCM or the following
Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. terminals of harness connector CP011A of airbag control
unit and the ground is infinite:
The BCM information is not received, which lasts for more
than 1,000ms. • Terminal 39 of CP010B
Airbag deployment function keeps normal. • Terminal 2 of CP011A

short to ground.
Information from BCM is received, which last than 10s.
Failure Cause 5. Connect the battery negative cable, and test if the voltage
• Relevant circuit failure. CP010B of BCM or the terminals of harness connector
• Connector failure or poor fit. CP011A of airbag control unit and the ground is between
• Airbag control unit failure. 2 and 3V:
Bus System and Diagnostic Interface - 1.5VCT & 1.5T (1), • Terminal 2 of CP011A
CP011A, CP010B 6. If all circuits tested are normal, test/replace the BCM or
Reference Electrical Information the airbag control unit.
Circuit/System Test • Refer to the Service Manual, "Safety and Protection"

1. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of HS CAN Network". If Module".
• Refer to the Service Manual, "Body System" - "Body
procedures.
Control Module" - "Body Control Module (BCM)".
CP010B of BCM and harness connector CP011A of
V1.0 645

DTC Description harness connector CP011C of the airbag control unit
and the terminals of harness connector CP070A of the
DTC U0146 87: CAN Communication Failure
corresponding gateway module is less than 5Ω:
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description • Terminal 1 of CP011C and Terminal 1 of CP070A
(FTB)
87 Lost Communication With Gateway • Terminal 2 of CP011C and Terminal 4 of CP070A

The airbag control unit communicates with gateway module
via the HS CAN bus.
harness connector CP011C of the airbag control unit
Conditions for Running DTCs or the terminals of harness connector CP070A of the
Perform the test during the initialization until the system is gateway module and the ground is infinite:
reset.
It lost communication with gateway for a period of time more
than specified time.
Keep the deployment function of the airbag normal If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
short to ground.
Information from the gateway module is received for more 5. Connect the battery negative cable, and test if the voltage
than 10s, and the DTC is cleared. between the following terminals of harness connector
CP011C of the airbag control unit or the terminals of
Failure Cause
• Relevant circuit failure. the ground is 2-3V:
• Connector failure or poor fit. • Terminal 1 of CP011C
short to battery.
6. If all circuits tested are normal, replace the airbag control
CP011C, CP070A
unit or gateway module.
Module".
other modules tested are normal, continue the following • Refer to Service Manual, "Safety and Protection" -
procedures. "Gateway (1.4T)" - "Gateway Module".
2. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect • Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
the battery negative cable, harness connector CP011C of to Service Manual, "Safety and Protection" - "Airbag
the airbag control unit, and harness connector CP070A System" - "Airbag Diagnosis and Control Module".
of the gateway module. • Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
to Service Manual, "Safety and Protection" - "Gateway
(1.4T)" - "Gateway Module".
V1.0 646
U0155 Warning: It is imperative that before any work is
DTC Description undertaken on the SRS system the appropriate
Failure Type Byte harness connector CP018 of instrument pack and the
Failure Description
(FTB) corresponding terminals of harness connector CP011C
Lost Communication With of airbag control unit is less than 5Ω:
87 Instrument Panel Cluster (IPK) • Terminal 26 of CP018 and Terminal 1 of CP011A
Control Module
Circuit/System Description If it exceeds the specified range, test the circuit for open
The airbag control unit communicates with IPK via the HS circuit/high resistance.
CAN bus. 4. Test if the resistance between the terminals of harness
Conditions for Running DTCs connector CP018 of instrument pack or the terminals of
harness connector CP011A of airbag control unit and
Information from the instrument pack is not received, which
lasts for 1,000ms.
Airbag deployment function keeps normal.
short to ground.
The information from the instrument pack is received for more 5. Connect the battery negative cable, and test if the voltage
than 2s. between the following terminals of harness connector
Failure Cause CP018 of instrument pack or the terminals of harness
• Relevant circuit failure. connector CP011A of airbag control unit and the ground
short to battery.
CP018, CP011A
instrument pack or airbag control unit.
Module".
• Refer to the Service Manual, "Driver Information and
If other modules tested are normal, continue the Entertainment" - "Display and Instrument" - "Instrument
following procedures. Pack".
2. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, disconnect • Replace, programme and set the control module，Refer
battery negative cable, disconnect harness connector to Service Manual, "Safety and Protection" - "Airbag
CP018 of instrument pack, and disconnect harness System" - "Airbag Diagnosis and Control Module".
connector CP011A of airbag control unit. • Replace, programme and set the control module ，
V1.0 647

Pack".
V1.0 648
U1562, U1563 Circuit/System Check
DTC Description 1. Check if power supply fuse F05 in the airbag control unit
DTC U1562: Battery Voltage Is High is blown or corroded and damaged.
Failure Type Byte 2. Check if the battery voltage is within the normal value
Failure Description range of 11 - 14V with scan tool.
(FTB)
3. If the battery is in normal state, maintain the engine
17 Battery Voltage Is High
speed over 2,000rpm, enter into "Real-Time Display" of
DTC U1563: Battery Voltage Is Low scan tool, check if the "Airbag Controller Supply Voltage"
is within 9 - 16V.
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description If it is not displayed as expected, check the charging
(FTB)
system.
16 Battery Voltage Is Low
Circuit/System Test
The airbag control module monitors the system voltage to the battery negative cable.
check whether the supply voltage of the module is within the
2. Disconnect the harness connector CP011A of the airbag
normal operating range.
control module.
Performed during initialization until the system is restarted. is undertaken on the SRS system the appropriate
Conditions for Setting DTCs information is read thoroughly.
U1562: Control module detects that the power supply voltage 3. Connect the battery negative wire, place the ignition
is higher than 16V, which lasts for more than 15s. switch in "ON" position, test if the voltage between
terminal 12 of harness connector CP011A of airbag
U1563: Control module detects that the power supply voltage
control unit and ground is the battery voltage.
is lower than 9V, which lasts for more than 1s.
Keep the current circulated and the module still has schedule
4. Test if the resistance between the terminal 12 of harness
capacity.
connector CP011A of the airbag control unit and the
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs ground is infinite.
U1562: The power supply voltage recovers to be normal, and
the voltage value is lower than 15.5V, which lasts for 5s.
short to ground.
U1563: The power supply voltage recovers to be normal, and
the voltage value is higher than 9.5V, which lasts for 1s.
connector CP011A of the airbag control unit and the
• Battery failure. 6. Connect the battery negative cable, test whether the
• Airbag control unit failure. voltage between terminal 3 of harness connector CP011A
Reference Information of airbag control unit and ground is 0V.
short to battery.
Airbag 2 Circuit
Reference Connector End View Information 7. If all circuits tested are normal, test/replace the airbag
control unit.
CP011A
Service Guideline
Module".
V1.0 649
• Refer to Service Manual, "Power Supply and Signal

Distribution" "Low-voltage Battery and Battery
Management System" - "Battery".
V1.0 650
Entertainment Information and Entertainment
Entertainment
DTC Category
List
Failure
Level*
B1A01 71 Call/Reject Switch SWC stuck 方向盘Call/Reject键卡键 III
B1A05 71 Volume Up Switch SWC stuck 方向盘Volume Up键卡键 III
B1A06 71 Volume Down Switch SWC stuck 方向盘Volume Down键卡键 III
B1A07 71 Source Switch SWC stuck 方向盘Source 键卡键 III
B1A08 71 Voice Switch SWC stuck 方向盘Voice键卡键 III
11 GPS's antenna short to GND 导航天线对地短路 III
B1A11
13 The open circuit detection of GPS's antenna. 导航天线开路 II
B1A1F 31 TBox Communication fault Tbox通讯故障 III
11 Speaker FR Short to GND 右前扬声器对地短路 III
12 Speaker FR circuit short to battery 右前扬声器对电源短路 III
B1A20
1A Speaker FR circuit short 右前扬声器短路 II
1B Speaker FR circuit open 右前扬声器开路 II
11 Speaker RR Short to GND 右后扬声器对地短路 III
12 Speaker RR circuit short to battery 右后扬声器对电源短路 III
B1A21 II
1A Speaker RR circuit short 右后扬声器短路
1B Speaker RR circuit open 右后扬声器开路 II
11 Speaker FL Short to GND 左前扬声器对地短路 III

12 Speaker FL circuit short to battery 左前扬声器对电源短路 III
B1A22
1A Speaker FL circuit short 左前扬声器短路 II
1B Speaker FL circuit open 左前扬声器开路 II
11 Speaker RL Short to GND 左后扬声器对地短路 III
12 Speaker RL circuit short to battery 左后扬声器对电源短路 III
B1A23
1A Speaker RL circuit short 左后扬声器短路 II
1B Speaker RL circuit open 左后扬声器开路 II
B1A24 11 USB Power Short to GND USB电源对地短路 III
11 MIC short to GND 麦克风对地短路 III
B1A25
13 MIC circuit open 麦克风开路 III
B1A31 71 Return Switch faceplate stuck Return键卡键 III
B1A32 71 NAV Switch faceplate stuck NAV键卡键 III
B1A36 71 Mute Switch faceplate stuck Mute键卡键 III
B1A37 71 Home Switch faceplate stuck Home键卡键 III
B1A38 71 Menu Switch faceplate stuck Menu键卡键 III
B1A3B 71 Source Switch faceplate stuck Source键卡键 III
B1A3E 71 Seek Up Switch SWC stuck 方向盘Seek Up键卡键 III
V1.0 651
Information and Entertainment Entertainment
Failure
Level*
B1A3F 71 Seek Down Switch SWC stuck 方向盘Seek Down键卡键 III
B1A42 71 InkaNet Switch-SWC stuck 方向盘InkaNet键卡键 III
11 Left Side Steering Wheel Controls short to Ground 左侧方向盘控制电路对地短路 III
B1A43
12 Left Side Steering Wheel Controls short to Battery 左侧方向盘控制电路对电源短路 III
11 Right Side Steering Wheel Controls short to Ground 右侧方向盘控制电路对地短路 III
B1A44
12 Right Side Steering Wheel Controls short to Battery 右侧方向盘控制电路对电源短路 III
U0073 88 Control Module Communication Bus Off 控制模块通信总线脱离 I
U0100 87 Lost Communication With ECM 与ECM失去通讯 I
U0101 87 Lost Communication With TCM 与TCU控制模块通讯故障 I
Lost Communication With Anti-Lock Brake System
U0121 87 ECU与ABS控制模块通讯故障 I
（ABS） Control Module
U0126 87 Lost Communication With Steering Angle Sensor Module ECU与SAS控制模块通讯故障 I
U0140 87 Lost Communication With BCM Module 与BCM通信丢失 I
U0155 87 Lost Communication With IPK Module 与IPK通信丢失 I
U1500 00 VIN Mismatch with BCM（or IPK） VIN码与BCM或IPK不匹配 II
U1562 17 Battery Voltage High 蓄电池电压高 I
U1563 16 Battery Voltage Low 蓄电池电压低 I
U2001 42 ECU EEPROM Error ECU EEPROM错误 II
U2020 47 Internal Watchdog error 模块中看门狗有重启工作 II
*Note:

V1.0 652
Circult Diagram
Circuit Diagram
Entertainment System (1)
V1.0 653
V1.0 654
V1.0 655

1.5T (1)
V1.0 656
1.5T (2)
V1.0 657
Connector Information Airbag Control Unit CP011A


1 HS CAN H
2 HS CAN L
44 HS CAN L
45 HS CAN H Rotary Coupler CP017

38 HS CAN L
39 HS CAN H
Body Control Module CP010B - 1.4T 3
Switch + Output
4
Switch - Output
5
Signal

38 MS CAN L
39 MS CAN H
V1.0 658
26 HS CAN H 7 Negative Pole of Left Front
27 HS CAN L Speaker
8 Negative Pole of Left Rear
Instrument Pack CP018 - 1.4T
Speaker
Entertainment Mainframe CP034B

26 MS CAN H
27 MS CAN L
Entertainment Mainframe CP034A

9 Reverse Signal
10 Backlight
11 Speed Signal
12 Mute
13 Power Supply of Antenna
Amplifier
14 Ignition Power (ACC)
15 Power
16 Ground
Pin No. Pin Information Entertainment Mainframe CP034D

1 Positive Pole of Right Rear
Speaker
2 Positive Pole of Right Front
Speaker
3 Positive Pole of Left Front
Speaker
4 Positive Pole of Left Rear
Speaker
5 Negative Pole of Right Rear
Speaker
6 Negative Pole of Right Front
Speaker Pin No. Pin Information
1 External Audio Input (left)
3 Steering Wheel Switch
V1.0 659
Pin No. Pin Information Communication Module CP035P

Wheel Switch 1
Ground
Wheel Switch 2
GPS Antenna CP035C

Negative Pole of USB Access
1
Detection
Positive Pole of USB Access
2
Detection
3 UART Ground
Communication Module to
1 GPS Signal 4
Communication Serial Port
2 Ground 6 Positive Woofer
USB Port CP035F 7 USB Power
8 USB Ground
9 Shield Wire Ground
Communication Serial Port
10
to Communication Module
11 Microphone Output Ground
12 Negative Woofer
Communication Module CP035R - 1.5VCT & 1.5T

1 USB Input Power
2 USB Input Data (Negative)
3 USB Input Data (Positive)
5 USB Input Power (Negative)
6 Shield Wire

6 HS CAN H
14 HS CAN L
V1.0 660
Communication Module CP035R - 1.4T Steering Angle Sensor CP052

6 MS CAN H Pin No. Pin Information
14 MS CAN L 2 Ground
3 Ignition Power
5 HS CAN H
6 HS CAN L
GW CP070A

6 HS CAN H Pin No. Pin Information
14 HS CAN L 1 MS CAN L
2 MS CAN H
4 HS CAN L
5 HS CAN H
Left Front Door Woofer DD007

3 MS CAN H
6 HS CAN H
11 MS CAN L
14 HS CAN L
V1.0 661
Pin No. Pin Information Engine Control Module EM058B

Left Front Door Woofer
1
(Positive)
Left Front Door Woofer
2
(Negative)
Left Front Door Tweeter DD009

1 HS CAN H
17 HS CAN L

1 Left Front Door Tweeter
(Positive)
2 Left Front Door Tweeter
(Negative)

7 HS CAN L
17 HS CAN H

8 HS CAN L
9 HS CAN H

6 HS CAN L
14 HS CAN H
V1.0 662
1 Right Front Door Woofer
(Positive)
2 Right Front Door Woofer
(Negative)
Right Front Door Tweeter PD007

3 MS CAN L
4 MS CAN H
Left Rear Door Woofer LD007

1 Right Front Door Tweeter
(Positive)
2 Right Front Door Tweeter
(Negative)
Right Rear Door Woofer RD007

1 Left Rear Door Woofer
(Positive)
2 Left Rear Door Woofer
(Negative)
Right Front Door Woofer PD005

1 Right Rear Door Woofer
(Positive)
2 Right Rear Door Woofer
(Negative)
V1.0 663
Diagnostic Information and Procedure common functions in the entertainment system to be used in
B1A01, B1A05, B1A06, B1A07, B1A08, B1A3E, a much more convenient manner.
B1A3F, B1A42 Conditions for Running DTCs
DTC Description
The entertainment system is in wake-up state.
DTC B1A01: Steering Wheel Button Failure
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description B1A01: CALL/Reject button is in stagnation or press- down
(FTB)
state, which lasts for 60s.
71 Call/Reject Switch SWC Stuck
B1A05: Volume Up button is in stagnation or press-down state,
DTC B1A05: Steering Wheel Button Failure which lasts for 60s.
Failure Type Byte B1A06: Volume Down button is in stagnation or press-down

Failure Description state, which lasts for 60s.
(FTB)
71 Volume Up Switch SWC Stuck B1A07: Source button is in stagnation or press-down state,
which lasts for 60s.
DTC B1A06: Steering Wheel Button Failure
B1A08: Voice button is in stagnation or press-down state,
Failure Type Byte which lasts for 60s.
Failure Description
(FTB)
B1A3E: Seek Up button is in stagnation or press-down state,
71 Volume Down Switch SWC Stuck which lasts for 60s.
DTC B1A07: Steering Wheel Button Failure B1A3F: Seek Down button is in stagnation or press-down state,
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description B1A42: InkaNet button is in stagnation or press-down state,
(FTB)
71 Source Switch SWC Stuck
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/Extinguishing MILs
DTC B1A08: Steering Wheel Button Failure B1A01: CALL/Reject button is in release state, which lasts for
Failure Type Byte 60s.
Failure Description
(FTB) B1A05: Volume Up button is in release state, which lasts for
71 Voice Switch SWC Stuck 60s.
B1A06: Volume Down button is in release state, which lasts

DTC B1A3E: Steering Wheel Button Failure
for 60s.
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description B1A07: Source button is in release state, which lasts for 60s.
(FTB)
71 Seek Up Switch SWC Stuck B1A08: Voice button is in release state, which lasts for 60s.
B1A3E: Seek Up button is in release state, which lasts for 60s.

DTC B1A3F: Steering Wheel Button Failure
B1A3F: Seek Down button is in release state, which lasts for
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description 60s.
(FTB)
B1A42: InkaNet button is in release state, which lasts for 60s.
71 Seek Down Switch SWC Stuck
Failure Cause
DTC B1A42: Steering Wheel Button Failure Steering wheel entertainment switch failure.
Failure Description
(FTB)
71 InkaNet Switch-SWC Stuck
Circuit/System Test
The audio device can be controlled by the remote switches
1. Check the buttons on the entertainment switch of the
mounted on the steering wheel, which can allow the most
steering wheel for flexibility and poor contact.
V1.0 664
2. Operate the buttons on the entertainment switch of the
steering wheel, and check for failures.
If any button is invalid, check the interior of the button

for damage. When necessary, replace the buttons on the
entertainment switch of the steering wheel.
Service Guideline
Refer to Service Manual, "Steering System" - "Steering System"
- "Steering Wheel Entertainment Switch".
V1.0 665
B1A11 Reference Information

DTC B1A11: Navigation Antenna Failure Entertainment System (1)
Failure Description
(FTB)
CP035C
11 GPS's Antenna Short to GND
The Open Circuit Detection of
GPS's Antenna
Open the navigation system and check if the satellite signal is
GPSThe antenna is located on the rear of the front instrument
normal.
panel above the instrument pack. The antenna is connected
to the GPS receiver via a single coaxial cable and transmits Circuit/System Test
the signal received to the receiver via the GPS satellites 1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
for processing. The antenna may lose signal, when the the battery negative cable.
satellite is located in the hill, dense woods, high building,
2. Disconnect harness connector CP035C of the
multistorey parking lot, garage, tunnel and bridge, or in the
entertainment system module.
heavy rain/thunder storm weather. In case of losing signal,
navigation computer can proceed with the navigation by using
harness connector CP035C of the entertainment host
the map information in memory, until the signals are resumed.
undervoltage. • Terminal 2 of CP035C
• ECU1s after if wakes up from sleep state. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
• 1s after battery is connected. short to ground.
• 1s after placing the ignition switch from "OFF" to "ON" 4. Connect the battery negative cable, place the ignition
position. switch in "ON" position, and test if the voltage between
• 1s after engine is started. the following terminals of harness connector CP035C of
the entertainment host and the ground is 0V:
B1A11 11: GPS antenna voltage is less than 1V, which lasts for • Terminal 1 of CP035C
1s. • Terminal 2 of CP035C
B1A11 13: It is detected that the feedback voltage of GPS If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
antenna is higher than 4.8V, which lasts for 1s. short to battery.
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set 5. If all circuits tested are normal, test/replace the
No GPS Signal. entertainment host or GPS antenna.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs Service Guideline
B1A11 11: GPS antenna voltage is greater than 4V, which lasts • Refer to Service Manual, "Driver Information and
for 1s. Entertainment" - "Mobile Phone, Entertainment and
B1A11 13: It is detected that the feedback voltage of GPS
antenna is less than 4.8V, which lasts for 1s.
Entertainment" - "Mobile Telephone, Entertainment and
Failure Cause
Navigation" - "GPS Antenna".
• Relevant circuit failure. • Replace, programme and set the control module,
• Connector failure or poor fit. Refer to Service Manual, "Driver Information and
• Navigation antenna failure. Entertainment" - "Mobile Phone, Entertainment and
• Entertainment host failure.
V1.0 666
B1A1F • Terminal 4 of CP035P and Terminal 4 of CP035E
DTC Description • Terminal 10 of CP035P and Terminal 10 of CP035E
DTC B1A1F: Tbox Communication Fault
Failure Type Byte open circuit/high resistance.
Failure Description
(FTB)
31 Tbox Communication Fault of harness connector CP035P of the communication
module or the terminals of harness connector CP035E of
the entertainment host and the ground is infinite:
The communication module enables the vehicle to
• Terminal 4 of CP035P
realize wireless Internet access and remote control. The
communication module is connected to the player via USB • Terminal 10 of CP035P
data line through which the data communication is performed.
short to ground.
The entertainment host sends commands/requests to the
communication module, but which is without any response
for successive 3 times.
the terminals of harness connector CP035P of the
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set communication module or the terminals of harness
Improper information is displayed on the entertainment host. connector CP035E of the entertainment host and the
ground is 0V:
The entertainment host receives the response or the • Terminal 4 of CP035P
command/request from the communication module. • Terminal 10 of CP035P
Failure Cause • Terminal 4 of CP035E
• Relevant circuit failure. • Terminal 10 of CP035E
• Entertainment host failure. short to battery.
• Communication module assembly failure.
Reference Information communication module or entertainment host.
Reference Circuit Information Service Guideline
Entertainment System (3) • Refer to Service Manual, "Driver Information and
Reference Connector End View Information Entertainment" - "Mobile Phone, Entertainment and
CP035P, CP035E
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection Navigation" - "Remote Communication Module".
Circuit/System Test • Replace, programme and set the control module,

1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, disconnect Entertainment" - "Mobile Phone, Entertainment and
the battery negative cable, harness connector CP035P Navigation" - "Vehicle Entertainment Host".
of the communication module, and harness connector
CP035E of the entertainment system host.
of harness connector CP035P of the communication
module and the terminals of harness connector CP035E
of the corresponding entertainment host is less than 5Ω:
V1.0 667
B1A20 B1A20 12: It is detected that the front right speaker voltage is
DTC Description lower than -1.8V, which lasts for 100ms.
DTC B1A20: Front Right Speaker Failure B1A20 1A: It is detected that the front right speaker resistance
is between 1.5 and 70Ω, which lasts for 100ms.
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description
(FTB) B1A20 1B: It is detected that the front right speaker resistance
11 Speaker FR Short to GND is between 1.5 and 70Ω, which lasts for 100ms.
Failure Cause
12 Speaker FR Circuit Short to Battery
1A Speaker FR Circuit Short
1B Speaker FR Circuit Open
• Front right door woofer failure.
Circuit/System Description • Front right door tweeter failure.
All the audio output channel circuits (+) of the radio and audio • Entertainment mainframe failure.
amplifier are provided with a DC bias voltage which is the half
of the battery voltage. When a digital multimeter is used,
the measured voltage of each audio output channel circuit is Reference Circuit Information
approx. 6.5V (DC voltage). The audio played by the audio Entertainment System (2)
system is made by a variable AC voltage, and this voltage is
based on the DC bias voltage of the same circuit. The AC
voltage makes the speaker cone move and then the sound CP034A, DD009, DD007
is generated. This voltage varies with the audio type of the Reference Electrical Information
playing music or dialogue, music type and volume settings of
the system.
Conditions for Running DTCs Circuit/System Check
• 1s after battery returns to normal state from overvoltage Switch on the entertainment host function, confirm it is not in
or undervoltage. MUTE mode and check if the volume of the speaker varies with
the volume adjusting button, then check the speaker state. If
• ECU1s after waking up from the sleep state.
the speaker cannot work properly, go to "Circuit/System Test".
• 1s after the battery is connected.
Circuit/System Test
• 1s after placing the ignition switch from "OFF" to "ON"
position. 1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
• 1s after the starting of engine.
2. Disconnect harness connector DD007 of front right
door woofer, and disconnect harness connector DD009
B1A20 11: It is detected that the front right speaker voltage is of front right door tweeter.
lower than 1.2V, which lasts for 100ms.
3. Carry out component test on speaker.
B1A20 12: It is detected that the front right speaker voltage is
If test fails, replace the faulty loudspeaker.
higher than -1.2V, which lasts for 100ms.
4. Disconnect harness connector CP034A of the
B1A20 1A: It is detected that the front right speaker resistance
entertainment host.
is less than 0.5Ω, which lasts for 100ms.
B1A20 1B: It is detected that the front right speaker resistance harness connector CP034A of entertainment host and
is greater than 130Ω, which lasts for 100ms. the terminals of corresponding speaker is less than 5Ω:
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set • Terminal 2 of CP034A and Terminal 1 of DD009
Front right speaker does not work.
• Terminal 6 of CP034A and Terminal 2 of DD009
B1A20 11: It is detected that the front right speaker voltage is
higher than 1.8V, which lasts for 100ms.
V1.0 668
6. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of • Refer to Service Manual, "Driver Information and
harness connector CP034A of entertainment host or Entertainment" - "Mobile Phone, Entertainment and
the terminals of harness connector of front right speaker Navigation" - "Onboard Player".
and the ground is infinite: • Replace, programme and set the control module ，
• Terminal 2 of CP034A Refer to Service Manual, "Driver Information and
Navigation" - "Onboard Player".
short to ground.
switch in "ON" position, and test if the voltage
entertainment host or the terminals of harness connector
of front right speaker and the ground is 0V:
short to battery.
entertainment host.
Component Test
door woofer.
door tweeter.
4. Test if the speaker resistance is 4Ω.
If it is not within the specified range, replace the failed
speaker.
Service Guideline
Navigation" - "Front Door Speaker Assembly".
Navigation" - "Front Door Tweeter".
V1.0 669
B1A21 B1A21 1A: It is detected that the front left speaker resistance
DTC Description is between 1.5 and 70Ω, which lasts for 100ms.
DTC B1A21: Front Left Speaker Failure B1A21 1B: It is detected that the front left speaker resistance
is between 1.5 and 70Ω, which lasts for 100ms.
Failure Type Byte
(FTB)
11 Speaker FL Short to GND • Relevant circuit failure.
12 Speaker FL Circuit Short to Battery • Connector failure or poor fit.

• Front left door woofer failure.
1A Speaker FL Circuit Short
• Front left door tweeter failure.
1B Speaker FL Circuit Open
• Entertainment mainframe failure.
All the audio output channel circuits (+) of the radio and audio Reference Circuit Information
of the battery voltage. When a digital multimeter is used, Entertainment System (2)
the measured voltage of each audio output channel circuit is Reference Connector End View Information
approx. 6.5V (DC voltage). The audio played by the audio CP034A, PD005, PD007
based on the DC bias voltage of the same circuit. The AC Reference Electrical Information
voltage makes the speaker cone move and then the sound Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
is generated. This voltage varies with the audio type of the
playing music or dialogue, music type and volume settings of
the system. Switch on the entertainment host function, confirm it is not in
Conditions for Running DTCs MUTE mode and check if the volume of the speaker varies with
the volume adjusting button, then check the left front speaker
• Battery takes 1s to cover from overvoltage or state. If the front left speaker cannot work properly, go to
undervoltage to be normal. "Circuit/System Test".
• ECU1s after waking up from the sleep state.
Circuit/System Test
• 1s after the battery is connected.
• 1s after placing the ignition switch from "OFF" to "ON" the battery negative cable.
position.
2. Disconnect harness connector PD005 of left front door
• 1s after the starting of engine. woofer, and disconnect harness connector PD007 of
Conditions for Setting DTCs front left door tweeter.
B1A21 11: It is detected that the front left speaker voltage is 3. Carry out component test on speaker.
lower than 1.2V, which lasts for 100ms.
If test fails, replace the faulty loudspeaker.
B1A21 12: It is detected that the front left speaker voltage is
4. Disconnect harness connector CP034A of the
higher than -1.2V, which lasts for 100ms.
entertainment host.
B1A21 1A: It is detected that the front left speaker resistance 5. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
is less than 0.5Ω, which lasts for 100ms. harness connector CP034A of entertainment host and
B1A21 1B: It is detected that the front left speaker resistance the terminals of harness connector of corresponding left
is greater than 130Ω, which lasts for 100ms. front speaker is less than 5Ω:
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs • Terminal 3 of CP034A and Terminal 1 of PD005
B1A21 11: It is detected that the front left speaker voltage is • Terminal 7 of CP034A and Terminal 2 of PD005
higher than 1.8V, which lasts for 100ms.
• Terminal 3 of CP034A and Terminal 1 of PD007
B1A21 12: It is detected that the front left speaker voltage is
• Terminal 7 of CP034A and Terminal 2 of PD007
lower than -1.8V, which lasts for 100ms.
V1.0 670
6. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of • Refer to Service Manual, "Driver Information and
harness connector CP034A of entertainment host or Entertainment" - "Mobile Phone, Entertainment and
the terminals of harness connector of left front speaker Navigation" - "Onboard Player".
and the ground is infinite: • Replace, programme and set the control module ，
• Terminal 3 of CP034A Refer to Service Manual, "Driver Information and
Navigation" - "Onboard Player".
short to ground.
of left front speaker and the ground is 0V:
short to battery.
entertainment host.
Component Test
woofer.
tweeter.
If it is not within the specified range, replace the failed
speaker.
Service Guideline
Navigation" - "Front Door Tweeter".
Navigation" - "Front Door Speaker Assembly".
V1.0 671
B1A22 B1A22 1A: It is detected that the RR speaker resistance is

DTC Description 1.5-70Ω, which lasts for 100ms.
DTC B1A22: Speaker RR Failure B1A22 1B: It is detected that the RR speaker resistance is
1.5-70Ω, which lasts for 100ms.
Failure Type Byte
(FTB)
11 Speaker RR Short to GND • Relevant circuit failure.
12 Speaker RR Circuit Short to Battery • Connector failure or poor fit.

• Rear right door woofer failure.
1A Speaker RR Circuit Short
1B Speaker RR Circuit Open
All the audio output channel circuits (+) of the radio and audio
of the battery voltage. When a digital multimeter is used, Reference Connector End View Information
the measured voltage of each audio output channel circuit is CP034A, RD007
approx. 6.5V (DC voltage). The audio played by the audio
based on the DC bias voltage of the same circuit. The AC Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
voltage makes the speaker cone move and then the sound
playing music or dialogue, music type and volume settings of Switch on the entertainment system, confirm it is not in MUTE
the system. mode and check if the volume of the speaker varies with the
volume adjusting button, then check the speaker. If the speaker
cannot work properly, go to "Circuit/System Test".
Circuit/System Test
undervoltage.
• ECU1s after if wakes up from sleep state.
2. Disconnect harness connector RD007 of RR door
• 1s after placing the ignition switch from "OFF" to "ON" woofer.
position.
3. Perform the component test for the speaker.
If it is abnormal, replace the relevant faulty speaker.
4. Disconnect the harness connector CP034A of the
B1A22 11: It is detected that the RR speaker voltage is lower
entertainment host.
than 1.2V, which lasts for 100ms.
B1A22 12: It is detected that the RR speaker voltage is higher harness connector CP034A of the entertainment host
than -1.2V, which lasts for 100ms. and the terminals of harness connector RD007 of the
B1A22 1A: It is detected that the RR speaker resistance is less corresponding RR door woofer is less than 5Ω:
than 0.5Ω, which lasts for 100ms. • Terminal 1 of CP034Aand Terminal 1 of RD007
B1A22 1B: It is detected that the RR speaker resistance is • Terminal 5 of CP034Aand Terminal 2 of RD007
greater than 130Ω, which lasts for 100ms.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs open circuit/high resistance.
B1A22 11: It is detected that the RR speaker voltage is higher 6. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
than 1.8V, which lasts for 100ms. harness connector CP034A of the entertainment host
B1A22 12: It is detected that the RR speaker voltage is lower or the terminals of harness connector RD007 of the
than -1.8V, which lasts for 100ms. corresponding RR door woofer and the ground is infinite:
V1.0 672

short to ground.

RD007 of the RR door woofer and the ground is 0V:

short to battery.

entertainment host.
Component Test
2. Disconnect harness connector RD007 of RR door
woofer.

the faulty speaker.
Service Guideline
Navigation" - "Rear Door Speaker Assembly".
V1.0 673
B1A23 B1A23 1A: It is detected that the rear left speaker resistance
DTC Description is between 1.5-70Ω, which lasts for 100ms.
DTC B1A23: Speaker RL Failure B1A23 1B: It is detected that the rear left speaker resistance
is between 1.5-70Ω, which lasts for 100ms.
Failure Type Byte
(FTB)
11 Speaker RL Short to GND • Relevant circuit failure.
12 Speaker RL Circuit Short to Battery • Connector failure or poor fit.

• Rear left door woofer failure.
1A Speaker RL Circuit Short
1B Speaker RL Circuit Open
All the audio output channel circuits (+) of the radio and audio
of the battery voltage. When a digital multimeter is used, Reference Connector End View Information
the measured voltage of each audio output channel circuit is CP034A, LD007
approx. 6.5V (DC voltage). The audio played by the audio
based on the DC bias voltage of the same circuit. The AC Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
voltage makes the speaker cone move and then the sound
playing music or dialogue, music type and volume settings of Enable the entertainment host function, confirm it is not in
the system. MUTE mode, check if the volume of the speaker varies with the
volume adjusting button, then check the speaker, and check the
status of RL speaker. If the RL speaker cannot work properly,
• 1s After battery recovers to normal from overvoltage or go to "Circuit/System Test".
undervoltage.
Circuit/System Test
• 1s after battery is connected. the battery negative cable.
• 1s after placing the ignition switch from "OFF" to "ON" 2. Disconnect harness connector LD007 of RL door woofer.
position.
3. Perform the component test for the speaker.
If it is abnormal, replace the relevant faulty speaker.
4. Disconnect the harness connector CP034A of the
B1A23 11: It is detected that the RL speaker voltage is lower
entertainment host.
than 1.2V, which lasts for 100ms.
B1A23 12: It is detected that the RL speaker voltage is greater of harness connector CP034A of the entertainment
than -1.2V, which lasts for 100ms. host and the terminals of harness connector LD007 of
B1A23 1A: It is detected that the RL speaker resistance is less corresponding RL woofer is less than 5Ω:
than 0.5Ω, which lasts for 100ms. • Terminal 4 of CP034A and Terminal 1 of LD007
B1A23 1B: It is detected that the RL speaker resistance is • Terminal 8 of CP034A and Terminal 2 of LD007
greater than 130Ω, which lasts for 100ms.
B1A23 11: It is detected that the RL speaker voltage is greater 6. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
than 1.8V, which lasts for 100ms. harness connector CP034A of the entertainment host
B1A23 12: It is detected that the RL speaker voltage is lower or the terminals of harness connector LD007 of the
than -1.8V, which lasts for 100ms. corresponding RL door woofer and the ground is infinite:
V1.0 674

short to ground.

LD007 of the RL door woofer and the ground is 0V:

short to battery.

entertainment host.
Component Test
2. Disconnect harness connector LD007 of RL door woofer.

the faulty speaker.
Service Guideline
Navigation" - "Rear Door Speaker Assembly".
V1.0 675
B1A24 Circuit/System Test

DTC B1A24: USB Power Failure the battery negative cable.
Failure Type Byte 2. Disconnect harness connector CP035P of the

Failure Description communication module and harness connector CP035F
(FTB)
of the entertainment host.
11 USB Power Short to GND
Circuit/System Description harness connector CP035F of the entertainment host
The on-board USB interface is located in the center console, and the terminals of harness connector CP035P of the
through which the player can read the external data or the corresponding communication module is less than 5Ω:
digital equipment can be charged. • Terminal 1 of CP035F and Terminal 7 of CP035P
Conditions for Running DTCs • Terminal 5 of CP035F and Terminal 8 of CP035P
• 1s After battery recovers to normal from overvoltage or If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
undervoltage. open circuit/high resistance.
• 1s after battery is connected. of harness connector CP035F of the entertainment
• 1s after placing the ignition switch from "OFF" to "ON" host or terminals of harness connector CP035P of the
position. communication module and the ground is infinite:
• 1s after engine is started. • Terminal 1 of CP035F
Conditions for Setting DTCs • Terminal 5 of CP035F
The current in the USB charging interface is higher than 1A,
USB power supply is cut off.
short to ground.
• The current in the USB charging interface is not higher switch in "ON" position, and test if the voltage between
than 1A, which lasts for 10ms. the terminals of harness connector CP035F of the
• After 40 ignition cycles without failure, the history DTCs entertainment host or the terminals of harness connector
will be cleared. CP035P of the communication module and the ground
Failure Cause is 0V:
• Relevant circuit failure. • Terminal 1 of CP035F

• Connector failure or poor fit. • Terminal 5 of CP035F
• Entertainment host failure. • Terminal 7 of CP035P
Entertainment System (3) 6. If all circuits tested are normal, test/replace the
Reference Connector End View Information entertainment host or communication module.
CP035F, CP035P Service Guideline
V1.0 676
V1.0 677
B1A25 Reference Connector End View Information

DTC Description
BD098, CP034D, CP035P, CP035R
DTC B1A25: MIC Failure
Failure Type Byte
(FTB)
11 MIC Short to GND Circuit/System Test
13 MIC Circuit Open 1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
Circuit/System Description 2. Disconnect harness connector CP034D of the
The microphone, which is an important part of the entertainment host and harness connector BD098 of
entertainment system, is located in the front reading lamp MIC.
assembly and can receive the voice command from the user. 3. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
Conditions for Running DTCs harness connector CP034D of the entertainment host
and the terminals of harness connector BD098 of MIC
is less than 5Ω:
undervoltage.
• ECU1s after if wakes up from sleep state. • Terminal 5 of CP034D and Terminal 2 of BD098
• 1s after battery is connected. • Terminal 11 of CP034D and Terminal 1 of BD098

• 1s after placing the ignition switch from "OFF" to "ON" If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
position. open circuit/high resistance.
• 1s after engine is started. 4. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
Conditions for Setting DTCs harness connector CP034D of the entertainment host or
B1A25 11: It is detected that the MIC feedback voltage is lower terminals of harness connector BD098 of MIC and the
than 0.1V, which lasts for 100ms. ground is infinite:
B1A25 13: It is detected that the MIC feedback voltage is
1.7V-2.5V, which lasts for 100ms. • Terminal 5 of CP034D
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set • Terminal 1 of BD098
Microphone does not work. • Terminal 2 of BD098
• It is detected that the MIC feedback voltage is 1.4V-1.6V, short to ground.
which lasts for 100ms. 5. Connect the battery negative cable, place the ignition
• After 40 ignition cycles without failure, the history DTCs switch in "ON" position, and test if the voltage between
will be cleared. the terminals of harness connector CP034D of the
Failure Cause entertainment host or the terminals of harness connector
BD098 of MIC and the ground is 0V:
• Microphone failure. • Terminal 5 of CP034D
• Entertainment host failure. • Terminal 1 of BD098

Reference Information • Terminal 2 of BD098
Entertainment System (3) short to battery.
connector CP035P and CP035R of the communication
module.
of harness connector CP034D of the entertainment
V1.0 678
host and the terminals of the harness connector of the • Refer to Service Manual, "Driver Information and
corresponding communication module is less than 5Ω: Entertainment" - "Mobile Phone, Entertainment and
• Terminal 5 of CP034D and Terminal 11 of CP035P
• Terminal 11 of CP034D and Terminal 5 of CP035P
• Terminal 5 of CP034D and Terminal 9 of CP035R Entertainment" - "Mobile Phone, Entertainment and
• Terminal 11 of CP034D and Terminal 1 of CP035R
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for Refer to Service Manual, "Driver Information and
open circuit/high resistance. Entertainment" - "Mobile Phone, Entertainment and
8. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of Navigation" - "Remote Communication Module".
harness connector CP034D of the entertainment host or
terminals of the harness connector of the communication
short to ground.
the terminals of harness connector CP034D of the
entertainment host or the terminals of the harness
connector of the communication module and the ground
is 0V:
short to battery.
entertainment host, communication module or MIC.
Service Guideline
Navigation" - "Microphone".
V1.0 679
B1A31, B1A32, B1A36, B1A37, B1A38, B1A3B B1A32: NAV button is in stagnation or press-down state,
DTC Description which lasts for 60s.
DTC B1A31: Entertainment Host Control Panel Button B1A36: MUTE button is in stagnation or press-down state,
Failure which lasts for 60s.
Failure Type Byte B1A37: Home button is in stagnation or press-down state,
Failure Description
(FTB) which lasts for 60s.
71 Return Switch Faceplate Stuck B1A38: Menu button is in stagnation or press-down state,
DTC B1A32: Entertainment Host Control Panel Button
Failure B1A3B: Source button is in stagnation or press-down state,
Failure Type Byte
(FTB)
Entertainment host control panel button has no response.
71 NAV Switch Faceplate Stuck
B1A31: Return button is in release state, which lasts for 60s.
Failure
B1A32: NAV button is in release state, which lasts for 60s.
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description
(FTB) B1A36: MUTE button is in release state, which lasts for 60s.
71 Mute Switch Faceplate Stuck B1A37: Home button is in release state, which lasts for 60s.
B1A38: Menu button is in release state, which lasts for 60s.

Failure B1A3B: Source button is in release state, which lasts for 60s.
Failure Description
(FTB) • Control button failure.
71 Home Switch Faceplate Stuck • Entertainment host failure.
Failure Reference Electrical Information

Failure Description
(FTB)
Circuit/System Test
71 Menu Switch Faceplate Stuck
1. Check the player buttons for flexibility or poor contact.
DTC B1A3B: Entertainment Host Control Panel Button Failure 2. Operate the buttons on the entertainment panel, and
check for failures.
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description
(FTB) If any button is invalid, check the interior of the button
for damage. When necessary, replace the entertainment
71 Source Switch Faceplate Stuck
host.
Circuit/System Description Service Guideline
Entertainment host control panel buttons are used to locate • Refer to Service Manual, "Driver Information and
the menu items and other options showed on the display, and Entertainment" - "Mobile Phone, Entertainment and
press the control button to select the options. Navigation" - "Vehicle Entertainment Host".
Conditions for Running DTCs • Replace, programme and set the control module,
The entertainment system is in wake-up state. Refer to Service Manual, "Driver Information and
B1A31: Return button is in stagnation or press-down state,
V1.0 680
B1A43 Circuit/System Check
DTC Description Enable "CD/Radio" function, confirm it is not in MUTE mode,
DTC B1A43: Left Side Steering Wheel Control Circuit Failure check if the volume of the loudspeaker varies with the volume
adjusting button, then check the state of the loudspeaker. If the
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description speaker cannot work properly, turn to "Circuit/System Test".
(FTB)
Circuit/System Test
Left Side Steering Wheel Controls
11 1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
Short to Ground
Left Side Steering Wheel Controls
12 2. Disconnect the harness connector CP017 of the
Short to Battery
rotary coupler and harness connector CP034D of the
Circuit/System Description entertainment host.
The audio device can be controlled by the remote switches 3. Test if the resistance between following terminal 1
mounted on the steering wheel, which can allow the most of harness connector CP017 of the rotary coupler
common functions in the entertainment system to be used in and terminal 10 of harness connector CP034D of the
a much more convenient manner. entertainment host is less than 5Ω:
The entertainment system is in wake-up state. open circuit/high resistance.
connector CP017 of the rotary coupler or terminal 10
B1A43 11: The voltage of left side steering wheel circuit is
of harness connector CP034D of the entertainment host
below 0.05V, which lasts for 2s.
B1A43 12: The voltage of left side steering wheel circuit is
above 3.19V, which lasts for 2s.
short to ground.
Left side steering wheel control switch has no response.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs terminal 1 of harness connector CP017 of the rotary
• The voltage of left side steering wheel circuit is within coupler or terminal 10 of harness connector CP034D of
2.87-3.08V, which lasts for 2s. the entertainment host and the ground is 0V:
Failure Cause 6. If all circuits tested are normal, test/replace the
• Relevant circuit failure. entertainment host or steering wheel entertainment
switch.
Service Guideline
• Steering wheel entertainment switch failure.
• Entertainment host failure. • Refer to Service Manual, "Driver Information and
Entertainment System (1) System" - "Steering Wheel Entertainment Switch".
Reference Connector End View Information • Replace, programme and set the control module,
CP017, CP034D
Reference Electrical Information Navigation" - "Vehicle Entertainment Host".
V1.0 681
B1A44 Circuit/System Check

DTC Description Enable "CD/Radio" function, confirm it is not in MUTE mode,
DTC B1A44: Right Side Steering Wheel Control Circuit check if the volume of the loudspeaker varies with the volume
Failure adjusting button, then check the state of the loudspeaker. If the
speaker cannot work properly, turn to "Circuit/System Test".
Failure Type Byte
(FTB)
Right Side Steering Wheel Controls 1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
11 the battery negative cable.
Short to Ground
Right Side Steering Wheel Controls 2. Disconnect the harness connector CP017 of the
12 rotary coupler and harness connector CP034D of the
Short to Battery
entertainment host.
Circuit/System Description 3. Test if the resistance between terminal 11 of harness
The audio device can be controlled by the remote switches connector CP017 of the rotary coupler and terminal 4
mounted on the steering wheel, which can allow the most of harness connector CP034D of the entertainment host
common functions in the entertainment system to be used in is less than 5Ω:
a much more convenient manner.
The entertainment system is in wake-up state. 4. Test if the resistance between terminal 11 of harness
Conditions for Setting DTCs connector CP017 of the rotary coupler or terminal 4 of
harness connector CP034D of the entertainment host
B1A44 11: The voltage of right side steering wheel circuit is
and the ground is less than 5Ω:
below 0.05V, which lasts for 2s.
B1A44 12: The voltage of right side steering wheel circuit is
short to ground.
above 3.19V, which lasts for 2s.
Right side steering wheel control switch has no response.
terminal 11 of harness connector CP017 of the rotary
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs coupler or terminal 4 of harness connector CP034D of
• The voltage of right side steering wheel circuit is within the entertainment host and the ground is 0V:
2.58-3.08V, which lasts for 2s. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
will be cleared.
Failure Cause entertainment host or steering wheel entertainment
• Relevant circuit failure. switch.
• Connector failure or poor fit. Service Guideline
• Steering wheel entertainment switch failure. • Refer to Service Manual, "Driver Information and
• Entertainment host failure. Entertainment" - "Mobile Phone, Entertainment and
System" - "Steering Wheel Entertainment Switch".
Entertainment System (1) • Replace, programme and set the control module,
Reference Connector End View Information Refer to Service Manual, "Driver Information and
CP017, CP034D
V1.0 682
DTC U0073: Control Module Communication Bus Failure If other modules tested are normal, continue the
Failure Description
(FTB) 2. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, disconnect
Control Module Communication battery negative cable and harness connector CP034D
88
Bus Off of the entertainment host.
The entertainment host communicates with other control and the terminals of harness connector CP040 of the
modules via the HS CAN bus. corresponding diagnostic interface is less than 5Ω:
Conditions for Running DTCs • Terminal 6 of CP034D and Terminal 6 of CP040
• DTC U1562 or U1563 is not set. • Terminal 12 of CP034D and Terminal 14 of CP040
undervoltage.
• 1s after placing the ignition switch from "OFF" to "ON" or the terminals of harness connector CP040 of the
position. diagnostic interface and the ground is infinite.
• 1s after engine is started. • Terminal 6 of CP034D
CANThe network system node is unable to transmit or
receive signals properly, which lasts for 12s.
CANBus Off.
short to ground.
• CANThe network system node communication switch in "ON" position, and test if the voltage between
recovers to normal, which lasts for 12s. the following terminals of harness connector CP034D
• After 40 ignition cycles without failure, the history DTCs of the entertainment host or the terminals of harness
will be cleared. connector CP040 of the diagnostic interface and the
Failure Cause ground is 2-3V:

• Connector failure or poor fit. • Terminal 12 of CP034D
• Entertainment host failure. • Terminal 6 of CP040
Bus System and Diagnostic Interface - 1.5VCT & 1.5T (2) 6. If all circuits tested are normal, test/replace the
Reference Connector End View Information entertainment host.
CP034D, CP040, CP040A Service Guideline
V1.0 683

V1.0 684
DTC U0100：Lost Communication with ECM 2. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description 3. Disconnect harness connector CP034D of the
(FTB)
entertainment system module assembly and harness
87 Lost Communication With ECM
connector EM058B of ECM.
Circuit/System Description 4. Test if the resistance between the circuit terminals of
The entertainment host communicates with the ECM via HS serial data of the entertainment system module and the
CAN bus. circuit terminals of serial data of ECM is less than 5Ω:
Conditions for Running DTCs • Terminal 6 of CP034D and Terminal 1 of EM058B
• DTC U0073, U1562 or U1563 is not set. • Terminal 12 of CP034D and Terminal 17 of EM058B
• 1s After battery recovers to normal from overvoltage or If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
undervoltage. break circuit/high resistance.
• ECU1s after if wakes up from sleep state. 5. Test if the resistance between the circuit terminals of
• 1s after battery is connected. serial data of the entertainment system module assembly
• 1s after placing the ignition switch from "OFF" to "ON" or the circuit terminals of serial data of ECM and the
position. ground is infinite:
• 1s after engine is started. • Terminal 6 of CP034D

Conditions for Setting DTCs • Terminal 12 of CP034D
Information from ECM is not received for 2,000ms. • Terminal 1 of EM058B
The information of ECM is not received. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
• Information of ECM is received for 2,000ms. 6. Connect the battery negative cable, place the ignition
• After 40 ignition cycles without failure, the history DTCs switch in "ON" position, and test if the voltage between
will be cleared. the circuit terminals of serial data of the entertainment
system module assembly or the circuit terminals of serial
Failure Cause
data of ECM and the ground is 2-3V:
Reference Information • Terminal 17 of EM058B
short to battery.
entertainment host or ECM.
Service Guideline
CP034D, EM058B
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection Navigation" - "Vehicle Entertainment Host".
Circuit/System Test • Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Fuel Control
V1.0 685

V1.0 686
DTC U0101: Lost Communication with TCM If other modules tested are normal, continue the
Failure Description
87 Lost Communication with TCM battery negative cable, harness connector CP034D of the
entertainment system module and harness connector
Circuit/System Description GB006/GB008 of the automatic transmission control
The entertainment host communicates with the automatic module.
transmission control module via the HS CAN bus. 3. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
Conditions for Running DTCs of harness connector CP0034D of the entertainment
system module and the terminals of harness connector
• DTC U0073, U1562 or U1563 is not set.
GB006/GB008 of the automatic transmission control
• 1s After battery recovers to normal from overvoltage or module is less than 5Ω:
undervoltage.
• Terminal 6 of CP034D and Terminal 17 of GB006
• Terminal 12 of CP034D and Terminal 1 of GB006
• 1s after placing the ignition switch from "OFF" to "ON" • Terminal 6 of CP034D and Terminal 14 of GB008
position. • Terminal 12 of CP034D and Terminal 6 of GB008
• 1s after engine is started. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
Information of the automatic transmission control module is 4. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
not received for 2,000ms. of harness connector CP034D of the entertainment
system module or the terminals of harness connector
The information of the automatic transmission control module module and the ground is infinite:
is not received.
• Information of the automatic transmission control
module is received for 2,000ms.
• After 40 ignition cycles without failure, the history DTCs • Terminal 17 of GB006
will be cleared. • Terminal 14 of GB008
• Connector failure or poor fit. short to ground.
• Entertainment host failure. 5. Connect the battery negative cable, place the ignition
• Automatic transmission module failure. switch in "ON" position, and test if the voltage between
the terminals of harness connector CP034D of the
entertainment system module or the terminals of harness
Reference Circuit Information connector GB006/GB008 of the automatic transmission
Bus System and Diagnostic Interface - 1.5VCT & 1.5T (1), control module and the ground is 2-3V:
Bus System and Diagnostic Interface - 1.5VCT & 1.5T (2) • Terminal 6 of CP034D
Reference Connector End View Information • Terminal 12 of CP034D
CP034D, GB006, GB008 • Terminal 1 of GB006
Reference Electrical Information • Terminal 17 of GB006
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection • Terminal 14 of GB008
V1.0 687

short to battery.
6. If the circuit tested are normal, test/replace the

entertainment host/automatic transmission control
module.
Service Guideline
Module (TCM)".
Module (TCM)".
Module (TCM)".
Module (TCM)".
V1.0 688
U0121 Reference Connector End View Information
DTC Description
CP034D, EB012
DTC U0121: Lost Communication with ABS Control Module
Failure Type Byte
(FTB)
Lost Communication With
Circuit/System Test
87 Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS)
Control Module 1. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of HS CAN Network".
Circuit/System Description If other modules tested are normal, continue the

The entertainment system control module communicates with
the anti-lock brake control module via HS CAN bus. 2. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
3. Disconnect harness connector CP034D of the
entertainment host and harness connector EB012 of the
• 1s After battery recovers to normal from overvoltage or anti-lock brake/dynamic stability control module.
undervoltage.
• ECU1s after if wakes up from sleep state. harness connector CP034D of the entertainment host
• 1s after battery is connected. and the terminals of harness connector EB012 of the
• 1s after placing the ignition switch from "OFF" to "ON" corresponding anti-lock brake/dynamic stability control
position. module is less than 5Ω:
• 1s after engine is started. • Terminal 6 of CP034D and Terminal 9 of EB012

Conditions for Setting DTCs • Terminal 12 of CP034D and Terminal 8 of EB012
The information of the anti-lock brake control module is not If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
received, which lasts for 2,000ms. open circuit/high resistance.
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set 5. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
The information of the anti-lock brake control module is not of harness connector CP034D of the entertainment
received. host or the terminals of harness connector EB012 of the
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs anti-lock brake/dynamic stability control module and the
ground is infinite:
• The information of the anti-lock brake control module is
received, which lasts for 2,000ms. • Terminal 6 of CP034D
• After 40 ignition cycles without failure, the history DTCs • Terminal 12 of CP034D
will be cleared. • Terminal 8 of EB012
Failure Cause
• Connector failure or poor fit. short to ground.
• Anti-lock brake/dynamic stability control module failure. switch in "ON" position, and test if the voltage between
Reference Information the following terminals of harness connector CP034D
Reference Circuit Information of the entertainment host or the terminals of harness
connector EB012 of the anti-lock brake/dynamic stability
Bus System and Diagnostic Interface - 1.5VCT & 1.5T (2) control module and the ground is 2-3V:
V1.0 689

short to battery.

entertainment host or the anti-lock brake/dynamic
Service Guideline
"ABS Regulator".
V1.0 690
DTC U0126: Lost Communication With SAS If other modules tested are normal, continue the
Failure Description
87 Lost Communication With SAS battery negative cable, harness connector CP034D of the
entertainment host, and harness connector CP052 of
Circuit/System Description the steering angle sensor.
The entertainment host communicates with the steering angle 3. Test if the resistance between the following terminal of
sensor via HS CAN bus. harness connector CP034D of the entertainment host
Conditions for Running DTCs and the terminals of harness connector CP052 of the
corresponding steering angle sensor is less than 5Ω:
• Terminal 6 of CP034D and Terminal 5 of CP052
undervoltage. • Terminal 12 of CP034D and Terminal 6 of CP052
• ECU1s after if wakes up from sleep state. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
• 1s after placing the ignition switch from "OFF" to "ON" 4. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
position. harness connector CP034D of the entertainment host or
• 1s after engine is started. the terminals of harness connector CP052 of the steering
angle sensor and the ground is infinite:
The information of the steering angle sensor is not received,
which lasts for 2,000ms. • Terminal 12 of CP034D
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set • Terminal 6 of CP052
The information of the steering angle sensor is not received. • Terminal 5 of CP052
short to ground.
• The information of the steering angle sensor is received,
which lasts for 2,000ms. 5. Connect the battery negative pole, place the ignition
the following terminals of harness connector CP034D
will be cleared.
of the entertainment host or the terminals of harness
Failure Cause connector CP052 of the steering angle sensor and the
• Relevant circuit failure. ground is 2-3V:
• Connector failure or poor fit. • Terminal 6 of CP034D
• Entertainment host failure. • Terminal 12 of CP034D
• Steering angle sensor failure. • Terminal 6 of CP052
Bus System and Diagnostic Interface - 1.5VCT & 1.5T (2) 6. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the
Reference Connector End View Information entertainment host or steering angle sensor.
CP034D, CP052 Service Guideline

V1.0 691

V1.0 692
DTC U0140: Lost Communication With BCM Module If other modules tested are normal, continue the
Failure Description
(FTB) 2. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
87 Lose Communication with BCM the battery negative cable.
3. Disconnect harness connector CP034D of the
entertainment host and harness connector CP010B of
The entertainment host communicates with BCM via the HS BCM.
CAN bus.
4. Test if the resistance between the circuit terminals of
Conditions for Running DTCs the serial data of the entertainment host and the circuit
• DTC U0073, U1562 or U1563 is not set. terminals of the serial data of the BCM is less than 5Ω:
• 1s After battery recovers to normal from overvoltage or • Terminal 6 of CP034D and Terminal 39 of CP010B
undervoltage. • Terminal 12 of CP034D and Terminal 38 of CP010B
• 1s after placing the ignition switch from "OFF" to "ON" 5. Test if the resistance between the circuit terminals of
position. serial data of the entertainment host or the circuit
• 1s after engine is started. terminals of the serial data of BCM and the ground is
Conditions for Setting DTCs infinite:
The information of BCM is not received, which lasts for • Terminal 6 of CP034D
2,000ms. • Terminal 12 of CP034D
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set • Terminal 39 of CP010B
The information of BCM is not received. • Terminal 38 of CP010B
• The information of BCM is received, which lasts for short to ground.
2,000ms.
• After 40 ignition cycles without failure, the history DTCs switch in "ON" position, and test if the voltage
will be cleared. between the circuit terminals of the serial data of the
Failure Cause entertainment module or the circuit terminals of the
serial data of BCM and the ground is 2-3V:
• Connector failure or poor fit. Terminal 6 of CP034D
• BCM failure. Terminal 12 of CP034D

• Entertainment host failure. Terminal 39 of CP010B
Reference Information Terminal 38 of CP010B
Reference Connector End View Information entertainment host or BCM.
CP010B, CP034D Service Guideline

V1.0 693

V1.0 694
U0146 If other module tests are normal, continue following
DTC Description detection procedures.
DTC U0146: Lost Communication With Gateway 2. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, disconnect
battery negative cable and harness connector CP034D
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description of the entertainment host.
(FTB)
87 Lost Communication With Gateway
module.
Circuit/System Description 4. Test if the resistance between the circuit terminals of
The entertainment host communicates with the gateway the serial data of the entertainment host and the circuit
module via the MS CAN bus. terminals of the serial data of the corresponding gateway
module is less than 5Ω:
• Terminal 6 of CP034D and Terminal 2 of CP070A
• 1s After battery recovers to normal from overvoltage or • Terminal 12 of CP034D and Terminal 1 of CP070A
undervoltage. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
• ECU1s after if wakes up from sleep state. open circuit/high resistance.
• 1s after battery is connected. 5. Test if the resistance between the circuit terminals of
• 1s after placing the ignition switch from "OFF" to "ON" the serial data of the entertainment host or the circuit
position. terminals of the serial data of the corresponding gateway
Information of the gateway module is not received for 2,000ms. • Terminal 12 of CP034D
CANBus Off. • Terminal 2 of CP070A

• Information of the gateway module is received for short to ground.
2,000ms. 6. Connect the battery negative cable, place the ignition
• After 40 ignition cycles without failure, the history DTCs switch in "ON" position, and test if the voltage
will be cleared. between the circuit terminals of the serial data of the
Failure Cause entertainment host or the circuit terminals of the serial
data of the corresponding gateway module and the
• Relevant circuit failure. ground is 2-3V:
short to battery.
CP034D, CP070A
entertainment host or gateway module.
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection • Refer to Service Manual, "Driver Information and
Circuit/System Test Entertainment" - "Mobile Phone, Entertainment and
1. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of MS CAN Network".
V1.0 695

"Gateway Module".
V1.0 696
U1500 4. Use the scan tool to ensure that the communication
DTC Description module assembly has been properly programmed and
set to corresponding key confirmation system, vehicle
U1500: VIN Mismatch with BCM (or IPK)
configuration and BCM.
Failure Type Byte Service Guideline
Failure Description
(FTB)
00 VIN Mismatch with BCM (or IPK)
Circuit/System Description Navigation" - "Vehicle Entertainment Host".
The entertainment host receives the signal of BCM via CAN • Refer to Service Manual, "Driver Information and
bus and checks for failures by comparing whether the 17-byte Entertainment" - "Mobile Phone, Entertainment and
VIN stored in both of them is consistent. Navigation" - "Remote Communication Module".
• DTC U0073, U1562 or U1563 is not set. Entertainment" - "Mobile Phone, Entertainment and
• 1s After battery recovers to normal from overvoltage or Navigation" - "Vehicle Entertainment Host".
undervoltage. • Replace, programme and set the control module,
• ECU1s after if wakes up from sleep state. Refer to Service Manual, "Driver Information and
• 1s after battery is connected. Entertainment" - "Mobile Phone, Entertainment and
• 1s after placing the ignition switch from "OFF" to "ON"
position.
VINThe VIN code is not matched with the BCM or instrument
pack, which lasts for 10 times.
VINThe VIN code is consistent with the BCM or instrument,
which lasts for 10 times.
Failure Cause
• Communication module failure.
Circuit/System Test
1. Use the scan tool to ensure that the VIN of the
entertainment host is consistent with the VIN of the
communication module assembly.
2. The VIN information can not deleted in the
communication module assembly. If the VIN is still
improper, check the BCM.
3. The replaced or repaired communication module
assembly shall be configured on the vehicle. Re-enter
the VIN information.
V1.0 697

DTC U0155: Lost Communication With IPK
Failure Description
(FTB)
87 Lost Communication With IPK the battery negative cable.
Circuit/System Description 3. Disconnect harness connector CP034D of the

entertainment host and harness connector CP018 of the
The entertainment host communicates with the instrument instrument pack.
pack via the HS CAN bus.
4. Test if the resistance between the circuit terminals of
Conditions for Running DTCs the serial data of the entertainment host and the circuit
• DTC U0073, U1562 or U1563 is not set. terminals of the serial data of the instrument pack is less
• 1s After battery recovers to normal from overvoltage or than 5Ω:
undervoltage. • Terminal 6 of CP034D and Terminal 26 of CP018
• ECU1s after if wakes up from sleep state. • Terminal 12 of CP034D and Terminal 27 of CP018
• 1s after placing the ignition switch from "OFF" to "ON" break circuit/high resistance.
position.
Conditions for Setting DTCs between the circuit terminals of the serial data of the
The information of the instrument pack is not received, which entertainment module or the circuit terminals of the
lasts for 2,000ms. serial data of the instrument pack and the ground is 2-3V:
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set • Terminal 6 of CP034D
The information of the instrument pack is not received. • Terminal 12 of CP034D
• The information of the instrument pack is received for • Terminal 27 of CP018
2,000ms.
short to battery.
will be cleared.
Failure Cause 6. Test if the resistance between the circuit terminals of
serial data of the entertainment host or the circuit
terminals of the serial data of the IPK and the ground
• Connector failure or poor fit. is infinite:
short to ground.
CP034D, CP018 7. If all circuits tested are normal, test/replace the
entertainment host or instrument pack.
Service Guideline
V1.0 698
Pack".
V1.0 699

DTC U1562: Battery Voltage Failure Entertainment System (1), Entertainment System (2)
Failure Description
(FTB)
CP034B
DTC U1563: Battery Voltage Failure Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
Failure Description
(FTB)
1. Check if the fuse F03, F04 or F26 is blown.
16 Battery Voltage Low
If the fuse is blown, replace it with a corresponding fuse.
The entertainment host monitors the system voltage to check position. Delete the DTCs after self-diagnosis, and
whether the supply voltage of the module is within a normal confirm if there remains any DTC.
operation range. 3. Check whether the color of battery observation hole
Conditions for Running DTCs is normal, and whether there is deformation or leakage
on the battery appearance.
• 1s after battery is connected. Charge or replace the battery if necessary.
• 1s after placing the ignition switch from "OFF" to "ON" 4. When the engine is running, test if the battery voltage
position. between the positive and negative poles is 12-14V with
multimeter.
Conditions for Setting DTCs If it is less than the specified range, test and repair the
battery charging system.
U1562：The power voltage of the entertainment host is above
Circuit/System Test
16V, which lasts for more than 1s.
U1563: The power supply voltage of the entertainment host is
less than 9V during non-starting, which lasts for more than 1s.
2. Disconnect harness connector CP034B of the
entertainment host.
• The entertainment host has no display. 3. Test if the resistance between terminal 16 of harness
• The audio is not working. connector CP034B of the entertainment host and the
• The radio is not working. ground is less than 5Ω.
• CAN bus is opened. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
• The power voltage of the entertainment host recovers to 4. Connect the battery negative cable, and test if the voltage
normal working voltage (9.5-15.5V), which lasts for more between terminal 15 of harness connector CP034B of
than 1s. the entertainment host and the ground is battery voltage.
will be cleared. open circuit/high resistance.
Failure Cause 5. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, test if the
• Relevant circuit failure. voltage between terminal 14 of harness connector
CP034B of the entertainment host and the ground is the
battery voltage.
entertainment host.
V1.0 700
Service Guideline
V1.0 701
U2001
DTC Description
DTC U2001: ECU EEPROM Error
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description
(FTB)
42 ECU EEPROM Error
Perform internal failure detection in the entertainment system
control module, not involving external circuits.
The written data is not matched with the reading data for
successive 3 times.
• No failure when perform self-inspection.
will be cleared.
Failure Cause
Entertainment host failure.
1. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch in
"ON" position.
2. Delete the DTC after self-diagnosis, and confirm if there
remains any DTC.
If any DTC still exists, test/replace the entertainment

host.
Service Guideline
V1.0 702
U2020
DTC Description
DTC U2020: Control Module Internal Failure
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description
(FTB)
47 Internal Watchdog Error
Perform internal failure detection in the entertainment system
control module, not involving external circuits.
Internal Software Watchdog is Reset.
Entertainment System Reset
• Internal Software Watchdog is not Reset.
will be cleared.
Failure Cause
Entertainment host failure.
"ON" position.
2. Delete the DTC after self-diagnosis, and confirm if there
remains any DTC.
If any DTC still exists, test/replace the entertainment

host.
Service Guideline
V1.0 703
Information and Entertainment T-Box
T-Box
DTC Category
List
Failure
Level*
11 GPS ANT short to GND fault GPS天线短路 III
B1521
13 GPS ANT open fault GPS天线开路 III
B1522 31 GPS Module fault GPS定位失败 III
B1525 13 WAN ANT open fault WAN天线开路 III
B1526 31 WAN Module fault 无线通讯模块失效 III
B1529 31 AVN Communication fault 导航通讯失败 III
11 Inner Speaker short to GND fault 内部扬声器对地短路 III
B1531
13 Inner Speaker open fault 内部扬声器开路 III
16 Inner Battery voltage is too low 内部电压过低 III
B1550
17 Inner Battery voltage is too high 内部电压过高 III
B1552 01 Inner Battery Aged 内部电池过期失效 III
B1560 31 G-Sens Module fault 重力传感器通讯失败 III
B1561 31 FSK Module fault FSK模块失效 III
U0073 88 Control Module Communication Bus Off 控制模块通信总线脱离 I
U0100 87 Lost Communication with EMS 与ICE通讯丢失 III
U0101 87 Lost Communication with TCU Module 丢失与TCU的通信 III
U0121 87 ECU与ABS控制模块通讯故障 III
U0126 87 Lost Communication with SAS Module 通讯总线与转角传感器失去通讯 III
U0140 87 Lost Communication With BCM Module 与IPK通讯丢失 III
U0151 87 ECU与SRS控制模块通讯故障 III
Module
U0155 87 Lost Communication With IPK Module 与BCM通讯丢失 III
U1500 00 VIN Mismatch with BCM (or IPK) VIN号与BCM（IPK）不匹配 II
U1562 17 Battery Voltage High 电池电压高 I
U1563 16 Battery Voltage Low 电池电压低 I
U2001 42 ECU EEPROM Error 控制模块内部存储器故障 II
*Note:

V1.0 704
T-Box Information and Entertainment
Circult Diagram
Circuit Diagram
V1.0 705

1.5T (1)
V1.0 706
1.5T (2)
V1.0 707
Connector Information Airbag Control Module CP011C

Pin No. Description

1 HS CAN H
2 HS CAN L
44 HS CAN L
45 HS CAN H Instrument Pack CP018 – 1.5VCT & 1.5T

26 HS CAN H
38 HS CAN L
27 HS CAN L
39 HS CAN H
Instrument Pack CP018 - 1.4T

38 MS CAN L
26 MS CAN H
39 MS CAN H
27 MS CAN L
V1.0 708
Communication Module CP035R Steering Angle Sensor CP052
Pin No. Description

6 MS CAN H Pin No. Description
14 MS CAN L 5 HS CAN H
6 HS CAN L
GW CP070A

1 MS CAN L
2 MS CAN H
6 HS CAN H
4 HS CAN L
14 HS CAN L
5 HS CAN H
Pin No. Pin Information Pin No. Description

3 MS CAN H 8 CAN L
6 HS CAN H 9 CAN H
11 MS CAN L
14 HS CAN L
V1.0 709
Engine Control Module EM058B Automatic Transmission Control Module GB008
Pin No. Description

Pin No. Description 6 HS CAN L
1 HS CAN H 14 HS CAN H
17 HS CAN L Automatic Transmission Control Module GB009

Pin No. Description 3 MS CAN L
7 HS CAN L 4 MS CAN H
17 HS CAN H
V1.0 710
B1521, B1522 Reference Electrical Information
DTC Description
DTC B1521: GPS ANT Failure
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description 1. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, turn on the
(FTB)
navigation system, and check if the navigation information
11 GPS ANT Short to GND Fault is normally displayed.
13 GPS ANT Open Fault 2. Confirm that the DTC B1521 and B1522 are the current
DTCs.
DTC B1522: GPS Module Fault
3. Check GPS antenna for deformation or damage.
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description If the relevant failure occurs, replace the GPS antenna.
(FTB)
31 GPS Module Fault 4. Check if the circuits of the GPS antenna has any damage
or electromagnetic interference.
If the relevant failure occurs, repair or replace the
GPSThe antenna is located on the rear of the front instrument relevant circuits.
panel above the instrument pack. The antenna is connected
to the GPS receiver via a single coaxial cable and transmits 5. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, and confirm if
the signal received to the receiver via the GPS satellites the "GPS Status" parameters displayed in the real time of
for processing. The antenna may lose signal, when the the scan tool varies with the actual vehicle conditions.
satellite is located in the hill, dense woods, high building, If it is not displayed as expected, replace the
multistorey parking lot, garage, tunnel and bridge, or in the communication module.
heavy rain/thunder storm weather. In case of losing signal, Service Guideline
navigation computer can proceed with the navigation by using
the map information in memory, until the signals are resumed. • Refer to Service Manual, "Driver Information and
Navigation" - "GPS Antenna".
Place the ignition switch in "ON" position for 5s, and DTC • Refer to Service Manual, "Driver Information and
U1562 and U1563 are not set. Entertainment" - "Mobile Phone, Entertainment and
Conditions for Setting DTCs Navigation" - "Remote Communication Module".
B1521 11: It is detected that GPS antenna is short to ground, • Replace, programme and set the control module,
which lasts for 4s. Refer to Service Manual, "Driver Information and
B1521 13: It is detected that GPS antenna is in open circuit,
which lasts for 4s.
B1522 31: The control module has not received the data from
the interior of GPS module, which lasts for 4s.
B1521: It is detected that GPS antenna is normal, which lasts
for 4s.
B1522: The control module receives the data from the interior
of GPS module, which lasts for 4s.
Failure Cause
• GPSAntenna failure.
V1.0 711
B1525, B1526, B1529 • Communication module failure.

DTC B1525: WAN ANT Open Fault Reference Electrical Information
Failure Description
(FTB)
13 WAN ANT Open Fault
1. Check if the network communication signal is in good
DTC B1526: WAN Module Fault condition at the area where the vehicle locates, and try
best to prevent the vehicle from being parked under the
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description shields such as tree, building and garage.
(FTB)
2. Check WAN antenna for deformation or damage.
31 WAN Module Fault
If the relevant failure occurs, replace the WAN antenna.
DTC B1529: AVN Communication Fault
3. Check if the circuits of the WAN antenna has any damage
Failure Type Byte or electromagnetic interference, etc.
Failure Description
(FTB)
If the relevant failure occurs, repair or replace the
31 AVN Communication Fault relevant circuits.
4. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, turn on the

Circuit/System Description navigation system, and check if the navigation information
The communication module enables the vehicle to realize is normally displayed.
wireless Internet access and remote control. 5. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, confirm
Conditions for Running DTCs if "Network Type" and "Network State" parameters
displayed in the real time of the scan tool varies with the
Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, and DTC U1562
vehicle's actual conditions.
and U1563 are not set.
If there are not displayed as expected, re-connect the
network, and delete the DTC.
B1525： The system detects that the interior of WAN antenna
is in open circuit, which lasts for 12s. 6. If any DTC still exists, test/replace the communication
module.
B1526: The control module has not received the AT CMD
Service Guideline
response from the interior of WAN module, which lasts for
12s. • Refer to Service Manual, "Driver Information and
B1529: The information of the navigation synchronization
receiver is not received, which lasts of 10s.
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set Refer to Service Manual, "Driver Information and
B1525, B1526: WCDMA network is unavailable. Entertainment" - "Mobile Phone, Entertainment and
B1529: The network of the navigation can not be connected.
B1525: The system receives the signal from the interior of the
WAN antenna for successive 4s.
B1526: The control module receives the AT CMD response

from the interior of WAN module, which lasts for 12s.
B1529: The information of the navigation synchronization

receiver is received for successive 10s.
Failure Cause
V1.0 712
B1531 • Replace, programme and set the control module,
DTC Description Refer to Service Manual, "Driver Information and
DTC B1531: Inner Speaker Failure
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description
(FTB)
11 Internal Speaker Short to GND Fault
13 Inner Speaker Open Fault
Voice broadcast functions of the navigation system is
performed by the internal speaker. This speaker located inside
the module, not involving external circuits.
Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, the DTC U1562
or U1563 is not set.
B1531 11: It detects that the internal speaker is short to
ground.
B1531 13: It detects that the internal speaker circuit is open.

The E-Call service of communication module fails to output
voice frequency.
MCU detects that the internal speaker is normal.
Failure Cause
Communication module assembly failure.
1. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, and confirm if
the "internal speaker status" parameter in the real-time
display of the scan tool varies with the actual vehicle
conditions.
If the parameter is not displayed as expected, turn on or

off speaker again, and clear the DTCs.
2. Read the DTC again to confirm whether the DTC B1531

still exists or not.
If any DTC still exists, test/replace the communication

module.
Service Guideline
V1.0 713

DTC B1550: Inner Battery Voltage Failure Entertainment System (3)
Failure Description
(FTB)
16 Inner Battery Voltage is Too Low
Circuit/System Test
17 Inner Battery Voltage is Too High
1. Check fuse F20 for fusing.
DTC B1552: Inner Battery Aged
If the fuse is blown, replace it with a corresponding fuse.
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description 2. Connect the scan tool, place the ignition switch in "ON"
(FTB)
01 Inner Battery Aged confirm if the DTC still exists.
Circuit/System Description 3. Check if the color of observation hole is normal, and

Battery voltage inside communication module fails.
leakage.
Charge or replace the battery where necessary.
4. When the engine is running, test if the battery voltage
between the positive and negative poles is between 12 ~
Conditions for Setting DTCs 14V with multimeter.
U1550 16: The internal voltage is lower than 2.7V, which lasts
If it is not within the specified range, check and repair
for 10s.
the battery charging system.
U1550 17: The internal voltage is greater than 5V, which lasts
5. If the above inspections are normal, confirm whether
for 10s.
"Internal Voltage of Module" in the real-time display of
B1552 01: The internal battery resistance is high or higher than the scan tool is within 0～5.1V.
the limit value.
If it is not displayed as expected, test/replace the
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set communication module assembly.
B1552: Internal red LED display is in ON state. Service Guideline
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs • Refer to Service Manual, "Driver Information and
B1550 16: Power supply voltage is lower than 3V, which lasts Entertainment" - "Mobile Phone, Entertainment and
for 10s. Navigation" - "Remote Communication Module".
B1550 17: Power supply voltage is lower than 4.3V, which lasts
for 10s.
Navigation" - "Communication Module Battery".
B1552 01: Internal battery resistance is lower than the limit • Replace, programme and set the control module,
value. Refer to Service Manual, "Driver Information and
Failure Cause Entertainment" - "Mobile Phone, Entertainment and
• Relevant circuit failure. Navigation" - "Remote Communication Module".

• Alternator failure.
V1.0 714
B1560, B1561 Service Guideline
DTC Description • Refer to Service Manual, "Driver Information and
DTC B1560: G-Sens Module Fault Entertainment" - "Mobile Phone, Entertainment and
Failure Type Byte
(FTB)
31 G-Sens Module Fault
DTC B1561: FSK Module Fault
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description
(FTB)
31 FSK Module Fault
The communication module monitors the displacement
information of the vehicle via the gravity sensor.
B1560: The control module does not receive the data from
internal gravity sensor, which lasts for 4s.
B1561: The control module does not receive the data from
internal FSK module, which lasts for 4s.
B1560: The control module receives the data from internal
gravity sensor, which lasts for 4s.
B1561: The control module receives the data from internal

FSK module, which lasts for 4s.
Failure Cause
Communication module failure.
1. Check the harness connector of the communication
module assembly for damage, looseness or corrosion,
etc.
2. Check the touch screen for break, excessive wear, etc.
If any DTC still exists, replace the communication module

assembly.
V1.0 715
U0073 • Terminal 14 of CP035R and Terminal 14 of CP040

DTC U0073: Control Module Communication Bus Failure open circuit/high resistance.
Failure Type Byte 4. Test if the resistance between the terminals of harness
Failure Description
(FTB) connector CP035R of the communication module or the
88 Control Module Communication Bus terminals of harness connector CP040 of the diagnostic
Off interface and the ground is infinite:
The communication module communicates with other control
modules via HS CAN bus. • Terminal 6 of CP040
The network is normal for 1s. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
Conditions for Setting DTCs short to ground.
The communication module receives the internal 5. Connect the battery negative cable, place the ignition
communication off signal for successive 12s. switch in "ON" position, and test if the voltage between
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs the following terminals of harness connector CP035R of
the communication module or the terminals of harness
The communication module receives the normal
connector CP040 of the diagnostic interface and the
communication signal for successive 12s.
ground is 2-3V:
Failure Cause
• Communication module failure. • Terminal 6 of CP040
short to battery.
Reference Connector End View Information communication module.
Service Guideline
CP035R, CP040
If other modules tested are normal, continue the Navigation" - "Remote Communication Module".

the battery negative cable, harness connector CP035R
of the communication module, and harness connector
CP040 of the diagnostic interface.
of harness connector CP035R of the communication
module and the terminals of harness connector CP040 of
the corresponding diagnostic interface is less than 5Ω:
• Terminal 6 of CP035R and Terminal 6 of CP040
V1.0 716
U0100 • Terminal 6 of CP035R and Terminal 1 of EM058B
DTC Description • Terminal 14 of CP035R and Terminal 17 of EM058B
DTC U0100: Lost Communication With EMS
Failure Type Byte break circuit/high resistance.
Failure Description
(FTB)
5. Test if the resistance between the circuit terminals of the
87 Lost Communication With EMS serial data of the communication module or the circuit
terminals of the serial data of ECM and the ground is
infinite:
The communication module communicates with ECM via HS
CAN bus.
Conditions for Running DTCs • Terminal 14 of CP035R
The network is normal for 1s, and DTC U0073, U1562, or • Terminal 1 of EM058B
U1563 is not set. • Terminal 17 of EM058B
It is detected that the ECM is in timeout in successive 2,000ms. short to ground.
• The timeout of the ECM recovers within 10,000ms. switch in "ON" position, and test if the voltage
between the circuit terminals of the serial data of the
communication module or the circuit terminals of the
will be cleared.
serial data of ECM and the ground is 2-3V:
Failure Cause
• Connector failure or poor fit. • Terminal 14 of CP035R
• Communication module failure. • Terminal 1 of EM058B

Bus System and Diagnostic Interface - 1.5VCT & 1.5T (1), 7. If all circuits tested are normal, test/replace the
Bus System and Diagnostic Interface - 1.5VCT & 1.5T (2) communication module or ECM.
CP035R, EM058B • Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Fuel Control
Circuit/System Test Navigation" - "Remote Communication Module".
1. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of HS CAN Network". • Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
2. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect Refer to Service Manual, "Driver Information and
the battery negative cable. Entertainment" - "Mobile Phone, Entertainment and
3. Disconnect harness connector CP035R of the Navigation" - "Remote Communication Module".
communication module assembly and harness connector
EM058B of ECM.
4. Test if the resistance between the circuit terminals of the
serial data of the communication module and the circuit
terminals of the serial data of ECM is less than 5Ω:
V1.0 717
U0101 3. Test if the resistance between the following terminals

DTC Description of harness connector CP035R of the communication
module and the terminals of harness connector
DTC U0101: Lost Communication with TCU Module
Failure Type Byte Failure Description module is less than 5Ω:
(FTB)
• Terminal 6 of CP035R and Terminal 6 of GB008
87 Lost Communication with TCU
Module
The communication module communicates with the automatic
transmission control module via HS CAN bus.
The network is normal for 1s, and DTC U0073, U1562, or harness connector CP035R of the communication module
U1563 is not set. or the terminals of harness connector GB006/GB008
Conditions for Setting DTCs of the automatic transmission control module and the
ground is infinite:
It is detected that the automatic transmission control module
frame is in timeout in successive 2,000ms. • Terminal 6 of CP035R
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs • Terminal 14 of CP035R
• The timeout of the automatic transmission control • Terminal 6 of GB008
module frame recovers within 5,000ms. • Terminal 14 of GB008
will be cleared.
Failure Cause
short to ground.
• Automatic transmission control module failure. the terminals of harness connector CP035R of the
Reference Information communication module or the terminals of harness
Reference Circuit Information connector GB006/GB008 of the automatic transmission
control module and the ground is 2-3V:
Bus System and Diagnostic Interface - 1.5VCT & 1.5T (2) • Terminal 6 of CP035R
Reference Connector End View Information • Terminal 14 of CP035R
CP035R, GB006, GB008 • Terminal 6 of GB008

Circuit/System Test
short to battery.
If other modules tested are normal, continue the 6. If all circuits tested are normal, test/replace the
following procedures. communication module or automatic transmission
2. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, disconnect control module.
battery negative cable, harness connector CP035R of Service Guideline
the communication module and harness connector
module.
V1.0 718
Module (TCM)".
Module (TCM)".
Module (TCM)".
Module (TCM)".
V1.0 719
U0121 3. Disconnect harness connector CP035R of the

DTC Description communication module and harness connector EB012 of
the anti-lock brake/dynamic stability control module.
DTC U0121: Lost Communication With Anti-Lock Brake
System (ABS) Control Module 4. Test if the resistance between the following circuit
terminals of the serial data of the communication module
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description and the circuit terminals of the serial data of the anti-lock
(FTB)
brake/dynamic stability control module is less than 5Ω:
Lost Communication With • Terminal 6 of CP035R and Terminal 9 of EB012
87 Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS)
• Terminal 14 of CP035R and Terminal 8 of EB012
Control Module
Circuit/System Description open circuit/high resistance.
The communication module communicates with the anti-lock 5. Test if the resistance between the following circuit
brake control module via HS CAN bus. terminals of the serial data of the communication module
Conditions for Running DTCs or the circuit terminals of the serial data of the anti-lock
brake/dynamic stability control module and the ground
The network is normal for 1s, and DTC U0073, U1562, or
is infinite:
U1563 is not set.
Conditions for Setting DTCs • Terminal 6 of CP035R
It is detected that the anti-lock brake control module frame is
in time out in successive 2,000ms. • Terminal 8 of EB012
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs • Terminal 9 of EB012
• The timeout of the anti-lock brake control module frame If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
recovers within 10,000ms. short to ground.
• After 40 ignition cycles without failure, the history DTCs 6. Connect the battery negative cable, place the ignition
will be cleared. switch in "ON" position, and test if the voltage between
Failure Cause the circuit terminals of serial data of the communication
module or the circuit terminals of serial data of the
• Relevant circuit failure. anti-lock brake/dynamic stability control module and the
• Connector failure or poor fit. ground is 2-3V:
• Communication module failure. • Terminal 6 of CP035R
• Anti-lock brake/dynamic stability control module failure. • Terminal 14 of CP035R
Reference Circuit Information • Terminal 9 of EB012
CP035R, EB012 7. If all circuits tested are normal, test/replace the
communication module or the anti-lock brake/dynamic
Service Guideline
Circuit/System Test • Refer to Service Manual, "Driver Information and
1. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of HS CAN Network". Entertainment" - "Mobile Phone, Entertainment and
V1.0 720
"ABS Regulator".
V1.0 721

DTC Description harness connector CP035R of communication module
and the terminals of harness connector CP052 of steering
DTC U0126: Lost Communication With SAS Module
angle sensor is less than 5Ω:
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description • Terminal 6 of CP035R and Terminal 5 of CP052
(FTB)
87 Lost Communication With SAS • Terminal 14 of CP035R and Terminal 6 of CP052
Module If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
The communication module communicates with the steering
harness connector CP035R of communication module or
angle sensor via the HS CAN bus.
the terminals of harness connector CP052 of steering
Conditions for Running DTCs angle sensor and the ground is infinite:
The network works normally for 1s, and DTC U0073, U1562
The steering angle sensor frame timeout is detected within
2,000ms consecutively. • Terminal 6 of CP052
• The steering angle sensor frame timeout is recovered short to ground.
within 5,000ms. 5. Connect the battery negative cable, place the ignition
• Historical DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free switch in "ON" position, and test if the voltage
ignition cycles. between the terminals of harness connector CP035R
Failure Cause of communication module or the terminals of harness
connector CP052 of steering angle sensor and the ground
• Steering angle sensor failure. • Terminal 14 of CP035R
Reference Circuit Information • Terminal 6 of CP052

Bus System and Diagnostic Interface -1.5VCT&1.5T (1), If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
Bus System and Diagnostic Interface -1.5VCT&1.5T (2) short to battery.
Reference Connector End View Information 6. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the
CP035R, CP052 communication module or steering angle sensor.
Circuit/System Test Navigation" - "Remote Communication Module".
1. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of HS CAN Network". • Refer to Service Manual, "Steering System" - "Steering
detection procedures. • Replace, programme and set the control module,
2. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, disconnect Entertainment" - "Mobile Phone, Entertainment and
battery negative cable, disconnect harness connector Navigation" - "Remote Communication Module".
CP035R of communication module and harness
connector CP052 of steering angle sensor.
V1.0 722
U0140 4. Test if the resistance between the following serial data
DTC Description circuit terminals of the communication module and that
of corresponding BCM is less than 5Ω:
Module • Terminal 6 of CP035R and Terminal 39 of CP010B
Failure Type Byte • Terminal 14 of CP035R and Terminal 38 of CP010B
Failure Description
(FTB)
87 Lost Communication With Body open circuit/high resistance.
Control Module
5. Test if the resistance between the following serial data
Circuit/System Description circuit terminals of the communication module or that of
The communication module communicates with the BCM via
the HS CAN bus. • Terminal 6 of CP035R
Conditions for Running DTCs • Terminal 14 of CP035R
The network works normally for 1s, and DTC U0073, U1562 • Terminal 38 of CP010B
The BCM frame timeout is detected within 2,000ms
short to ground.
consecutively.
• The BCM frame timeout is recovered within 10,000ms. serial data circuit terminals of communication module or
• Historical DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free that of BCM and the ground is between 2 and 3V:
ignition cycles.
Failure Cause
• Communication module failure. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
Reference Circuit Information 7. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the
communication module or BCM.
Reference Connector End View Information • Refer to Service Manual, "Driver Information and
CP035R, CP010B
Reference Electrical Information • Refer to Service Manual, "Body System" - "Body Control
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection Module" - "Body Control Module (BCM)".
Circuit/System Test
1. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of HS CAN Network". Entertainment" - "Mobile Phone, Entertainment and
If other module tests are normal, continue following Navigation" - "Remote Communication Module".
detection procedures. • Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
3. Disconnect harness connector CP035R of the
communication module and harness connector CP010B
of the BCM.
V1.0 723
U0146 • Terminal 14 of CP035R and Terminal 1 of CP070A

DTC U0146: Lost Communication With Gateway open circuit/high resistance.
Failure Type Byte 4. Test if the resistance between serial data circuit terminals
Failure Description
(FTB) of the communication module or that of corresponding
87 Lost Communication With Gateway gateway module and the ground is infinite:
The communication module communicates with the gateway
module via the MS CAN bus. • Terminal 2 of CP070A
Conditions for Running DTCs • Terminal 1 of CP070A
The network works normally for 1s, and DTC U0073, U1562 If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
or U1563 is not set. short to ground.
Gateway module frame timeout is detected within 2,000ms between serial data circuit terminals of communication
consecutively. module or that of corresponding gateway module and the
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs ground is between 2 and 3V:
• The ECM frame timeout is recovered within 2,000ms. • Terminal 6 of CP035R

• Historical DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free • Terminal 14 of CP035R
ignition cycles.
Failure Cause
short to battery.
6. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the
communication module or gateway module.
Service Guideline
Bus System and Diagnostic Interface -1.4T (1) Entertainment" - "Mobile Phone, Entertainment and
Reference Connector End View Information Navigation" - "Remote Communication Module".
CP035R, CP070A • Refer to Service Manual, "Safety and Protection" -

Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection Refer to Service Manual, "Driver Information and
Circuit/System Test Entertainment" - "Mobile Phone, Entertainment and
1. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of MS CAN Network".
If other module tests are normal, continue following to Service Manual, "Safety and Protection" - "Gateway" -
detection procedures. "Gateway Module".
connector CP035R of communication module and
harness connector CP070A of gateway module.
3. Test if the resistance between serial data circuit terminals
of the communication module and that of corresponding
gateway module is less than 5Ω:
• Terminal 6 of CP035R and Terminal 2 of CP070A
V1.0 724
U0151 4. Test if the resistance between serial data circuit terminals
DTC Description of the airbag control unit and that of the corresponding
communication module is less than 5Ω:
DTC U0151: Lost Communication With Restraints Control
Module • Terminal 1 of CP011C and Terminal 6 of CP035R
Failure Type Byte • Terminal 2 of CP011C and Terminal 14 of CP035R
Failure Description
(FTB)
87 Lost Communication With open circuit/high resistance.
Restraints Control Module
5. Test if the resistance between serial data circuit terminals
Circuit/System Description of the airbag control unit or that of corresponding
communication module and the ground is infinite:
Communication module communicates with airbag control
unit via the HS CAN bus. • Terminal 1 of CP011C
Conditions for Running DTCs • Terminal 2 of CP011C
The network works normally for 1s, and DTC U0073, U1562 • Terminal 6 of CP035R
The airbag control module frame timeout is detected within
short to ground.
2,000ms consecutively.
• The airbag control module frame timeout is recovered serial data circuit terminals of airbag control unit or that
within 5,000ms. of corresponding communication module and the ground
• Historical DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free is between 2 and 3V:
ignition cycles.
Failure Cause
• Communication module failure. • Terminal 14 of CP035R
• Airbag control unit failure. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
Reference Circuit Information 7. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the airbag
control unit or communication module.
Service Guideline
CP035R, CP011C
Reference Electrical Information Navigation" - "Remote Communication Module".
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection • Refer to the Service Manual, "Safety and Protection"
Circuit/System Test Module".
1. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of HS CAN Network". • Replace, programme and set the control module,
If other module tests are normal, continue following Refer to Service Manual, "Driver Information and
detection procedures. Entertainment" - "Mobile Phone, Entertainment and
battery negative cable and harness connector CP011C
of the airbag control unit.
3. Disconnect harness connector FA024 of the
communication module.
V1.0 725
U0155 3. Disconnect harness connector CP035R of communication

DTC Description module and harness connector CP018 of the instrument
pack.
Cluster (IPC) Control Module 4. Test if the resistance between the following serial data
circuit terminals of the communication module and that
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description of corresponding instrument pack is less than 5Ω:
(FTB)
• Terminal 6 of CP035R and Terminal 26 of CP018
87 Lost Communication With
Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) • Terminal 14 of CP035R and Terminal 27 of CP018
Control Module If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
Circuit/System Description open circuit/high resistance.
The communication module communicates with the 5. Test if the resistance between the following serial data
instrument pack via HS CAN bus. circuit terminals of the communication module or that of
corresponding instrument pack and the ground is infinite:
The network works normally for 1s, and DTC U0073, U1562
or U1563 is not set. • Terminal 14 of CP035R
The instrument pack frame timeout is detected within 2,000ms • Terminal 27 of CP018
consecutively.
short to ground.
• The instrument pack frame timeout is recovered within
10,000ms.
• Historical DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free between the following serial data circuit terminals
ignition cycles. of communication module or that of corresponding
Failure Cause instrument pack and the ground is between 2 and 3V:
• Relevant circuit failure. • Terminal 6 of CP035R
• Connector failure or poor fitting. • Terminal 14 of CP035R
short to battery.
Bus System and Diagnostic Interface -1.5VCT&1.5T (2) 7. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the
communication module or instrument pack.
Service Guideline
CP035R, CP018
Reference Electrical Information Entertainment" - "Mobile Phone, Entertainment and
Circuit/System Test
1. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of HS CAN Network". Pack".
detection procedures. Refer to Service Manual, "Driver Information and
V1.0 726
U1500 Service Guideline
DTC U1500: VIN Mismatch with BCM (or IPK) Entertainment" - "Mobile Phone, Entertainment and
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description • Refer to Service Manual, "Body System" - "Body Control
(FTB)
00 VIN Mismatch with BCM (or IPK)
Circuit/System Description Refer to Service Manual, "Driver Information and
Communication module assembly receives BCM signal via Entertainment" - "Mobile Phone, Entertainment and
CAN bus. Compare the 17-byte VINstored in both modules Navigation" - "Remote Communication Module".
to determine if there are any failures. • Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, the DTC U0073,
U0140, U1562 or U1563 is not set.
The VIN of the communication module assembly does not
conform to that of the CAN network, which lasts for more
than 4s.
• The VIN of the communication module assembly
conforms to that of the CAN network, which lasts for
more than 4s.
ignition cycles.
Failure Cause
• BCM failure.
1. Apply scan tools to ensure that VIN of the body control
module is consistent with the VIN of the communication
module.
2. Do not remove the VIN information in the communication
module assembly. If the VIN remains wrong, check the
body control module.
3. The replaced or repaired communication module shall be
programmed and configured on the vehicle. Re-enter
the VIN information.
4. Using scan tools, confirm the communication module
assembly has been properly programmed and set
to corresponding key confirmation system, vehicle
configuration and body control module.
V1.0 727
U1562, U1563 If the fuse is blown, replace it with a corresponding fuse.

DTC Description 2. Connect the scan tool, place the ignition switch in "ON"
DTC U1562: Battery Voltage is too High position. Delete the DTCs after self-diagnosis, and
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description 3. Check if the color of observation hole is normal, and
(FTB)
17 Battery Voltage is too High
leakage.
DTC U1563: Battery Voltage is too Low Charge or replace the battery where necessary.
Failure Type Byte 4. When the engine is running, test if the battery voltage
Failure Description
(FTB) between the positive and negative poles is between 12 ~
16 Battery Voltage is too Low 14V with multimeter.

The communication module monitors the system voltage to
Circuit/System Test
check whether the supply voltage of the module is within a
normal operation range. 1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
2. Disconnect harness connector CP035R of the
communication module.
U1562：Supply voltage of the communication module is above connector CP035R of communication module and the
16V for more than 1s. ground is less than 5Ω.
U1563 ： During the non-starting, the supply voltage of the If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
communication module is below 9V for more than 1s. open circuit/high resistance.
• Supply voltage of the communication module resumes to switch in "ON" position, test if the voltage between
normal working voltage (9.5～15.5V) for more than 1s. terminals of harness connector CP035R of the
• Historical DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free communication module and ground is the battery voltage.
ignition cycles. • Terminal 7 of CP035R
Failure Cause • Terminal 16 of CP035R
• Connector failure or poor fitting. open circuit/high resistance.
5. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the
• Alternator failure. communication module.
• Communication module failure. Service Guideline
Reference Information • Refer to Service Manual, "Driver Information and
Reference Circuit Information Entertainment" - "Mobile Phone, Entertainment and
CP035R Entertainment" - "Mobile Phone, Entertainment and
Reference Electrical Information Navigation" - "Remote Communication Module".
1. Check fuse F06, F20 for fusing.
V1.0 728
U2001
DTC Description
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description
(FTB)
42 ECU EEPROM Error
Perform internal failure detection for the communication
module, not involving external circuits.
With the ignition switch in "ON" position for 5s, the DTC
U1562 or U1563 is not set.
The writing data are not matched with the reading data.
• The writing data are matched with the reading data.
ignition cycles.
Failure Cause
Communication module failure.
"ON" position.
DTC still exists.
If any DTC still exists, test/replace the communication

module.
Service Guideline
V1.0 729
Information and Entertainment IPK
IPK
DTC Category
List
Failure
Level
B1200 29 Fuel Sender Out Of Upper Range 燃油传感器阻值超出范围 Ⅱ
B1201 00 SRS LED Fail 安全气囊灯失效 Ⅱ
B1202 00 PAB LED Fail PAB指示灯失效 Ⅱ
B1210 54 Tyre Rolling Circ Out Of Range ABS轮胎滚动半径超出范围 Ⅱ
B1211 54 ABS Actual Tyre Rolling Circ Out Of Range 实际轮胎滚动半径超出范围 Ⅱ
B1220 00 ODO incremental value error 里程累加信号异常 Ⅱ
B1221 86 Pulse Count Signal Error 轮速脉冲信号错误 Ⅱ
U0073 88 CAN Bus Off On “B” CAN总线关闭 Ⅰ
U0100 87 Lost Communication With ECM 与ECM失去通讯 Ⅱ
U0101 87 Lost Communication With TCM ECU与TCU控制模块通讯故障 Ⅱ
U0121 87 Lost Communication With ABS ECU与ABS控制模块通讯故障 Ⅱ
U0126 87 Lost Communication With SAS ECU与SAS控制模块通讯故障 Ⅱ
U0131 87 Lost Communication With EPS Module 通讯总线与电子助力转向模块失去通讯 Ⅱ
U0140 87 ECU与BCM控制模块通讯故障 I
Module
U0151 87 Lost Communication With SDM Module 与安全气囊控制器失去通信 Ⅱ
U0245 87 Lost Communication With ICE Module 通讯总线与车内娱乐模块失去通讯 Ⅱ
U1500 00 VIN Mismatch With BCM VIN与BCM不匹配 Ⅱ
U1562 17 Battery Voltage High 蓄电池供电电路电压过高 Ⅰ
U1563 16 Battery Voltage Low 蓄电池供电电路电压过低 Ⅰ
U2001 42 ECU EEPROM Error 控制模块内部存储器故障 Ⅱ
U2005 41 Flash Checksum Error 可擦除校验和错误 Ⅱ
*Note:
Failure Level Description:

• Ⅱ: Drive Carefully to 4S Store to Repair
• Ⅳ: Don't Need to Repair or Repair it During Maintenance
V1.0 730
IPK Information and Entertainment
Circult Diagram
Circuit Diagram
Instrument Pack (1)
V1.0 731
Instrument Pack (3)
V1.0 732
(1)
V1.0 733

(1)
V1.0 734
38 HS CAN L
Fuel Sensor BD017
39 HS CAN H

Pin No. Pin Information 38 MS CAN L
1 Fuel Pump Supply Voltage 39 MS CAN H
2 Ground
3 Fuel Sensor Signal Wire
4 Fuel Sensor Ground Wire

26 HS CAN H
27 HS CAN L
Pin No. Pin Information Instrument Pack CP018 - 1.4T
44 HS CAN L
45 HS CAN H

26 MS CAN H
27 MS CAN L
V1.0 735
Entertainment Mainframe CP034D Diagnostic Interface CP040A - 1.4T
Pin No. Pin Information 3 MS CAN H
1 External Audio Input (left) 6 HS CAN H
3 Steering Wheel Switch 11 MS CAN L
4 Positive Pole of Steering 14 HS CAN L

Wheel Switch 1
EPAS Module CP040D
Ground
Wheel Switch 2

7 HS CAN L
8 HS CAN H

6 HS CAN H
14 HS CAN L
V1.0 736
5 HS CAN H 7 HS CAN L
6 HS CAN L 17 HS CAN H
ABS/SCS Module EB012 Automatic Transmission Control Module GB008

8 HS CAN L
6 HS CAN L
9 HS CAN H
14 HS CAN H

3 HS CAN L
1 HS CAN H
4 HS CAN H
17 HS CAN L
V1.0 737
Diagnostic Information and Procedure Circuit/System Test

B1200 1. Use the scan tool to carry out a scan test on instrument
DTC Description pack, and confirm the fuel level gauge is scanned from the
DTC B1200: Fuel Sensor Out of Upper Range low to high. If the fuel level gauge can not be scanned,
replace the instrument pack.
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description 2. Use the scan tool to command all indicators to be on and
(FTB)
off, and confirm the fuel level indicator is on and off. If
29 Fuel Sensor Out of Upper Range the fuel level indicator is always on or off, replace the
Circuit/System Description instrument pack.
Circuit/System Test
The instrument is directly connected with the fuel level sensor
via a hard wire. The resistance value of fuel level sensor will 1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
change with the height of fuel level, and the instrument pack the battery negative cable.
module uses the input signal from the fuel level sensor to 2. Disconnect harness connector BD017 of the fuel pump.
calculate the percentage of remaining fuel in the fuel tank. If IPK 3. Carry out component test on fuel sensor, if the test fails,
detects that the fuel level sensor signal exceeds the measured replace the fuel pump.
value of normal fuel quantity, it will be judged as sensor failure.
4. Disconnect the harness connector CP018 of the
Conditions for Running DTCs instrument pack.
• After placing the ignition switch in "ON" position for 1s. 5. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
• DTC U1562 or U1563 is not set. harness connector BD017 of fuel pump and terminals of
Conditions for Setting DTCs harness connector CP018 of corresponding instrument
pack is less than 5Ω:
• The sensor resistance is greater than 225Ω, which lasts
for 2s. • Terminal 22 of CP018 and Terminal 3 of BD017
• The sensor resistance is less than 34Ω, which lasts for 2s. • Terminal 23 of CP018 and Terminal 4 of BD017
The fuel display is normal in the same ignition cycle. If the
failure still exists in the next ignition cycle, the 8-section bar 6. Connect the battery negative cable, place the ignition
code will be turned off and the symbol will flash. switch in "ON" position, and test if the voltage between
the terminals of harness connector BD017 of fuel
sensor or the terminals of harness connector CP018 of
• The sensor resistance is within the normal range instrument pack and the ground is 0V:
(34~225Ω), which lasts for 2s.
ignition cycles. • Terminal 4 of BD017
• Instrument pack failure. short to battery.
• Fuel sensor failure. 7. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
harness connector BD017 of fuel sensor or the terminals
of harness connector CP018 of instrument pack and the
Reference Circuit Information ground is infinite:
Instrument Pack (1) • Terminal 3 of BD017
Reference Connector End View Information • Terminal 4 of BD017
CP018, BD017 • Terminal 22 of CP018
Reference Electrical Information • Terminal 23 of CP018
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
short to ground.
V1.0 738
instrument pack.
Component Test
the battery negative cable and harness connector BD017
of the fuel sensor.
2. Test whether the resistance between the terminals 3 and
4 of fuel sensor is between 34 and 225Ω. If the test is
abnormal, replace the fuel sensor.
Service Guideline
• Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Fuel and
Control System" - "Service Guideline" - "Fuel Pump".
Entertainment" - "Display and Instrument" - "Service
Guideline" - "Instrument Pack".
V1.0 739
B1201 Service Guideline

DTC B1201: SRS LED Fail Entertainment" - "Display and Instrument" - "Service
Failure Type Byte
(FTB)
00 SRS LED Fail
Circuit/System Description Guideline" - "Instrument Pack".
The airbag warning lamp is red and has an important safety

system alarm function. When the key is turned to IGN
position, the instrument pack will continuously detect the
warning lamp. If the warning lamp fails, the message center will
display the alarm message "Airbag Warning Lamp Failure"and
it will change into a static alarm icon after 3s.
• After placing the ignition switch in "ON" position for 1s.
• Airbag warning lamp is on.
• Airbag warning lamp voltage is less than 1.6V or greater
than 2.7V, which lasts for 2s.
The MIL is normally on or off.
• The airbag warning lamp voltage is within the normal
range (voltage is between 1.6 and 2.7V).
ignition cycles.
Failure Cause
Instrument pack failure.
position, access the real-time display, and check if the
"Airbag Warning Lamp Failure" switches between "ON"
and "OFF".
2. Apply the forced input function of the scan tool to test if
the instrument pack can illuminate and extinguish all the
instrument pack indicators. The airbag warning lamp shall
illuminate and extinguish according to the order.
If the airbag warning lamp does not illuminate or

extinguish as expected, test/replace the instrument pack.
V1.0 740
B1202 Service Guideline
DTC B1202: PAB LED Fail Entertainment" - "Display and Instrument" - "Service
Failure Type Byte
(FTB)
00 PAB LED Fail
Circuit/System Description Guideline" - "Instrument Pack".
The airbag disabling switch is located at the right of the

instrument panel. When the passenger side airbag disabling
switch is in "OFF" position, the warning lamp on the instrument
pack will indicate the state.
• Passenger airbag warning lamp is on.
• Passenger airbag warning lamp voltage is less than 1.6V
or greater than 2.7V, which lasts for 2s.
The MIL is normally on or off.
• The passenger airbag warning lamp voltage is within the
normal range (voltage is between 1.6 and 2.7V).
ignition cycles.
Failure Cause
position, access the real-time display, and check if the
"Passenger Airbag Warning Lamp Failure" switches
between "ON" and "OFF".
2. Apply the forced input function of the scan tool to test
if the instrument pack can illuminate and extinguish all
the instrument pack indicators. The passenger airbag
warning lamp shall illuminate and extinguish according
to the order.
If the passenger airbag warning lamp does not illuminate

or extinguish as expected, test/replace the instrument
pack.
V1.0 741
B1210, B1211 Failure Cause

DTC B1210: Tyre Rolling Circ Out of Range • Connector failure or poor fitting.
Failure Type Byte • Instrument pack failure.
Failure Description
(FTB) • ABS/dynamic stability control module failure.
54 Tyre Rolling Circ Out of Range • Wheel speed sensor failure.
DTC B1211: ABS Actual Tyre Rolling Circ Out of Range
Failure Type Byte
(FTB)
ABS Actual Tyre Rolling Circ Out of Circuit/System Check
54
Range 1. Before diagnosis, confirm if there are any DTCs of
Circuit/System Description dynamic stability control system.
The insufficiency of the tyre pressure can be detected through If any, diagnose the dynamic stability control system first.
the different rotating speed relative to other wheels. When 2. Connect the scan tool, place the ignition switch in "ON"
the tyre pressure of a certain wheel is insufficient, the rolling position, access real-time display, check whether the
radius of the wheel will decrease, the rotating speed will "ABS Warning Lamp" switches between "ON" and "OFF",
increase and the rotating speed is higher than that of other and check which state the "Tyre Pressure Monitoring
wheels, then the system will warn the driver that the wheel State" is in.
tyre pressure is insufficient, and the DTC will be set. The
3. After confirming all tyres are inflated to normal range,
wheel speed is detected by the active wheel speed sensor
the "Tyre Pressure Reset" on message display center
and encoder ring. Each wheel speed sensor Pin2 receives
must be used to reset TPMS. If the instrument receives
12V reference voltage from the ABS control module/dynamic
the correct feedback of electronic brake control module
stability control module, and the Pin1 outputs square-wave
within 2 seconds, the message center screen will display
signal to ABS module. When the wheel rotates, the ABS
the message "Tyre Pressure Reset OK"; otherwise it will
control module/dynamic stability control module calculates
display "Tyre Pressure Reset Fails", accompanied by an
the wheel speed though the frequency of square-wave signals.
audible alarm.
4. Apply the forced input function of the scan tool to test if
• After placing the ignition switch in "ON" position for 1s. the instrument pack can illuminate and extinguish all the
• DTC U1562 or U1563 is not set. instrument pack indicators. The tyre pressure monitoring
Conditions for Setting DTCs system warning lamp shall illuminate and extinguish
according to the order.
B1210: ABS tyre rolling radius exceeds the range.
If the tyre pressure monitoring system warning lamp
B1211: Actual tyre rolling radius exceeds the range. does not illuminate or extinguish as expected, replace
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set the instrument pack.
The displayed speed is not accurate. 5. Check whether there are debris, impurities, etc. between
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs the speed sensor and signal wheel, whether the wheel
speed sensor is loose, or water enters the harness.
B1210:
Service Guideline
• ABSThe tyre rolling radius recovers to normal range.
ignition cycles.
B1211:
• The actual tyre rolling radius recovers to normal range. Refer to Service Manual, "Driver Information and
• Historical DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free Entertainment" - "Display and Instrument" - "Service
ignition cycles. Guideline" - "Instrument Pack".
V1.0 742
DTC B1220: ODO Incremental Value Error Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
Failure Type Byte
(FTB)
1. Before diagnosis, confirm if there are any DTCs of
00 ODO Incremental Value Error
ABS/dynamic stability control system. If any, diagnose the
DTC B1221: Pulse Count Signal Error ABS/dynamic stability control system first.
2. Connect the scan tool, read and clear DTCs.
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description 3. Read the DTCs again with scan tool to confirm if the
(FTB)
DTC still exists.
86 Pulse Count Signal Error
If the DTC has been reset, test/replace the instrument
Circuit/System Description pack.
Wheel speed is detected by active wheel sensor and encoder Service Guideline
wheel speed sensor receives a 12V reference voltage from
When wheels are rotating, the ABS/dynamic stability control • Replace, programme and set the control module,
module calculates wheel speed based on the frequency of the Refer to Service Manual, "Driver Information and
square-wave signal, and transmits this signal to the instrument Entertainment" - "Display and Instrument" - "Service
pack via the CAN network. Guideline" - "Instrument Pack".

• DTC U0073, U0121, U1562 or U1563 is not set.
B1220: Mileage accumulation signal is abnormal.
B1221: Wheel speed pulse signal is incorrect.

Values of trip and ODO stop increasing.
B1220:
• Mileage accumulation signal recovers to be normal.
ignition cycles.
B1221:
• Wheel speed pulse signal recovers to be normal.
ignition cycles.
Failure Cause
V1.0 743

DTC Description harness connector CP018 of instrument pack and the
terminals of harness connector CP040 of corresponding
DTC U0073: CAN Bus Off On "B"
diagnostic interface is less than 5Ω:
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description • Terminal 26 of CP018 and Terminal 6 of CP040
(FTB)
88 CAN Bus Off On "B" • Terminal 27 of CP018 and Terminal 14 of CP040

Instrument pack communicates with other modules via the HS
CAN bus.
of harness connector CP018 of instrument pack or the
Conditions for Running DTCs terminals of harness connector CP040 of diagnostic
• After placing the ignition switch in "ON" position for 1s. interface and the ground is infinite:
• DTC U1562 or U1563 is not set. • Terminal 26 of CP018
CAN network system node is unable to transmit and receive
signal properly.
The displays of speedometer, tachometer and water If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
temperature meter are 0. short to ground.
• MS CAN bus off information is not detected for 5s
consecutively.
pack or the terminals of harness connector CP040 of
• Historical DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free diagnostic interface and the ground is between 2 and 3V:
ignition cycles.
Failure Cause

Bus System and Diagnostic Interface -1.5VCT&1.5T (1) 6. If all the circuit tests are normal, test/replace the
instrument pack.
Service Guideline
CP018, CP040
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection Guideline" - "Instrument Pack".
If other module tests are normal, continue following Guideline" - "Instrument Pack".

CP018 of instrument pack.
V1.0 744
DTC Description of harness connector CP018 of instrument pack and
terminals of harness connector EM058B of corresponding
DTC U0100: Lost Communication With ECM
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description • Terminal 26 of CP018 and Terminal 1 of EM058B
(FTB)
87 Lost Communication With ECM • Terminal 27 of CP018 and Terminal 17 of EM058B

Instrument pack communicates with ECM via the HS CAN
bus.
connector CP018 of instrument pack or the terminals
Conditions for Running DTCs of harness connector EM058B of ECM and the ground
• After placing the ignition switch in "ON" position for 1s. is infinite:
• DTC U0073, U1562 or U1563 is not set. • Terminal 26 of CP018
Lost communication with ECM, which lasts for 2s.
Engine speed is not displayed.
short to ground.
• Receive the information from ECM, which lasts for 100
ignition cycles.
• Historical DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free the terminals of harness connector CP018 of instrument
ignition cycles. pack or the terminals of harness connector EM058B of
Failure Cause ECM and the ground is between 2 and 3V:
• ECM failure.
• Instrument pack.
short to battery.
Reference Connector End View Information 6. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the instrument
pack or ECM.
CP018, EM058B
Service Guideline
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection Entertainment" - "Display and Instrument" - "Service
Circuit/System Test
2. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, disconnect Entertainment" - "Display and Instrument" - "Service
the battery negative cable, disconnect harness connector Guideline" - "Instrument Pack".
CP018 of instrument pack and harness connector • Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
EM058B of ECM. to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Fuel Control
V1.0 745

DTC Description of harness connector CP018 of instrument pack and
the terminals of harness connector GB006/GB008 of
DTC U0101: Lost Communication With TCM Module
corresponding automatic transmission control module
Failure Type Byte is less than 5Ω:
Failure Description
(FTB)
• Terminal 26 of CP018 and Terminal 17 of GB006
Lost Communication With TCM
87 • Terminal 27 of CP018 and Terminal 7 of GB006
Module
Instrument pack communicates with automatic transmission
control module via the HS CAN bus. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
of harness connector CP018 of instrument pack or
• DTC U0073, U1562 or U1563 is not set. the terminals of harness connector GB006/GB008 of
Conditions for Setting DTCs automatic transmission control module and the ground
Lost Communication with automatic transmission control is infinite:
module, which lasts for 2s. • Terminal 26 of CP018
• Receive the information from automatic transmission • Terminal 17 of GB006
control module, which lasts for 100 ignition cycles.
ignition cycles. • Terminal 14 of GB008
• Connector failure or poor fitting. short to ground.
• Automatic Transmission control module failure. 5. Connect the battery negative cable, place the ignition
• Instrument pack failure. switch in "ON" position, and test if the voltage
between the terminals of harness connector CP018 of
instrument pack or the terminals of harness connector
Reference Circuit Information GB006/GB008 of automatic transmission control module
and the ground is between 2 and 3V:
CP018, GB006/GB008
Circuit/System Test
short to battery.
6. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the instrument
2. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, disconnect pack or transmission control module.
the battery negative cable, disconnect harness connector
Service Guideline
CP018 of instrument pack and harness connector
GB006/GB008 of automatic transmission control module. • Refer to Service Manual, "Driver Information and
V1.0 746
"Automatic Transmission - 4AT" - "Service Guideline" -
V1.0 747
U0121 CP018 of instrument pack and harness connector EB012

DTC Description of ABS control module.
DTC U0121: Lost Communication With Anti-Lock Brake 3. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
System (ABS) Control Module harness connector CP018 of instrument pack and the
terminals of harness connector EB012 of corresponding
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description ABS control module is less than 5Ω:
(FTB)
• Terminal 26 of CP018 and Terminal 9 of EB012
Lost Communication With Anti-Lock
87 • Terminal 27 of CP018 and Terminal 8 of EB012
Instrument pack communicates with ABS control module via
the HS CAN bus.
connector CP018 of instrument pack or the terminals of
Conditions for Running DTCs harness connector EB012 of ABS control module and
• After placing the ignition switch in "ON" position for 1s. the ground is infinite:
• DTC U0073, U1562 or U1563 is not set. • Terminal 26 of CP018
Lost communication with ABS control module, which lasts for • Terminal 8 of EB012
2s.
Vehicle speed is not displayed. short to ground.
• Receive the information from ABS control module, which switch in "ON" position, and test if the voltage between
lasts for 100 ignition cycles. the terminals of harness connector CP018 of instrument
pack or the terminals of harness connector EB012 of ABS
control module and the ground is between 2 and 3V:
ignition cycles.
• Connector failure or poor fitting. • Terminal 8 of EB012

• Instrument pack failure. • Terminal 9 of EB012
• Anti-lock brake control module failure. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
Reference Circuit Information 6. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the instrument
Bus System and Diagnostic Interface -1.5VCT&1.5T (1), pack or ABS control module.
Reference Connector End View Information • Refer to Service Manual, "Brake System" - "Brake
CP018, EB012 Module" - "Service Guideline" - "ABS Regulator".
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection Guideline" - "Instrument Pack".
Circuit/System Test • Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
2. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, disconnect the Entertainment" - "Display and Instrument" - "Service
battery negative cable, and disconnect harness connector Guideline" - "Instrument Pack".
V1.0 748
DTC U0126: Lost Communication With SAS 4. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
of harness connector CP018 of instrument pack or the
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description terminals of harness connector CP052 of SAS and the
(FTB)
ground is infinite:
87 Lost Communication With SAS
The IPK communicates with the steering angle sensor via the
HS CAN bus.
• After placing the ignition switch in "ON" position for 1s. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
short to ground.
Lost communication with SAS, which lasts for 2s.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs pack or the terminals of harness connector CP052 of
• Receive SAS information for more than 1s. steering angle sensor and the ground is between 2 and 3V:
ignition cycles.
Failure Cause
• Instrument pack failure. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
short to battery.
Reference Information 6. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the instrument
pack or steering wheel angle sensor.
Service Guideline
CP018, CP052 Guideline" - "Instrument Pack".
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection Wheel and Steering Column" - "Service Guideline" -
"Steering Angle Sensor".
Circuit/System Test
1. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of HS CAN Network". Refer to Service Manual, "Driver Information and
If other module tests are normal, continue following Entertainment" - "Display and Instrument" - "Service
detection procedures. Guideline" - "Instrument Pack".

CP018 of IPK and harness connector CP052 of SAS.
harness connector CP018 of IPK and the terminals of
harness connector CP052 of corresponding SAS is less
than 5Ω:
• Terminal 26 of CP018 and Terminal 5 of CP052
• Terminal 27 of CP018 and Terminal 6 of CP052
V1.0 749
U0131 corresponding terminals of harness connector CP040D

DTC Description of electric power steering control unit is less than 5Ω:
DTC U0131: Lost Communication With EPS Module • Terminal 26 of CP018 and Terminal 8 of CP040D
Failure Type Byte • Terminal 27 of CP018 and Terminal 7 of CP040D
Failure Description
(FTB)
Lost Communication With EPS open circuit/high resistance.
87
Module
Circuit/System Description of harness connector CP018 of instrument pack or the
terminals of harness connector CP040D of electric
Instrument pack communicates with electric power steering
power steering control unit and the ground is infinite:
control unit via the HS CAN bus.
• After placing the ignition switch in "ON" position for 1s. • Terminal 27 of CP018
• DTC U0073, U1562 or U1563 is not set. • Terminal 7 of CP040D
Lost communication with electric power steering control unit If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
for 2s. short to ground.
• Receive information from electric power steering control switch in "ON" position, and test if the voltage between
unit for 1s. the terminals of harness connector CP018 of instrument
• Historical DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free pack or the terminals of harness connector CP040D of
ignition cycles. electric power steering control unit and the ground is
Failure Cause between 2 and 3V:

• Instrument pack failure. • Terminal 7 of CP040D
• Electric power steering control unit failure.
short to battery.
6. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the instrument
Reference Connector End View Information pack or electric power steering control unit.
CP018, CP040D, CP070A Service Guideline
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection Entertainment" - "Display and Instrument" - "Service
Circuit/System Test
1. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of HS CAN Network". Refer to Service Manual, "Driver Information and
If other module tests are normal, continue following Entertainment" - "Display and Instrument" - "Service
detection procedures. Guideline" - "Instrument Pack".

battery negative cable, disconnect harness connector
CP040D of electric power steering control unit.
harness connector CP018 of instrument pack and the
V1.0 750
DTC Description harness connector CP018 of instrument pack and the
corresponding terminals of harness connector CP010B
of BCM is less than 5Ω:
Module
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description
(FTB) • Terminal 27 of CP018 and Terminal 38 of CP010B
Lost Communication With Body If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
87
Control Module open circuit/high resistance.
Circuit/System Description 4. Test if the resistance between the following terminals

of harness connector CP018 of instrument pack or
Instrument pack communicates with the BCM via the HS CAN
bus.
ground is infinite:
Conditions for Setting DTCs • Terminal 38 of CP010B
Lost communication with BCM for 2s. • Terminal 39 of CP010B

Anti-theft system warning lamp illuminates. short to ground.
• Receive the information from BCM for more than 1s.
• Historical DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free pack or the terminals of harness connector CP010B of
ignition cycles. ECM and the ground is between 2 and 3V:
Failure Cause
Bus System and Diagnostic Interface -1.5VCT&1.5T (1) 6. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the instrument
Reference Connector End View Information pack or BCM.
Service Guideline
CP010B, CP018
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection Pack".
Circuit/System Test • Refer to Service Manual, "Body System" - "Body Control
If other module tests are normal, continue following Refer to Service Manual, "Driver Information and
detection procedures. Entertainment" - "Display and Instrument" - "Service
2. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, disconnect the Guideline" - "Instrument Pack".
battery negative cable, disconnect the harness connector • Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
CP018 of instrument pack and the harness connector to Service Manual, "Body System" - "Body Control
CP010B of BCM. Module" - "Body Control Module (BCM)".
V1.0 751
U0151 corresponding terminals of harness connector CP011C

DTC Description of airbag control module is less than 5Ω:
DTC U0151：Lost Communication With SDM Module • Terminal 26 of CP018 and Terminal 1 of CP011C
Failure Type Byte • Terminal 27 of CP018 and Terminal 2 of CP011C

Failure Description
(FTB)
Lost Communication With SDM open circuit/high resistance.
41
Module
Circuit/System Description connector CP018 of instrument pack or the terminals
of harness connector CP011C of airbag control module
Instrument pack communicates with airbag control module via
the HS CAN bus.
• After placing the ignition switch in "ON" position for 1s. • Terminal 27 of CP018
• DTC U0073, U1562 or U1563 is not set. • Terminal 1 of CP011C

Conditions for Setting DTCs • Terminal 2 of CP011C
Lost communication with airbag control module for 2s. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
• Receive information from airbag control module for 1s. 5. Connect the battery negative cable, place the ignition
• Historical DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free switch in "ON" position, and test if the voltage between
ignition cycles. the terminals of harness connector CP018 of instrument
pack or the terminals of harness connector CP011C of
Failure Cause
airbag control module and the ground is between 2 and
• Relevant circuit failure. 3V:
• Airbag control module failure.
Reference Information • Terminal 1 of CP011C
Reference Circuit Information • Terminal 2 of CP011C
Bus System and Diagnostic Interface -1.5VCT&1.5T (1), If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
Bus System and Diagnostic Interface -1.5VCT&1.5T (2) short to battery.
Reference Connector End View Information 6. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the instrument
CP018, CP011C pack or airbag control module.

Service Guideline
Circuit/System Test Guideline" - "Instrument Pack".
1. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of HS CAN Network". • Refer to the Service Manual, "Safety and Protection" -
"Airbag System" - "Service Guideline" - "Airbag Diagnosis
and Control Module".
2. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, disconnect Refer to Service Manual, "Driver Information and
battery negative cable, disconnect harness connector Entertainment" - "Display and Instrument" - "Service
CP018 of instrument pack and harness connector Guideline" - "Instrument Pack".
CP011C of airbag control module.
3. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of to Service Manual, "Safety and Protection" - "Airbag
harness connector CP018 of instrument pack and the System" - "Service Guideline" - "Airbag Diagnosis and
Control Module".
V1.0 752
U0245 of harness connector CP034D of corresponding
DTC Description entertainment mainframe is less than 5Ω:
DTC U0245: Lost Communication With ICE Module • Terminal 26 of CP018 and Terminal 6 of CP034D
Failure Type Byte • Terminal 27 of CP018 and Terminal 12 of CP034D

Failure Description
(FTB)
Lost Communication With ICE open circuit/high resistance.
87
Module
4. Test if the resistance between terminals of instrument
Circuit/System Description pack or the terminals of entertainment mainframe and
Instrument pack communicates with the entertainment
mainframe via HS CAN bus. • Terminal 26 of CP018
• After placing the ignition switch in "ON" position for 1s. • Terminal 6 of CP034D
Lost communication with entertainment mainframe for 2s. short to ground.
• Receive the information from entertainment mainframe switch in "ON" position, and test if the voltage between
for 1s. terminals of instrument pack or the terminals of
• Historical DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free entertainment mainframe and the ground is between 2
ignition cycles. and 3V:
• Connector failure or poor fitting. • Terminal 6 of CP034D
• Entertainment mainframe failure.
short to battery.
Bus System and Diagnostic Interface -1.5VCT&1.5T (1), instrument pack or entertainment mainframe.
Service Guideline
CP018, CP034D
Reference Electrical Information Guideline" - "Instrument Pack".
Entertainment" - "Mobile Phone, Entertainment
Circuit/System Test and Navigation" - "Service Guideline" - "On-board
1. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of HS CAN Network". Entertainment Mainframe".
2. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, disconnect Guideline" - "Instrument Pack".
the battery negative cable, disconnect harness connector
CP034D of entertainment mainframe.
Entertainment" - "Mobile Phone, Entertainment
3. Test if the resistance between terminals of harness and Navigation" - "Service Guideline" - "On-board
connector CP018 of the instrument pack and terminals Entertainment Mainframe".
V1.0 753
U1500 the VIN information. Make sure that the instrument

DTC Description pack shall perform correct programme and setting to
corresponding key confirmation system and vehicle
DTC U1500: VIN Mismatch With BCM
configuration with a scan tool.
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description 4. Connect the scan tool, place the ignition switch in "ON"
(FTB)
62 VIN Mismatch with BCM confirm if the DTC still exists. If any DTC still exists,
test/replace the BCM.
Service Guideline
Instrument pack receives BCM signal via CAN bus. Compare
the BCM signal and 17-byte VIN stored in the instrument pack • Refer to Service Manual, "Driver Information and
to see if there are any failures. Entertainment" - "Display and Instrument" - "Service
• After placing the ignition switch in "ON" position for 1s. Module" - "Service Guideline" - "Body Control Module
• DTC U0073, U0140, U1562 or U1563 is not set. (BCM)".
• Communication with BCM is lost, which lasts for 5s. Refer to Service Manual, "Driver Information and
• VIN of BCM and that of instrument pack cannot be
identified or matched, which lasts for 5s.
• VINs of BCM and instrument pack are incorrect.
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set Module" - "Service Guideline" - "Body Control Module
trip 1 mileage display is incorrect. (BCM)".
• VIN of BCM and that of instrument pack are consistent,
which lasts for 5s.
ignition cycles.
Failure Cause
• BCM failure.
Circuit/System Test
1. When placing the ignition switch in "ON" position, all
the warning lamps will illuminate at the same time for 5
seconds, and a self-check will be performed. Check if the
self-check is successfully done and if the instrument can
work properly.
2. Use the scan tool to confirm if the VIN of the BCM is
consistent with the VIN of the instrument pack. Do not
remove the VIN information from the instrument pack.
If the VIN stills incorrect, test/replace the instrument
pack.
3. Instrument pack replaced during the repair shall be
programmed and configured on the vehicle. Re-enter
V1.0 754
U1562, U1563 Reference Electrical Information
DTC Description
DTC U1562: Battery Voltage is too High
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description 1. Check fuse F06, F24 or EB8 for fusing.
(FTB)
17 Battery Voltage is too High If the fuse is blown, replace it with a corresponding fuse.
DTC U1563: Battery Voltage too Low
Failure Type Byte confirm if the DTC still exists.
Failure Description
(FTB) 3. Check if the color of observation hole is normal, and
16 Battery Voltage too Low check the battery appearance for deformation and
leakage.
Charge or replace the battery where necessary.
The instrument pack monitors the system voltage to check if
the power supply voltage of the instrument pack is within a 4. When the engine is running, test if the battery voltage
normal operating range. between the positive and negative poles is between 12 ~
14V with multimeter.
• It is not in the starting process or 1s after starting.
Circuit/System Test
U1562: Battery voltage is greater than 16V, which lasts for 2s. the battery negative cable.
U1563: Battery voltage is less than 9V, which lasts for 2s. 2. Disconnect the harness connector CP018 of the
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set instrument pack.
3. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, test if the
The instrument does not work and has no display.
voltage between terminal 5 of harness connector CP018
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs of instrument pack and the ground is the battery voltage.
U1562:
• Battery voltage is less than 15.5V, which lasts for 2s. open circuit/high resistance.
• Historical DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free 4. Test if the voltage between terminal 1 of harness
ignition cycles. connector CP018 of instrument pack and the ground is
U1563: the battery voltage.
• Battery voltage is greater than 9.5V, which lasts for 2s. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
• Historical DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free open circuit/high resistance.
ignition cycles. 5. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and test if
Failure Cause terminal 2 of harness connector CP018 of instrument
• Relevant circuit failure. pack and ground is less than 5Ω.
• Instrument pack failure. 6. If all the circuit tests are normal, test/replace the
instrument pack.
Service Guideline
Instrument Pack (1), Instrument Pack (3)
Reference Connector End View Information Guideline" - "Instrument Pack".
CP018 • Replace, programme and set the control module,
V1.0 755

V1.0 756
U2001 Entertainment" - "Display and Instrument" - "Service
DTC Description Guideline" - "Instrument Pack".

Failure Type Byte
Failure Description
(FTB)
42 ECU EEPROM Error
Perform the internal failure detection for the instrument pack,
not involving external circuit. Each time when it is energized,
the control module will run a program to detect internal
failures.
DTC U1562 or U1563 is not set.
There error in ECU EEPROM.
The instrument display is incorrect and the odometer fails to
display.
• There is no error in ECU EEPROM.
ignition cycles.
Failure Cause
Circuit/System Test
work properly.
If any DTC still exists, test/replace the combination

instrument.
Service Guideline
V1.0 757
U2005 Entertainment" - "Display and Instrument" - "Service

DTC Description Guideline" - "Instrument Pack".
DTC U2005: Flash Checksum Error

Failure Type Byte
Failure Description
(FTB)
41 Flash Checksum Error
Perform the internal failure detection for the instrument pack,
not involving external circuit. Each time when it is energized,
the control module will run a program to detect internal
failures.
DTC U0073, U1562 or U1563 is not set.
With the ignition switch in "ON" position, the instrument pack
detects that the ROM is wrong or the data cannot be read.
The instrument has no display.
• ROM check is successfully performed and the data is
correctly read.
ignition cycles.
Failure Cause
work properly.
2. Connect the scan tool, and delete the DTC after
self-diagnosis, and confirm if the DTC still exists.
If any DTC still exists, test/replace the combination

instrument.
Service Guideline
V1.0 758
ECM Real-time Display
ECM
Real-time Display Parameter List
Signal Value
Name Definition Unit
Range
Ambient Air This parameter displays the air temperature outside the car Celsius Degree
-40～215
Temperature obtained by ECM from ambient temperature sensor ℃
This parameter displays the voltage signal input into the ECM Volts
Original Value of Air
from the pressure sensor at the air conditioning high-pressure 0～5
Conditioning Pressure V
side.
This parameter displays the temperature signal input into the air Celsius Degree
Air Conditioning
conditioning controller from the air conditioning temperature -48～143.25
Temperature Sensor ℃
sensor, which is then transmitted to the ECM via CAN line.
Battery voltage over the Volts

This parameter displays the battery voltage signal over the key 0～17.43
Key V
Battery Voltage Over This parameter displays the battery voltage signal over the main Volts
0～25.5
Main Relay relay V
This parameter displays the camshaft position signal obtained by
ECM from intake camshaft position sensor. When the intake
valve timing is much ahead of time (e.g. under high load or at Angle
Intake Camshaft Position -256～254
a high vehicle speed), the scan tool shows a high value. When rad
intake valve timing is a little ahead of time (e.g. idle speed), the
scan tool displays a lower value.
This parameter displays accelerator pedal position angle Percentage
Accelerator Pedal
calculated by ECM according to accelerator pedal position 0～100%
Request %
sensor signal
This parameter displays accelerator pedal position voltage Volts
Accelerator Pedal
calculated by ECM according to the signal of accelerator pedal 0～5
Request 1 V
position sensor 1
This parameter displays accelerator pedal position voltage Volts
Accelerator Pedal
calculated by ECM according to the signal of accelerator pedal 0～5
Request 2 V
position sensor 2
Original Voltage Value Volts
This parameter displays the actual voltage on single circuit of
of Accelerator Pedal 0～5
accelerator pedal position sensor 1 measured by ECM V
Sensor 1
Original Voltage Value Volts
This parameter displays the actual voltage on single circuit of
of Accelerator Pedal 0～5
accelerator pedal position sensor 2 measured by ECM V
Sensor 2
This parameter displays the engine coolant temperature Celsius Degree
Engine Coolant
obtained according to the input signal from engine coolant -40～215
Temperature ℃
temperature (ECT) sensor to control module
This parameter displays the voltage signal of engine coolant Volts
Original Value of Engine
temperature measured as per engine coolant temperature 0～5
Coolant Temperature V
(ECT) sensor
V1.0 759
Real-time Display ECM
Signal Value
Range
This parameter displays the engine oil temperature obtained Celsius Degree
Engine Oil Temperature according to the input signal from engine oil temperature sensor -60～195
to control module ℃
This parameter displays the engine crankshaft rotation speed

obtained according to the information received from crankshaft RPM
Engine Speed position (CKP) sensor. If the DTC of crankshaft position sensor 0～7000
occurs, the engine control module shall calculate engine rotation rpm
speed according to the input of camshaft position (CKP) sensor.
This parameter displays the approximate fuel level in fuel tank.
The control module calculates the fuel level by using the signal Litre
Fuel Tank Liquid Level 0～102
from a sensor in fuel tank so as to monitor the fuel level in fuel L
tank
Engine ECM transfers the resistance of inlet air temperature
sensor to temperature, adjusts the fuel transfer by using inlet Celsius Degree
Intake Air Temperature -48～143.25
air temperature, and adjusts spark timing according to inlet air ℃
density
This parameter displays the voltage value of intake air Volts
Original Voltage Value of
temperature obtained according to the input signal from intake 0～5
Intake Air Temperature V
air temperature sensor to control module
Intake manifold absolute pressure sensor measures the pressure Hundred

Manifold Absolute Pascal
change of intake manifold caused by engine load and RPM 0～2550
Pressure
changes hPa
Original Value of Intake manifold absolute pressure sensor measures the pressure Volts
Manifold Absolute change of intake manifold caused by engine load and RPM 0～5
Pressure changes V
Mass Air Flow (MAF) is input frequency of mass air flow Kg per Hour
Mass Air Flow transferred in g (air)/sec., it refers to amount of the air into the 0～1020
engine km/h
This parameter displays the voltage output value from heated

Downstream Oxygen oxygen sensor to ECM, the low voltage means the exhaust gas Volts
0～5
Sensor Voltage is quite thin, while the high voltage means the exhaust gas is quite V
thick
This parameter displays the original value of voltage output
Original Value of Volts
from heated oxygen sensor to ECM, the low voltage means
Downstream Oxygen -1～319
the exhaust gas is quite thin, while the high voltage means the V
Sensor Voltage
exhaust gas is quite thick
This parameter displays the voltage output value from heated
Upstream Oxygen oxygen sensor to ECM, the low voltage means the exhaust gas Volts
0～5
Sensor Voltage is quite thin, while the high voltage means the exhaust gas is quite V
thick
This parameter displays the original value of voltage output
Original Value of Volts
from heated oxygen sensor to ECM, the low voltage means
Upstream Oxygen -1～319
the exhaust gas is quite thin, while the high voltage means the V
Sensor Voltage
exhaust gas is quite thick
V1.0 760
Signal Value
Range
This parameter displays the opening angle of throttle calculated Percentage

Throttle Angle 1 0～100%
by ECM according to the signal of throttle position sensor 1 %
This parameter displays the opening angle of throttle calculated Percentage

Throttle Angle 2 0～100%
by ECM according to the signal of throttle position sensor 2 %
This parameter displays the opening angle of throttle obtained Percentage
Throttle Angle (After
by ECM after calculating filtering according to throttle position 0～100%
Filtering) %
sensor signal
0～5V
Throttle
Bodies Fully
Original Voltage Value of Closed 0.25～ Volts
This parameter displays the actual voltage on signal circuit of
Throttle Position Sensor 0.75V
throttle position sensor 1 measured by ECM V
1
Throttle
Bodies Wide
Open 4.4 ～
4.9V
0～5V
Throttle
Bodies Fully
Original Voltage Value of Closed 4.25～ Volts
This parameter displays the actual voltage on signal circuit of
Throttle Position Sensor 4.75V
throttle position sensor 2 measured by ECM V
2
Throttle
Bodies Wide
Open 0.1 ～
0.6V
Volts
Battery Voltage This parameter displays the battery voltage measured by ECM 0～320
V
Vehicle speed signal will be input to ABS module by each wheel Kilometer per
Vehicle Speed speed sensor via hard wire, ABS module will transmit the signal 0～255 Hour
via CAN to ECM after internal calculation km/h
Meter per
This parameter displays the road roughness calculated by ECM second
Road Roughness 0～55.335 squared
through ABS signal obtained by CAN line
（m/s）²
Meter per
This parameter displays the vibration during engine operation, second
Engine Roughness of
roughness value of the four cylinders should be equal during -363.8～363.8 squared
Cylinder 1
normal operation.
（m/s）²
Meter per
Engine Roughness of
Cylinder 2
normal operation.
（m/s）²
V1.0 761
Signal Value
Range
Meter per
Engine Roughness of
Cylinder 3
normal operation.
（m/s）²
Meter per
Engine Roughness of
Cylinder 4
normal operation.
（m/s）²
This parameter displays the engine idling speed directed by ECM,
with unit in rpm.ECM shall compensate according to different RPM
Idle Speed Setting Point 0～2550
engine loads to maintain the expected engine idling speed. This rpm
parameter is valid when the engine is running.
This parameter indicates the ignition timing delay of the
control system for cylinder 1 detected by the ECM. Following
Correction Value of
parameters shall be used: (1) Engine Coolant Temperature, (2) Angle
Knock Ignition Angle
Engine Speed, (3) Load, (4) Vehicle Speed. The ECM adjusts -96～95.25
(Refer to Cylinder 1) rad
the timing. Negative (-) value refers to the degree BTDC or
(signval)
ignition advance, while positive (+) value refers to the degree
ATDC or ignition delay.
The energy value resulted from the knock is indicated by the Volts
Knock Window Energy 0～5
voltage measured by the knock sensor. V
Misfire can be detected by assessing fluctuation of the engine
speed from the crankshaft flywheel signal. This parameter
Misfire No. of Cylinder 1
displays the total number of cylinder misfires detected by the 0～65535 N/A
(200 RPM)
ECM during the sampling period of the latest 200 crankshaft
rotations.
(200 RPM)
rotations.
(200 RPM)
rotations.
(200 RPM)
rotations.
V1.0 762
Signal Value
Range
Duration detection is in effect only when the upstream lambda
control works. If the engine speed and load are within the
pre-calibrated range, the duration shall be measured and then
Upstream Lambda saved after revised by the coefficients given by the map. If Second
Sensor Cycle Time the engine lambda controller continuously exceeds the pre-set 0～10.2
(After Filtering) cycle under static state, the revised duration shall be saved after s
filtering. After repeat measurements, if the duration is higher
than threshold value, then the lambda sensor can be deemed as
a "slow" sensor.
Upstream Lambda This parameter displays the signal of the heated oxygen sensor Kw
0～2.55
Sensor Heater Power heater controlled by the ECM. Kw
Downstream Lambda This parameter displays the signal of the heated oxygen sensor Kw
0～2.55
Sensor Heater Power heater controlled by the ECM. Kw
This parameter displays the duty cycle of command output by Percentage

Canister Load Rate 0～100
the ECM of the canister purge. %
Litre
Fuel Consumption This parameter displays the fuel consumption calculated by ECM. 0～256
L
Fuel short-time adjustment represents the short-time
correction performed by engine ECM on fuel delivery amount,
according to the time that fuel control lambda sensor voltage
is higher or lower than the threshold 450mV. If the lambda
sensor voltage is mainly below 450mV, it means the gas mixture
with air/fuel is too thin, short-time fuel adjustment should be
increased to the positive value range above 0%. ECM shall refill
fuel. If the lambda sensor voltage is mainly above threshold
Average Value of Fuel
value, then the short-time fuel adjustment should be reduced to 0～1.989 N/A
Short-term Adjustment
the negative value range below 0%. The ECM shall reduce the
fuel delivery amount to compensate the indicated excessively
rich condition. In some cases, for example, under prolonged
idle speed or extremely high ambient temperature, the canister
purge valve may cause a negative short-time fuel adjustment
reading to be detected under normal working conditions.
When the fuel adjustment value reaches the maximum rated
value, the fuel system is thick or thin.
This parameter refers to the long-term fuel adjustment
correction of the ECM command. The long-term and
short-term fuel adjustment values will display the change of oil
supply. Long-term fuel adjustment value changes to respond the
Fuel Long-term trend of short-term fuel adjustment. Long-term fuel adjustment Percentage
Adjustment Addition is the coarse adjustment of oil injection, with the aim to -1536～1536
Correction Value return to the centre and recover the control on short-term %
fuel adjustment. A positive fuel adjustment value means ECM
is refilling fuel to compensate the condition of thin fuel. A
negative fuel adjustment value means the ECM is reducing fuel
to compensate the rich fuel.
V1.0 763
Signal Value
Range
This parameter refers to the long-term fuel adjustment
correction of the ECM command. The long-term and
Fuel Long-term short-term fuel adjustment values will display the change of oil
Adjustment supply. Long-term fuel adjustment value changes to respond the
0～1.989 N/A
Multiplication trend of short-term fuel adjustment. Long-term fuel adjustment
Correction Value is the coarse adjustment of fuel injection, with the aim to
return to the center and recover the control on short-term
fuel adjustment.
This parameter displays the ignition timing average angle of the Angle
Ignition Average Angle -96～95.25
control system monitored by the ECM. rad
Ignition Angle of This parameter displays the ignition timing angle of the control Angle
-96～95.26
Cylinder 1 system for cylinder 1 monitored by the ECM. rad
-96～95.27
-96～95.28
-96～95.29
The scan tool displays the basic pulse width modulation (PWM)
of fuel injector or its connection time (2-6ms) in ms. When the
engine load increases, the injector pulse width also increases. 0～25.5
Calculate Fuel Injection ms
It will display the time that the ECM instructs to connect each Typical Value:
Time ms
injector during every engine cycle. Longer fuel injector pulse 2～6
width will result in transfer of more fuel. Injector pulse width
should increase with increased engine load.
When the vehicle is under closed-loop status, the air-fuel ratio
Lamda Setting Point 0～16 N/A
is 1.
Torque Value of Percentage
Air Conditioning Calculation (%) of Torque Transmitted by A/C Compressor 0～100
Compressor %
Percentage
Alternator Load Calculation (%) of Torque Transmitted by Alternator 0～101
%
This parameter displays the engine load in percentage according Percentage

Calculated Load 0～102
to the input signal from each engine sensor to control module. %
Engine Torque Percentage
This parameter displays the torque percentage confirmed by
Accelerator Pedal 0～100
accelerator pedal. %
Request
Engine Torque Clutch This parameter displays the torque percentage confirmed by Percentage
0～100
Request clutch request. %
This parameter displays the torque percentage of engine actual Percentage

Actual Torque of Engine 0～100
output. %
V1.0 764
Signal Value
Range
TCU Request to Reduce This parameter displays the torque reduction percentage Percentage
0～100
Engine Torque confirmed by transmission ECM. %
This parameter displays the torque reduction percentage Percentage

Engine Torque - Friction 0～100
confirmed by the friction. %
Throttle Position for This parameter displays the throttle position when Limp Home Percentage
0～100
Limp Home is applied. %
Driving Mileage after MIL This parameter displays the accumulated driving mileage of the Kilometer
0～65535
Illumination vehicle after MIL iluminates. km
Manual Transmission
This parameter displays manual transmission speed ratio. 0～25.5 N/A
Speed Ratio
Automatic Transmission This parameter displays the automatic transmission speed ratio
0～7 N/A
Speed Ratio signal transmitted by TCU to ECM.
A/C Intermediate This parameter displays whether the A/C intermediate pressure - ON
N/A
Pressure Switch switch is turned on. - OFF
This parameter displays the status of A/C request signal input - ON

A/C Request State N/A
from HVAC control system to ECM. - OFF
This parameter displays the command state of the A/C clutch
relay control circuit. The scan tool will display "ON" or "OFF".
"ON" means that the A/C clutch relay control circuit provides - ON
A/C Clutch Replay State N/A
voltage for the A/C compressor clutch via the control module - OFF
ground. "OFF" means that the control module does not instruct
the A/C clutch relay to power on.
- ON
A/C ON This parameter displays if the A/C is allowed to be turned on. N/A
- OFF
A/C Compressor - ON
This parameter displays A/C compressor request. N/A
Request - OFF
This parameter displays the command state of the control circuit
of fan relay 1. When the scan tool indicates that the command - ON
Relay State of Cooling
of fan control relay 1 is "ON", cooling fan relay 1 shall power on. N/A
Fan 1 - OFF
When the scan tool indicates that the command of fan control
relay 1 is "OFF", cooling fan relay 1 shall power off.
This parameter displays the command state of the control circuit
of fan relay 1. When the scan tool indicates that the command - ON
Relay State of Cooling
of fan relay 1 is "ON", cooling fan relay 1 shall power on. When N/A
Fan 2 - OFF
the scan tool indicates that the command of fan control relay 1
is "OFF", cooling fan relay 2 shall power off.
Error Occurrence - - Yes

This parameter displays the occurrence of camshaft signal error. N/A
Camshaft Signal - No
Error Occurrence - This parameter displays the occurrence of crankshaft signal - Yes
N/A
Crankshaft Signal error. - No
V1.0 765
Signal Value
Range
Error Occurrence - DSS - Yes

This parameter displays DSS sensor error. N/A
Sensor - No

This parameter displays vehicle speed sensor error. N/A
Vehicle Speed Sensor - No
Error Occurrence - Air - Yes

This parameter displays air temperature sensor error. N/A
Temperature Sensor - No
Coolant Temperature This parameter displays coolant temperature sensor error. N/A
Sensor - No
Error Occurrence - Yes

- Accelerator Pedal This parameter displays accelerator pedal request 1 error. N/A
Request 1 - No
Error Occurrence - Yes

- Accelerator Pedal This parameter displays accelerator pedal request 2 error. N/A
Request 2 - No

This parameter displays the signal error of throttle position
Throttle Position Sensor N/A
sensor 1. - No
1
This parameter displays the signal error of throttle position
Throttle Position Sensor N/A
sensor 2. - No
2

This parameter displays electronic throttle error. N/A
Electronic Throttle - No
Electronic Throttle This parameter displays electronic throttle controller error. N/A
Controller - No

This parameter displays canister solenoid error. N/A
Canister Solenoid - No
Error Occurrence - Fuel - Yes

This parameter displays fuel pump relay error. N/A
Pump Relay - No

This parameter displays injector 1 error. N/A
Injector 1 - No

Injector 2 - No

Injector 3 - No

Injector 4 - No
V1.0 766
Signal Value
Range

This parameter displays ignition coil 1 error. N/A
Ignition Coil 1 - No
Error Occurrence - IPK - Yes

This parameter displays IPK CAN input signal error. N/A
CAN Input Signal - No
Error Occurrence - AMT - Yes

This parameter displays AMT CAN input signal error. N/A

This parameter displays CAN bus detachment error. N/A
CAN Bus Detachment - No
Error Occurrence - ABS - Yes

This parameter displays ABS CAN input signal error. N/A
Error Occurrence - TCU - Yes

This parameter displays TCU CAN input signal error. N/A
Error Occurrence - BCM - Yes

This parameter displays BCM CAN input signal error. N/A
This parameter displays the command state of the MIL control
circuit. When the scan tool indicates the command of the MIL is
"On", the MIL shall illuminate. When the scan tool indicates the - ON
Engine MIL State command of the MIL is "Off", the MIL shall goes out. With the N/A
engine OFF, if place the ignition switch in "ON" position, then - OFF
the ECM shall instruct the MIL to illuminate so as to perform
the bulb check.
This parameter displays the command state of the alarm lamp - ON

Engine Alarm Lamp State N/A
control circuit. - OFF
Error Occurrence - SRS - Yes

This parameter displays SRS CAN input signal error. N/A
This parameter shows that the wheel roughness signal - Yes

Wheel Roughness Valid N/A
transmitted by ABS to ECM is valid. - No
- Yes
Ignition Key On This parameter displays the ignition key state. N/A
- No
- Yes
Engine in Operation This parameter displays the engine operation state. N/A
- No
- Yes
Engine Synchronized This parameter displays the synchronization state. N/A
- No
- Yes
Engine Halted This parameter displays the stop state. N/A
- No
- Yes
Engine Startup Stage This parameter displays the state of the engine startup stage. N/A
- No
V1.0 767
Signal Value
Range
- Yes
Engine Post Startup Stage This parameter displays the status of engine post startup stage. N/A
- No
- Yes
Idling Stage This parameter displays the idling stage state. N/A
- No
- Yes
Engine Stall Stage This parameter displays the engine stall stage state. N/A
- No
Engine Stall and Fuel This parameter displays the status of engine stall and fuel cut-off - Yes
N/A
Cut-off Stage stage. - No
Engine Full Load This parameter displays the status of engine full load working - Yes
N/A
Working Condition condition. - No
- Yes
Throttle Off This parameter displays the throttle off state. N/A
- No
Throttle Self-learning - Yes

This parameter displays the error state of throttle self-learning. N/A
Error - No
Flywheel Self-learning This parameter displays the status of flywheel self-learning - Yes
N/A
Marking Error marking error. - No
Flywheel Self-learning This parameter displays the status of flywheel self-learning - Yes
N/A
Marking Success marking success. - No
Thick Oil Gas Detected - Yes
This parameter displays the status of thick oil gas detected by
by Upstream Lambda N/A
the upstream lambda sensor. - No
Sensor
Closed-loop Allowed by This parameter displays the status of closed-loop allowed by the - Yes
N/A
Lambda lambda. - No
Upstream Lambda - Yes
This parameter displays the status of the upstream lambda
Sensor Prepared for N/A
sensor prepared for air-fuel ratio calibration. - No
Air-fuel Ratio Calibration
Downstream Lambda This parameter displays the state of the downstream lambda - Yes
N/A
Sensor Operability sensor operability. - No
Key and PIN Code This parameter displays the status of the unstored key and PIN - Yes
N/A
Unstored code. - No
Anti-theft Activation - Yes

This parameter displays the anti-theft activation status. N/A
Status - No
- Yes
Engine Speed Error State This parameter displays the engine speed error state. N/A
- No
lambda (I/O) This parameter displays the closed-loop operation state of the - Yes
N/A
Closed-loop Operation air-fuel ratio. - No
V1.0 768
Signal Value
Range
- ON
Main Relay State This parameter displays the main relay state. N/A
- OFF
This parameter displays the command state of fuel pump relay
control circuit. When the scan tool indicates the command for - ON
Fuel Pump Relay State fuel pump relay is "On", the fuel pump relay shall power on. N/A
When the scan tool displays the command for fuel pump relay - OFF
is "Off", the fuel pump relay shall power off.
- ON
Clutch Switch State This parameter displays the clutch switch state. N/A
- OFF
- ON
State of Brake Switch 1 This parameter displays the state of brake switch 1. N/A
- OFF
- ON
State of Brake Switch 2 This parameter displays the state of brake switch 2. N/A
- OFF
- ON
State of VCT Actuator 1 This parameter displays the state of VCT actuator 1. N/A
- OFF
VCT Actuator 1 - Yes

This parameter displays the state of VCT actuator 1 confirmed. N/A
Confirmed - No
This parameter displays the status of A/C request signal input - ON

A/C Request State N/A
from HVAC control system to ECM. - OFF
- Yes
Crankshaft Sensor This parameter displays the crankshaft sensor state. N/A
- No
- Yes
Camshaft Sensor This parameter displays the camshaft sensor state. N/A
- No
- Yes
Throttle Motor This parameter displays the throttle motor state. N/A
- No
- Yes
Variable Cam Timing This parameter displays variable cam timing state. N/A
- No
Fuel System Ready - Yes

This parameter displays the state of the ready fuel system. N/A
Marking - No
Upstream Lambda This parameter displays the state of the ready upstream lambda - Yes
N/A
Sensor Ready Marking sensor. - No
Downstream Lambda This parameter displays the state of the ready downstream - Yes
N/A
Sensor Ready Marking lambda sensor. - No
- Yes
Catalyst Ready Marking This parameter displays the state of the ready catalyst. N/A
- No
Misfire Monitoring - Yes

This parameter displays the state of misfire monitoring. N/A
Supported - No
V1.0 769
Signal Value
Range
Fuel System Monitoring This parameter displays the state of the fuel system monitoring - Yes
N/A
Supported supported. - No
Comprehensive - Yes
This parameter displays the state of the comprehensive
Component Monitoring N/A
component monitoring supported. - No
Supported
- Yes
Misfire Monitoring State This parameter displays the state of misfire monitoring. N/A
- No
Fuel System Monitoring - Yes

This parameter displays the fuel system monitoring state. N/A
State - No
Comprehensive - Yes
This parameter displays the comprehensive component
Component Monitoring N/A
monitoring state. - No
State
- Yes
Catalyst Monitoring This parameter displays the catalyst monitoring state. N/A
- No
Lambda Sensor - Yes

This parameter displays the lambda sensor monitoring state. N/A
Monitoring - No
Lambda Sensor Heater This parameter displays the state of the lambda sensor heater - Yes
N/A
Monitoring monitoring. - No
N or
Current Gear This parameter displays the current gear state. P/1st/2nd/3rd/4th/5th/6th/R
N/A
Gear
- Yes
Shift Lever Position This parameter displays the shift lever position state. N/A
- No
- Yes
Shift Mode This parameter displays the shift mode state. N/A
- No
- Yes
Gear Activation This parameter displays the gear activation state. N/A
- No
Engine MIL On Request This parameter displays the state of the engine MIL On request - Yes
N/A
Sent by TCU sent by the TCU. - No
- Yes
Transmission Failure This parameter displays the transmission fault state. N/A
- No
Error - Electronic This parameter displays the error of the electronic vacuum - Yes
N/A
Vacuum Pump pump. - No
- Yes
Error - Vacuum Sensor This parameter displays the error of the vacuum sensor. N/A
- No
V1.0 770
TCM-4AT Real-time Display
TCM-4AT
Real-time Display Parameter List - 4AT
Name Definition Signal Value Range Unit

- ON
Shift Solenoid Valve S1 Feedback Shift Solenoid Valve S1 Feedback N/A
- OFF
Shift Solenoid Valve SLC1 Short to Shift Solenoid Valve SLC1 Short to - ON
N/A
Ground/Break Circuit Ground/Break Circuit - OFF
Shift Solenoid Valve SLC1 Short to Shift Solenoid Valve SLC1 Short to - Normal
N/A
Battery Battery - Fault
- Normal
Shift Solenoid Valve SLC1 Stuck Shift Solenoid Valve SLC1 Stuck N/A
- Fault
N/A
Ground/Break Circuit Ground/Break Circuit - Fault
N/A
- Normal
Shift Solenoid Valve SLC2 Stuck Shift Solenoid Valve SLC2 Stuck N/A
- Fault
Shift Solenoid Valve SLB1 Short to Shift Solenoid Valve SLB1 Short to - Normal
N/A
Ground/Break Circuit Ground/Break Circuit - Fault
Shift Solenoid Valve SLB1 Short to Shift Solenoid Valve SLB1 Short to - Normal
N/A
- Normal
Shift Solenoid Valve SLB1 Stuck Shift Solenoid Valve SLB1 Stuck N/A
- Fault
Lockup Clutch Control Solenoid Valve Lockup Clutch Control Solenoid Valve - Normal
N/A
SLU Short to Ground/Break Circuit SLU Short to Ground/Break Circuit - Fault
Lockup Clutch Control Solenoid Valve Lockup Clutch Control Solenoid Valve - Normal
N/A
SLU Short to Battery SLU Short to Battery - Fault
Lockup Clutch Control Solenoid SLU Lockup Clutch Control Solenoid SLU - Normal
N/A
Stuck Stuck - Fault
- ON
EMOP Feedback EMOP Feedback N/A
- OFF
- Normal
EMOP Short to Ground/Break Circuit EMOP Short to Ground/Break Circuit N/A
- Fault
- Normal
EMOP Short to Battery EMOP Short to Battery N/A
- Fault
- Normal
Transmission Output Speed Failure Transmission Output Speed Failure N/A
- Fault
V1.0 771
Real-time Display TCM-4AT

- Normal
Transmission Input Speed Failure Transmission Input Speed Failure N/A
- Fault
- Normal
Fluid Temperature Error Fluid Temperature Error N/A
- Fault
- ON
P Gear P Gear N/A
- OFF
- ON
R Gear R Gear N/A
- OFF
- ON
N Gear N Gear N/A
- OFF
- ON
D Gear D Gear N/A
- OFF
- ON
W Gear W Gear N/A
- OFF
- Normal
Engine Speed Signal Error Engine Speed Signal Error N/A
- Fault
- Normal
Engine Torque Signal Failure Engine Torque Signal Failure N/A
- Fault
- ON
Brake Signal Brake Signal N/A
- OFF
- Normal
Accelerator Pedal Position Signal Error Accelerator Pedal Position Signal Error N/A
- Fault
Engine Coolant Temperature Signal Engine Coolant Temperature Signal - Normal

N/A
Error Error - Fault
- Middle Position
- Unused
-W
-D
Shift Lever Position Shift Lever Position N/A
-N
-R
-P
- Error
- Normal
Shift Lever Position Signal Failure Shift Lever Position Signal Failure N/A
- Fault
V1.0 772
- Not In Emergency Mode
- Emergency Mode 1
- Emergency Mode 2
Emergency Mode Emergency Mode N/A
- Emergency Mode 3
- Emergency Mode 4
- Emergency Mode 5
- Unlocked
- Locked
Current Lock Status Current Lock Status N/A
- Locking Control
- Error
- Normal Mode
- Sport Mode
- Winter Mode
- Hot Mode
- Uphill Mode
Shift MAP Mode Shift MAP Mode N/A
- Downhill Mode
- Cruise Control Mode
- Manual Shift Mode
- Warm-up Mode
- High Altitude Mode

- N or P Gear Identified
-·1st Gear
-·2nd Gear
Current Gear Current Gear -·3rd Gear N/A
-·4th Gear
- Unused
- R Gear
- Invalid
Gear State Gear State N/A
- Valid
- N or P Gear Identified
-·1st Gear
-·2nd Gear
Target Gear Target Gear -·3rd Gear N/A
-·4th Gear
- Unused
- R Gear
V1.0 773

Milliampere
Shift Solenoid Valve SLC1 Feedback Shift Solenoid Valve SLC1 Feedback 0～2550
mA
Milliampere
Shift Solenoid Valve SLC2 Feedback Shift Solenoid Valve SLC2 Feedback 0～2550
mA
Milliampere
Shift Solenoid Valve SLB1 Feedback Shift Solenoid Valve SLB1 Feedback 0～2550
mA
Lockup Clutch Control Solenoid Valve Lockup Clutch Control Solenoid Valve Milliampere
0～2550
SLU Feedback SLU Feedback mA
Revolutions/Minute
Transmission Output Speed Transmission Output Speed 0～16383.75
rpm
Revolutions/Minute
Transmission Input Speed Transmission Input Speed 0～16383.75
rpm
Transmission Input Speed Sensor Transmission Input Speed Sensor
0～1023 AD
Voltage Voltage
Revolutions/Minute
Sliding Speed Sliding Speed -8191.75～8191.75
rpm
Celsius
Fluid Temperature Fluid Temperature -40～215 Degree
℃
Oil Temperature Sensor Voltage Oil Temperature Sensor Voltage 0～1023 AD
Control Module Voltage (Ignition Control Module Voltage (Ignition Volts

0～65.535
Voltage) Voltage) V
Transmission Output Speed Sensor Transmission Output Speed Sensor
0～1023 AD
Voltage Voltage
Revolutions/Minute
Engine Speed Engine Speed 0～10239.84375
rpm
Nm
Engine Torque Engine Torque 0～8191.75
Nm
Nm
Request Torque Request Torque 0～8191.75
Nm
Accelerator Pedal Position Accelerator Pedal Position 0～99.609375 %
Vehicle Speed (calculated by output Vehicle Speed (calculated by output Km/h

0～255
speed) speed) km/h
Nm
Torque Reduction Request Torque Reduction Request 0～8191.75
Nm
Nm
Torque Limitation Request Torque Limitation Request 0～8191.75
Nm
V1.0 774
Nm
Torque Increase Request Torque Increase Request 0～8191.75
Nm
Gear Ratio Gear Ratio 0～7.96875 N/A
- Not Shift
Gear Shift in Process Gear Shift in Process N/A
- Gear Shift in Process
- ON
Idle Switch Idle Switch N/A
- OFF
- ON
Manual Downshift Switch Manual Downshift Switch N/A
- OFF
- ON
Manual Upshift Switch Manual Upshift Switch N/A
- OFF
- ON
Manual Mode Switch Manual Mode Switch N/A
- OFF
- ON
Sport Mode Switch Sport Mode Switch N/A
- OFF
- ON
Winter Mode Switch Winter Mode Switch N/A
- OFF
- ON
Warm-up Cycle Completion Warm-up Cycle Completion N/A
- OFF
- ON
Drive Cycle Completion Drive Cycle Completion N/A
- OFF
- ON
MIL Request MIL Request N/A
- OFF
- ON
Indicator Lamp Request Indicator Lamp Request N/A
- OFF
- Normal
Brake Signal Error Brake Signal Error N/A
- Fault
- Torque Intervention
Permitted
- Partial Torque
Intervention Achieved
Maximum Ignition Value
Torque Mode State Torque Mode State - Partial Torque N/A
Intervention, Throttle
Limitation or System Error
- Torque Intervention Not

Permitted (due to internal
error)
V1.0 775

- Error
Warm-up Mode Warm-up Mode N/A
- Correct
- Standby
Cruise Control Function Cruise Control Function N/A
- Activation
- Normal
Barometric Pressure Signal Status Barometric Pressure Signal Status N/A
- Fault
- Normal
Left Front Wheel Speed Signal Status Left Front Wheel Speed Signal Status N/A
- Fault
- Normal
Right Front Wheel Speed Signal Status Right Front Wheel Speed Signal Status N/A
- Fault
- Normal
Left Rear Wheel Speed Signal Status Left Rear Wheel Speed Signal Status N/A
- Fault
- Normal
Right Rear Wheel Speed Right Rear Wheel Speed N/A
- Fault
- Normal
Right Rear Wheel Speed Signal Status Right Rear Wheel Speed Signal Status N/A
- Fault
- Error
Downshift not Allowed Downshift not Allowed N/A
- Correct
- Normal
Unallowed Downshift Signal Status Unallowed Downshift Signal Status N/A
- Fault
- Error
Upshift not Allowed Upshift not Allowed N/A
- Correct
- Error
Unallowed Upshift Signal Status Unallowed Upshift Signal Status N/A
- Correct
- Error
Tiptronic Shift Paddle Upshift Tiptronic Shift Paddle Upshift N/A
- Correct
- ON
Tiptronic Shift Paddle Downshift Tiptronic Shift Paddle Downshift N/A
- OFF
- Error
Engine Started Engine Started N/A
- Correct
- Engine OFF
- Engine in Operation
Engine Start/Stop State Engine Start/Stop State N/A
- Engine Start State
- Engine Stop State

- ON
Command of Shift Solenoid Valve S1 Command of Shift Solenoid Valve S1 N/A
- OFF
V1.0 776
- ON
EMOP Command EMOP Command N/A
- OFF
Nm
Max. Engine Torque Max. Engine Torque 0～1008
Nm
Current Torque Current Torque 0～99.609375 %
Basic Torque Basic Torque 0～99.609375 %
Engine Friction Loss Torque Engine Friction Loss Torque 0～99.609375 %
hpa
Barometric Pressure Barometric Pressure 0～1275
hpa
Revolutions/Minute
Left Front Wheel Speed Left Front Wheel Speed 0～3000
rpm
Revolutions/Minute
Right Front Wheel Speed Right Front Wheel Speed 0～3000
rpm
Revolutions/Minute
Left Rear Wheel Speed Left Rear Wheel Speed 0～3000
rpm
Revolutions/Minute
Year Year 2000～2255
rpm
Month Month 0～15 N/A
Day Day 0～31 N/A
Hour Hour 0～31 N/A
Minute Minute 0～63 N/A
Second Second 0～63 N/A
Ignition Cycle Ignition Cycle 0～65535 N/A
Command of Shift Solenoid Valve Milliampere

Command of Shift Solenoid Valve SLC1 0～2550
SLC1 mA
Command of Shift Solenoid Valve Milliampere

Command of Shift Solenoid Valve SLC2 0～2550
SLC2 mA
Milliampere
Command of Shift Solenoid Valve SLB1 Command of Shift Solenoid Valve SLB1 0～2550
mA
Command of Lockup Clutch Control Command of Lockup Clutch Control Milliampere

0～2550
Solenoid SLU Solenoid SLU mA
V1.0 777
TCM-6AT
Real-time Display Parameter List - 6AT
Signal Value
Range
- ON
Shift Solenoid Valve S1 Feedback Shift Solenoid Valve S1 Status N/A
- OFF
- ON
Shift Solenoid Valve S2 Feedback Shift Solenoid Valve S2 Status N/A
- OFF
Shift Solenoid Valve SLC1 Shift Solenoid Valve SLC1 Operating Current
90 Milliampere
Feedback Feedback
Shift Solenoid Valve SLC1 Stuck Shift Solenoid Valve SLC1 Stuck Status Feedback Normal N/A
Shift Solenoid Valve SLC1 Short Shift Solenoid Valve SLC1 Short to Battery Status
Normal N/A
to Battery Feedback
Shift Solenoid Valve SLC1 Short Shift Solenoid Valve SLC1 Short to Ground/Break
Normal N/A
to Ground/Break Circuit Circuit Status Feedback
90 Milliampere
Feedback Feedback
Shift Solenoid Valve SLC2 Short Shift Solenoid Valve SLC2 Short to battery Status
Normal N/A
to Battery Feedback
Shift Solenoid Valve SLC2 Short Shift Solenoid Valve SLC2 Short to Ground/Break
Normal N/A
to Ground/Break Circuit Circuit Status Feedback
990 Milliampere
Feedback Feedback
Shift Solenoid Valve SLC3 Short Shift Solenoid Valve SLC3 Short to Battery Status
Normal N/A
to Battery Feedback
Shift Solenoid Valve SLC3 Shift Solenoid Valve SLC3 Short to Ground/Break
Normal N/A
Feedback Circuit Status Feedback
Shift Solenoid Valve SLB1
Shift Solenoid Valve SLB1 Operating Current Feedback 90 Milliampere
Feedback
Shift Solenoid Valve SLB1 Stuck Shift Solenoid Valve SLB1 Stuck Status Feedback Normal N/A
Shift Solenoid Valve SLB1 Short to Shift Solenoid Valve SLB1 Short to Battery Status
Normal N/A
Battery Feedback
Shift Solenoid Valve SLB1 Short to Shift Solenoid Valve SLB1 Short to Ground/Break
Normal N/A
Ground/Break Circuit Circuit Status Feedback
Lockup Clutch Control Solenoid Lockup Clutch Control Solenoid Valve SLU Operating
190 Milliampere
Valve SLU Feedback Current Feedback
Lockup Clutch Control Solenoid Lockup Clutch Control Solenoid Valve SLU Stuck
Normal N/A
SLU Stuck Status Feedback
Lockup Clutch Control Solenoid Lockup Clutch Control Solenoid Valve SLU Short to
Normal N/A
Valve SLU Short to Battery Battery Status Feedback
V1.0 778
Signal Value
Range
Lockup Clutch Control Solenoid
Lockup Clutch Control Solenoid Valve SLU Short to
Valve SLU Short to Ground/Break Normal N/A
Ground/Break Circuit Status Feedback
Circuit
Oil Circuit Pressure Control Oil Circuit Pressure Control Solenoid Valve SLT
1000 Milliampere
Solenoid Valve SLT Feedback Operating Current Feedback
Oil Circuit Pressure Control Oil Circuit Pressure Control Solenoid Valve SLT Stuck
Normal N/A
Solenoid Valve SLT Stuck Status Feedback
Oil Circuit Pressure Control Oil Circuit Pressure Control Solenoid Valve SLT Short
Normal N/A
Solenoid SLT Short to Battery to Battery Status Feedback
Oil Circuit Pressure Control
Oil Circuit Pressure Control Solenoid Valve SLT Short
Solenoid Valve SLT Short to Normal N/A
to Ground/Break Circuit Status Feedback
Ground/Break Circuit
Transmission Output Speed Transmission Output Speed 0 Revolutions/Minute
Transmission Output Speed
Transmission Output Speed Failure Status Feedback Normal N/A
Failure
Transmission Output Speed
Transmission Output Speed Sensor Voltage 300 AD
Sensor Voltage
Transmission Input Speed Transmission Input Speed 0 Revolutions/Minute
Transmission Input Speed Failure Transmission Input Speed Failure Status Feedback Normal N/A
Sliding Speed Sliding Speed 302 AD
T/M Fluid Temperature Automatic Transmission Fluid Temperature －40～215 ℃
Fluid Temperature Error Wrong Automatic Transmission Fluid Temperature － A/D
Automatic Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor
Oil Temperature Sensor Voltage 263 V
Voltage: 0～1023
Transmission Controller Voltage Transmission Control Module Voltage 11.898 V
Main Calculated Value for Determining Shift Lever
Shift Lever Position AD (Main) 119 AD
Position
Shift Lever Position AD Alternative Calculated Value for Determining Shift
902 AD
(Alternative) Lever Position
Engine Speed Engine Speed 0～16383.75 Revolutions/Minute
Engine Torque Signal Failure Engine Torque Signal Failure Status Feedback Normal N/A
Request Torque Request Torque 108.5 Nm
- ON
Brake Signal Brake Signal State N/A
- OFF
Accelerator Pedal Position Accelerator Pedal Position State 0 %
Accelerator Pedal Position Signal
Accelerator Pedal Position Signal Error State Feedback Normal N/A
Error
Engine Coolant Temperature Engine Coolant Temperature Signal Error State
Normal N/A
Signal Error Feedback
Shift Lever Position Shift Lever Position Status P N/A
V1.0 779
Signal Value
Range
Shift Lever Position Signal Failure Shift Lever Position Signal Failure Status Feedback Normal N/A
Emergency Mode In Emergency Mode － N/A
Vehicle Speed (Calculation of Vehicle Speed (Calculation of Output Speed Sensor) Km/h
0
Output Speed Sensor) Signal km/h
Torque Reduction Request Torque Reduction Request Value 350.5 Nm
Torque Limitation Request Torque Limitation Request Value 350.5 Nm
Torque Increase Request Torque Increase Request Value 0 Nm
Current Lock Status Current Lock Status Feedback Unlocked N/A
Automatic Downshift/Upshift
Automatic Downshift/Upshift Status Feedback Invalid N/A
Status
Shift MAP Mode Transmission Shift MAP Mode Normal Mode N/A
Current Gear Current Gear － N/A
Gear State Status of the Gear － N/A
Target Gear Target Gear － N/A
Variable Speed Ratio of Gear Speed Ratio of Gear 0～7.968 N/A
Gear Shift in Process Shift Process Status － N/A
Start Lock Status Start Lock Status Feedback Unlocked N/A
- ON
Winter Mode Switch Winter Mode On/Off State N/A
- OFF
- ON
Sport Mode Switch Sport Mode Switch Status N/A
- OFF
- ON
Manual Mode Switch Manual Mode Switch Status N/A
- OFF
- ON
Manual Upshift Switch Manual Upshift Switch Status N/A
- OFF
- ON
Manual Downshift Switch Manual Downshift Switch Status N/A
- OFF
- ON
Idle Switch Idle Switch Status N/A
- OFF
- ON
Reverse Lamp Switch Reverse Lamp Switch State N/A
- OFF
- ON
Indicator Lamp Request Indicator Lamp Request State N/A
- OFF
- ON
MIL Request MIL Request Status N/A
- OFF
- ON
Drive Cycle Completion Drive Cycle Completion State N/A
- OFF
V1.0 780
Signal Value
Range
- ON
Warm-up Cycle Completion Warm-up Cycle Completion Status N/A
- OFF
Engine Coolant Temperature
Wrong Engine Coolant Temperature Value － ℃
Signal Error
Engine Speed Engine Speed 0 Revolutions/Minute
Km/h
Vehicle Speed Sensor Vehicle Speed Sensor Value 0
km/h
- ON
Engine MIL State Engine MIL State Feedback N/A
- OFF
Engine coolant temperature_FFD Engine Coolant Temperature Value -40 ℃
EngineRPM_FFD Engine Speed 0 Revolutions/Minute
Vehicle speed signal is input to the ABS module by each
wheel speed sensor via the hard wire, ABS module Km/h
Vehicle Speed Sensor will transmit the signal to TCM via CAN after internal 0～255
calculation. This signal is used for setting correct shift km/h
timing sequence.
Transmission Controller Voltage Transmission Control Module Voltage Value 0～65.535 V
Control Module Voltage Control Module Voltage 0 V
Command of Shift Solenoid Valve - ON

Command of Shift Solenoid Valve S1 N/A
S1 - OFF
Command of Shift Solenoid Valve - ON

Command of Shift Solenoid Valve S2 N/A
S2 - OFF
Command of Shift Solenoid Valve
Command of Shift Solenoid Valve SLC1 100 N/A
SLC1
Command of Shift Solenoid Valve SLC2 100 Milliampere
SLC2
Command of Shift Solenoid Valve SLC3 100 Milliampere
SLC3
Command of Shift Solenoid Valve SLB1 100 Milliampere
SLB1
Command of Lockup Clutch Command of Lockup Clutch Control Solenoid Valve
200 Milliampere
Control Solenoid SLU SLU
Command of Oil Circuit Pressure Command of Oil Circuit Pressure Control Solenoid
1000 Milliampere
Control Solenoid Valve SLT Valve SLT
V1.0 781
Real-time Display EPS
EPS
Nm
AUX Torque Assist Motor Target Torque -8～8
Nm
01 -
Normal
Mode
02 -
Degradation
System Operation Mode
ECU Operation Mode 1～4
Mode 03 -
Failure
Mode
04 -
Ignition
OFF
Current of Motor Q Q Shaft Current Component of Motor Operating Ampere

-128～128
Shaft Current A
The parameter indicates current battery voltage Volts

Battery Voltage 0～21.5
acquired by the EPS. V
00 -
Main/Auxiliary
Relay
Open
01 -
Main
Relay
Open,
Auixiliary
Relay
Closed
EPS Motor Relay State EPS Motor Relay State 0～17
10 -
Main
Relay
Closed,
Auixiliary
Relay
Open
11 -
Main/Auxiliary
Relay
Closed
V1.0 782
EPS Real-time Display
1 -
Operation State of Correct
Operation State of Engine 0～1
Engine
0 -
Wrong
Cycle of Torque Microsecond

Cycle of Torque Sensor Signal 1 0～750
Sensor Signal 1 µs
Cycle of Torque Microsecond

Cycle of Torque Sensor Signal 2 0～750
Sensor Signal 2 µs
Duty Cycle of Torque
Cycle of Torque Sensor Duty Cycle 1 0～100 %
Sensor Signal 1
Duty Cycle of Torque
Cycle of Torque Sensor Duty Cycle 2 0～100 %
Sensor Signal 2
Cycle of Angle Sensor Microsecond

Cycle of Angle Sensor Signal 1 0～1500
Signal 1 µs
Cycle of Angle Sensor Microsecond

Cycle of Angle Sensor Signal 2 0～6553
Signal 2 µs
Duty Cycle of Angle
Cycle of Angle Sensor Duty Cycle 1 0～100 %
Sensor Signal 1
Duty Cycle of Angle
Cycle of Angle Sensor Duty Cycle 2 0～100 %
Sensor Signal 2
Celsius
ECU Temperature ECU Temperature -256～256 Degree
℃
Volts
Torque Sensor Voltage Torque Sensor Voltage 0～7.5
V
Auxiliary MCU Volts

Auxiliary MCU Voltage 0～7.5
Voltage V
End Protection Left
End Protection Left Limit 0～65535 N/A
Limit
End Protection Right
End Protection Right Limit 0～65535 N/A
Limit
Indicator of
Uncalibrated End Indicator of Uncalibrated End Protection 0～255 N/A
Protection
V1.0 783
Real-time Display SAS
SAS
The parameter indicates the state of the - Default

Diagnosis Time Sequence N/A
diagnosis time sequence. - Expanded
- Unknown
This parameter indicates the calibration - Estimation

SAS Calibration State N/A
state of the SAS. - Calculation
- Unknown
Celsius
The parameter indicates the angle of the Degree
Steering Wheel Angle -819～819
steering wheel.
℃
Celsius
Gradient of Steering Wheel Angle The parameter indicates the gradient of Degree per
-2000～2000 Second
Variation steering wheel angle variations.
℃/s
Kilometer
Vehicle Speed The parameter indicates vehicle speed. 0～65535 per Hour
km/h
V1.0 784
ABS Real-time Display
ABS

- Fault
ASC Received N/A
- No Fault
"Torque Increase" from - OFF

N/A
MSR Activated - ON
- OFF
TC/VSC Interference N/A
- ON
The wheel speed sensors input the vehicle speed signal
to the ABS module through the hardwire, and the ABS Kilometer per
Vehicle Speed module makes calculations and transmits the calculated 0～296 hour
value to the CAN cable before the corresponding km/h
controllers receive it.
Speed Limit - Disable N/A
The scan tool displays "Valid" or "No Valid". When the - Valid
Valid Speed N/A
speed signal is invalid, it will display "No Valid". - Invalid
The scan tool displays "ON" or "OFF" according to the - OFF

Reverse N/A
reverse gear state. - ON
Ignition Switch 1 Gear - OFF

N/A
(ACC) Circuit Signal - ON

N/A
(ACC) Network Signal - ON

N/A
(ON) Network Signal - ON

N/A
(ON) Circuit Signal - ON

N/A
(START) Network Signal - ON

N/A
(START) Network Signal - ON
The scan tool displays "OFF" or "ON". When the ignition - OFF
Ignition Key State N/A
key is turned on, it will display "ON". - ON
Celsius
Engine Coolant Degree
Temperature
℃
Engine Temperature The scan tool displays "Fault" or "No Fault" according to - Fault
N/A
Sensor Failure the state of the engine coolant temperature. - No Fault
V1.0 785
Real-time Display ABS
Engine Operating Status - Operating

N/A
Circuit Signal — Stop
Engine Operating Status - Operating

N/A
Network Signal — Stop
The scan tool displays "Fault" or "No Fault". In case of - Fault

Wrong Engine Speed N/A
engine speed failure, it will display "Fault". - No Fault

Shift State Activated N/A
shift state. - ON
- TC SCS OFF
The driving mode switch state indicates that TC/SCS - TC SCS ON
Driving Mode Switch function is turned on. It displays "TC SCS OFF" or "TC N/A
SCS ON" or "SCS ON" or "Invalid". SCS ON
- Invalid
Kilometer
Mileage Network Signal
km
Torque Decrease ASR The scan tool displays "ON" or "OFF" according to the - OFF
N/A
Activated torque decrease ASR state. - ON
The scan tool displays "Fault" or "No Fault" according to - Fault

Torque Signal Error N/A
the torque signal state. - No Fault
The scan tool displays "Valid" or "Invalid" according to the - Valid

Valid Yaw Rate Signal N/A
yaw rate signal state. - Invalid
The scan tool displays "Valid" or "No Valid". When the - Valid
Rough Road Valid Signal N/A
rough road signal is invalid, it will display "No Valid". - Invalid
- System OK
- Undervoltage Alarm
Tyre Pressure - System Reset

N/A
Monitoring
- System Failure
- Function Not
Available
Volts
Battery Voltage Battery Voltage Value Displayed on the Scan Tool 0～20.4
V
Accelerator Pedal
Position Sensor Failure
Wrong Right Rear The scan tool displays "Fault" or "No Fault". In case of - Fault
N/A
Wheel Speed right rear wheel speed signal failure, it will display "Fault". - No Fault
Kilometer per
Right Front Wheel hour
Right Front Wheel Speed Displayed on Scan Tool 0～296
Speed
km/h
V1.0 786
ABS Real-time Display
Wrong Right Front The scan tool displays "Fault" or "No Fault". In case of - Fault
N/A
Wheel Speed right front wheel speed signal failure, it will display "Fault". - No Fault
The scan tool displays "OFF" or "ON". When the brake - OFF
Brake Lamp Switch N/A
lamp switch is turned on, it will display "ON". - ON
Brake Lamp Switch The scan tool displays "Fault" or "No Fault". When the - Fault
N/A
Failure brake lamp switch is valid, it will display "No Fault". - No Fault
- Refill Failure
When the brake fluid level is normal, the scan tool
Brake Fluid Refill
displays "OK"; when the brake fluid level is quite low, the - Refill Done N/A
Indicator
scan tool displays "Low".
- Delivery State
Valid Steering Angle The scan tool displays "Valid" or "No Valid" according to - Valid
N/A
Signal the steering angle signal state. - Invalid

Auto Cruise Activated N/A
automatic cruise state. - ON
Kilometer per
Left Rear Wheel Speed Left Rear Wheel Speed Displayed on Scan Tool 0～296 hour
km/h
Left Rear Wheel Speed The scan tool displays "Fault" or "No Fault". In case of - Fault
N/A
Wrong left rear wheel speed signal failure, it will display "Fault". - No Fault
Kilometer per
Left Front Wheel Speed Left Front Wheel Speed Displayed on Scan Tool 0～296 hour
km/h
Left Front Wheel Speed The scan tool displays "Fault" or "No Fault". In case of - Fault
N/A
Wrong left front wheel speed signal failure, it will display "Fault". - No Fault
V1.0 787
Real-time Display BCM
BCM

- ON
ECU Locked N/A
- OFF
KL.15 (Ignition Switch) Hard Wire Input - ON

N/A
State - OFF
KL.50 (START Switch) Hard Wire Input - ON

N/A
State - OFF
KL.R (ACC Switch) Hard Wire Input - ON

N/A
State - OFF
- Error
LIN Checksum Error N/A
- No Error
- ON
PIN Programmed N/A
- OFF
RPD Part Number
RPD Software Number
RPD Network Number
RPD Hardware Number
- Manufacturer
Safe Access Level - Reprogramming N/A
- System Supplier
- ON
Acoustic Alarm N/A
- OFF
- ON
Alternative Relay LSD2 N/A
- OFF
- ON
- OFF
- ON
- OFF
Volts
Standby Analog Input
V
- ON
Standby Digital Input 1 N/A
- OFF
- ON
- OFF
- ON
- OFF
V1.0 788
BCM Real-time Display
- ON
- OFF
- ON
- OFF
- Error
Abnormal Transmission Signal N/A
- No Error
- Error
Invalid Transmission Signal N/A
- No Error
- ON
Side Lamp Request State N/A
- OFF
- ON
Test Lamp State Request N/A
- OFF
- ON
Super Lock Relay N/A
- OFF
- ON
Ultrasonic Alarm (EU Model) N/A
- OFF
- ON
VIN Programmed N/A
- OFF
- Error
Vehicle in Motion N/A
- Correct
- Error
Power Voltage from Node out of Range N/A
- No Error
Fast Wiper Speed Request from Rain - ON

N/A
Sensor - OFF
Slow Wiper Speed Request from Rain - ON

N/A
Sensor - OFF
- ON
Auto Lamp ON Signal from Rain Sensor N/A
- OFF
State of Ultrasonic Alarm with Backup - ON

N/A
Battery (EU Model) - OFF
- ON
P Gear N/A
- OFF
- ON
Not in P Gear N/A
- OFF
- ON
Reverse Lamp Switch State N/A
- OFF
V1.0 789

Volts
Light Sensor
V
- ON
Waiting for Learning Key from EMS N/A
- OFF
- Error
Symbol for Low Battery Voltage N/A
- Correct
- Error
Symbol for High Battery Voltage N/A
- Correct
- ON
Power Window Allowed for N/A
- OFF
- Undefined
- Manufacture
Power Mode Mode N/A
- Transport Mode
- Normal Mode
- ON
Engine Cover Switch State of Engine Cover Switch N/A
- OFF
- ON
Operation State of Engine N/A
- OFF
RPM
Engine Speed Current Engine Speed
rpm
Response from Immobilizer 0～255 N/A
- ON
Immobilizer Activated N/A
- OFF
F1 Channel Information Received by
0～255 N/A
Immobilizer
Invaid F1 Channel Information Received
0～255 N/A
by Immobilizer
- ON
Immobilizer Clock N/A
- OFF
- ON
Immobilizer Data N/A
- OFF
- ON
Immobilizer State (Not Activated) N/A
- OFF
- ON
Attack Activated N/A
- OFF
V1.0 790
Luggage Compartment Release Motor - ON

N/A
Relay - OFF
Luggage Compartment Lamp Does the luggage compartment lamp illuminate? 0～100 %
- Application
Load State of Luggage Compartment N/A
- Boot Program
This parameter indicates the luggage - ON

Open Luggage Compartment N/A
compartment is open. - OFF
Luggage Compartment Lid UNLOCK Is the luggage compartment lid UNLOCK switch - ON
N/A
Switch turned on? - OFF
Does the luggage compartment indicator lamp - ON

Luggage Compartment Indicator Lamp N/A
illuminate? - OFF
Does the rear window LOCK switch indicator - ON

Rear Window LOCK Switch Indicator N/A
illuminate? - OFF
This parameter indicates the state of the rear - ON

Rear Lamp Relay Coil N/A
lamp relay coil. - OFF
- ON
Rear Passenger Window Disable Switch Rear Power Window Disable Switch State N/A
- OFF
- ON
Rear Power Window Disable Switch Rear Power Window Disable Switch State N/A
- OFF
Rear Window Heater & Exterior State of Rear Window Heater and Exterior - ON
N/A
Rearview Mirror Relay Rearview Mirror Relay - OFF
- ON
Heated Rear Window Request State Rear Window Heater Switch State N/A
- OFF
- ON
Rear Window Washer Switch Rear Window Washer Switch State N/A
- OFF
- ON
Rear Window Indicator Lamp Does the rear window indicator lamp illuminate? N/A
- OFF
- ON
Rear Fog Lamp Does the rear fog lamp illuminate? N/A
- OFF
- ON
Rear Fog Lamp Switch State Rear Fog Lamp Switch State N/A
- OFF
- ON
Rear Wiper Stop Switch Rear Window Washer Switch State N/A
- OFF
- ON
Rear Wiper Switch Rear Wiper Switch Position State N/A
- OFF
- ON
Rear Wiper Relay (Hatchback) Rear Wiper Relay State N/A
- OFF
V1.0 791

- ON
Ignore inquiry. Ignore inquiry state. N/A
- OFF
- ON
Shift Interlock Relay Shift Interlock Relay State N/A
- OFF
- ON
Shifting is disabled. Shift Disable State N/A
- OFF
- ON
Driver Power Window Ascending Switch Driver Power Window Ascending Switch State N/A
- OFF
Driver Power Window Descending - ON

Driver Power Window Descending Switch State N/A
Switch - OFF
- ON
Unlock Relay Unlock Relay State N/A
- OFF
- ON
Low Beam Low Beam State N/A
- OFF
- ON
Low Beam Request State Low Beam Request State N/A
- OFF
- ON
Low Beam Request State Low Beam Request State N/A
- OFF
- ON
Warning Lamp Switch State Warning Lamp Switch State N/A
- OFF
- ON
N Gear or Clutch Switch N Gear or Clutch Switch State N/A
- OFF
- ON
N Gear or Clutch Switch N Gear or Clutch Switch State N/A
- OFF
Time Remaining for Controller Locking Time Remaining for Controller Locking
- ON
Horn Horn State N/A
- OFF
- ON
Horn Switch Horn Switch State N/A
- OFF
Kilometer
Vehicle Speed from CAN Vehicle Speed from CAN per hour
km/h
Brake Pedal Signal from EMS (CAN State of Brake Pedal Signal from EMS (CAN - ON
N/A
Signal) Signal) - OFF
- ON
Valid Brake Pedal Signal from EMS State of Valid Brake Pedal Signal from EMS N/A
- OFF
V1.0 792
- ON
Key Programmed State of Programmed Key N/A
- OFF
- ON
Internal Main UNLOCK Switch State of Internal Main UNLOCK Switch N/A
- OFF
- ON
Internal Main LOCK Switch State of Internal Main LOCK Switch N/A
- OFF
- ON
Starter Motor Starter Motor State N/A
- OFF
- ON
Start/Stop Switch Red LED Does the start/stop switch red LED illuminate? N/A
- OFF
Does the start/stop switch green LED - ON

Start/Stop Switch Green LED illuminate? N/A
- OFF
- ON
Starter Motor UNLOCK State Starter Motor UNLOCK State N/A
- OFF
Front Passenger Power Window Passenger Power Window Ascending Switch - ON

N/A
Ascending Switch State - OFF
Front Passenger Power Window Passenger Power Window Descending Switch - ON

N/A
Descending Switch State - OFF
- ON
Windshield Washer Switch Windshield Washer Switch Position State N/A
- OFF
- ON
Front Washer Pump State of Front Washer Pump N/A
- OFF
- ON
Front Fog Lamp Switch State Front Fog Lamp Switch State N/A
- OFF
- ON
Front Wiper Speed Control Relay Coil State of Front Wiper Speed Control Relay Coil N/A
- OFF
- ON
Front Wiper Stop Switch Front Wiper Motor Stop Switch Signal N/A
- OFF
- ON
Front Wiper Switch 1 Front Wiper Switch 1 Position State N/A
- OFF
- ON
Front Wiper Switch 2 Front Wiper Switch 2 Position State N/A
- OFF
- ON
Rear Wiper Relay Coil State of Rear Wiper Relay Coil N/A
- OFF
- ON
Daytime Running Lamp Relay Coil State of Daytime Running Lamp Relay Coil N/A
- OFF
V1.0 793

Kilometer
Redundant Data: Maintenance Mileage Redundant Data: Maintenance Mileage 0～16777215
km
Kilometer
Redundant Data: Maintenance Time Redundant Data: Maintenance Time 0～16777215
km
Kilometer
Redundant Data: Mileage Redundant Data: Mileage 0～16777215
km
- ON
Acoustic Alarm (EU Model) Acoustic Alarm State N/A
- OFF
Kilometer
Actual Mileage (from CAN Signal) Actual Mileage (from CAN Signal) 0～16777215
km
- ON
Width Lamp Does the width lamp illuminate? N/A
- OFF
- Error
Is any valid key inserted? Is any valid key inserted? N/A
- Correct
- ON
Glove Box Indicator Lamp Does the glove box indicator lamp illuminate? N/A
- OFF
- ON
All Right Direction Indicators State of Right Direction Indicator Lamp N/A
- OFF
- ON
All Left Direction Indicators State of Left Direction Indicator Lamp N/A
- OFF
- ON
Lock Relay Lock Relay State N/A
- OFF
- ON
Lock System Indicator Lamp Does the lock system indicator lamp illuminate? N/A
- OFF
- ON
Sunroof Auto Close Sunroof Auto Close State N/A
- OFF
- ON
Stop/Start ON/OFF Status Stop/Start ON/OFF Status N/A
- OFF
Volts
Battery Voltage Battery Working Voltage 0～254
V
- Error
Key 1 Not Synchronized Key 1 Not Synchronized N/A
- Correct
- Error
- Correct
- Error
- Correct
V1.0 794
- Error
- Correct
- Error
- Correct
- ON
Key Locking Solenoid State of Key Locking Solenoid N/A
- OFF
- Error
Key Chip 1 Coded Key Chip 1 Coded N/A
- Correct
- Error
- Correct
- Error
- Correct
- Error
- Correct
- Error
- Correct
Closed Starter Motor due to P/N Gear State of Closed Starter Motor due to P/N Gear - ON
Input Signal N/A
Input Signal - OFF
Closed Starter Motor due to Specified State of Closed Starter Motor due to Specified - ON
N/A
Engine Speed Achieved Engine Speed Achieved - OFF
Closed Starter Motor due to Locked State of Closed Starter Motor due to Locked - ON
Steering Column N/A
Steering Column - OFF
State of Right Direction Indicator Lamp - ON

State of Right Direction Indicator Lamp Switch N/A
Switch - OFF
Right Rear Power Window Ascending Right Rear Power Window Ascending - ON
N/A
Command Command from BCM - OFF
Right Rear Power Window Descending Right Rear Power Window Descending - ON
N/A
- ON
Right Rear Fog Lamp Does the right rear fog lamp illuminate? N/A
- OFF
- ON
Right Front Door Switch State of Right Front Door Switch N/A
- OFF
Right Front Power Window Ascending Right Front Power Window Ascending - ON
N/A
Right Front Power Window Descending Right Front Power Window Descending - ON
N/A
V1.0 795

Volts
Wiper Delay Potentiometer Switch State of Wiper Delay Potentiometer Switch
V
- ON
High Beam Does the high beam illuminate? N/A
- OFF
- ON
High Beam ON Switch State High Beam ON Switch State N/A
- OFF
- ON
High Beam Flash Switch State High Beam Flash Switch State N/A
- OFF
- ON
High Beam State High Beam State N/A
- OFF
- Default
Diagnosis Mode Diagnosis Mode - Programmed N/A
- Expanded
- ON
State of Master Exterior Lamp Switch 1 State of Master Exterior Lamp Switch 1 N/A
- OFF
- ON
State of Master Exterior Lamp Switch 2 State of Master Exterior Lamp Switch 2 N/A
- OFF
- ON
P or N Gear Selected P or N Gear Selected N/A
- OFF
- ON
Auto Lamp Request State Auto Lamp Request State N/A
- OFF
- ON
Auto Start/Stop System Indicator Lamp Auto Start/Stop System Indicator Lamp N/A
- OFF
State of Left Direction Indicator Lamp - ON

State of Left Direction Indicator Lamp Switch N/A
Switch - OFF
Left Rear Power Window Ascending Left Rear Power Window Ascending Command - ON
N/A
Command from BCM - OFF
Left Rear Power Window Descending Left Rear Power Window Descending - ON
N/A
- ON
Left Front Door Switch Left Front Door Switch N/A
- OFF
- ON
Left Front Door UNLOCK Switch Left Front Door UNLOCK Switch N/A
- OFF
- ON
Left Front Door LOCK Switch Left Front Door LOCK Switch N/A
- OFF
V1.0 796
Left Front Power Window Ascending Left Front Power Window Ascending Command - ON
N/A
Command from BCM - OFF
Left Front Power Window Descending Left Front Power Window Descending - ON
N/A
- ON
Left Front Fog Lamp Does the left front fog lamp illuminate? N/A
- OFF
V1.0 797
Real-time Display SRS
SRS
In case of airbag malfunction, the airbag - ON

Airbag Warning Lamp State N/A
warning lamp will be on. - OFF
- No Impact
Vehicle Impact State It indicates if any vehicle impact occurs. N/A
- Impact
- Locked
VIN Lock State VIN lock state N/A
- Unlocked
Kilometer
The parameter indicates current vehicle per Hour
Vehicle Speed 0～655.4
speed.
km/h
Operation time of airbag control s
Operation time of airbag control module
module after ignition key is switched 0～65535
after ignition key is switched on or off s
on or off
Front Passenger Side Airbag Ignition Front Passenger Side Airbag Ignition Ω
0～11
Circuit Resistance Circuit Resistance Ω
- Front Passenger Airbag
Disable Switch Available
- Front Passenger Airbag

Front Passenger Airbag Disable Switch Front Passenger Airbag Disable Switch Disable Switch Unavailable
N/A
State State
- Undefined
- Error
- Not Configured
After turning off the front passenger - ON
Front Passenger Airbag Disable
airbag, the disable indicator lamp for the N/A
Indicator State - OFF
front passenger airbag illuminates.
Front Passenger Airbag Disable Front Passenger Airbag Disable Indicator - ON

N/A
Indicator State State - OFF
Front Passenger Curtain Airbag Front Passenger Curtain Airbag Ignition Ω

0～11
Ignition Circuit Resistance Circuit Resistance Ω
Ignition Circuit Resistance Value of Ω
Ignition Circuit Resistance Value of Front
Front Passenger Pre-tensioning Seat 0～11
Passenger Pre-tensioning Seat Belt Ω
Belt
Driver Side Airbag Ignition Circuit Driver Side Airbag Ignition Circuit Ω
0～11
Resistance Resistance Ω
Driver Curtain Airbag Ignition Circuit Driver Curtain Airbag Ignition Circuit Ω
0～11
Resistance Resistance Ω
Ignition Circuit Resistance of Driver Ignition Circuit Resistance of Driver Ω

0～11
Pre-tensioning Seat Belt Pre-tensioning Seat Belt Ω
V1.0 798
SRS Real-time Display
It shows that the airbag is under normal - Factory Mode

Airbag Control Module Working State N/A
mode or factory mode. - Normal Mode
Airbag Control Module Activation - Not Activated

Airbag control module is activated. N/A
State - Activated
s
Use Time of Airbag Control Module Use Time of Airbag Control Module 0～4294967295
s
Overall Engine Operation State (from Overall Engine Operation State (from - ON
N/A
CAN bus) CAN bus) - OFF
Overall KL.R (accessory switch) Overall KL.R (accessory switch) - ON

N/A
(normally set as the default value 0) (normally set as the default value 0) - OFF
Overall KL.50 (start switch) (from Overall KL.50 (start switch) (from CAN - ON
N/A
CAN bus) bus) - OFF
Overall KL.15 (ignition switch) (from Overall KL.15 (ignition switch) (from - ON
N/A
CAN bus) CAN bus) - OFF
Engine Operation State in System - ON
Engine Operation State in System
(Consistent with Engine Operation N/A
(Consistent with Engine Operation State) - OFF
State)
System KL.R (accessory switch) System KL.R (accessory switch) hardwire - ON
hardwire input port state (normally input port state (normally set as the N/A
set as the default value 0) default value 0) - OFF
System KL.50 (start switch) hardwire System KL.50 (start switch) hardwire - ON
input port status (same as overall input port status (same as overall KL.50) N/A
KL.50) (start switch) (start switch) - OFF
System KL.15 (ignition switch - System KL.15 (ignition switch - hardwire - ON

hardwire input port status) (ACU input port status) (ACU hardwire input N/A
hardwire input ignition state) ignition state) - OFF
Front Passenger Airbag Ignition Front Passenger Airbag Ignition Circuit Ω

0～11
Circuit Resistance Resistance Ω
Driver Airbag Ignition Circuit Ω

Driver Airbag Ignition Circuit Resistance 0～11
Resistance Ω
V1.0 799
Real-time Display T-Box
T-Box
Volts
Battery Voltage Battery Voltage 0～25.5
V
Volts
Module Internal Voltage Communication Module Internal Voltage 0～5.1
Celsius
V
Communication Module Operating Degree
TBOX Temperature -127～128
Temperature
- WCDMA Not Work ℃
It indicates if the WCDMA is in normal
WCDMA State - WCDMA Standby N/A
state.
- WCDMA Working
- External Antenna
WCDMA Antenna State WCDMA Antenna State N/A
- Internal Antenna
It indicates if any WCDMA signal is - Received Signal Strength

WCDMA Signal State N/A
detected. - No Signal
- No Network
Network State Network Registration State - Network Registration N/A
Done
- GSM
3G/2G Network Network Type - GPRS N/A
- WCDMA
- Operating
GPS State GPS State N/A
- OFF
- Not Registered
INKANET Registration State INKANET Registration State - Out of Service N/A
- In Service
Internal Battery Life Factor Internal Battery Life Factor 0～10.2 times
Internal Speaker State Internal Speaker State — N/A
- Enabled
Impact Sensor State Impact Sensor State N/A
- Disabled
V1.0 800
IPK Real-time Display
IPK
This parameter shows the actual mileage of the km

Actual Mileage 0～16777215
vehicle. km
km
Odometer Display Value The parameter indicates the vehicle mileage. 0～16777215
km
km
Redundant Data: Mileage Redundant Data: Mileage 0～16777215
km
- ON
Engine MIL OFF Engine MIL OFF State N/A
- OFF
- ON
Engine Exciting Coil OFF Engine Exciting Coil OFF State N/A
- OFF
- ON
Low Engine Oil Pressure Low Engine Oil Pressure N/A
- OFF
- ON
Charging Error Indicator Charging Error Indicator State N/A
- OFF
- ON
Start/Stop Indicator Lamp Start/Stop Indicator Lamp State N/A
- OFF
- ON
Start/Stop Status Indicator Lamp Start/Stop Status Indicator Lamp State N/A
- OFF
- ON
Cruise Control Standby State Cruise Control Standby State N/A
- OFF
- ON
Cruise Control Activation Cruise Control Activation State N/A
- OFF
- ON
Start/Stop OFF Status Start/Stop OFF Status N/A
- OFF
- ON
ABS Lamp OFF ABS Lamp OFF N/A
- OFF
- ON
EBD Lamp OFF EBD Lamp OFF N/A
- OFF
- OFF
- Warning
Tyre Pressure Monitoring Tyre Pressure Monitoring N/A
- System Reset
- Fault
V1.0 801
Real-time Display IPK

- DSC OFF
- DSC Intervention
DSC State 1 DSC State 1 N/A
- DSC Failure
- DSC OK
- TC OFF
- TC Intervention
Traction Control State Traction Control State N/A
- TC Fault
- TC Normal
- Unknown
- Estimation
SAS Calibration State (ESP Only) SAS Calibration State (ESP Only) N/A
- Calibrated
- Unknown
- ON
SAS State SAS State N/A
- OFF
- Normal
Indicator EPS State Indicator EPS State - Normal Fault N/A
- Severe Fault
- ON
Driver Door Open State Driver Door Open State N/A
- OFF
- ON
Passenger Door Open State Passenger Door Open State N/A
- OFF
- ON
Engine Cover Open State Engine Cover Open State N/A
- OFF
- ON
Door Switch Load/Distance Door Switch Load/Distance N/A
- OFF
- ON
Anti-theft Key Power State Anti-theft Key Power State N/A
- OFF
- ON
Anti-theft Key Invalid Anti-theft Key Invalid N/A
- OFF
- ON
Rear Fog Lamp State Rear Fog Lamp State N/A
- OFF
- ON
SRS State SRS State N/A
- OFF
Passenger Airbag Warning Lamp - ON

Passenger Airbag Warning Lamp ON N/A
ON - OFF
V1.0 802
- ON
Transmission Failure Transmission Failure N/A
- OFF
- ON
Downshift/Upshift Mode State Downshift/Upshift Mode State N/A
- OFF
- ON
Fuel Segment 8 Fuel Segment 8 N/A
- OFF
- ON
- OFF
- ON
- OFF
- ON
- OFF
- ON
- OFF
- ON
- OFF
- ON
- OFF
- ON
- OFF
Engine Water Temperature - ON

Engine Water Temperature Segment 8 N/A
Segment 8 - OFF

Segment 7 - OFF

Segment 6 - OFF

Segment 5 - OFF

Segment 4 - OFF

Segment 3 - OFF

Segment 2 - OFF

Segment 1 - OFF
V1.0 803
Tachometer Lamp Box and - ON

Tachometer Lamp Box and 2-colour/White Lamp N/A
2-colour/White Lamp - OFF
Tachometer Lamp Box and - ON

Tachometer Lamp Box and 2-colour/Red Lamp N/A
2-colour/Red Lamp - OFF
Speedometer Lamp Box and - ON

Speedometer Lamp Box and 2-colour/White Lamp N/A
2-colour/White Lamp - OFF
Speedometer Lamp Box and - ON

Speedometer Lamp Box and 2-colour/Red Lamp N/A
2-colour/Red Lamp - OFF
- ON
ABS Warning Lamp ABS Warning Lamp N/A
- OFF
- ON
Brake System MIL Brake System MIL N/A
- OFF
Seat Belt Not Tied Warning - ON

Seat Belt Not Tied Warning Lamp N/A
Lamp - OFF
- ON
Passenger Airbag MIL Passenger Airbag MIL N/A
- OFF
- ON
Airbag MIL Airbag MIL N/A
- OFF
Invalid Alarm/Low Key - ON
Invalid Alarm/Low Key Battery/Alarm System
Battery/Alarm System Warning N/A
Warning Lamp - OFF
Lamp
- ON
Engine Emission Warning Lamp Engine Emission Warning Lamp N/A
- OFF
- ON
Engine MIL Engine MIL N/A
- OFF
- ON
Low Oil Pressure Warning Lamp Low Oil Pressure Warning Lamp N/A
- OFF
- ON
SCS/TC Activated SCS/TC Activated N/A
- OFF
- ON
SCS/TC OFF SCS/TC OFF N/A
- OFF
- ON
EPS/SAS Failure (Red) EPS/SAS Failure (Red) N/A
- OFF
- ON
EPS/SAS Failure (Yellow) EPS/SAS Failure (Yellow) N/A
- OFF
- ON
TMPS MIL (Yellow) TMPS MIL (Yellow) N/A
- OFF
V1.0 804
- ON
TMPS MIL (Red) TMPS MIL (Red) N/A
- OFF
Alternator Malfunction Warning - ON

Alternator Malfunction Warning Lamp N/A
Lamp - OFF
Cruise Control Indicator - ON

Cruise Control Indicator (Yellow) N/A
(Yellow) - OFF
Cruise Control Indicator - ON

Cruise Control Indicator (Green) N/A
(Green) - OFF
- ON
Left Direction Indicator Lamp Left Direction Indicator Lamp N/A
- OFF
- ON
Right Direction Indicator Lamp Right Direction Indicator Lamp N/A
- OFF
- ON
High Beam High Beam N/A
- OFF
- ON
Width Lamp Width Lamp N/A
- OFF
- ON
Front Fog Lamp Front Fog Lamp N/A
- OFF
- ON
Rear Fog Lamp Rear Fog Lamp N/A
- OFF
Auto Start/Stop System Status Auto Start/Stop System Status Indicator Lamp - ON
N/A
Indicator Lamp (Green) (Green) - OFF
- ON
Auto Start/Stop MIL (Yellow) Auto Start/Stop MIL (Yellow) N/A
- OFF
Low Fuel Level Warning Lamp - ON

Low Fuel Level Warning Lamp (Yellow) N/A
(Yellow) - OFF
- ON
Fuel Level Indicator (White) Fuel Level Indicator (White) N/A
- OFF
- ON
Fuel Gauge Scale Lamp Fuel Gauge Scale Lamp N/A
- OFF

Engine Water Temperature Indicator (White) N/A
Indicator (White) - OFF
High Engine Water Temperature High Engine Water Temperature Warning Lamp - ON
N/A
Warning Lamp (Red) (Red) - OFF
Engine Temperature Gauge Scale - ON

Engine Temperature Gauge Scale Lamp N/A
Lamp - OFF
V1.0 805

- ON
Backup LED 1 Backup LED 1 N/A
- OFF
- ON
- OFF
- ON
- OFF
- ON
- OFF
ml
Driving Mileage Driving Mileage 0～65535
ml
km
Odometer Deviation Odometer Deviation 0～255
km
Revolutions/Minute
Engine Speed from CAN Bus Engine Speed from CAN Bus 0～10240
rpm
Celsius
Engine Coolant Temperature Engine Coolant Temperature -40～215 Degree
℃
Km/h
Target Cruise Speed Target Cruise Speed 0～220
km/h
hour.
Signal/h Signal/h 0～23
h
min
Signal/min Signal/min 0～59
min
s
Signal/s Signal/s 0～59
s
- ON
Time Adjustment Time Adjustment N/A
- OFF
- ON
Time Format Time Format N/A
- OFF
Day
Day Signal from FICM Day Signal from FICM 0～31
D
Month
Month Signal from FICM Month Signal from FICM 0～12
M
Year
Year Signal from FICM Year Signal from FICM 2000～2255
Y
- Yes
Date Adjustment Signal Date Adjustment Signal N/A
- No
V1.0 806
Instantaneous Fuel Microlitre

Instantaneous Fuel Consumption 0～65535
Consumption µl
Tyre Rolling Count Signal 1 Tyre Rolling Count Signal 1 0～65535 Piece
Km/h
Vehicle Speed from CAN Vehicle Speed from CAN 0～655.35
km/h
- P or N
- Gear
- 2nd Gear
- 3rd Gear
Actual Gear Actual Gear N/A
- 4th Gear
- 5th Gear
- 6th Gear
-R
- Middle Position
-L
-·2nd Gear
-W
Transmission Gear State Transmission Gear State N/A
-D
-N
-R
-P
- Economic
- Manual
- Sport
Transmission Mode State Transmission Mode State N/A
-W
- Auto
- Undefined
Litre
Fuel Tank Liquid Level Fuel Tank Liquid Level 0～127
L
Degrees
Tachometer Angle Tachometer Angle 0～273
°
Degree
Speedometer Angle Speedometer Angle 0～273
°
V1.0 807
V1.0 808
Glossary List
Name Description
ABS Anti-lock braking system

AFR Air Fuel Ratio
AUX Auxiliary
BCM Body Controller Module
CAN Controller area network
CKP Crankshaft Position
ECM Engine Control Module
ECT Engine Coolant Temperature
ECU Electronic Control Unit
EEPROM Electronic Erasable
Programmable Read Only
Memory
EPS
GPS Global Positioning System
HFM Hot film air mass
IPK Instrument Cluster
LIN Local Interconnect Network
NTC Negative Temperature
Coefficient
PWM Pulse Width Modulation
RAM
SAS
TCM Transmission Control
Module
TPMS Tyre Pressure Monitoring
System
VIN Vehicle Identification
Number
WOT
V1.0 809

AP14 - DTC Support Manual - 20160930

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

AP14 - DTC Support Manual - 20160930

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Contents

General Information ........................... 1 P0072, P0073 ............................................... 88

If the substance is burning or overheating, handle with great

After use, clean and handle with the gloves immediately.

Warning: Avoid excessive skin contact with mineral oil.

Ensure the lift is standing on level ground during the lifting or

Apply hand brake and wedges to fix the wheels.

Warning: Do not work on or under a vehicle supported

Dispose of waste in accordance with the following guidelines:

Always disconnect the battery before removing or draining the

When handling, draining or storing the fuel, or removing the

Warning: Do not remove fuel system components while

Warning: Do not remove fuel system components while

The capacity of the container must be larger than the fuel to

Additional attention: a warning sign of "Gasoline Vapour" shall

If any assembly fails:

Traction - SRS Component Non-deployment • Before commencing deployment procedure, ensure

When replacing components in the A/C system, drain the

Warning: Refrigerant must always be recycled before

Warning: Recycling should always be carried out with

1. Confirm that there is no DTC in the communication

enabling and serial data circuit terminals.

between other modules before the diagnosis. If there

Condition A: With all the connectors connected, check Is o la te th e R o o t C a u s e , th e n R e p a ir a n d V e rify F ix

Condition B: With 1 control module of the ECM or SRS R e - e x a m in e th e C o n c e rn

disconnected, check if the resistance is 120±5Ω Yes

6. Diagnostic category: Diagnostic Procedure Description

Unordered list in this procedure shows that conditions to clear

Unordered list in this procedure shows that failure causes are

When appropriate, technicians shall be able to confirm

Carry out interference diagnosis to confirm system failure.

When inspecting single circuit failure, technicians shall also

Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection

• Electrical system interference caused by the failure

• Incorrect refit of non-genuine after sales accessories

• Test whether the diodes bridged on A/C compressor

• Alternator may bring AC noise in the electrical

g. Incorrect Control Module

• There are only a few situations where reprogramming

• New control module is fitted in maintenance.

• Control modules of other vehicles are fitted.

• Updated software/calibration files specific to this

• Ensure that control module is equipped with

DTC FTB English Description Chinese Description Module

DTC FTB English Description Chinese Description Module

DTC FTB English Description Chinese Description Module

DTC FTB English Description Chinese Description Module

DTC FTB English Description Chinese Description Module

DTC FTB English Description Chinese Description Module

DTC FTB English Description Chinese Description Module

DTC FTB English Description Chinese Description Module

DTC FTB English Description Chinese Description Module

DTC FTB English Description Chinese Description Module

DTC FTB English Description Chinese Description Module

DTC FTB English Description Chinese Description Module

DTC FTB English Description Chinese Description Module

DTC FTB English Description Chinese Description Module

• Failures are put into failure memory once generated.

Conditions for Clearing DTCs:

• Failures are put into failure memory once generated.

Conditions for Clearing DTCs:

DTC Category Description

• Failures are put into failure memory once generated.